Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Combined
Combined
REGULATORY DOCUMENT
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.9
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
FORWARD
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS).
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
The QCS includes references and certain sections which address occupational health and safety. To
ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the where occupational health and safety
issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table summarises where potential overlaps may occur.
For consistency, it is recommended that in matters relating to occupational health and safety reference
is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose of clarity, however, references are made in the
relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
accident prevention
(b)
(c)
The Regulatory Document seeks to maintain a balance between outlining the requirements
of legislation, as it applies to the Qatar construction industry, and providing practical
guidance on how to comply with these applicable Regulations.
Contractors will therefore be able to assess the legal responsibilities of themselves and
others and decide how best to organise work activities in a safe and healthy manner.
This Regulatory Document is a set of regulations which makes provision for securing the
health, safety and welfare of persons at work, for protecting others against risks to health or
safety in connection with the activities of persons at work and for controlling the keeping and
use of dangerous substances.
It is an essential piece of legislation covering occupational health and safety in Qatar and
focuses on the construction industry placing legal obligations as from project design concept.
It focuses on planning, design and management of construction projects and places legal
obligations on everyone involved at work and in construction.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Project planning, design and management for better occupational health and safety
performance
(b)
It imposes legal requirements for safety consideration in the future stages of the
project life cycle, namely use, operations and maintenance, cleaning,
decommissioning and replacement of facilities, plant and equipment etc
EG
(a)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Designers and Contractors have legal obligations to promote, plan, implement and
showcase good health, safety and welfare management in relation to their undertakings.
The Occupational health and safety legislation of the QCS is formed mainly under Section
11 Part 1: Regulatory Document and guidance is given in Part 2: Safety and Accident
Prevention Management Administration System (SAMAS)
Other references of Occupational health and safety in QCS are summarised in the table in
the above section.
The word Regulations is used throughout this document and refers hereafter to the Qatar Regulatory Document
QCS 2014
Definitions / Interpretations
These Regulations contain words and phrases with a meaning that is defined in the
legislation.
Words and phrases such as 'construction work', 'structure', 'approved', 'lifting gear' and
'working platform', have such a legal definition.
Hazard: The potential to cause harm, including ill health and injury; damage to property,
plant, products or to the environment; production losses or increased liabilities.
Risk: The likelihood that a specified undesired event will occur, due to the realisation of a
hazard by, or during, work activities or by the products and services created by work
activities.
Danger: A person is in danger when they are exposed to a risk. The degree of danger is
dependent on the nature of the hazard or degree of risk.
Competent person: A person who has practical and theoretical knowledge and actual
experience of the work activities that they are required to do. A person's competence will, in
some cases, be tangibly demonstrated by the award of a qualification or other recognition of
training received.
Practicable: Where a legal requirement is qualified by the word 'Practicable', the specified
measures must be taken if it is physically possible, irrespective of cost, difficulty or
inconvenience.
10
If an assessment of the situation shows that the cost of taking the precautions is
disproportionately high in relation to the risk of an accident or injury occurring, the
precautions need not be taken.
11
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Note:
12
Whenever these Regulations are being applied, attention should be paid to the section at the
start of each piece of legislation, entitled 'Interpretation', where definitions and other
important provisions may be listed and explained.
QCS 2014
Under the Regulations, there is a special focus on construction works, construction sites and
Contractors who undertakes or manages construction work on site.
Contravening these Regulations is a criminal offence and punishable in a Qatar Court of Law
These Regulations place a duty on the Qatar Administrative Authority where no other body
has been given the responsibility.
AL
IO
Note:
Section 1, Part 7 of the QCS covers submittals associated with construction sites
and includes a health and safety organization chart and the health and safety plan. General
safety requirements are specified in Section 1, Part 2 of the QCS.
AT
It is a requirement under these regulations that everyone is involved and made responsible
for their acts towards health and safety. Hence the scope of this document relates to
organisation, companies and individuals and requires everyone to make responsible for
health and safety- starting from-management, the employees, the self-employed, the
employees' representatives, the controllers of premises and the manufacturers of plant,
equipment and materials - in the matters of construction site health and safety. The
Regulatory Document (Regulations) also requires that adequate measures are taken to
protect the public where otherwise their health or safety would be at risk.
EG
IN
TE
In many instances the Regulatory Document (Regulations) places a legal duty which is
qualified by the words practicable (or best practicable means) or reasonably practicable.
Where a legal duty is qualified by the word practicable the duty must be complied with if it is
'capable of being carried out' or 'feasible within the current state of knowledge and
technology', at whatever expense, taking note of published information, Guidance Notes or
relevant British/International Standards.
In practical terms a legal duty qualified by the word practicable cannot be disregarded on
the grounds that to comply with it would slow up the building programme, be expensive,
difficult or otherwise inconvenient.
QCS 2014
Where a legal duty is qualified by the term reasonably practicable Contractors are allowed
to exercise their judgement on the extent of the measures that need to be taken to ensure
the health and safety of whoever is carrying out the job and others who may be affected by
it.
Where the risks to health and safety in carrying out a job are found to be low in comparison
to what would be disproportionately high costs to overcome the risks totally, the Contractors
need only take the measures that are considered to be reasonably practicable.
Should there be a legal dispute as to a decision of what was or was not reasonably
practicable, the onus of proving in court that all reasonably practicable measures were
taken lies with the Contractors.
Managers, supervisors, safety supervisors and safety representatives and others with a
responsibility for ensuring legal compliance will be mainly concerned with the following:
AL
protect the health, safety and welfare at work of all their employees.
(b)
provide and maintain plant and systems of work that are safe and without risk to
health.
(c)
ensure safety and absence of risks in the use, handling, storage and transport of
articles and substances.
(d)
(e)
provide adequate supervision and training, as is necessary, to ensure the health and
safety of their employees.
(f)
provide and maintain a safe and healthy place of work, with safe access and egress.
(g)
provide and maintain a working environment that is safe and without risks to health
and is adequate with regard to welfare facilities and arrangements for welfare at work.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(h)
AT
IO
to ensure, as far as is reasonably practicable, that the conduct of their activities does
not endanger persons not in their employment who may be affected by operations
under their control, for example, subcontractors or the public.
(b)
The regulations place a general duty on every contractor to conduct his undertaking in
such a way as to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that persons not in his
employment who may be affected thereby are not thereby exposed to risks to their
health or safety.
QCS 2014
(a)
to exercise reasonable care for the health and safety of themselves or others who may
be affected by their acts or omissions at work.
(b)
to co-operate with the Contractors, as far as may be necessary, to enable them (the
Contractors) to carry out their legal duties in health and safety matters.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Not only does it apply to Contractors and employees but it also applies to members of the
public.
QCS 2014
For example, information on design noise levels under normal working conditions should be
supplied if noise levels may be a risk to health, or exceed the lower exposure action value
specified in the Noise at Work section of this Regulatory Document. Similarly, manufacturers
of tools that may be a source of hand/arm vibration must provide details of the levels of
vibration generated.
More specifically, a duty exists to ensure that arrangements are made to carry out the
necessary testing, examination and research, and that steps are taken to provide adequate
information about any conditions necessary to ensure that it will be safe when used.
A general duty is placed on installers or erectors of any article for use at work to ensure, so
far as is reasonably practicable, that it is safe and without risk to health when used by
persons at work.
IO
AL
The Qatar Administrative Authority has the powers under these regulations to examine, to
investigate and to seize and take possession of any matter relating to health, safety and
welfare of workplaces and construction sites. They have the power to advise and enforce the
law on any matter relating to health, safety and welfare of workplaces and construction sites.
TE
AT
IN
Investigation
Administrative Authority Workplace Inspectors are given a general right to examine and
investigate as may be necessary. They may enter premises (accompanied by a police officer
or other authorised person if necessary), taking with them any equipment or material
required by them for the purposes of the examination. They may direct that anything shall be
left undisturbed if required for examination or investigation, take measurements, samples,
photographs and such recordings as may be necessary. They may have dismantled or
tested any article or substance considered dangerous, or take possession of any article for
examination and evidence.
EG
Advisory
4
Inspectors also act as a source of information and advice. It is their duty to inform employees
about anything that may affect their health and safety at work.
Enforcement options
Administrative Authority Workplace Inspectors can use any of the powers listed below
against any person taking part in, or in control of, any work activity, or piece of equipment.
'Any person' means a Contractor, self-employed person, a supplier, or the employee.
QCS 2014
(a)
Informal
(b)
Workplace Inspectors may give advice on compliance in the case of minor breaches.
(c)
Formal letter
(d)
A formal letter may contain details of breaches and action needed to comply with the
legislation. It may also contain more detailed and formalised advice. Whilst visiting a
site, a Workplace Inspector can prepare an Instant Visit Report with a date agreed for
work to be completed.
(e)
Improvement Notice
Where a breach is more serious, the Inspector may issue an Improvement Notice, which will
outline the work required and the date for completion. This will be at least 21 days from the
date of receipt.
(a)
If an activity involves, or is likely to involve, a serious risk of personal injury, the Inspector
may serve a Prohibition Notice to stop that activity immediately or after a specified time.
In addition to the enforcement outlined above, the Inspector may consider that it is also
necessary to prosecute.
IO
Prosecution
(a)
AL
Prohibition Notice
AT
Appeals
on appeal following the issue of an Improvement Notice, the Notice will be suspended
until the relevant board meets and decides the issue
(b)
on appeal following the issue of a Prohibition Notice, the Notice will stand until the
appeal has been decided, or the relevant board orders it to be suspended.
IN
TE
(a)
Where a person has been prosecuted for failing to comply with a duty or requirement of this
Regulatory Document (Regulations), and is claiming that it was not reasonably practicable
for them to carry out that duty or requirement, it is the responsibility of that person to
prove that it was not reasonably practicable to comply, and that there was no reasonably
practicable alternative way in which they could have carried out that duty or requirement.
EG
10
Anyone served with an Improvement or Prohibition Notice has the right to appeal. This must
be done within 21 days of the issue of the Notice. The Administrative Authority may cancel or
modify the Notice:
QCS 2014
Outline the legal duties placed upon Contractors and employees while at work on
Qatar construction sites.
(b)
Emphasise that where health and safety legislation places legal duties on the
Contractors, in most cases the duties also apply to the self-employed.
1.1.2.2 Introduction
This section is designed to give both Contractors and employees details of their legal duties /
responsibilities at work.
AL
IO
Set out over the following pages are the principal legal duties of Contractors and employees.
AT
1.1.2.3 Responsibilities
The Contractor shall protect the health, safety and welfare of their employees and other
people who might be affected by their business. This means making sure those workers and
others are protected from anything that may cause harm, effectively controlling any risks to
injury or health that could arise in the workplace.
Contractors will usually be site-based and in a position to fulfil their legal duties by directly
controlling the workforce and monitoring the standards of health and safety on site. By
comparison, in larger companies the Contractors will not normally be site-based and it is
usual for them to delegate responsibility for day-to-day legal compliance to site-based staff
such as Site Managers. It may be necessary for Site Managers to further delegate the
responsibility for overseeing the health and safety aspects of some work activities to trade
supervisors. Whatever the circumstances, the duty to ensure compliance with health and
safety legislation stays with the Contractors.
EG
IN
TE
Generally, where legislation places legal duties on Contractors with regard to ensuring the
health and safety of their employees, similar duties are also placed on the self-employed
with regard to ensuring their own health and safety.
All employees and workers have a right to work in places where risks to their health and
safety are properly controlled. The contractor or the employer is responsible for providing for
their health, safety and welfare.
Employees shall take reasonable care of their own and other peoples health and safety.
Employees shall follow the training that they have received when using any work items that
the contractor or employer has provided.
QCS 2014
Employees shall tell the employer, the supervisor, or the health and safety representative if
they think the work or inadequate precautions are putting anyones health and safety at
serious risk.
The CDM Regulations place legal duties on planning and management arrangements for
construction works. It places duties on everyone involved in construction and contractors
have a set of specific duties under CDM.
Prepare, develop and implement a written plan and site rules. The initial plan must be
completed before the construction phase begins. Plan is termed Construction Phase Health
and Safety Plan.
Coordinate temporary works and cooperate with designers and others as relevant.
Ensure, as far as is reasonably practicable, the health, safety and welfare of all their
employees.
Provide and maintain plant and systems of work that are safe and without risk to health and
safety and ensure safety and absence of risks in the use, handling, storage and transport of
articles and substances.
10
11
Provide adequate instruction, training and supervision as is necessary, to ensure the health
and safety of their employees.
12
Provide a safe place of work, with safe access and egress. Provide a safe working
environment that is without risks to health.
13
14
15
Prepare a written health and safety policy, then review and update it as often as is
necessary.
16
Bring the company health and safety policy, and any revisions of it, to the attention of
employees.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Carry out risk assessments for all work activities undertaken and record the significant
findings of the risk assessment.
18
19
20
Ensure that work equipment used for working at height and places of work are inspected by
a competent person.
21
Ensure that scaffolding is only erected, altered or dismantled by, or under the supervision of,
a competent person.
22
Have access to competent advice to assist in matters of health, safety and welfare, where
necessary.
23
24
Consult with workers and safety representatives on matters of health and safety.
25
Assess manual handling operations at the workplace and take appropriate steps to reduce
the risk of injury to employees.
26
Ensure that all injury accidents, however slight, are entered in the accident book and
investigated.
27
Report to the Administrative Authority all reportable accidents, dangerous occurrences and
notifiable diseases.
28
29
30
31
Assess all excavations and take appropriate steps to reduce the risk of injury to employees.
32
Appoint trained and competent persons for the purpose of mounting abrasive wheels.
33
Examine, test and properly maintain plant, equipment, cranes, lifting equipment and
accessories at regular intervals, and record the findings.
34
Provide adequate first-aid facilities with sufficient trained first aiders and appointed persons.
35
36
Engage only competent persons to carry out work on electrical installations and appliances.
37
Take measures to prevent or adequately control employees' exposure to harmful dusts and
fumes.
38
Take the necessary steps to ensure that the health and safety of the public is not put at risk
by works being carried out.
39
Allow only competent people to use plant and equipment and undertake a work activity for
which they are competent to do so.
40
Ensure that guard-rails and toe-boards are installed on all working platforms where a risk
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
17
QCS 2014
assessment indicates that any person would be injured as a result of the fall.
41
42
43
Use only competent waste carriers and check their documentation regularly.
44
45
Protect the environment by preventing avoidable pollution by, for example, installing diesel
oil tanks correctly.
Employee duties / Responsibilities
All employees must have a basic level of health and safety knowledge if they are to be safe
when working on site and aware of their responsibilities to their Contractors and work
colleagues.
To co-operate with the Contractors and follow any information, instructions and training that
is provided.
Not to interfere with or misuse anything the Contractors has provided in the interests of
health, safety and welfare.
Take reasonable care at all times and make sure that their actions or omissions do not
endanger themselves or any other person.
Use all tools and equipment safely and in accordance with instructions given or training
received.
Report any defects or potential hazards in equipment to the Contractors (or supervisor if
appropriate) as soon as possible.
Make proper use of any safe system of work or mechanical means provided by the
Contractors in connection with manual handling.
Only operate plant and equipment for which training has been provided and authority given
to use.
Use the personal protective equipment supplied by your Contractors correctly, take care of it
and report any loss or defects in the equipment.
10
Report to the Contractors any work situation that might present danger.
11
12
When operating goods hoists: keep the gates closed except when loading, etc. do not override any controls do not allow any passengers.
13
Use only the proper safe means provided for entering and leaving an excavation.
14
15
Make full use of any control measures provided to prevent or limit exposure to substances
hazardous to health, and wear the personal protective equipment provided.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
17
Do not use a mobile elevating work platform for any other use than as a work platform.
18
19
Do not remove safety guards or render inoperative any safety device fitted to any plant or
equipment.
20
21
Recognise the importance of personal hygiene, especially when working with substances
harmful to the skin.
22
23
Understand and comply with all signs and notices that are displayed.
24
Wear ear protectors in designated areas where mandatory warning signs are displayed.
25
26
27
Report to the Contractors any activity or defect relating to work at height that can be
considered unsafe.
28
Use equipment and safety devices for working at height in accordance with training and
instructions received.
29
Attend health surveillance procedures, as required, during working hours and at the expense
of the Contractors.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
16
Set out below is a summary of the main powers which Inspectors possess when carrying out
their duties under this Regulatory Document (Regulations). Officers of the Qatar
Administrative Authority also have enforcement powers when dealing with matters
concerning fire prevention.
EG
Visit or carry out an inspection of a construction workplace at any reasonable time without
giving prior notice, engaging the assistance of the police if necessary.
Issue a Prohibition Notice stopping a work activity where there is a risk of serious personal
injury.
Stop the further use of any equipment if it is considered to be a serious risk to health or
safety.
Issue an Improvement Notice requiring remedial work to be carried out within a specific time,
where there is a breach of health and safety legislation.
QCS 2014
Require that any designated part of a premise remains undisturbed for as long as is deemed
necessary.
10
11
Demand the full co-operation of any person to assist them in their duties.
12
Demand information from a Contractor or employee and require them to sign a statement of
their answers.
13
14
15
Provide information for Contractors and employees about hazards that may affect their
health and safety at work.
16
AT
IO
AL
TE
The Contractor shall maintain an acceptable OHS performance at all times throughout the
Contract duration. The criteria used for determining acceptable OHS performance are at the
sole discretion of the relevant authority. The following items shall be taken into consideration
when making assessments of acceptable performance;
(a)
EG
IN
(b)
any adverse comments arising from Occupational Health and Safety inspections
(c)
any adverse comments arising from Occupational Health and Safety audits
(d)
any adverse formal communication from the relevant authority to the Contractor
regarding Occupational Health and Safety performance
(e)
any adverse formal communication between the Contractor and enforcing authorities
or government organizations
(f)
Should acceptable Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) performance not be maintained
by the Contractor then the relevant authority may take any action at their discretion in
furtherance to their powers (see sections 1.1.1.8 and 1.1.2.8) or may impose the following
penalties on the Contractor;
QCS 2014
No.
2.
3.
Failure to conduct risk assessments and develop method statements prior to work activities
being undertaken
4.
Failure to appoint competent persons for specified activities (other than OSH Staff)
5.
6.
7.
Person falling from a height of more than 2 meters due to unsafe working environment
8.
Person working at height of more than 2 meters without fall prevention or arrest
9.
Failure to maintain acceptable housekeeping, site tidiness, waste collection or waste disposal
10.
11.
12.
Use of cranes, lifting appliances, mobile plant, equipment or vehicles by operators without
valid driving license and the related training certificate
IO
AT
TE
rd
Use of cranes and lifting appliances without valid 3 party inspection / test certificate
IN
13.
AL
1.
15.
Failure to provide safe access and egress at the Worksite and to the surround residential
area
16.
Failure to provide and maintain proper welfare facilities , first aid box / kits and notice / sign
board
17.
Failure to plan and implement fire prevention and firefighting arrangements considering level
of risks, type of work, sufficient quantity of fire extinguisher, escapes, signage, escape routes
etc
18.
19.
20.
Failure to conduct emergency drills at periods not exceeding 3 months throughout the
duration of the Work
21.
Failure to notify the relevant authority of an incident or failure to provide an incident report to
the relevant authority in a timely manner
22.
Failure to provide an accurate monthly OHS report or failure to provide a monthly OHS report
in a timely manner
23.
Failure to hold a monthly OHS committee meeting or failure to provide the OHS committee
meeting minutes in a timely manner
24.
Failure to attend meetings or other events related to OHS issues organised by the Employer
EG
14.
QCS 2014
Well informed and safety-conscious employees are a key part of health and safety. Before
they progress further, the following 20 questions should be carefully read and answered by
employees, preferably in writing. At the end of their training or induction, employees should
be asked the questions again. You, the Contractor, will then be able to compare the level of
their knowledge after studying with the level it was before.
If you critically assess the answers you will gain an insight into your employees' need for
further training and instruction.
AL
Are you aware that your company has a health and safety policy?
(b)
(c)
Have you been trained to do the job you do or to operate the plant, machinery or tools
you use?
(d)
Do you know who your Safety Representative is or who will represent you?
(e)
(f)
Are you aware of the first aid arrangements at your place of work?
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Do you know the colour coding that is used for fire extinguishers?
(l)
Are you aware of any potentially harmful substances in your place of work?
(m)
Are you familiar with the identification symbols displayed on the containers of harmful
and dangerous substances?
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
(n)
(a)
Do you use correct manual handling techniques when moving or lifting loads?
(o)
Have you been issued with all the necessary personal protective equipment?
(p)
Are you fully aware of the hazards and risks in your job?
(q)
Are you aware of the health and safety rules applying to your job?
(r)
Do you know what you should do if you discover a potential risk to health and safety?
(s)
Can you identify a 'confined space'? Are you aware of the potential hazards confined
spaces may present?
(t)
Are you aware of your company's Permit to Work system, if they have one?
QCS 2014
The following points can be used to stimulate thoughts and ideas whilst developing health
and safety systems.
If you read them through and think about them carefully, there are many 'pearls of wisdom'
that you can adapt to your circumstances.
No one is accident-prone, they are just badly trained; or perhaps they are the wrong
person doing the wrong thing in the wrong place at the wrong time.
(b)
No one wants accidents - not clients, not Contractors, and most of all not employees.
(c)
Safety culture in a company is when people act and behave safely even when no one
is looking.
(d)
Personal protective equipment, however good it is, is no substitute for a proper safe
system of work.
(e)
Hazards and risks! Eliminate the hazard (the thing that can cause harm) and you can
forget about the risk (the chance of an accident occurring) forever.
(f)
Fire destroys property and jobs. Safe systems of work and safe people prevent fires.
(g)
(h)
A safety policy cannot stop ill health or accidents, but the people who put the policy
into practice certainly can.
(i)
First aid. If you can check the heart and the breathing, and stop the bleeding you
might save a life. If you can't, then you won't.
(j)
In safety, good luck is planning meeting opportunity. Bad luck is just bad
management.
(k)
Compliance with rules does not mean that you are doing everything that is 'reasonably
practicable'.
(l)
(m)
You cannot insure against having an accident, it is just that the insurance company
eventually pays some of the costs.
(n)
Accident statistics only really tell you just how often you got things wrong in the past.
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
(o)
AL
(a)
Good health and safety performance should not be especially praiseworthy - it should
be the expected norm.
(p)
A conviction in a Qatar court of law for a health and safety offence will give you a
criminal record.
(q)
The uninsured costs of an accident are always paid for out of profits, or they help
towards causing losses.
(r)
Risk assessments. What's the hazard, what's the risk and what's the action?
(s)
Actions speak louder than words. If managers act safely, then the employees will
follow the example.
(t)
The three essentials for health and safety are: safe people, safe places, and safe
systems of work,
(u)
If you know where you are as regards health and safety, then and only then, can you
decide where you want to go.
(v)
Every accident is the visible, the very highly visible, face of failure. Safe performance
is the visible face of success.
(w)
(x)
If there is a system failure, don't just blame the system, do something about it.
(y)
Who? What? Why? Where? And how? Are all very good questions to ask when doing
risk assessments?
(z)
I'm alright. I've never had an accident yet, are very famous last words.
(aa)
(bb)
Safety has to start at the top; then, and only then, will it percolate down to everyone
else.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Safety Policies
The policy must explain how matters of health and safety will be organised within the
company and the arrangements that the company has put in place for implementing the
policy.
The policy should be periodically reviewed to ensure that it is still current, and amended
when necessary, with the content and changes made available to all employees.
Off the shelf health and safety policies, obtained from third parties are unlikely to contain
sufficient company-specific content.
AL
1.1.3.2 Introduction
A general statement of health and safety policy is the way in which a company sets out its
intention to manage health and safety. It will vary from one company to another. There is no
such thing as a 'standard' health and safety policy, as a company's policy must be clearly
and directly related to its own operations.
It is common for companies to obtain policies via the internet or purchase them from third
parties. These are generic, rarely reflect the type of work that is carried out and may lead a
company into a false sense of security.
The content of the 'organisation' and 'arrangements' sections of the policy is specific to each
company. If a generic policy is used it is quite likely that there will be serious omissions in its
content and therefore in the way the health and safety is managed. Each company's policy
must be based upon its own work activities, management and organisational structure, and
staff competencies.
The act of compiling a health and safety policy, will focus the Contractor or senior member of
staff to whom the Job is delegated on the day-to-day management of health and safety
issues.
This will help them to become aware of shortcomings, duplications of effort and requirements
for certain competences, which can then be rectified.
Evidence shows that companies with a well-structured and properly implemented health and
safety policy, together with the organisation and arrangements for putting the policy into
effect, have much better overall health and safety performance.
It is through the ongoing development of a company's health and safety policy that
shortcomings can be identified and procedures put in place to help eliminate common
causes of accidents and reverse this unenviable record.
A comprehensive and accurate health and safety policy is the basis of an effective
management system.
10
Health and safety, and the provision of proper welfare facilities, are crucial to the proper
running of any building, construction or civil engineering project. They are not an add-on, an
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
extra or an afterthought, but should be integrated with the normal day-by-day activities of
project planning, tendering and management.
Generally, this Regulatory Document (Regulations) requires Contractors to provide for their
employees a place of work that is safe and where risks to health are properly controlled.
They are also required to ensure that people who are not their employees are not exposed to
risks to their safety and health.
There should be a carefully planned and systematic approach to health and safety issues,
where all risks have been assessed and the appropriate control measures put into place.
Irrespective of size, a company must have a general statement of health and safety policy in
order to demonstrate to a client or to another contractor that it has committed itself to the
principles of health, safety and welfare.
A health and safety policy is a statement of how a company will, within its overall business
activities, manage health, safety and welfare for the benefit of its employees and all other
persons who may be affected by the company's operations.
These Regulations require that a safety policy should cover three distinct aspects:
TE
AT
IO
AL
A general statement of the company's health and safety policy highlighting the
intent of the Contractors to have high standards of health and safety in the company,
including what they intend to achieve and how they will achieve it.
(b)
The organisation within the company for the effective maintenance and
implementation of the health and safety management system.
(c)
The arrangements for the effective implementation and ongoing monitoring of the
health and safety management system.
EG
IN
(a)
The statement of policy should demonstrate a clear commitment to health and safety from
senior management by declaring how the company intends to manage health, safety and
welfare matters in relation to employees and other persons.
It should specifically state the name of, and be signed by, the person responsible for health
and safety, who should be the managing director or another director to whom responsibility
has been delegated. The policy should be reviewed at least every twelve months and a new
copy signed, dated and displayed to demonstrate that it is a live document.
There should be a declaration that the necessary resources will be provided to ensure the
health and safety of all employees.
It is usual for the statement of policy to state the importance that the company places upon
the health and safety of its employees and what is required of them to achieve the aims of
the policy. It should also clearly state that all employees will be informed of the contents of
QCS 2014
the health and safety policy and that they will be consulted about its application.
5
identify those people within the company who have specific health and safety
responsibilities, including the person who has ultimate responsibility for health and
safety
(b)
outline the methods by which health and safety procedures and other health and
safety issues will be communicated
(c)
explain the methods by which the effectiveness of the health and safety management
system will be measured, reviewed and updated where necessary.
AL
The section must clearly state 'who has to do what' in terms of health and safety. For
example, it might say that the Contracts Manager will receive information from the Site
Manager about accidents, how the results of investigations into those accidents will be
managed, and that the Contracts Manager will notify the Administrative Authority when
necessary.
It should also detail how health and safety information is to be discussed with and brought to
the attention of employees, especially those with specific duties highlighted within the
document.
It is important to remember that once this information is written down, if there is a serious
accident, it will be used in court by the Administrative Authority (Administrative Authority).
This means people need to be aware of their responsibilities, and have the competence to
carry them out.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
One area for consideration is for companies to indicate how they compile risk assessments
and develop safe systems of work. The arrangements in place in relation to compliance with
the Construction (Design and Management) CDM Regulations (see Section 1.1.8 of the
Regulatory Document) can should also be detailed to demonstrate how compliance with
CDM is achieved.
The development of the arrangements section is likely to evolve over a period of time and, to
an extent, reflect the findings of the company's risk assessments. It should encompass who
is responsible, as well as what they will do and when and how they will achieve it. This
section should:
(a)
explain how the need for (health and safety) competencies and training are
established and satisfied and, if necessary, what interim measures will be put in place
whilst shortcomings exist.
(b)
outline the means by which health and safety consultation with the workforce will be
achieved including, as necessary, reference to management and safety
representatives and safety committees.
QCS 2014
(c)
explain the procedures for ensuring that sub-contractors have a satisfactory health
and safety management system and exhibit safe working practices on site.
(d)
list the areas of risk and identify the person who is responsible for managing each risk.
Piling
Electricity
Gas
Noise
10
Vibration
11
Confined spaces
12
13
14
Asbestos
15
Lone working
16
Machine guarding
17
18
Manual handling
19
Working at heights
20
Roofing
21
Scaffolding
22
Ladders
23
Cradles
24
MEWPs
25
Excavations
26
Hazardous substances
27
28
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Administration procedures
Emergency procedures
30
First aid
31
Fire
32
Means of escape
33
Accident reporting
34
Welfare facilities
35
Employee consultation
36
37
The arrangements section of the policy must demonstrate clearly how the company plans to
carry out its work activities and should identify all the specific site risks associated with them.
This Regulatory Document (Regulations) requires that Contractors give their employees all
the information, instruction, training and supervision that is necessary to ensure their health
and safety. However, on small works of short duration or emergency repairs, detailed preplanning may not be possible. Employees may be sent to a client's premises or a customer's
house at very short notice. This type of work may create a number of problems for
employees, including the need for a short notice or on-site 'risk assessment', and the
arrangements section of the company health and safety policy must cater for this type of
eventuality.
38
The arrangements section of the policy should also cover the situation where a manager is
unable to visit a possible work site whilst tendering or preparing a quotation for a job, but
instead sends an estimator. In this case the estimator must be trained to assess the health
and safety risks of the work, and to record the work to be done and the risk control measures
necessary.
39
These notes should indicate all possible hazards, working height, obstructions, plant and
equipment required. Detailed risk assessments can then be carried out and the associated
method statements developed. This will allow for employees to be properly instructed on or
informed about the work that they are to do.
40
Managing health and safety on a large site offers certain challenges, but it is normally far
easier than dealing with a large number of minor works. This is purely down to the level of
supervision and control that can be put in place.
41
There is a certain irony that typically it is the smallest and probably least resourced
organisations that have the biggest challenges in terms of developing management systems.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
29
This Regulatory Document (Regulations) requires Contractors to revise their safety policies
'as often as may be appropriate'.
Changes in the type of work carried out and changes in staff will also give rise to the need
for a review of the policy. In addition, the policy should be regularly reviewed to ensure that it
stays meaningful and relevant to the company's overall operations.
QCS 2014
1.1.3.8 Communication
1
Contractors are legally required to bring their health and safety policy and any subsequent
revisions to it, to the notice of all employees. CDM emphasises the need for consultation with
the people who carry out the work. Communicating the health and safety policy is a good
way of doing this.
The only way to find out if the requirements of the policy are realistic and workable is to talk
to the people who have to comply with them in the workplace.
The Engineer is appointed by the Client to advise and assist the client with his task and shall
formally assess the competence of the Contractor, if requested.
Part of this assessment process must be a review and critical examination of the contractor's
health and safety policy
CDM requires that companies bidding for work will compile a 'competence pack' to show
how their policies, organisation and arrangements meet the stipulated core criteria for
competency demonstration in implementing and managing health and safety.
The appendix to this section contains a suggested layout of a health and safety policy for a
medium-sized company carrying out small building works. Not all of it will be relevant to
some companies and, conversely, it may not contain specific content that some companies
require.
For most companies, the General Statement of Health and Safety Policy should fit onto one
page of A4 paper. The organisation and arrangements sections will be longer depending on
the size of the company and the type of work that is carried out. Overall, the final document
should be a clear indication to clients, employees and other interested parties such as the
Administrative Authority that the company is honestly, openly and totally committed to the
proper and effective management of all aspects of health, safety and welfare.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
In addition to the legal considerations, for example, compliance with this Regulatory
Document, there are very strong economic and social drivers for a robust health and safety
policy and its proper implementation. The economic argument is that if there are fewer
accidents on site and no occupational ill health, more employees will be at work, rather than
off sick. This means improved business continuity with a greater prospect of completing
projects on time, to budget and to the satisfaction of the client.
The social argument is similar. Clients and customers are far more likely to place business
with a company who they see is behaving with integrity, and taking proper care of the health,
safety and welfare of their employees and others who might be affected by the activities of
the company.
QCS 2014
1.1.3 Appendix 1
GENERAL STATEMENT OF HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY
The Contractor will comply with his duties in order to provide a safe and healthy working
environment for its employees and others affected by its activities. It will take positive action
to ensure that other contractors' employees, occupiers of premises, and members of the
public do not have their health and safety adversely affected by the work operations of the
company. The only acceptable standard of health and safety, and for welfare facilities, will be
full and proper compliance with the requirements of legislation. Where it is possible and
practical to do so, the company will exceed the minimum requirements of the Qatar
Regulatory Document (Regulations).
The company will seek to ensure that each company with whom it contracts or subcontracts
aspires to a similar high standard of health and safety management.
In recognition of the importance that this company places on the engagement and wellbeing
of its employees, the company will:
AL
consult, on health and safety matters, with its employees and others who may work
under its control to ensure that the arrangements for health and safety management
are practical to implement and effective
(b)
as far as is reasonably practicable, fully and effectively control the health and safety
risks arising from its work activities, in co-operation with employees, other contractors,
clients and other relevant parties
(c)
ensure that accident and ill health prevention is provided the highest priority,
commensurate with business objectives, within all company operations
(d)
(e)
provide and ensure that all plant and equipment owned, used or hired by the company
is appropriate, safe to use and properly maintained, inspected and tested
(f)
ensure that all equipment, materials and substances used by the company are
appropriate for their intended use and used, handled and stored safely
(g)
ensure that all employees are provided with adequate supervisory training, information
and instructions to competently carry out their work activities
(h)
ensure that all working places are maintained in a safe and healthy condition
(j)
AT
TE
IN
EG
(i)
IO
(a)
QCS 2014
The table below can be used to record the area of responsibilities with respect to the
organisation for implementation of the policy.
First column: Description of the area of responsibility the overall and final responsibility for
ensuring that the health and safety policy is properly implemented and that the health and
safety standards are achieved and maintained.
Second column: Include the contact details of those with the identified responsibility (In
addition to the person(s) named in the arrangements section of this policy) to ensure that
health and safety standards are achieved, maintained and improved.
AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY
POSITION or NAME
TE
AT
IO
AL
Contractors
IN
EG
The person responsible for monitoring the day-today standards of health and safety, and instigating
improvements where necessary, is:
at the company offices:
on each site:
The person responsible for compiling and
communicating health and safety information to
each site is:
The person responsible for compiling and
comparing year-on-year health and safety accident
statistics is:
The person responsible for ensuring that the
statutory inspections of plant, equipment and
places of work are carried out, and that certificates
are obtained and displayed where appropriate, is:
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
IN
TE
IO
AT
AL
EG
Worker consultation
The person responsible for ensuring that an
effective system of worker consultation is
maintained is:
The person responsible for ensuring effective
worker consultation at site level is:
QCS 2014
The control of the risks associated with the work done by the company can only be achieved
by the proper use of risk assessments. Risk assessments will be carried out for all work
done by the company. They will be reviewed at regular intervals.
AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY
POSITION or NAME
Accidents
AL
on each site:
IO
AT
on each site:
IN
TE
EG
Asbestos
on each site:
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
Competency
The company will provide induction training and
job-specific training for all employees to ensure that
they are fully competent to carry out the work that is
required of them.
The person responsible for assessing competency
requirements and identifying shortcomings is;
Competent health and safety advice
IN
TE
EG
N
IO
AT
AL
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
Electrical safety
The company will endeavour to manage its work
activities so that no employee is put at risk by
electricity.
The following persons are responsible for their
respective areas of electrical safety:
Check for hidden services:
Check for underground services:
Office installation inspection and testing:
AL
IO
AT
TE
on each site:
EG
IN
on each site:
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
AL
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
AL
IO
Office:
AT
On site:
Induction and further training
TE
EG
IN
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
AL
AT
IO
Manual handling
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
Noise
The company will ensure, so far as is reasonably
practicable, that the hearing of no employee is
damaged as a result of exposure to noise at work.
Where necessary, noise assessments will be
carried out to protect employees from hearing
damage. The person responsible for arranging such
assessments is:
AL
IO
AT
IN
TE
EG
Office safety
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
Permits to Work
The company will ensure that where appropriate all
potentially hazardous work activities are carried out
under a Permit to Work system and that the system
is robustly developed and monitored.
The person responsible for determining whether or
not any particular work activity should be carried
out under a Permit to Work is:
The person responsible for raising, co-ordinating
and closing Permits to Work is:
TE
AT
IO
AL
IN
EG
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
N
IO
AT
AL
TE
IN
EG
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
COSHH
AT
IO
AL
on each site:
IN
TE
EG
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
Vibration
The company will ensure, so far as is reasonably
practicable, that the health of no person is put at
risk as a result of exposure to vibration resulting
from the company's work activities.
Where necessary, expert advice on vibration will be
given or arranged by:
The
person
responsible
for
implementing
organisational and engineering controls, to control
vibration at source or reduce exposure, is:
N
IO
AT
AL
TE
Welfare facilities
IN
EG
QCS 2014
POSITION or NAME
Work at height
The company acknowledges that working at height
is a major cause of serious injuries and fatalities
and will therefore endeavour to ensure that where
such work cannot be avoided, it is carried out in a
safe manner.
The person responsible for deciding whether or not
work at height can be avoided is:
developing
safe
AL
IO
AT
TE
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Consultation must involve two-way communication - Contractors passing relevant health and
safety information to their employees and, conversely, seeking and encouraging the opinions
and views of employees where appropriate.
The needs of employees, and others, whose understanding of Arabic and/or English is below
average must be allowed for during the consultation process.
Section 1, Part 6 of the QCS covers project meetings, Section 1, Part 17 covers project
coordination and Section 1, Part 18 covers contractors.
IO
Note:
AL
AT
1.1.4.2 Introduction
Consulting employees on health and safety matters can be very important in creating and
maintaining a safe and healthy construction working environment.
By consulting employees, a Contractor should motivate staff and make them aware of health
and safety issues.
Businesses can become more efficient and reduce the number of accidents and work-related
illnesses.
Consultation involves Contractors not only giving information to employees, but also listening
to and taking account of employees opinions.
When an employee has raised a health and safety issue, it is essential that feedback is given
on any decision taken so that the employee can be confident that their suggestions are
considered and action taken where appropriate.
Where the need for consultation stems from changes to work practices, new work equipment
or changes in organisation, etc, it is essential that the Contractor consults with the workforce
at a sufficiently early stage to allow them to consider the implications and raise any queries.
Furthermore, there may be special considerations when carrying out consultation, such as to
establish the needs of particular individuals, for example taking into account the
requirements of employees with disabilities.
Every Contractor should, as part of their health and safety policy, have documented
arrangements in place which outline how effective consultation will be achieved.
Consultation cannot take place if there is a barrier to effective communication, such as one
of the parties having a limited understanding of Arabic and/or English, either spoken or
written. This is becoming an increasing challenge.
10
Those people on site who have a responsibility for consulting with the workforce must
identify any such barriers and determine ways in which they may be overcome, such as
adapting the means of communication or using interpreters. It is highly unlikely that the use
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
the introduction of any measure that will affect the health and safety of employees
(b)
the arrangements for appointing or nominating the person(s) to assist the Contractors
in complying with this Qatar Regulatory Document (Regulations)
(c)
(d)
(e)
the health and safety implications of the introduction of new technologies into the
Contractors' workplace.
AL
Contractors may consult directly with all their employees or through 'representatives of
employee safety' elected by a group of employees to represent them in health and safety
consultation with the Contractors.
The Contractors must provide employees with a list of names of representatives of employee
safety and the groups they are representing in the workplace.
In addition, the Contractors must inform employees of any changes in the form of
consultation, such as a move from dealing with representatives to directly consulting with
each employee.
Employee representatives must also inform the Contractors when they no longer represent a
group or groups of employees.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
This information may cover what the Contractors proposes to do in relation to health and
safety and includes giving the safety representatives an opportunity to express their views in
the light of the information provided. The Contractors shall take account of the safety
representatives' responses.
(a)
introduction of measures, at the workplace, which may substantially affect the health
and safety of the employees
(b)
(c)
information on risks to employees' health and safety and the measures taken to
remove or minimise them.
emergency procedures
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
(d)
manual handling
(e)
noise
(f)
asbestos
(g)
work at height
(h)
vibration management
(i)
work equipment
(j)
(k)
CDM
AL
IO
The Contractors must provide the employee representative with appropriate and reasonable
training time and reasonable facilities to enable them to perform their functions.
This includes the Contractors meeting reasonable costs associated with training and time off
to perform the function.
The employee is also protected from unfair dismissal or from being otherwise penalised
when participating in consultation with Contractors on matters of health and safety in the
workplace.
IN
TE
AT
On all projects the CDM Regulations require that all contractors ensure that their workforce
is properly consulted on matters which could affect their health or safety.
Worker engagement requires contractors and others to actively engage their workforce in the
process of identifying and controlling risks as an essential part of accident and incident
reduction; 'one-way consultation' should be a thing of the past. For this process to work
successfully, the workforce must:
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
have sufficient confidence, based upon their knowledge, to report suspected or known
unsafe situations
(d)
be provided with feedback to ensure that the issue raised has been investigated and
corrective action taken where necessary.
QCS 2014
In doing this, the Contractor will have to take into account the diversity of the work being
carried out by the various contractors and self-employed people who will be on the project at
the same time, and the duration of their particular work activity.
In that respect, each contractor, sub-contractor and designer has legal duties under CDM to
consult amongst themselves regarding construction work and ongoing design, design
changes and they all have a legal duty to provide information needed for the future stages of
the project (post construction)..
AL
(b)
(c)
emergency procedures
(d)
health and safety risks that have been notified to the Contractors.
AT
IO
(a)
TE
They should use the established methods of communication within the workplace to keep
their members informed of matters affecting their health, safety and welfare at work.
Safety representatives will need to establish a close relationship with other appointed safety
representatives, including those appointed to develop a common approach to their
responsibility for the group or groups they represent.
EG
IN
Investigation
occurrences
and
reporting
of
significant
hazards
and
dangerous
This function is placed on the safety representative on behalf of all employees. In practice
this means that the safety representative should bring to the Contractors notice
unsatisfactory conditions, working practices or arrangements which come to their attention
either during formal inspections or day-to-day observation.
Any such reports should normally be in writing. The report does not imply that all other
conditions and working practices are safe and healthy, or that the welfare arrangements are
satisfactory in all other respects. Making a written report should not preclude a direct oral
approach to (for example) the supervisor or shift leaders in situations where speedy remedial
action is necessary or where it can lead to an immediate resolution of the problem.
QCS 2014
It is important that the safety representative should have access to the Contractors
competent representative responsible for safety. Responsibilities for safety should be clearly
defined.
In order to fulfil their functions, safety representatives should keep themselves informed of
the particular hazards and risks of the workplace. They should also keep themselves
informed of the measures deemed necessary to eliminate or minimise the risks as set out in
the health and safety policy of their Contractors, as well as the organisational arrangements
for fulfilling that policy.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Safety representatives should examine the causes of accidents at the workplace and make
representations to their Contractors on behalf of all employees they represent using
recording and reporting procedures like those outlined under 'Investigation and reporting of
significant hazards and dangerous occurrences' above.
Representation on general health and safety matters
Again, all employees should be represented and it is advised that similar recording and
reporting procedures are used.
Reception of complaints by employees
The function of the safety representative in this area is similar to that of a shop steward; so
the safety representative should ensure that there is no duplication of effort. It is advisable
that recording and reporting procedures as outlined previously are used.
AL
IO
Where safety representatives have been appointed they will be the appropriate persons to
represent employees in any consultations with the Administrative Authority, or other
Administrative Authority.
AT
TE
IN
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
(a)
10
On a regular basis
11
Safety representatives are entitled to inspect the workplace, or part of it, at least every three
months. However, there may be special circumstances in which safety representatives and
their Contractors may wish to agree a different frequency of inspections for different areas or
sectors of the workplace, for example, where there is an especially high risk or in rapidly
changing circumstances. In all instances, agreement should be reached with the Contractors
on the frequency of inspections.
12
Safety representatives must give Contractors reasonable notice in writing of their intention to
carry out an inspection.
13
It is preferable that the Contractors and the safety representative should plan a programme
of formal inspections in advance. This will fulfil the conditions as to notice. Variations in this
planned programme should be subject to agreement.
14
There are advantages in formal inspections being jointly carried out by the Contractors or a
representative and the safety representative, but this should not prevent safety
QCS 2014
16
17
The inspection may take various forms and the type to be carried out will be for the safety
representative to agree with the Contractors.
18
Several types of inspection which, on their own or in combination, will over a period of time
be appropriate:
(b)
(c)
(d)
AT
IO
(a)
Safety representatives should record their findings and notify the Contractors of particulars.
19
AL
15
An inspection may take place after a substantial change in the conditions of work, or new
and relevant information concerning hazards in the workplace has been published.
IN
20
TE
EG
22
Where inspections are carried out, it must be safe for the inspection to be carried out and it
must be in the interests of employees in the group or groups which safety representatives
are appointed to represent.
23
24
25
The inspection must not interfere with any evidence or the testing of any machinery, plant,
equipment or substance which could disturb or destroy the factual evidence before a
Workplace Inspector from the appropriate Administrative Authority has had the opportunity to
investigate the circumstances of the accident or occurrence.
21
QCS 2014
Where remedial action has been taken by the Contractors and the safety representative has
been notified in writing, the representative should be given the opportunity to make any
necessary re-inspection in order to satisfy themselves that the matter(s) notified have
received appropriate attention. They should also be given the opportunity to record their
views. It is advisable that a formal procedure is used.
27
Any remedial actions that are subsequently taken should be publicised throughout the
workplace via the normal channels of communication and should be brought to the specific
attention of the safety committee.
Inspection of documents
Safety representatives are entitled to inspect and take copies of any documents which the
Contractors is required to keep, by virtue of any statutory provision, relevant to the workplace
or to the employees represented.
29
The safety representatives must give a Contractor reasonable notice of their intention to
inspect and take copies of documents.
30
In exercising this right, safety representatives should have regard to the circumstances and
allow the Contractors a reasonable period of time. However, the Contractors must ensure
access to the documents.
31
The only exception is documents consisting of, or relating to, any health record of an
identifiable individual, unless the individual concerned has given their approval.
TE
AT
IO
AL
28
In addition to the facilities which Contractors must provide for inspections and consultations,
the Contractors must provide whatever assistance may be reasonable in the circumstances.
Note: Throughout these Regulations, reference is made to the facilities that the Contractors
have to provide to the safety representative. All parties should clearly understand that the
facilities should be reasonable, allowing representatives to effectively fulfil their functions.
The necessary facilities should be discussed and agreed on by all concerned.
EG
IN
Once the committee has been established, the Contractors must post a notice stating the
composition and the workplace to be covered by its activities.
The committee should be concerned with all relevant aspects of health, safety and welfare in
the workplace.
It should draw up objectives and agreed terms of reference. These might include:
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
1.1.4.14 Membership
The number of management representatives should not exceed the number of employee
representatives. Management representatives should be drawn from all levels of
management and supervision, bearing in mind the needs of all contractors. In some
instances, safety experts may be co-opted.
AL
1.1.4.15 Conduct
The frequency of meetings will depend on the nature of the workplace, and prior consultation
should take place.
It is advisable that meeting programmes should be arranged with agendas and minutes, and
that these should be published and freely available.
TE
AT
IO
A safety representative or other employee cannot be dismissed for drawing the attention of a
Contractor to genuine health and safety concerns.
EG
IN
Information sought from Contractors on health and safety matters might be such as is
detailed under the following headings. The list should not be taken as exhaustive.
General safety
2
who the Contractors makes responsible for safety at the office, depot or site; and
where that person can be contacted
(b)
the health and safety policy of the Contractors and the organisation, and the
arrangements for implementing the policy
(c)
a list of members of any health and safety committees and a list of other safety
representatives within the company or on site
(d)
the specific responsibilities of individual managers and supervisors for health and
QCS 2014
(f)
the health, safety and welfare of the workforce and the established procedures for
consultation and negotiation
(g)
the issue, maintenance and replacement of any personal protective clothing and
equipment
(h)
(i)
(j)
warning notices and signs to be posted around the workplace and any signals which
need to be made during the working day
(k)
(l)
dealing with unsafe acts and conditions at the workplace, including working with
hazardous materials.
AL
(e)
IO
Information relating to the health, safety, welfare and training of young people, such as:
induction training, the general training methods to be implemented and the facilities
available for that training and how they are to be used
(b)
the people responsible for training and the safety content of on- and off-the-job
training
(c)
the provision of specific safety training for certain tasks and activities undertaken
within the workplace
(d)
(e)
the records to be kept to indicate what training has been received; where those
records are kept and by whom.
TE
AT
(a)
IN
Details of training related to the health, safety and welfare of adult workers, such as:
(a)
(b)
the type of training available both on- and off-the-job and the duration of that training
EG
the training available and given to skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled people
(c)
(d)
(e)
the arrangements for ensuring the effectiveness of the training given to workers whose
first language is Arabic and/or English, for whatever reason, have a lower than
average level of understanding of Arabic and/or English.
Details of training related to health, safety and welfare of training managers and specialists,
which is given when:
(a)
any new work methods, equipment or materials are introduced into the company's
operations
(b)
any new standards or legislation are introduced which affect the company's operations
(c)
the existing knowledge and skills of the workforce are inadequate to meet the
requirements of the job.
QCS 2014
General information on health, safety and welfare related to the company's organisation and
activities, such as:
(a)
(b)
the numbers of personnel employed for each of the categories of skills employed and
of the specialists available for consultation
(c)
(d)
any significant changes in the company's activity, such as any proposed or anticipated
expansion, or the end of contracts.
Access to documents
AL
Contractors need to maintain and provide access to the following health and safety
information:
first aid statistics, along with records of absence
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
QCS 2014
Everyone arriving new on site, whether new to the industry, experienced or even a
temporary visitor, should be given an induction to the site.
Accident statistics show that the majority of accidents happen to people during their first few
days on site.
The threats to health and safety will vary from site to site and even on the same site as work
progresses and the hazards change.
An effective induction process is an essential part of on-site health and safety management.
AL
(b)
(c)
allow for the effective induction of inductees who do not have English as their first
language or may otherwise have difficulty in understanding what is being said.
AT
IO
(a)
1.1.5.2 Introduction
It is a requirement of these Regulations that employees are provided with health and safety
training whenever they are exposed to new or increased risks. When employees first arrive
in the company or at a new site, this training takes the form of an 'induction'. It is accepted
that providing proper and effective health and safety induction training can have a significant
impact on the likelihood of accidents and injuries during a person's first few days, weeks or
months with a company or on a particular site.
Given that every accident occurring to an employee can be seen as an eventual financial
cost to the Contractors, then anything that can be done to reduce accidents is of direct
financial benefit to the Contractors. The costs of giving proper and effective health and safety
induction training are relatively minor when viewed against the cost benefits that can accrue
from accident avoidance and prevention. This also applies to the prevention of long-term ill
health and the avoidance of dangerous occurrences.
EG
IN
TE
Mention of the word 'induction' or 'inductee' would cause many people to think of a person
arriving on site or into the company totally new.
Whilst this is the case for some people, there will be a significant number of people who do
not fall into this category. In wider terms inductees may be:
(a)
young people joining the industry for the first time. This will generally be persons
joining a company as trainees or apprentices
(b)
persons arriving at a new site even though they have been in the industry for some
time
(c)
(d)
persons who have been promoted, for example, from tradesperson to chargehand
QCS 2014
It must be appreciated that different types of inductee will probably require different levels or
styles of induction training because of their varying levels of knowledge, experience and
competence within the industry.
This Regulatory Document (Regulations) requires that Contractors provide their employees
with sufficient information, instruction, training and supervision as is necessary for their
health and safety.
(b)
Every Contractor shall ensure that employees are provided with adequate health and
safety training:
AL
(a)
(ii)
IO
(i)
AT
TE
(a)
(b)
EG
IN
the Contractor takes all reasonable steps to ensure that every worker is provided with
a suitable site induction.
The above requirement on contractors to provide site inductions means that inductions must
be carried out for all projects
The requirements of other Regulations which in themselves indicate a need for competence
in certain work situations, when viewed against the type of work to be carried out, might
indicate additional topics which need to be covered during site induction.
QCS 2014
It will be for the Contractors to decide when and where the training takes place. However,
the sooner the induction training takes place the more opportunity there is to have a
significant influence on the people being inducted. It is important that the induction training is
seen as a formal company procedure, which the company provides for the benefit of the
inductee, so that the Contractors can be seen to be meeting both the letter and the spirit of
the law. If it is seen as 'something that is just necessary, we have to do it anyway' then it will
fail to have the desired long-term effects.
The style and content of the presentation will vary between company and site. However, the
person giving the presentation needs to have both the necessary skills and knowledge,
together with the ability or 'presence' to deliver the programme effectively and in a
meaningful manner.
AL
Induction difficulties
It is essential that the health and safety messages put across during site induction are fully
understood. Possible barriers to learning will depend largely upon the training methods used.
For example, reliance on written training materials will disadvantage those with dyslexia or
other reading difficulties. Similarly, amongst the increasing number of workers who do not
speak Arabic as their first language, some may find induction training of limited value unless
thought is given to how it is delivered.
It is up to the person organising the training to establish the limitations of those undertaking
induction, remembering that there may be a degree of embarrassment and, therefore, a
reluctance to admit limitations.
To successfully induct those whose first language is not Arabic, but who have some
understanding, it will probably be necessary to modify the presentation in style, speed of
delivery and the aids used, depending upon the level of Arabic. Induction aids may need to
be more visual, with less reliance upon the written word. Where there are operatives who do
not speak Arabic at all, it is likely that specialist help, such as interpreters, will be required.
There may also be scope for training someone on the site who speaks both languages to
carry out specific induction sessions for specific groups.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Induction content
6
Different companies will have different issues to include in the induction training. The
requirements for on-site training will vary as work on the site progresses. In the early days
there may be excavations, exposed reinforcing bars and other problems at ground level.
As the site and above-ground works progress, the hazards will change and it will be
necessary for the emphasis in the health and safety training to change. As the site develops,
temporary or permanent traffic routes may be introduced, or the circulation of traffic on site
may need to change, for example, due to the repositioning of a crane or the installation of
services. All these issues should be reflected in the induction training that will be provided for
people arriving on site or as the project progresses. It is quite possible, or even likely, that
the induction session delivered on day one of the project will not be valid after three months.
Part of the induction process must be to find out what the audience already knows, identify
key areas that must be covered and use plain language, illustrating with diagrams, drawings
and pictures to ensure that inductees can easily take in the information.
There will undoubtedly be other issues that are specific to a company or site and these will
need to be considered and developed by the company concerned.
QCS 2014
10
Explain that at the end of the induction session, all inductees will be required to add their
name and signature to an attendance sheet signifying that they have understood what they
have been told.
Obviously, users will amend the content in order to reflect the philosophy of their company,
site or organisation regarding health, safety and welfare provisions. There may be items
covered which you feel are inappropriate and these should be omitted.
Conversely, some additional items not covered may be of particular importance to your
company, site or organisation and these should be included.
Access
Explain the rules regarding access to, and egress from, the workplace. Are there any oneway systems? Are there any prohibited areas? Are there any special rules or conditions
applying to the site or workplace?
AL
IO
The participants should be in no doubt of the requirements for reporting accidents. Explain
when, where and to whom accidents must be reported and, in general, how they will be
investigated. Your procedures may go beyond those required by legislation as a company
policy decision.
AT
Accident reporting
Asbestos
You should have a company policy for dealing with any material suspected of being
asbestos and employees should be informed of this policy.
EG
IN
TE
'If you find any material that is off-white or crumbly, or any fibrous
material that looks like dirty cotton wool it may be asbestos or contain
asbestos, so leave it alone and if practical keep other people out of the
area. Contact your supervisor and tell them what you have found.'
Assembly points
8
See also Emergency evacuation. Explain where the assembly points are for site
evacuation in the event of an emergency.
Boundaries
Explain the boundaries of the site if there is no perimeter fence. Include the prevention of
trespass.
Buried services
10
QCS 2014
Competence
11
You may need to advise employees and others of the levels of competence required for
operating certain types of plant or carrying out particular pieces of work. CDM in particular
places a legal duty on anyone who arranges for or instructs any worker to carry out
construction work, to ensure that they are competent to do so.
Confidential issues
12
Explain the provision for 'whistle blowing'. How can employees raise confidential (including
medical) issues if the need arises?
Confined spaces
Explain the rules that apply on site. Many employees will fail to recognise that a confined
space can be above ground, or be as innocuous as a sub-basement boiler room.
Unfortunately, confined spaces have been responsible for a number of deaths in the
industry, all of which could have been avoided by compliance with proper health and safety
procedures.
AL
13
AT
what is the mechanism for workers to bring any health and safety concerns they have
to the attention of site management?
(b)
(c)
(a)
If there is a suggestion box or scheme, explain how employees can put forward ideas for
improvements in health, safety and welfare, waste minimisation and so on, on a day-by-day
basis.
IN
15
Contractors have a duty to consult the workforce on matters of health and safety, you must
explain how such (two-way) consultation is achieved:
TE
14
IO
16
EG
Contamination
Explain the on-site procedures relating to hazardous substances. Are there any substances
that are additional to the usual cement, oils, paints, etc.?
Dangerous occurrences
18
Explain the policy in relation to the reporting of dangerous occurrences. It is thought that
many go unreported as employees regard them as 'an accident where nobody was injured'.
Dermatitis
19
Explain that contact dermatitis can be caused by some relatively common substances such
as diesel and mould release oil, paints, thinners and cement. Gloves should be worn on
appropriate occasions, and barrier creams should be used properly.
QCS 2014
20
These occasions should have been identified by the Contractors risk assessments.
Discipline
21
Explain the company policy regarding breaches of this Regulatory Document (Regulations),
site or company rules.
Dress code
22
Explain the effects of sun exposure and the importance of preventing skin cancer. Explain
company or site rules on whether shorts or sleeveless vests are permissible on site.
Drugs
Explain the rules about arriving on site or being on site under the influence of any nonprescribed controlled drugs, or taking these during the hours of employment. It may be that
employees will be asked to leave the site.
24
The issue of prescribed drugs should also be covered as some of these can have side
effects such as drowsiness. If the user is authorised to operate plant or drive vehicles, this
needs to be addressed and resolved with the supervisor or management.
IO
AL
23
What standard is used? What is the safe system of work for persons working on or near
open or leading edges?
25
AT
Edge protection
TE
(b)
(c)
(d)
IN
(a)
EG
27
Are there any other general rules regarding working with electricity?
26
Electricity
Emergency evacuation
28
Explain site or company procedures. What is the siren or alarm? Where are the emergency
evacuation assembly points?
Emergency procedure
29
Explain the procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency other than fire. This may
be civil disturbance, a bomb scare, structural collapse or other eventuality.
Environment
30
Environmental pollution can include the air, as well as the ground or water. Explain any
specific issues of environmental protection and control concerning the company or site. It is
perhaps worth noting that dust, as well as smoke and fumes, can be considered an
environmental pollutant.
QCS 2014
Escape routes
31
Explain the recognised escape routes on site and from buildings in the event of a fire or
emergency.
32
Explain that access and egress routes must be - well-defined and kept clear. How are they
marked? How will they be lit when it is dark? How will changes to the escape routes be
notified as construction progresses?
Excavations
Explain the policy regarding:
(a)
excavation support
(b)
(c)
AL
33
Explain if there are any specific eye protection problems, or rules applicable to the site or
any particular work that is taking place. See also Personal protective equipment.
IO
34
Eye protection
You may wish to comment on the use of safety nets, safety decking, air bags and other
similar systems.
35
AT
Fall-arrest
Explain the hierarchy of control measures that are to be used on site to prevent persons from
falling or to catch them safely if they do fall. This will obviously vary depending on the type of
site and work undertaken.
IN
36
TE
Fall prevention
38
37
EG
Fire
fire points
(ii)
fire extinguishers
(iii)
hose reels
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Explain the company or site policy regarding the burning of rubbish or 'bonfires'. On many
sites, this is prohibited due to the danger of fire spreading and the environmental pollution
caused by fires.
QCS 2014
First aid
39
If there is to be an on-site first-aid facility that can be used by all contractors, clearly explain
the arrangements.
(a)
(b)
Who are the first aiders, and how can they be contacted or identified?
(c)
(d)
In the event of an accident requiring more than first aid, who will summon the
ambulance or emergency services?
Flammable liquids
storage
(b)
(c)
use
(d)
return to storage.
(a)
AL
If flammable liquids (such as paint thinners, solvents, spirit-based paints and others) are kept
and used on site, explain the rules for:
IO
40
See also Consultation with employees. If there is a site health and safety committee (and
this may also be reflected in earlier comments for CDM or Consultation with employees),
explain the terms of reference for:
41
AT
(b)
(c)
agenda items
(d)
how the outcomes of meetings are made known to employees on site (publication of
minutes).
EG
IN
TE
(a)
42
Explain the site or company rules for this clothing to be worn and clearly define the
appropriate locations. Also clearly define the standard for high visibility clothing.
Hoists
44
(b)
if any person can operate it, do they need training prior to being authorised as
competent?
(c)
if the controls are regarded as so simple that the hoist may almost be regarded as a
public lift, is there any danger of controls being overridden?
(d)
QCS 2014
(e)
45
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Ladders/stepladders
Explain the company standards for:
securing or tying ladders/stepladders
(b)
(c)
(d)
AT
Lasers
If lasers are to be used on site, explain what class of laser is to be used and what, if any,
hazards could be caused. Levelling lasers (used, for example, by suspended ceiling fixers)
are not normally regarded as hazardous as long as appropriate health and safety rules are
followed.
47
AL
(a)
IO
46
Explain that different projects and clients will have different rules and that employees should
understand the need for each rule and how it will be enforced.
who has the authority to use lifting equipment of varying sizes and types
49
EG
Lifting equipment
IN
48
TE
Site Rules
(c)
(d)
Lighting
50
Explain the site or company rules for provision of work lighting and emergency lighting.
Include:
(a)
(b)
extra lighting during winter months or for work outside normal hours.
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
(d)
(e)
Manual handling
52
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
Medication
Some prescribed medicines, and some medicines which can be purchased from a Pharmacy
without a prescription for problems such as hay fever, can cause drowsiness or other side
effects.
54
Explain that anyone who is concerned that any medicines prescribed may affect their health
and safety performance should discuss the matter with their supervisor.
AT
IO
53
Method statements
Explain the importance of supervisors discussing with employees the method statement to
be used for particular tasks, and the benefits to be gained from employee input into method
statements.
TE
55
Explain who has the competence to operate or use MEWPs. Give the evidence required to
prove competence and training. Where can MEWPs be used? Where they are not allowed?
Explain the use of safety harnesses when working from platforms.
EG
56
IN
57
Near-miss incidents
Explain the importance of reporting all incidents that are 'near misses'. These can then be
investigated and the appropriate remedial measures put into place so that the next 'near
miss' does not become an accident.
Needles and syringes
58
Because of the secretive nature of illegal drug use, these items may be hidden away, which
can increase the danger to those finding them. Employees should be warned to be very
vigilant, particularly regarding the discovery of used hypodermic syringes, razor blades
(needles and needlestick injurys).
59
60
(a)
(b)
It should be noted that most gloves in common use on site do not offer very much protection
against a needlestick injury.
QCS 2014
Noise
61
See also Hearing protection zones. Explain the site or company rules concerning the use
of equipment that produces excessive noise. Explain the use of hearing protection and noise
control zones.
Occupational health
62
Stress the importance for employees to report to supervisors any cases of ill health, as it
may be potentially work-related. This is particularly important if employees are working
where there may be rats, or if the area has been used for illegal drug taking and the related
paraphernalia may be found. In the case of refurbishment and renovation works, there may
be residual materials from previous occupants likely to cause ill health.
Overhead electricity cables
(b)
marking
(c)
(d)
working nearby
(e)
precautions.
location
IO
(a)
Permits to work
Explain company or site procedures regarding issuing, working with and the cancellation of
permits to work. Where 'lock off systems are used, explain the rules regarding padlock keys.
TE
64
AL
AT
63
(b)
protective footwear
(c)
(d)
66
EG
(a)
65
IN
eye protection
(e)
respiratory protection
(f)
Remind the inductees that PPE in general, and respiratory protective equipment (RPE) in
particular, should only be used as a means of last resort when all other control measures
have been investigated and found to be impracticable. The need for PPE (apart from helmet,
boots and high visibility clothing) should be covered in the risk assessment and method
statement.
Plant and equipment
67
(b)
(c)
any type of plant/equipment that is prohibited, for example mains-powered hand tools
QCS 2014
(d)
(e)
You may want to explain, in general terms, the powers that Inspectors have when they come
on site and the requirement for employees to co-operate with them.
Reporting defects
Explain the importance of reporting all defects in plant and equipment, scaffolding, supports
for excavations, and so on. Early reporting will bring about swift remedial measures and help
to prevent accidents.
70
The possible consequences of not reporting defects may result in an accident or disciplinary
procedures.
AL
69
Explain whether there are any areas on site that are restricted to all people, or a specific
class of people. Include what identifies a restricted area. Typical examples are areas where
demolition, impact cleaning, water jetting, or asbestos removals are taking place.
AT
IO
71
Risk assessments
Explain the significant findings of risk assessments, as they will affect staff on site as a
whole, or those working on a particular activity. It may be useful to explain the risk
assessment process and the health and safety benefits that can be gained by employees.
See also Method statements.
IN
TE
72
The crucial need arising out of risk assessments and method statements is for safe systems
of work. Explain that site rules require employees to work in accordance with any safe
systems of work that have been developed by the Contractors.
74
Explain also the benefits of working to a safe system of work and the potential for accidents
and disciplinary action if it is not followed properly.
EG
73
Safety harnesses
75
Explain the company or site requirements for wearing and using safety harnesses and
lanyards. See also Fall-arrest.
Safety policy
76
Explain any relevant areas of the company's health and safety policy, together with the
organisation and arrangements for the implementation of the policy. If relevant, explain
where a copy of the policy is displayed on site.
Safety signs and notices
77
Remind the audience that all employees must comply with all safety signs and notices at all
times. Explain the whereabouts of any site notice board, and how changes and modifications
to site rules will be made known to the workforce.
QCS 2014
79
who is allowed to erect, alter or dismantle tube and fitting or system-built scaffolds
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Explain any other company or site-specific rules about the use of scaffolding as either a
working place, or as access to the working place.
Explain whether any specific rules apply to pedestrian and traffic movement. This will
depend on the size and complexity of the site. You may also include where contractors may
lay down materials and which areas they may use for the prefabrication of components.
IO
80
AL
Site layout
Security is very much allied to health and safety in that a breach of security can lead to
trespassers on site and possible exposure to a risk of injury. Open a discussion if you have
any particular company or on-site rules concerning security. Also consider the issue of health
and safety awareness of site security staff, whether they are employees or a subcontracted
security company.
TE
81
AT
Site security
Skin protection
It may be appropriate to discuss the need for skin protection, both in terms of gloves and
barrier creams. If barrier creams are used, where are they dispensed? Also explain that the
types of gloves used must be the most suitable for the levels of protection needed.
83
If it is likely to be a significant hazard, you should also include details of the risk of skin
cancer associated with excess exposure to the sun.
EG
IN
82
Smoking
84
Explain the policy on smoking in the workplace and the canteen, clearly identifying those
areas where smoking is not allowed. Include details of the measures taken to protect nonsmokers from the discomfort caused by tobacco smoke.
Tidiness (housekeeping)
85
Explain the importance of maintaining a tidy site in order to eliminate many of the slip, trip
and fall hazards. Include:
(a)
rubbish skips
(b)
separation of waste
(c)
(d)
good housekeeping
(e)
QCS 2014
Toilets
86
See also Welfare facilities. Explain the site or company rules regarding cleanliness, abuse
of facilities and graffiti, and how such behaviour will be dealt with. Include the reporting of
defects.
Traffic routes
87
88
Explain:
one-way systems
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
(a)
What training will be given to persons on site? Explain the need for all contractors to ensure
that persons working for them on site have been trained and are competent to carry out the
work they are required to do.
AT
IO
89
Training
Due to the nature of the project or the ground, some sites will have specific issues to deal
with and there may be the potential for a particular type of injury. Take the opportunity to
explain this in order to prevent injuries occurring. For instance, working at height raises
specific issues and working at height over or alongside water may introduce additional
hazards.
IN
TE
90
Types of injury
Vehicles
EG
Explain the site rules for the presence and operation of vehicles on site. Include:
(a)
(b)
(c)
91
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Vibration
92
Many people are still unaware of the problems that can be caused by high-speed rotary and
percussive equipment. Explain the potential severity of vibration white finger and the
company or site policy regarding:
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
the need for employees to seek medical advice if they have any symptoms.
Waste disposal
93
Describe the location of skips and other waste containers. Explain the segregation of waste.
Who is responsible for the removal of waste from the workplace? Explain the company or
site policy if contractors do not clear away their own waste.
Explain that this is a financial issue as well as an environmental matter. It is also closely
linked with site tidiness, pollution control, housekeeping and accident prevention. Effective
waste minimisation is also an issue within sustainable construction and there are company
and national benefits to be gained. There is more likelihood of a project being completed on
time and to budget if waste is minimised.
AT
IO
94
AL
Waste minimisation
Welfare facilities
Explain:
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
95
Working at height
96
This is allied to fall prevention, safe systems of work and PPE. Explain the company or site
rules for:
(a)
(b)
competence of employees
(c)
Explain the site or company rules for working near, on or over water, including:
(a)
(b)
(c)
safety harnesses
QCS 2014
(d)
(e)
(f)
lookouts
(g)
alarms.
Conclusion
It is extremely important that records are kept showing which workers have attended site
induction, together with details of the training they have received and the date it was carried
out.
99
Appendix 1 of this module is an example of an attendance list that can be copied and used
for record purposes on induction training. It may also be copied into a computer and
electronic records maintained.
100
(b)
used by the trainer to ensure that the important basic facts are included in an induction
training talk.
IO
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
Operatives may also find the checklist helpful in identifying gaps in their knowledge.
101
AL
98
QCS 2014
Date
Location
Start time
Duration (minutes)
End time
Presenter's name
Presenter's signature
Inductee's signature
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Inductee's name
QCS 2014
CDM
Competence
Confidential issues
Confined spaces
Consultation with
employees
EG
Contamination
COSHH
Competence
Risk assessments
Safe Systems of
Work
Safety harnesses
Safety policy
Edge protection
Electricity
Emergency
evacuation
Emergency
procedure
Environment
Escape routes
Excavations
Eye protection
Fall-arrest
Site layout
Site security
Skin protection
Smoking
Tidiness
(housekeeping)
Toilets
Flammable liquids
AL
Drying rooms
First aid
Hearing protection
zones
Buried services
Drugs
Fire
High visibility
clothing
IO
Boundaries
Dress code
Fall prevention
Hoists
AT
Assembly points
Discipline
Asbestos
Dermatitis
Working near, on or
over water
Dangerous
occurrences
TE
Accident reporting
IN
Access
Ladders/
stepladders
Lasers
Legal issues
Lifting equipment
Lighting
Liquefied petroleum
gas
Manual handling
Traffic routes
Training
Types of injury
Vehicles
Vibration
Waste disposal
Medication
Method statements
Mobile elevating
work platforms
Near-miss incidents
Needles and
syringes
Noise
Occupational health
Overhead electricity
cables
Permits to work
Personal protective
equipment
Plant and equipment
Powers of
Inspectors
Registration
schemes
Reporting defects
Restricted or
prohibited areas
Waste minimisation
Waste minimisation
Working at height
QCS 2014
Contractors are required to access the risks to workers in their undertakings, and to any
other person whose health and/or safety may be adversely affected by a Contractors work
activities. The phrase 'any other person' clearly encompasses contractors, members of the
public, site visitors, employees of other contractors etc.
These include:
Avoiding risks where possible.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Adapting the work of an individual with a view to alleviating monotonous work and
reducing its effects on health.
(e)
(f)
(g)
Developing a coherent policy which influences the factors relating to the working
environment.
(h)
Giving collective measures priority over measures that protect the individual.
(i)
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Contractors have a requirement to make effective arrangements, as are appropriate for the
nature of the work activities carried out and the size of the company, for the management of
all aspects of health and safety. Contractors must record the arrangements made for the
effective planning, organisation, control, monitoring and review of the preventative and
protective measures implemented.
Contractors are required to ensure that employees are provided with health surveillance
where the findings of a risk assessment identify risks to the health and safety of employees
that can be eliminated or reduced by applying health surveillance techniques.
Health surveillance should be introduced where the risk assessment indicates that:
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
there is a reasonable likelihood that the disease or condition may occur under the
particular conditions of work
(d)
health surveillance has the potential to increase the protection of the health of the
employees concerned.
hand-checks for the early signs of dermatitis being carried out by a site manager or
supervisor, who has received the appropriate training, or
(b)
QCS 2014
Contractors are required to appoint one or more 'competent persons' to assist them in
interpreting and complying with Qatar health and safety legislation, where the Contractors
does not have the necessary training, experience or knowledge to carry out this duty
themselves. If more than one competent person' is appointed, the Contractors must ensure
that there is adequate co-operation between them.
10
Where the Contractors him/herself is not competent in matters of construction health and
safety, the requirements of this Regulatory Document are normally satisfied by the
employment of a suitably qualified and experienced health and safety adviser or the
engagement of an appropriately experienced consultant.
11
The Contractors must ensure that any competent person who is not an employee, for
example, a consultant, is adequately informed of all relevant facts in relation to site health
and safety.
12
Given that in-house safety advisers or external consultants will usually only visit sites at a
frequency that is deemed to be appropriate, the responsibility for the day-to-day
management/monitoring of health and safety is often delegated to the site manager. In these
circumstances, this regulation places a duty on the Contractors to ensure that the site
manager is adequately trained and competent to discharge this duty.
13
A competent person is someone who has sufficient training and experience, or knowledge
and other qualities, to enable them to properly assist the Contractors in complying with
relevant health and safety legislation.
14
15
Contractors are required to implement procedures to be developed for any particular serious
and - imminent dangers that may arise. This will very much depend on both the activities of
the Contractors and the location. Fire is a real risk for everyone almost everywhere, but
bomb threats in rural locations may not be.
16
Other serious and imminent dangers may relate to LPG, HFL, collapse of scaffold,
excavations, confined spaces or virtually anything else. Again, Contractors should know their
industry.
17
Once such procedures have been developed, the workforce must receive the appropriate
information, instruction and training.
18
19
20
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
the risk to their health as identified by any part of the Contractors risk assessments
(b)
any preventive or protective measures taken to eliminate or reduce the risks identified
(c)
any risks notified to the Contractors that arise out of the work activities of another
Contractors.
Where there is more than one Contractor in the workplace, they must co-operate with each
QCS 2014
other with regard to health and safety, to enable both (or all if there are more than two)
Contractors to fulfil their legal duties.
21
This may require planning exchanges of information on hazards and risks, or deciding who
works where and when and, on larger sites, a health and safety co-ordinator may be needed.
The client, the Contractor or a nominated contractor may have, or have been given, by
contract or arrangement, the co-ordination role.
22
Contractors are required to ensure that when allocating a task to any employee, the
Contractor takes into account the employee's capabilities (knowledge, training, experience
etc.) with regards to health and safety.
23
The Contractors also has a duty to ensure that employees are provided with adequate health
and safety training:
AL
(b)
(b)
(c)
AT
IO
(a)
use all tools, equipment, dangerous substances, safety devices etc, in accordance
with any training received.
(b)
report to the Contractors (or Contractors health and safety 'competent person') any
work situation which the employee feels is not safe.
(a)
25
on recruitment
TE
24
(a)
Contractors (and in some cases self-employed persons) with regard to the employment of
workers who are employed under a temporary contract or supplied by a Labour agency.
27
Before starting work, such workers must be supplied with comprehensible (understandable)
information on:
(b)
(a)
EG
IN
26
the requirement for any health surveillance arising out of the work to be carried out.
28
The above bullet points have obvious implications where temporary workers, whose first
language is not English, are to be employed. See notes below.
29
Contractors are required to inform any Labour agency who are to supply temporary workers
of:
(a)
any special occupational qualifications or skills that must be held by the temporary
worker(s) to enable them to work safely
(b)
any features of the work to be carried out by the temporary workers insofar as those
features are likely to affect their health and safety.
30
Contractors should respond after notification that the employee is pregnant. Exposure limits,
working conditions and working hours for such workers must be taken into consideration.
31
Contractors are required to specifically assess and review the risks to the health and safety
of young persons who are on site. Due account must be taken of their lack of maturity or
experience and their lack of knowledge of potential risks.
QCS 2014
33
34
Unless:
(a)
(b)
(c)
the risks are reduced to the lowest level that is reasonably practicable
(b)
involves exposure to agents which are toxic, carcinogenic or otherwise have serious
specific health implications
(c)
(d)
involves the risks of accidents because of their lack of experience and/or training
(e)
A 'young person' is anyone over the minimum school leaving age but under 18 years of age.
AL
32
1.1.6.2 Construction workers for whom Arabic is not their first language
Contractors shall, in entrusting tasks to his employees, take into account their capabilities as
regards health and safety.
Steps must be taken to ensure that effective two-way communication is established so that
they can work safely and without risk to their health or to the health and safety of any other
person who might be affected by their action or omissions.
Ultimately, if a contractor decides to engage workers who cannot speak and/or understand
Arabic the situation will have to be managed. This could be achieved by the employment of a
bilingual supervisor who, in the appropriate language, can give information, instructions,
training and supervision. If a contractor is responsible for engaging workers who cannot
speak English then the Contractor should ensure that the contractor provides suitable
translators. Equally, the same criteria will need to be implemented on other smaller sites.
Contractors are required to ensure that employees are trained and competent for the job
they have to do. Not being able to communicate using the language of the country of
residence does not mean that workers are not competent in their trade. Provided they are
here legally, it would be extremely unwise to ban workers who can prove their competence,
just because they cannot speak the language effectively or fluently. Provisions for such
situations can and should be made.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
These require that simple, common sense measures be taken to prevent injuries to workers
resulting from carrying or otherwise moving loads manually.
Definitions of the terms injury, load and manual handling, all of which are as would be
expected.
An injury is any injury, not just to the back, and would include cuts from sharp edges or
broken toes caused by dropped objects.
Manual handling means transporting, supporting, lifting, putting down, pushing, pulling,
carrying or moving anything by hand or bodily force.
Contractors are required to avoid manual handling operations which involve a risk of
QCS 2014
employees being injured, as far as is reasonably practicable and, where manual handling
cannot be avoided, to carry out risk assessments and introduce alternatives to manual
handling, control measures and appropriate training.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Employees are required to make full and proper use of all equipment or systems provided by
the Contractors.
QCS 2014
Definition of work equipment: Any tool or piece of equipment for use at work.
(b)
ladder
(c)
air compressor
(d)
crane
(e)
tractor
(f)
hoist
(g)
(h)
hammer
(i)
lifting sling
(j)
podger
(k)
drill bit
(l)
socket set
(m)
scaffolding.
dumper truck
TE
AT
IO
(a)
AL
Contractors are required to ensure that work equipment is suitable for the purpose, and only
used under conditions for which it is suitable.
Contractors are required to ensure that work equipment is properly and adequately
maintained.
Contractors are required to ensure that specific risks are identified, information and
instructions to employees and the training of employees take place.
Contractors must ensure that all work equipment, whether European Conformity (CE)
marked or not, complies with all current British or International standards.
10
The basic principle is that every dangerous part of any machine or piece of equipment must
be effectively and properly guarded at all times, but provisos do exist for certain
circumstances, such as the use of push sticks on woodworking machines.
11
Controls should be efficient, effective, easy to use, clearly marked and easily accessible. The
main requirement is to provide safe equipment for the employee, with controls that allow it to
be used in a safe manner. It goes without saying that emergency stop controls feature quite
significantly.
12
Contractors are required to ensure that lighting must be suitable and sufficient, taking
account of the work operation in progress.
EG
IN
QCS 2014
13
Contractors may also have to consider the need for both access lighting and task lighting.
14
Contractors are required to ensure that all markings must be clear and appropriate, and
'warnings' which may be audible or visible and they must be unambiguous, easily perceived
and easily understood.
Contractors are required to ensure that personal protective equipment is suitable and
provided, where a risk cannot be adequately controlled in some other manner.
Contractors are required to ensure compatibility if more than one item of personal protective
equipment needs to be worn at any time, so that one item does not detract from the
protection offered by another.
This is of particular importance to the building and construction industry as, on many
occasions, a combination of safety helmet, eye protection, ear protection or respiratory
protection needs to be worn.
The requirements of the assessment are specified and, in general, require the problem to be
thought through in a structured manner and - the right equipment chosen for the right
reasons.
A key factor is the competence of the person carrying out the assessments. If they do not get
it right, the consequences for the health and safety of employees could be very serious.
Assessments must be reviewed when they become out of date or there are any significant
changes.
10
Contractors are required to ensure that personal protective equipment provided shall be
properly maintained, cleaned or replaced as appropriate; that adequate and suitable storage
or accommodation is provided for it; and that employees receive all necessary information,
instruction and training.
11
Training must be comprehensible and the question of language use must be considered.
12
Employees are required to use personal protective equipment in accordance with any
instructions or training given, and to report any loss or defects.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
1.1.7.1 Interpretation
contractor means any organization or person who carries out or manages construction
work or a place of work and includes any employer or self-employed in relation to a
business
Construction work means the carrying out of any building, civil engineering or engineering
construction work and includes:
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Any associated temporary works associated with construction works and a work
activity
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Work activity means any activity part of construction work and includes temporary works
Young person means any person who has not attained the age of eighteen. A young
person under 16 years of age cannot be employed at all in a Qatar workplace, as per Qatar
Labour Law 14, Article 86.
These duties are held by the contractor who carries out the work, irrespective of whether he
is an employer or is self-employed.
These duties are also held by those who do not do construction work themselves, but control
the way in which the work is done or manages construction work or owns and manages a
place of work.
Suitable and sufficient means the risk assessment should identify the risks arising from or in
connection with the work and the level of detail should be proportionate to the risk. The level
of risk arising from the work activity should determine the degree of sophistication of the risk
assessment.
A method of work shall mean a method statement describing the logical sequence of how a
work activity is to be carried out safely and without risk to health
QCS 2014
To the health and safety of his employees to which they are exposed whilst they are
at work; and
(b)
To the health and safety of persons not in his employment arising out of or in
connection with his undertaking
(b)
A contractor shall not employ a young person unless he has undertaken or reviewed his risk
assessment in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (4) below in relation to risks to the health
and safety of young persons.
(c)
The extent of the health and safety training provided or to be provided to young
persons
IO
AL
The lack of awareness of risks in relation to the work to be undertaken and or the risks
impacting on the role of young persons
AT
Any risk assessment referred to in paragraph (1) shall take into account
language difficulties and language barriers of employees
(b)
(c)
TE
(a)
(b)
Any group of his employees and others identified by it as being especially at risk.
(d)
The contractor is required to ensure that employees are provided with health surveillance
where the findings of a risk assessment identify risks to the health and safety of employees
that can be eliminated or reduced by applying health surveillance techniques.
(b)
IN
EG
(a)
Risk assessment shall be supported by effective and suitable written method of work
describing the logical sequence of how a work activity is to be carried out in a manner which
is safe and without risk to health.
Any written method of work referred to in paragraph (8) shall be developed by a competent
person who has knowledge and experience of the work activity being assessed and its
development shall involve consultation with those undertaking the work activity.
Any risk assessment and method of work referred to in paragraph (1) and (8) respectively
shall be developed before undertaking of any work activity and shall be communicated to
and acknowledged by those who will undertake the work activity.
Any risk assessment and method of work referred to in paragraph (1) and (8) respectively
shall identify the requirements for the contractor to provide for his employees:
(a)
information about how to undertake the work safety and without risk to their health
QCS 2014
(b)
implementation of instructions for undertaking the work safety and without risk to their
health
(c)
identify and conduct necessary training to employees so that they have the
understanding and skills to undertake the work activity without risk to their health and
safety
(d)
Note
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Guidance on Risk assessment and written method of work can be found in Section 2.4
(Section 11, Part 2 of QCS).
QCS 2014
1.1.8
The overall concept of Construction (Design and Management) (CDM) regulations is to focus
on planning, design and management to improve health and safety standards on Qatar
construction industry without creating unnecessary paperwork and bureaucracy.
1.1.8.2 Introduction
The key aim of the CDM Regulations is to integrate health and safety into the management
of construction projects and to encourage everyone involved to work together to:
improve the planning, design and management of projects from the very start
involving subject matter experts to ensure that risks associated with all aspects of
business, particularly in terms of hazardous activities are properly assessed;
(b)
identify hazards early on, so they can be eliminated or reduced at the design or
planning stage and the remaining risks can be properly managed;
(c)
target effort where it can do the most good in terms of health and safety; and
(d)
AL
(a)
IO
The effort devoted to planning and managing health and safety should be in proportion to the
risks and complexity associated with the project. When deciding what you need to do to
comply with these Regulations, your focus should always be on action necessary to reduce
and manage risks. Any paperwork produced should help with communication and risk
management. Paperwork which adds little to the management of risk is a waste of effort, and
can be a dangerous distraction from the real business of risk reduction and management.
Time and thought invested at the start of the project will pay dividends not only in
improved health and safety, but also in:
reductions in the overall cost of ownership, because the structure is designed for
safe and easy maintenance and cleaning work, and because key information is
available in the health and safety file;
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(b)
reduced delays;
(c)
(d)
(e)
Client: A client means a person or an organisation or a company who seeks or accepts the
services of another person, organisation or company to carry out a project for him. The
Client can carry out the project himself.
Designer: Any person or organisation or company who in the course of a project or business
prepares or modifies a design; or arranges for or instructs any person under his control to do
so.
Design: Includes drawing, design details, specification, bills of quantities and calculations
QCS 2014
prepared for the purpose of designing all aspects of a structure or any products or electrical
or mechanical systems intended for a particular structure.
(b)
preparatory works including site clearance, exploration and investigation (but not site
survey) and clearance or preparation of the site or structure for use or occupation
(c)
(d)
demolition or dismantling of any structure and the removal of materials and waste.
(e)
(f)
the construction of fixed offshore oil and gas installations at the place where they will
be used
(g)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
The activities listed below have been defined as not being construction work. However,
given the complexities of many modern projects, thought may have to be given to how health
and safety is managed in connection with these activities where they form a part of the
project to which CDM otherwise applies:
putting up and taking down tents
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
partitions, such as those used to divide open-plan offices or to create exhibition stands
and displays
(f)
(g)
IN
TE
(a)
EG
(h)
(i)
off-site manufacture of items for later use in construction work (for example, roof
trusses, pre-cast concrete panels, bathroom pods and similar prefabricated elements
and components)
Engineer: Refer to QCS Section 1 (General) Part 1 (Introduction) 1.4 (Terms and
Definitions).
Contractor: Refer to QCS Section 1 (General) Part 1 (Introduction) 1.4 (Terms and
Definitions).
Sub-Contractor: means any person or organisation selected by the contractor for execution
or management of construction works. A sub-contractor works under the control of the
Contractor on site.
The construction phase starts when actual construction work on the project commences,
and normally ends on the transfer or handing over of the structure to the client. If there is
QCS 2014
more than one structure (or building), the construction phase does not end until the work on
the last structure is complete.
10
Construction Phase (Health & Safety) Plan: The Contractor must develop a plan suitable
for managing health and safety in the construction phase of the project, which includes
developing information provided by the client, designer and Engineer. This must be
completed, submitted and approved as suitable and sufficient by the client before
construction work on site can proceed.
The Construction Phase (Health & Safety)) plan is the foundation for good management and
clarifies:
who does what
AL
AT
IO
The plan should be regarded as a live document, reviewed at regular intervals and, where
necessary, amended to reflect changes in the scope of work or programme changes where
the planned interface of trades may alter.
Construction site: includes any place where construction work is being carried out or to
which the workers have access, but does not include a workplace within it which is set aside
for purposes other than construction work.
12
Principles of Prevention: means the hierarchy of hazard and risk control specified in
section 1.1.8.6 and which applied to every duty holder and everyone on a construction
project.
13
Project: means an undertaking (whether for profit or not) which includes or is intended to
include construction work and includes all planning, design, management or other work
involved in a project until the end of the construction phase.
14
(a)
EG
IN
TE
11
(b)
any formwork, falsework, scaffold or other structure that provides temporary support or
access
1.1.8.4 Co-operation
1
seeks the co-operation of any other person involved in any project, whether on the
same or an adjoining site co-operates with all other persons involved in any project,
whether on the same or an adjoining site
So far as it is necessary for all persons involved in the project(s) to comply with their duties
or functions under these Regulations.
QCS 2014
Every person involved in a project, who is working under the control of another person, must
shall inform that person of anything believed to endanger the health or safety of himself or
others.
one contractor allowing the workforce of another company to use their scaffold to
enable work at height to be carried out safely.
(b)
(c)
1.1.8.5 Co-ordination
(a)
(b)
AL
These Regulations require that every duty holder involved in a project co-ordinates their
activities with the activities with one another in a manner which ensure so far as is
reasonably practicable the health and safety of persons who are:
IO
There are many examples of where the various contractors involved in a project can coordinate their work activities, agreeing who works where and when so that construction work
runs smoothly and without the risks created by one set of workers endangering the health
and safety of other workers.
All construction projects require co-operation and co-ordination between all members of
the project team. For low risk projects, a low-key approach will be sufficient. In higher
risk projects, for example those involving demolition, a more rigorous approach to coordination, co-operation and planning will be needed. Under the Regulations, any action
taken should be in proportion to the risk which the work creates. The architect, lead
designer or contractor who is carrying out the bulk of the design work should normally
co-ordinate the health and safety aspects of the design work; the main Contractor
should co-ordinate construction work.
It is vital that those doing the work understand the risks involved and what to do about
them. If the risks are low and the precautions well understood by those carrying out the
work, then there will be no need for a written health and safety plan. Where the risks are
higher, a written comprehensive construction phase health and safety plan will be
required. for example where the work involves:
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
structural alterations;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
a risk of falling into water which is, or may become, fast flowing;
(g)
diving;
(h)
explosives;
(i)
(j)
demolition works.
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
EG
QCS 2014
Clients
(h) Provide information relating to the health and safety file to the Engineer
AL
(i) Retain and provide access to the health and safety file
AT
IO
(j) (*There must be an Engineer and Contractor until the end of the construction phase)
TE
IN
Engineer
(b) Co-ordinate health and safety aspects of design work and co-operate with others
involved with the project
EG
Designers
QCS 2014
(a) Plan, manage and monitor construction phase in liaison with sub-contractors
(b) Prepare, develop and implement a written plan and site rules. (Initial plan must be
completed before the construction phase begins. Plan is termed Construction Phase
Health and Safety Plan.
Contractor
AL
IO
AT
(c) Provide any information needed for the health and safety file
(d) Inform Contractor of problems with the Construction Phase Health and Safety Plan
TE
IN
EG
Sub-Contractors
(a) Co-operate with Contractor in planning and managing work, including reasonable
directions and site rules
QCS 2014
Clients
(b)
Designers
(c)
Engineers
(d)
Contractors
(e)
Sub-Contractors
In relation to the arrangements for managing the project, the client must take reasonable
steps to ensure that:
IO
AL
(b)
there are suitable welfare facilities for the people engaged in the construction work
(appendix 1)
(c)
any structure which is to be built complies with the requirements of the latest revision
for QCS
(d)
IN
TE
AT
(a)
In relation to the provision of information, the client's duties are to ensure that all
designers and contractors are promptly provided with relevant pre-construction information.
The pre-construction information must include all relevant information which is in the client's
possession, or can be reasonably obtained, including information that relates to:
(a)
EG
anything likely to affect the site or the construction work, for example the presence of
asbestos or underground services
(b)
(c)
the minimum amount of time before the construction phase starts allowed for planning
and preparation (mobilisation)
(b)
secure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the health and safety of anyone who will:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(ii)
QCS 2014
In situations where there are a number of organisations, any of which could be the client,
one of the organisations must elect in writing to take on the role of client. This needs to be by
agreement. In this case, none of the other organisations have any duties under these
Regulations.
The client has one of the biggest influences over the way a project is run. They have
substantial influence and contractual control and their decisions and approach determine:
the time, money and other resources available for projects
(b)
who makes up the project team, their competence, when they are appointed and
who does what
(c)
(d)
whether the team has the information that it needs about the site and any existing
structures
(e)
the arrangements for managing and co-ordinating the work of the team
AL
(a)
Because of this, they are made accountable for the impact their approach has on the health
and safety of those working on or affected by the project. However, these Regulations also
recognise that many clients know little about construction health and safety, so clients are
not required or expected to plan or manage projects themselves. Nor do they have to
develop substantial expertise in construction health and safety, unless this is central to their
business. Clients must ensure that various duties are discharged, but are not normally
expected to do them themselves.
Those clients without construction expertise should rely on the engineers advice on how
best to meet their duties, but the engineer will need the clients support and input to be able
to carry out their work effectively. The client remains responsible for ensuring that client
duties are met.
10
Clients can also, intentionally or unwittingly, take on additional responsibilities. If they specify
materials or methods of working they may well become designers in relation to those specific
matters. They will also be contractors if they directly manage or carry out construction work
on site.
11
Client shall ensure that the construction phase does not start unless:
(b)
12
the contractor has prepared a construction phase plan which complies with
Section 1.1.8.32); and
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
13
Getting the right people for these roles and making early appointments is particularly
important for clients with little construction or health and safety expertise, as they will need to
rely on the advice given by the Engineer on matters relating to the competence of those who
they intend to appoint, and the adequacy of the management arrangements made by
appointees.
A client is an organisation or individual for whom a construction project is carried out. Clients
only have duties when the project is associated with a business or other undertaking
(whether for profit or not). This can include for example, Qatar Ministrys, Insurance
Companies or Private Developers.
Designers and contractors working for domestic clients have to manage their own work
and co-operate with and co-ordinate their work with others involved with the project so
as to safeguard the health and safety of all involved in the project.
In some circumstances it may not be immediately obvious who is the client and there
can sometimes be more than one client involved in a project. To avoid confusion, this
needs to be resolved by those involved at the earliest stage possible. Take into
account who:
ultimately decides what is to be constructed, where, when and by whom;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
IN
(a)
TE
AT
IO
AL
If there is still doubt, then all of the possible clients can appoint one of them as the only
client for the purposes of these Regulations. Someone will always be the client. It is in
the interests of all possible contenders to identify who it is. If not, they run the risk that all will
be considered to carry the clients duties under these Regulations.
designers, contractors and other team members that they propose to engage are
competent (or work under the supervision of a competent person), are adequately
resourced and appointed early enough for the work they have to do.
(b)
they allow sufficient time for each stage of the project, from concept onwards;
(c)
they co-operate with others concerned in the project as is necessary to allow other
duty holders to comply with their duties under these Regulations;
(d)
they co-ordinate their own work with others involved with the project in order to
ensure the safety of those carrying out the construction work, and others who may
be affected by it;
QCS 2014
(e)
(f)
(g)
any fixed workplaces (for example offices, shops, factories, schools and any other
structures which can be a place of work for end users including maintainers)
which are to be constructed will comply, in respect of their design and the
materials used, with any requirements of latest version for QCS
(h)
AL
Unrealistic deadlines and a failure to allocate sufficient funds are two of the largest
contributors to poor control of risk on site. When engaging designers, contractors, and
appointing engineers, clients have to consider the resources (for example staff,
equipment and, particularly, time) needed to plan and do the work properly. Any
contractors who are being considered for appointment should be informed of the
minimum time period allowed to them for planning and preparation before construction
work begins on site. Contractors should be given sufficient time after their appointment
to allow them to plan the work and mobilise the necessary equipment (for example
welfare facilities) and staff to allow the work to proceed safely and without risk to health.
This is particularly important where the project involves demolition work - contractors
must be given sufficient time for the planning and safe execution of any demolition
activities.
Clients should consult with appointees (including the contractor) to find out how much
time they will need for planning and preparation before work is expected to start in order
that both parties can agree a suitable time period. Similarly, engineers will need
sufficient time after their appointment to carry out their duties under these Regulations.
Clients must then inform their appointees how much time the client has allowed for
planning and preparation before the work starts.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Clients must only employ designers who are competent to carry out their CDM duties.
Clients often employ more than one designer, for example architects, civil, structural and
services engineers. In such cases they all need to know who does what, and the timing
of the appointments needs to enable the design work to be co-ordinated from an early
stage. Nominating one designer as the lead designer is often the best way to ensure
co-ordination and co-operation during work which involves a number of designers.
QCS 2014
Clients, particularly those who only occasionally commission construction work, will not
be experts in the construction process and for this reason they are not required to take
an active role in managing the work. Clients are required to take reasonable steps to
ensure that suitable management arrangements are in place throughout the life of the
project so that the work can be carried out safely and without risk to health. The
arrangements put in place should focus on the needs of the particular job and should be
proportionate to the risks arising from the work.
The client will need to ensure that arrangements are in place to ensure that:
there is clarity as to the roles, functions and responsibilities of members of the
project team;
(b)
those with duties under CDM have sufficient time and resource to comply with
their duties;
(c)
(d)
designers are able to confirm that their designs (and any design changes) have
taken account of the requirements of their (designers duties), and that the
different design elements will work together in a way which does not create risks
to the health and safety of those constructing, using or maintaining the structure;
(e)
(f)
contractors are able to confirm that health and safety standards on site will be
controlled and monitored, and that welfare facilities will be provided by the
contractor from the start of the construction phase through to handover and
completion.
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Most of these arrangements will be made by others in the project team, such as
designers and contractors. Before they start work, a good way of checking is to ask the
relevant members of the team to explain their arrangements, or to ask for examples of
how they will manage these issues during the life of the project. When discussing roles
and responsibilities, on simple projects all that may be needed is a simple list of who
does what.
EG
IN
Clients must provide designers and contractors who may be bidding for the work (or who
they intend to engage), with the project-specific health and safety information needed to
identify hazards and risks associated with the design and construction work (the preconstruction information).
The information should be provided as part of the early procurement process or tendering,
and responses to the issues identified can be a real help when judging competence of
those tendering for the work. It therefore needs to be identified, assembled and sent out
in good time, so that those who need it when preparing to bid or when preparing for the
work can decide what resources (including time) will be needed to enable design,
planning and construction work to be organised and carried out properly. Where design
QCS 2014
work continues during the construction phase, the pre-construction information will need
to be provided to designers before work starts on each new element of the design.
Similarly, where sub-contractors are appointed during the construction phase, each subcontractor (or those who are bidding for the work) must be provided with the preconstruction information in time for them to take this into account when preparing their
bid, or preparing for work on the site.
Clients may already have all, or much of the information needed. However, where there
are gaps in this information, the client should ensure that these are filled by
commissioning surveys or by making other reasonable enquiries. Where no existing
information is available from the Client, designers shall identify and commission relevant
surveys to enable them to complete their design and prepare preconstruction
information that will be used to inform preparation and planning for construction. The
information shall consist of relevant health and safety information of anyone affected by
the design over the project life cycle.
The information needs to be in a form that is convenient, i.e. clear, concise and easily
understood, but it can be included in other documents, for example the specification,
providing the relevant health and safety issues are fully covered. Brief notes on as built
drawings are particularly useful, but should be checked in case significant alterations have
been carried out. will advise the client as to what is needed and arrange for relevant
information to be given to designers and contractors.
Clients are also required to tell Contractors who they engage to carry out construction work
the minimum notice that they will be given before they are expected to start construction
work. This is to ensure that Contractors have sufficient time to plan and prepare for
example mobilise their workforce and equipment, and make arrangements for welfare
facilities to be provided.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
Description of project
(a)
key dates (including planned start and finish of the construction phase), and
(ii)
(b)
(c)
whether or not the structure will be used as a workplace (in which case, the
finished design will need to take account of the relevant requirements of the latest
version for QCS).
(d)
(i)
planning for and managing the construction work, including any health and
safety goals project,
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
welfare provision;
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
fire precautions,
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
AT
(ii)
(iii)
adjacent land uses for example schools, railway lines or busy highways.
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
IN
TE
(i)
EG
(a)
AL
(b)
arrangements for:
(a)
IO
QCS 2014
(vii)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
The information needs to be in a form that is convenient, i.e. clear, concise and easily
understood, but it can be included in other documents, for example the specification,
providing the relevant health and safety issues are fully covered. Brief notes on as built
drawings are particularly useful, but should be checked in case significant alterations have
been carried out. Engineers will advise the client as to what is needed and arrange for
relevant information to be given to designers and contractors.
Clients are also required to tell contractors who they engage to carry out construction work
the minimum notice that they will be given before they are expected to start construction
work. This is to ensure that contractors have sufficient time to plan and prepare for
example mobilise their workforce and equipment, and make arrangements for welfare
facilities to be provided
IN
TE
AT
IO
Clients do not have to provide welfare facilities for construction workers, but if there are
particular constraints which make it difficult for facilities to be provided, the client should
co-operate with contractors and assist them with their arrangements.
EG
Refer to 1.1.8.9.
The engineer provides clients with a key project advisor in respect of construction health
and safety risk management matters. Their main purpose is to help clients to carry out
their duties; to co-ordinate health and safety aspects of the design work and to prepare
the health and safety file.
QCS 2014
This allows the client to appraise their project needs and objectives, including the
business case and any possible constraints on development to enable them to decide
whether or not to proceed with the project before appointing the engineer. The engineer
needs to be in a position to be able to co-ordinate design work and advise on the
suitability and compatibility of designs, and therefore they should be appointed before
significant detailed design work begins. Significant detailed design work includes
preparation of the initial concept design and implementation of any strategic brief. As a
scheme moves into the detailed design stage, it becomes more difficult to make
fundamental changes that eliminate hazards and reduce risks associated with early
design decisions.
Proper consideration of the health and safety implications of the design for those who
build and maintain the structure will make a significant contribution to reducing its whole
life cost, and will make delivery to time, cost and quality more likely.
AT
IO
AL
Clients must appoint one competent, adequately resourced contractor to plan, manage
and monitor the construction work. The appointment needs to be in writing.
The contractor can be an organisation or an individual. A contractors key duties is to coordinate and manage the construction phase to ensure the health and safety of
everybody carrying out construction work, or who is affected by the wor k.
The contractor must be appointed as soon as the client knows enough about the project
to select a suitable contractor. Early appointment allows the contractor and other
specialists, for example maintenance contractors and facilities management experts to
make a substantial contribution to ensuring the building safety issues and maintainability
of the structure under construction. This helps to eliminate and reduce risks to health
and safety, and to avoid interruptions, delays and other problems, which can add
significantly to the costs of a project.
Early appointment is essential for the contractor to have sufficient time to develop an
adequate construction phase plan and to arrange for appropriate resources, including
welfare facilities, to be available when work commences on site. (Ensuring that welfare
facilities are provided when work starts on site is a specific duty of the contractor, but the
client also has a duty to make sure that the contractor has done so). Contractors should
be told as part of the pre-construction information the minimum amount of time which
they will be given for planning and preparation before the construction work is expected
to start on site.
There can only be one contractor (the main Contractor of construction works and having
authority and control of the construction site) at any one time. To ensure continuity,
clients should normally keep the same contractor for the whole project from site
clearance and preparation to final completion. However, there may be exceptions, for
example where:
EG
IN
TE
(a)
QCS 2014
(b)
separate projects for different clients, for example for a building shell and
subsequent fitting-out work.
(c)
(d)
be clear to, and agreed by all those involved, particularly in relation to the timing of
the change;
(e)
be clearly recorded;
(f)
provide the practical authority to enable the contractor to discharge his duties.
AL
IO
Before construction work begins clients must check to ensure that suitable welfare
facilities have been provided, and that the construction phase plan has been prepared
by the contractor. With the help of the engineer, clients must ensure that the plan is
project-specific and suitable. Example content of the construction phase plan is:
AT
Description of project
(b)
(a)
(c)
EG
IN
TE
extent and location of existing records and plans that are relevant to health and
safety on site, including information about existing structures when appropriate.
(b)
health and safety goals for the project and arrangements for monitoring and
review of health and safety performance
(c)
arrangements for;
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
the exchange of design information between the client, designers, Engineer and
contractors on site,
(iv)
(v)
QCS 2014
(vii)
site security,
(viii)
site induction,
(ix)
on site training,
(x)
(xi)
the reporting and investigation of accidents and incidents including near misses,
(xii)
the production and approval of risk assessments and written systems of work;
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(ii)
dealing with services - water, electricity and gas, including overhead power lines
and temporary electrical installations,
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
preventing falls,
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
work on excavations and work where there are poor ground conditions,
(x)
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
(xi)
AL
(i)
(xii)
(xiii)
(ii)
(iii)
manual handling,
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
storage of information.
Once the construction phase has begun, neither clients nor engineers have a duty to
check that the plan is updated; this is the responsibility of the contractor.
Risks to employees and others not engaged in construction work can increase
substantially as they visit the site or spend more time there. The risks to the construction
workers can also increase, due to the presence and work of others not directly engaged
or experienced in construction work.
To minimise such risks, the management of this phase needs to be considered well in
advance to address:
the nature, scope and duration of any finishing-off work;
(b)
(c)
how the site will be split up, and access controlled, to safeguard construction
workers as well as clients employees and/or members of the public.
TE
(a)
IN
For simple projects these arrangements can be discussed and agreed between the
various parties. In more complex situations, the arrangements should be recorded as
part of the construction phase plan.
EG
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
provide welfare facilities for those carrying out construction work (though they
should co-operate with the contractor to assist with his arrangements);
(d)
visit the site (to supervise or check construction work standards) but it is good
practice for the client to appoint someone to ensure the contents of the
Construction Phase (H&S) Plan is being complied with. This may be in the form of
an appointed H&S advisor / consultant and / or the Engineer which may assist in
the resolution of any onsite design issues.
QCS 2014
The more complex the project and hence the more construction disciplines involved, the less
likely it is that the role of engineer can be satisfactorily carried out by a single person.
The selection of a competent engineer should be based upon the complexity of the work and
the range of knowledge required.
AL
(ii)
the start of the construction phase as outlined previously in the client's duties
taking reasonable steps to ensure that the necessary arrangements are made
for managing health and safety
AT
IO
ensure that suitable arrangements are made and implemented for the co-ordination of
health and safety measures during the planning and preparation phases of the project
with regard to:
co-operation and co-ordination between all parties working on the project
(ii)
(i)
(ii)
the information needed by the contractor for the preparation of the health and
safety plan
(iii)
any design developments which may have an impact on the planning and
management of the work
TE
(c)
(i)
IN
(b)
give suitable and sufficient advice and assistance to enable the client to comply with
the client's duties under these Regulations, in particular with regard to:
EG
(a)
take all reasonable steps to identify and collect pre-construction information and
promptly provide it, as necessary, to designers and contractors
(e)
take all reasonable steps to ensure that designers comply with their duties
(f)
(g)
(d)
take all reasonable steps to ensure the co-operation between designers and the
contractor with regard to designs and any changes in design
prepare the health and safety file and pass the file to the client at the end of the
construction phase
The purpose of the engineer is to provide the client with key project information about
construction health and safety risk-management matters.
(b)
(c)
ensuring proper co-ordination of the health and safety aspects of the design process
(d)
facilitating good communication and co-operation between all project team members
(e)
QCS 2014
Early involvement of the engineer with the client and designers should significantly contribute
to the reduction of risk to construction workers and to anyone who has to subsequently work
on the completed structure.
The role demands a comprehensive knowledge of the design process and construction
methods, plus a thorough understanding of construction health, safety and welfare issues.
10
These Regulations require that the role of the engineer must be filled at all times by a
competent person. It has, therefore, to be accepted that the appointment of the engineer can
be terminated by the client if the duties are not being carried out satisfactorily, for example:
the engineer has not generally displayed the required level of competence
(b)
the job has reached a stage where it involves construction activities outside the scope
of the experience of the current engineer and a pre-planned handover to another
engineer takes place. For example, the original engineer is appointed for the ground
works and structural stage of a project, but another appointment is made for the fitting
out and commissioning stages.
IO
AL
(a)
The role of an engineer is to provide the client with a key project advisor in respect of
construction health and safety risk management matters. They should assist and advise
the client on appointment of competent contractors and the adequacy of management
arrangements; ensure proper co-ordination of the health and safety aspects of the
design process; facilitate good communication and co-operation between project team
members and prepare the health and safety file.
12
Through early involvement with clients and designers, an engineer can make a
significant contribution to reducing risks to workers during construction, and to
contractors and end users who work on or in the structure after construction.
IN
TE
AT
11
EG
13
give suitable and sufficient advice and assistance to clients in order to help them
to comply with their duties, in particular:
(i)
(ii)
the duty to ensure that adequate arrangements are in place for managing
the project;
(b)
co-ordinate design work, planning and other preparation for construction where
relevant to health and safety;
(c)
identify and ensure collection of the pre-construction information and advise the
client if surveys need to be commissioned to fill significant gaps;
(d)
promptly provide in a convenient form to those involved with the design of the
structure; and to every contractor (including the contractor) who may
(e)
(f)
manage the flow of health and safety information between clients, designers
QCS 2014
(g)
and contractors;
(h)
advise the client on the suitability of the initial construction phase plan and the
arrangements made to ensure that welfare facilities are on site from the start;
(i)
produce or update a relevant, user friendly, health and safety file suitable for
future use at the end of the construction phase.
Clients are responsible for appointing competent and adequately resourced designers
and contractors. A competent engineer will have the knowledge and expertise to assist
clients with these assessments.
Managing information flow
Co-operation and co-ordination can only be achieved if there is good communication
between all parties involved in a particular aspect of a project. During planning stages
the engineer needs to make sure that there are appropriate systems in place to
encourage communication and the sharing of relevant information, and engineers
should manage the flow of information between the team members. They may need to
convene special meetings if they are not satisfied there is sufficient co-operation
between designers or with other team members, or if adequate regard is not being given
to health and safety. It is, however, better for these issues to be addressed in routine
project meetings.
AT
IO
AL
Clients must provide designers and contractors who may be bidding for the work (or who
they intend to engage), with the project-specific health and safety information needed to
identify hazards and risks associated with the design and construction work. (The preconstruction information). Clients are required to provide this information to the
engineer. The engineer should check the information to ensure that it is complete,
advise the client if there are any significant gaps or defects, and ensure these are filled
by commissioning surveys or by making other reasonable enquiries. The engineer
should then provide designers or contractors who may be bidding for, or preparing to
carry out construction work on site, with such parts of the pre-construction information
that are relevant to each.
EG
IN
TE
Providing information
Clients must make sure that there are suitable (project-specific) arrangements for
managing each project so that the work can be carried out safely and without risk to
health. Most clients, particularly those who only occasionally commission construction
work, will not be experts in the construction process. These Regulations do not require
clients to take an active role in managing the work, but they do require clients to take
reasonable steps to ensure that suitable management arrangements are in place
throughout the life of the project.
The engineer should assist with the development of these arrangements, and should
advise clients on whether or not the arrangements are adequate. They should assist the
client with decisions about how much time a contractor will need to prepare before
construction work begins. When advising and assisting the client, the following issues
should be considered.
(a)
Is the client aware of their duties and do they understand what is expected of
them?
(b)
(c)
(d)
Is there an established project team who meet regularly to discuss and coordinate activities in relation to the project?
(e)
Are project team members clear about their roles and responsibilities?
(f)
Are there arrangements in place for co-ordinating design work and reviewing the
design to ensure that designers duties are being addressed?
(g)
Are there arrangements in place for dealing with late changes to the design, and
for co-operating with contractors, so that problems are shared?
(h)
Has the contractor been given enough time to plan and prepare for the work, and
mobilise for the start of the construction phase?
(i)
Has the contractor made arrangements for providing welfare facilities on site from
the outset, and have they prepared a construction phase plan that addresses the
main risks during the early stages of construction?
(j)
Are there suitable arrangements for developing the plan to cover risks that arise
as the work progresses?
(k)
Has the format for the health and safety file been agreed, and are arrangements
in place for collecting the information which it will contain?
(l)
Has the contractor put in place suitable arrangements for consulting with workers
on site; for carrying out site induction and for ensuring that workers are adequately
trained and supervised?
Not all of these questions will need answers at the start of the project, and the
arrangements will need to evolve as the project develops. The key thing is to plan ahead
so that arrangements are in place before the risks that need managing materialise on
site.
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
TE
When considering building safety issues, meetings should where possible include the
contractor(s) so that difficulties associated with construction can be discussed and
solutions agreed before the work begins. When discussing usability and maintainability,
involving the client or those who will be responsible for operating the building or
structure will mean that proper consideration can be given to the health and safety of
those who will maintain and use the structure once it has been completed. Doing this
during the design stage will result in significant cost savings for the client, as rectifying
mistakes after the structure has been built is always expensive.
As part of design reviews, engineers need to ensure that the designers have identified a
safe method for construction for unusual or complex designs, and that the designs
include the information needed by other designers and contractors to allow them to work
safely and without risk to health. This information needs to be clear and concise.
The timing of the reviews also needs careful consideration. Design needs to be far
enough developed for people to have a clear view of what is in mind, but not so far
developed that it is too late to modify the proposals, if necessary. Design is an iterative
process so it may need review at several different stages. The effort devoted to design
review should be in proportion to the risks and complexity.
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Engineers who identify important health and safety issues that have not been addressed
in the design must draw them to the attention of the designer.
The design of temporary works, such as falsework, formwork and scaffolding, falls within
the scope of CDM. Engineers have to take reasonable steps to ensure co-operation
between permanent and temporary works designers, in particular to ensure that
arrangements are in place to ensure that designs are compatible and that the
permanent works can support any loadings from temporary works.
Engineers need to pay particular attention to late designs or late change s to designs.
Examples would be revisions on architects instructions, when clients require changes or
when unforeseen problems are encountered on site. The engineer should make sure
that there are arrangements in place to ensure that such changes do not result in
significantly increased risks on site.
AT
IO
AL
(b)
approve or check designs, although they have to be satisfied that the design
process addresses the need to eliminate hazards and control risks;
(c)
approve the contractors construction phase plan, although they have to be able to
advise clients on its adequacy at the start of construction;
(d)
(e)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
The health and safety file (the file) is a source of information that will help to reduce the
risks and costs involved in future construction work, including cleaning, maintenance,
alterations, refurbishment and demolition. Clients therefore need to ensure that the file is
prepared and kept available for inspection in the event of such work. It is a key part of
the information, which the client, or the clients successor, must pass on to anyone
preparing or carrying out work to which CDM applies.
QCS 2014
construction work is completed. At the end of a project the engineer should give the
completed file to the client for safekeeping.
The contents of the health and safety file
When putting together the health and safety file, you should consider including
information about each of the following where they are relevant to the health and safety
of any future construction work. The level of detail should allow the likely risks to be
identified and addressed by those carrying out the work:
a brief description of the work carried out;
(b)
any residual hazards which remain and how they have been dealt with (for
example surveys or other information concerning asbestos; contaminated land;
water bearing strata; buried services etc);
(c)
(d)
hazardous materials used (for example lead paint; pesticides; special coatings
which should not be burnt off etc);
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
information and as-built drawings of the structure, its plant and equipment (for
example, the means of safe access to and from service voids, fire doors and
compartmentalisation etc).
AL
(a)
AT
TE
IN
EG
clients, who have a duty to provide information about their premises to those who
carry out work there;
(b)
(c)
(d)
IO
The file should form a key part of the information that the client, or the clients
successor, is required to provide for future construction projects. The file should therefore
be kept up to date after any relevant work or surveys.
The scope, structure and format for the file should be agreed between the client and
engineer at the start of a project. There can be a separate file for each structure, one for
an entire project or site, or one for a group of related structures.
What you must do
Clients, designers, contractors, other sub-contractors and engineers all have duties in
respect of the health and safety file:
(a)
Engineers must prepare, review, amend or add to the file as the project
progresses, and give it to the client at the end of project;
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
clients must keep the file to assist with future construction work; and
(d)
everyone providing information should make sure that it is accurate, and provided
promptly.
The client should make sure that the engineer compiles the file. In some cases, for
example design and build contracts, it is more practical for the contractor to obtain the
information needed for the file from the specialist contractors. In these circumstances
the contractor can assemble the information and give it to the engineer as the work is
completed.
10
The file does not need to include things that will be of no help when planning future
construction work, for example:
the pre-construction information, or construction phase health and safety plan
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
details of all the contractors and designers involved in the project (though it may be
useful to include details of the contractor and engineer)
(f)
contractual documents
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(ii)
TE
(i)
IN
12
Where clients dispose of their entire interest in a structure, they should pass the file to
the new owners and ensure that they are aware of the nature and purpose of the file.
Where they sell part of a structure, any relevant information in the file should be passed
or copied to the new owner.
EG
11
1.1.8.32 Designers
1
Designs develop from initial concepts through to a detailed specification, often involving
different teams and people at various stages. At each stage, designers from all disciplines
can make a significant contribution by identifying and eliminating hazards, and reducing
likely risks from hazards where elimination is not possible.
Designers earliest decisions fundamentally affect the health and safety of construction
work. These decisions influence later design choices, and considerable work may be
required if it is necessary to unravel earlier decisions. It is therefore vital to address
health and safety from the very start.
Designers have duties regardless of whether the client is a domestic or non-domestic Client.
QCS 2014
Designer's duties
1
Designers are in a unique position at an early stage of a project to reduce the potential risks
to health and safety that could arise during the construction phase or at a later stage such as
during maintenance of the completed structure.
Designers have duties regardless of whether the client is at work or is a domestic client.
No designer shall commence work in relation to a project unless any client for the project is
aware of his duties under these Regulations.
Every designer shall in preparing or modifying a design avoid foreseeable risks to the health
and safety of any person
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
IO
AT
AL
(a)
(b)
(a)
and in so doing shall give collective measures priority over individual measures
TE
no design work should be carried out unless the client is aware of their duties under
these Regulations.
(b)
not carry out detailed design work until an Engineer has been appointed.
(c)
designers must ensure so far as is reasonably practicable that their designs avoid
foreseeable health and safety risks to anyone who is:
carrying out the construction work
(i)
EG
IN
(a)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
It will include aspects of design such as positioning a vehicle loading bay to ensure that
delivery vehicles are routed safely away from pedestrians. The intention is that all designers
consider the implications of their designs with regard to the structures being built and
maintained reasonably safely.
(b)
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
An example of hazard elimination is to design out the use of fragile roofing materials or the
installation of fragile roof-lights in an otherwise load-bearing roof.
11
Reducing risk can be achieved by reducing the likelihood of harm occurring, the severity of
any incident that does occur, the number of persons exposed to the harm and the frequency
or duration of the exposure to harm.
12
Designers must ensure that any structure designed for use as a workplace conforms to the
requirements latest edition of QCS with regard to the design and the materials used.
13
In designing any structure for use as a workplace the designer shall ensure that the design
conforms to the requirements latest edition of QCS with regard to the design and the
materials used.
14
Designers must take all reasonable steps to provide sufficient information about the aspects
of the design or its construction or maintenance to adequately assist the following to comply
with their duties:
AL
10
the client;
(b)
the Engineer;
(c)
other designers;
(d)
contractors;
(e)
Sub-contractors;
(f)
AT
IO
(a)
Historically, risks were created at the design stage as a result of an attitude by some
designers that it 'is someone else's problem to build/clean/maintain' the structure once it has
been designed. CDM is emphatically not trying to stifle creative design, but merely ensuring
that the practicalities of carrying out any of the above activities are considered during the
design process.
16
Having completed their design, designers are obliged to pass on information about the risks
that they have not been able to design out. For example, having designed an external
overhead pipe run for a factory, the engineer consults the client's maintenance team about
the need for access. The designer establishes that the maintenance team will only need to
access the pipe-run every 4 years and that they can quite safely use a scissor lift for the
task.
17
The designer then simply passes on the information as to how the risk of working at height
during maintenance can be carried out in a safe manner.
18
Designers responsibilities extend beyond the construction phase of a project. They also
need to consider the health and safety of those who will maintain, repair, clean, refurbish
and eventually remove or demolish all or part of a structure as well as the health and
safety of users of workplaces. For most designers, building safety issue considerations
and ensuring that the structure can be easily maintained and repaired will be part of their
normal work, and thinking about the health and safety of those who do this work should
not be an onerous duty. Failure to address these issues adequately at the design stage
will usually increase running costs, because clients will then be faced with more costly
solutions when repairs and maintenance become necessary.
19
Where significant risks remain when they have done what they can, designers should
provide information with the design to ensure that the engineer, other designers and
contractors are aware of these risks and can take account of them.
20
EG
IN
TE
15
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
ensure that they do not start design work other than initial design work unless
an Engineer has been appointed;
(c)
co-operate with the Engineer, Contractor and with any other designers or
contractors as necessary for each of them to comply with their duties. This
includes providing any information needed for the pre-construction information
or health and safety file.
Early appointment of the Engineer is crucial for effective planning and establishing
management arrangements from the start. These regulations require the appointment to
take place as soon as is practicable after initial design work or other preparation for
construction work has begun.
22
Once the Engineer has been appointed, the designer will need to co-operate with them
and provide the information which the Engineer needs to comply with their duties.
AL
21
IO
Designers are those who have a trade or a business which involves them in:
preparing designs for construction work, including variations. This includes
preparing drawings, design details, specifications, bills of quantities and the
specification (or prohibition) of articles and substances, as well as all the related
analysis, calculations, and preparatory work; or
(b)
arranging for their employees or other people under their control to prepare
designs relating to a structure or part of a structure.
AT
(a)
23
It does not matter whether the design is recorded (for example on paper or a computer)
or not (for example it is only communicated orally).
25
IN
TE
24
(d)
anyone who specifies or alters a design, or who specifies the use of a particular
method of work or material, such as a design manager, quantity surveyor who
insists on specific material or a client who stipulates a particular layout or material
for a new structure;
EG
(c)
(e)
(f)
those purchasing materials where the choice has been left open, for example
those purchasing building blocks and so deciding the weights that bricklayers
must handle;
(g)
contractors carrying out design work as part of their contribution to a project, such
as an engineering contractor providing design, procurement and construction
management services;
(h)
(i)
QCS 2014
(j)
26
Manufacturers supplying standardised products that can be used in any project are not
designers under CDM. The person who selects the product is a designer and must take
account of health and safety issues arising from its use. If a product is purpose-made for
a project, the person who prepares the specification is a designer under CDM, and so is
the manufacturer who develops the detailed design.
What designers should do for all projects
make sure that they are competent and adequately resourced to address the
health and safety issues likely to be involved in the design;
(b)
(c)
When carrying out design work, avoid foreseeable risks to those involved in the
construction and future use of the structure, and in doing so, they should eliminate
hazards (so far as is reasonably practicable, taking account of other design
considerations) and reduce risk associated with those hazards which remain;
(d)
provide adequate information about any significant risks associated with the
design;
(e)
co-ordinate their work with that of others in order to improve the way in which risks
are managed and controlled.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
In carrying out these duties, designers need to consider the hazards and risks to those
who:
carry out construction work including demolition;
(b)
(c)
(d)
may be affected by such work, for example customers or the general public.
TE
(a)
IN
28
Designers should:
EG
27
29
Designers are often the first point of contact for a client, and CDM requires them to
check that clients are aware of their duties under these Regulations
Preparing a design
31
Designers have to weigh many factors as they prepare their designs. Health and safety
considerations have to be weighed alongside other considerations, including cost,
fitness for purpose, aesthetics, building safety issues, maintainability and environmental
impact. CDM allows designers to take due account of other relevant design
considerations. These Regulations do not prescribe design outcomes, but they do
require designers to weigh the various factors and reach reasoned, professional
decisions.
QCS 2014
Designers are required to avoid foreseeable risks so far as is reasonably practicable, taking
due account of other relevant design considerations. The greater the risk, the greater the
weight that must be given to eliminating or reducing it. Designers are not expected to
consider or address risks which cannot be foreseen, and these Regulations do not
require zero risk designs because this is simply impossible. However, designers must
not produce designs that cannot be constructed, maintained, used or demolished in
reasonable safety.
33
Designers should critically assess their design proposals at an early stage, and then
throughout the design process, to ensure that health and safety issues are identified,
integrated into the overall design process and addressed as they go along. It is pointless
to complete the design first, then try to address the risks which the design has
introduced. By then, all of the key decisions are likely to have been taken and no one
will be willing to make any changes because of the time and cost involved.
34
The first thing that designers need to do is eliminate hazards (things with a potential to
cause harm) from their designs so far as is reasonably practicable, taking account of
other design considerations. Examples would be to design out things like fragile roofing
materials or products; eliminating roof lights from areas where roof access is needed;
positioning plant which needs regular maintenance at ground level so there is no need
for work at height or providing permanent safe access for work at height. Eliminating
hazards removes the associated risk, and is therefore the best option and should always
be the first choice.
35
It is not always reasonably practicable to eliminate hazards, and where this is the case
consideration should be given to incorporating design solutions which reduce the overall
risk to an acceptable level. This can be done by reducing the:
AT
IO
AL
32
(b)
(c)
(d)
IN
TE
(a)
The amount of effort put into eliminating hazards and reducing risks should depend on
the degree of risk. There is little point in spending a lot of money, time and trouble on
low risk issues. There is also little to be gained by detailed comparison of construction
techniques that present similar risks, for example whether to specify a steel frame or
concrete portal building. The focus should be on issues that are known to have the
potential to cause significant harm, and where there are known solutions that reduce the
risks to everyone exposed.
37
Designers also need to take account of other relevant health and safety requirements
when carrying out design work. Where the structure will be used as a workplace, (for
example factories, offices, schools, hospitals and any other structures which can be a
place of work for end users including maintainers) they need to take account of the
provisions of the latest version for QCS requirements.
EG
36
Providing information
38
Designers must provide information that other project team members are likely to need
to identify and manage the remaining risks. This should be project specific, and
concentrate on significant risks which may not be obvious to those who use the
design. For example, providing generic risk information about the prevention of falls is
pointless, because competent contractors will already know what needs to be done, but
if the design gives rise to a specific and unusual fall risk which may not be obvious to
contractors, designers should provide information about this risk.
39
Designers also need to provide information about aspects of the design that could
QCS 2014
create significant risks during future construction work or maintenance. If in doubt about
the level of information needed, the best way to find out is to ask those who will use it.
(a)
(b)
unusual; or
(c)
Information should be brief, clear, precise, and in a form suitable for the users. This can
be achieved using:
notes on drawings this is preferred, since the notes will then be immediately
available to those carrying out the work. They can refer to other documents if
more detail is needed, and be annotated to keep them up to date;
(b)
written information provided with the design - this should be project specific, and
should only contain information which will be useful to those constructing or
maintaining the structure;
(c)
AL
(a)
It is not always possible to provide all the information at the same time, particularly when
design work is continuing whilst construction work is underway. In these circumstances
information should be released as the design develops, but construction work should not
be allowed to proceed unless all the information necessary for the work to be carried out
safely has been provided.
TE
42
AT
IO
41
Significant risks are not necessarily those that involve the greatest risks, but those,
including health risks that are:
40
IN
Co-operation
Designers must co-operate with the client, and other designers and contractors,
including those designing temporary works. This is to ensure that incompatibilities
between designs are identified and resolved as early as possible, and that the right
information is provided in the pre-construction information.
44
For smaller projects where most of the work is done by a single designer, this can be
achieved through discussion with those who use or are affected by the design. For
larger projects or those involving significant risks, a more managed approach will be
necessary.
45
46
EG
43
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
regular meetings of all the design team (including the engineer) with contractors,
and others;
(e)
(f)
site visits, through which designers can gain a direct insight into how the risks are
managed in practice.
Regular reviews of the design involving all members of the design team are particularly
important in making sure that proper consideration is given to building safety issues,
QCS 2014
usability and maintainability. When considering building safety issues, meetings should
include the contractor so that difficulties associated with construction can be discussed
and solutions agreed before the work begins. When discussing usability and
maintainability, involving the client or those who will be responsible for operating the
building or structure will mean that proper consideration can be given to the health and
safety of those who will maintain and use the structure once it has been completed.
Doing this during the design stage will result in significant cost savings for the client, as
rectifying mistakes after the structure has been built is always expensive.
What designers dont have to do
Under CDM, designers dont have to:
take into account or provide information about unforeseeable hazards and risks;
(b)
design for possible future uses of structures that cannot reasonably be anticipated
from their design brief;
(c)
(d)
exercise any health and safety management function over contractors or others;
or
(e)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
47
Designers are not required to keep records of the process through which they achieve a
safe design, but it can be useful to record why certain key decisions were made. Brief
records of the points considered, the conclusions reached, and the basis for those
conclusions, can be very helpful when designs are passed from one designer to
another. This will reduce the likelihood of important decisions being reversed by those
who may not fully understand the implications of doing so.
49
Too much paperwork is as bad as too little, because the useless hides the necessary.
Large volumes of paperwork listing generic hazards and risks, most of which are well
known to contractors and others who use the design are positively harmful, and suggest
a lack of competence on the part of the designer.
EG
IN
TE
48
(ii)
(b)
liaise with the engineer with regard to ensuring the co-operation between designers
during the construction phase
(c)
ensure that adequate welfare facilities are provided in accordance with Appendix 1
(d)
where necessary in the interests of health and safety, draw up site rules which are
appropriate to the site and the activities that will be carried out on it
(e)
give reasonable directions to sub- contractors to enable the contractor to fulfil their
duties under these Regulations
(f)
ensure that all sub-contractors are informed of the minimum amount of time that will
QCS 2014
(g)
where necessary, consult with sub-contractors before finalising the parts of the
construction phase plan that are relevant to the work to be undertaken by each subcontractor
(h)
ensure that before each sub-contractor's work begins, the sub-contractor is given
sufficient time to access the parts of the health and safety plan that are relevant to the
sub-contractor's work and that the relevant parts of the plan contain sufficient detail for
the sub-contractor's needs
(i)
ensure that before each contractor's work begins, the contractor is given sufficient
time to enable them to prepare such information as they need with regard to:
(i)
(ii)
carrying out their work without risks to health and safety so far as is reasonably
practicable
identify to each sub-contractor the information needed by the engineer for the health
and safety file and to ensure that the information is promptly provided
(k)
(l)
take all reasonable steps to ensure that all workers are provided with a suitable site
induction and other information and training as may be necessary
IO
AL
(j)
While these requirements might seem onerous they are all principles of good management
of health, safety and welfare and many companies have been implementing them for a long
time.
The avoidance of accidents and the prevention of ill health by the use of good management
techniques have proven to result in significant benefits, not least to the 'bottom line'.
Good management of health and safety on site is crucial to the successful delivery of a
construction project. The key duty of contractors is to properly plan, manage and coordinate work during the construction phase in order to ensure that the risks are properly
controlled. Contractors must also comply with the duties placed on all contractors under
these Regulations.
This allows the management of health and safety to be incorporated into the wider
management of project delivery. This is good business practice as well as being helpful
for health and safety purposes.
EG
IN
TE
AT
Good co-operation and co-ordination of work between all of the parties involved in a
project is essential if risks are to be identified early on and properly controlled.
Contractors should take the lead and actively encourage co-operation and co-ordination
between sub-contractors from an early stage. A team approach involving the client,
designers, contractors and even manufacturers who work closely together will often
produce the best results. This allows the client, designers, contractors and facilities
management experts, together, to identify the best solution for the clients needs, taking
account of the practicalities of construction work, maintenance and use. Even on
projects where it is not practical to formally establish an integrated team, the client,
designer, contractors and others involved in the project still need to work together.
If there are other projects on the same or neighbouring sites then the co-operation and
QCS 2014
co-ordination needs to extend to those involved with such projects. If this need can be
identified early on, the risks that one project may cause for the other can also be
identified and addressed in the early stages of project planning. If potential problems are
not identified until the actual work has started they can be much more difficult to
address.
9
11
Where overlapping projects are running on a single construction site, it is best to appoint
one Contractor for them all. If this is not done, all the contractors must co-operate, and
their plans must take account of the interfaces for example in traffic management.
AT
IO
AL
10
13
The effort devoted to planning and managing health and safety should be in proportion
to the risks and complexity associated with the project.
14
The Contractor should work with other sub-contractors to identify the hazards and
assess the risks related to their work, including the risks they may create for others.
Using this information and applying the general principles of prevention the Contractor,
in discussion with the sub-contractors involved, must plan, manage and co-ordinate the
construction phase. This includes supervising and monitoring work to ensure that it is
done safely and that it is safe for new activities to begin.
15
Where the project involves high-risk work, for example alterations that could result in
structural collapse, work on contaminated land, specialist advice is likely to be needed at
the planning stage.
EG
IN
TE
12
The way in which the construction phase will be managed and the key health and safety
issues for the particular project must be set out in writing in the construction phase plan.
This plan should set out the organisation and arrangements that have been put in place
to manage risk and co-ordinate the work on site. It should not be a repository for
detailed generic risk assessments, records of how decisions were reached or detailed
method statements, but it may, for example set out when such documents will need to
be prepared. It should be well focused, clear and easy for sub-contractors and others to
understand emphasising key points and avoiding irrelevant material. It is crucial that
all relevant parties are involved and co-operate in the development and implementation
of the plan as work progresses.
QCS 2014
17
The plan must be tailored to the particular project. Generic plans that do not contain
the information relevant to the particular risks associated with the work will not satisfy
the requirements of CDM. Photographs and sketches can greatly simplify and shorten
explanations. It should also be organised so that relevant sections can easily be made
available to designers and sub-contractors.
18
Often the design and preparation for later work is not complete at the start of the
construction phase. Nevertheless, the plan for the initial phase of the construction work
must be prepared before any work begins. It should also address later activities that will
require careful planning. It may only be practical to address such activities in outline
form before work starts and most will require revision in the light of developments.
Implementing and monitoring the plan
A plan is no use if it is treated as merely a paper exercise and gathers dust. To improve
Qatar standards, it must be a practical aid to the management of health and sa fety on
site. Contractors and other sub-contractors have a particular role in both implementing
and monitoring the plan to ensure that it works in practice. Monitoring arrangements will
need to be discussed and agreed with the client as they form part of the management
arrangements.
20
21
The contractor is responsible for ensuring the health and safety of everyone on site.
Everyone on site (including the client, anyone working for the client and workers of utility
companies) must co-operate with the contractor to enable them to comply with their duties.
22
The plan needs to be routinely reviewed, revised and refined by the contractor as the
project develops. For example, where the plan is not being followed, and health and
safety is put at risk, those involved must take appropriate action to deal with the risk.
Monitoring may show the plan has shortcomings and needs to be modified. Any
significant changes in the plan should be brought to the attention of all those affected.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
19
Site rules
24
Contractors should include any necessary rules for the management of construction
work in the construction phase plan, which others on the site have to follow. These may
cover issues such as restricted areas, permit-to-work systems, hot work and emergency
plans. In order to avoid cluttering the plan with detailed arrangements for implementing
site rules, the plan should refer to other documents or put detailed arrangements in
appendices. Site rules should be:
23
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Copies of the site rules should be displayed on site in a place where they can be seen
by those who work there.
Controlling access onto sites
25
QCS 2014
collectively, by the contractor, should be allowed access. The authorisation may cover
the whole site or be restricted to certain areas. Authorised people should have relevant
site rules explained to them and undertake any necessary site induction, and should
comply with site rules and co-operate with the contractor. Some authorised visitors may
need to be supervised or accompanied while on site or visiting specific areas.
(a)
(b)
(c)
new houses are being built on a development where some houses are already
occupied; or
(d)
(b)
any further information and training needed for the particular work.
This does not mean that the contractor has to train everyone on the site - this will be the
responsibility of individual sub-contractors.
Induction
EG
Inductions are a way of providing workers with specific information about the particular
risks associated with the site and the arrangements that have been made for their
control. Induction is not intended to provide general health and safety training, but it
should include a site-specific explanation of the following:
(a)
30
(a)
TE
29
Site induction, training and information are vital to securing health and safety on site.
The Contractor has to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that every worker has:
IN
28
AT
IO
27
How access is controlled depends on the nature of the project, the risks and location.
The boundaries of all sites should be physically defined, where necessary, by suitable
fencing. The type of fencing should reflect the nature of the site and its surroundings.
Special consideration is needed where:
AL
26
(b)
(c)
the individuals immediate line manager and any other key personnel
(d)
any site-specific health and safety risks, for example in relation to access,
transport, site contamination, hazardous substances and manual handling
(e)
(ii)
(iii)
traffic routes,
(iv)
security arrangements,
(v)
(vi)
QCS 2014
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
arrangements for consulting and involving workers in health and safety, including
the identity and role of any:
safety representatives,
(ii)
safety committees;
AL
(j)
(i)
1.1.8.34 Sub-Contractor
Sub-contractors and those actually doing the construction work are most at risk of injury
and ill health. They have a key role to play, in co-operation with the contractor, in
planning and managing the work to ensure that risks are properly controlled.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(b)
satisfy themselves that they and anyone they employ or engage are competent
and adequately resourced;
(c)
plan, manage and monitor their OWN work to make sure that workers under their
control are safe from the start of their work on site;
(d)
ensure that any sub-contractor who they appoint or engage to work on the project
is informed of the minimum amount of time which will be allowed for them to plan
and prepare before starting work on site;
(e)
provide workers under their control (whether employed or self-employed) with any
necessary information, including about relevant aspects of other contractors work,
and site induction (where not provided by a contractor) which they need to work
safely, to report problems or to respond appropriately in an emergency;
(f)
ensure that any design work they do complies with these Regulations
(g)
co-operate with others and co-ordinate their work with others working on the
project;
(h)
ensure the workforce is properly consulted on matters affecting their health and
QCS 2014
(i)
Sub-contractors should always plan, manage, supervise and monitor their own work and
that of their workers to ensure that it is carried out safely and that health risks are also
addressed. The effort invested in this should reflect the risk involved and the experience
and track record of the workers involved. Where sub-contractors identify unsafe
practices, they must take appropriate action to ensure health and safety.
Site induction, information and training
Contractors must not start work on a construction site until they have been provided with
basic information. This should include information from the client about any particular
risks associated with the project (including information about existing structures where
these are to be demolished or structurally altered), and from designers about any
significant risks associated with the design.
Sub-contractors must ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that every worker has:
AT
IO
AL
(b)
any further information and training needed for the particular work
(a)
Site induction should be provided by the contractor, and the sub-contractor must cooperate with the contractor to ensure that an adequate site induction is provided.
Where sub-contractors are involved in design work, including for temporary works, they
also have duties as designers.
10
(b)
co-operate with the contractor, the Engineer and others working on the project
or adjacent sites;
(a)
EG
IN
TE
(c)
(d)
comply with any reasonable directions from the main contractor, and with any
relevant rules in the construction phase plan;
(e)
inform the contractor of any problems with the plan or risks identified during
their work that have significant implications for the management of the project;
(f)
(g)
Reporting incidents
11
The Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences (RIDDOR) require s the
QCS 2014
13
Sub-contractors must promptly inform the contractor about risks to other site workers or
members of the public resulting from their work. This includes anything, for example
from risk assessments and written systems of work, which might justify a review or
update of the construction phase plan. Sub-contractors must also provide details to the
contractor of any other sub-contractors who they engage to assist in the carrying out of
the work. Contractors must be in a position to know who is working on the site.
Contractors also have duties relating to the provision of information to sub-contractors,
and they will not be in a position to discharge these duties if they are not told that such
sub-contractors have been engaged.
14
IO
AL
12
AT
Every contractor and subcontractor carrying out construction work shall comply with the
regulatory requirements of this section insofar as they affect him or any person carrying out
construction work under his control or relate to matters within his control.
16
Every person (other than a contractor carrying out construction work) who controls the way
in which any construction work is carried out by a person at work shall comply with the
regulatory requirements under this section insofar as they relate to matters which are within
his control.
17
Every person at work on construction work under the control of another person shall report to
that person any defect which he is aware may endanger the health and safety of himself or
another person.
EG
IN
TE
15
There must be, so far as is reasonably practicable, safe access to and egress from a place
of work and to any other place provided for the use of any person at work. Such means of
access must be properly maintained.
19
Places of work must, so far as is reasonably practicable, be maintained without risk to health
or safety of the person(s) who will work there.
20
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable,
that no-one gains access to any place which does not comply with the requirements of these
Regulations
21
Every place of work must, so far as is reasonably practicable, be of sufficient size and be
arranged so that it is suitable for any person who has to work there, taking account of any
work equipment used.
Good order (Housekeeping)
22
Every part of a construction site shall, so far as is reasonably practicable, be kept in good
order and every part of the site which is used as a place of work shall be kept in a
QCS 2014
Where it is necessary in the interests of health and safety, the perimeter of the site shall be
identified by suitable signs so that the arrangements and extent of the site is readily
identifiable, or fenced off, or both.
24
No timber or other material with projecting nails or other similar sharp objects shall be used
in any work or be allowed to remain in any place where the nails will be a source of danger
to any person.
Stability of structures
25
All practicable steps must be taken to ensure that any structure or part of a structure which
may become unstable or weak due to construction work does not collapse.
26
(b)
only be used for the purposes for which it was designed, installed and maintained.
AL
(a)
28
The client is responsible for providing reasonable information, and issues relating to the
stability of the structure would fit into that category.
AT
IO
27
Demolition or dismantling
The demolition or dismantling of any structure must be planned and carried out in such a
way as to prevent danger, or reduce the danger so far as it is reasonably practicable to do
so.
30
Demolition or dismantling must not be carried out unless the arrangements for ensuring that
is carried out in a safe manner have first been recorded in writing.
31
The demolition or dismantling of any structure must be planned and carried out as safely as
possible, under the supervision of a competent person. Demolishing buildings and structures
remains high risk work.
32
It will normally be impossible for the contractor to comply with these Regulations without
reports such as an asbestos survey, information on underground services and structural
surveys.
EG
IN
TE
29
Explosives
33
So far as is reasonably practicable, explosives must be stored, transported and used safely
and securely.
34
Explosives may only be used when steps have been taken to ensure that there is no danger
from the explosion, projected or flying materials.
35
Any blasting would categorically be considered high risk work and a written method
statement required.
Excavations
36
All practicable steps, such as the provision of supports or battering, must be taken where
necessary to prevent danger to any person, to ensure that:
QCS 2014
(c)
(d)
(a)
37
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to prevent the fall of any person, equipment or
material into the excavation.
38
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to prevent, where necessary, any part of an
excavation or ground adjacent to it from being overloaded by work equipment or material.
39
Work must not be carried out in any excavation where supports or battering have been
provided, unless:
(b)
the person who inspected it is satisfied that work can be carried out in it safely.
AL
the excavation and any equipment and materials which affect its safety have been
inspected by a competent person.
Work must not be carried out in any excavation if an inspection reveals any defect rendering
the excavation unsafe, until that defect has been rectified.
The decision as to whether or not to install shoring must be made with regard to the
circumstances prevailing at the time. Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to
prevent any person working in an excavation from becoming trapped or buried by a
fall of materials.
TE
41
AT
IO
(a)
40
(a)
(b)
(c)
43
properly maintained.
(b)
44
EG
(a)
42
IN
it and any work equipment or materials which affect its safety have been inspected:
(i)
before any person carries out any work at the start of every shift, and
(ii)
after any event likely to affect the strength or stability of the cofferdam or
caisson or any part of it
the person who inspected it is satisfied that work can be carried out in it safely.
Work must not be carried out in any cofferdam or caisson if any inspection reveals any
defect rendering the cofferdam or caisson unsafe, until that defect has been rectified.
Reports of inspections
45
Where a statutory inspection of an excavation, cofferdam or caisson has been carried out,
the person carrying out the inspection must, before the end of the shift during which the
inspection was carried out:
QCS 2014
(a)
inform the person for whom the inspection was carried out of any matter that renders
the excavation or caisson unsafe as a place of work
(b)
46
47
The person who prepares the written report must provide a copy of the report within 24 hours
to the person on whose behalf the inspection was carried out.
48
The employer Contractor of the person authorised to carry out inspections, or the person in
control, must ensure that the inspections are only carried out by persons who are authorised
to do so.
49
The report or a copy of it must be kept available for inspection by a Administrative Authority
Workplace Inspector
(b)
AL
No report of a cofferdam or caisson inspection is required if one has been written within the
previous seven days.
IO
50
(a)
AT
52
Where there is a risk from electric power cables, in order of priority, they must be;
51
(b)
(c)
where it is not reasonably practicable to carry out the above actions erect warning
notices and:
(ii)
barriers, or
EG
(i)
IN
TE
(a)
(iii)
53
Construction work must not be carried out where there is a risk of danger from damaging or
disturbing underground services unless suitable and sufficient steps have been taken so far
as is reasonably practicable.
54
Whilst electrical cables are specifically mentioned, the title indicates that the general
requirement outlined in the first paragraph applies to all sources of energy, for example
hydraulic and pneumatic distribution systems.
Prevention from drowning
55
Where any person is liable to drown from falling into water or any other liquid, suitable and
sufficient steps must be taken to:
(a)
(b)
(c)
ensure that suitable rescue equipment is provided, maintained and properly used so
that anyone who falls into the water may be promptly rescued.
QCS 2014
56
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to ensure the safety of any person transported to
their place of work by water.
57
Any vessel used to convey a person to or from a place of work, by water, must not be
overcrowded or overloaded.
Traffic routes
58
Every construction site must, so far as is reasonably practicable, be organised in such a way
that pedestrians and vehicles can move about safely and without risk to health.
59
Traffic routes must be suitable for persons or vehicles using them, sufficient in number, in
suitable places and of sufficient size.
60
(b)
doors or gates used by pedestrians which lead into a traffic route must be adequately
separated from that route so that pedestrians may see approaching vehicles
(c)
provide sufficient separation between vehicles and pedestrians to ensure safety, or,
where that is not reasonably practicable, provide:
IO
AL
(a)
(ii)
AT
(i)
have at least one exit in any loading bay for the exclusive use of pedestrians
(e)
provide one or more pedestrian-only gates, clearly marked and kept free of
obstructions where it is unsafe for pedestrians to use a gate intended primarily for
vehicles.
(b)
(c)
satisfactorily maintained.
EG
(a)
61
IN
TE
(d)
62
63
64
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to prevent the unintended movement of any
vehicle.
65
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to ensure that persons who are in control of
vehicles give warning to other persons who may be endangered by the movement of the
vehicle.
66
(b)
loaded in such a way that it can be driven, operated or towed in a safe manner.
QCS 2014
67
No person shall ride or be required to ride on any vehicle unless they are in a safe place that
is purposely provided (i.e. the vehicle is designed to carry passengers).
68
No person may remain or be required to remain on any vehicle while it is being loaded or
unloaded with any loose material unless a safe place of work is provided for them and
maintained as necessary.
69
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to prevent the vehicle from falling into an
excavation or pit, or into water, or over the edge of an embankment or earthwork.
Prevention of risk from fire
70
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable,
the risk of injury to any person during the carrying out of construction work arising from any
fire or explosion, flooding, or any substance that is liable to cause asphyxiation.
AL
Emergency procedures
Where necessary, in the interests of health and safety, suitable and sufficient arrangements
must be prepared and, where necessary, implemented to deal with any foreseeable
emergency, and such arrangements must include procedures for evacuation of the site, or
any part of it.
72
AT
(b)
the characteristics and size of the site and the number of work locations on it
(c)
(d)
the number of persons likely to be present on the site at any one time
(e)
the physical and chemical properties of any substances or materials likely to be on the
site
IN
TE
(a)
Such arrangements must be communicated to all persons on site and tested at suitable
intervals.
EG
73
IO
71
Sufficient emergency routes and exits must be provided to enable any person to quickly
reach a place of safety in the event of danger.
75
Any emergency route or exit must lead directly, or as directly as possible, to an identified
safe area.
76
Any emergency route or exit must be kept clear of obstructions and, where necessary,
provided with emergency lighting so that it can be used safely at any time.
77
78
Where necessary in the interests of health and safety, suitable fire-fighting equipment,
together with fire alarms and fire detection systems, must be installed in suitable locations.
79
A fire risk assessment will be required for the site including storage areas, with particular
emphasis on the storage highly flammable or explosive substances, and site welfare
facilities.
QCS 2014
80
Fire-fighting equipment and fire detection/alarm systems must be properly maintained and
subjected to periodic tests and examination so as to ensure that the equipment remains
effective.
81
Any fire-fighting equipment that is not designed to operate automatically must be easily
accessible.
82
83
Where any work activity gives rise to a particular risk of fire, no person shall be authorised to
carry out such work unless that person has received suitable instructions.
84
86
Where plant is used for the purpose of providing fresh or purified air, it must be equipped
with an effective device to give visible and audible warning of the failure of the plant.
Temperature and weather protection
AT
IO
AL
85
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken during working hours to ensure, so far as is
practicable, that the temperature at any indoor place of work is reasonable, having regard for
the purpose for which the place is being used.
88
Every place of work outdoors must, where necessary to ensure the health and safety of the
people at work there, be arranged so far as is reasonably practicable, to provide adequate
protection from adverse weather, having regard for the purpose for which the place is used
and any protective clothing or work equipment provided.
Lighting
EG
IN
TE
87
Every place of work, every approach to it and every traffic route must be provided with
suitable and sufficient lighting. The lighting should, as far as is reasonably practicable, be
natural lighting.
90
The colour of any artificial lighting must not adversely affect or change a perception of any
sign or signal that is provided for the purposes of health and safety.
91
Secondary or emergency lighting must be provided where there may be a risk to the health
and safety of any person in the event of the failure of any primary artificial lighting.
89
This section gives guidance about assessing the competence of organisations and
individuals engaged or appointed under CDM engineers; designers; contractors and
sub-contractors.
93
Assessments should focus on the needs of the particular project and be proportionate to the
risks, size and complexity of the work.
94
QCS 2014
(a)
sufficient knowledge of the specific tasks to be undertaken and the risks which the
work will entail.
(b)
sufficient experience and ability to carry out their duties in relation to the project; to
recognise their limitations and take appropriate action in order to prevent harm to
those carrying out construction work, or those affected by the work.
Organisations and individuals will need specific knowledge about the tasks they will be
expected to perform, and the risks associated with these tasks. This will usually come
from formal or on the job training.
96
Appropriate experience is also a vital ingredient of competence. People are more likely
to adopt safe working practices if they understand the reasons why they are necessary,
and past experience should be a good indicator of the persons/ companys track record.
97
AT
IO
AL
95
All those with duties under CDM must satisfy themselves that businesses that they
engage or appoint are competent. This means making reasonable enquiries to check
that the organisation or individual is competent to do the relevant work and can allocate
adequate resources to it. Those taken on to do the work must also be sure that they are
competent to carry out the required tasks before agreeing to take on the work.
99
A key duty of the engineer is to advise clients about competence of designers and
contractors.
100
EG
IN
TE
98
102
103
Stage 2: An assessment of the companys experience and track record to establish that
it is capable of doing the work; it recognises its limitations and how these should be
overcome and it appreciates the risks from doing the work and how these should be
tackled.
104
QCS 2014
Competence chart
Core criteria for demonstration of competence:
106
107
You need to meet the standards set out in the core criteria table on the next page.
108
Column 1 of the table lists the elements which should be assessed when establishing
whether or not a company is competent for the work which they will be expected to do.
109
Column 2 lists the standards against which the assessment should be made. Column 3
gives some examples of how a company might demonstrate that it meets these standards.
110
Companies do not have to produce all of the evidence listed in column 3 to satisfy the
standard - they simply need to produce enough evidence to show that they meet the
standard in column 2, taking account of the nature of the project and the risks which the work
entails. This requires you to make a judgement as to whether the evidence provided meets
the standard to be achieved. If your judgement is reasonable, and clearly based on the
evidence you have asked for and been provided with, you will not be criticised if the
company you appoint subsequently proves not to be competent when carrying out
the work.
111
Remember that assessments should focus on the needs of the particular job and should be
proportionate to the risks arising from the work. Unnecessary bureaucracy associated with
competency assessment obscures the real issues and diverts effort away from them.
112
'contractor', 'designer' and 'engineer' relate to your function, not to the type of organisation.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
105
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 130
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Criteria
Standard to be achieved
Health and safety policy and You are expected to have and implement an A signed, current copy of the company policy (indicating when
organisation for health and appropriate policy, regularly reviewed, and signed off it was last reviewed and by whose authority it is published).
safety
by the managing director or equivalent.
TE
R
Stage 1 assessment
EG
IN
Arrangements
Competent advice -corporate Your organisation, and your employees, must have Name and competency details of the source of advice, e.g. a
and construction related
ready access to competent health and safety advice, safety group, trade federation, or consultant who provides
preferably from within your own organisation.
health and safety information and advice.
These should set out the arrangements for health and A clear explanation of the arrangements which the company
safety management within the organisation and should has made for putting its policy into effect and for discharging
be relevant to the nature and scale of your work. They its duties under CDM .
should set out how the company will discharge their
duties under CDM. There should be a clear indication
of how these arrangements are communicated to the
workforce.
The advisor must be able to provide general health and An example from the last 12 months of advice given and
safety advice, and also (from the same source or action taken.
elsewhere) advice relating to construction health and
safety issues.
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 131
IN
EG
TE
R
AT
IO
QCS 2014
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 132
FOR
DESIGN
ORGANISATIONS:
details
of
number/percentage of people engaged in the project who
have passed a construction health and safety assessment
Details of any relevant qualifications and/or professional
institution membership and any other specific qualifications
such as NEBOSH Certificate or equivalent.
FOR ENGINEERS: details of number/percentage of people
engaged in the project who have passed a construction health
and safety assessment. Evidence of health and safety
knowledge such as NEBOSH Certificate or equivalent.
Details of professional institution membership and any other
specific qualifications.
Evidence of a clear commitment to training and the continuing
professional development of staff.
EG
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
QCS 2014
You should have a system for monitoring your Could be through formal audit or discussions/reports to senior
procedures, for auditing them at periodic intervals, and managers.
for reviewing them on an ongoing basis.
Evidence of recent monitoring and management response.
Copies of site inspection reports.
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 133
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Workforce involvement
You should have, and implement, an established Evidence showing how consultation is carried out.
means of consulting with your workforce on health and
Records of health and safety committees
safety matters.
Names of safety representatives.
Accident
reporting
and You should have records of all RIDDOR reportable Evidence showing the way in which you record and
enforcement action; follow up events for at least the last three years. You should also investigate accidents and incidents.
investigation
have in place a system for reviewing all incidents, and
Records of the last two accidents/incidents and the actions
recording the action taken as a result.
taken to prevent recurrence.
You should record any enforcement action taken
Records of any enforcement action taken over the last five
against your company over the last five years, and the
years, and what action was taken to put matters right.
action which you have taken to remedy matters subject
to enforcement action.
For larger companies, simple statistics showing incidence
rates of major injuries, over three-day injuries, reportable
cases of ill-health and dangerous occurrences for the last
three years.
EG
IN
TE
R
Subcontracting/
consulting You should have arrangements in place for appointing Evidence showing how you ensure subcontractors are
procedures (if applicable)
competent subcontractors/ consultants.
competent.
You should be able to demonstrate how you ensure Examples of subcontractor assessments you have carried
that subcontractors will also have arrangements for out.
appointing competent subcontractors or consultants.
Evidence showing how you require similar standards of
You should have arrangements for monitoring competence assessment from subcontractors.
subcontractor performance.
Evidence showing how you monitor subcontractor
performance.
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 134
Hazard elimination and risk You should have, and implement, arrangements for Evidence showing how you:
control (Designers only)
meeting your duties under CDM
ensure co-operation and co-ordination of design work
within
the
design
team
and
with
other
designers/contractors
EG
IN
TE
R
10
AT
IO
QCS 2014
11
Risk
assessment You should have procedures in place for carrying out risk Evidence showing how the company will identify significant
leading to a safe assessments and for developing and implementing safe health and safety risks and how they will be controlled.
method of
work systems of work/method statements.
Sample risk assessments or safe systems of work or method
(Contractors only)
statements.
The identification of health issues is expected to feature This will depend upon the nature of the work, but must reflect
prominently in this system.
the importance of this risk area.
12
Co-operating
with
others
and
coordinating your work
with that of other
contractors
(Subcontractors)
You should be able to illustrate how co-operation and co- Evidence could include sample risk assessments, procedural
ordination of your work is achieved in practice, and how you arrangements, project team meeting notes.
involve the workforce in drawing up method statements/safe
Evidence of how the company co-ordinates its work with other
systems of work.
trades.
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 135
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Welfare
provision You should be able to demonstrate how you will ensure that Evidence could include, for example, health and safety policy
(Contractors)
appropriate welfare facilities will be in place before people start commitment; contracts with welfare facility providers; details
work on site.
of type of welfare facilities provided on previous projects.
14
Engineers duties
You should be able to demonstrate how you go about The evidence should be in the form of actual examples rather
encouraging co-operation, co-ordination and communication than by generic procedures.
between designers.
Criteria
Standard to be achieved
EG
IN
TE
R
13
Stage 2 assessment
1
Work experience
You should give details of relevant experience in the field of work A simple record of recent projects or contracts should be kept,
for which you are applying.
with the phone numbers and addresses of contacts who can
verify that work was carried out with due regard to health and
safety.
This should be sufficient to demonstrate your ability to deal
with the key health and safety issues arising from the work you
are applying for.
Where there are significant shortfalls in your previous
experience, or there are risks associated with the project which
you have not managed before, an explanation of how these
shortcomings will be overcome.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 136
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Organisations who are bidding for work should put together a package of information
that shows how their own policy, organisation and arrangements meet these sta ndards.
If regularly updated, this information should then be used each time they are asked to
demonstrate competence as part of a tender process.
114
Where the project is much larger than any that the organisation being assessed has
worked on before, or where the work will involve them managing new risks, this should
not automatically rule them out for consideration for the work.
115
The assessor should look for an appreciation of these risks; an understanding of how
they will be managed, and some indication of how any shortcomings in their current
arrangements for managing such risks will be addressed.
116
117
Remember that assessments should focus on the needs of the particular project and be
proportionate to the risks, size and complexity of the work. Unnecessary bureaucracy
associated with competency assessment can obscure the real issues and divert effort
away from them.
AT
IO
AL
113
119
In every case, a client must assess the competency of the organisations to be appointed for
high hazard activities.
120
The client must assess the competence of an organisation using a two-stage process:
121
Stage 1: Procedures and arrangements for ensuring health and safety (a client should ask
for evidence of written health and safety policies and these must in turn be checked for
relevance); and
122
123
Organisations should provide information as to their competence with reference to the above
when tendering for work. In the case of high specialist activities such as:
124
EG
IN
TE
118
(a)
Use of explosives
(b)
(c)
(d)
Clients are required when reviewing competences of specialist contractors who are
tendering for construction projects involving high hazard activities to appoint consultant
health and safety advisers with specialist knowledge pursuant to the high hazard activities.
The appointed consultants experience will aid the clients to discharge their responsibilities
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 137
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
The list of high hazard activities listed above is not definitive and when projects are out of the
scope of their internal health and safety advisors capability, the appointment of an external
consultant must take place to aid in establishing the competence of construction tendering
contractors.
How to assess the competence of individuals
The information in this section will help clients, engineers or others who control the way
in which construction work is carried out to assess the competence of key individuals.
127
Remember that assessments should focus on the needs of the particular job and should be
proportionate to the risks arising from the work.
128
AL
126
(b)
AT
IO
(a)
Stage 1 assessments will look at an individuals qualifications and training records, and
arrangements which have been made for their Continuing Professional Development or
lifelong learning. This will include an assessment as to whether the individual has a basic
understanding of the risks arising from construction work which is essential for all people
who work on or regularly visit sites.
130
Stage 2 assessments should concentrate on the persons past experience in the type of
work which you are asking them to do. Where the work is more complex than any that
the person has done before, or where the work will expose them to new risks, this
should not automatically rule them out for consideration for the work. In these
circumstances, the assessor should look for an appreciation of these risks; an
understanding of how they will be managed, and some indication of how any
shortcomings in their current knowledge will be addressed. Working under the
supervision of someone who is competent and familiar with the work is one way in which
people can learn how to do work safely.
EG
IN
TE
129
Involving the workforce in identifying and controlling risks is crucial to reducing the high
accident rate associated with construction work. The workforce has first-hand
experience of site conditions and is often the first to identify potential problems. Worker
engagement is the participation by workers in decisions made by those in control of
construction activities, in order that risks on site can be managed in the most effective
way.
Participation will be most effective when the workforce has sufficient knowledge and
confidence to provide feedback, and can identify risks and explain their importance.
People have the confidence to do this when they are properly trained, know how to
report their concerns, and see prompt action being taken as a result. Training should
include, where necessary, the skills required to participate in decision-making
processes, and consultation with managers.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 138
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
All workers should be provided with a suitable site-specific induction to inform them of
the arrangements for health, safety and welfare at their work site. This should include
any relevant findings resulting from a risk assessment, including risks arising from the
activities of other workers working nearby. If contractors have site rules these should be
explained, along with the procedures to be followed in the event of any worker finding
themselves in a position of serious and imminent danger. Contractors must
communicate to their workers the identity of the person who is responsible for
implementing health and safety procedures on site. Every worker has a duty under CDM
to report anything, which is likely to endanger the health and safety of himself or others.
To ensure involvement of the entire workforce, contractors may need to make special
arrangements for workers who have little or no understanding of Arabic and or English,
or who cannot read Arabic and or English. These could include providing translation,
using interpreters or replacing written notices with clearly understood symbols or
diagrams.
Arrangements for worker engagement on smaller sites should always be tailored to the
size and nature of the project and risks involved. On smaller sites informal arrangements
for collecting workers views can be effective. An effective way of achieving this is to
arrange reviews of method statements immediately before the work itself is being
carried out. Those workers who will be involved in the work can then comment directly
on the risks and the ways in which these are being controlled.
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
Employers must consult their workers on matters relating to their health and safety. This
can often be done most effectively through worker representatives.
IN
Worker representatives
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 139
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(b)
Welfare facilities
Suitable and sufficient washing facilities including showers, if required by the nature of
the work or for health reasons, must, so far as is reasonably practicable, be provided or
made available at readily accessible places.
N
IO
(b)
AT
(a)
a supply of clean hot and cold (or warm) water, which so far as is reasonably
practicable shall be running water
(b)
(c)
TE
(a)
IN
AL
Washing facilities and the rooms containing them must be kept in a clean and orderly
condition.
Except for washing facilities which are intended for the washing of hands and forearms
only, separate rooms must be provided for men and women except where they:
EG
(a)
are in a room, the door of which can be locked from the inside and
(b)
Drinking water
7
Sufficient cups or other drinking vessels must be provided, unless the water supply is in
the form of a jet (drinking fountain) from which a person can easily drink.
Changing rooms and lockers
Suitable facilities must be provided or made available at readily accessible places if:
(a)
the worker has to wear special clothing for the purposes of work, and,
(b)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 140
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
elsewhere.
10
Where necessary, in the interests of personal privacy, separate changing rooms for men
must be provided.
11
(b)
(c)
(ii)
(iii)
Suitable and sufficient facilities for rest must be provided at readily accessible places.
They must:
include suitable arrangements to protect non-smokers from the discomfort caused
by tobacco smoke
(b)
(c)
where necessary, include facilities for any pregnant woman and nursing mother to
rest, lying down
(d)
(e)
AT
IO
(a)
IN
TE
12
AL
An 'enclosed' workplace is one which has a roof or ceiling and, except for passageways,
doors and windows, is wholly enclosed, whether on a temporary or permanent basis.
14
A 'substantially enclosed' workplace is one which has a roof or ceiling but there are
permanent openings in the walls, the combined area of which is less than 50% of the
total wall area. When calculating the total 'open area' of any workplace, doors and/or
windows which can be closed must not be counted.
EG
13
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 141
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Description of the place of work or part of that place inspected (including any work
equipment and materials).
Details of any matter identified that could give rise to a risk to the health or safety of any
person.
Details of any action taken as a result of any matter identified in paragraph 5 above.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 142
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
While they are often carried out by a safety professional, they do not have to be.
The successful outcome of any inspection is that remedial actions are put in place where
shortcomings have been identified.
(b)
the procedures that underpin the health and safety management system.
IO
(a)
Note:
AT
Contractors being able to demonstrate their competence in matters of health and safety
management potentially puts a greater importance on them being able to show that audits
are carried out and acted upon.
Section 1, Part 21 covers inspections and handovers.
AL
TE
(b)
understanding how accidents are caused by unsafe acts, unsafe systems of work and
unsafe conditions on site
(c)
taking steps to control the activity of the worker, the work method and the workplace.
IN
(a)
Contractors, managers, supervisors and safety representatives all have equally important
roles to play. By obtaining and providing information through the inspection, investigation
and examination of the workplace, they can help provide a basis for effective management
action to promote safer and healthier workplaces, and induce a greater awareness of health,
safety and welfare on the part of all concerned.
EG
1.1.9.2 Introduction
Formal inspections at reasonably regular intervals should augment the site manager's dayto-day checks, inspections and examinations which occur as part of any job task. These
should involve safety representatives using a properly designed safety checklist for a
systematic inspection of the workplace.
The advantages of regular safety inspections are that they ensure that good housekeeping is
maintained within the workplace and that awareness is developed, amongst employees at all
levels, of the need to promote and maintain safety standards. The disadvantage or danger of
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 143
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
regular inspections is that they may become a rather mechanical routine for all concerned,
and that their impact might be lessened.
4
Random inspections, however, carried out without any prior notice to the workforce, on
different days of the week, at irregular intervals and at different times of the day, avoid the
shortcomings of a predictable inspection and help to encourage a continuous interest in
safety by all personnel.
In practice, a combination of the two approaches of both regular and random inspections is
probably the best course of action.
The following lists suggest how shortcomings, as highlighted during health and safety
inspections, should be prioritised for remedial action.
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
the risks of fire, explosion or other hazards involving electricity, toxic materials or
substances
(e)
(f)
any shortages of correct and adequate personal protective clothing and equipment
(g)
(a)
(b)
TE
IN
EG
AT
(a)
(c)
any first aid facilities and training that fall short of statutory requirements
(d)
occasions when new plant, new work methods, new equipment, or different materials
are to be introduced into the workplace.
where there is a lack of planning and control affecting safety within the workplace,
either directly or indirectly, e.g. through the inadequate supply of materials and
equipment to enable the workforce to carry out their tasks satisfactorily and safely
(b)
where there are signs of inadequacies in the personal skills, knowledge and
experience of the workforce, which may have an adverse effect on safety.
where there is a lack of certain categories of safety skills and trained personnel
amongst the workforce
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 144
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(b)
where there is a need for the training of safety advisers, supervisors and safety
representatives
(c)
where there is a need for training to take place to keep abreast of the future needs of
the company and its employees
(d)
where there is a need for the improvement of standards of health, welfare and safety
within the company.
For these reasons, safety tours (general inspections of the workplace) made by safety
advisers, supervisors and safety representatives should take place at regular intervals.
In attempting to reach agreement with Contractors on the frequency of safety tours, the
following factors should be considered:
IO
AL
the size of the site to be inspected, the number of people employed and the number of
types of activity which are carried out on that site
(b)
(c)
the existing safety policy and safety organisation within the company
(d)
(e)
the degree of risk to employees in carrying out specific activities or to groups of other
people.
IN
TE
AT
(a)
(a)
(b)
EG
Safety sampling of a particular work activity, process or work area may be necessary in the
following circumstances:
where the activity, process or work area presents particular health and safety
concerns
where there have been changes to an activity, process or work area that are relevant
to health and safety
(c)
(d)
where there have been changes in Qatar legislation or safety standards which affect
the operations of the company
(e)
(f)
Safety sampling should be carried out by someone totally familiar with the work activity,
process or work area under inspection.
These are general inspections which are carried out at longer intervals (yearly or once every
two years) to assess the current safety standards and activities of the company, and to
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 145
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
compare these with other sites of the same company, or other companies within the industry.
2
The survey should be used to determine the future safety objectives and activities of the
company, in the light of planned requirements.
(b)
review safety objectives and determine the future objectives and safety policy of the
company
(c)
examine current levels of safety activity and training within the company to decide
whether they are adequate and suitable
(d)
decide where changes, if any, need to be made, and to make recommendations to the
company as to where and how those changes may be implemented
(e)
(f)
determine whether any additional resources are required to enable the company's
operations to be carried out more safely and effectively
(g)
decide whether the numbers of existing safety staff (including safety representatives)
are adequate.
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Hazard-spotting exercises are a modified version of the safety sampling method, where a
particular department, section, work area or work activity is singled out for a closer and more
thorough examination.
The exercises should be arranged by the safety adviser, in conjunction with the company
management. It should involve supervisors, safety representatives and operatives.
Observers may include first line or senior managers, but there should be at least an equal
number of operatives. Some management may prefer a predominant number of operatives
up to chargehand/ganger level in the party, thereby encouraging workers to take an active
interest in safety and accident prevention at the workplace.
EG
IN
TE
Members of the proposed hazard-spotting party should have had some previous training or
experience in safety matters and be able to:
(a)
(b)
One person should be appointed leader, and their functions should include:
(a)
(b)
the study of these findings and the summary of unsafe acts and conditions which have
been observed during the tour
(c)
the preparation of a brief report, setting out the unsafe acts and conditions which were
observed during the tour and making recommendations for action by
(d)
the management or their representative to rectify any situation that may have been
observed
(e)
noting and recording the response of the line or senior management, satisfying
themselves that action will be taken by management to rectify any situations observed
QCS 2014
(f)
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 146
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
reporting back, to members of the party, what action will be taken by the line manager
concerned.
(b)
informed that they can ask any questions, but not interfere with the normal work
processes and activity
(c)
instructed in the use of any checklists or forms which are to be used to record their
findings. See examples in Appendix 2
(d)
(e)
AL
(a)
The leader of the party spots at the same time as everyone else and is responsible for
seeing that the inspection tour is completed within the agreed timescale.
Employees working in the section to be inspected should be informed of the intent to inspect,
but not of the date or time when the inspection will be carried out.
A set and properly structured programme of inspections and sampling will ensure that all of
the main activities of a company are continuously under scrutiny. Hazard-spotting exercises
should be used not only where there is seen to be a need to ensure the safety and health of
people at work, but also as a continuing monitoring exercises.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
Supervisors and safety representatives should record the findings of their inspections.
Commercially produced versions of inspection report forms are often multi-copy, and 'self
duplicating', with each copy on a different colour paper to identify the intended recipient.
These are called PAD format.
Whatever the type of checklist or form used, it should provide a record of any action
requested to remedy conditions and working practices considered to be unsafe. Space
should be provided on the form to record the date and place of the inspection and details of
the action taken or, if no action was taken, an explanation of why this was so.
(b)
carry out inspections where there has been a RIDDOR accident, occurrence or
disease at the workplace
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 147
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
specific matters relating to the health and safety of employees at the workplace.
These functions do not affect a Contractors rights and obligations to manage an enterprise
or site as they should wish, or to investigate any type of accident or occurrence.
Many clients are now asking for detailed safety management information, such as that
gathered during safety auditing, as part of their pre-qualification procedures. This will be part
of the client's competence assessment of contractors, as required under CDM. Such
information has the potential to indicate a proactive approach to safety management and
whether or not identified issues are satisfactorily dealt with.
What is a safety audit, and what is in it for you?
A safety audit is a demonstration of the management's commitment to improve the overall
safety of the workplace. The typical definition of an auditing system is a systematic, critical
examination of an operation in its entirety to identify hazards and levels of risk, to detect
falling standards and to ensure that operations are performed in an efficient and safe way in
accordance with the policies and procedures laid down by the organisation.
IO
AL
(b)
an assessment of how the risks to health and safety are being handled
(c)
(d)
(e)
TE
AT
(a)
Health and safety auditing should also be seen as an integral part of the overall monitoring of
health and safety within an organisation.
The aim of such an audit is to identify problem areas that may exist, so that you can make
improvements to your standard of safety. The audit should look at the interaction of all the
activities of your company, as well as at the activities themselves.
An audit supports the company's safety policy; it measures performance against it and will
help management to judge just how well safety is being managed and, if carried to its logical
conclusion, will prompt the question: 'What caused this accident to happen?'
By adopting safety auditing, the Contractors will be acting to identify problems and possible
causes of accidents before they happen.
If any are identified, the Contractors will be able to change the health and safety
management system, improve working practices, identify health and safety training needs
and strengthen other weaknesses. These changes will help ensure that no unsafe actions
occur, thereby preventing accidents, and may include the setting of new standards of health
and safety performance by managers and employees.
The aim of any health and safety auditing system should be to constructively assist site
management to safely organise the company's construction activities. The application of a
well thought out auditing system will undoubtedly repay the time and money that the
company initially invests in developing it.
10
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 148
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
11
The result of safety audits carried out correctly is an improved safety performance so that the
ultimate of NO ACCIDENTS is achieved.
12
A good audit will benefit everyone from senior management to the youngest employee, and
will hopefully be accepted on its merits as the resultant changes bring improvements in
safety performance.
13
The health and safety audit should be carried out, as far as possible, by independent
auditors. This overcomes the problems faced by line managers auditing their own area of
work, or even a second line manager being critical of their peers. Auditing must be carried
out objectively and with a high degree of honesty when identifying non-compliance with
management systems and techniques.
14
The frequency of safety audits should ensure that the health and safety management system
of the organisation does not degrade over time or through changes in the company
organisation, personnel or the activities it carries out.
(b)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
IO
One of the most difficult things about auditing is deciding whether the measured
performance is satisfactory. Within health and safety, experienced external auditors will
typically audit against two parameters:
AL
1.1.9.14 Benchmarking
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 149
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
gloves
(b)
clothing
(c)
boots
(d)
helmets
(e)
goggles
(f)
ear defenders?
(ii)
warning notice
(iii)
barriers
safety equipment
(d)
(c)
alarm systems
TE
(b)
Is the worker aware that they must exercise good behaviour at work whilst paying attention
to the following:
(a)
(b)
distractions
(c)
AT
(i)
IO
use of:
AL
(a)
IN
Is the worker able to obtain and correctly wear personal protective equipment, such as:
EG
machinery
plant
power tools
hand tools
transport
access equipment
working platforms
hazardous activities?
When handling materials, does the worker take into account the following:
(a)
good manual handling and lifting techniques, including wearing appropriate PPE
(b)
(c)
proper stacking
(d)
correct storage
(e)
(f)
(g)
dangerous materials?
QCS 2014
(a)
at heights
(b)
(c)
(d)
in confined spaces
(e)
(f)
Is the worker aware of, and using, welfare facilities which are provided relating to:
first aid
(b)
changing rooms
(c)
canteen
(d)
washing
(e)
seating
(f)
toilets
(g)
drinking water
(h)
drying facilities
(i)
workspace
AL
(a)
IO
(b)
temperature
(c)
lighting
(d)
noise
(e)
dust
(f)
fumes
(g)
8
IN
ventilation
EG
(a)
TE
AT
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 150
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
welfare facilities?
Is the condition of machinery, plant and equipment, tools and materials acceptable as far as
the following are concerned:
(a)
(b)
workplace
(c)
working platforms
(d)
(e)
(b)
extinguishers
(c)
alarms
(d)
procedures?
QCS 2014
(a)
warning notices
(b)
(c)
colour codings
(d)
work methods
(e)
adequacy of:
information
instruction
supervision
work procedures?
(b)
site conditions
(c)
(d)
storage areas
(e)
gangways, walkways
(f)
access, egress?
general layout
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
AL
EG
11
10
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 151
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 152
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Unsafe conditions
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
5.
6.
AT
IO
AL
Unsafe acts
Observation report
TE
6.
IN
7.
10.
9.
EG
8.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Location.......................................................................
Name...........................................................................
Date.........................................................
Comments:
This illustration constitutes only an example of the kind of form which could be used during a hazard-
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 153
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
spotting exercise of the workplace. Contractors may choose to use this example or create their own.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 154
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Welfare
Storage areas
Canteens
18 Tidiness
34
Services
Rest rooms
19 Flammables
35
Security
Changing rooms
20 Gases
36
Fire precautions
21 Fuels, lubricants
37
Electrical
22 Fire precautions
Washing
Sanitation
24 Access equipment
Protective clothing
25 Timber
Protective equipment or
substances
26 Dangerous materials
AL
Hoists
39
Tower cranes
Mobile cranes
41
Lifting gear
42
Excavations
43
Transport
44
Other plant
45
Machinery
29 Ladders, trestles
46
Power tools
30 Working platforms
47
31 Access/egress
48
Tidiness
49
Noise levels
33 Accommodation
50
Traffic management
51
Restricted area
AT
IO
40
38
27 Stores procedures
Offices
Construction site
Accident records
11
Statutory forms,
28 Scaffolding
TE
10
registers, etc.
General cleanliness
13
Fire precautions
14
Environmental factors
15
Seating
16
Access/egress
17
Alarms, notices
EG
IN
12
Date of inspection.......................................................
(Safety representative(s)
Circulation:
Original
1st copy
2nd copy
3rd copy
(pink)
(blue)
(white)
(yellow)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 155
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Contract Number:
Date Opened:
Date Closed:
AL
Classification of Defect:
Critical
Major
Minor
Cause of Non-conformance:
Material
Process
Equipment
Documentation Reference (QCS, Local Legislation, Other Specification / Standard etc.):
IO
CONSULTANT /ENGINEER
REP*
*Delete as applicable
Title:
Documentation
Date:
AT
Unknown
N
R
TE
Reject/Replace
Target Date to Close NCR:
Name & Signature:
Re-work
IN
CONTRACTOR
Repair
Title:
Use as-is
Date:
EG
- Contractors proposals are acceptable and remedial work / Corrective & Preventive Action may proceed.
CONSULTANT
- Contractors proposals are unacceptable for the following reasons. (Contractor should revise & resubmit):
Title:
Date:
PART D: REMEDIAL WORKS / CORRECTIVE & PREVENTIVE ACTION PROPOSED IN PART B ARE
COMPLETE & READY FOR INSPECTION:
CONTRACTOR
Name & Signature:
Title:
Date:
ENGINEER REP.
Title:
Date:
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 156
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 157
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Will someone coming along the road or footway from any direction understand exactly what
is happening and what is expected of them?
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Operatives who carry out work on the highway must be competent to do so,
particularly anyone involved in laying out the site, positioning signage or lighting,
implementing traffic control measures and undertaking similar jobs.
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Note:
Section 1, Part 3 of the QCS covers traffic safety management. Section 1, Part 16
of the QCS covers traffic diversions. Section 6 of the QCS covers roadworks..
1.1.10.2 Introduction
TE
This places a duty of care on Contractors, employees and the self-employed. It requires not
only the safety of employees to be considered, but also the safety of those affected by the
work i.e. members of the public using the highway.
IN
When you give notice that you intend to start work, they will inform the other utility service
providers in an attempt to co-ordinate works so that the utilities may each carry out their
work during one excavation in order to avoid the same piece of roadway being continually
excavated.
EG
Definition: Apparatus is any pipe or ducting buried within the highway or pavement which is
owned by one of the utilities. It may take the form of gas pipes, water mains, sewers,
electricity cables, telephone cables and, where installed, cable TV cables.
The term major works covers works carried out by the Civil Engineering Department
Ministry of Public Works such as:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 158
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AL
AT
IO
The construction of vehicle crossings is included because the works put apparatus at risk in
a number of ways, such as:
the majority of 'service' apparatus is located in footways
(b)
(c)
(d)
the vehicular loading may be greater than the apparatus can withstand
(e)
TE
(a)
IN
EG
(b)
(c)
Note: Methods of supporting apparatus during excavation form part of the assessment
process incorporated within the relevant operative and supervisor qualifications.
1.1.10.10
Depth of cover
1
The normal minimum depth of cover for gas mains operating in the low and medium
pressure ranges is:
(a)
(b)
750 mm in carriageways
although these figures may vary, as each area gas companies can have its own standards.
In certain circumstances, depending upon the mains material, operating pressure and depth
of cover, it may be acceptable for the mains to remain in situ when only subjected to light
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 159
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
It is not generally permissible to allow cast iron mains previously in the footway or verge to
be subjected to vehicular traffic.
Risks during construction
Liaison with the gas services provider during the planning stage is essential because existing
mains, specifically older materials such as cast iron, cannot be raised, lowered or moved
laterally even for a few millimetres without risk. Gas apparatus must not be undermined and
certain apparatus is particularly vulnerable to deep excavations adjacent to the apparatus.
Any proposals to dig deep trenches may mean that gas apparatus will have to be diverted.
1.1.10.11
AL
IO
Depth of cover
The minimum depth of cover for the three types of water mains, i.e. trunk mains, distributor
mains and service pipes, will vary according to its type.
Further information can be found by consulting with the Qatar General Electricity & Water
Company.
TE
AT
Construction plant and lorries travelling over water apparatus with temporarily reduced cover
can be an unacceptable risk. Therefore, diversions may be necessary unless protective
measures are practicable.
IN
(b)
(c)
1.1.10.12
(d)
EG
(a)
the possible loss of ground support to pipes with the consequential risk of damage.
The need for the rigorous exclusion of moisture from telecommunication cables and joints
places constraints on what can be done to older cables, in respect of their movement during
works.
For maintenance purposes there is the added need for vehicles to have access and be
located at or near jointing chambers.
Preferred depth of cover
Varying depths of cover may be found with this type of equipment, depending on the types
and design of the cables. As a rough guide, television and telecom cabling can be found at
depths varying from 250 mm in the verge or footway up to 900 mm in the carriageway.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 160
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
1.1.10.13
1
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 161
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(b)
(c)
Road alterations may necessitate the replacement of poles if the clearance under the cables
becomes inadequate.
Minimum heights above ground for overhead telecommunication lines are typically:
(a)
(b)
(c)
IO
The following factors should be considered when protecting cables in situ or diverting
apparatus.
AT
1.1.10.14
AL
Underground cables
The need to protect and support potentially hazardous equipment from mechanical
impact, damage, strain and vibration during and after road works.
(b)
A requirement to maintain the security of supply if alternative circuits are not available.
(c)
TE
(a)
The depth at which electricity cables or ducts are usually laid in the ground is decided by the
need to avoid undue interference or damage.
Dependent on the type of cable and the power that it may be carrying, the depth of cover
may vary from 450 mm up to 900 mm. It is common to find electrical cables much shallower
than these depths, particularly over bridges or culverts and extreme caution must be
exercised.
In all cases where the depth of cover is likely to increase or decrease, the apparatus owner
must be consulted.
EG
IN
Overhead lines
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Buried pilot wires may be associated with the route of overhead lines.
The minimum height of overhead lines above ground varies according to the voltage of the
cable and as directed by the service provider. They can be as low as 5.2 m for lines carrying
33 kV, up to 6.7 m for lines carrying 132 kV.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 162
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(b)
The hazards of accidental electrical contact by persons on site must be fully assessed.
(c)
1.1.10.15
1
Traffic signs and other apparatus for the control of traffic must comply with relevant Qatar
Work Zone Traffic Management Guide latest revision.
1.1.10.16
AL
Visibility of signs
IO
AT
Surplus signs
Clearing up
TE
Be seen
Whether working on site or just visiting, all personnel must wear a high visibility jacket or
waistcoat to BS EN 471 at all times. Ensure the garment is in good condition and is properly
fastened at the front.
EG
IN
1.1.10.17
1
1.1.10.18
1
QCS 2014
1.1.10.19
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 163
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
FCR hazards
1
Cement-based materials that can be poured into an excavation to any required depth without
the need for compaction are called FCRs.
Because FCRs are fluid, they present a hazard for children and animals. Reinstatements
must therefore be guarded until a sufficient set has occurred.
Like all cement-based materials, FCRs should be handled with care because:
(a)
excessive contact with mixed FCRs can cause contact dermatitis or skin burns
(b)
excessive exposure to cement dust when FCRs are mixed on site can lead to
respiratory problems.
AL
Precautions
Use barrier creams on hands and wear gloves.
Reinstatement
1.1.10.20
AT
IO
All utilities that have carried out work upon a highway or pavement, or have employed a
contractor to carry out work on their behalf, are responsible for the satisfactory reinstatement
of the highway or pavement.
Reinstatement faults
EG
1.1.10.21
IN
TE
Settlement
This is the most common and obvious fault, and has implications for the short-term
acceptability of the reinstatement to the public, and the long-term cost of maintaining the
highway.
If the reinstatement material is soft in comparison with the surrounding undisturbed material,
the latter will tend to move laterally towards the excavation and downwards until equilibrium
is reached.
The area at risk on each side of the excavation is roughly equal to the thickness of the poorly
compacted material, regardless of the vertical position of such material.
Crowning
4
The same processes of adjacent ground movement, and road structure cracking that
accompany settlement can also be present with crowning, since they are a function of poor
compaction and little influenced by surface profile.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 164
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Edge cracking
6
If the vertical edges between the reinstatement and original surfacing have not been sealed
properly with bitumen, water can enter the joint, freeze, and open up a crack.
Alternatively, relative movement between the reinstatement and the original surface can
cause fretting, initiating a crack which is subsequently worsened by the ingress of water.
Lateral spread in the surfacing
This can be caused by too soft a binder being used in the surfacing which then spreads due
to traffic and temperature.
Bleeding or fatting up
In hot weather the binder softens. If the binder is soft initially, it may rise to the surface and
either be picked up by vehicles or lie on the surface. If this is not rectified, the binder will
harden during the colder months and form a very smooth, slippery surface.
AL
IO
The development of fine surface cracks not accompanied by settlement results from fatigue
of the material under traffic loading.
AT
10
Crazing
Fretting
This is defined as the loss of aggregate particles from the surface of bituminous materials.
12
A variety of causes can be identified, including inadequate compaction, low bitumen content,
and an excessive degree of fluxing for the conditions.
13
The most serious consequence is the increased risk of skidding on the freshly exposed
bitumen and loose particles of aggregate.
Cracking
EG
IN
TE
11
Cracking in reinstatements remote from the edges is generally due to the tensile strain
produced by settlement.
15
Another contributing factor is the use of thin surfacing layers which are consequently
overstressed and suffer fatigue cracking.
14
Open texture
16
Delayed set materials need to be open textured to some degree so that fluxing oils can
evaporate through the air passages.
17
By the same token, water can also soak down through the material into the underlying
material.
18
Open textured materials should be replaced or surface sealed as soon as possible after they
have hardened, especially in winter.
Lateral spread due to trenches in the edge of the carriageway
19
This happens in carriageways where the foundations of edge of the carriageway are
weakened. Consequently they give way and allow the full depth of construction to spread.
QCS 2014
1.1.10.22
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 165
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Surface profile
The following requirements apply to the immediate, interim and permanent reinstatements of
all service providers excavations.
If at any time during the immediate, interim or permanent guarantee periods the surface
profile of a reinstatement exceeds any of the intervention limits, remedial action must be
carried out in order to return the surface profile of the reinstatement to the as-laid condition.
As-laid profile
The reinstatement of any surface must be completed so that the edges of the reinstatement
are flush with the adjacent surfaces and the reinstatement does not show any significant
depression in between.
The maximum allowable tolerance at the edge of the reinstatement between the levels of the
reinstatement and the adjacent surface must not exceed + 6 mm.
AL
An edge depression is an essential vertical step or trip at the interface of the reinstatement
and the existing surface.
Intervention is required where the depth of any edge depression exceeds 10 mm over a
continuous length of more than 100 mm.
AT
IO
IN
TE
EG
Intervention is required where the height of any area of surface crowning spanning more
than 100 mm in any plan dimension exceeds the limits shown in the table.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 166
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
12
14
17
19
22
over 900
25
up to 400
AL
Reinstatement width
W (mm)
IO
Surface crowning is an upstand of the reinstatement above the mean level of the existing
adjacent surfaces.
10
Intervention is required where the height of any area of surface crowning spanning more
than 100 mm in any plan dimension exceeds the limits shown in the table.
TE
EG
IN
AT
Reinstatement width
W (mm)
Intervention limit Z
(mm)
up to 400
10
12
14
17
19
22
over 900
25
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 167
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
1.1.10.23
Inspections
During work and after completion, personnel from the Civil Engineering Department Ministry
of Public Works will inspect work being carried out by services providers.
sample inspections
(b)
defect inspections.
1.1.10.24
Sample inspections
These are routine inspections of random samples of services providers work at various
stages of excavation and reinstatement and after reinstatement.
It enables the Civil Engineering Department Ministry of Public Works to monitor the level of
compliance with prescribed standards including:
AL
(b)
(c)
verification that requirements for qualified supervisors and operatives are met.
IO
AT
Defect inspection
1.1.10.25
(a)
This is a procedure for dealing with individual reinstatements which fail to comply with the
reinstatement specification.
1.1.10.26
EG
IN
TE
Type
Category
During excavation
QCS 2014
1.1.10.27
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 168
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Inspection checklists
Two standard forms are used to report on the inspection carried out and include entries on
whether the items checked were acceptable or non-acceptable.
The form for categories 1 and 2 covers signing and guarding requirements in addition to
excavation and reinstatement works.
The form for categories 3, 4 and 5 cover performance requirements of the finished surface.
1.1.10.28
(b)
(c)
Reinstatements that are found to be defective are divided into two types:
1.1.10.29
These are reported to the party undertaking the work and normally require remedial action to
be taken within seven days.
AL
(a)
IO
AT
Types of defect
IN
TE
1.1.10.30
Non-complying reinstatements causing danger to pedestrians &
vehicles
Where the Civil Engineering Department Ministry of Public Works considers a defect to be
causing danger, the overriding aim is to remove the danger as soon as possible. The exact
procedure may differ in and out of normal working hours.
The Civil Engineering Department Ministry of Public Works may make the site safe by
signing, lighting and guarding and request the attendance of the service provider.
EG
1.1.10.31
1
Qualifications
(b)
there is on site at all times, whilst work is in progress, at least one person having a
prescribed qualification as a trained operative
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 169
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Have you planned how you will sign and guard the works?
What are the correct positions for the first warning sign?
10
What width of carriageway can be kept open and will it be enough for two-way traffic?
11
12
13
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
If circumstances change, have you altered the signs, cones and lamps to suit?
15
Are signs, cones and lamps being regularly inspected, cleaned, maintained or replaced?
16
17
When traffic control changes are made at night or weekends, have the warning signs been
changed?
18
Are traffic control arrangements reviewed and changed to reduce delays as works change?
19
Are the works adequately signed, guarded and lit for the overnight period?
20
Have you cleared away any mud that may have spread onto the surrounding road or
footway?
14
22
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 170
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
24
Have you cleared away any mud that may have spread onto the surrounding road or
footway?
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
23
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 171
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
When the roadworks make it impossible for drivers to follow the permanent traffic signs.
At times of poor visibility or bad weather conditions, when additional signs may be required
or work suspended.
When stronger than normal barriers are needed for deeper excavations.
Whether traffic control is needed at a site and which type would be appropriate for the
circumstances.
Where it is intended to use portable traffic signals, as the traffic authority must give approval
if these signals are to be used at a site which contains a junction.
Where a width of at least 3.25 metres cannot be provided on both sides of a site which is in
the middle of a two-lane single carriageway road.
When the works affect a pedestrian crossing, in which case the traffic authority should be
told in advance of the works. This is particularly important in the case of pelican crossings.
10
11
Where Stop/Go boards are proposed to be used in a shuttle lane containing a junction.
12
Where it may be necessary to close a road and therefore provide a diversion route.
13
When work on the approach to a traffic signalled junction disrupts the traffic flow through the
junction.
14
If work has to be undertaken at permanent traffic signals on a road with a speed limit of 64
km/h or more.
15
16
17
18
Where works are to be undertaken within 200 metres of a level crossing or are likely to
cause congestion in the area around a level crossing or where ramps as part of the works
may cause long low vehicles to ground.
19
Where the works are near the junction of roads joining and leaving high speed roads.
20
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 172
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Where work is to be carried out over the carriageway and the headroom is reduced.
22
23
24
Where works are located near buildings likely to be used by large numbers of elderly or
disabled people, e.g. old people's homes.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
21
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 173
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
DATE
AL
Unacceptable
AT
Acceptable
Excavation
EG
IN
TE
IO
Name
Signature
Date
Unseen/inapplicable
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 174
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
DATE
Unacceptable
AT
Acceptable
IO
AL
Signature
Date
Name
EG
IN
TE
Edge depression/trips
Surface depressions
Surface crowning
Edge cracking
Texture depth
Surface regularity
Other
Name
Signature
Date
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 175
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Size and siting distance: details of signs and cones and safety zone dimensions
Type of road
IN
TE
R
Minimum and
normal maximum
Minimum
siting distance (D) clear visibility Minimum size
of first sign in
to first sign of signs (mm)
advance of lead-in
(metres)
taper (meters)
Minimum
Sideways Details of lead-in cone tapers (but
height of
safety zone see Notes below) Recommended
cones
(S)
lengths
(mm)
60
600
450
0.5m
13
4
3
26
4
3
39
6
5
52
7
6
65
9
8
78
10
9
91
12
11
45 to 110
60
750
450
0.5m
20
4
3
40
6
5
60
8
7
80
10
9
100
13
12
120
15
14
140
17
16
All-purpose dual
carriageway road, restricted
to 64 km/h or less
110 to 275
60
750
450
0.5m
25
4
3
50
7
6
75
10
9
100
13
12
125
15
14
150
18
17
175
21
20
275 to 450
75
750
450
1.2m
25
4
3
50
7
6
75
10
9
100
13
12
125
15
14
150
18
17
175
21
20
All-purpose dual
carriageway road, with
speed limit of 80 km/h or
more
725 to 1600
105
1200
750
1.2m
32
5
4
64
9
8
96
121
1
128
16
15
160
19
18
192
23
22
224
26
25
EG
20 to 45
48 or less
64
80
95
112
1/2
15
30
60
100
Notes:
1. Lead-in tapers used with traffic control, and all exit tapers, shall be at about 45 to the kerb line with cones spaced 1.2 metres apart.
2. The maximum spacing distance of cones in longitudinal lengths of coning shall be 9 metres, but no fewer than 2 cones shall be used in any length between tapers.
3. In certain circumstances on congested roads with speed limits of 48 km/h or under, the taper may also be reduced to 45.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 176
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
The footprint of the structure(s) to be erected will dictate what space remains for other
purposes, which must be used to its best advantage.
Consideration should be given to early contact with local residents, local schools, adjacent
properties etc. prior to, or at the start of, setting up a site.
Time and effort put into properly planning and setting up a site has the distinct potential to
forestall problems as the job progresses.
Note:
Section 1, Part 1 of the QCS covers setting up a site and site management.
AL
1.1.11.2 Introduction
CDM places a legal duty upon the client for any project to ensure that every person involved
in the design process and every Contractor is provided with adequate and relevant
information about the site to enable the health and safety of anyone engaged in the
construction phase to be secured. This information should be included in the health and
safety plan which then enables decisions to be taken with regard to setting up the site.
The health and safety plan should give the Contractor details of specific issues that will need
to be considered when setting up a site. These, together with the contracts and architects'
drawings and specifications, will give information about specific factors to be incorporated. It
is likely that the responsibility for setting up the site will in many cases be delegated to the
site manager.
Contractors are require to plan, manage and monitor the construction phase (which includes
setting up a site) to ensure that, so far as is reasonably practicable, it can be carried out
without risks to health and safety.
Suggested factors to be considered when setting up a site can be found in the appendix at
the end of this section.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
By the nature of construction, much work will not be left in place at the end of the project but
still requires the same care and attention that the main structure attracts. Many accidents
occur through poor planning, design and installation of temporary works which begin as soon
as site set up commences.
Foundation assessment for new porta cabin install, and in particular multi-storey
complexes.
(b)
(c)
Services may require protection to prevent damage during site set up. Also material
storage areas should be sited away from shallow services that may be susceptible to
damage.
(d)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 177
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
attention should be taken with swing gates, and ensuring that these can be managed
by an individual under high wind conditions.
Any supporting structures on a cabin set-up must be designed, e.g. cabins elevated to
provide parking below on congested city sites.
(f)
Generally there will always be a need for craneage on site, so ground bearing
capacities require checking for outrigger loadings on and around the site.
(g)
Any temporary access roads on site should be assessed to ensure that they are
suitable to withstand loadings that may occur during site works.
(h)
Site establishments that are at risk of objects falling from above should be protected
with the use of designed crash decks or fans.
(i)
Where site establishments are close to the public highway or temporary haul roads
where heavy plant is to be used, there must be suitable barriers in place to protect the
office from collision damage.
(j)
When crane lifts are required from a neighbouring street then the temporary works
engineer must be aware of any below ground services, including basements and
subways and so on, and their proximity to the crane.
AL
(e)
IO
(b)
(a)
TE
AT
Competence
This is now the fundamental requirement of the requirement for health and safety in
construction. Competence has been defined as: 'possessing practical and theoretical
knowledge, which combined with actual experience so as to enable errors, faults and
weaknesses to be detected and their importance accurately assessed'.
Depending upon the nature of the site and the type of work to be undertaken, the
competence of people who will come on to the site might be an issue for the person setting
up the site. It may be necessary, for example, to check the competence of those who will;
(a)
EG
IN
(b)
(c)
(d)
In any case the most likely competence required early on is that of a crane coordinator to
ensure the planning and management of lifts associated with site cabins and welfare units.
Consultation
Contractors are required to consult on matter of health and safety. Generally, this may be
summarised as:
(a)
(b)
employees must be able to raise any concerns they have over health and safety with
the Contractors either directly or through their health and safety representative
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 178
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
As part of the process of setting up a site, consideration must be given to how effective
Contractors/employee consultation on matters of health and safety will be achieved.
Co-operation
CDM requires that everyone concerned in a construction project, whether a contractor, selfemployed person or an individual worker, must- co-operate with each other in the interests of
health and safety.
How such co-operation can be effectively achieved, must be decided at the stage where a
site is being set up.
Contact with the emergency services
It is advisable:
to inform the emergency services of the location of the site, particularly if it is difficult
to locate
(b)
particularly to inform the fire and rescue service if materials that represent a significant
fire risk will be present on site
(c)
if considered necessary, to display in the site office a road map showing the quickest
route to the nearest hospital with an Accident and Emergency Department in the site
office
(d)
on larger sites, to identify the position of emergency controller to oversee site actions
and communication with emergency services.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
TE
IN
the existence of contaminated ground and the possible need for extensive site
transport movements, both within and off site
(b)
ground water levels and/or underground water sources and the prevention of their
contamination
EG
(a)
(c)
(d)
the location of underground services and whether they have been, or need to be,
isolated or protected from surcharging, for example stockpiling heavy materials over
shallow services
(e)
the location of overhead cables and whether they need to be isolated or repositioned
(f)
the need for equipment to create barriers and goalposts where overhead cables cross
or border the site and remain live
(g)
if working on an existing structure, whether the electrical distribution system is still live
and whether or not it should be
(h)
(i)
the possible presence of asbestos (where existing surveys exist these should be
included)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 179
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(j)
the possible presence of other hazardous substances, viruses and organisms such as
lead, leptospirosis and anthrax
(k)
(l)
(m)
the existence of a health and safety file for work on existing structures.
Gates and hoardings should be designed and able to withstand wind loadings. Particular
attention should be given to swing gates to ensure they can be operated by one person and
stops should be in place to prevent gates swinging into pedestrian/public areas.
In many cases it will be necessary to make separate provision for the security of individual
items of equipment and plant.
IO
AL
Access will be needed not only for plant, other vehicles and equipment, but also for people,
therefore segregation is the safest method. Ideally traffic routes will be organised so that
pedestrians are not put at risk by incorporating such measures as:
site entrances and exits positioned so as not to cause a traffic hazard on the public
road
(b)
segregated traffic and pedestrian routes and, if practical and necessary, segregated
site entrances
(c)
one-way systems
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
AT
the need for published traffic priorities where site vehicles and private traffic both use
site roads
(h)
the need for the provision of traffic control measures (e.g. traffic lights), both on and off
site
(i)
the provision of parking areas for delivery vehicles which are waiting to unload; if
necessary, for example tightly-bound city centre sites, this may need to be off site
(j)
the provision of a car park for privately owned vehicles which preferably:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(k)
the possible need for a vehicle wheel wash where there is the potential for mud or
other debris to be deposited on public roads
(l)
the possible need for a mechanical road sweeper to keep site and public roads clear
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 180
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
of mud or other debris
(m)
When planning traffic/pedestrian routes, consideration should also be given to the possible
need for rapid emergency evacuation of the site and/or the attendance of the emergency
services.
1.1.11.8
Provision must be made for the safe storage of materials and equipment. Consideration
should be given to:
ensuring that site roads and any access road to the site are kept clear of obstructions
(b)
where possible avoiding 'double handling' by arranging for items (particularly heavy
items that may have to be moved by hand) to be stored close to where they will be
needed
(c)
the provision of proper storage facilities for flammable substances such as bottled
gases and fuels
(d)
ensuring that materials that are delivered on pallets are stored in stable stacks, with a
safe limit on the height of each
(e)
ensuring that there is no chance of stored materials toppling and breaching the site
boundary
(f)
the possible need for access by lifting equipment such as telehandlers, mobile and
tower cranes.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(a)
a 230 volt (mains) supply (or a 415 volt, 3-phase supply where there will be heavy
electrical loads such as a tower crane)
(b)
a supply of fresh water. This should be tested to ensure it is of suitable quality for
drinking and, if a new connection, should only be made by Qatar General Electricity &
Water Company
(c)
the drainage of surface and foul water. New connections should only be made with the
knowledge of the local authority. Particular attention should be given if hydrocarbons
are to be used extensively near to watercourses. Petrol interceptors may be required,
as are discharge consents if discharging into rivers
(d)
(e)
(f)
1.1.11.10
1
EG
IN
Where necessary, early consideration must be given to the need for the installation of utility
services to support the running of the welfare facilities and other site accommodation. This
could include:
TE
Whilst not strictly speaking a 'utility', consideration must be given to whether a 110 volt
distribution system will be required, and if so:
(a)
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
1.1.11.11
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 181
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
who will test and inspect to ensure it meets British (BS) or other International
standards?
Work at height
If work at height is to be carried out, it must be done so safely using the most appropriate
access equipment.
(b)
If mobile elevating platforms are to be used, they must be suitable for the job and only
operated by competent persons.
Ladders should only be used in situations where the findings of a risk assessment show it is
not reasonably practicable to use other safety access equipment.
Excavations
IO
1.1.11.12
AL
If excavations are to be dug, which by virtue of their depth, size or position could lead to an
injury if a person, material or vehicle fell into them, suitable equipment such as guard-rails
will be required to form an effective barrier around each such excavation.
Where the sides of excavations have to be supported to prevent the fall of soil, rock or other
material, the system of support must be designed by a competent person.
Usually the competent person, a temporary works co-ordinator, will gather such information
as required including ground reports and liaise with designers to ensure adequate support is
designed and installed.
A safe means of access and egress must be provided for the people who will work in
excavations. Where dictated by the depth, this will usually be a ladder.
If vehicles have to approach excavations for any reason, for example to tip material, the
vehicle should be under the control of a qualified signaller and suitable anchored stop-blocks
(or a similar device) must be employed to prevent vehicles getting too near the edge. This
must be communicated to the temporary works co-ordinator to ensure the design considers
this activity.
EG
IN
TE
AT
1.1.11.13
It is acknowledged that, depending upon the size of the site and the nature of the project, the
term 'site office' can cover office accommodation ranging from a single portable cabin to an
office complex comprising multiple-cabins on more than one level in which non-construction
workers, such as administrative staff, are employed.
Administrative staff, and others who may not usually carry or wear PPE, should ideally have
access to site offices from outside the site via a safe route that does not entail passing
through the construction area.
The site office should offer reasonably comfortable accommodation for all types of weather
and normal ranges of temperature.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 182
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
a suitable and safe form of heating, including the safe location of LPG cylinders if used
(b)
the need for an electrical supply (with each circuit protected by a residual current
device [RCD]) and telecommunications
(c)
obtaining a suitable, fully stocked first-aid kit unless first-aid facilities are located
elsewhere
(d)
(e)
displaying information on how to identify and contact site first aider(s), where the firstaid box is located and the actions to take in an emergency
(f)
(g)
(h)
obtaining registers for the recording of statutory inspections, for example inspections
of excavations and scaffolds
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
a site-visitors' log
IO
(i)
Welfare facilities
AT
1.1.11.14
AL
(a)
Workers will need clean and hygienic portable buildings or suitably protected areas where
they can change and securely store clothing, make a hot drink, heat and eat their meals, and
take shelter in the event of bad weather.
Workers will also need access to clean, well maintained toilets and appropriate washing
facilities with hot and cold or warm water, soap and towels, for example basins or sinks large
enough to wash their faces, hands and forearms in. In appropriate circumstances it will be
necessary for showers to be provided.
Where there will be males and females on site appropriate provision must be made in
relation to:
EG
IN
TE
toilets
(b)
(c)
(d)
1.1.11.15
(a)
changing rooms
rest facilities.
First aid
The appropriate number of qualified first aiders and/or appointed persons for the job will be
required. Details of the first aider(s) and the location of first-aid kit(s), with details of
emergency telephone numbers, must be displayed and given out during site induction.
Where justified by the size of the site, or in a small number of cases the type of work being
carried out, it may be decided that it would be beneficial to establish a first-aid room staffed
by a qualified nurse at all times that work is being carried out.
1.1.11.16
1
Fire safety
Consideration must be given to the level of fire risk arising out of the work to be undertaken
(not forgetting the masses of paperwork, drawings etc. that can accumulate in site offices)
and the nature of any other flammable substances that may be stored and used.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 183
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
A sufficient number of fire extinguishers appropriate to the type of fire which may occur
should be obtained and located in highly visible fire points in appropriate places, including
office and welfare accommodation.
Fire exit and emergency escape route signs must be obtained and displayed and must, in
the interests of health and safety, be illuminated in periods of darkness, as necessary.
An early decision must be made with regard to whether smoking will be allowed in any area
of the site. If smoking is to be allowed in certain areas, those areas must be equipped with
signs that clearly indicate the extent of the 'smoking area'. Equipment must be provided for
the safe disposal of spent smoking materials. Official signs indicating that smoking is not
permitted must be clearly displayed at the entrance(s) to all site accommodation.
1.1.11.17
Emergency plans
During the setting up of a site provision must be made for dealing with emergency situations
which may involve evacuation of the site. It is likely that this will be simpler for an open site
than, say, for the refurbishment of a multi-floor structure.
Liaison with the Civil Defence (Fire Department) may be useful in identifying a fire-fighting
strategy within the plan and locations of fire-fighting cores and dry riser locations.
AT
IO
AL
(b)
appoint evacuation wardens who have responsibility for ensuring that particular areas
of the site has been totally evacuated.
TE
(a)
The location of a suitable assembly point, which can accommodate the maximum number of
people expected on site and is a safe distance from the potential hazard, must be
determined. On larger sites it may be considered appropriate to designate more than one
assembly point.
However, unless the evacuation procedure is well thought out and effectively communicated
to all on site, this has the potential to make accounting for everyone more difficult.
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
Suitable arrangements should also be provided for dealing with environmental emergencies
and incidents such as the accidental release of oils or fuels. The site must consider the type
and location of spill kits and any necessary training in their proper use and disposal.
1.1.11.18
Contractors have a legal duty to provide the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE)
for their employees. Depending upon the type of work that will be undertaken and other
control measures that are in place, it is quite likely that a stock of appropriate PPE will be
required at the time the site is set up.
It may be necessary to discuss with a reputable PPE supplier the standards of PPE required
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 184
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
(b)
eye protection
(c)
hearing protection
(d)
gloves
1.1.11.19
It is usual to post one or more signs at site entrances to inform all persons who enter of the
health and safety requirements of the site. It is usual for these to specify:
the minimum standard of personal protective equipment required (usually safety
helmet, safety boots and hi-vis waistcoat)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
if appropriate, signs to indicate the presence of liquid petroleum gases and other
flammable substances, particularly vehicle fuels
(g)
other fire safety signs as are necessary, for example to indicate the location of fire
points.
IO
AT
Environmental considerations
IN
1.1.11.21
TE
Consideration must be given to the quantities and types of waste (possibly including food
waste) that might be generated and arrangements made for its lawful disposal.
Much construction work has the potential to impose a severe impact upon the environment.
Measures must be taken to prevent environmental damage including:
EG
Waste disposal
1.1.11.20
AL
(a)
(a)
(b)
making everyone on site aware of the project environmental issues through inductions
and briefings
(c)
(d)
implementing measures that will avoid the spillage of harmful fluids, but where spillage
does occur, preventing it from seeping into the ground and contaminating water
courses, including sources of drinking water
(e)
the appropriate handling, storage and disposal of construction waste and other types
of waste
(f)
(g)
identifying and dealing with the existence of protected species of mammals, insects,
plants etc.
(h)
(i)
(j)
reducing the amount of substances used that give off environmentally damaging
vapours or fumes
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 185
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
paying appropriate attention to other sources of nuisance to neighbouring properties
and the public in general
(l)
not leaving the engine of any item of construction plant running when it is not in use
(m)
maintaining good housekeeping to prevent wind-blown debris or waste leaving the site
and to reduce damage and waste to materials
(n)
turning off other power sources when the equipment is not in use.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(k)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 186
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Human factors
Competencies
Y
Have measures been put in place for accurately assessing the competency
of everyone who will come on to the site? In particular, attention to
competence should be applied to:
1.1 carrying out risk assessments and extracting the significant findings
AL
1.
IO
AT
1.8 planning, supervising and working at height, using any means of access
TE
IN
EG
N/A
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 187
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
AL
2.
Co-operation
IO
3.
Has contact been made with the relevant emergency services to ensure
that they have sufficient information to deal with any foreseeable
emergency that might arise?
TE
4.
AT
3.
4.
EG
2.
Have checks been made of the previous use of existing structures and the
land?
Have checks been carried out for land that may be contaminated, for
example, by leakage of fuels or oils?
1.
IN
Have the appropriate authorities been asked for details of water levels
and/or underground water sources?
Is there evidence of previous storage in buildings, cellars or tanks of
dangerous goods or hazardous substances?
5.
6.
7.
8.
N/A
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 188
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
11.
12.
13.
Has the Health and Safety File for any existing structure(s) been consulted?
Site security
2.
N/A
N/A
Has the delivery and erection of materials to form a secure site boundary
been arranged?
Have those people who will be on site as it is set up been informed of the
security arrangements?
AL
1.
4.
Have separate security measures been put in place to prevent theft and to
prevent access into identified hazardous areas?
5.
Is a plan in place that outlines the actions that should be taken to deal with
unauthorised visitors?
AT
IO
3.
TE
2.
Have site entrances and exits been positioned so as not to cause a traffic
hazard on the public road?
3.
4.
Are there clear priorities, for example using traffic lights, where site transport
and private vehicles use the same routes?
5.
Has a safe area been designated for delivery vehicles waiting to unload?
6.
Has a car-park for private vehicles, with a safe entrance and exits (separate
exit for pedestrians), been established?
Have measures been taken to prevent mud and debris from accumulating on
public roads?
7.
EG
IN
1.
8.
9.
Have haul roads been designed to prevent blind spots and prevent build up
at pedestrian crossings?
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 189
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
1.
Have these areas been planned so that traffic and pedestrian routes will not
be obstructed?
2.
Have these areas been positioned to avoiding the 'double handling' of heavy
items that may have to be moved by hand?
3.
Have proper storage areas been created for flammable substances, such as
bottled gases?
4.
Are palletised materials stored safely, with stacks of materials stable and
limited in height?
5.
Are storage areas located away from site boundaries, particularly in areas
where the general public have access to the other side?
N/A
N/A
N/A
IO
2.
AT
1.
AL
Utility services
4.
Have arrangements been made for the supply of other types of heating
fuel?
5.
Have arrangements been made for the installation of the required number
of telephone lines and other forms of telecommunication links?
6.
Have appropriate measures been taken for the supply of stand-by power?
7.
Have arrangements been made for the design and installation of a 110 volt
distribution system?
Working at height
EG
IN
TE
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
In all cases, will work at height be carried out using the most appropriate
means of access to height?
5.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 190
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Will a survey be carried out to investigate the existence of cellars, drains and
other underground voids?
8.
9.
Excavations
Y
Has suitable equipment been obtained to form an adequate barrier (for
example guard-rails) around each excavation into which a fall could cause a
person to be injured?
2.
Where installed, will the system of supporting the sides of all excavations
be designed and installed by a competent person?
3.
Will a safe method of installing the supports, that does not involve anyone
going into an unsupported trench, be employed?
4.
5.
AT
IO
AL
1.
IN
7.
EG
6.
TE
5.2 will anchored stop-blocks (or a similar device) be installed to prevent the
vehicle over-running?
9.
Will materials, spoil or plant be stored away from the edges of the
excavation, to reduce the likelihood of collapse?
8.
N/A
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 191
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
1.
2.
3.
4.
N/A
N/A
Have arrangements been made for the delivery and siting of adequate
office accommodation, including carrying out any enabling work?
Is the site office located so that it can be accessed without the need to wear
PPE?
Does the site office have a safe form of heating, with the fuel stored in a
safe manner?
Are the electrical circuits in the office protected by an RCD and regularly
tested and inspected?
Is there a suitable, fully stocked first-aid kit in the office?
6.
If the answer to 5 is 'NO', have alternative provisions been made for first
aid?
7.
8.
9.
10.
12.
AT
IO
AL
5.
Welfare facilities
1.
1.2
IN
EG
1.3
TE
1.1
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.4
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 192
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
1.10
First aid
Y
Have sufficient and suitable first-aid kits been obtained?
2.
3.
Have 'travelling first-aid' kits been obtained for site vehicles and anyone who
works in a remote location?
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
N/A
NA
AT
IO
AL
1.
TE
Fire safety
2.
3.
4.
5.
Will everyone on site be made aware of what the fire alarm sounds like?
6.
7.
Have suitable and sufficient fire safety signs been obtained and displayed?
8.
Have proper storage areas for flammable substances like LPG been
established?
9.
10.
Have signs been erected to clearly define the boundaries of the areas in
which smoking is allowed?
EG
IN
1.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 193
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Has a time been set each day, after which smoking is not allowed?
Emergency procedures
Y
N/A
AL
4. Have one or more assembly points, which are a safe distance from the
potential hazard, been selected?
IO
AT
6.1 the location of the assembly point to which they are to report in the event
of an evacuation?
6.2 what the evacuation signal sounds like?
TE
IN
6.5 the fact that the evacuation plan will be periodically practised on a 'nonotice' basis?
EG
2.
Has everyone on site been issued with all of the PPE that they need to
carry out the jobs allotted to them?
3.
Does everyone on site know how and where to obtain any extra PPE that
they might need in the future?
4.
Does everyone on site know how to obtain replacement PPE for that which
is lost or defective?
5.
1.
N/A
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 194
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
1.
Has a 'combination' safety sign been erected at each site entrance to inform
everyone who needs access of the minimum standards of safety on site?
2.
3.
4.
Has a person been nominated to ensure that additional signs are erected and
existing signs are moved or removed to reflect changing conditions as the job
progresses?
N/A
N/A
AL
Waste disposal
Have arrangements been made for the delivery of sufficient skips or other
suitable containers to enable different types of waste materials to be stored?
2.
Have the arrangements for the segregation and disposal of waste been
communicated to everyone on site?
3.
Has an area of the site that is readily accessible by large vehicles been set
aside for the siting of skips?
AT
IO
1.
Environmental considerations
2.
3.
Have the project environmental issues been included in the site induction?
4.
Have measures been put in place to avoid or reduce the more obvious
environmental problems, such as:
6.1 the spillage of environmentally damaging fluids?
EG
IN
TE
1.
6.2 any spillage that does occur is not able to seep into the ground,
drainage systems or watercourses?
6.3 the management, storage and disposal of waste materials?
6.4 noise and dust pollution, arising out of construction activities?
6.5 the number and quantity of substances used that give off
environmentally damaging vapour or fumes?
6.6 air pollution resulting from the unnecessary running of construction plant
engines?
5.
6.
7.
N/A
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 195
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Action plan
Human factors
TE
R
Question
number
Section
EG
IN
Competence
Consultation
If you have answered NO to any of the questions in the checklist, please provide further information in the columns below.
Co-operation
Action to be taken
By whom
Date for
completion
Comments
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Question
number
TE
R
IN
Site security
EG
Management of vehicular
and pedestrian traffic
Working at height
Excavations
Action to be taken
Existing buildings,
features and ground
conditions
Utility services
AT
IO
Page 196
QCS 2014
By whom
Date for
completion
Comments
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 197
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Question
number
Section
Action to be taken
TE
R
IN
Welfare facilities
Fire safety
EG
First aid
Emergency procedures
Personal protective
equipment
By whom
Date for
completion
Comments
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Page 198
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Question
number
Section
Action to be taken
TE
R
Waste disposal
EG
IN
Environmental
considerations
By whom
Date for
completion
Comments
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 199
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Site security must be effective both during and out of working hours.
Effective site security will keep children and other trespassers off the site; even outside
working hours, construction sites can be hazardous places for the unwary, particularly
children.
There are actions that can be carried out to prevent the theft of construction plant.
The nature of some sites means that whilst they cannot be completely fenced off from the
public, for example scaffolds erected in public places, unauthorised access must be
prevented.
AL
IO
Note: Section 1, Part 3 of the QCS covers site access and Section 1, Part 4 covers site
protection.
AT
1.1.12.2 Introduction
Security is a subject that in many circumstances is closely associated with health and safety
on building, construction or civil engineering sites. A poor standard of security with the
resulting risk of trespass, theft and damage can have implications for the health and safety of
the trespassers and possibly the people who are authorised to be there.
There are several reasons why the security of a site might be breached, not all of which are
malicious.
There are common examples of construction activities taking place in premises, which are
still partially occupied by the owner, landlord, members of their staff and possibly members
of the public. For example, where construction work is taking place in a:
(b)
(c)
supermarket or department store that is still open to the public but is undergoing an
extension or renovation
(a)
EG
IN
TE
It might be possible for unauthorised persons to inadvertently stray into the site quite
innocently unless adequate security measures are taken.
However, in many cases, the reasons for trespass have been shown to be malicious. This is
usually for the purpose of theft or criminal damage, both of which can have health and safety
implications for site staff when they return to work.
Children might also try to gain access to sites out of curiosity and the mistaken belief that
they are safe and 'fun' places to play.
Equipment designed to physically control access to sites is readily available. Even a modest
investment (in terms of finance, time and effort) can easily result in a significant improvement
in the standard of site security and therefore reduce the potential for financial and other
losses.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 200
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
It can be taken that a 'visitor', for the purpose of these Regulations, can be anyone who is
not an employee. Therefore, a visitor may be any person who is a lawful visitor with a
genuine reason to visit the premises, or a trespasser, who at any time during the day or the
night may be intent on committing a crime.
AL
TE
AT
IO
Employees may be well aware of the risks, and have safe systems of work, use protective
equipment or have procedures that would be unknown to a visitor. In these cases, the
occupier must make suitable provision for the protection of all visitors.
An example might be the provision of eye, foot or head protection where necessary, or
barriers to keep visitors away from machines.
EG
IN
If children or young persons are allowed on the premises (as children of customers, invited
school parties, and so on), it must be remembered that they cannot be considered to have
any concept of hazard and risk and cannot be expected to behave as would an adult.
Whereas an adult may stand behind a guardrail that is set at a height of 1 metre, a small
child could walk under it. It may be necessary to install two intermediate guard-rails at 330
mm and 660 mm.
It should also be appreciated that children may not be able to read, understand or comply
with safety signs and notices.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 201
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
While it may be usual to think about offenders being unauthorised people who come onto
site to steal or cause damage, it must be remembered that a substantial number of offences
are committed by employees either for the direct gain of what they steal or out of malice
against the Contractors. It is not unknown for employees to damage property to delay the
progress of work, so they can be employed for longer repairing the damage that they have
caused.
Sometimes, site employees will give information to other persons who will later come and
commit the crime. This is very often the case with regard to the theft of larger items of
construction plant and equipment, or where substantial amounts of material are taken. Even
if the offenders are caught, it is very difficult to identify the employee who passed on the
information.
AL
remove temptation by hiding from view any 'attractive' item that might tempt a potential
thief
(b)
make it more difficult for the trespasser to get onto the site or into the building
(c)
make it harder for the trespasser to gain access to 'attractive' items if they do manage
to get onto the site
(d)
make it more difficult for the criminal to profit from their crime.
TE
AT
(a)
Removing temptation
IN
1.1.12.10
1
IO
The four most important things that can be done for site security are to:
This simply involves ensuring that 'attractive' items such as hand-held power tools are
removed from view when not in use, particularly out of normal working hours. On sites
surrounded by a solid hoarding, this should not be an issue.
1.1.12.11
EG
The first consideration in attempting to make it difficult for the trespasser to effect an entry
will include the provision of site fencing.
This should be at least a 2-m high security fence with the posts securely anchored. 'Mesh'
type fencing, which includes 'anti climb' panels, can be hired. The panels have small gaps in
the mesh to make it more difficult to obtain footholds.
It should be remembered that if employees are used as security staff, they must be given the
appropriate health and safety training before they start work, or whenever they are exposed
to a new or an increased risk.
Guard dogs
As work on most sites only takes place during the normal working week, serious
consideration must be given to 'out-of-hours' security.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 202
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Again, an assessment is needed and the use of guard dogs may be considered.
Locks, alarms and other security measures
If buildings are to be made secure, special attention should be paid to doors where high
quality locks should be used. Windows may need to be protected by steel grilles as well as
locks. The use of padlocks, other than very high security padlocks, is questionable, as
criminals using bolt croppers frequently cut the exposed shank.
The walls of a building are not very often broken through but it is reasonably common for
criminals to gain access through ceilings, particularly to get into shop premises.
It is relatively common for thieves to use cutting equipment to enter storage containers.
There are a number of proprietary products, particularly toolboxes/chests, which advertise
that they are designed to be more thief resistant.
A burglar alarm, whilst not adding anything to the physical security of premises, may well
deter a criminal from trying to break in, or cause them to run away without stealing anything
when the alarm sounds.
If perimeter fencing is to be made secure, special attention should be paid to entrance gates,
in respect of which high quality locks should be used.
IO
AL
Because of the nature of building, construction and civil engineering activities, it is difficult to
have a totally secure site. As unlawful visitors will get onto site occasionally, and some
employees may be dishonest, measures need to be taken to prevent criminal offences from
being committed. There are two main areas where action can be taken to make it harder for
people to steal property:
TE
AT
1.1.12.12
(b)
IN
(a)
Making it more difficult for the criminal to profit from their crime
EG
1.1.12.13
This is something that can easily be done with all property that may be stolen, and is
probably one of the most cost-effective areas of crime prevention.
A simple example is with scaffolding, where many companies, ever mindful of the risk of
theft, paint their tubes and fittings with brightly coloured bands. It becomes immediately
obvious that something is wrong if they appear on another contractor's site.
Highly visible markings may be a deterrent, but professional criminals are still prepared to
steal items and then remove the markings.
The rising value of metals has made some crime even more lucrative, as there is little need
to consider the risks associated with resale and reuse if the stolen item is simply exported for
reprocessing. It is important to consider at what stages of construction progress a site is
more likely to be the target of theft. For example, one strategy is to move to a full-time
security presence at second fix and to install high value white goods immediately prior to
handover/practical completion.
1.1.12.14
1
The health and safety implications if the equipment is not there, or has been damaged, may
be that the job cannot now be done properly or safely. Often shortcuts are taken and such
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 203
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
'makeshift' or temporary works will expose employees to additional risks to their health and
safety.
2
Where possible, isolate plant and machinery at the end of each shift, and park it in a secure
area such as a plant compound that is locked and visible to site security.
1.1.12.15
1
It can be difficult to identify stolen property because many people have no idea what a
compressor, excavator or a backhoe loader really looks like. Photographs of plant and
equipment are useful when trying to describe stolen items to the police or to your insurance
company, especially when they are not common or standard pieces.
1.1.12.16
Security of plant
Security of plant has implications for health and safety on building, construction or civil
engineering sites as well as for the financial viability of a company.
Having a well-managed security programme, to restrict the theft of equipment, may help in
reducing premiums to insurance companies.
The theft of plant which is not properly secured, or that can be moved or started, could have
serious financial consequences for a company.
The actual cost of security arrangements can be insignificant when compared with the
financial loss that theft incurs.
Costs which may be encountered could be in terms of production time lost due to missing
equipment, the administration in acquiring replacement equipment, as well as dealing with
the police and insurance companies.
Losses may also be incurred due to the damage caused to plant and equipment by
unsuccessful theft or by wanton vandalism, such as broken cab windows or spray paint
graffiti. Steps must be taken to minimise the possibility of either.
1.1.12.17
Theft of plant and equipment is one of the most common crimes that occur on site, some by
chance and some to order. The damage that the thief does in trying to steal the plant can be
substantial, not only to the plant but also to perimeter fencing, even if the theft fails.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.1.12.18
An overall theft prevention plan should be produced and constantly reviewed. Each of the
anti-theft methods outlined in the following, and the ways to identify and locate plant, should
be considered as part of this plan.
There tends to be a lack of responsibility by people towards the security of plant, tools and
equipment, particularly where these are hired in.
It is the responsibility of management to ensure that staff are aware of the problems created
by plant theft, including the possible effect on the company's viability and the consequent
damaging effect on jobs.
1.1.12.19
1
As the cost of closed circuit television (CCTV) has reduced, the affordability and wider use of
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 204
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
the equipment has made the deterrent effect of its use considerable.
2
capable of viewing the perimeter in darkness, with or without the aid of security
lighting
(b)
On an unstaffed site, it is essential that the potential criminal knows recording is taking place
and that the recorder itself is in a secure location.
1.1.12.20
On most sites, small, valuable hand tools and pieces of plant or equipment will be locked in a
site hut or tool store, or in a secure tool chest out of sight. The storage place should be as
substantial and secure as possible so that it is difficult to break into.
If a mobile tool store or chest is used, it should be recognised that some types of site
equipment and lorry-mounted cranes can be used to lift or drag tool chests and stores onto a
vehicle and stolen intact with their contents.
They should, therefore, be put in a secure site hut or container and securely bolted or
welded to the floor. If the tool store or vault has to be left externally, it should be bolted to a
concrete floor or block, or chained to an immovable object.
Often high security steel freight containers are used. These have no windows, virtually
impenetrable walls, floors and roofs, and doors that are designed to be securely locked. This
is a great advantage over the average site hut, which is usually a portable building with no
integral security features beyond normal door locks.
When using these containers, however, it should be remembered that they must never be
used for the storage of LPG cylinders or any other gas bottles, or quantities of solvents.
There have been instances when cylinders and gas bottles have leaked overnight, allowing a
dangerous build-up of gas inside the container.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Secure it or immobilise it
EG
1.1.12.21
Non-driven mobile plant and trailers should be immobilised by the use of specialist
mechanical devices, such as eye-locks and wheel clamps, and should also be secured by a
security chain to an immovable object, thus preventing lifting by lorry-mounted cranes or
other site equipment.
Their visibility acts as a deterrent. Removal requires much physical effort and time and the
use of specialised tools. Their removal is also likely to be accompanied by noticeable noise
and light.
Immobilisation could also include smaller items being chained to larger items of plant,
concrete posts or steel columns.
'Security' chains should be strong enough to defeat files, hacksaws, levers and large bolt
croppers, and be difficult to attack with power tools.
Where possible, chains should be kept off the ground as this makes attack more difficult.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 205
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Driven plant
Larger items of driven plant and equipment that cannot be put into a store should be
immobilised by simple specialist mechanical or electronic devices.
It should be appreciated that the smaller the plant, the less likely it is that an electronic
immobiliser can be adequately concealed and that mechanical devices will be more
practical. Mechanical devices can immobilise stabiliser legs, steering mechanisms,
excavator booms and tracks.
On items of plant such as large earthmovers, road graders and large dump trucks, or where
the machine is complex, it is easier to conceal an electronic immobiliser. A mechanical
device to do the same job would be too large to manually handle.
Many pieces of plant have either mechanical devices and/or electronic devices fitted by the
manufacturer at the time of manufacture. All aspects of their operation should be understood
and full use made of them when the item of plant is left.
10
When the plant is left overnight or longer, there should be a disciplined approach to security.
The plant should be parked in a location where any wrongdoing would be noticed by
passers-by and away from easy access by a lorry-mounted crane to reduce the possibility of
it being lifted off site.
11
The ignition keys should be removed which will, in many instances, set an alarm and an
immobiliser. If the alarm or immobiliser does not set automatically then it must be set
manually.
12
13
Immobilisation could also include smaller items being chained to larger items of plant.
14
Any labels supplied by the manufacturer that indicate that immobilisation devices are fitted
should be prominently displayed.
1.1.12.22
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
One of the key problems for any prospective thief is lack of time, and overcoming barriers is
time consuming. For instance, a fence or gate may be the first barrier to overcome, the
second a security container, the third a security chest or a series of physical locks and
chains within the container.
Individually each barrier might not present the prospective thief with too much difficulty but,
added together, they may prove so time consuming that the thief abandons the attempt.
Similarly, for larger equipment, fencing is the first barrier. The secure location of the
equipment, and the setting of mechanical and electronic immobilisers, then adds further
barriers, increasing the difficulty and the time required to overcome them.
A bright corporate colour scheme for all pieces of plant owned by a Contractor, as well as
the vans and lorries visiting the site, dissuades the thief. It identifies the equipment and
makes it more difficult to resell without repainting. Also, when a van or truck parked next to
the plant is not in the same corporate colours, and any work being undertaken is suspicious,
it can alert passers-by.
Painting plant and equipment in corporate colours could be used as part of an overall theft
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 206
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
prevention plan.
1.1.12.23
1
Once stolen equipment has left the site, the cost of inconvenience has started to mount up.
Although any subsequent recovery device will mitigate the final cost of the theft, it will not
change the cost of lost time and administration.
Stolen vehicle and plant location
A popular way of recovering plant is through a tracking device. This relies on the ability of the
police or a central monitoring station to locate the plant through signals emitted from devices
located on the equipment.
Although the success of recovering plant fitted with trackers is high, thieves are becoming
more sophisticated in their actions and technology, and are finding ways to neutralise the
devices.
Keys
1.1.12.24
AL
Another recommendation is the elimination of single keys for plant. (As with cars, some sets
of keys will give access to a variety of vehicles, not necessarily of the same make or year of
manufacture.) Plant manufacturers will eventually undertake this move, but until all machines
have different keys, the fitting of either a mechanical or electronic immobilisation device, or
both, is essential.
Whilst manufacturers will also be upgrading the security of cabs and canopies, it is still
necessary to lock them to reduce the possibility of hot-wiring plant to start it or the damage
caused whilst trying.
IN
1.1.12.25
TE
AT
IO
Among the items most commonly stolen are mini-excavators, floodlighting equipment,
generator sets and compressors. All are of high value and relatively portable. Once removed
from site, they may prove impossible to track down.
Construction plant or equipment that is securely locked, immobilised, and clearly and visibly
marked is less likely to be stolen than plant which is not secured or marked.
Equipment that is fitted with an electronic tracking device or is registered with a database is
more likely to be recovered after being stolen.
Electronic tracking devices may be active or passive. Active devices allow the owner to know
exactly where the item of plant is at all times, while passive devices are only activated once
that piece of plant has been stolen or unlawfully removed.
EG
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 207
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
The selection of the forms or notices, etc., will necessarily be as appropriate or applicable to
the individual site or premises, and the circumstances that exist on that site.
All accidents that cause any injury to an employee, no matter how slight, must be entered.
Entry may be made either by the employee or anyone acting on their behalf.
Completed book stubs and records must be kept for three years from the date of the last
entry.
Unless notification has been made by telephone, fax, email, Form F100 must be completed
and sent by the person completing the report to the Administrative Authority which is the
Administrative Authority, this action is required under the following circumstances:
If an employee or other person dies or suffers any major injury as a result of an accident at
work.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
Note: (i) This type of accident must also be reported immediately by the quickest practical
method (usually the telephone).
Note: (ii) A major injury or serious condition such as:
(b)
any fracture of any bone other than the fingers, thumbs or toes
(a)
(c)
the loss of sight (whether temporary or permanent) or any other listed eye injury
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
if an employee has an accident at work and is unfit or is off work for more than three
days (weekends and rest days included) as a result of the accident.
Dangerous occurrences
8
Form F100 must be sent to the Administrative Authority whenever a scheduled dangerous
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 208
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
occurrence has occurred. Alternatively, notification may be given by telephone, fax or email.
Dangerous occurrences listed include (briefly):
collapse, overturning or failure of any load-bearing part of any lift, hoist, crane, derrick,
mobile powered access platform, access cradle, window cleaning cradle, excavator,
piling rig or forklift truck
(b)
(c)
contact with, or arcing from, any overhead electric cable caused by any plant or
equipment
(d)
(e)
explosion or fire caused by any material resulting in stoppage of work or plant for more
than 24 hours
(f)
(g)
collapse or partial collapse of any scaffold over 5 metres in height or fall of any cradle,
etc.
(h)
collapse of 5 tonnes or more of any building or structure, or any falsework, or any wall
or floor in any workplace
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
malfunction of any breathing apparatus whilst in use or when being tested before use
(q)
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
EG
A report on form F100A is required by RIDDOR the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and
Dangerous Occurrences.
11
It must be sent, by the person completing the report, to the Administrative Authority, when a
registered medical practitioner has diagnosed in writing that an employee is suffering from a
scheduled reportable disease
AND
12
the person has been employed in a scheduled work activity by the Contractors.
13
14
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 209
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
16
All mechanical control measures, such as dust extraction, must be subject to routine
examination in accordance with the Regulations and records kept.
17
18
19
IO
20
AL
Dangerous substances
AT
Explosive atmosphere
A mixture, under atmospheric conditions, of air and one or more dangerous substances in
the form of gases, vapours, mists or dusts in which, after ignition has occurred, combustion
spreads to the entire unburned mixture.
22
23
The sign must consist of black letters on a triangular yellow background with black edging.
EG
IN
TE
21
Diving
24
Records have to be kept of the written appointment of all diving supervisors and of the
qualifications and medical certificates of divers. All dives have to be recorded in the divers'
log books. Diving rules have to be in writing.
Electrical equipment
25
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 210
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
electric shock should be displayed in locations where people are at an enhanced risk of
electric shock.
Emergency evacuation
27
Emergency routes and exits must be established and indicated by suitable signs.
Excavations, cofferdams and caissons
28
Excavations, cofferdams and caissons must be inspected and written reports of the
inspections made.
Explosives
Possession of explosives requires an explosives certificate which is issued by the local Chief
Officer of Police.
30
AL
29
AT
It is required that records should be kept of all design calculations, drawings, estimated
loadings and specifications for falsework, together with written permissions to pour concrete
or to 'load' falsework, and to dismantle it.
31
IO
Falsework
TE
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
IN
(a)
32
Fire
First aid
33
34
Toilets adjacent to food rooms must be separated by a lobby. A notice stating 'NOW WASH
YOUR HANDS' must be displayed.
35
Employees in food rooms must not smoke. A notice is displayed to that effect. Checks and
inspections of equipment and staff training should be recorded. Certificates of staff training in
food hygiene and handling must be displayed.
Fragile surfaces
36
Appropriate warning notices must be clearly displayed at all approaches to the area.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 211
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
Hazardous substances
37
All containers containing hazardous substances should be clearly marked with their contents
and the appropriate hazard warning symbol.
38
39
AL
40
Ionising radiation
The appropriate warning signs and notices for controlled areas must be displayed.
IO
41
AT
Lifting operations
All machinery and accessories used for lifting are marked to indicate their safe working load
for each configuration in which they can be used.
43
44
Lifting equipment not designed for lifting persons but which could be easily mistaken for such
is marked appropriately.
45
All lifting equipment and accessories are subjected to a scheme of thorough examination.
Records of thorough examination are made and kept available for inspection.
IN
TE
42
EG
47
48
46
Manual handling
49
Assessment to be made where risks from manual handling cannot be avoided. It is required
that all but the most simple assessments should be recorded.
Noise
50
51
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 212
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
If it is not otherwise provided for, it is strongly recommended that all plant, tools and
equipment are subject to inspection and examination, and proper records kept.
53
54
All pressure vessels intended to contain air or nitrogen at a greater pressure than 0.5 must
have details of the maximum working pressure, maximum and minimum working
temperatures, and cubic capacity clearly displayed on it.
AL
Assessment of the need for personal protective equipment. In all but the simplest cases the
assessments should be recorded.
Where a safety committee has been established, proper minutes and records should
be kept. Safety representatives may give written reports to management concerning safety
in the workplace.
AT
56
IO
55
Scaffolding
58
Designated 'danger areas' must be created where there is a risk of a person falling or being
hit by a falling object. In the case of incomplete scaffolding, suitable notices must be
displayed to discourage attempted access on to the scaffold.
IN
EG
59
TE
57
60
Steam boilers
The maximum working pressure of any steam boiler must be clearly marked. Boilers must be
inspected at the scheduled intervals and proper records kept.
Training
61
It is most strongly recommended that all such information, instruction and training is properly
and fully recorded so that Contractors are in a position to prove that duties under these
Regulations have been met.
VDUs - Visual display units or display screens
62
Suitable and sufficient analysis of workstations for the purpose of assessing health and
safety risks. All but the simplest and obvious cases must be recorded.
Work equipment
63
QCS 2014
64
Section
11: Health and Safety
Page 213
Part
1.01: Qatar Legislation and Management (Regulatory Document)
65
Any training carried out to achieve competency should be recorded. Where any person at
work may pass across or near to a fragile surface, or actually work on it, prominent signs
indicating that it is a fragile surface must be fixed at every approach to that place. Where
any person could be injured by falling or being hit by a falling object, 'danger areas' must be
created to prevent such an occurrence. Danger areas must be clearly indicated, usually by
signs and/or barriers Where inspections of work equipment are carried out a record of the
inspection must be made and retained as specified.
Safety signs
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
END OF PART
AL
All signs giving health or safety information or instructions must comply with the relevant
British Standard. A safety sign is anything that combines geometrical shape, colour and
pictorial symbols to give safety information.
66
QCS 2014
REGULATORY DOCUMENT........................................................................... 1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
AL
1.2.11
1.2.12
1.2.13
1.2.14
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
1.2.10
QCS 2014
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
1.2.1.1 Introduction
1
Note:
One of the reasons why Contractors have safe systems of work is to avoid accidents and
keep employees at work instead of being off sick.
Section 1, Part 13 of the QCS covers setting out of the works.
1.2.1.2 Benefits
1
The benefits that arise from adopting a positive policy of health risk management can be
measured in legal, economic, social and moral terms.
IO
AL
Legal
Uninterrupted production and lower staff turnover and having a good reputation with the
prospect of future business.
AT
Economic
Being recognised by employees and others as a 'caring' Contractor and a good company to
work for.
TE
Social
IN
Moral
Knowing that the Contractor and work activities are not damaging the health of staff or
anyone else, given the fact that no Contractor has the right to damage the health of any
employee.
While social and moral issues are not usually mentioned, it can be seen that they are
becoming of greater importance, particularly when clients or contractors are looking for
contractors who have a demonstrated commitment to health as well as to safety.
EG
Giving employees the appropriate training in the correct manual handling techniques and the
use of mechanical lifting aids is highly cost effective. Adequate supervision is necessary to
ensure that employees then use the proper equipment and techniques and do not take 'short
cuts'. This will reduce accidents, the amount of time lost on site, and the disruption to work
that is caused when something goes wrong.
The part of the body most vulnerable if bad manual handling techniques are used is the
back, particularly the lower back. Once it has been damaged, it is usually weakened for the
rest of a person's life.
All the other major joints and muscle groups can also be easily damaged if the correct
manual handling techniques are not used.
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
loss of concentration
(c)
reduced efficiency
(d)
fatigue
(e)
(f)
AL
The damage can range from temporary hearing loss to total deafness. As well as hearing
problems, excess noise is also known to cause:
On site, the failure of an employee to understand instructions that have been given, or to
hear a warning signal, can have serious consequences, both for them and for the Contractor.
IO
1.2.1.4 Vibration
A considerable number of the tools and other pieces of equipment that are currently used in
the Qatar building and construction industry have a rotary or percussive action and so can
cause hand-arm vibration. This even applies to some widely used small tools, such as
hand drills that have a 'hammer' action. Other examples of tools that create vibration include
pneumatic breakers, vibrating pokers, vibrating rollers, plate compactors and scabbling
machines.
The most commonly caused ill-health effect is 'vibration white finger' where the effect of the
vibration damages the nerves and blood vessels in the fingers. The fingers become white
and there is a loss of feeling which prevents smaller tools from being held or used properly.
Hand-arm vibration is also known to cause other vascular, neurological and muscular
damage in the hands, wrists, elbows and shoulders.
Whole-body vibration, which is caused by the transmission of vibration to the body from
sources such as moving plant or vehicles, can bring about long-term back pain.
The effects of both hand-arm vibration and whole-body vibration can be reduced by carrying
out risk assessments, appropriate purchasing policies, the correct use of the equipment and
the use of the appropriate anti-vibration devices such as special handles or grips.
EG
IN
TE
AT
1.2.1.5 Stress
1
In the workplace, stress is a growing problem but one that has not been widely recognised or
generally accepted within the Qatar building and construction industry.
(b)
heart disease
(c)
(d)
anxiety
(e)
irritability
QCS 2014
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
uncertainty as to responsibilities
(k)
conflict of interests.
Work-related factors that lead to stress can be managed but this will require appropriate
training for management and operatives. If left unchecked, the following signs of stress may
quickly emerge at the workplace and cause problems.
Loss of motivation, commitment and work output.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Mental illness.
IO
AL
(a)
AT
IN
1.2.1.6 Management-related
TE
Employee involvement
Staff training
EG
1.2.1.7 Task-related
1
Well-defined tasks
Clear responsibilities
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
increased morale
(f)
Demands - Issues that should be considered are workload, work patterns and the working
environment.
Control - How much control does the individual have over the way they do their work?
10
Support - Do workers feel that adequate encouragement and resources is provided by the
company, managers and colleagues?
11
12
Role - Workers at all levels must understand their role (how they fit into the organisation)
and there must not be any conflicting roles.
13
Change - People can be suspicious of the real motives behind organisational change which,
whether large or small, must be well managed and effectively communicated.
AT
IO
AL
TE
One area of risk that does exist is the radiation from sunshine. The short-term dangers are
blisters and sunburn while the well known long-term danger is skin cancer.
On site it is tempting for employees to take their shirts off on sunny days to get a suntan, but
a suntan does not protect against the risk of skin cancer.
People most at risk include those with fair or freckled skin that does not tan or that burns
before it tans. People with red or fair hair and light coloured eyes, and those who have a
large number of moles (more than 50), are also at a higher level of risk.
As well as protecting against the possibility of sunburn and the long-term risk of skin cancer,
a shirt will also provide protection against minor cuts, abrasions and some of the chemicals
or dusts that can be found on site.
EG
IN
Heat Stress
1
The body reacts to heat by increasing the blood flow to the skin's surface, and by sweating.
This results in cooling as sweat evaporates from the body's surface and heat is carried to the
surface of the body from within by the increased blood flow. Heat can also be lost by
radiation and convection from the body's surface.
Someone wearing protective clothing and performing heavy work in hot and humid
conditions could be at risk of heat stress because:
QCS 2014
AL
Heat stress can affect individuals in different ways, and some people are more susceptible to
it than others.
(b)
muscle cramps
(c)
heat rash
(d)
(e)
fainting
(f)
(g)
heat stroke - hot dry skin, confusion, convulsions and eventual loss of consciousness.
IN
TE
AT
(a)
Heat stroke is the most severe disorder and can result in death if not detected at an early
stage.
EG
IO
Workplace examples
People might suffer from heat stress because of the hot environment created by the process,
or restricted spaces:
(a)
construction sites
(b)
confined spaces
(c)
operating machinery
(d)
tunnels
(e)
mines
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
boiler rooms
(j)
kitchens
(k)
laundries
QCS 2014
Control Measures
7
Over time people adapt to hot conditions by sweating more, and by changing their behaviour
to try and cool down, e.g. removing clothing, taking cool drinks, fanning themselves, sitting in
the shade or a cool area, and/or reducing their work rate. However, in many work situations
such behavioural changes may not be possible, e.g. during asbestos removal. Where there
is a possibility of heat stress occurring you will need to carry out a risk assessment.
When carrying out a risk assessment, the major factors you need to consider are:
work rate - the harder someone works the greater the amount of body heat generated;
(b)
working climate - this includes air temperature, humidity, air movement and effects of
working near a heat source;
(c)
worker clothing and respiratory protective equipment - may impair the efficiency of
sweating and other means of temperature regulation;
(d)
workers age, build and medical factors - may affect an individual's tolerance.
AL
(a)
Firstly, you will need to talk to the workers involved (and their safety representatives), to see
whether they are suffering early signs of heat stress. If it seems likely that there is a problem,
you may need to consult with people who are more experienced in determining the risk from
hot environments, e.g. occupational hygienists, nurses or doctors.
11
(ii)
(iii)
TE
(i)
IN
(a)
AT
IO
10
(c)
EG
(b)
(iv) allowing workers to enter only when the temperature is below a set level or at
cooler times of the day,
(v) issuing permits to work that specify how long your workers should work in
situations where
there is a risk,
(vi) providing periodic rest breaks and rest facilities in cooler conditions.
(d)
(e)
(f)
PROVIDE TRAINING FOR YOUR WORKERS, especially new and young employees,
telling them about the risks of heat stress associated with their work, what symptoms
to look out for, safe working practices and emergency procedures.
QCS 2014
(g)
(h)
(i)
During the period from June 15th until August 31st, work under direct sun rays is prohibited
from 11:30 am to 3:00 pm unless special arrangement is taken by the Contractor to control
and ease effect of the direct sun on the workers unless otherwise announced by the
concerned authorities. This arrangement should be approved by the Engineers
Representative and should be agreed upon before implementation.
AL
12
The inhalation of any dust will eventually cause respiratory problems, including or
contributing to such conditions as asthma, bronchitis, pneumoconiosis and certain types of
lung cancer. Some dusts cause an allergic reaction where breathing problems are caused
immediately after a dust is breathed in. As well as presenting a health hazard, many airborne
dust clouds are also flammable or explosive.
14
Whenever practicable, the generation of dust should be avoided, and where it cannot be
avoided it should be controlled by ventilation or extraction. The use of personal protective
equipment by employees must be regarded as the very last resort when all other methods of
control have been examined and found not to be practicable.
TE
AT
IO
13
IN
The vapour given off by many substances has the potential to cause respiratory illness or
other symptoms of ill health if not adequately controlled. Other symptoms include
headaches, coughing, feeling sick, feeling light-headed, shortness of breath or feverishness.
16
As well as being inhaled and causing direct problems in the lungs, many fumes can be
absorbed into the bloodstream and bring about complications in other parts of the body.
17
An example of this type of response is cancer of the bladder which can be caused by
inhaling certain aniline fumes (a chemical made for use in textile dyes).
18
Potential sources of hazardous fumes, which may be inhaled if control measures are not
taken, are:
19
EG
15
(a)
(b)
(c)
oxyacetylene cutting
(d)
engine exhausts.
If the generation or release of the fumes cannot be avoided, for example by using a waterbased solvent or paint instead, then adequate natural or mechanical ventilation should be
used. The use of personal protective equipment for employees must be regarded as the last
resort.
QCS 2014
The presence of large populations of roosting birds or a bat colony can present significant
risks to health if their droppings are disturbed. This has obvious implications for some types
of construction work and preliminary work such as surveys.
The main hazard is the inhalation of fungus spores which become airborne as a result of
disturbance of the droppings.
1.2.1.10 Dermatitis
Occupational dermatitis causes lost time in the building and construction industry. Yet with
proper attention to risk assessments, control measures and good working practices it could
be avoided. The prevention of dermatitis would save the Qatar construction industry and
Contractors large amounts of money, and also assist in improved productivity on site, as well
as improving conditions for the workers.
The agents which cause dermatitis can be divided into five classes as follows:
mechanical factors such as friction, pressure and trauma
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AT
IO
(a)
There are two main types of dermatitis, commonly known as 'contact dermatitis' and 'allergic
dermatitis'.
Contact dermatitis
TE
AL
This is sometimes also called irritant dermatitis. It is the commonest form of occupational
dermatitis and results from repeated contact with any substance that irritates the skin. Such
substances can include cement, lime, plaster, paint, solvents, adhesives, sawdust, oils,
pitch, tar, fibreglass, white spirit, thinners and most acids and alkalis.
The effect of the substances is usually to cause the skin to dry out and crack due to the
removal of the natural oils. Skin damaged in this way is very vulnerable to other infections.
EG
IN
Allergic dermatitis
6
This is sometimes also called sensitive dermatitis. It is an allergic reaction by the skin to a
specific substance that the skin has been exposed to in the past, and which has caused the
skin to become especially sensitive to it. Once a person's skin has become 'sensitised', any
future exposure to the substance will cause an immediate skin reaction.
The main sensitising substances on site are cement, resins, glues, hardeners, hardwoods,
chrome and nickel compounds. The allergic response is usually specific to an individual as
opposed to affecting everyone, and can also appear suddenly after many years' exposure.
The prevention of dermatitis is basically one of good personal hygiene, good housekeeping,
safe systems of work that avoid contact with substances that are known to cause dermatitis,
and the use of personal protective equipment (as a control measure of the last resort), in the
appropriate cases.
QCS 2014
It is a sad fact that the current drug culture affects the construction industry as much as other
industrial sectors. The abuse of both legal and illegal drugs brings with it the risk of
discovering discarded hypodermic syringes or discarded needles.
Employees in the refurbishment sector of the industry are probably at greatest risk,
especially if the property is derelict or has been occupied by unauthorised occupants.
However, any work in occupied or previously occupied premises carries with it some risk of
finding needles that have been randomly discarded or hidden away in areas where they are
difficult to see, until it is too late.
If not handled in a safe manner, discarded needles can pose serious health risks to anyone
whose skin is accidentally pricked. Blood on a needle could be infected with a hepatitis or
HIV virus.
Contractor site procedures should cover the actions that employees and supervisors should
take whenever discarded needles are found. The removal and disposal of such items should
be properly covered.
Generally, employees should be clearly told not to touch or move any needles or hypodermic
syringes they find, but ask a responsible person to guard it whilst reporting the matter to their
supervisor.
If a needle or syringe must be moved then suitable instructions to employees might be:
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(g)
EG
(f)
IN
(a)
Employees should not panic if a needle punctures the skin. Gently squeeze the area around
the wound to encourage bleeding but do not suck the wound. Wash the site of the injury
thoroughly with soap and water at the first opportunity, and obtain medical assistance as
soon as possible from the nearest hospital with an accident and emergency department. If
you can do so safely, take the syringe or needle with you.
10
If dealt with properly and promptly, the risks of a resulting health problem are small.
When working near to water or on sites that are otherwise wet, consideration must be given
to the health implications associated with the presence of rats.
Leptospirosis is an occupational hazard for anyone working near water, damp areas or
anywhere else where rats might be present. It is a disease caused by bacteria that is present
QCS 2014
in the urine of infected rats and is therefore also in the water where they live. The bacteria
thrives in damp conditions, typical of banks of rivers or streams, and can enter the body
through unprotected cuts and scratches, by swallowing infected water and through the lining
of the nose.
3
If anyone thinks they may have come into contact with the disease, they should be aware
that the early symptoms closely resemble the symptoms of influenza, namely:
(a)
fever
(b)
headache
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
internal bleeding.
It is essential that anyone who is at risk, and who becomes unwell with flu-like symptoms,
should visit their doctor, describe where they have been working and that they are at risk
from leptospirosis.
Persons regularly at risk, for example, canal or sewage workers should carry a card
explaining their occupation and the occupational hazard of leptospirosis.
AT
IO
AL
discourage the presence of rats on site: do not leave food lying about or throw away
food scraps
(b)
(c)
(d)
if this happens and you think that you may be infected, particularly if you swallowed
any water, see a doctor as a matter of urgency
(e)
(f)
prior to entering the work area, wash any cuts or grazes in clean water. Apply
antiseptic to the wound, then cover with gauze, a waterproof dressing and PPE as
necessary
(g)
upon completion of work, wash hands, forearms and all other exposed areas of skin
thoroughly. Remove any wet protective clothing as soon as possible and dry it
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(h)
avoid rubbing your nose, mouth or eyes with your hands during work
(i)
Leptospirosis can be fatal, typically within four to six weeks, if the early symptoms are not
recognised and treated.
The disturbance of contaminated ground can release hazardous fibres such as asbestos,
hazardous gases or fumes.
Where ground that has been previously used is to be disturbed, a risk assessment must be
carried out to determine whether there will be residual risks to health.
The findings of a thorough assessment of the risks will determine exactly what the hazards
are and how the risks can be eliminated or controlled to an acceptable level. Given the
possible wide range of contaminants, the potential for ill health may result from inhalation,
QCS 2014
1.2.1.14 Smoking
1
Although smoking is totally prohibited on many sites, Contractors in control of a site may
make provision for smoking in areas which are not 'enclosed' or 'substantially enclosed', as
long as non-smokers are not exposed to tobacco smoke.
(b)
carpenters
(c)
painters
(d)
plant operators.
AL
plumbers
Methods by which workers can limit the potential for RSI are:
avoiding long periods of repetitive tasks - job rotation
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
reporting pain or other symptoms immediately - RSI is easier to treat in the early
stages.
TE
AT
IO
(a)
IN
(a)
Contractors can make a big difference to the health of their workers, which will have
business benefits, by:
EG
With regard to the construction industry, the jobs where workers are most likely to develop
RSI are:
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Given the nature of most construction sites, the use of some items of PPE, such as safety
helmets and safety footwear, is a daily occurrence.
However, it must be remembered that the use of PPE as a means of protecting against risks
to health or safety is the last resort; it only protects the wearer and only then if it is:
Contractors have a legal duty to investigate the use of other protective measures before
resorting to the issue of PPE.
Employees must look after the PPE that has been issued to them and inform their Contractor
if it becomes damaged or is lost.
10
Note:
AT
IO
AL
TE
1.2.2.2 Introduction
Construction workers will have to wear some items of personal protective equipment (PPE),
such as safety helmets and safety footwear, as a matter of course. Other PPE will have to be
provided and worn as required, as indicated by the findings of a risk assessment. Generally,
PPE is thought of as equipment that is designed to protect the head, ears, eyes, respiratory
system, skin, hands and feet, and includes such items as gloves, safety goggles and hearing
protectors. However, other categories of PPE are designed to protect individuals from falling
from height and to keep them afloat in water or other liquids.
For simplicity, wherever any reference is made to 'PPE', it will include 'RPE', although at
appropriate places RPE will be referred to in its own right.
All PPE must bear the CE mark to show conformity with European Standards. When
Contractors are deciding how best to protect employees from a risk to their health and safety
at work, the decision to issue PPE may only be made where it is found that the risk cannot
be adequately controlled by other means that are equally or more effective. In effect, the
issue and use of PPE is the 'last resort' in terms of risk control.
PPE must be selected by a competent person who, if necessary in conjunction with the
suppliers, can identify the PPE that will be effective against the hazards present in the
workplace. An example of this is the selection of the correct type of respirator or filter to
protect the user against the various types of airborne substances, either particles or gases.
It must be remembered that failure of an item of PPE, or the wrong type of PPE being used,
could expose an employee to the possibility of occupational ill-health, serious injury or death.
EG
IN
QCS 2014
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity in order to identify any hazard that employees, or any
other persons, might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or
to put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
Where the hazard cannot be eliminated or the risks to health and safety controlled in any
other way, as determined by a risk assessment, the Contractor must supply suitable PPE
and ensure that it is used and looked after.
10
The following requirements of these Regulations all have a relevance to the selection and
use of PPE:
Contractors must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace, details of the existing control measures that are
in place and any measures to be introduced to reduce the residual risks
(b)
Contractors must ensure that employees are provided with appropriate health
surveillance where indicated as necessary by the risk assessment
(c)
Contractors must take into account each employee's capability with regards to health
and safety when allocating work, and provide them with adequate health and safety
training
(d)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
use equipment (e.g. PPE) in accordance with any training and instruction given
(ii)
inform the Contractor of any work situation or other matter which they consider
presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or others.
The emphasis is firmly towards engineering and organisational controls and away from
'person-based' controls such as the wearing of PPE.
IN
11
TE
(i)
Detailed requirements of any such risk assessment require the problem to be thought
through in a structured manner and the right equipment chosen for the right reasons.
A key factor is the competence of the person carrying out the assessments. If they do not get
it right, the consequences for the health and safety of employees could well be very serious.
In essence, personal protective equipment may only be used as a last resort after all other
means of eliminating or controlling the risk have been considered.
In deciding which type to issue, the Contractor must take into account the hazard that the
PPE is being used to protect against and ensure that the PPE will fit the wearer and allow
them to work safely. If more than one item of PPE is being used at any one time, the
Contractor must make sure that individual items of PPE are compatible and do not adversely
affect the performance of each other.
Whenever PPE is to be issued, the Contractor must ensure that employees have been given
adequate and appropriate information, instruction and training to enable the employees to
understand the risks being protected against, the purpose of the PPE and the manner in
EG
QCS 2014
which it is to be used.
properly use the PPE provided, in accordance with the information, instruction and
training that they have been given
(b)
(c)
know the procedures for reporting loss of any PPE or defects in it to their Contractor.
(b)
the nature of the risks to health and safety against which the PPE is to protect the user
(c)
a comparison of the nature of the risks and the performance capabilities of the PPE
(d)
the compatibility of the PPE under consideration and any other PPE that will be worn
at the same time.
AL
(a)
(a)
IO
Whilst the Contractor must ensure that personal protective equipment is supplied and used,
the employee has duties to:
(a)
review such assessments if it is thought that they are no longer valid or if there has
been a significant change in the matters to which it relates
(b)
AT
These Regulations requires that Contractors ensure that PPE that has been provided to
employees is maintained (which includes replacement or cleaning) in an efficient state,
efficient working order and good repair.
11
These Regulations require that Contractors provide suitable storage facilities for PPE that
has been issued, for when it is not in use.
12
These Regulations require that Contractors who have provided employees with PPE also
provide adequate and appropriate information, instruction and training to enable employees
to know:
(b)
(c)
the risk or risks for which the PPE has been provided
(a)
EG
IN
TE
10
the purpose for which, and the manner in which, the PPE is to be used
any actions that they (users) must take to keep the PPE in the suitable condition.
13
Training can be theoretical and/or practical. Where appropriate the Contractor should, at
appropriate intervals, arrange suitable demonstrations in the correct wearing of PPE.
14
Contractors to take reasonable steps to ensure that the PPE provided to employees is
used correctly
(b)
employees to use the PPE provided in accordance with any instruction and training
provided
(c)
employees to take reasonable steps to return PPE to any storage facilities provided.
These Regulations require that all at-risk persons involved in construction and engineeringconstruction activities are provided with, and wear, suitable head protection on site.
QCS 2014
Under these Regulations, the term 'suitable head protection' means any head protection
that is designed to protect the wearer against any foreseeable risk of head injury, other than
by falling. It must, with necessary adjustment, fit comfortably.
Whilst generally the Contractor's interpretation of this legislation means that safety helmets
are worn at all times on site except when in safe areas such as site offices and canteens,
individual Contractors may decide that on certain sites they are able to designate other 'safe
areas' or 'safe routes' where helmets need not be worn.
This decision must be based on the findings of a risk assessment which must investigate
fully the danger of workers being hit by anything falling from above or of them hitting their
head and being injured. It is not unknown for 'protected routes' to be created on larger sites
enabling people to gain access to office complexes etc. from the site entrance, without the
need to wear full PPE.
any head protection provided under these Regulations has to comply with any relevant
European Standards and must therefore carry a CE mark
(b)
before selecting any head protection for employees, the Contractor or self-employed
person must carry out an assessment to determine whether it is suitable.
AL
(a)
In order to determine whether it is suitable, the assessment must compare the required
protection characteristics of the head protection with the known risks.
Contractors must:
IO
AT
review such assessments if it is thought that they are no longer valid or if there has
been a significant change in the matters to which it relates
(b)
(a)
IN
TE
EG
(b)
produce written rules on the use of head protection or provide directions (such as
verbal instructions and safety signs) to reinforce when and where head protection
must be worn and bring those rules to the attention of any persons who might be
affected by them
(c)
provide each employee with suitable head protection and adequate storage facilities
(d)
ensure that all head protection is adequately maintained and, where necessary,
replaced.
The Contractor must also keep records of the assessment and details of the control
measures implemented. These will need to be reviewed as a result of any significant change
in the work to which the protection relates or when its suitability is no longer valid.
Employees must:
(a)
(b)
wear the head protection provided in accordance with instructions or written rules
QCS 2014
(c)
take reasonable care of the head protection provided and report any loss, defect or
concerns about its serviceability.
The assessment should be reviewed as a result of any significant change in the work to
which the protection relates or it is no longer suitable. Contractors should ensure that
storage for head protection is available when it is not in use.
AL
IO
Every Contractor and anyone who has control over persons at work have a duty to ensure
suitable head protection is worn.
AT
As part of pre-planning for the commencement of work, written rules on the use of head
protection should be established by site management, particularly on multi-contractor sites.
Rules should be clear, unambiguous and brought to the notice of those affected. Persons in
control should consult with any interested parties in matters relating to head protection.
Where written rules are not in place, verbal instructions or the provision of safety signs may
help to provide a procedure and a reinforcement of when and where to use suitable head
protection.
EG
IN
TE
Every employee, having been provided with head protection, should take reasonable care of
it, reporting any loss, obvious defects or concern about its serviceability to the Contractor,
under the arrangements that have been made. These arrangements should enable repairs
or replacement head protection to be provided, before the employee concerned is allowed to
restart work.
These Regulations place a duty on Contractors to ensure that the exposure of their
employees to substances hazardous to health is either prevented or, where this is not
reasonably practicable adequately controlled.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
All employees must make proper use of any PPE, and must take all steps to return it
to its place of storage after use and report any defects to their Contractor.
(e)
(f)
Information, instruction and training must be provided for persons who may be
exposed to substances hazardous to health so that they are aware of the danger of
exposure and the precautions which should be taken.
AL
QCS 2014
These Regulations are relevant where PPE in the form of a safety harness, lanyard, a fallarrest block or other personal fall-arrest equipment is used.
(b)
where such work cannot be avoided, select the most appropriate equipment for the
work and to prevent falls
(c)
reduce the distance of, and potential consequences of, any fall
(d)
(e)
(f)
ensure the work is carried out by trained and competent persons who are adequately
supervised.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
These Regulations require that Contractors follow current best industry practice when
selecting equipment for work at height. In particular, Contractors are required to take account
of:
AT
IO
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
any additional risks posed by the installation, use or removal of the work equipment,
and any evacuation or rescue from it.
a personal fall protection system shall only be used if a risk assessment has shown
that the work can be done safely while it is being used, and that the use of other, safer
work equipment is not reasonably practicable
(b)
the user and a sufficient number of others have been trained in its use and in rescue
procedures
QCS 2014
(c)
it shall be suitable and of sufficient strength for the purpose for which it is to be used
and will withstand any foreseeable loading
(d)
(e)
it is designed to minimise injury to the user in the event of a fall, and is such that the
user will not fall or slip out of it if they do fall
(f)
Any anchorage point must be suitable and of sufficient strength to support any foreseeable
loading. If designed to do so, the equipment must be securely attached to at least one such
anchorage point when in use.
All safety harnesses, lanyards and other fall prevention or fall arrest equipment must comply
with the appropriate British and European standards.
AL
Hearing protection
Construction activity and equipment generate excessive noise, which can cause permanent
hearing damage in those exposed to it unless appropriate control measures are put in place.
Excessive noise can also cause annoyance, fatigue, loss of concentration and disrupted
communication, and may lead directly or indirectly to an increased risk of accidents.
AT
IO
(b)
ear defenders.
IN
TE
(a)
These are made of very fine mineral fibre, sometimes ready shaped. They must be inserted
correctly and, if taken out, should not be reused. They should only be handled with clean
hands.
Employees need to be instructed on how to insert disposable ear plugs correctly or the
assumed level of protection will not be reached.
EG
These are made of rubber or plastic, and need regular and careful washing. They must be a
good fit. A competent person should be responsible for instructing employees in their correct
fitting and use. Different sizes may be required for each ear. Reusable ear plugs, like
disposable ones, must be fitted with clean hands as any contamination by dirt, grease or
swarf may cause ear irritation.
Ear defenders
Ear defenders, sometimes referred to as 'ear muffs', completely cover the ear, and are
sealed to the head with a foam or liquid-filled seal.
Badly designed or badly produced ear defenders may give little or no protection against the
noise.
Facial hair and the side arms of spectacles may interfere with the seal and reduce the
QCS 2014
Construction personnel engaged in a wide range of activities (for example, grinding, welding,
cutting, hammering, handling chemicals) run the risk of eye injury. The risks include:
(a)
impact of solids
(b)
(c)
(d)
exposure to glare.
Contractors have a duty to provide eye protection to employees who may be exposed to eye
injury, and must take all reasonable steps to ensure that it is worn. Assessments must be
carried out to determine when eye protection is required and what type is appropriate for the
work activities.
The two main types of eye protection -safety spectacles (including safety goggles) and face
shields
AT
IO
AL
(b)
suit the type of work or risk involved -including resistance to impact, heat, dust and
chemical penetration
(c)
suit the user to ensure minimum discomfort and ease of movement whilst working
(d)
(e)
5
EG
IN
(a)
TE
Lasers that are now widely used on construction sites for setting datums, levelling,
surveying, and so on can pose a particular hazard. They must be operated by competent
and fully trained persons. If high powered lasers are used, eye protection equipment will be
needed to give the required level of protection to those at risk. A safe system of work must
be in place to exclude anyone not involved in the activity from the area.
Dust has long been known as hazardous to the health of construction workers, especially
when inhaled for long periods. While the health issues associated with asbestos are well
recognised, the greater part of the dust problem in the industry currently relates to more
common substances, for example, cement, plaster, wood, MDF, stone, silica, fillers and
plastics. High speed cutting of most materials can produce sufficient dust to cause a health
hazard.
QCS 2014
Dust that is visible in the air is generally accepted as being hazardous. However, dust that is
too fine to be seen by the naked eye also causes many health problems, the symptoms of
which may take many years to manifest themselves. Small dust particles of any material
entering the lungs can be absorbed into the body and can cause scarring and sometimes
cancer within the lungs. Skin irritation, dermatitis and ulceration can be caused by contact
with some dusts.
Eating food with dirty or dust-covered hands can cause stomach disorders.
Fumes from certain substances, such as solvents, paints and adhesives, can have serious
health implications. When used in poorly ventilated or confined spaces, it is not uncommon
for fatalities to occur.
Whenever respiratory protective equipment (RPE) is to be used for work, a test check that a
facepiece (the respirator) matches the person's facial features and seals adequately to the
wearer's face. It will also ensure that incorrectly fitting facepieces are not selected for use.
This test must be carried out by a competent person.
The training of employees in the correct use of RPE is essential before first use and should
be repeated at suitable intervals. It is essential that training is carried out by a competent
person and covers:
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Selecting RPE
7
The provision and use of RPE must only be considered when equally or more effective
protective control measures cannot be used. The failure of RPE could have serious
consequences. The importance of the correct type of RPE being provided and used cannot
be overstated as it must be assumed that the user will be working in a hostile environment.
However, there are several potential problems arising from the selection and/or use of RPE:
(a)
the failure of an item of RPE, where for whatever reason, such as lack of routine
maintenance, it fails to provide the necessary level of protection
(b)
the misuse of RPE, such as it being mistreated or not used in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, or the training given
(c)
it being the wrong type of RPE, for example there would be no protection from a
filtering respirator designed solely to capture airborne dust if being used, where the
workplace hazard is in fact a toxic gas
(d)
the effectiveness of the 'face fit'. Many types of RPE depend upon a good seal
QCS 2014
Each type of RPE is assigned a 'protection factor' which gives the user some idea of the
level of protection that the device will provide. For example, a filtering half-mask marked:
10
FF P1
11
FF P2
12
FF P3
13
14
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
TE
AT
IO
(a)
It should be noted that nuisance dust masks (simple gauze filters or cup-shaped filters often
held in place by a single strap) are not classed as personal protective equipment or
respiratory protective equipment. They do not meet any current standards.
16
The Contractor must carry out an assessment to determine when RPE is required and what
type is appropriate for controlling exposure to the hazardous material. Selecting RPE that is
both suitable for the user and the job must be carried out by a competent person. This is
because this choice will depend on a number of interacting factors, such as:
EG
IN
15
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
(e)
suitability for each user - field of vision, provision for communication and the need to
move in cramped or difficult working places, such as confined spaces.
18
Contractors must also ensure that non-disposable RPE is thoroughly examined and tested at
appropriate intervals. Such examinations and tests should be carried out at least every
month, and more frequently where conditions are particularly severe. Longer intervals may
be more appropriate in the case of certain RPE, for example, half-mask respirators used
infrequently for short spells against air contaminants of relatively low toxicity. However, the
longest interval between examinations and tests should not exceed three months.
19
Disposable RPE, provided it is only used for one working day or shift then disposed of, does
not require any examination or tests.
AL
17
IO
Industrial dermatitis
Industrial dermatitis is caused by contact between the skin (usually the hands) and irritant
substances. Many types of gloves are available to prevent such contact. It is essential that a
risk assessment identifies the properties of the hazardous substance so that the correct type
of glove can be provided.
Dermatitis, an inflammatory skin disease, accounts for over half of all working days lost
through industrial sickness. There are two general types:
contact or irritant dermatitis - usually where the skin comes into contact with an irritant
substance
With different people, some substances are known to have the effect as either an irritant or a
sensitiser, such as turpentine.
In the course of their work, many construction workers are likely to come into contact with
one or more possible skin irritants, such as:
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
(b)
(c)
paint
(d)
(e)
(f)
Many people working in the construction industry will carry out manual work that will render
them susceptible to cuts and abrasions if the correct type of gloves are not provided and
worn.
Again, gloves designed to protect the hands against cuts and abrasions are freely available.
QCS 2014
Generally, rigger gloves offer adequate protection for most activities although for some
activities, such as handling sheet glass, specialist Kevlar-impregnated gloves will be
necessary.
Activities such as welding and grinding will require that the hands, forearms and face are
protected against high temperatures and welding fumes or grinding sparks. To achieve this
level of protection it is necessary for those who carry out such activities to wear specialist
PPE made for the purpose. For example, welders should wear welding gauntlets that extend
up to the elbow and a face shield.
Gloves are available to protect the users of such substances from chemical burns.
AL
IO
AT
Special anti-vibration gloves will help lessen the effects of using rotary or percussive hand
tools (which can lead to vibration white finger) but most are ineffective at the most damaging
frequencies and are of more value in keeping the hands warm.
1.2.2.15 Vibration
British Standards cover many types of protective glove but care is needed in selecting the
right type for a particular hazard. For example, a glove suitable for handling abrasive
materials may offer no protection against chemicals, while the appropriate glove to protect
the skin against contact with diesel oil may offer no protection against some solvents.
All manufacturers offer advice on the most suitable gloves for specific types of hazard, some
of which are summarised in the following table.
EG
IN
TE
Hazard
Recommended type
QCS 2014
It should be noted that industrial safety gloves are rated from 1-4 for their resistance to
abrasion, tear and puncture, and 1-5 for blade cut. Those specifying and purchasing work
gloves must ensure that the correct grade is obtained, if necessary by speaking to the
manufacturers or suppliers.
Wellington boots, for example, whether reinforced with protective toecaps or soles or not, are
essential in preventing burns from wet cement or concrete. The cement content, when mixed
with water, becomes highly corrosive and will cause severe burns to body tissue.
The above picture shows the severely burnt legs of a man who was ignorant of the dangers
of wet cement, the effect it can have on skin, and the need to wear Wellington boots to
protect the legs.
Other clothing that protects the wearer against any risk to their health or safety, for example
a high-visibility waistcoat, is classified as PPE whereas clothing such as uniforms, the
primary purpose of which is to promote a corporate image, is not.
EG
Other clothing
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Items of equipment that are used by a person to prevent that person falling from height are
also classified as PPE. Examples of this type of equipment are:
(a)
safety harness
(b)
(c)
All the Contractors' and employees' duties that apply to other types of PPE apply to this type
of equipment also.
A major additional consideration regarding the use of this type of PPE is the prompt rescue
of anyone who has fallen and is suspended in a harness. A medical condition known as
suspension trauma, which at worst can result in the death of the suspended person, can
occur if rescue is not carried out within 10 minutes.
QCS 2014
Another category of PPE is that which enables the user to keep afloat should they fall into
water or other liquids. These are broadly divided into life jackets and buoyancy aids.
In many circumstances it will be necessary for operatives to simultaneously wear more than
one item of PPE.
Whilst this is entirely acceptable, attention should be given to ensuring that the different
types of PPE are compatible with each other, to avoid the possibility of a dangerous
situation.
For example, hearing protectors that are fitted directly to a safety helmet will not be effective
if the safety helmet is poorly fitting and, by moving around on the head, does not allow the
hearing protectors to form an effective seal around the ears.
AL
PPE can be cumbersome and uncomfortable and the cheapest may not be the most suitable
for the wearer. In such circumstances the likelihood is that it will not be worn, at least not for
long, leaving the worker unprotected against the hazard.
It is much better to purchase PPE that fits comfortably and will be used willingly.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
In construction many COSHH issues relate to substances created such as dust or fumes, as
opposed to chemicals that have been bought in.
Hazardous substances that are already present on site when it is first occupied can also
pose hazards to health.
All purchased products that are hazardous to health must carry an appropriate warning
symbol on the packaging, however those hazardous substances which are created by the
work process or are already present on site will carry no such 'health warning'.
Contractors have duties to establish the health risks to their employees, and others who may
come into contact with hazardous substances, by carrying out an appropriate assessment
and must put in place adequate control measures.
The assessment should take into account how the substance is used and should not merely
be a copy of the supplier's information.
AT
IO
AL
(b)
changing the way that the job is carried out so that the substance is not necessary
(c)
modifying the method of its use, for example total enclosure of the process.
(a)
In many cases, none of these measures is practical in a construction site environment: if the
prevention of exposure is not possible, the level of exposure must be controlled.
Using PPE to control exposure must only be considered as a last resort after other methods
have been explored and found not to be reasonably practicable.
10
EG
IN
TE
1.2.3.2 Introduction
1
These Regulations are based on very simple principles. The intention of these Regulations is
to protect human health from exposure to hazardous substances by either totally preventing
exposure or, where that is not reasonably practicable, controlling the level of exposure to
safe values, by appropriate means.
COSHH deals with all harmful substances in relation to their health effects. However, these
Regulations do not cover any flammable or explosive properties that the substances might
also possess.
QCS 2014
Many of the basic substances (products) bought in and used in the construction industry
have the potential to harm the health of people using them, for example sand, cement,
synthetic mineral fibre, adhesives, solvents, resins, and mineral oils.
Additionally, many of the essential construction processes can create potentially hazardous
substances, for example the inhalation of:
dust from mixing cement, taking down ceilings and walls, chasing out or cutting blocks
(b)
solvent fumes arising from the application of adhesives for surface finishes
(c)
metal fumes and toxic gases, such as carbon monoxide, nitrous fumes and ozone,
which can be created by welding or hot cutting processes.
AL
A third group of substances, also covered by these Regulations, are harmful substances
(including micro-organisms) that may already be on site when a project commences.
Examples are:
leptospirosis, which can be spread by the urine of infected rats
(b)
discarded needles and syringes, which have the potential to pass on blood-borne
diseases such as HIV and hepatitis
(c)
IO
(a)
AT
(a)
The Regulations cover substances that have chronic or delayed effects, for example,
substances that are carcinogenic (cause cancer), mutagenic (cause mutation of the body) or
teratogenic (cause malformation of an embryo).
The purpose of these Regulations is to safeguard the health of people using or coming into
contact with any substance that is harmful to health.
These Regulations apply to those substances that are classified as being very toxic, toxic,
harmful, corrosive or irritant.
IN
TE
EG
Such monitoring must be carried out where a (COSHH) risk assessment indicates it is
necessary.
The following substances, all of which have a WEL, are commonly used in or produced by
construction activities:
(a)
general dust
(b)
hardwood dust
(c)
softwood dust
(d)
silica
(e)
white spirit
(f)
(g)
QCS 2014
(h)
asphalt
(i)
welding/cutting fume
(j)
gypsum
(k)
Portland cement
(l)
blood products
(ii) Weil's disease
(iii) tetanus
(iv) sewage
(v) certain 'black mould' species
(vi) anthrax.
This list is not exhaustive. Every Contractor has a legal duty to access competent health and
safety advice. Failing to establish that an in-use substance has a WEL, or failing to control
exposure to it, are criminal offences under Qatar Law.
A list of all WELs is published by the UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE) in Guidance
Note EH40/2005, available in hard copy or for download via the:
IO
AT
AL
Those who plan and carry out work that could result in exposure to hazardous substances
may have difficulty in appreciating that there is a (real or potential) problem. This is
particularly true when a hazardous substance is created by the work process.
For example, a hardwood plank should not pose any serious health issues in the form that it
is delivered to site. However, cutting or sanding it will produce dust that, unless controlled,
has the potential to cause irritation of the nasal passages, sensitisation or, on rare
occasions, nasal cancer. Cutting, sawing, grinding or sanding any substances has the
potential to liberate harmful dust. Furthermore, many types of hot works will create harmful
fumes or gasses which may be inhaled unless the process is closely controlled.
The COSHH Regulations place a duty on the Contractor to assess whether or not a hazard
to the health of the employees, or other persons, will arise from the presence of hazardous
substances during work activities. This process is known as carrying out a COSHH
assessment.
The decision-making process that must be worked through when carrying out an
assessment will be familiar to anyone who has completed risk assessments.
Establishing the degree of risk can require expertise and experience. For example, if the only
way to complete an activity involves using a particularly hazardous substance (for example
dry rot treatments), the work will have to be well planned, managed and closely controlled.
This would result in a high hazard/low risk situation.
Conversely, it is possible to create very high exposures that may be harmful to health from
apparently low risk substances like dust, which is a common COSHH problem in
construction.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
1.2.3.6 Definitions
1
Substance means any natural or artificial substance, in solid, liquid, gaseous or vapour
form, and includes micro-organisms.
Hazard is the potential for the substance to cause harm, illness or damage to health.
Risk is the likelihood that the hazardous potential of the substance will be realised.
(b)
other people such as the public or other contractors who might be affected.
AL
(a)
Significant findings of the COSHH assessment and the actions that will be taken to control
exposures must be written down.
AT
IO
Assess the health risks to employees or other people created by work activities that
involves substances hazardous to health.
(b)
Implement suitable control measures to effectively protect employees and others from
exposure.
(c)
Review the assessment if there have been any changes that may invalidate it, such
as:
(i)
IN
TE
(a)
EG
(ii) the results of monitoring indicating that existing control measures are not
effective.
The emphasis under COSHH is to avoid exposure to hazardous substances unless it is not
reasonably practicable to do so, in which case adequate control measures must be put in
place to control exposure to a safe level.
(a)
Can the work be carried out by a less hazardous method that does not require the use
of hazardous substances?
(b)
If the answer to both of these questions is 'no' then the introduction of measures to control
exposure will be necessary.
'Engineering' controls should be the first controls to be considered, such as pouring devices
to stop splashes, the use of dust extraction, increasing ventilation and so on. PPE should not
be considered as a control until engineering control options have been exhausted. PPE:
(a)
can be expensive
(b)
(c)
only protects the wearer and then only if it is being used correctly and maintained
QCS 2014
(d)
Removing the need to buy and use it makes good occupational health and business sense.
10
The requirements of these Regulations are very thorough and one of those requirements is
to ensure that the control measures which have been identified as suitable are properly
used.
11
To ensure that the control measures are effective, the Regulations require that:
extract ventilation systems must be thoroughly examined periodically
(b)
if using substances which are known to damage health, part of the assessment is
likely to identify that health surveillance is necessary. Any records must be kept for 40
years and made available to the people who have been exposed to the hazard
(c)
there is a duty to communicate the information and provide relevant training to people
who may be exposed
(d)
AL
(a)
IO
Contractors must carry out a risk assessment of health risks created by work involving
substances hazardous to health. Each assessment must take account of:
the hazardous properties of the substance
(b)
(c)
(d)
the way in which the job will be carried out, including the amount of the substance
used (or present in the case of substances created by a work process)
(e)
activities such as maintenance where there is the potential for high levels of exposure
(f)
any published WEL for the substance (EH40 Benchmarked Standards to which the
Qatar Construction Industry will adopt)
(g)
the effects of any control measures which are, or will be, in place
(h)
the results of any health surveillance and/or exposure monitoring that has been
undertaken
(i)
(j)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
the risks where there is exposure to more than one hazardous substance at any one
time
other information that the Contractor may need or have in order to complete the
assessment.
Any assessment must be reviewed regularly if there is reason to suspect that the
assessment is no longer valid, or if there has been a significant change in the work to which
the assessment relates, or exposure monitoring results indicate it is necessary.
Contractors must record significant findings of the risk assessment and the steps taken to
prevent or control exposure.
The preferable method of prevention or control is to replace the substance or process with a
non-hazardous or less hazardous substance or process.
Controls shall be, in order of priority: engineering controls, organisational controls, then, as a
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
reduce to a minimum the number of people exposed, the level and duration of
exposure and the quantity of hazardous substances present in the workplace
(d)
(e)
These Regulations contain further details of measures that must be taken to control
exposure to carcinogens, mutagens and biological agents.
With regard to these Regulations, it is considered that control of exposure will be generally
adequate if:
AL
work activities are organised to minimise the release and spread of hazardous
substances
(b)
account is taken of the routes of exposure - inhalation, skin absorption and ingestion
(c)
AT
IO
(a)
(ii)
(iii)
TE
(i)
the control measures selected are periodically reviewed for their effectiveness
(e)
users of hazardous substances are informed of the hazards and risks and trained in
the use of the control measures provided
(f)
it does not increase the overall risks to health or safety from other sources.
EG
IN
(d)
Contractors who provide any control measure are required to ensure that it is properly used
or applied. All employees must:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Where control measures are provided, adequate maintenance, examination and testing of
control measures, including any PPE provided, must be undertaken to ensure they are in
efficient working order and remain clean.
Where engineering controls are undertaken, the Contractor must ensure thorough
examinations and testing are carried out on a regular basis.
1.2.3.10 Monitoring
1
QCS 2014
Suitable records of any monitoring should be kept tor five years, or 40 years if personal
exposures occur.
Where an employee requires medical surveillance following exposure, and it has been
decided that the employee cannot continue in that work, the Contractor must take steps to
ensure the employee adheres to the medical decision unless it has been cancelled.
Upon reasonable notice, a Contractor must allow the employee to access any medical
records applying to them.
AL
Information, instruction and training must be provided for persons who may be exposed to
substances hazardous to health so that they are aware of the danger of exposure and the
precautions which should be taken.
AT
IO
first-aid provisions
(b)
(c)
(d)
specific hazards that are likely to occur during any accident, incident or emergency,
together with warning and communication systems and emergency actions.
IN
TE
(a)
These procedures must be made available to accident and emergency services, and be
displayed on site.
EG
1.2.3.13 Procedures
The chain of responsibilities starts at the design stage of a project. Under CDM, designers
have a duty to consider the risks created for the construction, maintenance, cleaning and
use of a structure that could arise out of their designs. This must include consideration of
COSHH issues.
It is important to be aware that this may not eliminate all 'COSHH risks'. Consider, for
example, the periodic painting of a high level structure. It may be considered preferable to
continue to use a solvent-based paint, as opposed to a water-based paint (a less hazardous
product) on the grounds that the periods between painting will be longer, thereby reducing
the frequency of working at height.
Furthermore, designers must take all reasonable steps to provide sufficient COSHH
information about aspects of the design or its construction or maintenance, to adequately
assist the client, other designers and contractors to comply with their duties under these
QCS 2014
Regulations.
Clients
4
CDM places a duty on the client to provide pre-construction information to other parties
involved in a project to protect the health and safety of anyone carrying out construction
work, anyone affected by it or those who will use the structure as a place of work.
This will obviously include providing information on any known existing hazardous
substances, such as the presence of hazardous residues in pipework or the existence of
contaminated ground. Where necessary, this may involve commissioning surveys or taking
samples to enable accurate information to be available for a risk-based control. It is no
longer acceptable for the client to say: 'there may be the presence of x'.
Shared Workplace
AL
co-operate with the Contractor and help them ensure the work is carried out safely
(b)
have undertaken their own COSHH assessments in relation to the work they are to
undertake
(c)
have effective arrangements to ensure that control measures are put in place and are
monitored.
IO
(a)
Some risks are likely to have been highlighted in the information provided by the client and
designers. Often designers may simply not be aware of what the job entails, or they may
believe the risks are commonplace and therefore any competent contractor should be aware
of them.
TE
AT
Employees
IN
work with their Contractor to enable them to comply with the law
(b)
(c)
return any control measure, where provided (mainly PPE), to its accommodation after
use
(d)
(e)
EG
(a)
Under CDM the client has a duty to provide pre-construction information to the Contractor,
including the information necessary for maintenance or other work to be carried out, where
this work is being done in an occupied premises.
(a)
(b)
what gases, vapours or fumes may be discharged through a rooftop ventilation duct
during the time a roofer has to work next to it.
There is also a requirement for the client to make sure that contractors are aware of
emergency procedures that might arise out of the use of any particular substance(s) on the
QCS 2014
site. Obviously, this duty is reciprocal. The contractor has a duty to inform the client or the
site occupier if (the contractor's) work poses risks to the client's staff and visitors and to
outline how the risks will be controlled. This is particularly important where the client has outof-hours security staff. Often, arrangements that are effective during the working day, to
ensure that the contractor and client liaise, can become non-effective after normal working
hours, for example by the security staff entering an agreed exclusion zone due to ignorance
of the hazards present.
1.2.3.16 Information
1
Information about hazards from substances purchased can be found in several sources:
(a)
Information on labels.
(b)
Many suppliers have Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on their websites.
AL
(b)
(c)
Hazard identification.
(d)
First-aid measures.
(e)
Fire-fighting measures.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Toxicological information.
(l)
Ecological information.
(m)
Disposal considerations.
(o)
IO
AT
N
TE
IN
EG
(n)
(a)
Transport information.
Other information.
It is considerably harder to find out information about substances created by the work
process.
Firstly, a Contractor must not carry out any work that is liable to expose employees to any
substance hazardous to health, unless a suitable and sufficient assessment of the risks
created by the work has been made.
Secondly, if the first step indicates that substances hazardous to health will be used or
QCS 2014
created, Contractors must identify the actions to be taken to comply with these Regulations.
The procedure itself is fairly simple but does take time and effort. It involves:
(a)
identifying jobs, working processes and procedures that involve the use or generation
of substances that are hazardous to health
(b)
identifying all the hazardous substances in use in the workplace, very toxic, toxic,
harmful, corrosive or irritant
(c)
identifying how the hazardous substances are stored and used. This means how they
are used, not how they should be used
AL
AT
IO
Harmful
Substances that may cause death or acute or chronic damage to health
when inhaled, swallowed or absorbed via the skin.
IN
TE
Corrosive
Substances that may, on contact with living tissues, destroy them.
EG
Irritant
Non-corrosive substances that through immediate, prolonged or
repeated contact with the skin or mucous membrane, may cause
inflammation.
(d)
identifying how these hazardous substances might enter the body. Normally these
methods are classed as:
(i) inhalation into the lungs, when the substance is in the form of a gas, vapour,
fume, mist, aerosol or dust
(ii)
absorption through the skin or eyes by contact with a substance that can
penetrate unbroken skin, or is absorbed through unprotected cuts or grazes
(iii)
(iv)
(e)
identifying the amount of exposure. This involves knowing how much of the substance
will be used, how people will be exposed to it and if there are is a workplace exposure
limit
(f)
(g)
identifying who is at risk, for example the persons using it or anyone who enters the
QCS 2014
(h)
considering the effectiveness of the control measures already in place, for example
whether the concentration of vapour is likely to be above the WEL
(i)
(j)
finally, from the above considerations, making a decision upon whether a substance
represents a health risk or not. If the answer is 'no', the findings should be recorded. If
'yes', action will be necessary to either prevent or control exposure.
Completed assessments must be made available to the person who is going to carry out the
work so that they are aware of the health hazards present and the control measures that
they must use.
AL
IO
AT
General requirements
The process must be carried out at an early stage to ensure that safe systems of working are
developed before anyone is exposed to potentially harmful substances. However, further
details can be added as the job progresses.
The process of compiling the list of substances must consider the whole lifespan of the site,
for example the chemical treatment of vegetation, and the removal and treatment of
contaminated land before construction starts to the treatment of new timber fencing at the
end of the project.
EG
IN
TE
handled or stored
(b)
transported
(c)
(a)
(d)
(e)
disposed of as waste.
The first, and easiest, stage is to look at the substances that are bought in. This involves
identifying what is used and what is not hazardous to health. Most construction processes
are relatively simple as they rarely use a large number of substances or involve mixing of
substances. Mechanical workshops, for example where plant is serviced, tend to be more
challenging simply because of the amount of chemicals present in the substances that they
normally use.
Another consideration is the substances that will be brought onto site by other contractors,
how those substances might affect other people and the quality of the contractors' COSHH
assessments.
QCS 2014
Furthermore, the site office and other accommodation must not be overlooked. For example,
it is not unreasonable to suppose that strong cleaning materials will be used in catering and
other welfare facilities.
Having made a list of all substances, it is then sensible to identify any products that are
obviously not hazardous, so that they can be ruled out.
Taking cleaning chemicals as an example, washing-up liquid does not have any warning
symbols on it and therefore, other than noting its presence, no further action is necessary.
However, the information on a container of bleach should provide the basis for determining
how it can be used safely. Of the two products that have been considered, one requires no
control measures to be Identified but the second does.
Created by the work process
The situation becomes more complicated when potentially harmful substance, such as many
forms of dust or fumes, are created by work processes. The situation is further complicated if
the substance created has a WEL that must not be exceeded. This may require that
exposure levels are measured unless exposure can be eliminated or controlled to a known
safe level. Again, it will be necessary to also consider potentially harmful processes that will
be carried out by other contractors.
Depending upon the complexity of the project, it may not be possible to complete this part of
the exercise prior to the start of the project unless all work processes and substances that
will be created are known. In these circumstances, it will be a case of building up the
COSHH information as the job progresses, but this must be achieved in such a way that noone is exposed to a potentially harmful substance until the assessment of it has been carried
out and appropriate controls are in place.
Already present on site
TE
AT
IO
AL
A third category of potentially harmful substances is those substances, including microorganisms, that may already be present on site.
10
Examples are:
(b)
(c)
11
land heavily contaminated with fuels, oils and other hazardous liquids which have
seeped into the ground over many years
(a)
EG
IN
leptospirosis (Weil's disease) from the presence of infected rats or their carcases
(b)
infected syringes, needles and other items associated with drug-taking, for example
where a derelict site is being refurbished
(c)
(d)
a range of respiratory diseases arising from the disturbance of accumulated bird or bat
droppings
(e)
If there is a way around using a potentially hazardous substance, designers and planners
QCS 2014
Returning to the cleaning materials example, there is no reason why a COSHH assessment
cannot be carried out for bleach, but the first rule of COSHH is to not use the potentially
hazardous product.
Can a safe alternative product be identified? If nothing else, it will be one less COSHH
assessment to carry out.
There are many similar situations, when simply changing the product is either no risk or a
risk that is easier to control.
(b)
changing the work method to prevent the production of a hazardous waste product,
e.g. purchasing panels of the correct size, rather than cutting oversize panels on site
and producing dust. Given the pressure on reducing waste and manual handling, this
is another example where 'good health and safety is good business'
(c)
it may be possible to obtain and use the hazardous substance in a safer form, e.g. as
a liquid or paste rather than as a powder, if using the powder may result in airborne
dust being inhaled by workers.
AT
These examples of controlling the 'COSHH risk' may indicate that some companies are
already doing COSHH assessments without realising it.
IO
AL
(a)
TE
1.2.3.22 Step 3. Exposures - who, what, how much and how often?
Now the assessment process really starts -having identified the substances that may be
harmful for health, the assessment needs to consider the exposures.
Who is exposed? Is it just the person using the substance or can it affect other people?
What are they going to do with it? The decision to either spray or apply paint by brush may
make a significant difference. Spray application will probably mean a much smaller droplet
size, creating a more severe respiratory hazard. This assessment needs to be honest and
objective. For example, paint removal gels state on the tin that they are only for brush
application, although it is physically possible to spray them. However, the controls required
to spray without potentially damaging the skin, eyes or lungs are completely different to
those required for brush application.
How often and how much of a substance is used and for how long are also very important
factors.
EG
IN
The first step is to consider in detail how the work practices involving potentially hazardous
substances will be carried out. The person carrying out the assessment must be sufficiently
familiar with each process to know exactly how it is carried out.
QCS 2014
As has already been stated, the first and most effective controls are elimination or
substitution, which means either changing the task completely or changing the substance for
a less harmful one.
Engineering controls
The next tier of control is referred to as 'engineering controls'. This encompasses a wide
range of solutions, which traditionally would have been more common in a workshop or
manufacturing environment as they encompass such techniques as completely enclosing
processes, automating a process or installing high efficiency ventilation. However, as the
Qatar construction industry responds to occupational health issues, it is becoming more
common to see features such as:
hand-powered tools fitted with dust extraction apparatus (either in-built or with a fitting
which enables a vacuum cleaner to be attached)
(b)
(c)
air handling units that dilute the concentration of any airborne substance
(d)
(e)
using hydraulic croppers to cut brick pavers rather than disc-cutting them, to reduce
exposure to dust
(f)
lead paint removal by a system that does not heat the paint sufficiently to liberate lead
fumes.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Some control measures are very simple, for example damping down the dust on a floor slab
before sweeping. Other situations may require a little more thought and ingenuity.
IN
TE
EG
Organisational controls
These are concerned with investigating whether the way in which the job is carried out can
be changed so that individual exposure is reduced. For example, by carrying out a job out of
normal working hours, the number of persons exposed, who would otherwise have to wear
PPE, will be significantly reduced.
(a)
job rotation so that no individual person is exposed to a substance above its WEL
(b)
moving a work activity into the open air to prevent the accumulation of vapour or
fumes.
If it is found that it is not reasonably practicable to implement any of the above control
measures, the use of PPE may be the only control measure that can be effectively used.
Where the health hazard is an airborne substance, respiratory protective equipment (RPE)
will be required.
10
It is important to remember that anyone wearing a mask must be face-fit tested for that type
of mask, and have no facial features, such as a beard, which would interfere with the seal
between the face and the mask. This problem can be overcome by using the loose fitting
QCS 2014
'airstream' type of RPE where the mask does not seal to the face and a stream of filtered air
from a blower unit not only aids breathing but also creates an 'over-pressure' around the face
area to stop substances from entering it.
11
(b)
a proper fit
(c)
(d)
(e)
disposed of safely
(f)
replaced as necessary
Users need to be trained on all these points and must be informed of the operational limits of
the equipment, i.e. what it cannot do as well as what it can do.
13
In some circumstances the application of control measures will continue after the actual work
activity is completed. For example, some jobs will require the operatives to go through a full
decontamination procedure, e.g. working with heavily contaminated land. Anyone who has
been in the live working area may have to follow a strict procedure about where they take
boots and overalls off, or even go through a shower, and it may involve wearing additional
gloves to ensure that contaminants are kept off their skin when decontaminating.
14
Often, simply washing hands with hot soapy water will suffice. Good COSHH practice and
the provision of good welfare facilities are very closely linked. This may mean in some
circumstances that eating and drinking are not allowed other than in designated clean zones.
AT
IO
AL
12
TE
The assessment
The assessment is a 'considered Judgement' that balances the hazardous properties of the
substance, the method by which it will be handled and the environment in which it will be
used.
16
(b)
17
sift through the information contained on the material safety data sheet (MSDS) and
other sources such as on the container
(a)
EG
IN
15
(c)
incorporate their knowledge of how, when and where the substance is used
(d)
from the information available, produce a useful and useable COSHH assessment to
guide those who will be doing the work.
Examples of an MSDS and a COSHH assessment are in Appendices 2 and 3, and show
how the mass of information on the MSDS can be condensed into a usable assessment.
Emergencies
18
19
The emergency plan should include first-aid provisions and safety drills, including the testing
of drills at regular intervals. Any particular hazards that are likely to occur as a result of the
emergency must be specified.
QCS 2014
20
The emergency plan should be made available to all people potentially affected and be
displayed on site. It should also be made available to the accident and emergency services.
there is reason to believe that it is no longer valid, e.g. new information on health risks
has come to light
(b)
the work to which it relates has changed significantly, e.g. new substances have been
introduced, or the method of working is to change, such as the use of a spray gun to
apply paint instead of a brush or roller
(c)
The definition of 'regularly' will depend on a number of factors, such as the nature of the risk.
However, the maximum period between reviews should not exceed five years.
Each review should trigger an opportunity to consider whether exposure can now be
prevented, for example, by substituting a less hazardous substance or by process changes.
Similarly, control measures should be reappraised to see whether they are still adequate or if
further improvements are necessary and possible.
IO
AL
AT
Contractors should have procedures in place to ensure that measures provided to control
exposure to hazardous substances, including the provision of PPE, are properly used or
applied. These procedures should include regular inspections of working practices and a
system to ensure that, where remedial action is found to be necessary, it is promptly taken.
make full and proper use of any control measures and to properly wear any PPE
provided for their use
(b)
take all reasonable steps to return the PPE after use to the accommodation provided
(c)
EG
IN
(a)
These are all common sense measures. Work with hazardous substances also dictates that
employees make every effort to practise a high standard of personal hygiene, for example,
by:
TE
(a)
removing any protective clothing (this may be contaminated) and thoroughly washing
before eating and drinking
(b)
(c)
(d)
using the storage facilities provided and keeping personal protective clothing separate
from ordinary clothing, to avoid possible contamination
(e)
smoking only in designated areas and thoroughly washing hands before handling
cigarettes or tobacco, otherwise contamination may spread from hands to the mouth
and ingested into the stomach, which can lead, in some circumstances, to serious
health problems.
Contractors are required to ensure that all measures installed to prevent or control exposure
to substances hazardous to health under these Regulations are maintained in efficient
QCS 2014
Local exhaust ventilation plant should be examined and tested at least once every 14
months.
10
Any defects in local exhaust ventilation systems must be reported and promptly rectified.
Non-disposable respiratory protective equipment (RPE)
Thorough examinations and tests of non-disposable respiratory protective equipment (RPE)
should be carried out, where appropriate, at suitable intervals.
12
Examinations and tests should be carried out at least every month, and more frequently
where the conditions of use are particularly severe. Longer intervals may be more
appropriate in the case of certain RPE, e.g. half-mask respirators used infrequently for short
spells against air contaminants of relatively low toxicity. However, the longest interval
between examinations and tests should not exceed three months.
13
Face-fit testing by someone who is competent is required for any tight-fitting masks. For full
face masks, this needs to be quantitative testing using a computerised method.
AT
IO
AL
11
Disposable RPE
No examinations or tests are required, provided that the disposable RPE is used for only one
working day or shift and then disposed of.
15
Again, face-fit testing by a competent person is required. This can be qualitative testing
using a sweet/bitter solution to check the effectiveness of the fit.
IN
TE
14
All examinations, tests and repairs carried out on engineering controls and non-disposable
RPE should be suitably recorded in any format provided they are easily retrievable. These
records should be kept for at least five years.
16
EG
Records
There are certain situations, outlined below, in which the monitoring of exposure to a
hazardous substance is required. Sometimes, however, it is so obvious that there is a
problem that the money may be better spent on solving the problem rather than simply
confirming what was already suspected.
(a)
where a serious health hazard could arise because of failure or deterioration of the
control measures
(b)
where it is necessary to ensure that a workplace exposure limit (WEL) or Contractorimposed working standard is not exceeded. Significant exposure to silica dust may
require monitoring
(c)
QCS 2014
Monitoring records must be kept in a suitable format and be available either as individual
records or as a suitable summary for five years. If they are representative of the personal
exposures of identifiable employees, the records must be kept for at least 40 years.
AT
IO
(a)
AL
Working on contaminated land often requires some form of health surveillance. This may
include lung function testing or direct analysis of blood, urine or hair samples. Normally this
would occur before during and after the work. It allows a personal baseline to be established
and then simply acts as a check that the control measures are working.
Contractors are required to keep health records of employees under health surveillance for
at least 40 years from the date of the last entry.
EG
IN
TE
1.2.3.27 Information, instruction and training for people who may be exposed to
hazardous substances
1
(b)
It is important that workers do not put themselves at risk due to lack of information,
instruction or training.
Therefore, they should be knowledgeable of the health risks, the precautions they should
take (including the control measures), and be able to use the supplied personal protective
equipment effectively.
They should also know what procedures to follow in the event of an emergency.
QCS 2014
2.
Gather relevant technical information about each substance from sources such as labelling,
safety data sheets. For each substance, evaluate the work task(s) and working practices
associated with it. If necessary, observe the work activity in which the hazardous substance is
used or created.
3.
From information and observations made, decide if there are any risks to health.
4.
5.
Take the actions necessary to ensure that the appropriate control measures are provided,
properly used and maintained as necessary. Provide all users of (or those creating) each
hazardous substance with the necessary information, instruction and training. From the
information gained, decide if there is any requirement for exposure monitoring and health
surveillance.
6.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.
QCS 2014
Sheet
1 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
AL
AT
Facsimile:
Telephone:
IO
TE
Emergency contact:
IN
EG
For use as a fuel in diesel engines only. Any other use implies a processing operation which may
change its essential characteristics and liability for safety of the product will transfer to the processor.
January
2006
QCS 2014
Sheet
2 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
January 2006
3. Hazard identification
Health hazards:
IO
AL
This product contains amounts of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons, some of which are known from
experimental animal studies to be skin carcinogens. Prolonged and repeated exposure may therefore
cause dermatitis and there is a risk of skin cancer. The risk of skin cancer will be very low, providing
the handling precautions are such that prolonged and repeated skin contact is avoided and good
personal hygiene is observed. Aspiration of liquid into the lungs directly or as a result of vomiting
following ingestion of the liquid can cause severe lung damage and death.
Safety hazards:
AT
Product can accumulate static charges, which may be a possible ignition source (see Section 7).
However product does contain an antistatic additive.
Environmental hazards:
Eyes:
EG
IN
TE
Dangerous for the environment. Toxic to aquatic organisms. May cause long-term adverse effects in
the environment.
Skin:
Inhalation:
Ingestion:
Pressure injection:
QCS 2014
Sheet
3 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
January 2006
5. Fire-fighting measures
Flammable liquid, moderate hazard. Liquid can release vapours that readily
form flammable mixtures at or above the flash point.
Static discharge:
Special fire-fighting
procedures:
Water fog or spray to cool fire exposed surfaces (e.g. containers) and to
protect personnel, should only be used by personnel trained in firefighting.
AT
IO
AL
Extinguishing media:
IN
TE
Cut off "fuel"; depending on circumstances, either allow the fire to burn out
under controlled conditions or use foam or dry chemical powder to
extinguish the fire. Respiratory and eye protection required for fire-fighting
personnel exposed to fumes or smoke.
EG
Hazardous
Smoke, sulphur oxides and carbon monoxide in the event ofincomplete
combustion products: combustion.
Land spill: Eliminate sources of ignition. Shut off source taking normal safety
precautions. Prevent liquid from entering sewers, watercourses or low lying
areas; advise the relevant authorities if it has, or if it contaminates soil/vegetation.
Take measures to minimise the effects of groundwater.
Water spill: Eliminate the spill immediately with booms. Warn shipping. Notify port
and other relevant authorities.
Decontamination
procedures:
QCS 2014
Sheet
4 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
January 2006
AL
Electrical equipment and fittings must comply with local Regulations regarding fire prevention with this
class of product.
Storage temperature:
IO
Special precautions:
Ambient to 40C
AT
Use the correct grounding procedure. Store and handle in closed or properly vented containers.
Ensure compliance with statutory requirements for storage and handling. Check for and prevent
potential leaks from containers.
TE
Substance
IN
Workplace exposure
limit:
STEL
5 mgm-3
EG
8-hour TWA
Personal protection:
Monitoring methods:
In open systems where contact is likely, wear safety goggles (EN 166),
chemical-resistant overalls and chemically impervious gloves (EN 374). Where
only incidental contact is likely, wear safety glasses with side shields. No other
special precautions are necessary provided skin/eye contact is avoided. Where
concentrations in air may exceed the OES approved respirators may be
required (EN 405).
Health & Safety Executive (HSE), Methods for the determination of Hazardous
Substances (MHDS); MDHS 84 www.hsl.gov.uk/search.htm
Sheet
5 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
This is an uncontrolled copy
January 2006
QCS 2014
Appearance:
Density at 15C:
0.82 g/ml
Pungent petroleum
pH:
Not applicable
< air
Boiling point:
Pour point:
-24C
Auto-ignition
temperature:
250- 270C
2 -1
3.0
Solubility:
AT
IO
2 -1
AL
180 - 390C
Negligible
TE
IN
EG
Stability:
Materials to avoid:
Conditions to avoid:
Sheet
6 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
This is an uncontrolled copy
January 2006
QCS 2014
On skin:
Low order of acute toxicity. Irritating. Prolonged or repeated contact may also lead to
more serious skin disorders, including skin cancer. Certain components present in this
material may be absorbed through the skin, possibly in toxic quantities.
By inhalation:
By ingestion:
Low order of acute/systemic toxicity. Minute amounts aspirated into the lungs during
ingestion or vomiting may cause severe pulmonary injury and death.
Chronic:
Acute:
Based upon animal test data from similar materials and products, the acute toxicity of
this product is expected to be:
AT
IO
AL
On eyes:
IN
TE
ORAL LD50 > 5000 mg/kg DERMAL LD50 > 2000 mg/kg
EG
Ecotoxicity:
In the absence of specific environmental data for this product, this assessment is based on information
developed with other crude oils. Gas oils released into the environment will float on water and spread
on the surface; on release to soils, gas oils show some mobility and predominantly absorb.
Dangerous for the environment. Toxic to invertebrates and slightly toxic to fish.
Mobility:
Persistence and
degradability:
Lighter components volatilise and in air undergo photolysis to give half-lives of less
than a day. Photoxidation of liquid hydrocarbons on the water surface also
contributes to the loss process. Slow to moderate degradation in water and soil.
Bioaccumulation
potential:
QCS 2014
Sheet
7 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
January 2006
AL
Shipping name:
Diesel Fuel
Packaging group:
III
Marine pollutant:
See Section 6
ICAO/IATA:
Class 3
R & S phrases:
EC Directives:
Statutory information:
R40
1202
UN Class:
ADR/RID:
Class 3
Emergency action
code:
3Y
AT
IO
UN Number:
TE
Xn Harmful
EG
IN
S36/37
S61
QCS 2014
Sheet
8 of 8
Revision no.
10
Last revision
January 2006
AL
The data and advice given apply when the product is sold for the stated application or applications.
The product is not sold as suitable for any other application. Use of the product for applications other
than as stated in this sheet may give rise to risks not mentioned in this sheet. You should not use the
product other than for the stated application or applications.
IO
If you have purchased the product for supply to a third party for use at work, it is your duty to take all
necessary steps to ensure that any person handling or using the product is provided with the
information in this sheet.
EG
IN
TE
AT
If you are an Contractor, it is your duty to tell your employees and others who may be affected about
any hazards described in this sheet and about any precautions that should be taken.
QCS 2014
Flammable, harmful/irritant
Trade name(s):
Safety precautions
Emergency procedures
Remove to fresh air. Seek medical
attention if conditions severe.
AT
IO
Potential hazards
AL
Avoid prolonged/repeated
contact. Wear PVC gloves. Do
not use as a cleaning agent.
IN
EG
TE
Next
date
review
QCS 2014
The level of provision of trained staff and first-aid equipment will depend upon several
factors.
Everyone working on site should know where the first aiders and the first-aid kits can be
found.
Don't move casualties who are obviously injured unless it is necessary to do so - summon
the first aider immediately and contact external emergency services.
Cover severe bleeding with a clean pad and apply direct pressure.
N
IO
These Regulations provide a flexible framework within which Contractors can develop
effective first-aid arrangements appropriate to their workplace and the size of their workforce.
(b)
(c)
(d)
the location of the establishment and the locations to which employees go in the
course of their work.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
DANGER
AT
1.2.4.2 Introduction
1
AL
a
in
trained
Appendix
first
on
aider,
actions
QCS 2014
in cases where a person will need help from a doctor or a nurse: treatment for the
purpose of preserving life and minimising the consequences of injury or illness until
such help is obtained.
(b)
It should be noted that the definition covers any illness at work and not just accidents. You
must, therefore, plan for times when someone has a heart attack or just collapses.
Emergency fist aiders can give a restricted range of first aid treatment to someone who is
injured or becomes ill at work. Fully trained first aiders can do the above, plus apply first aid
to a range of specific injuries and illnesses.
AL
provide adequate first-aid equipment and facilities appropriate to the type of work or
operations undertaken
(b)
appoint a sufficient number of suitable and trained people to render first aid to
employees who are injured or become ill at work
(c)
appoint a sufficient number of suitable people who, in the temporary absence of the
first aider, will be capable of dealing with an injured or ill employee needing help from
a medical practitioner or nurse, and who are able to take charge of first-aid equipment
and facilities
(d)
EG
Shared facilities
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
To avoid the unnecessary duplication of facilities where employees of more than one
Contractor are working together, arrangements may be made to share facilities. Whilst there
is no requirement for shared facilities to be formally recorded, industry best practice is that
the arrangements are recorded in writing, with each Contractor retaining a copy.
In such circumstances, it is the responsibility of each Contractor to ensure that the agreed
facilities are actually provided, and that all their employees are aware of these
arrangements.
First aiders must have received training and hold a current first-aid certificate issued by a
recognised training organisation.
Where first aiders have received first-aid instruction relating to special or unusual hazards in
the workplace, they should undergo refresher training and re-examination as necessary. The
Contractor must keep a written record of such training.
Number of first aiders required
For construction, which the table categorises as 'higher risk', the recommendation is as
follows.
QCS 2014
Number of employees
10
11
5-100: At least one first aider or emergency first aider per 50 employees or part thereof
12
More than 100: At least one first aider per 50 employees or part thereof
13
In determining the total number of qualified first aiders required, additional factors should be
considered. These are:
the type of work or operations being carried out
(b)
(c)
(d)
whether or not there is shift work -first-aid cover will be required at all times that work
is being carried out
(e)
(f)
(g)
cover for first-aiders' holidays and sickness absence - first-aid cover will be required at
all times that work is being carried out
(h)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
On sites where special or unusual hazards are present, a proportionately larger number of
first aiders, having regard to the factors already mentioned, will be needed. Good practice
should encourage all the contractor's site personnel to be trained in basic emergency aid.
15
On major construction projects where there is a site nurse, and/or a doctor on call, their
advice in connection with first aid should be followed.
IN
TE
14
An appointed person is someone who has been nominated by the Contractor to take charge
of a situation, e.g. to call an ambulance if there is a serious illness or injury.
They will act in the absence of the trained first aider or in situations where it is deemed that a
first aider is not required, such as in a small non-hazardous working area, and where there is
easy access to professional medical assistance, such as a hospital accident and emergency
department.
Appointed persons must not be regarded as an alternative to qualified first aiders and they
must not be required to render first aid. The appointed person is responsible for first-aid
equipment in the absence of the first aider or in the circumstances described above.
EG
It is essential that all employees should have quick and easy access to first-aid facilities on
site. Where employees are working in large numbers and in close proximity, facilities should
be centralised in that area. When employees are spread over a wider area, it is necessary to
distribute first aiders and equipment accordingly. Sometimes, a combination of these
arrangements may be appropriate.
QCS 2014
All employees must be aware of the location of first-aid facilities and the arrangements for
providing treatment. The location of first-aid facilities should be clearly marked with the
appropriate symbol:
White symbol and letters on a green background
AL
First-aid boxes
Every Contractor must provide one or more first-aid boxes. They should be strategically
placed, readily accessible and clearly marked with a white cross on a green background.
The container should hold first-aid equipment and nothing else, and should protect the
contents from dust and damp.
It is essential that the contents of first-aid boxes are replenished after use and checked
frequently by the first aider or appointed person. Some of the items are prone to deterioration
after a certain period. The minimum recommended contents of the first-aid box are listed in
Appendix 1, which should be adjusted following an assessment of the first aid needs of a
specific site.
AT
IO
(b)
(c)
EG
IN
(a)
The first-aid kit should only contain the items as recommended in Appendix 1.
TE
Supplementary equipment
7
Where first aiders are employed, stretchers or appropriate carrying equipment, such as a
carrying chair or wheelchair, should be provided in an accessible location clearly identified
by a sign. If a site covers a large area, or contains a number of distinct working areas, it will
be necessary to provide such equipment at a number of suitable locations.
QCS 2014
First-aid rooms
On a large building or construction site, a first-aid room, suitably staffed and equipped,
should be provided. The need for such a room cannot be decided purely on the numbers of
persons employed, but should be assessed on the type of work being carried out and
whether hospital A&E or other emergency facilities are close to hand.
10
The first-aid room will normally be under the control of the first aider who should be nearby
or on call, with access to the room when employees are at work. The name of this person
should be displayed, together with the names and locations of all other first alders and
appointed persons. On some larger sites, the first-aid room will be staffed by a qualified
nurse.
11
The room should be clearly identified, available at all times and used only for rendering first
aid. It should be of sufficient size to contain a couch with adequate space around it to allow
people to work, and provided with an access door to allow the passage of a stretcher or
other carrying equipment. Pillows and blankets should be provided and be frequently
cleaned.
12
The room itself should be cleaned each working day, have smooth-topped impermeable
working surfaces and provision for privacy and refuse disposal.
13
Heating, lighting and ventilation should be effective. In addition to the first-aid materials (see
Appendix 1) which should be stored in a suitable cabinet, there should be:
(b)
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
drinking water
(c)
(d)
(e)
14
In first-aid rooms that are supervised by the site nurse, other items may be provided on their
advice.
15
The room should have a telephone, where possible, and a siren or klaxon to alert personnel
on call.
16
A sufficient number of first aiders should be provided in any work area that is not within easy
reach (approximately three minutes) of the first-aid room.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that those people who have been selected as fully
QCS 2014
qualified first aiders have undergone training and possess adequate qualifications. Additional
training may be necessary to cope with any special hazards in a particular working
environment.
2
Instruction in emergency first aid, such as resuscitation, control of bleeding and treatment of
unconsciousness, is desirable for all staff.
Initial selection of first aiders
Whilst it is desirable to appoint staff who have already received first-aid training and utilise
their skills, in many instances this may not be an option. On most new sites it is unlikely that
a trained first aider will be available, and it will be necessary to arrange training for a suitable
member of staff.
In selecting people for this role, the following factors should be considered:
friendly, reassuring disposition
employed on a task which they can leave immediately in order to go to the scene of an
emergency
AT
IO
AL
(b)
it need not be completed in a period of three consecutive days - 'split courses' will be
permitted.
On completion of the course, each student must be able to demonstrate that they are able
to:
(a)
12
IN
(a)
EG
11
10
TE
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(b)
is bleeding or wounded
(c)
(d)
is unconscious
(e)
QCS 2014
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
13
Students must also be able to manage the transportation of the casualty as required by
workplace circumstances.
14
16
First aiders can undertake re-qualification training up to 3 months before the expiry of their
current first-aid certificate. The certificate will be dated to 'run on' from the expiry date of the
previous one. Ideally, Contractors will take advantage of this period.
17
However, where this is not possible or practical, re-qualification training can be taken within
28 days after the previous certificate expires.
18
AT
passes the re-qualification training, a certificate will be issued, backdated to the expiry
of the previous one
(b)
fails to pass the re-qualification training, the full First Aid at Work course must be
taken again, and passed, for a certificate to be issued.
IN
TE
(a)
In effect, these arrangements provide Contractors with a four month window in which to get
each first aider re-certificated.
EG
19
IO
AL
15
Re-qualification training
Re-qualification training for fully qualified first aiders including re-examination:
(a)
20
(b)
(c)
Refresher training
21
Contractors are strongly recommended that fully qualified first aiders attend a three-hour
refresher course each year to brush up on their basic skills and learn about new techniques
and developments.
Training of first aiders for special or unusual situations
22
First aiders should have completed training in the subjects described for first aiders, and
been given any specialised training related to the particular requirements of their workplace
and its hazards.
23
Some workers carry their own medication, such as inhalers for asthma or 'Epipens' which
contain injectable adrenaline for the treatment of severe allergic (anaphylactic) reactions, for
QCS 2014
Emergency first aiders must undertake a six-hour course, with their certificate being valid for
three years. Similar to fully qualified first aiders, the Contractor is recommended that
emergency first aiders undertake an annual three-hour basic skills update and refresher
course.
25
To requalify and retain their certification for a further three years, emergency first aiders must
retake the six-hour course within their three-year qualification period.
Training of appointed persons
(b)
cardio-pulmonary resuscitation
(c)
(d)
Contractors must keep written records of all training that has been given to employees and
the results of that training.
IN
Ambulance
TE
1.2.4.7 Miscellaneous
The local ambulance service should be informed about large sites and of any particularly
hazardous operations being undertaken. It is helpful to supply a map locating the site and its
entrances and, where appropriate, the first-aid room.
EG
what to do in an emergency
IO
(a)
Training records
27
AL
AT
26
Induction
2
Induction training for employees and other persons joining the site should include details of
the location of first-aid boxes, qualified first-aid personnel and actions to be taken in cases of
injury or illness.
Record of treatment
First-aid treatment should be recorded. The use of an accident book does not normally allow
enough detail to be gathered and an additional treatment book may be necessary,
particularly in order to keep a record of the use of first-aid materials.
All accidents causing any injury must be recorded and, where necessary, reported to the
Administrative Authority.
QCS 2014
Travelling first-aid
kits
Guidance card*
20
Nil
AL
Item
Safety pins
AT
IO
Nil
Nil
TE
EG
IN
Where tap water is not readily available for eye irrigation, sterile water or sterile normal saline (0.9%)
in sealed disposable containers should be provided.
QCS 2014
Can particular hazards be identified, such as falls, electric shock, dangerous substances?
How many first aiders are needed -consider holiday and sickness cover?
IO
AL
AT
Training
10
11
Is there a system to trigger a warning to management when a first aider is within three
months of their certificate expiring?
12
13
14
15
EG
IN
TE
Equipment
17
18
19
20
21
16
General
22
Has responsibility for first-aid provision and organisation been assigned to an individual?
23
(b)
(c)
special operations?
(d)
QCS 2014
(e)
AL
IO
If there is no response to gentle shaking of the shoulders and shouting, the casualty may be
unconscious. Your priorities are to:
10
11
The priority is to check the Airway, Breathing and Circulation. This is the ABC of
resuscitation.
N
R
TE
IN
Place one hand on the casualty's forehead and gently tilt the head back.
12
EG
A - Airway
AT
B - Breathing
13
Look along the chest, listen and feel at the mouth for signs of normal breathing, for no more
than 10 seconds.
If the casualty is breathing:
14
Place in the recovery position and ensure the airway remains open.
15
16
17
18
QCS 2014
C-CPR
To start chest compressions:
Lean over the casualty and, with your arms straight, press down on the centre of the
breastbone, 4-5 cm, and then release.
20
Repeat at a rate of about 100 times a minute (more than one compression per second!)
21
22
Pinch the casualty's nose closed and allow the mouth to open.
23
Take a normal breath and place your mouth around the casualty's mouth, making a good
seal.
24
Blow steadily into the mouth while watching for the chest rising.
25
Remove your mouth from the casualty and watch for the chest falling.
26
Give a second breath and then start 30 compressions again without delay.
27
Continue with chest compressions and rescue breaths in a ratio of 30:2 until qualified help
takes over or the casualty starts to breathe normally.
AL
19
IO
Severe bleeding
Apply direct pressure to the wound.
29
30
TE
If a broken bone or spinal injury is suspected, obtain expert help. Do not move casualties
unless they are in immediate danger.
IN
31
AT
28
Burns
Burns can be serious so, if in doubt, seek medical help. Cool the part of the body affected
with cold water until pain is relieved. Thorough cooling may take 10 minutes or more, but this
must not delay taking the casualty to hospital.
33
Certain chemicals may seriously irritate or damage the skin. Avoid contaminating yourself
with the chemical. Treat in the same way as for other bums but flood the affected area with
water for 20 minutes. Continue treatment even on the way to hospital, if necessary. Remove
any contaminated clothing which is not stuck to the skin.
EG
32
Burning clothing
34
To extinguish the burning clothing of anyone involved in a fire, lay, push or knock the person
to the floor to reduce the spread of flames. Cover the burning area with a blanket, coat or
other items to smother the flames but do not use synthetic materials (for example, polyester).
DO NOT REMOVE ANY OF THE VICTIM'S CLOTHES.
35
Apply large amounts of water to the area of the burns as quickly as possible to cool the
affected parts, and then keep them wet with more water. Seek medical help urgently.
Eye injuries
36
All eye injuries are potentially serious. If there is something in the eye, wash out the eye with
clean water or sterile fluid from a sealed container, to remove loose material. Do not attempt
to remove anything that is embedded in the eye.
37
If chemicals are involved, flush the eye with water or sterile fluid for at least 10 minutes,
QCS 2014
whilst gently holding the eyelids open. Ask the casualty to hold a pad over the injured eye
and send them to hospital.
Record keeping
It is good practice to record in a book any incidents involving injuries or illness that have
been attended, including the following information in your entry:
39
40
41
42
What happened to the casualty immediately afterwards (for example, went back to work,
went home, went to hospital).
43
44
This information can help identify accident trends and possible areas for improvement in the
control of health and safety risks.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
38
QCS 2014
Getting food hygiene wrong can have severe implications for many other people.
(a)
(b)
must report to their supervisor details of any illness that they may be suffering from;
(c)
Premises in which food is handled, prepared and served must conform to certain standards
of construction and cleanliness.
AL
1.2.5.2 Introduction
Food poisoning is caused by bacteria (germs or bugs) which have lain dormant in most
uncooked or unprepared foods, whether meat, fish, poultry and some vegetables.
Food poisoning keeps people off work through sickness, just as accidents do.
Applying appropriate hygiene standards on site are essential because of the potential for:
AT
IO
(b)
(a)
TE
1.2.5.3 Definitions
Food - food or drink of any description, or any of the ingredients used in the preparation of
food.
Food area - any room or food area in which a person engages in the handling of food,
including a server, counter or outside grill preparation area.
EG
IN
The premises
3
The siting, design and construction of the premises must aim to avoid the contamination of
food and harbouring of pests. It must be kept clean and in good repair so as to avoid food
contamination.
Surfaces in contact with food must be easy to clean and, where necessary, disinfect. This
will require the use of smooth, washable, non-toxic materials.
Adequate provision must be made for cleaning foodstuffs, and the cleaning and (where
necessary) disinfection of utensils and equipment. You must take all reasonable, practical
steps to avoid the risk of contamination of food or ingredients.
Washbasins must be designated for washing hands, have hot and cold (or appropriately
mixed) running water, and be equipped with soap and suitable hand-drying facilities, such as
disposable towels. Lavatories must not lead directly into food rooms and they must be kept
clean, maintained in good repair and ventilated.
Adequate arrangements and facilities for the hygienic storage and disposal of hazardous and
inedible substances and waste (whether liquid or solid) must be available. Food waste must
not be allowed to accumulate in food rooms and should be deposited in closable containers.
QCS 2014
Adequate facilities and arrangements for maintaining and monitoring suitable food
temperature conditions must be available. (See also below.)
The food
Stored raw materials and ingredients must be kept in appropriate conditions which will
prevent harmful deterioration and be protected from contamination likely to make them unfit
for human consumption.
Water
10
There must be an adequate supply of potable (clean, drinkable) water which must be used
whenever necessary to ensure foodstuffs are not contaminated. This includes the use of ice
which must also be made, handled and stored in a way that protects it from contamination.
Foods intended for supply which need temperature control for safety must be held either
HOT at or above a minimum temperature of 63C or CHILLED at or below a maximum
temperature of 8C.
11
AL
Temperature control
IO
Food handlers
Anyone who works in a food handling area must maintain a high degree of personal
cleanliness. The way in which they work must also be clean and hygienic. Food handlers
must wear clean and, where appropriate, protective over-clothes. Adequate changing
facilities must be provided where necessary.
13
Food handlers must protect food and ingredients against contamination, which is likely to
render them unfit for human consumption or create a health hazard. For example, uncooked
poultry should not contaminate ready-to-eat foods, either through direct contact or via work
surfaces or equipment.
14
IN
TE
AT
12
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
(a)
report any illness (like infected wounds, skin infections, diarrhoea or vomiting) to their
manager or supervisor immediately.
15
If any employee reports that they are suffering from any condition or illness, Contractors may
have to exclude them from food handling areas. Such action should be taken urgently.
16
Food handlers must receive adequate supervision, instruction and training in food hygiene.
Microwave ovens
17
On sites where microwave ovens are used, the following points must be noted.
(a)
(b)
Door seals of microwave ovens should be periodically examined to see that they are
not damaged.
(c)
Microwave ovens should not be overloaded by trying to cook too many things at the
same time.
(d)
(e)
Food should be thoroughly cooked. Follow instructions on the packaging and leave to
stand.
(f)
Do not attempt to add anything to or stir any liquid which has just been removed from
a microwave oven and has not been allowed to stand, by using a metal spoon or
utensil. Such an action may cause the liquid to boil violently.
(g)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Lead can be a major health hazard if exposure is not prevented or adequately controlled.
Lead is a cumulative poison that can find its way into the bloodstream and collect in tissues,
particularly the bone marrow.
The ways that lead is likely to get into the body are through:
(a)
(b)
All work with lead, or lead-containing products, must be the subject of a risk assessment.
Builders, carpenters, decorators etc., who remove old paint, particularly if involved in window
renovation, may be exposed to 'significant' quantities of lead without realising it.
Where the risk assessment indicates that employees' exposure to lead is likely to be
'significant', certain monitoring actions must be taken with regard to the employees affected
and the workplace itself.
Above a certain level of exposure, Contractors have a legal duty to temporarily suspend the
affected worker(s) from further work with lead.
AT
IO
AL
IN
Exposure to lead, dust, fumes and vapour constitutes a major hazard in the construction
industry who work with lead and lead products. Construction workers most at risk include:
plumbers working on lead flashing, upstands and gutters
(b)
(c)
(d)
demolition operatives
(e)
EG
(a)
TE
1.2.6.2 Introduction
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity in order to identify any hazard that employees or any other
person might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to put control
measures into place in order either to eliminate the hazard or, where this is not possible, to
reduce the risks of injury or ill health arising from the hazards, as far as is reasonably
practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks in the workplace and on any control measures in place to reduce those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty to tell their Contractor of any work situation which presents a
QCS 2014
risk to themselves or to others, or of any matter which affects the health and safety of
themselves or other persons. The main consideration will be identifying where lead is
present and taking the appropriate actions to protect the health of lead workers and, if
necessary, other people who may be affected by the work.
Concentration levels of lead in blood, which are below the suspension level and known as
'action levels', have been set.
If these lower levels are breached, Contractors have a duty to investigate and remedy the
cause. Contractors are also required to take steps to reduce the concentrations of lead in air
to a level not exceeding the occupational exposure limits stated in these Regulations.
AT
A Contractor who is working with lead, or a substance or material containing lead, has to
protect from exposure anyone who may be affected by the work as well as their own
employees. This includes:
the workers of other Contractors including those not engaged in work with lead, such
as maintenance staff and cleaners
(b)
(c)
the families of those who are exposed to lead at work who may become affected by
lead carried home unintentionally on the clothing and footwear of the employee are
particularly at risk of lead poisoning, and therefore have lower blood-lead action and
suspension levels than other people.
(d)
TE
(a)
EG
IN
IO
AL
Every Contractor is required to make a suitable and sufficient assessment of the risk to the
health and safety of employees while at work. This includes other people who are not
employees but who may be exposed as a result of the way the Contractor carries out the
work concerned. The assessment must be reviewed as often as is necessary and in other
certain specified circumstances, and a record made of any significant findings. Such an
assessment is to allow the Contractor to make a decision whether the work concerned is
likely to result in an employee being significantly exposed to lead, and to identify the
measures needed to prevent or adequately control exposure.
Control of exposure
Every Contractor must ensure that the exposure of employees to lead is either prevented or,
where this is not reasonably practicable, adequately controlled by means of appropriate
control measures.
As the preferred control measure, the Contractor must consider the use of alternative
materials or processes as a means of eliminating or reducing the risks to the health of
QCS 2014
employees.
(a)
the design and use of the work process, systems and engineering controls
(b)
(c)
where adequate control cannot be achieved by other means, the provision and use of
suitable PPE.
(b)
(c)
reducing to the minimum required for the task in hand, the number of employees
exposed, the level and duration of exposure and the quantity of lead present in the
workplace
(d)
(e)
AL
(a)
10
Where it is not reasonably practicable to prevent exposure to lead, the Contractor must
introduce protective measures which are appropriate to the work activity and consistent with
the findings of the risk assessment. In order of priority, these must be:
IO
Irrespective of these control measures, where the exposure to lead is, or is likely to be
significant, the Contractor must provide suitable and sufficient protective clothing.
12
Where the inhalation of lead fumes is possible, the control measures will only be regarded as
adequate if:
AT
11
(b)
or if it is, the Contractor identifies the reason and takes immediate steps to rectify the
situation.
IN
TE
(a)
Contractors must take reasonable steps to ensure that any control measure provided is
properly used or applied.
14
Employees must make full and proper use of any control measure provided, and:
take all reasonable steps, where appropriate, to return anything provided as a control
measure to its accommodation (storage) after use
(a)
EG
13
(i)
15
Adequate control of exposure to lead covers all routes of possible exposure, such as
inhalation, Absorption through the skin and ingestion.
Eating, drinking and smoking
16
Adequate steps must be taken to control the ingestion of lead. A Contractor must ensure
that, as far as is reasonably practicable, employees do not eat, drink or smoke in any place
which is, or is liable to become, contaminated by lead. In practical terms, employees must be
warned against doing so. Furthermore, under these Regulations employees have a legal
duty not to eat, drink or smoke in any place that they have reason to believe is contaminated
by lead.
Maintenance, examination and testing of control measures
17
All control measures provided, including PPE, must be well maintained, kept in a good state
of repair and cleaned as necessary. Any defect in the equipment, or failure to use and apply
QCS 2014
it properly, which could result in a loss of efficiency or effectiveness, thus reducing the level
of protection, should be identified and rectified as soon as possible.
Air monitoring
18
Where employees are liable to receive significant exposure to lead, Contractors must
establish a programme of air monitoring including keeping records of the findings of such
monitoring.
Medical surveillance
make sure that employees are under medical surveillance by a 'relevant doctor'
(b)
provide suitable facilities for health surveillance to be carried out where the
procedures are to be carried out at the Contractor's premises
(c)
(d)
(e)
take steps to determine the reasons why any employee's blood sample exceeds the
appropriate action level and take appropriate remedial action
(f)
take the necessary actions, including reviewing the risk assessment, where an
employee's blood or urine sample reaches the 'suspension level'.
IO
AL
(a)
Employees for whom health surveillance has been arranged must, when required by the
Contractor (and at the cost of the Contractor), make themselves available for the necessary
health surveillance procedures and supply the relevant doctor with such health-related
information as the doctor may require.
TE
20
AT
19
IN
Contractors who undertake work liable to expose employees to lead shall provide such
information, instruction and training as is suitable and sufficient to know the risks to health,
and the precautions which should be taken.
EG
21
22
1.2.6.5 Training
1
There is a specific requirement to ensure that the information, instruction and training
provided for persons working with lead includes:
(a)
the type of lead being worked, the potential health hazards and symptoms
(b)
the relevant occupational exposure limit, action level and suspension level (as
explained)
(c)
(d)
(e)
the control measures that are in place and which must be used to enable work to be
QCS 2014
(f)
(g)
the results of previous health surveillance, in such a way that the confidentiality of
individual cases is not breached.
In essence, PPE may only be used as a last resort after all other means of eliminating or
controlling the risk have been considered and are not reasonably practicable.
AL
In the context of this section the important requirements of these Regulations are for
provision of adequate welfare facilities, particularly in respect of personal hygiene.
Contractors must provide or make available:
AT
IO
suitable and sufficient washing facilities, including showers if necessary due to the
nature of the work
(b)
hot and cold (or warm) water, soap or other cleanser and towels or other effective
means of drying
(c)
(d)
lockers or other facilities in which to secure work clothing that is not taken home and
personal clothing that is not worn at work
(e)
IN
TE
(a)
EG
These Regulations also require that users of work equipment are trained in its use, as
appropriate.
Lead is a cumulative poison that will find its way into the bloodstream and can collect in
tissues, particularly the bone marrow. Lead poisoning may occur through exposure to lead in
its pure form or exposure to products containing lead.
Lead affects the body's ability to produce haemoglobin, which is the protein in blood that
carries oxygen to the tissues.
Inorganic lead, the type likely to be encountered during construction activities, can enter the
body in one of two ways:
(a)
QCS 2014
(b)
Whilst the control of exposure through inhalation will be largely controlled by actions taken
by the Contractor, the control of exposure through ingestion depends upon the good
personal hygiene practices of employees working with lead.
Risk assessment
Contractors must not carry out any work that may expose employees to lead unless a
suitable and sufficient risk assessment has been carried out.
(b)
AL
(a)
Control measures
Control measures involve substituting lead with less hazardous substances or, if this is not
possible, using engineering and organisational methods, similar to those outlined for
COSHH, to control exposure.
The control of exposure to lead (by inhalation) will only be regarded as adequate:
AT
IO
if the concentration of lead in air is kept below the OEL (see below)
(b)
if, where the OEL is exceeded, the Contractor identifies the reasons and takes
immediate steps to remedy the situation.
TE
(a)
IN
Air monitoring
Where a risk assessment indicates that employees may be liable to significant exposure to
lead, the Contractor must arrange for air monitoring to be carried out to establish the levels
of lead in the air at the place of work.
11
Air monitoring will involve using specialist equipment, which is fitted to the employee being
monitored, to take an air sample from the employee's 'breathing zone' over a set period of
time.
12
Using static air-monitoring equipment to take air samples is not acceptable as the results will
not be representative of any employee's personal exposure.
13
Generally, depending upon the circumstances, monitoring must be carried out at either
three-monthly or yearly intervals. Air monitoring will determine whether the OEL has been
breached.
14
The Contractor has a duty to retain records of air monitoring results for a period of five years.
15
Given the temporary nature of construction sites, and the even shorter periods when
employees might actually be exposed to lead, the above requirement is considered to be
largely academic for the construction industry. With tradesmen such as plumbers and
painters being potentially exposed to lead many times but over relatively short periods, it will
be for the Contractor to decide how frequently air monitoring should be carried out to confirm
whether or not existing control measures are adequate.
EG
10
QCS 2014
The standard for inorganic lead in air is 0.15 milligrams of lead per cubic metre of air
determined on an eight-hour time-weighted concentration.
17
This quantifies the standard to be met by the control measures for airborne lead under these
Regulations.
Medical surveillance
Medical surveillance to detect exposure to lead involves measuring the concentration of lead
in the blood or urine and therefore necessitates the involvement of suitable trained, medical
staff.
19
20
IO
(a)
AL
18
(b)
TE
(a)
If medical surveillance detects blood-lead concentrations at or above these action levels, the
Contractor must:
recognise that the employee's blood-lead level is near the 'suspension level'
(b)
investigate the effectiveness of existing control measures and take the necessary
actions to reduce employees' blood-lead levels below the action level
(c)
prevent the blood-lead level of affected employees from reaching the suspension
level.
IN
(a)
22
EG
21
AT
Action levels
Suspension levels
23
24
If medical surveillance reveals that an employee's blood-lead level has reached or exceeded
the levels outlined below, a doctor must decide whether to temporarily suspend them from
work which exposes them to lead:
(a)
(b)
ensure that a doctor makes an entry in the health record of affected employee(s) as to
whether, in the doctor's professional opinion, they should be suspended from further
work liable to expose them to lead
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
(d)
provide for a review of the health of any other employees who may have been
similarly exposed.
25
If the doctor thinks that there is no need to suspend the affected employee(s) from work, the
doctor must note in their health records:
(a)
(b)
26
A Contractor must act on the doctor's decision and an employee will not be able to work with
lead again or be exposed to it until the doctor considers it safe to do so.
27
AL
(b)
(c)
there is a risk of contact between the skin and lead alkyls or other substances
containing lead which can be absorbed through the skin.
IO
(a)
AT
28
Contractors must provide employees with protective clothing, monitor lead in air
concentration, and place the employees concerned under medical surveillance.
30
Personal protective equipment will be required where control measures are not practicable.
29
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
32
EG
IN
Some types of work with lead carried out as part of construction or decorating activities, have
the potential to result in significant exposure to lead unless the Contractor provides adequate
controls and ensures that they are used. For example:
31
TE
working with metallic lead and alloys containing lead, for example, soldering
(e)
disc abrasion of lead surfaces and cutting lead with abrasive wheels
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
otherwise removing or disturbing old lead sheet thereby raising contaminated dust
(k)
(l)
welding galvanised metal and flame cutting steelwork that has been painted with leadbased paint.
Those operations which do not usually produce significant levels include low temperature
work, ordinary plumbing, soldering, handling clean sheets or pipes of lead, rough painting.
QCS 2014
If the level of lead in the body gets too high, it can cause headaches, tiredness, irritability,
constipation, nausea, stomach pains and loss of weight. Continued uncontrolled exposure
could cause far more serious symptoms, such as kidney damage, nerve and brain damage.
A developing unborn child is at particular risk from exposure to lead, particularly in the early
weeks before a pregnancy becomes known.
Prevention of exposure
The Contractor has a duty to assess the nature and extent of the exposure to lead and, on
the basis of this assessment, to determine the measures necessary to control exposure and
comply with these Regulations.
35
Action should be taken to reduce the amount of lead breathed by operatives to below the
lead in air standard.
36
The basic need is to prevent the liberation of lead dust, fumes or vapour into the workplace.
37
If surface finishes are to be disturbed, always check for the presence of lead paint or, if this
is not possible, assume the worst (that it is a lead-based paint) and take the appropriate
precautions.
38
AT
IO
AL
34
a variety of destructive tests for paint sampling, although these result in damage to
painted surfaces in order for samples to be taken
(b)
disposable test kits: instant, on-site lead/no lead result with 95% accuracy. (These are
an indicator only, not a laboratory-standard test)
(c)
paint-sampling kits which are ready-to-use (for non-lab professionals) for submission
of samples for chemical analysis. A laboratory-standard test
(d)
dust-wipe sampling kits which are ready-to-use dust sampling kits (for non-lab
professionals) for submission of samples for chemical analysis. A laboratory-standard
test
(e)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
Where control measures do not reduce the lead in air levels to below the control limits,
respiratory protective equipment of a type suited to the hazard or process involved must be
provided, and all employees must be properly trained to use it. All such equipment should be
serviced, cleaned, maintained and stored correctly, as is appropriate.
Depending upon whether the hazard is lead dust or fumes, adequate protection will be given
by the use of compressed air-line breathing apparatus, self-contained breathing apparatus,
or a full-face positive pressure powered respirator fitted with a high efficiency filter.
Protective clothing
QCS 2014
The residues of lead-based paints are a health hazard. Operatives carrying out the removal
of old lead-based paint, and anyone else who might be adversely affected, must be
adequately protected when applying or removing paints containing lead.
Similarly, the occupiers of premises (including the residents of private housing) must be
protected by not being allowed to return to their premises (or contaminated parts of those
premises) until they have been thoroughly and effectively cleaned (see below).
The findings of a risk assessment, carried out before any surface finish is disturbed, will
indicate the most appropriate of removal and safety precautions which must be taken.
AL
Sanding
Unless appropriate RPE and protective clothing are worn, old lead paint should never be drysanded by hand as this activity will liberate lead-rich dust into the air. Again, unless
appropriate RPE and protective clothing are worn and effective measures are taken to clear
up the residue, mechanical sanding can only be used if the sander is fitted with a dust
extraction/ collection unit incorporating a high efficiency particle air HEPA filter.
Wet sanding of lead-based paint is acceptable, providing the residue is collected before it
dries out with the potential to become airborne dust.
As a result, the subsequent dry sanding of apparently 'clean' wood can liberate a significant
amount of lead-containing dust into the air.
AT
IO
Solvents
Lead paint may be removed by using a solvent or water-rinseable paint remover. If a solvent
is used, the work area must be well-ventilated and no smoking or naked flames allowed.
Suitable RPE and other appropriate PPE should be used.
IN
Unless appropriate RPE is worn, blow-lamps or gas torches must not be used to burn off old
lead paint as these will heat the paint sufficiently to liberate lead fumes into the air.
EG
TE
Burning
Hot-air gun
10
These must not be confused with blow-lamps and gas torches. A hot-air gun will not raise
the temperature of the paint sufficiently to allow lead fumes to be created. When using a hotair gun, the old paint must be scraped off as soon as it is sufficiently soft and before it rehardens. Care must be taken to ensure that the paint does not burn as this indicates that it is
reaching too high a temperature where fumes may be given off. The use of RPE to protect
against lead-containing dust may be necessary.
Infra-red heating
11
A product is available that safely lifts the old paint from the base material by heating it to a
safe temperature using an infra-red heater. Whilst warm, the paint can be safely scraped off.
This method is particularly suitable where large surface areas have to be stripped.
12
The main benefits of using this method, which acts by heating the resins in the wood and
breaking the bond between the wood and the first layer of paint, are:
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
virtually all residual lead is removed from within the grain of the wood
(c)
large surface areas can be safely stripped more quickly than by using other methods.
Spraying
13
Spraying methods should not normally be employed for applying lead-based paints.
Cleaning up the work area
All surfaces that have been stripped of paint should be washed down thoroughly, either with
a proprietary lead-specific detergent or with a solution of dishwasher detergent in hot water,
and then wiped down again with clean water.
15
Any residual dust and other debris should be removed using a vacuum cleaner fitted with a
HEPA filter. Depending upon the level of contamination, it may be necessary to wear
appropriate RPE whilst doing this.
16
Normal vacuum cleaners (domestic or industrial) should not be used as their filters are not
sufficiently efficient to retain the lead-containing dust.
IO
AL
14
Anyone who works with lead should take simple personal hygiene measures to prevent the
inhalation or ingestion of lead during and after work.
TE
AT
To avoid any risk to health or damage to any clothing concerned, the Contractor must
provide separate accommodation for an employee's own clothing and any protective clothing
the employee may have to wear at work. This requirement will normally apply for protective
clothing worn for work with lead.
Adequate and suitable washing facilities are required where operatives are exposed to lead.
Where employees are exposed to lead, washing and changing facilities provided should
allow them to meet a high standard of personal hygiene so as to minimise the risk of them
ingesting or otherwise absorbing lead.
The design of the washing facilities should be related to the nature and degree of exposure
to lead as indicated by the assessment. Where employees are significantly exposed to lead,
and if washbasins alone would not be adequate, the washing facilities should include
showers or baths.
An example would be where work is carried out in dusty conditions which could result in the
whole body being contaminated by lead. Then the provision of showers or baths would be
essential.
EG
IN
(a)
one washbasin for every five persons. Basins should be of sufficient size to permit
arms to be immersed up to the elbow
(b)
a constant supply of hot and cold or warm water (running water where reasonably
practicable)
(c)
(d)
nail brushes
QCS 2014
(e)
7
For certain types of work, such as lead work, carried out at premises or sites where such
work is not regularly done (for example, certain tank cleaning and lead burning operations),
mobile caravan type washing/showering facilities of suitable design should be provided.
Eating, drinking and smoking
These Regulations require Contractors to reduce the risk of ingestion of lead by ensuring
that employees do not eat, drink or smoke in places which are contaminated, or likely to be
contaminated, from lead arising from work activities. Therefore, Contractors should reduce
the risk of employees ingesting lead by ensuring that they are given adequate information on
the specific areas that might be contaminated by lead and in which they should not eat
(including chewing gum or tobacco), drinker smoke.
The information should be reinforced by displaying a prominent notice to identify those areas
in which employees may, or may not, eat, drink or smoke.
10
AL
clean areas, canteens or mess rooms should be isolated from lead-contaminated work
areas
(b)
(c)
(d)
the Contractor must advise employees where they may not eat, drink or smoke
(e)
Employees are not to eat, drink or smoke in any place where there is risk of
contamination by lead.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
QCS 2014
Have all persons who have to work with lead received adequate information, instruction and
training?
Has the nature and extent of any exposure to lead been assessed?
Is the correct type of respiratory equipment being used for the hazard being encountered?
10
Are measures being taken to control the spread of any lead contamination?
11
12
13
14
Are operatives aware of the risks to health that can arise from not working safely?
15
16
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Employee's details
Name:
AL
Permanent address:
Place of birth:
IO
Date of birth:
AT
Sex:
Doctor's details
Address:
EG
Telephone number:
IN
TE
Name:
Contractor's details
Name:
Address:
Telephone number:
QCS 2014
Employment details
Years exposed to lead before starting of
current employment:
Date of first exposure to lead in current
employment: (Day Month Year)
AL
AT
IN
TE
EG
IO
Additional information
QCS 2014
Manual Handling
Poorly thought out or badly performed manual handling activities are the cause of many
injuries to construction workers.
'Manual handling' includes lifting, lowering, pulling, pushing or carrying a load by physical
effort.
Several factors will determine whether it is safe for an individual to manually handle any
particular load.
Contractors must:
(b)
where that is not reasonably practicable, assess the risks to the employee;
(c)
AL
avoid so far as reasonably practicable their employees having to carry out manual
handling activities likely to result in an injury;
IO
Employees must:
make full and proper use of the Contractors safe system of work;
(b)
use (lifting) equipment and machinery in accordance with instruction and training
given;
(c)
report to the Contractor any situation where it is considered that the system of working
is not safe.
AT
(a)
(a)
Where sustaining an injury is a possibility and handling a load cannot be avoided, using a
mechanical means of carrying out the activity is the best solution.
Note:
Section 1, Part 9.2 of the QCS covers the manual handling of materials.
All construction and building work involves lifting and handling to some extent. Although
mechanical equipment should be used whenever practicable, much of the work will inevitably
continue to be done manually. The risk of injury can be greatly reduced by a knowledge and
application of correct lifting and handling techniques and by taking a few elementary
precautions.
EG
1.2.7.2 Introduction
IN
TE
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity, including those that involve manual handling, to identify
any hazard to employees which might be encountered during their work, or to any other
person who might be affected by their operations.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to put control
measures into place, either to remove the hazard or, where this is not possible, to reduce the
risk of injury resulting from manual handling activities, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any (manual handling) risks that exist in the workplace and any control measures that are in
place to reduce those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to inform the Contractor of any
work (manual handling) situation that presents a risk to themselves or others.
QCS 2014
These Regulations specify how Contractors have to deal with risks to the safety and health
of employees who have to carry out manual handling in the course of their employment, as
follows:
(a)
Assess the manual handling task to identify any risk that may be inherent in the
operation.
(b)
(c)
(b)
take appropriate steps to implement control measures, thereby reducing the risk of
injury to those employees undertaking any manual handling operations, to the lowest
level which is reasonably practicable
(c)
take appropriate steps to provide any of those employees who are undertaking any
manual handling operations with general indications and, where it is reasonably
practicable to do so, precise information on:
(d)
(e)
the heaviest side of the load whose centre of gravity is not positioned centrally.
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(b)
there has been a significant change to the manual handling operations to which that
assessment relates.
EG
(a)
AL
Where changes to an assessment are required, as a result of any review, a Contractor shall
make them.
When determining for the purposes of these Regulations whether manual handling
operations at work involve a risk of injury, and to determine the appropriate steps needed to
reduce that risk, particular regard shall be taken to check:
(a)
(b)
the clothing, footwear and other personal effects worn by the employee
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
QCS 2014
(b)
ensure the safety of their employees and, where possible, the absence of risks in the
handling, storage and transport of all types of articles and substances
(c)
provide the information, instruction, training and supervision necessary to ensure the
health and safety of their employees.
Employee's duties
8
make full and proper use of any system of work provided for use by the Contractor in
connection with manual handling.
(b)
Use any machinery or equipment provided by the Contractor in accordance with any
training or instruction received.
(c)
Inform the Contractor, or anyone else responsible for safety, of any dangerous work
practice or shortcomings in the Contractor's arrangements for safety.
IO
Designers have the potential to minimise the amount of manual handling that is necessary
during any construction project and therefore the injuries that might arise from it. Examples
of how this might be achieved are:
designing site layouts such that 'double handling' is eliminated and manual handling
distances are minimised
(b)
incorporating mechanical lifting points into components that would otherwise have had
to be manually handled into. place
(c)
(d)
ensuring that designs allow for adequate access for construction plant, such as
excavators and dumpers, where excavation work and other earth-moving activities are
necessary.
TE
AT
(a)
IN
AL
Strains and sprains to muscles and joints, torn ligaments and tendons, disc trouble
and hernias. These are often caused by sudden and awkward movements, for example,
twisting or jerking while lifting, or handling heavy loads. They are also caused by persons
attempting to lift loads beyond their physical capabilities. The muscles of the abdominal wall
are particularly vulnerable, and excessive strain may lead to ruptures.
EG
(a)
Cuts and abrasions from rough surfaces, sharp or jagged edges, splinters, projections,
etc. Personal protective equipment and clothing should be worn as necessary, such
as leather gloves to protect the hands.
(b)
Back injuries are most frequently sustained while lifting and handling manually. They
may be the cumulative effect of repeated minor injuries, or the result of an abrupt
strain. Stoop lifting (see below) should be avoided; it greatly increases the chances of
sustaining back injuries.
QCS 2014
The risk of injury is reduced by a knowledge of correct lifting techniques and by not
attempting to lift excessively heavy loads without assistance.
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Correct positioning of hands and feet in relation to the movement of the load is essential.
Timber wedges or other blocks should be used when beginning to raise or lower heavy loads
to enable a secure grip to be achieved and to prevent fingers and hands becoming crushed
when lowering the load. Safety shoes with steel toecaps will protect the feet. Soles of
footwear should also provide a secure grip.
Completing the assessment is the Contractor's responsibility. Expert help may be needed in
difficult or unusual cases.
Often assessments can be done by a team of people and, although employees should not
make their own assessments, their involvement will often be beneficial.
A Contractor should make provision for properly trained manual handling assessment teams,
but if there are special difficulties and it is decided to call in outside assistance, the
Contractor should ensure that the person engaged is competent to make the type of
assessments required and that clear instructions are given.
QCS 2014
The wide range of manual handling tasks that arise on every building and construction site
need to be fully identified. This should be systematically carried out by looking at individual
tasks and the way in which they are carried out.
By grading these factors, e.g. low/medium/high, the assessor will be able to more clearly
identify the overall risk.
Whilst carrying out the assessment, the assessor should consider ways of reducing any risk
found.
An assessment should not just be a paper exercise but should be used to pinpoint the
unsafe features of the work task, so that the Contractor may improve the situation, by
implementing control measures.
It is quite acceptable to group any manual handling tasks which have common features into
a single manual handling assessment, but care must be taken to ensure that the range of
risks is common to all tasks covered by the single risk assessment. However, when taking
this approach, it can be tempting to make a task fit the assessment rather than make the
assessment fit the task. The important thing is to identify any risk of injury, and then point the
way to practical improvements.
Significant findings should be recorded and kept, but this is not necessary if the findings are
obvious and the assessments easily repeated.
AT
IO
AL
The weight that can be lifted by any individual will vary according to personal physique, age,
condition and practice, and the techniques employed. Lifting capacity declines with age and
an older person may not be capable of lifting the same load as a younger person; this,
however, can be offset to some extent by employing a better technique.
The general rule is that the load should not be lifted if it causes a feeling of strain. Assistance
should be available if required, and employees must not be required to lift loads beyond their
capacity.
Youthful exuberance and bravado often tempt younger employees to attempt to lift loads that
are too heavy. While they may succeed in the short term, long-term damage may be done to
the ligaments, muscles and back.
If single person handling is needed, either blocks or other materials of 20 kg or lighter should
be specified and used, or other precautions should be implemented to reduce the risk by, for
example, the provision of mechanical handling.
With blocks or other materials weighing less than 20 kg, manual handling risks are still
significant and suitable precautions should be taken to minimise these risks as much as
possible.
EG
IN
TE
Research has shown that abdominal belts do not necessarily prevent manual handling
injuries and may, in some cases, make things worse.
Before lifting and handling any load, the following points should be established:
(a)
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Can the move be carried out more safely with mechanical assistance?
(j)
(k)
(l)
Suitable protective clothing should be worn. This may include gloves, safety footwear, safety
helmets, and special overalls if hot or corrosive substances are to be carried.
Ensure that the lifting and lowering areas are clear of tripping hazards, and likewise check
the route over which the load is to be carried.
IO
AL
AT
Large, heavy loads should, if possible, be broken down into smaller, lighter and more
manageable sizes. It is obviously easier to lift 10 kg five times than to try and lift 50 kg once.
Where the load has to be moved by a woman, the weight should be reduced by
approximately 30%.
TE
IN
Rough guide
Reduce weight by 30%
EG
'Average' female
Less than 5 kg
Handler seated
About 5 kg
The size and shape of a load may be as significant as its weight in determining whether
assistance is required. Large awkward loads, which require the arms to be extended in front
of the body, place more strain on the back and abdomen than compact objects carried close
to the body.
QCS 2014
The absence of natural or designed handling points can also make it difficult to raise and
carry objects without strain and may require barrows or other lifting and handling aids.
Not all loads need to be carried, of course. It may be easiest to roll or push them, depending
on the contents. Even so, assistance might still be required to avoid the risk of injury.
AT
IO
AL
Kinetic handling must be taught by trainers. It cannot be 'picked up'. It is important that
postural errors are corrected during training before bad habits are established.
(b)
maintains the natural shape of the spine throughout the lift. Although the body may be
bent over, the spine remains straight
EG
(a)
(c)
3
IN
TE
The correct posture (such as the position of various parts of the body) in performing a task is
essential. Important points are:
(a)
(b)
knees bent
(c)
straight back
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Some lifting and handling techniques employing the kinetic method are described on the
next page.
QCS 2014
The weight to be lifted must be within the lifting capacity of the individual worker and the load
should be approached squarely, facing the intended direction of travel. The feet are
positioned about a hip's width apart, one foot SLIGHTLY in front of the body. The knees are
bent and the body lowered as close to the load as possible while remaining relaxed and
balanced. The back should be straight from hips to shoulders, but not necessarily vertical.
Grasp the load (2)
The load is tilted with one hand (if necessary) so that the other hand can obtain a secure grip
at the corner nearest the body. The free hand is then transferred to the furthest corner of the
load and drawn as close to the trunk as possible. Arms should be well tucked in to provide
maximum support to the load.
AL
Lifting should feel comfortable. Lifting movements will remain smooth and natural providing
the back and head are kept naturally erect. This is achieved by looking straight ahead when
straightening the legs, instead of looking down at the load.
AT
IO
The load should be held firmly into the body and carried to where it is to be deposited. The
closer the centre of gravity of the load can be kept to the body, the easier and more natural
the lift. It is important to be able to see over or around the load so as to avoid tripping
hazards.
10
When the weight is approaching the maximum lifting capacity of the individual, it will be
necessary to lean back on the hips with the load to bring the trunk to the erect position
before straightening the legs to lift the load. In this instance the body is being used simply as
a counterbalance to keep muscular effort to a minimum.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
1.2.7.14 Stacking
1
Loads should not be lifted above shoulder height. When it is impossible to lift and stack with
the elbows tucked into the sides of the body, a platform should be used to stand on. An
intermediate platform should also be used when lifting loads down from a higher level.
Carrying a load under one arm, supported on the hip, causes strain and should be avoided.
N
IO
Hand hooks or lifting aids should be used if loads are unwieldy or so irregular in shape that a
good grip cannot be maintained. If hooks are being used, care must be taken to ensure that
the contents of the load are not damaged.
AT
AL
When large or awkward weights are involved, assistance should be sought. The person
assisting should be of similar height and build, so that the raised load does not become
unbalanced or unevenly distributed.
Co-ordinating team activity is important in team lifting. One person should give directions
during all lifting, carrying and lowering operations.
Properly designed lifting aids will enable some tasks to be performed more quickly and
easily, and eliminate the risk of injury or damage.
EG
IN
TE
Lengths of steel pipe or proper rollers can be used to roll or slew heavy crates. The load is
QCS 2014
pushed gently forward on two or more rollers, and further rollers are inserted under the front
end as necessary.
Care must be taken by the person placing the rollers to avoid being trapped as the load
moves forward, and to ensure that those pushing do not trip over the rollers that have
previously been used.
Whenever practical, mechanical handling and lifting should replace manual techniques. This
will reduce the risk of fatigue, improve efficiency and reduce the risk of accidents.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Is the operation part of a routine? If so, could it be more effectively planned and executed?
10
11
AT
IO
AL
Is co-ordination satisfactory in dual and team lifting with one person taking charge of the lift?
EG
IN
TE
Where injuries have been sustained, has medical attention been sought?
QCS 2014
Task description:
Load weight:
AL
Frequency of lift:
IO
AT
* Circle as appropriate
IN
TE
Locations:
EG
Personnel involved:
Date of assessment:
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 100
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Questions to consider:
TE
R
Low
twisting?
stooping?
reaching upwards?
repetitive handling?
EG
IN
heavy?
bulky/unwieldy?
difficult to grasp?
unstable/unpredictable?
Med
High
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 101
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
Questions to consider:
Low
poor floors?
variations in levels?
hot/cold/humid conditions?
EG
IN
Med
High
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 102
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Questions to consider:
TE
R
Yes/No
Yes/No
IN
EG
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Problems occurring from the task (Make rough notes Possible remedial action e.g. changes to be made to
in this column in preparation for the possible
the task, load, working environment etc. Who needs
remedial action to be taken)
to be involved in implementing the changes?
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 103
Remedial steps that should be taken, in order of priority: Person responsible for
implementing controls
IO
AL
AT
TE
EG
IN
Signature:
TAKE ACTION ... AND CHECK THAT IT HAS THE DESIRED EFFECT
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 104
Before any work with asbestos is carried out a written risk assessment must be made.
The priority for any Contractor is to prevent exposure to, and spread of, asbestos.
A written, site specific plan of work must be kept on site and followed.
Anyone who does any work with asbestos must be specifically trained to do it, and this
training must be repeated annually.
Do not forget other hazards besides asbestos, e.g. working at height or in a confined space,
when working with/removing asbestos.
Note:
AL
AT
The key is a risk assessment, which needs to be carried out by someone who is competent
in terms of:
working with asbestos
(b)
(a)
IO
1.2.8.2 Introduction
Asbestos is a risk to health when airborne fibres are breathed in. The greater the number of
fibres, and the longer the period over which they are breathed in, the greater the risk of
incurable asbestos-related diseases developing. These include cancers in the lungs and
chest lining.
However, asbestos that is in a good condition, which is not damaged and is not likely to be
worked on or disturbed, does not pose any immediate problem.
Although asbestos building materials and products have been largely replaced by safer
alternatives, there remains the issue of the ongoing and long-term management of existing
asbestos where its removal is not practicable.
Locating and identifying asbestos can be difficult, as its appearance may be changed by
surface coatings, heat or ageing. It may also be encapsulated by, or be concealed beneath,
other materials. Past uses of asbestos include:
EG
IN
TE
10
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
11
partitioning
12
ceiling tiles
13
Page 105
Asbestos cement
corrugated roof sheets
15
16
17
underground pipes
18
bath panels
19
AL
14
IO
Other uses
vinyl or thermoplastic floor tiles
21
22
23
24
Asbestos-based friction materials were widely used in brake and clutch linings in vehicles
and plant, together with gaskets and packing in engines and heating or ventilation systems.
Substitute materials have been developed in most cases.
IN
TE
AT
20
Asbestos is a naturally occurring fibrous silicate mineral material, which does not burn and is
resistant to most acids and alkalis. The fire protection and insulative properties of asbestos
were the main reason for its use over the years. Three main types of asbestos have been
used in the construction industry:
EG
(a)
chrysotile (white)
(b)
amosite (brown)
(c)
crocidolite (blue).
Although the colours are often used to differentiate between the different types of asbestos,
the actual colour of a material suspected of being asbestos is not necessarily an accurate
indication as to whether or not it is asbestos or an asbestos-containing material, or if it is, of
what type.
(b)
(c)
(d)
encapsulation
QCS 2014
(e)
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 106
The type of asbestos used in the lagging of boilers can be particularly difficult to identify
visually. Repairs and modifications can mean that boilers or pipework may be lagged by a
mixture of different types of asbestos.
Asbestos was widely used as fire protection in building materials, for thermal insulation and
also as a sprayed coating to steel structural members. All of these uses now present
significant management issues associated with the maintenance of the asbestos over the
remaining life span of the building, or the removal of the asbestos during renovation,
refurbishment or demolition.
Working with, among, or alongside asbestos materials demands stringent control, and
compliance with recommended precautionary measures and methods of work.
AL
If you are a contractor working on someone else's premises, you should be given information
about the presence of asbestos and what they expect you to do about it. If you are not
given this, you should not start work.
Note 1. This requires a survey by a competent person. If representative samples are needed
for laboratory analysis, this may well be a task for a competent technician. Where multiple
samples are taken, each sample and the sample point should be numbered. If samples are
being sent for analysis, it is a requirement that any laboratory carrying out analysis has the
necessary facilities, expertise and quality control procedures. Any samples should be well
sealed, for example inside two zip lock plastic bags.
Note 2. If in doubt presume that the material is asbestos or ACM until you can prove that it is
not. It is better to 'overprotect', than to expose employees and others to asbestos.
Note 3. A plan of the premises showing where the materials are will always be extremely
useful, and will be essential in larger premises. Such a plan would form an integral part of
the ongoing management of the asbestos or ACM.
Note 4. A risk assessment should be undertaken by a competent person who has sufficient
knowledge of the subject.
If the materials are in good condition, not liable to be damaged, and will not be disturbed or
worked on, then the risk is probably low. If the materials are flaky, crumbling, in a place
where they can be damaged by, for example, forklift trucks, then the risk is high. Given the
known ill health caused by asbestos, then a high risk of damage calls for urgent actions.
Note 5. This could be work by your employees, or any contractors or subcontractors brought
in for carpentry, flooring, partitioning, ceiling fixing, plumbing, electrical or other work.
10
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 107
enough if records are kept. A sealing coat may be needed, or other protective works
necessary, to lower and to further control the risk.
Note 7. Make it happen by putting your plan into action. What is the organisation, what are
the arrangements for the implementation of the plan and who has the responsibility?
12
Note 8. A regular review of the action plan will ensure that it is working that the control
measures are still effective, and that inspection, monitoring and recording are in fact taking
place. It may be the case that procedures, notices and policies that have been in place for a
length of time tend to be overlooked. A fresh approach may therefore be needed.
13
Note 9. Part of this information will be the signs that will have been placed to identify the
asbestos or ACM. In a large workplace or premises, this may also mean keeping a register
that describes every individual room or workplace and the asbestos or ACM that is in there.
This means that visiting subcontractors can be told exactly what asbestos or ACMs to expect
in the areas in which they will be working.
14
These Regulations also impose duties on Contractors for the protection of employees who
may be exposed to asbestos at work, and other persons affected or who may be at risk of
being affected by such work.
AL
11
IO
To confirm or identify the type of asbestos or ACM on the premises, a series of samples may
have to be taken for laboratory analysis. Methods employed in taking samples of asbestos
will vary according to its type and location. Guidance on taking samples is available in the
UK publication MDHS100.
Anyone removing samples for analysis must be competent to do so and use appropriate
protective clothing and respiratory equipment, particularly if the work involves cutting, boring,
drilling or otherwise creating airborne dust or fibres. Precautionary measures to be observed
include:
no people, other than those taking the sample, to be in the area
(b)
the area from where the sample is to be taken should be dampened using a 'killer
spray'
(c)
a knife, core borer or hand drill should be used to place the sample in a suitably
labelled, scalable container. Do not use any tools that will create airborne fibres
(e)
EG
(a)
(d)
IN
TE
AT
other surfaces on which asbestos dust may fall should be covered with an impervious
sheet. The area should be subsequently cleaned by using a dustless method, e.g. a
damp cloth, which should be disposed of in a sealed polythene bag
any disturbed or damaged surfaces should be sealed after a sample has been taken.
The results of the analysis will determine what action should be included in the management
plan.
All asbestos surveys must be carried out by a competent person who can demonstrate the
following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
that they are going to carry out the survey in accordance with the HSE guidance
MDHS100
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 108
All surveys should be subject to a quality assurance process. It is important to note that ISO
9000 accreditation is not the correct standard for assessing asbestos surveys. ISO 17020 is
the relevant standard.
(b)
(c)
AL
(a)
A UKAS or equivalent laboratory should have carried out all analysis of asbestos samples.
Three types of survey are defined within HSE's publication MDHS 100:
AT
IO
Type 1 - presumptive survey - during which the surveyor does not take any samples.
Instead, using their skill and judgement alone, the surveyor identifies materials as
containing asbestos or not. The survey is of the asbestos risks that the building poses
to its occupants in normal use.
(b)
Type 2 - sampling survey - the surveyor makes use of sampling and subsequent
laboratory analysis to confirm whether or not a material contains asbestos. The survey
is of the asbestos risks that the building poses to its occupants in normal use.
(c)
Type 3 - invasive survey - the surveyor samples and breaks into the structure and
fabric of the building to try to find the asbestos-containing materials, before a
contractor does so in the course of their work.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
Anyone applying the results of a survey should initially check if the surveyor has written any
caveats on the survey. It is common to exclude access to areas which are over 3 metres
above ground level, as it is not possible for a single surveyor to safely use a ladder higher
than this because they cannot foot it. There may be other areas that have not been
accessed.
Asbestos surveyors are taught to identify the 'spaces' where asbestos is likely to be found
and to survey accordingly. The meaning of 'spaces' can be anything from a boiler room, to a
roof void, an office, an underground duct, a cavity between the two leafs of a wall or
anywhere else that asbestos or an asbestos-containing material might have been used.
10
(a)
the door of a room was locked and the surveyor could not gain entry
(b)
the 'space' was an underground duct and a mini digger was required to lift the covers
(c)
(d)
To understand the difference between a Type 2 and Type 3 survey, the simplest explanation
is to consider a studwork wall which forms a firebreak. It was originally covered in asbestos
insulation board and then covered over with plasterboard. In a Type 1 and Type 2 survey,
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 109
the surveyor would correctly identify the outer surface as being plasterboard.
During these surveys there would be no need to carry out any invasive testing and therefore
the asbestos insulation board lies undiscovered. Type 3 surveys would be invasive and the
surveyor would be expected to check under the plasterboard for other materials. In the
previous case, if a building contractor only commissioned a Type 2 survey upon which to
plan their work, they may find the asbestos insulation board unexpectedly. Invasive checks
must be made before invasive work is carried out.
12
Just because the surveyor did not find any asbestos does not mean that there is no asbestos
present. In all cases it is important to remember that surveying is as much an art as a
science and there will be mistakes. There are also some asbestos-containing materials
which would only be found by luck rather than judgement, for example, asbestos cement
shuttering in a slab, or asbestos insulation board used as packers inside a stud work wall. It
is important to be wary of unidentified building products and for everyone to have sufficient
asbestos awareness training. There should also be management who are in a position to
stop work if necessary and question the presence of any 'funny looking plasterboard' found.
AL
11
AT
A Contractor who carries out any work in a building or structure is required to:
(a)
make a suitable and sufficient assessment as to whether asbestos is, or is liable to be,
present in the premises where work is being carried out. Under CDM, the client has a
duty regardless of the size of the project to provide information such as the presence
of asbestos
(b)
note that:
TE
IO
(ii)
any information on the presence of asbestos supplied by the client based upon
a Type 2 survey, must be closely scrutinised to ensure that the construction
work will not disturb more of the structure than the surveyor checked
EG
IN
(i)
identify that the material does not contain asbestos or assume it contains brown or blue
asbestos
ensure that a competent person carries out an assessment to decide the likely exposure for
the proposed work methods.
provide adequate information, instruction and training, for employees and others
ensure that training is repeated on an annual basis for any work with asbestos
prevent or reduce asbestos exposure to the lowest level reasonably practicable by means
other than the use of respiratory protective equipment (RPE), for example use an asbestos H
class vacuum cleaner or other fibre suppression techniques
ensure the proper use of respiratory protective equipment and that face-fit testing is carried
out
maintain respiratory equipment in a clean, efficient state, good order and repair. Regularly
examine and test exhaust ventilation equipment
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 110
10
provide adequate and suitable protective clothing and ensure that it is cleaned or disposed of
appropriately
11
12
ensure premises and plant involved in work with asbestos are kept clean
13
monitor the air where employees are exposed to asbestos and keep suitable records for a
specific period
14
ensure that air monitoring is only carried out by a UKAS or equivalent accredited laboratory
15
provide washing and changing facilities that are adequate and suitable for employees
exposed to asbestos, and storage for protective clothing and personal clothing (not worn
during working hours)
AL
17
Areas where the removal contractors are working, and where control limits for exposure to
airborne fibres are liable to be exceeded, will be designated as respirator zones to ensure
that only removal contractors wearing respiratory protective equipment are allowed to "
enter.
18
Contractors with asbestos removal contractors on their premises should strictly prohibit entry
into these areas by their own employees.
IN
Medical surveillance
TE
AT
IO
16
Asbestos removal contractors must ensure that their employees, who are liable to be
exposed to asbestos, are under regular medical surveillance by an employment medical
adviser or appointed doctor.
20
Medical examinations should be provided before work with asbestos starts and at prescribed
periods thereafter, currently every two years.
21
EG
19
Asbestos removal contractors must provide adequate and suitable washing and changing
facilities for their employees. Where protective clothing and respiratory equipment are in use,
storage must be provided for contaminated items.
23
Separate storage must be provided for personal clothing not worn during working hours.
Storage, dispatch, labeling of asbestos waste
24
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 111
25
26
Any fibrous asbestos removed should be sealed in proper containers and correctly marked
before despatch. Typically, this will be double-bagged with the inner bag being red and the
outer clear.
27
Containers should be designed and constructed so as to retain the asbestos without any
spillage or loss during normal handling.
Labelling of asbestos waste and used protective clothing
Where the asbestos removal contractor uses labels on waste or removed asbestos, the label
must be clearly and indelibly printed so that the words in the lower half can be easily read.
These words must be printed as specified in the diagram.
29
The label has to be firmly affixed to the packaging using an adhesive type label, or directly
printed onto the packaging (plastic bag).
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
28
Labelling requirement
In essence, there is a duty of care put on everyone in the waste disposal chain. Clients,
whether they are at work or domestic, have a responsibility to ensure that the waste is
disposed of correctly. They can be prosecuted if the waste is fly tipped. Where asbestos has
been removed as part of a project, a prudent contractor would ensure that proof of disposal
formed part of the information that was given to the client.
Other aspects
31
Concerns regarding aspects of health and safety that are often associated with working with
asbestos, such as working at height, the risk of fire, working in confined spaces, the use of
machinery, burning, cutting and lifting. It is important not to view asbestos as a hazard in
isolation.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 112
The inhalation of dust or fumes has the potential to cause severe respiratory illness.
The creation of airborne dust or fumes should ideally be prevented although this is often not
possible in a construction site environment.
Where the prevention of dust or fumes is not possible, the extent of exposure must be
controlled to a level that is safe.
(b)
(c)
wet cutting of solid materials such as thermal blocks, bricks or ceramic tiles
(d)
where practical, carrying out of work activities in the open air rather than in enclosed
spaces.
processes in which materials are heated, such as welding, lead burning or grinding
(b)
(c)
TE
(a)
Note:
1.2.9.2 Introduction
The exposure of employees to airborne dust or fumes can result in severe respiratory
illnesses, such as occupational asthma. Such diseases can be totally disabling, causing
those affected to give up work or change their employment. Exposure of the skin to some
hazardous dusts can result in severe irritation and ulceration of the affected areas.
1.2.9.3 Dust
EG
AT
IO
AL
IN
(a)
Dust is the name for a mix of tiny solid particles. It consists of a wide mix of components. In
the construction context, the mix will reflect the work activities.
It is widely known that almost any excess levels of dust can cause health problems. Harmful
effects range from simple skin irritation to severe respiratory illness.
Not all harmful dusts are visible. Dusts that are too fine to be seen by the naked eye are the
cause of many serious health problems. Like most occupational health problems, it can take
several years for symptoms of ill health to manifest themselves.
Skin irritation, dermatitis and ulceration can be caused by contact with some types of dusts.
Other types of dust, being soluble, may be absorbed through the skin via cuts and abrasions.
The inhalation of dust can cause wheezing, coughing, breathlessness, bronchitis, nasal and
other types of cancer. Dust also contains bacteria and viruses and therefore has the
potential to cause stomach disorders. These can result from ingesting airborne dust or from
eating food with contaminated hands.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 113
Such problems are not likely to arise if occupational exposure limits are not exceeded and
safe systems of work are maintained.
1.2.9.4 Fumes
1
Hazardous fumes can be produced when some building materials are heated or otherwise
worked. A common form of respiratory illness, which has flu-like symptoms, is caused by the
inhalation of welding fumes. Other sources of hazardous fumes are:
(a)
(b)
the use of equipment and plant which is powered by internal combustion engines.
Contractors must provide and maintain plant and systems of work that are safe and
without risks to health.
(b)
Contractors must make arrangements for safe handling, storage, and transport of
articles and substances.
(c)
(d)
Contractors have a duty to ensure persons not in their employment are not exposed to
risks to their health and safety.
(e)
Persons in control of premises must use the best practicable means to ensure that
noxious or offensive substances do not enter the atmosphere
(f)
Contractors must not charge an employee for personal protective equipment that is
provided in accordance with statutory requirements relating to health and safety.
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
exercise reasonable care for their own health and safety and that of others who may
be affected by their acts or omissions; to co-operate with their Contractor in enabling
him or her to carry out his or her duties under the relevant statutory provisions
(b)
IN
(a)
EG
These Regulations place a legal duty on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or any other person
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to put control
measures in place to either eliminate the hazards or, where this is not possible, reduce the
risk of injury or ill health resulting from those hazards, so far as is reasonably practicable.
Where a hazard is identified that requires it, the Contractor must offer appropriate health
surveillance to employees. This must take into account all the risks to their health and safety
that have been identified.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
the risks that exist in the workplace and inform them of the control measures that are in
place to reduce those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any work
situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves and to any other
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 114
These Regulations require that Contractors assess the health risks to their employees
arising out of exposure to hazardous dusts and fumes, and, if reasonably practicable, put
control measures in place to eliminate the work processes and the use of substances that
cause exposure. If this is not reasonably practicable, Contractors must:
(a)
(b)
inform employees of the hazards involved and the control measures in place
(c)
mitigate the effects of any exposure by providing health surveillance where necessary.
AL
(b)
AT
IO
Because dust is a mix of very small particles, all dusts have been assigned a concentration
in air above which they are considered hazardous. It is important to remember that this
applies to all dusts, for example those caused by:
sweeping a dusty floor
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
TE
(a)
IN
(a)
(a)
total inhalable dust approximates to the fraction of airborne material that is inhaled and
is available for deposition in the respiratory tract
(b)
respirable dust approximates to the fraction of airborne material that is inhaled and
penetrates to the gas exchange region of the lung (the alveoli).
EG
When dust is inhaled, the body's defence mechanisms can usually deal with the larger
particles. However, they struggle to cope with the very small particles. In occupational
hygiene terms, dust is divided into two categories:
Any concentration of an inhalable dust in excess of 10 milligrams of dust per cubic metre of
3
3
air (10 mg/m ) averaged out over eight hours, or any respirable dust in excess of 4 mg/m
averaged over eight hours, is deemed to be a substantial concentration of dust and therefore
within the definition of a substance hazardous to health.
The official list of exposure limits is updated periodically and published in the Health and
Safety Executives Guidance Note EH40. The most recent edition is EH40/2005. This has
been supplemented by a table on HSE's website, which is updated more frequently and has
the up-to-date list of workplace exposure levels:
www.hse.gov.uk/coshh/table1.pdf
This lists specified workplace exposure limits (WEL) for a number of dusts, in addition to
other substances. Dusts are therefore classified as substances that are hazardous to health.
Further guidance on the health hazards posed by dust is included on pages 29-31 of
EH40/2005.
The principal points of these Regulations place requirements on the Contractor to protect
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 115
employees, or any other persons who may be affected by their operations, by:
(a)
assessing the health risks created by work involving substances hazardous to health.
(b)
(c)
ensuring that any control methods provided are properly used and maintained, and by
monitoring the work environment as necessary
(d)
(e)
providing information, instruction and training for employees on the risks to health and
precautions to be taken regarding any work with substances hazardous to health
(f)
providing procedures for dealing with accidents, incidents and emergencies, including
first-aid and safety drills.
AL
IO
specifying construction methods that avoid hot-works and therefore the creation of
fumes, particularly in enclosed areas and confined spaces
(b)
specifying that construction materials are cut to size at the point of manufacture,
eliminating the need for cutting, planing, sanding and so on, on site
(c)
AT
(a)
Contractors and sub-contractors have the potential to reduce exposure to dust and/or fumes
by co-ordinating work activities, co-operating with each other and adopting work methods.
TE
IN
In essence, personal protective equipment (PPE) may only be used as a last resort after all
other means of eliminating or controlling the risk have been considered and are found not to
be reasonably practicable.
In deciding which type to issue, the Contractor must take into account the nature of the
hazard that the PPE is being used to protect against, and ensure the PPE will fit the wearer
and allow them to work safely. If more than one item of PPE is being used, the Contractor
must make sure that individual items of PPE are compatible and suitable for the task that is
to be undertaken.
Whenever PPE is to be issued, the Contractor must ensure that employees have been given
adequate and appropriate information, instruction and training to enable the employees to
understand the risks being protected against, the purpose of the PPE and manner in which it
is to be used.
Whilst the Contractor must ensure that personal protective equipment is supplied and used,
the employee has a duty to properly use the equipment provided, follow the information,
instruction and training that they have been given, and know the procedures for reporting
loss or defects to their Contractor.
EG
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 116
1.2.9.10 Training
1
It should be noted that these Regulations place a legal duty on the Contractor to provide
employees with adequate information, instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry
out any work task safely and without risks to their health.
Dusts are produced when solid materials are broken down into finer particles. The longer
that the dust stays in the air then the easier it is to breathe in. Airborne dust is usually
respirable dust.
Mists are tiny liquid droplets formed by atomisation of the liquid, for example, when spraying
or using an aerosol. Mists may be a combination of several hazardous substances.
Metal fumes occur when metal is vaporised at high temperatures, for example, when
welding and gas cutting. The physical properties of fumes can be confusing, particularly
when identifying suitable respiratory protective equipment (RPE). Usually, metal 'fume' is
actually a solid particle by the time it is inhaled.
When welding is taking place the temperature of the metal at the weld is sufficiently high for
the elements in the metal to become gaseous. However, 2-3 mm away from the weld the
gases have cooled down sufficiently for the fume to solidify out as small particles.
Consequently, when purchasing RPE to protect against fume, a device that protects against
solid particles rather than gases is required.
Gases are airborne at room temperature and normally mix with the air that we breathe.
Examples include propane, butane, acetylene, carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulphide.
Gases can spread very quickly.
Vapours are the gaseous state of substances that are liquids or solids at room temperature.
They usually form when substances evaporate.
One example is the vapour from a tin of glue or solvent that has been left open.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Exposure to any unlisted substance or general nuisance dust should be limited by reducing
dust levels to the minimum reasonably practicable. These levels should not exceed 10
milligrams of dust per cubic metre of air, when measured over an eight hour period (10
3
3
mg/m 8H TWA). Within that figure, only 4 mg/m should be respirable dust.
Generally speaking, if visible dust can be seen in the air, it is highly possible that the 10 mg
limit is being approached (or exceeded), and the application of COSHH should be
considered.
Dust in its many forms has been the cause of health problems throughout the history of the
building and construction industry. While much attention has been given to newly recognised
hazards, the greater part of the dust problem relates to more common substances.
Dust is taken here to mean anything that forms a powder or cloud and is a nuisance,
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 117
including cement, wood, stone, silica, fillers and plastics. The high speed cutting and
grinding of most materials can produce dust.
Dust in confined spaces is a particular hazard, because of the potential risk of explosion. The
most obvious example is in coal mines. Flour dust can also be explosive, and whilst that is
normally a process industry risk, for companies who may maintain or cut up extraction plant
in bakeries and flour/feed mills, it is something that does require consideration.
In all cases, knowledge of the hazards associated with materials, processes and operations
is required, and of the specific precautions and protective equipment necessary to reduce or
eliminate the risk to health and safety.
In many cases, the control of dust will not be difficult to achieve. The accumulation of
'general dust' can be controlled by good housekeeping and simple measures, such as
'damping down'.
Where the creation of dust is more localised, such as during the cutting, grinding or sanding
of solid materials, satisfactory control will often be achieved by the extraction and collection
of the dust through attachments fitted to power tools or by 'wet cutting'. Even where the
collection of dust is not practical, it will often be possible to create an enclosure around the
activity and ensure that the person carrying it out uses appropriate RPE.
Conversely, carrying out some dust-generating activities in the open air may be preferable to
allow the dust to disperse, depending upon the hazard posed by the quantity and nature of
the dust so created.
AT
IO
AL
Wood dust
Impregnated timber and some hardwoods (such as teak, African mahogany and iroko) are
known to be health hazards. The inhalation of hardwood dusts through the nose is a known
cause of nasal cancer.
A list of some timbers known to present risks is given below. Protection is not normally
required when working on these timbers with hand tools in the open, but harmful dusts can
be produced when using machine tools (e.g. sanders or saws) in enclosed or poorly
ventilated areas. An assessment should be made and, if ventilation or dust extraction cannot
be improved to remove or reduce the dust problem, a dust respirator should be worn.
EG
IN
TE
Medium density fibreboard (MDF) is a commonly used material in the construction sector. It
is manufactured from wood dust glued together with a urea-formaldehyde binder.
11
The risks associated with MDF are exposure to dust and dried urea-formaldehyde during
use.
12
The primary issue for construction workers is simply the huge amount of dust that any work
with MDF generates. Given the makeup of the product this is not really surprising. The
3
exposure level normally used is the same as softwood dust - 5 mg/m on a time weighted
average exposure of eight hours
Selection of timbers and their irritant effects
13
The severity and frequency of any symptoms will vary with individuals. They are also doserelated.
(a)
(b)
Red cedar - asthma, bronchial trouble, sneezing, watering of eyes, rhinitis, dermatitis,
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 118
(d)
(e)
Guarea (also West African cedar) - mild nasal irritation, sneezing, coughing, running
eyes; can cause severe vomiting, chest irritation, blisters around the eyes and
dermatitis
(f)
Iroko - skin and eye irritation, asthma and symptoms of the common cold
(g)
Machaerium - dermatitis
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
Teak - dermatitis, eye inflammation. Effects are severe once the skin's protective layer
has been penetrated
(n)
(o)
AT
IO
AL
(c)
Generally speaking, the greater the amount and the finer the dust, the greater the risk of
health problems.
15
Both hardwood and softwood dusts have a workplace exposure limit of 5 mg/m on a time
weighted average exposure of eight hours. As both are known causes of asthma dust levels
need to be controlled to as low a level as possible.
IN
TE
14
EG
17
Although this type of cleaning operation is commonly called 'sand blasting', sand must not be
used for blast cleaning because of the known health hazard caused by airborne sand and
silica.
18
19
20
Exhaust ventilation devices should be fitted to power tools, or the operative should be
provided with high efficiency breathing apparatus.
21
The cutting and chasing of masonry, stone, brickwork, plaster, thermal insulating blocks and
concrete, creates a dust hazard. Therefore, extraction equipment should be provided, the
process performed wet or respirators worn, depending on the assessment made.
22
Crystalline silica (also known as quartz) is present in sand and rock and can also be found in
building materials such as cement, concrete, plaster, bricks and tiles.
16
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 119
23
Dust from plastic fillers can damage the lungs if inhaled, as can dust from resin-based fillers,
and fibrous particles of glass fibre, rockwool and similar insulation materials.
24
The dry sanding of lead-based paint can result in exposure to hazardous levels of lead dust.
Softening with heat guns and scraping, or the use of chemical stripping agents, will usually
be effective. If sanding is required, wet and dry paper with a solution of dishwater detergent
can be used. A dishwasher tablet dissolved in about 5 litres of water will give the required
solution strength. The form of detergent used for dishwashers is effective at binding and
stabilising the lead chromate used in paint.
25
The disturbance of asbestos is likely to result in airborne fibres (dust) which can result in
cancer, and other respiratory illnesses, if inhaled.
26
Where a work activity involves the creation or disturbance of dust, a COSHH assessment
must be carried out.
AL
If a risk does exist, control measures such as mechanical extraction systems and adequate
natural air ventilation can prevent high concentrations of fumes forming to create a hazard,
particularly in confined areas.
The HSE publication EH40 'Occupational exposure limits' lists a level of exposure for each
type of fume or pollutant. This represents the maximum limit at which it is considered safe for
work to take place.
EH 40/2005 has been supplemented by a table on HSE's website, which has the up-to-date
list of workplace exposure levels:www.hse.gov.uk/coshh/table1.pdf
Every reasonably practicable measure should be taken to reduce any exposure as far below
the limit given as is possible.
If the fume type is listed in EH40, or is otherwise a hazard to anyone's health, the provisions
of the COSHH Regulations will apply. Therefore, an assessment of the risk and the provision
of any necessary precautions must be made.
Some of the more common causes of fumes are listed below and discussed under
subsequent headings:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
1.2.9.15 Welding
1
During welding and flame cutting, toxic fume hazards can arise from:
(a)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
(b)
ozone
(c)
phosgene gas
(d)
Page 120
These are mainly caused by the very high temperatures and the presence of volatile
substances, sometimes as contaminants, but often as shielding agents or flux.
The inhalation during welding of freshly formed metal oxides (such as zinc, cadmium,
chrome, nickel, copper and mercury) may lead to an acute 'flu-like' illness termed 'metal
fume fever'.
The fever is most commonly caused by fumes created while working with galvanised or zinccoated metals, especially in confined spaces.
Fumes arising from the cutting and welding of cadmium are especially dangerous, even in
the open air. Prolonged or recurrent exposure may result in cadmium poisoning.
AL
Precautionary measures
The use of extraction systems and fume hoods to remove fumes from the breathing zone.
The use of respiratory equipment, particularly in confined spaces where high concentrations
of fumes can be anticipated.
AT
IO
Lead burning is the process whereby lead is heated to its molten state so that it can be
poured into joints, or flame cut to shape, or flame heated so that it can be bent and formed
into various shapes.
This process is employed extensively in sheet lead work by workers in the plumbing trades,
in the formation of roof drainage, guttering, chimney flashings and so on.
This will mean that the operatives will need to be under health surveillance.
The creation of fumes by the heating of lead exposes operatives to risk. The following safety
points should be observed:
EG
IN
TE
(a)
the use of local exhaust ventilation, or other means, to evacuate fumes from the
immediate working area where reasonably practicable
(b)
(c)
the provision of protective clothing and storage for that clothing, along with adequate
washing facilities.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 121
Wear respirator
AL
Quite simply this is not an acceptable practice at anywhere other than a specialised
processing facility. This method of recovering metal from cables, by burning off the
insulation, often results in the creation of fumes which can be very toxic.
Chlorinated solvents, paints, adhesives and thinners all require precautions to be taken
during their use. If they are hazardous to health, they must be handled and used in
accordance with these Regulations.
AT
IO
1.2.9.18 Solvents
Most solvents are safe when used correctly but, in common with other compounds of
hydrocarbons, the inhalation of a high concentration of vapour will cause drowsiness,
headaches and giddiness. Severe exposure may lead to unconsciousness or even prove
fatal. Extraction or exhaust ventilation may be needed or, where this is not available,
respiratory protective equipment must be used.
Long term exposure to solvents may affect the central nervous system. Other chemicals may
also have adverse effects. An example is isocyanate, which is a component of expanding
foams contained in aerosol tins.
Some of the vapours are considerably heavier than air and may collect at low levels,
particularly in still conditions. This can cause displacement of the oxygen present and lead to
the risk of suffocation. It can also lead to a build up of solvent fume at explosive
concentrations.
EG
IN
TE
DO NOT
(a)
(b)
(c)
use the solvent in a place which is not well ventilated - but avoid draughts
(d)
(e)
(f)
enter vessels which have contained or have been cleaned with solvents, unless
proper tests have been made to ensure it is safe to do so
(g)
allow solvent liquid or vapour to come into contact with naked flames or red hot
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 122
surfaces, e.g. welding arcs. Acidic and toxic decomposition products will be formed.
There is a potential for excavations to be contaminated by exhaust gases which are heavier
than air and could simply roll down into the excavation. On projects with forced ventilation
systems such as tunnels and shafts, the additional loading on the system needs to be
factored in before petrol or diesel powered equipment is used.
In large buildings the use of forklift trucks, and other vehicles with internal combustion
engines, can cause carbon monoxide to reach unacceptable levels, if there is no system to
extract exhaust pollution. Simply opening the doors may not be enough.
In all cases of doubt, a COSHH assessment should be made by a competent person and,
where necessary, the appropriate controls introduced.
AT
IO
AL
1.2.9.20 Precautions
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
the effective supervision of employees, and the monitoring of work methods and
practices
(f)
the provision of protective clothing and equipment before any work starts
(g)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(h)
cleaning, for example, by extracting dust using a vacuum cleaner, rather than stirring it
up by sweeping
(i)
personal hygiene, including the cleansing of hands before consuming food, the use of
barrier creams, the removal and storage of contaminated clothing during meals, and
the correct laundering or disposal of contaminated clothing
(j)
to avoid, where practical, carrying out potentially hazardous work activities in confined
areas to lessen the chances of dust concentrations or fumes building up.
Given the nature of some work activities, it is not always practical to completely contain the
airborne dust or fumes created. In these circumstances, if no other control measure is
reasonably practicable, respiratory protective equipment (RPE) and other PPE as necessary,
must be provided for each person working with, or otherwise exposed to, airborne dust or
fumes.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 123
There are various types of respiratory protective equipment approved for use. Details of
types and permissible uses are available from the manufacturers.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Notes:
When selecting suitable respiratory protective equipment (RPE) it may be necessary to seek
expert advice from manufacturers/suppliers.
Training in the types of, and in the use of, respiratory equipment must be given.
A face fit test is required for any tight fitting face piece - this will include all disposable masks,
half masks and most powered masks.
All masks, other than disposables, require regular examination by a competent person and
records to be kept.
The following are some types of respiratory protective equipment (RPE) that are used in the
construction industry:
(b)
(a)
EG
IN
TE
(c)
powered respirators
(d)
(e)
(f)
Each type of RPE is given an 'assigned protection factor' (APF), which gives the user some
idea of the level of protection that the device will provide. For example, a disposable mask
marked:
(a)
P1
(b)
(c)
The APF assumes that the user has passed a face fit test, is wearing the mask correctly, is
clean shaven and there is no other interference in fit such as facial piercing.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 124
The APF is a simple multiplier that can be used in two ways. An example is:
(a)
This simply means that for every 10 units of contaminant outside the mask, only one unit will
get inside the mask, so the mask filters out 9 of 10 of the units.
If there is a time exposure limit, then a mask extends the time by the same factor - so if
someone can be exposed to a concentration of a contaminate for 10 minutes without
needing to wear a mask, then a mask with an APF of 10 would allow the person to be
exposed for 100 minutes (10 x 10).
The same protection factors are used for all particle masks. This does create some
surprising results such as the highest protection level on half masks and disposable masks
are the same, P3 or an APF of 20, and the normal protection factor of a powered mask fitted
with a P3 filter is an APF of 40.
If there is any doubt regarding the level of protection required, which type of respiratory
protective equipment should be provided or which cartridge should be used on a respirator,
advice should be sought from a competent person, or advice taken from the respiratory
protective equipment manufacturers/suppliers.
AL
IO
These are simple face masks designed to filter out harmful dust and particles. They are
lightweight, comfortable and cheap. They should only be worn by one person and for no
longer than a single eight-hour shift. They should be disposed of after use.
11
In areas of high dust levels, it may be necessary to dispose of dust masks more frequently,
since they may become clogged and, subsequently, breathing will become more difficult.
12
The big advantage of disposable masks is that they do not need any inspection or record
keeping as they are designed to be simply thrown away. This may be a major factor in
choosing them as a solution, particularly if the wearers of such masks are normally out on
different sites.
EG
IN
TE
AT
10
14
They typically come in two forms which are either a metal plate that holds a piece of gauze
over the nose and mouth or a lightweight cup-shaped filter, again fitting over the nose and
mouth, and looking like a disposable dust respirator.
15
Nuisance dust masks are often identifiable by only having one strap and the device is not
marked with a protection factor (e.g. P1, P2 or P3). They should not be confused with
approved disposable dust masks which will bear the appropriate EN number and a
protection factor.
16
Nuisance dust masks should not be issued or used in any circumstances where these
Regulations (COSHH) apply or may apply.
17
People who work with harmful dusts should always be provided with, and use, the correct
type of CE-marked dust mask or respirator to ensure proper and effective protection.
13
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 125
This is one of the most common types of respirator used. It consists of a face mask which
covers the nose and mouth of the wearer, and a suitable filter through which air is drawn by
breathing.
19
The main advantages of this type of respirator are its low cost, easy maintenance, and the
fact that it provides the wearer with freedom of movement.
AT
IO
AL
Half masks
The filtering canisters or cartridges used in these respirators may be round, oval or
triangular, and are often colour-coded to indicate the type of contaminant they give
protection against. If a 'use by' date or shelf life is specified, it must be adhered to.
21
High efficiency dust respirators provide protection by drawing air in through the filter system
by inhalation.
22
The advantage that this type of mask offers over a disposable mask is that it is usually
possible to fit filter cartridges of different types, for example, changing from a dust filter to a
fume filter.
23
The disadvantage is that as well as face fit testing, the mask needs some form of
identification and regular inspection by a competent person, who then records the detail of
the inspection. This exercise can be logistically challenging.
EG
IN
TE
20
Powered respirators
24
A powered respirator has a filtered air supply provided to the wearer by a small, batteryoperated pump and filter unit which will deliver air continuously for approximately seven
hours. The air pressure inside the mask facepiece is slightly higher than normal air pressure,
and therefore filtered air leaks out rather than letting potentially contaminated air enter.
25
These respirators are most suitable for specialised applications, as they are relatively
comfortable, and they can be worn where long periods of exposure are involved. The users
must be face fit tested and the fit test method must be the so called 'quantitive test', which
usually involves the use of a computer and test equipment called a portacount.
26
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 126
In this type of equipment, a small axial fan housed in the back of the helmet draws in dustladen air through a series of filters situated in the crown of the helmet. Filtered air is then
passed downwards over the user's face, maintaining a positive pressure in the region of the
nose and mouth. The unit is powered by a rechargeable battery pack worn on a belt.
28
This type of respirator is comfortable and combines protection against dust with the
protection afforded by a safety helmet (manufactured to BS EN 397) and face and eye
protection (to BS EN 166). Advice should be taken from the manufacturer with regard to the
substances the mask will protect against. They are quite comfortable to wear. Tunnelers will
be familiar with a version that includes hearing protection, lamp and hard hat as an all-in-one
headpiece.
29
Efficient maintenance and cleansing procedures are essential. If the flow of air is reduced by
clogged filters or low battery power, unfiltered air can be drawn in around the side of the
facepiece.
30
This type of mask does not require a face fit test as it does not seal tightly on the wearers
skin. It is the only type of commonly used mask that someone with a full beard can wear.
TE
AT
IO
AL
27
IN
32
The air supplied must be of breathable quality, thus the selection, siting and maintenance of
the compressor and filtration of the air supply is vitally important.
33
The presence of an air hose can, on some occasions, restrict the user's movements.
34
As with all types of breathing equipment, operators should be properly and adequately
trained and, unless experienced in the type of work to be carried out, should be properly
supervised.
EG
31
In a set of self-contained breathing apparatus, air is usually supplied from compressed air
cylinders carried on the worker's back and is fed to a full face mask via a regulator. As with
the air line apparatus, operators must be properly and adequately trained and, unless
experienced in the type of work to be carried out, must be properly supervised.
36
A limitation is that the typical duration of a compressed air cylinder is between 20 minutes
and two hours. The equipment should therefore only be selected by competent persons with
a full knowledge of their use.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 127
There are also some direct-reading dust sampling monitors available. However, there is
some doubt as to the accuracy of these instruments. They are very useful for a long-term
project where they can be calibrated regularly by comparing their readings against samples
taken from membrane filters.
They are not recommended as the sole means of measuring a personal exposure to dust. It
is also important to be aware that there are a number of different laboratory techniques
required for analysis, for example, measuring exposure to silica normally requires X-ray
diffraction.
The Tyndall Beam is a useful way to determine whether a problem exists before
investigating further. It uses the common phenomenon of dust being highlighted in a shaft of
light.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
New employees should receive full instruction before starting work and should be
familiarised with the following:
(a)
the health risks associated with dust and the preventative measures in operation, as
identified by the risk assessment
(b)
(c)
(d)
their duties in respect of the correct use of equipment and of safe systems of work in
operation
(e)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 128
All personnel have been fully instructed in the types of hazard likely to be encountered.
Face fit testing and records for the RPE are available.
10
11
12
13
used safely.
AT
(b)
stored safely
(a)
IO
AL
Personnel have been made aware of the hazards that exist when working with chlorinated
solvents, paints, adhesives, and so on.
15
EG
Dust hazards
IN
TE
14
Safety checklist
17
18
19
Power tools are fitted with a dust extraction and collection facility.
20
21
22
Operatives have been instructed in the use of materials and are aware of the hazards
associated with those materials.
23
24
25
There is adequate provision of washing facilities, and facilities for storing overalls, and other
work wear during meal breaks.
26
Correct procedures for the storage, identification and disposal of waste materials or
substances are followed.
27
16
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 129
Noise experienced at work, in the home and social environments can cause permanent
damage to hearing.
There are often early signs that the hearing is being damaged; these should not be ignored.
Contractors should seek to control noise by other, equally or more effective, ways before
resorting to personal protective equipment.
Effective pre-planning of site activities and the active management of noise during the
construction process can significantly reduce noise exposure on site.
In addition to hearing damage, excessive noise can have other health and safety
implications, such as not being able to hear alarms or shouted warnings.
Establishing the noise levels on site might not necessarily involve arranging for noise
measurements to be taken.
Section 1, Part 15.2.3 of the QCS covers noise control.
AT
Note:
IO
AL
1.2.10.2 Introduction
High levels of noise on construction sites often come from machinery used for demolition,
excavation or piling, from compressors and concrete mixers, etc. Other operations, such as
hammering, riveting and the use of cartridge-operated fixing tools, may also be the source of
excessive noise.
The degree of nuisance or damage caused by noise is related to the nature of the noise
generated as well as its loudness. Intermittent noise is often more disruptive than a
continuous noise and high-pitched sounds are more disturbing than low frequency ones.
Exposure to high levels of noise can cause permanent damage to hearing in the form of
partial or total deafness.
Contractors have a duty to control noise and protect their workers and other persons from its
effects. Noise is also a source of annoyance and disruption, and may directly or indirectly
lead to an increase in the risk of accidents. Every reasonably practicable step should be
taken to control it.
EG
IN
TE
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or any other person
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or
to put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising from the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 130
tell their Contractor of any work situation which presents a risk to the health and safety
of themselves or any other persons who may be affected by their work activities
(b)
use all machinery and equipment in accordance with any training provided.
These Regulations require that, additionally, the Contractor provides employees with
adequate information, instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry out any work
safely and without risks to their health.
Contractors must assess the risks to employees' health arising from noise and put effective
control measures in place.
(b)
allow personal exposure to noise to be measured over a weekly, rather than an 8hour, period in situations where employees are exposed to widely varying noise levels
(c)
give employees the right to hearing checks where a noise assessment indicates their
hearing could be at risk.
AL
(a)
IO
AT
These Regulations specify the following three levels of exposure to noise, each of which
requires that certain actions be taken:
Lower exposure action value. This is reached when a daily or weekly personal exposure
reaches 80 dB(A) or a peak sound pressure of 135 dB(C) occurs.
Upper exposure action value. This is reached when a daily or weekly personal exposure
reaches 85 dB(A) or a peak sound pressure of 137 dB(C) occurs.
Exposure limit value. This is the maximum level of noise to which anyone at work may be
exposed. It is set at 87 dB(A) at the ear, measured on a daily or weekly basis as appropriate
or when a peak sound pressure of 140 dB(C) occurs.
EG
IN
TE
Contractor's duties
6
These Regulations place a duty on Contractors with respect to the health and safety of
employees, the Contractor is, so far as is reasonably practicable, also under a similar duty to
anyone else at work who may be affected by the noise created by the Contractor's work
activities
When applying the 'exposure limit value', Contractors may take account of any hearing
protection worn; it is the level of noise actually entering the ear. Therefore, the performance
characteristics of any hearing protection worn can be taken into account when assessing the
noise exposure of individuals. Similarly, it must be taken into account when decisions are
taken on the purchase of personal hearing protectors.
If employees are likely to be exposed to noise at or above the lower exposure action
value, the Contractor must:
(a)
carry out a suitable and sufficient assessment of the risks to employees and ensure
that it identifies the measures necessary to adequately control the level of noise at
work. When carrying out the risk assessment the Contractor must assess noise
exposure by:
QCS 2014
(ii)
(iii)
If employees are likely to be exposed at or above the 'upper exposure action value' or the
'exposure limit value', the risk assessment must also include consideration of:
the level and type of noise and its duration, including any exposure to 'peak sound
pressure'
(b)
the effects that the noise might have on the health of employees exposed to it
(c)
(d)
the possibility of warning alarms or other audible systems not being heard
(e)
(f)
(g)
exposure of employees to noise when not actually working, such as in rest areas and
canteens
(h)
(i)
the availability of suitable personal hearing protectors, taking into account their
performance.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
The Contractor must regularly review the risk assessment and immediately if:
there is reason to believe that it is no longer valid
(b)
there has been a significant change in the work to which the assessment applies and
implement changes to the risk assessment as identified by the review process.
TE
(a)
IN
11
(i)
The Contractor must inform at-risk employees of the findings of the risk assessment and
record:
EG
10
Page 131
(a)
the significant findings of the risk assessment as soon as is practicable after it has
been made or changed
(b)
the control measures that have been put in place to eliminate or reduce the noise,
including the provision of hearing protection and employee training.
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
12
Records may be kept in any form so long as they are easily retrievable and can be printed.
13
14
(a)
generally eliminate at source the risk of hearing damage or reduce it to the lowest
level that is reasonably practicable, irrespective of noise levels
(b)
where exposure is likely to be at or above the upper exposure action value, reduce
the noise, as far as is reasonably practicable, by implementing organisational and
technical measures other than by providing personal hearing protectors.
(b)
(c)
(d)
providing employees with adequate information and training so that they can minimise
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 132
(f)
effective maintenance programmes for equipment that can generate noise, the
workplace itself and workplace systems
(g)
(h)
The Contractor must ensure that employees are not exposed to noise above the exposure
limit value, or if they are, immediately:
(a)
(b)
identify the reasons for the exposure limit value being exceeded
(c)
AL
Contractors must:
ensure that the level of noise in rest facilities that are under their control is reduced to
a suitable level for their purpose
(b)
adjust and adapt any measures taken to prevent exposure to noise to take account of
any person(s) whose health is likely to be particularly at risk from exposure to noise
(c)
inform employees of the measures taken to eliminate or control the level of noise in
the workplace.
(a)
IO
16
AT
15
(e)
Where employees are exposed to noise at or above the lower exposure action value but
below the upper exposure action value, the Contractor must make suitable personal
hearing protectors available to employees who request them.
18
Where employees are exposed to noise at or above the upper exposure action value, the
Contractor must:
TE
17
(b)
identify the extent of the area by signs indicating that hearing protectors are to be
worn
(c)
restrict access to the area where practicable and it is justified by the level of risk
(d)
ensure so far as is reasonably practicable that all employees entering the hearing
protection zone wear personal hearing protection.
EG
IN
(a)
19
20
Contractors must:
(a)
(b)
ensure that anything provided to comply with these Regulations is maintained in good
working order and in a good state of repair
21
If the risk assessment indicates that there is a risk to the health of employees exposed to
noise, the Contractor must ensure that those employees are placed under suitable health
surveillance, including providing them with hearing tests.
22
ensure that a record is kept and maintained for each employee who undergoes health
surveillance and that records are readily available in a suitable format
QCS 2014
(b)
(b)
(c)
review existing control measures, taking into account any advice given by a doctor,
occupational health professional or administrative authority
(d)
consider reassigning the employee to other work where there is no risk of further
exposure, taking into account any advice given as above
(e)
AL
(a)
Where employees are exposed to noise at or above the lower exposure action value, the
Contractor must provide the employees with suitable and sufficient information, instruction
and training, which must include:
the nature of the risks arising from exposure to noise
(b)
(c)
the exposure limit value and the lower and upper exposure action values
(d)
(e)
the availability and provision of personal hearing protectors and how to use them
correctly
(f)
(g)
(h)
how to work safely to minimise noise exposure and thereby avoid hearing damage
(i)
the collective results of any health surveillance carried out, anonymised so as not to
reveal the personal health record of any individual.
TE
AT
IO
(a)
The information, instruction and training provided as above must be updated by the
Contractor to take account of any significant changes of the type of work carried out or
method of working.
25
allow employees to see their health surveillance records on being given reasonable
notice
IN
24
Page 133
EG
23
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Employees' duties
26
Employees must:
(a)
make full and proper use of personal hearing protectors if the noise exposure exceeds
the upper exposure action value
(b)
make full and proper use of other control measures provided by the Contractor
(c)
report any defects in the personal hearing protectors or other control measures to their
Contractor
(d)
make themselves available for health surveillance checks (during working hours) as
required by the Contractor, the health surveillance being at the Contractor's expense.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 134
changes of air pressure over a wide range of frequencies of 20-20,000 cycles per second.
The unit of frequency is the hertz (Hz). Those with impaired hearing due to age or other
forms of hearing loss are less likely to be able to hear the higher frequency range.
Audiometry is the technique used to determine the capacity of the ear to detect sounds of
varying loudness over a range of frequencies. It can be used to measure an individual's
hearing capacity against a recognised standard. Successive audiometric checks can confirm
whether or not a person is suffering from progressive hearing loss.
When judging the level of noise, the 'rules of thumb' are that if you have to raise your voice
to make yourself understood at 2 metres from the other person, the background noise is
around 85 dB(A). If the distance is only 1 metre, the noise is around 90 dB(A).
A peak sound pressure of 137 dB(C) will be produced by many impact tools such as
cartridge-operated tools.
Two "types' of noise may damage the hearing of the people who are exposed to it:
AL
Continual or periodic noise, which even if varying over the course of time, can be
measured and averaged out over an eight-hour (or in some circumstances a weekly)
reference period. This is known as the 'daily (or weekly) personal noise exposure' as
referred to in these Regulations. This is the common everyday noise that is
experienced on many construction sites.
(b)
Sudden, short bursts of loud impulsive noise such as experienced during the driving of
piles, the use of explosives or the use of some hand tools. The references in these
Regulations to 'peak sound pressure' are to this type of noise.
AT
IO
(a)
Noise levels may fluctuate widely or be relatively steady. A reasonably steady sound level is
where the level fluctuates through a total of less than 8 dB(A) on a slow response scale.
IN
TE
(b)
(c)
(d)
It can mask out other sounds, preventing a person's ears from registering instructions
and warnings.
EG
(a)
(e)
(f)
Regular exposure to loud noise can cause damage to the ear and permanent loss of
hearing.
There is also growing evidence that continued exposure to noise has consequential effects
on some other illnesses.
Hearing loss
Hearing loss can be temporary or permanent. Temporary deafness is often experienced after
leaving a noisy place. It is often accompanied by a ringing in the ears. Although hearing
usually recovers within a few hours, this symptom should not be ignored. It should be taken
as a sign that further or continued exposure to noise is likely to result in permanent damage.
Permanent hearing damage can also be caused immediately by sudden and loud noises, for
example from explosives or cartridge-operated tools.
Hearing loss due to prolonged exposure to noise is usually gradual. It may only be when
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 135
damage caused by exposure to noise over the years combines with normal hearing loss due
to ageing that people realise how deaf they have become.
6
Prolonged exposure to noise can also cause tinnitus, which can be described as a
permanent ringing, whistling or buzzing in the ears. This distressing condition can lead to
disturbed sleep which, in turn, can lead to fatigue even before an employee arrives at work.
Other adverse effects of noise
At work, noise can also be a safety hazard, interfering with communication, the
understanding of instructions and, most serious of all, making warnings harder to hear. Noise
can also cause stress.
AL
Unit of measurement
The unit of measurement for sound levels (noise) is called a decibel (dB). This scale is
logarithmic and means that 90 dB is ten times the intensity of 80 dB and one hundred times
the intensity of 70 dB.
An increase of 3 dB doubles the energy in the sound. This means that, for example, 87 dB is
actually twice as damaging as 84 dB, even though the 3 dB difference in sound level is
difficult to perceive.
Sound level meters, used for measuring noise levels, have standard 'filters' built into them
that attenuate or emphasise signals at different frequencies in order to simulate how the
sound affects the ear. This is known as 'frequency weighting'.
An instrument with a frequency weighting known as an 'A' weighted scale is commonly used
on construction sites to measure noise from the working environment. Readings are
expressed as dB(A).
Sudden impact noises, hammer blows, etc. are measured in terms of maximum pressure. In
this case measurements are 'C' weighted and therefore expressed as dB(C).
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Risk assessments
7
If any employee is likely to be exposed to noise at or above the lower exposure action
value, the Contractor must carry out a risk assessment which may or may not result in the
need for a competent person to measure the actual level of noise exposure.
Any new tool or equipment that generates a potentially harmful level of noise should state
the actual level of noise generated, either on the tool itself or in the accompanying
documents. This can be useful in identifying potentially problematic tools, but it is important
to remember that the actual noise experienced by the operator depends on many factors,
such as the acoustics of the working environment, tool configuration and material being
worked.
Survey of noise levels
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 136
legislation.
(a)
identify workers who may be at risk of hearing damage to enable an action plan to be
prepared to control the noise exposure
(b)
determine the daily personal noise exposure (LEP,d) of workers (including times when
not actually working (for example, rest areas) and from non-occupational sources such
as personal entertainment systems)
(c)
identify additional information to comply with these Regulations, for example, whether
noise control measures or hearing protection are needed and, if so, where and what
type.
(b)
(c)
use the assessment to develop an action plan for introducing noise control measures
(d)
deal with the immediate risk by providing personal hearing protectors (this should only
be until other controls have been investigated and implemented)
(e)
identify what steps are reasonably practicable to reduce the noise exposure of
employees by engineering or other organisational means
(f)
establish priorities for action and consider what changes may need to be phased in
over the course of time.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
11
10
Ideally, one person, with sufficient authority, will be given the responsibility for ensuring that
these Regulations are complied with and for co-ordinating and monitoring the noise
reduction programme where necessary.
13
Nomograms (see Appendix 4) can be used to establish the equivalent continuous sound
level for an eight hour period or daily personal noise exposure (LEp,d)
EG
IN
TE
12
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 137
AT
IO
AL
The design of the project, and of the processes and equipment which will be involved.
(b)
(c)
The location of the site; or sites if the project involves more than one location.
(d)
The noise levels that are likely to be produced by the work being carried out.
EG
IN
(a)
(e)
TE
Attention should be given at the planning stage to developing a noise control strategy that
considers the following factors:
The layout of the site, including the siting of access points, batching plants, etc.
(f)
(g)
(h)
The possibility of disturbance to nearby residents and properties. (If this is likely, the
situation and measures to be taken to reduce noise should be explained to persons
likely to be affected.)
Failure to plan the control of noise may lead to delay and increased cost later. Where
appropriate, noise levels must be a consideration for designers under CDM.
Reference BS 5228 Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites
Managing noise levels during construction
(b)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 138
(c)
using a purchasing/hire policy for plant, equipment and tools that takes noise into
account
(d)
introducing alternative methods and processes that eliminate or reduce noise levels
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
providing rest rooms or acoustic refuges for staff during breaks from work
(i)
rearranging work locations for staff, if possible, away from noisy equipment
(j)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
Measures that can be taken include ensuring that all equipment which has the potential to
create excessive noise:
is kept well maintained
(b)
is kept in good order, including ensuring that there are no loose panels or casing and
that exhaust mufflers are in good condition
(c)
EG
(a)
TE
Engineering controls
Reference BS 5228 Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites
Siting or location
6
Removing the source of the noise to a distance whenever possible (see Appendix 2).
(b)
Orientating plant to direct the noise away from the work area.
(c)
Placing site buildings, stores, etc. between the noise source and noise sensitive
areas.
(d)
Screening the noise source with a barrier, wall, acoustic screen, spoil heap, or by
locating the source behind partly completed buildings.
The effectiveness of a noise barrier will depend on its dimensions, its position relative to the
source and the listener, and the material used in the construction of the barrier. Care must
be taken to ensure that barriers do not, by reflecting sound, transfer the noise nuisance from
one sensitive area to another and so create a health problem for someone else.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 139
The effect on maximum working times of exposures to equivalent continuous sound levels
without any hearing protection are listed in Appendix 1 of this section.
Competence in the selection of this type of PPE is particularly important as ear protectors
that give good protection against noise at a high frequency may not offer very much
protection against low frequency noise, and vice versa.
All reasonably practicable methods must be used to reduce noise levels, but where these
remain at or above the upper exposure action value, after control measures have been
implemented, ear protectors must be made available and worn. Ear protectors are not a
substitute for other methods of noise control, they are an absolute last resort.
Employees may initially be reluctant to wear ear protection and those who are at risk must
be made aware of the potential for hearing loss that can be caused by exposure to excessive
noise levels.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Other considerations
5
A competent person must be responsible for any training that may be necessary in the
correct use of personal hearing protectors.
Personal hearing protectors should normally be provided as an interim measure while more
effective and permanent methods of control are sought.
Employees must be trained in the use, care and storage of ear protectors.
Ear protectors must be suited to the user and suitable for the type of noise.
10
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 140
11
They should be stored in a clean place when not in use, unless disposable.
12
They should be inspected regularly for deterioration or damage and replaced when
necessary, unless disposable.
13
Personal hearing protectors should not 'over protect' whereby users can become isolated
from their work environment and unable to hear warnings.
14
Note: A check should be made to ensure that hazard warning signals are audible to
individuals wearing ear protectors, and the volume, tone, or method of signalling changed if
necessary.
1.2.10.10
The two basic types of protector are ear plugs and ear defenders.
Disposable ear plugs: These are made of very fine mineral fibre or foam, sometimes ready
shaped. They must be inserted correctly and, if taken out, should not be reused. They should
only be handled with clean hands.
Reusable ear plugs: These are made of rubber or plastic, and need regular, careful
washing. The initial supply and fitting should be carried out by trained persons. Different
sizes may be required for each ear and must be a good fit. They must be fitted with clean
hands as any contamination by dirt, grease or swarf may cause ear irritation. Ear plugs are
therefore unsuitable on site for intermittent use, such as can occur when operating a
breaker.
Ear defenders (or muffs): These completely cover the ear and are sealed to the head with a
foam or liquid-filled seal. Badly designed or badly produced defenders may give little or no
protection against noise. Other points are as follows:
TE
AT
IO
AL
pressure from the seal may cause wearers to complain of tightness, but loose
defenders lose most of their protective capability and are ineffective
(b)
damage and deterioration to seals also results in ineffectiveness and loss of protection
(c)
in fitting, account needs to be taken of people with different sized or shaped heads or
ears, hair styles and spectacles
(d)
facial hair and the arms of spectacles may interfere with the seal on ear defenders
(f)
EG
(e)
IN
(a)
defenders fitted to safety helmets may cause problems by not fitting tightly to the ear,
or by moving as the helmet moves
defenders must be chosen to deal with a particular noise problem; ones that offer
protection against low frequency sound may be ineffective at high frequency, and vice
versa.
Ear defenders which incorporate a sound enhancement system are available. When noise
levels are low, sound detected by a microphone is replayed to the wearer enabling them to
communicate normally. When noise levels are high, the sound replay system is automatically
cut, such that the defenders act as regular ear protectors. Such products are particularly
suitable for those exposed to unpredictable short bursts of noise.
Ear protectors are only effective while they are being used. If protectors are worn for only
half the shift, only some 10% protection is gained; if worn for 7% out of 8 hours, the
protection factor is still only 75%.
Contractors providing hearing protectors that perform 4 dB better than the required
minimum, in order to take into account 'real world' factors such as poor fitting.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 141
80
8 hours
83
4 hours
86
2 hours
89
1 hour
92
30 minutes
AL
95
15 minutes
7.5 minutes
98
IO
101
3.75 minutes
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 142
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Notes:
1
This assumes that the sound at the measurement point only comes directly from the source
and there are no reflections from the ground or any other objects
This is the noise level at the ear and not at the source
The graphs on pages 14 and 15 of this module are based on the International Organisation
for Standardisation standard where an increase of 3 dB(A) is regarded as doubling the noise
level or halving the exposure time.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 143
For each exposure, connect sound level dB(A) with exposure duration t and read fractional
exposure f on centre scale.
Add together values of f received during one day to obtain total value of f,
Read equivalent continuous sound level opposite total value of f, by drawing a line through
f9 from the time scale t = 8 to read LEP,d on the L scale.
The noise exposure figures on the nomogram are illustrative only and do not represent a
legal or safe level of exposure to noise.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 144
95
100
101
102
103
Dumpers
104
Concrete mixer
105
106
107
108
109
Tower cranes
Circular bench saw
Trucks
Excavators
110
Crawler cranes
111
Heavy lorries
112
113
Ready mix
Hoists diesel
114
Loading shovel
115
116
Rock drill
Batching plant
117
118
Generators
Loaders
119
120
Compressors - compactors
128
136
138
AT
IO
TE
IN
EG
126
Bulldozers - graders
121
125
Piling equipment
AL
These sound levels are for guidance only. Information should be sought from the manufacturer or the
plant hire company regarding machines on site.
Noise levels emitted from the machines will be affected by the competence of the operator and the
quality of maintenance.
For accurate measurement of site noise, a survey is necessary.
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 145
AT
IO
QCS 2014
IN
TE
R
Contractors' duties
EG
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 146
AT
IO
QCS 2014
IN
TE
R
Exposure below
the lower
exposure action
value of 80dB(A)
Exposure at or
Exposure at or
Exposure at or
above the lower above the upper
above the
exposure action exposure action
exposure limit
values of 80
values of 85
values of
dB(A) or peak
dB(A) or peak
87dB(A)or peak
sound pressure of sound pressure of sound pressure of
135dB(C)
137 dB(C)
140 dB
EG
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
QCS 2014
Exposure below
Exposure at or
Exposure at or
Exposure at or
the lower
above the lower above the upper
above the
exposure action exposure action exposure action
exposure limit
value of 80 dB(A)
values of 80
values of 85
values of 87
dB(A) or peak
dB(A) or peak
dB(A) or peak
sound pressure of sound pressure of sound pressure of
135dB(C)
137 dB(C)
140 dB
TE
R
AT
IO
Page 147
EG
IN
}
}
}
}
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
QCS 2014
Exposure below
the lower
exposure action
value of 80dB(A)
Exposure at or
above the lower
exposure action
values of
80dB(A) or peak
sound pressure
of 135dB(C)
Exposure at or
above the upper
exposure action
values of
85dB(A) or peak
sound pressure
of 137 dB(C)
Exposure at or
above the
exposure limit
values of
87dB(A) or peak
sound pressure
of 140 dB
TE
R
AT
IO
Page 148
Health surveillance
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 149
Many eye injuries occur to people at work each year because eye protection is not being
worn.
These accidents are easily preventable simply by wearing the correct type of eye protection.
The loss of sight, even in one eye, will have a profound effect on the sufferer.
Given the nature of most construction sites, in many cases protection of the eyes will be
achieved by the issue and wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE).
(b)
(c)
(d)
IO
AL
AT
(b)
look after it, particularly with regard to protecting the lenses or face shield;
(c)
(d)
report to the Contractor any defect, such as scratched or crazed lenses, and obtain a
replacement;
(e)
TE
(a)
EG
1.2.11.2 Introduction
IN
(a)
A person's eyes are very vulnerable and an accident or injury can completely change that
person's way of life.
Analysis of the injuries to people's eyes shows that damage is caused as follows:
(a)
75% by impact
(b)
(c)
The majority of these injuries would have been prevented if the correct eye protection had
been worn.
Contractors must make a provision for the protection of the eyes of employees at work.
The protection provided must conform to the approved specifications and includes goggles,
visors, spectacles, face screens and fixed shields, either free standing or attached to
machinery or plant.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 150
If a risk assessment identifies that employees may be exposed to a risk of injury to their eyes
then, unless the risk can be adequately controlled by other means, the Contractor has a duty
to supply eye protection and must take all reasonable steps to ensure that it is worn.
Selection of all personal protective equipment should be carried out by a competent person.
IO
AL
Duties of Contractors
(b)
(a)
TE
AT
Eye protectors should be kept available in sufficient numbers so that any which become lost,
destroyed or defective can be replaced.
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
suitable for the user to give them minimum discomfort and ease of movement whilst
working
(c)
(d)
Fixed shields
5
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 151
Duties of employees
6
to tell their Contractor of any work situation which presents a risk to the health and
safety of themselves or others
(b)
where there is any risk of injury to the eyes, to use the protection provided in
accordance with the instructions and training given
(i)
(ii)
Some of the types of hazard detailed require eye protectors to have sufficiently strong lenses
or shield to withstand the impact of particles or fragments striking them.
The effectiveness of the seal made between the eye protectors and the operator's skin is
very important in affording protection against the type of hazard where irritant or corrosive
materials are involved.
The ability to withstand high temperatures or reduce strong light and glare is a main
requirement for the other types of eye protector.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
There are several types of eye protector and it is important to select and issue the correct
type to give the required protection. The types and their markings are listed in Appendix 1.
Examples of the types of work for which the various standards of eye protection might be
used, are listed in Appendix 2.
EG
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 152
Has the work activity been assessed to determine what, if any, hazards exist?
Are appropriate types of eye protection available for the various work activities to be carried
out?
Are there sufficient quantities of eye protectors available for occasional users?
Have employees been trained in the correct use and maintenance of eye protection?
10
11
responsibilities with regards to the care and reporting of loss or defective eye protectors?
12
IO
AT
1.2.11.7 Lasers
AL
The optical radiation produced by a laser is absorbed by the first few centimetres of the body
and so the skin and eyes are the tissues most at risk of damage.
All lasers should comply with BS EN 60825. This standard groups laser products into five
classes (with some subclasses), based on acceptable emission levels, and is intended to
ensure that the manufacturer and user of laser products comply with current requirements.
The use of Class 1 and 2 products is preferred on construction sites because these
represent the lowest risk of eye injury. However, even these lower power lasers can cause
eye damage if they are misused, for example, staring directly into the beam or viewing the
beam through any magnifying device.
Class 3R and 3B lasers, which may sometimes be in use, can involve hazards to both the
user and other personnel. Those who maintain, operate and supervise the use of these
products must be fully trained, competent and capable of implementing the necessary safety
and hazard control procedures.
Where lower power lasers are used, the human 'blink reflex' will offer some protection.
However, this should not be relied upon and is unlikely to offer any protection from higher
power lasers.
Appendix 4 outlines the hazards arising out of the uses of the various classes of laser and
control measures necessary.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 153
General procedures
Full training and information must be given to persons using lasers.
10
11
All personnel must be aware of the hazards when working with lasers, the safe working
procedures and accident reporting procedures.
12
Any necessary eye protection equipment, hazard signs, barriers, etc. must be available and
in use as necessary.
13
Any eye protectors used in conjunction with lasers must be suited to the wavelength of the
laser in use. General purpose safety glasses offer no protection whatsoever against lasers
and should not be used.
14
All hazard areas must be clearly defined with signs and barriers.
15
The laser beam should only be directed at non-reflecting surfaces. Any adjacent reflective
surfaces must be covered, otherwise the beam will diverge and could affect other areas and
people not directly involved in the job.
16
Extra care must be taken when working near reflective surfaces (e.g. water, dust, spray)
which cannot be marked or covered.
17
Special precautions must be taken when working near roads, airfields and other public
areas, where a stray beam could cause a hazard.
18
When work activities require the use of high powered lasers, the work should, when
possible, be undertaken when the site is vacated (such as evenings or weekends). If this is
not possible, special precautions will be necessary to ensure that unauthorised persons do
not enter the work area or any designated area.
19
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
21
22
23
A thorough ophthalmic examination should be carried out within 24 hours, with a full
biophysical investigation.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 154
25
Only competent and trained people must be allowed to operate laser equipment.
26
27
Create an 'exclusion zone' when the more powerful classes of laser are being used.
28
When work with lasers is taking place, only authorised people should be allowed in the area.
29
The correct eye protection must be in use during all laser operations.
30
There should be no danger to any other person(s) resulting from stray reflections or from any
activity involving the use of lasers.
31
Where necessary, the source and direction of the laser beam should be clearly identified.
32
33
34
35
Beam attenuators and any other safety devices must be in use when using Class 3R and 3B
products.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
24
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 155
Marking
BSEN 166 (1 or 2).S
BS EN 166 (1 or 2).3
AL
Increased robustness
IO
AT
TE
Notes:
Eye protectors manufactured to the British and European Standard are subjected to a
number of tests (including temperature, robustness and optical quality) before approval.
In the test of robustness, for example, general purpose goggles to EN 166.1 .S must
withstand the impact of a 6 mm steel ball travelling at 12 m/sec (43.45 km/h). Impact goggles
to EN 166.1.F must withstand the impact at 45 m/sec (160.93 km/h) and for EN 166.1.B they
must withstand an impact at 120 m/sec (434.52 km/h).
Eye protection to BS EN 166 A is for specialist applications and is only available in the form
of a face shield.
Safety goggles are marked with a combination of letters and numbers to indicate the
standard of protection provided, for example:
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 156
The protection listed below is recommended as containing good practical value, but should
be regarded as the minimum standard required.
Eye protection must be selected in the light of the work activity to be undertaken and the
assessed level of risk. A suitable and sufficient risk assessment will identify hazards and
indicate the control measures required to minimise the likelihood and severity of potential
risks.
Hazard
Recommended protection
BS specification
BS EN 166.B
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BSEN 166.S
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BSEN 166.F
Goggles
Face shield
BS EN 166.B
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BSEN 166.F
Goggles
BS EN 166.4
Goggles
Face shield
BSEN 166.B
AT
Goggles
Face shield
IO
Process to be considered
AL
Flying fragments or
particles
Flying fragments or
particles
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 157
Goggles
Goggles
Chemical splashes
Goggles
BSEN 166.3
Flying fragments or
particles
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BS EN 166.F
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BS EN 166.S
Goggles
Face shield
BS EN 166.9
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BSEN 166.F
EG
IN
TE
BS EN 166.F
IO
AT
Flying fragments or
particles
AL
Flying fragments or
particles
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BSEN 166.S
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BSEN 166.B
Flying fragments or
particles
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BS EN 166.S
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 158
PART 11 Processes in which approved shields or approved fixed shields are required
Electric arc welding (24)
PART III Processes in which approved eye protectors or approved shields or approved fixed shields are required
Goggles
Flying fragments or
particles
Goggles
AL
AT
IO
BS EN 60825
PART IV Process in which approved eye protectors or approved shields or approved fixed shields are required
BSEN 166 B
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BS EN 166 F
IN
TE
Flying particles
Goggles
Spectacles
BSEN 166 S
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
BS EN 166 S
EG
Cases in which protection is required for persons at risk from, but not employed in, the process
Chipping of metal, chipping; knocking Flying fragments or
out or cutting of cold rivets, bolts, nuts, particles
lugs, pins, collars, etc. using hand or
power tools (1)
Goggles
Spectacles
Face shield
Fixed shield
BSEN 166 F
Cover
Goggles
Spectacles
Goggles
Spectacles
BS EN 60825
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 159
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
This table constitutes a quick reference guide for the safe use of lasers. For further authoritative information, consult BS EN 60825:1991.
Class 1
Labelling
Key control
Class 2
Class 3R
(formerly Class 3A)
Class 3B
Class 4
As 1 - 3 except explanatory
label to read: LASER
RADIATION AVOID
EXPOSURE TO BEAM
CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT
As 1 - 3 except explanatory
label to read: LASER
RADIATION AVOID SKIN
OR EYE EXPOSURE TO
DIRECT OR SCATTERED
RADIATION CLASS 4
LASER PRODUCT
EG
IN
Classification
Requirement
Beam attenuator
Not required
Not required
Warning signs
Not required
Beam path
Not required
Specular reflection
Not required
Eye protection
Not required
Required if engineering and administrative procedures not applicable and MPE exceeded
Protective clothing
Not required
Sometimes required
Training
Not required
Specific requirements
AL
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 160
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Class 1M
EG
IN
TE
R
Class of laser
No one must be allowed to deliberately look at the beam or to direct the beam into
another person's eyes.
Magnifying devices such as binoculars must not be used by any person who may be
exposed to a laser beam whilst using them.
As above.
As above.
Class 3R
(formerly Class 3A)
These are higher power lasers that can cause eye injuries,
generally exposure is no more hazardous than to a Class 2
device because of the human 'blink reflex'.
BS EN 60825 specifies minimum training requirements for the users of Class 3 and 4
lasers. This will include information on the risks from the beam and the advice
against misuse.
Class 2M
Class 2
Control measures
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 161
The (COSHH) risk assessment and the information on the accompanying data sheet and a
substance's container should indicate the degree of risk and the preventative measures
necessary.
Ideally, the risk will eliminated by avoiding the substance altogether, although this will often
not be practical.
Hazardous substances created by work processes will carry no 'health warning' but must be
identified in a (COSHH) risk assessment.
Skin conditions can be prevented by such simple actions as wearing the appropriate gloves
(PPE).
Barrier creams offer limited protection against some substances but should not be relied
upon.
Most substances can enter the body through openings such as cuts and grazes. Other, more
hazardous, substances can penetrate unbroken skin.
Prompt medical advice should be sought if there could be an emerging health problem.
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.2.12.2 Introduction
EG
IN
Irritant dermatitis
4
Irritant dermatitis is usually caused by the skin coming into contact with an irritant substance
-usually a chemical, but it can be a mineral.
Repeated exposure to extreme heat or cold can lead to physical damage to the skin and
make it more likely that irritant dermatitis will occur. Wet work, which involves the hands
being wet for long periods (more than two hours a day) or repeatedly getting the hands wet,
can also cause dermatitis. Anyone may be affected, and the length of exposure together with
the strength of the irritant substance will affect the seriousness of the complaint. Most cases
of dermatitis are of this type.
Sensitising dermatitis
Sensitising dermatitis, also know as allergic contact dermatitis, accounts for about 20% of all
work-related dermatitis.
Some people develop a sudden allergic reaction following exposure to a specific substance.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 162
The reaction may be after weeks, months or even years of use or exposure to a substance
without any ill effects.
However, once that sensitising dermatitis has occurred, any future exposure to the
substance will again produce an adverse reaction. The exposure may be to an everyday
chemical or mineral, and may be as simple as exposure to nickel in jewellery.
The outer layer of skin forms a natural defence against irritants providing it is undamaged by
cuts and abrasions, or by solvents (such as hydrocarbons, benzene, tetrachloride, spirits and
thinners) that remove the skin's natural protective oils. Reaction of the skin to an irritant
varies from one individual to another. The reaction may be only a mild redness or it can
develop into swelling, blisters and septic ulcers that are both unsightly and painful.
10
Personal hygiene is particularly important when working with materials which may be
irritants, as resistance to an irritant varies with the type of skin. Pores, ducts and hair follicles
in the skin may admit irritants to the sensitive inner skin layer and, therefore, washing
thoroughly to remove dirt and grime with soap and water is an essential preventative
measure.
11
It is equally important that clothing is kept clean. Oil-stained overalls are a known cause of
skin problems around the thighs.
12
The best course of action is to prevent skin contact with all potentially irritant substances,
even if this is achieved by issuing PPE. When total avoidance of skin contact cannot be
guaranteed, it will be necessary in some cases to implement occupational health screening
(depending on the hazardous properties of the substance). Initially this should involve
establishing whether the persons involved in the job have had any previous adverse reaction
to the substance(s) in use.
13
Those people who are found to be allergic to one or more substances should be identified
and not be allowed to handle or come into contact with them. Any part of the body that
comes into contact with a skin irritant may be affected although it is usually the hands, wrists
and forearms that are affected initially. Treatment for dermatitis should be sought as soon as
possible because, if neglected, symptoms may spread to other parts of the body.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Many substances that are used in the construction industry have corrosive properties that
can cause severe burns to the skin. These substances have either strong acid or alkali
properties.
EG
Manually handling objects with rough surfaces, sharp corners etc. can cause damage to the
skin of the hands if appropriate gloves, such as rigger gloves, are not worn. Repetitive
manual handling may even make the situation worse. Such damage breaks the surface of
the skin making it more vulnerable to absorbing other substances that could potentially have
severe health effects. Worn-out gloves must be thrown away and replacements obtained.
Where objects with sharp edges such as sheet glass, sheet metal components etc. have to
be manually handled, gloves with cut-proof material, such as Kevlar, woven into the fabric
must be worn.
Ideally, work would be organised so that the manual handling of all such objects could be
avoided, however, given the nature of construction activities, total avoidance is usually not
possible. For example a roof tiler may now use an inclined hoist to get the tiles up to roof
level, but the hoist must still be loaded and the tiles distributed around the roof by hand.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 163
Contractors have a duty to ensure that, as far as is reasonably practicable, safe systems of
work are used, that adequate welfare facilities are available and that appropriate information,
instruction, training and supervision are provided, as is necessary to ensure safety and the
absence of risks to health in the use, handling, storage and transport of articles and
substances.
Employees are required to take reasonable care for their own health and safety, and that of
other persons who may be affected by their work, and to co-operate with the Contractor so
as to enable them to carry out their legal duties and requirements. In addition, employees
must not intentionally or recklessly interfere with anything provided in the interests of health
and safety.
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or
to put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
Where a hazard is identified that requires it, the Contractor must offer health surveillance to
employees, taking into account the risks to their health and safety that have been identified.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and control measures that are in place to reduce those
risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any work
situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves and any other persons
who may be affected.
In the context of this module, the risk assessment must identify any substance to be used
that can cause an adverse skin reaction and the control measures that are necessary to
ensure that the substance can be used safely.
Employees are required to use hazardous substances provided in accordance with any
training or instructions that they have received from their Contractor.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
The principal points of these Regulations place requirements on the Contractor to protect
employees, or any other persons who may be affected by their operations, by:
(a)
assessing the health risks created by work involving substances hazardous to health.
(b)
(c)
ensuring that any control methods provided are properly used and maintained by
monitoring the work environment, as necessary
(d)
(e)
providing information, instruction and training for employees on the risks to health and
precautions to be taken regarding any work with substances hazardous to health
(f)
providing procedures for dealing with accidents, incidents and emergencies, including
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 164
In essence, PPE may only be used as a last resort after all other means of eliminating or
controlling the risk have been considered.
In deciding which type to issue, the Contractor must take into account the risk that the PPE
is being used for, and that the PPE will fit the wearer and allow them to work comfortably.
Whilst the Contractor must take 'reasonable steps' to ensure that any PPE supplied is worn,
employees in turn must ensure that they wear the equipment provided and know the
procedures for reporting any loss or defect to their Contractor.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
TE
IN
(b)
EG
Specifically in relation to skin protection, Contractors must ensure that the appropriate
assessments have been made on any articles and substances used at work, and that they
are:
(a)
(a)
1.2.12.10
1
AT
In the context of this section, the relevant requirements of these Regulations include the
provision of:
safe and free from any risk to health, when properly used
IO
AL
used in accordance with the findings of risk assessments, procedures and conditions
stipulated
(c)
(d)
They must ensure that persons using such articles and substances are:
(a)
suitable and able to carry out the task which is expected of them
(b)
properly and adequately trained in their use and aware of all necessary precautions
which must be taken
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
able to detect, and be aware of, the need to report any signs of skin infection or
dermatitis.
QCS 2014
Adequate washing and first aid facilities must be provided, and barrier and cleansing creams
should be available. In addition, the Contractor is responsible for providing supervision to
ensure the above procedures, conditions and correct methods of work are maintained and
that the proper facilities and equipment are available.
1.2.12.11
Substances and physical agents which can be potentially harmful to the skin include:
pitch, tar and bitumen
(b)
cement or lime
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
fibreglass
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
organic solvents
(k)
(l)
(m)
acids or alkalis
(n)
ionising radiation
(o)
solar radiation
(p)
N
IO
AT
N
EG
1.2.12.12
AL
(a)
TE
Page 165
IN
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Skin contact with certain materials can cause a variety of reactions and some examples are
given below. This list is not exhaustive.
Mineral oils, including fuel oils and mould oils, can lead to inflammatory skin conditionsdermatitis, oil acne or even skin cancer.
These may be caused by constant contact with oil or oily clothes and rags (e.g. when placed
in overall pockets).
Chemicals, including strong alkalis and certain acids, chromates, formaldehyde, are
substances which can penetrate the skin causing ulcers (for example, chrome ulceration)
and dermatitis.
Cement and lime can also cause chronic dermatitis. Wetted cement and lime become more
alkaline, corrosive and therefore potentially very damaging to the skin.
Tar, pitch, bitumen products, including cresols and phenols like mineral oil, cause
inflammation, blisters and oil acne.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 166
Radiation, light and heat radiation, including X-rays, beta and gamma radiation,
extremes of radiation, temperature and humidity, make the skin more susceptible to
dermatitis and other skin problems.
Epoxy resin hardeners, glass fibres, certain woods, fungicides and insecticides may
irritate the skin and lead to dermatitis.
1.2.12.13
Reducing risks
Substitute products
1
Every effort must be made to ascertain which substances have the potential to cause
dermatitis and, where possible, to substitute other materials that either eliminate or reduce
the danger. An alternative, where possible, may be to use a more dilute form of the
substance.
AL
Reducing contact
If the outcome of an assessment is that there are no alternatives, and substances that cause
dermatitis have to be used, methods of work should be implemented which eliminate contact
between the skin and the substance.
The use of mechanical handling equipment may be possible but, if this is not available,
simple devices and instruments, including splash guards, drip trays, tongs, and scrapers, will
help to reduce the risk.
AT
IO
It may be possible to use localised ventilation and exhaust systems to deal with dust, fumes
and oil spray.
Plentiful supplies of clean fresh air and comfortable working temperatures are vitally
important, as is the general cleanliness of the working area, the machinery and any other
equipment which is in use.
Wherever possible and appropriate, the display of warning and information signs should be
prominently made, so that all employees are aware of the hazards existing in that area.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 167
If a Contractor intends to use any items of PPE (including gloves and barrier creams) as part
of their skin protection strategy in the workplace, then it is important that the correct PPE is
selected.
All PPE for skin protection that is produced or imported by reputable companies is
manufactured to British and European Standards.
As with all PPE for use at work, skin protection should be selected by a competent person
who can ensure, in discussion with the supplier, that it meets the appropriate standards.
Protective clothing
Protective clothing and other PPE provides one of the most practical ways of limiting contact
between the skin and other substances. To be effective, all protective clothing must be the
right size, fit for the purpose, maintained in good condition, cleaned regularly and stored
carefully when not in use.
11
Protective clothing may include gloves, overalls, eye protectors (such as goggles, face
shields), aprons, boots and leggings, depending on the work being undertaken. The
protective equipment provided must be suited to the requirements of the job.
12
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
10
Gloves
13
A glove suitable for handling abrasive materials may offer no protection against chemicals.
The appropriate glove for sulphuric acid may not be approved for chromic acid.
14
Much care is needed in selecting the right type of glove to be used for a particular hazard.
Manufacturers' charts and recommendations should be followed when selecting gloves to
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 168
protect the wearer against specific hazards. A properly selected glove can be useful in the
prevention of dermatitis if care is taken to avoid getting contaminants inside the gloves when
putting them on and taking them off.
15
The modern materials from which gloves are now made enable them to be effective against
hazardous substances whilst generally allowing the necessary amount of 'feel' and dexterity
where these factors are an issue.
Industrial gloves - some types and uses
Recommended type
AT
IO
AL
Hazard
TE
IN
EG
Barrier substances
16
Where exposure of the skin is unavoidable, the use of barrier creams or other preparations
may limit the degree of contact.
17
These substances are applied before starting work and removed by washing after each spell
of work. Reapplication is necessary before resuming work.
18
Water-soluble barrier creams are unsuitable where wet work is involved, and some
substances are worn off with manual work.
19
There are many types of barrier substances available and it is essential that the right type is
used for the work being done.
20
Most barrier substances afford only limited protection and should never be relied on as a
sole means of protection.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 169
Hygiene
21
22
Facilities for changing out of work-stained or contaminated clothing will also help to promote
personal cleanliness.
23
25
Solvents (such as paraffin, turpentine, thinners and petrol) remove the natural oils from the
skin and must not be used for skin cleaning. Conditioning creams, designed to replace the
natural oils of the skin removed through frequent cleansing, should be used when necessary.
First aid
AT
1.2.12.14
IO
AL
24
A healthy, intact skin is an effective barrier against some substances and infection, but the
slightest cut or other injury may admit infection.
All abrasions to the skin, however minor, should be treated at once. However, be aware that
some substances can penetrate unbroken skin.
Medical advice should be sought as early as possible when there is concern. Any treatment
of dermatitis or its symptoms should be left to a doctor.
EG
IN
Treatment of dermatitis
TE
Regular inspections of the workplace, work methods and precautionary procedures adopted
will help ensure that the risk of dermatitis, or other skin complaints, is kept to a minimum. Atrisk employees should be encouraged to carry out 'self checks' for the first signs of dermatitis
and, ideally, supervisors should be trained to identify dermatitis. In appropriate
circumstances, arrangements should be made for workers to have regular examinations by
an occupational health professional to detect early signs of skin complaints, such as
dermatitis and skin cancer.
Active concern for the welfare of employees will encourage their co-operation in reporting
skin irritations at an early stage. Workers are more likely to co-operate in preventative
measures if they are told positively what dermatitis is and what can be done to prevent it
from occurring.
Health risks from working in the sun
A sunny day usually makes most people feel good, but too much sunlight can actually
damage the skin. It is not simply sudden exposure while on holiday that is harmful. Even a
tan that has been built up gradually can be harmful to health. A tan is a sign that the skin has
been potentially damaged.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 170
Skin damage is caused by ultraviolet rays in the sunlight. People whose jobs keep them
outdoors for a long time (such as building, construction and civil engineering workers) may, if
their skin is unprotected, get more sun on their skin than is healthy for them. They will then
be at greater risk of developing skin cancer.
The dangers
In the short term, excess exposure of unprotected skin to the sun can cause blistering and
peeling. Even mild reddening of the skin is a sign of skin damage. In the long term, too much
sun will speed up ageing of skin, making it leathery, mottled and wrinkled. However, the
most serious issue is an increased chance of developing skin cancer.
Some medicines, and contact with some chemicals used at work (such as bitumen
products), can make the skin more sensitive to sunlight (photosensitivity).
Some people are more at risk than others - and the effect that strong sunlight can have on
the different types of skin is explained below. People with white skin are most at risk.
Workers should take particular care if they have:
fair or freckled skin that does not tan, or goes red or burns before it tans
(b)
(c)
IO
(a)
AT
10
AL
The risks
Skin types
Type 1: White skin, never tans, always burns. Often person has red or fair hair, blue eyes,
pale skin and freckles.
12
Type 2: White skin, burns easily, but may tan eventually. Person may have fair hair, blue
eyes and freckles.
13
Workers with skin types 1 and 2 must take extra care to avoid strong sunshine or cover up
with tightly woven clothing and a hat.
14
Type 3: White skin tans easily and burns rarely. Person has dark hair and eyes and slightly
darker skin.
15
Type 4: White skin, never burns, always tans. Person has dark hair, eyes and skin.
16
Workers with skin types 3 and 4 should still take care in strong sunshine.
17
18
19
Workers with skin types 5 and 6 are still at risk from skin cancer. These skin types can still
darken and even burn in stronger sunlight.
EG
IN
TE
11
To protect yourself
20
Even if their skin is not fair or freckled, workers should be particularly careful whilst working
out of doors in summer in the three or four hours around midday when the sun is most
intense.
21
Workers should:
QCS 2014
22
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 171
(a)
(b)
try to avoid the mild reddening which is a sign of skin damage as well as being a sign
of early burning
(c)
try to work and take breaks in the shade if they can. This will reduce the danger of
harming the skin
(d)
not be complacent. The skin's most vulnerable areas are the back of the neck and the
head. Where possible, keep these areas covered
(e)
not try to get a tan; it might look good but it indicates that the skin has already been
damaged.
A suntan does not eliminate the long-term cancer risk, which is associated with prolonged
exposure to the sun.
Protective clothing
AL
Work clothing made from close-woven fabric, such as a long-sleeved shirt and jeans,
will stop most of the UV rays.
(b)
Wear a hat. A wide brimmed hat will shade the face and head. A safety helmet will
afford protection and the addition of a hanging flap will protect the back of the neck.
(c)
IO
(a)
Hats and other clothing are the best form of protection, but sun creams and lotions can add
useful protection for parts of the body that are not easy to shade from the sun. A sun
protection factor rating of 30 or more is recommended.
TE
24
The main way to avoid the dangers of developing skin cancer is to cover up.
AT
23
The first warning sign is often a small scabby spot that does not clear after a few weeks.
Workers should be instructed to look for changed or newly formed moles or any skin
discoloration. Workers should pay particular attention to any growths that appear on the
face, especially around the eyes and nose, or on the backs of hands.
26
If these signs are noticed, medical assistance should be sought either from the Contractors
medical staff or a local general practitioner, drawing attention to any moles that grow,
change or bleed.
27
Many of these symptoms may prove to be non-cancerous - but they need to be checked to
be absolutely sure.
28
Even if a spot is cancerous, simple modern treatments can usually cure them. This type of
cancer very rarely spreads to other parts of the body. The smaller the spot, the easier it is to
cure.
29
Don't delay If you think something might be wrong, get it checked out
30
Contractors are strongly encouraged to develop a Sun Safety Policy. An example of such a
policy is attached at Appendix 3 to this module.
EG
IN
25
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 172
Have the hazardous substances that will be produced by a work process been identified?
Has an attempt been made to control the hazard at source, for example by using a less
hazardous substance?
Has a COSHH risk assessment been carried out for the substances in use?
Have the significant findings of the risk assessment been communicated to those who will be
using or otherwise affected by the substance?
Are the methods of handling, transport and storage correct for the substances being used?
10
Are there adequate selection and training procedures available for operatives using harmful
substances?
11
Is it necessary for workers to have wet hands for long periods or repeatedly get their hands
wet?
12
Have operatives been properly trained in the necessary precautions and protective
measures required for safe working?
13
14
15
16
Are there adequate washing facilities, barrier creams and cleansing agents of the correct
type available and in regular use?
17
Are there gloves and protective clothing of the correct type and specification available and in
use?
18
Have they been selected by a competent person, who can be the supplier?
19
20
21
22
23
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Severity
Frequency
Afrormosia
Dermatitis, asthma
Can be severe
Quite frequent
African mahogany
Dermatitis
Severe
Infrequent at present
Boxwood
Quite frequent
Chestnut
Dermatitis, conjunctivitis,
asthma
Usually mild
Infrequent
Dahoma
Severe
Asthma, dermatitis
Fairly severe
Ebony
Fairly frequent
Quite frequent
Iroko
AL
Commercial name
AT
IO
Frequent
TE
IN
Severe
Infrequent at present
Irritation of mucous
membrane, nasal
haemorrhage, sore eyes,
dizziness, dermatitis
Frequent
Satinwood
Dermatitis, headache,
coughing
Quite severe
Infrequent
Teak
Dermatitis, eye
inflammation
Can be severe
Not frequent
Severe
Fairly frequent
Yew
Quite severe
Infrequent
Mansonia
Dermatitis
EG
Machaerium
Infrequent
Page 173
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 174
All new employees will be made aware of the Sun Safety Policy.
Wherever possible, working hours and tasks will be scheduled to avoid the midday sunshine.
Wherever possible, work that can be carried out indoors or in the shade will be scheduled
during periods of strong sunshine.
All workers who are liable to be at risk will receive appropriate training on how to protect
themselves from prolonged exposure to strong sunlight, regardless of their skin type or hair
colour.
Workers who are at risk will be encouraged to wear full-length trousers and long-sleeved
shirts throughout the year. They will be made aware that, ideally, clothing will be loose fitting
and made from a close-weave fabric.
In most circumstances, the mandatory wearing of a safety helmet will provide the necessary
protection for the head. In the rare circumstances where a safety helmet need not be worn,
workers at risk will be advised to wear a hat.
Workers at risk will be given information on the appropriate use of sunscreen creams,
including advice on the minimum recommended level of protection.
Drinking water will be provided in the shade and all workers will be encouraged to drink
plenty of water to avoid dehydration.
Rest areas in the shade will be provided and workers at risk will be encouraged to use them
for their rest breaks.
10
All contractors working on the site will be made aware of the contents of the Sun Safety
Policy and will be required to adhere to its guidelines.
11
The effectiveness of this policy will be monitored and it will be reviewed and updated as
necessary.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 175
Contractors have a legal duty to reduce the risks to the health of employees by either
eliminating exposure to vibration or reducing it to an acceptable level.
Contractors have various means at their disposal of estimating exposure to vibration before
resorting to having measurements carried out.
If it is necessary to have vibration measurements taken, it is essential that the person doing
so is trained and competent.
Some of the things that can be done to control the potentially harmful effects of exposure to
hand-arm vibration are:
adopting alternative (non-vibrational) work methods;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
preventing those person(s) exposed to vibration from becoming cold and/or damp;
(f)
AT
IO
(a)
Exposure to whole-body vibration can be controlled by, for example, improved technology in
mobile plant (e.g. improved suspension and driver's seat), operator training, smooth
operation of machines and job rotation.
TE
AL
IN
The most common forms of ill health resulting from exposure to vibration of hands and arms
are known as hand-arm vibration syndrome (HAVS) and vibration white finger (VWF), which
is also known as Secondary Raynaud's Syndrome.
VWF, which is sometimes called 'dead finger' or 'dead hand', is most common in people
whose hands are regularly exposed to damaging levels of vibration. Damage to the nerves
and blood vessels in the fingers can lead to permanent loss of feeling and eventual disability.
At worst, VWF can eventually lead to ulceration or gangrene, possibly resulting in the loss of
one or more fingers. There is no effective treatment for the disorder. Exposure to vibration
can also cause damage to muscles, joints and bone, which may also contribute to pain and
stiffness in the hands and wrists.
If the symptoms of VWF can be seen in an employee's hands or fingers, it is clear evidence
that any protective or control measures that are in use have not been effective. The damage
has already been done.
EG
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 176
IO
AL
QCS 2014
The symptoms or effects of vibration white finger are usually triggered when the hands are
exposed to the cold. Early indications are the fingertips rapidly becoming pale or white
(blanched), with loss of feeling and perhaps also numbness and 'pins and needles'. This
phase is sometimes followed by a red flush that signals the return of blood circulation to the
fingers and is usually accompanied by a very uncomfortable or painful throbbing. Continued
work with vibrating tools will cause the affected area to increase in size and for attacks to
become more frequent over time.
Vibration damage to the fingers, hands or body is very much dose-related. The greater the
exposure to vibration, the more likely there is to be damage. Increased exposure could be
due to being exposed to greater magnitudes of vibration or being exposed for longer
durations.
Other factors that can influence the risk of developing hand-arm vibration syndrome include:
the grip, push and other forces used to guide and apply the vibrating tools or pieces of
work equipment. The tighter the grip, the more vibration energy is transferred to the
hands
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(b)
tools with blunt cutting edges usually require more time to complete the task, higher
grip and push forces, and often result in greater vibration emission
(c)
the exposure pattern, length and frequency of work and rest periods
(d)
how much of the hand, and other parts of the body, is exposed to the vibration
(e)
(f)
(g)
Whole-body vibration, as its name suggests, is vibration or jolting of the whole body through
the surface that is supporting the body, such as a machine seat or floor.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 177
Whole-body vibration, which often results from driving or operating some types of
construction plant or vehicles, has the potential to cause back injury or make an existing
back condition more painful.
1.2.13.4
1.2.13.5 The Management of Health and Safety at Work
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or any other person
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
When hazards are identified, it is the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or to
put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
IO
AL
tell their Contractor of any work situation which presents a risk to the health and safety
of themselves or any other persons who may be affected by their work activities
(b)
use all machinery and equipment in accordance with any training provided.
AT
(a)
These Regulations require that, additionally, the Contractor provides employees with
adequate information, instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry out any work
safely and without risks to their health.
The Contractor must assess the risks to employees' health arising from hand-arm vibration
and whole-body vibration and put effective control measures in place.
IN
TE
EG
They impose duties on Contractors to protect employees (and others) who may be exposed
to risk of ill health because of vibration at work.
These Regulations place legal duties on Contractors and employees with regard to the
control and management of employees' exposure to vibration.
Definitions
3
These Regulations give a number of definitions, knowledge of which will help readers better
understand the requirements of these Regulations.
(a)
Hand-arm vibration (HAV) means mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the
hands and arms by a work activity.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Daily exposure means the extent of the mechanical vibration to which a worker is
exposed during a working day, which takes account of both the magnitude and
duration of the vibration.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
(e)
Exposure action value (EAV) means the level of daily exposure that, if exceeded,
requires specific action to be taken to reduce the risk.
(f)
Exposure limit value (ELV) means the level of daily exposure for any worker that
must not be exceeded.
(g)
Working day means a daily working period, irrespective of the time of day, when it
begins or ends, or whether it begins or ends on the same day.
(h)
(a)
the daily exposure action value is 2.5 metres per second squared (2.5 m/s A(8))
(b)
the daily exposure limit value is 5 metres per second squared (5 m/s A(8)).
AL
the daily exposure action value is 0.5 metres per second squared (0.5 m/s A(8))
(b)
the daily exposure limit value is 1.15 metres per second squared (1.15 m/s2 A(8)).
(a)
IO
Page 178
AT
Note: The 'A(8)' notation after each value indicates that the measurement of exposure to vibration is
'time weighted' over an 8 hour period.
TE
EG
IN
Where these Regulations place a duty on Contractors with respect to the health and safety
of employees, the Contractor shall so far as is reasonably practicable, also be under a
similar duty to anyone else, whether at work or not, who may be affected by the vibration
created by the Contractor's work activities, except for the provision of:
(a)
health surveillance
(b)
information, instruction and training unless the non-employees are at the same place
of work as where the noise is being created.
If employees are likely to be exposed to risks from vibration in the course of their work the
Contractor must:
(a)
carry out an assessment of the risks to the health and safety of the employees
exposed to vibration. The risk assessment must identify the measures that need to be
taken to meet the requirements of these Regulations
(b)
as part of the risk assessment, assess the daily exposure of employees to vibration
by:
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 179
(b)
the effects that the vibration might have on employees whose health is particularly at
risk from exposure
(c)
any effects that vibration might have with regard to work equipment, such as:
(i)
(f)
(g)
(h)
IO
AT
The Contractor must regularly review the risk assessment and immediately if:
there is reason to believe that it is no longer valid
(b)
there has been a significant change in the work to which the assessment applies
(c)
IN
TE
(a)
the significant findings of the risk assessment as soon as is practicable after the risk
assessment has been carried out or changed
(b)
(c)
AL
(e)
EG
any information provided by the manufacturers of the equipment that creates the
vibration
(d)
the measures taken to provide information, instruction and training for at-risk
employees.
(b)
(c)
(ii)
(iii)
the design and layout of the workplace including any rest facilities
QCS 2014
(iv)
the provision of extra equipment that has the effect of reducing injuries caused
by exposure to vibration
(v)
the effective maintenance programmes for equipment that can create vibration,
the workplace itself and workplace systems
(vi)
the provision of information and training for at-risk employees such that they are
aware of how to use work equipment correctly and safely in order to minimise
exposure
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
the provision of work clothing to protect at-risk employees from cold and damp.
The Contractor must ensure that employees are not exposed to vibration above the
exposure limit value or, if they are, immediately:
reduce exposure to below the exposure limit value
(b)
identify the reasons for the exposure limit value being exceeded
(c)
AL
(a)
AT
IO
The above paragraph does not apply where the exposure of an employee to vibration is
usually below the exposure action value but varies markedly from time to time and may
occasionally exceed the exposure limit value, provided that:
the exposure to vibration averaged over one week is less than the exposure limit
value
(b)
there is evidence to show that the risk from the actual pattern of exposure is less than
the corresponding risk from constant exposure to the exposure limit value
(c)
(d)
(a)
TE
Page 180
IN
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Any measures taken to comply with these Regulations must be adapted where necessary to
take account of any employee(s) who is/are particularly at risk from exposure to vibration.
11
(b)
(c)
12
13
(a)
EG
10
(b)
it is probable that the disease or other effect on health may occur under particular
working conditions
(c)
there are valid ways of detecting the disease or other effect on health.
ensure that a record is kept and maintained for each employee who undergoes health
surveillance and that records are readily available in a suitable form
QCS 2014
(b)
Page 181
allow employees to see their health surveillance records upon being given reasonable
notice
(b)
ensure that the Contractor is informed of any significant findings of the health
surveillance, allowing for medical confidentiality
(c)
(d)
review existing control measures, taking into account any advice given by a doctor.
(e)
consider reassigning the employee to other work where there is no risk from further
exposure, taking into account any advice given as above
(f)
ensure that the health of any other employee(s) who has been similarly exposed is
reviewed, including the provision of a medical examination where recommended by a
doctor, occupational health professional or the administrative authority.
AL
(a)
AT
Where the risk assessment shows a risk to the health of employees who are (or are liable to
be) exposed to vibration at or above the exposure action value, the Contractor must
provide the employees and their representatives with suitable and sufficient information,
instruction and training, which must include:
the organisational and technical measures taken to eliminate or control exposure to
vibration
(b)
(c)
the significant findings of the risk assessment, including details of any measurements
taken, with an explanation of the findings
(d)
why and how to detect and report signs of injury resulting from exposure to vibration
(e)
(f)
(g)
the collective results of any health surveillance carried out, anonymised so as not to
reveal the personal health record of any individual.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
15
IO
14
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
16
The information, instruction and training provided as above must be updated by the
Contractor to take account of any significant changes in the type of work carried out or
method of working.
17
The Contractor must ensure that any person, whether an employee or not, who has been
given the responsibility to ensure that the Contractor's duties are carried out, for example a
site manager or project manager, receives suitable and sufficient information, instruction and
training to enable compliance with these Regulations.
Under these Regulations, employees have a legal duty to make themselves available for
health surveillance checks (during working hours) as required by the Contractor, the health
surveillance being at the Contractor's expense.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 182
These Regulations require that Contractors only provide work equipment that is suitable for
the job and ensure that it is maintained and kept in good working order.
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and specified workers.
Employees must be provided with information, instruction and training in the use of work
equipment, where necessary for their health and safety.
These Regulations require Contractors to provide serviceable and suitable work equipment
that will, in conjunction with other vibration management techniques, by virtue of its design or
adaptability, eliminate exposure to vibration or reduce it to an acceptable level.
Tools and plant used in the Qatar construction industry that could cause exposure to risks
from vibration include:
AL
1.2.13.10
(b)
(c)
concrete pokers
(d)
plate vibrators
(e)
chisels
(f)
demolition picks
(g)
compressor guns
(h)
pneumatic drills
(i)
angle grinders
(j)
(k)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
(l)
IO
HAV
(m)
(n)
(o)
needle guns
(p)
chainsaws
(q)
woodworking machinery.
This is irrespective of the tools' power source. Other equipment that may occasionally be
used and that is a source of vibration includes rotavators, lawnmowers, brush-cutters and
leaf blowers.
WBV
(a)
(b)
vibratory rollers
(c)
mobile crushers
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
(d)
(e)
1.2.13.11
Page 183
A vibration risk assessment follows the same principle but with the emphasis solely on
vibration and its potential to cause ill health in employees.
The principle of risk assessment is not new. In fact, it is quite likely that many Contractors
have been carrying out risk assessments, including vibration risk assessments, during the
day-to-day course of their business activities, possibly without thinking of the process in
terms of a risk assessment.
A survey of what work activities are carried out, using what tools and equipment, and by
whom, will establish who is at risk. If there is any doubt as to whether a particular job has the
potential to cause vibration-induced health problems or injury, it is better to assume that it
has, initially at least.
Having established who could be at risk it is necessary to examine work activities in detail to
determine which work activities are of genuine concern. As outlined in the summary, only
when all other investigative methods have been exhausted should it be necessary to carry
out vibration measurements.
AT
IO
AL
the users of vibrating tools themselves; they are the ones who may have experienced
the early symptoms of HAVS
(b)
free online vibration measurement databases which are based on the actual vibration
measurements achieved during the testing of hundreds of tools of different types in
different conditions
(c)
tool manufacturers' published vibration data, although this should be treated with
caution as it can be based upon laboratory testing rather than 'field trials' and usually
underestimates exposures under real work conditions.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
In construction, it is likely that those exposed to WBV will exceed the exposure action value
if they operate machines for several hours per day. The exposure limit value should only
be exceeded if the machine is operated very aggressively or with non-approved
attachments.
For HAV, the guidance is that an employee is probably at risk from HAVS if they are using:
(a)
(b)
Employees who fall into these categories, as well as other at-risk employees, should be
asked to complete a short health surveillance questionnaire (details in Appendix 2).
10
An important factor in establishing who is at risk is the actual time that someone is using a
vibrating tool, commonly referred to as the 'trigger time'. When asked, it is usual for users to
overestimate the length of time that they actually use the equipment. Their response may be
'I use the equipment all day' when in fact what they mean is that they use it on-and-off all day
with, for example, a total 'trigger time' of less than 60 minutes per day.
QCS 2014
1.2.13.12
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 184
On the basis of the general principles and hierarchy of control measures, Contractors must
ensure that employees' exposure to vibration is either eliminated or reduced so far as is
reasonably practicable.
(b)
choice of work equipment that, because of its design or features, or the nature of the
work to be done, produces the least possible vibration
(c)
the provision of ancillary equipment that reduces the risk of injury being caused by
vibration, for example, manufacturer approved vibration absorbent handles for handheld equipment
(d)
proper maintenance arrangements for the work equipment, workplace and workplace
systems, for example, maintaining ground surfaces over which vehicles regularly
travel
(e)
(f)
suitable and sufficient information and training for employees so that they may use the
equipment safely and correctly in order to minimise their exposure to vibration, such
as training mobile machine operators how to correctly adjust their seats and the
benefits from driving less aggressively
(g)
limitation of the duration and intensity of the vibration, for example by job rotation
(h)
(i)
(j)
arranging for operatives to stay warm by providing heating for the workplace where
needed and possible, together with suitable clothing and gloves
(k)
ensuring that any new tools have vibration control measures built in
(l)
(n)
TE
IN
EG
(m)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
the reduction of vibration transmission in the path between the source and the handles
or other surfaces gripped by operatives' hands
the minimisation of the amount of force required to apply and control the tools, and
keeping them in good order.
A 'points' system has been developed by the UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE) which
allows for quick estimates of the hand/arm vibration exposure for a worker. Each process is
assigned a number of points per hour. Adding the points from each process carried out
(calculated by multiplying the points per hour by the number of hours use) provides an
estimate of the total exposure. For HAV the exposure action value corresponds to 100
points and the exposure limit value corresponds to 400 points. For WBV the exposure
action value corresponds to 100 points and the exposure limit value corresponds to 529
points. Points from HAV and WBV should not be combined.
A further benefit gained as a result of controlling vibration can be the reduction in noise
levels; in some circumstances reducing noise will also reduce vibration, hence many noise
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 185
1.2.13.13
If the risk assessment shows that there is a risk to the health of employees because of
vibration, or they are exposed to vibration in excess of the exposure action value, then the
Contractor must give employees information, instruction and training on:
how the Contractor is 'managing' vibration in the workplace
(b)
(c)
the significant findings of the risk assessments, including details of any measurements
taken
(d)
what employees should look for in themselves as regards HAVS, VWF and low back
pain and how they should inform their Contractor
(e)
(f)
(g)
the collective (as opposed to individual) results of any health surveillance undertaken.
AT
1.2.13.14
AL
(a)
IO
All equipment that is liable to vibrate, and that is manufactured for use as work equipment,
should be designed to have low vibration operating characteristics.
However, as some manufacturers may base their vibration figures on laboratory simulation
rather than field trials, the figures quoted may be unrealistically low. In many cases
information is also available from independent real or simulated work measurements.
Vibration emission is one of many important factors to consider when selecting a tool. For
example, a very heavy tool might not emit much vibration but could cause manual handling
risk. Similarly, some tools might emit less vibration than others but be relatively inefficient,
resulting in increased exposure times, higher grip and push forces. Always select the right
tool for the job.
EG
IN
TE
Correctly installed and smooth running machines will, in time, vibrate as the machinery parts
become worn.
worn bearings
(b)
(c)
(d)
misaligned shafts
(e)
(f)
loose bolts
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
damaged seats
(l)
damaged tyres/tracks.
Page 186
The lack of correct maintenance and lubrication will produce increased vibration magnitudes.
Machines should, therefore, be maintained at regular intervals and any detected faults
rectified as soon as possible, thus reducing the risk of vibration problems. Cutting tools or
blades should be kept sharp by maintenance or replacement, as appropriate.
1.2.13.15
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Health issues
EG
Health surveillance
If the findings of the risk assessment, feedback from employees or other sources of
information show that there is a risk to the health of employees because of their use of
vibrating tools, or that employees are exposed to vibration in excess of the exposure action
value, then the Contractor must ensure that the employees are under suitable medical
surveillance where it is appropriate.
An initial questionnaire to be answered when employees first move into any job that involves
exposure to vibration (see Appendix 2).
A formal HAVS health assessment carried out by a qualified person, for example, an
occupational health nurse.
A formal diagnosis made by a doctor who is qualified in occupational health, and who will
assess fitness for work
Contractors who consider that their employees are at a potential risk from HAVS should
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 187
appoint a person to manage the health surveillance programme and be actively involved in
the initial stages.
4
This person:
(a)
(ii)
(iii)
The person should have experience of the working environment, be able to gain the trust
and co-operation of employees, and understand the importance of confidentiality.
For WBV, detailed health surveillance is not possible, as there are many non-vibration
causes of back pain. An example of a health monitoring questionnaire is given in Appendix
4.
AL
Keeping records
Health surveillance records should be stored 'in house' in a way that retains their
confidentiality, possibly under the control of the person nominated to manage the health
surveillance system.
Contractors should create a health record for each individual who is exposed to vibration and
keep them for at least as long as they are under health surveillance and possibly longer.
Health records should be kept up to date and should include full details of the employee's
exposure to vibration and any questionnaires that have been completed.
10
It is considered to be good practice if employees are offered a copy of their health records
when they leave the Contractor.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
12
11
(a)
wearing gloves
(b)
(c)
(d)
avoiding tools that have pneumatic exhausts that discharge towards the hands
(e)
allowing operatives to warm up before starting work, and helping them to stay warm
(f)
(g)
advising those who smoke to stop or cut down (smoking reduces blood circulation)
(h)
Work patterns
13
One of the most simple but also one of the most effective ways of minimising risks arising
from vibration is by reducing the time when operatives are actually exposed to vibration.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 188
14
If the use of a vibrating tool is shared between a team of employees, as opposed to it only
being used by one person, the tool may be kept in productive use for the day.
15
Moving any employees not operating the tools at that time onto other areas of work will
considerably lessen the effects of vibration on users, by splitting and rotating the work. This
will also assist the maintenance of blood circulation, thus lessening the chances of injury or
ill health being caused to users by the vibrating tool.
Personal protective equipment
16
Some retro-fit products are available that are designed to protect operators from vibration.
17
18
(b)
the possibility of gloves amplifying the tool vibration in some cases (these cases are
very difficult to predict)
(c)
anti-vibration gloves are only tested in one direction and vibration occurs in three
directions
(d)
field trials of gloves have shown that the vibration isolation materials are not always
durable.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
However, if anti-vibration gloves are to be tried, it is essential that they carry the CE-mark
and are selected by a competent person. One benefit from gloves is that they keep the
hands warm and offer other protection.
20
Therefore, if a Contractor intends to provide items of PPE as part of their strategy to reduce
the risks from vibration in the workplace, it is important that the correct PPE is selected. All
PPE produced or imported by reputable companies is manufactured to British and European
Standards. As with all PPE for use at work, gloves or anti-vibration protection should be
selected by a competent person who can ensure, in discussion with the supplier, that they
meet the appropriate standards. Most leading manufacturers and suppliers will offer advice
on the selection of different types of gloves and other PPE.
21
Ear defenders should be worn to lessen the effects of the noise created by vibrating tools,
and eye protection should be worn to avoid the risks from dust or flying particles.
EG
IN
TE
19
1.2.13.16
Summary
The control of vibration at work makes good business sense for Contractors. Employees who
are able to work are of far greater benefit to the Contractor than those who are off sick as a
result of work-related ill health, or those who cannot work to maximum effect due to HAVS,
VWF or back pain.
assess the risks to the health of your employees from vibration, and to effectively plan
for its control
(b)
(c)
provide suitable work equipment for your employees, having regard for technical
developments in tool design and vibration suppression
(d)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 189
give employees and supervisors information and training on the risks to health caused
by vibration, and on the safe use of the work equipment that is provided
(f)
(g)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(e)
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Page 190
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 191
AL
Contractor name
.........................................................................................................................................
Y/N
IO
Have you ever used hand-held vibrating tools, machines or hand-fed processes in your job?
AT
If YES:
TE
IN
1 Do you have any tingling of the fingers lasting more than 20 minutes after using vibration
equipment?
EG
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
4 Do one or more of your fingers go numb more than 20 minutes after using vibration
equipment?
Y/N
Y/N
6 If YES to 5, do you have difficulty re-warming them when leaving the cold?
Y/N
Y/N
8 Are you experiencing any other problems with the muscles or joints of the hands or arms?
Y/N
9 Do you have difficulty picking up very small objects, e.g. screws or buttons or opening
tight jars?
Y/N
3 Do you wake at night with pain, tingling, or numbness in your hand or wrist?
* Whiteness means a clear discoloration of the fingers with a sharp edge, usually followed by a red
flush.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 192
Y/N
11 Have you ever had any serious diseases of joints, skin, nerves, heart or blood vessels?
If so, give details
.......................................................................................................................
Y/N
Y/N
Occupational history
Dates
Job title
AL
IO
AT
TE
IN
Signed:
EG
I certify that all the answers given above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Date:
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 193
AL
IO
Contractor name
.........................................................................................................................................
Y/N
AT
TE
If NO or more than 2 years since last exposure, please return the form - there is no need to
answer any further questions.
IN
If YES:
Y/N
Y/N
EG
1 Do you have any numbness or tingling of the fingers lasting more than 20 minutes after
using vibrating equipment?
3 Do you wake at night with pain, tingling, or numbness in your hand or wrist?
Y/N
Y/N
5 Have you noticed any change in your response to your tolerance of working outdoors in
the cold?
Y/N
Y/N
7 Do you have difficulty in picking up very small objects, e.g. screws or buttons or opening
tight jars?
Y/N
8 Has anything changed about your health since the last assessment?
Y/N
* Whiteness means a clear discoloration of the fingers with a sharp edge, usually followed by a red
flush.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 194
Occupational history
Dates
Job title
AL
IO
AT
TE
IN
Signed:
EG
I certify that all the answers given above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Date:
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 195
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
AL
Recent experience
Is there currently any movement or activity that causes you pain in your back?
AT
IO
No pain
Pain as bad as
10
it could be
IN
TE
Note: If severity above 5 indicated, refer on for further advice. However if rank less than 5, but for
three consecutive assessments, then refer for further advice. *
Yes*
No
Yes*
No
Yes*
No
Yes*
No
EG
Have you had to take any medication to deal with the pain experienced?
Have you had any accidents or injury to the back in the last two years?
Action/advice
Referral for further advice?
Other advice provided?
* Further advice should be sought from an occupational health professional or GP in these cases.
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 196
I certify that all the answers given above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Signed:
Date:
Return to:
its best known form is vibration white finger (VWF) which can be triggered by cold or wet
weather and can cause severe pain in the affected fingers.
AT
IO
AL
in the cold and wet, fingers go white, then blue, then red and are painful
Job title
Dates
EG
Occupational history
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 197
AT
IO
AL
If you plan to use the manufacturer's vibration data you should check that it represents the way you
use the equipment (see 'Duties of manufacturers and suppliers') since some data may underestimate
workplace vibration levels substantially. Ask the manufacturer for an indication of the likely vibration
emission of the tool when your employees are using it. If you are able to get vibration data from the
manufacturer which is reasonably representative of the way you use the equipment, it should be
suitable for you to use in estimating your employees' exposure. However, if the only information
available to you is the vibration emission declared in the equipment's handbook, it may be safer to
double this figure before using it for estimating daily exposures.
You also need to check, by observing them, how long employees are actually exposed to the vibration
(i.e. the total daily 'trigger time' with the equipment operating and in contact with the employee's
hand(s)). Employees are unlikely to be able to provide this information very accurately themselves.
You could observe and measure the trigger time over, for example, half an hour and then use the
result to estimate the trigger time for the full shift. Alternatively, where the work task is repetitive, e.g.
drilling large numbers of holes in masonry, you could measure the trigger time when drilling several
holes and multiply the average by the number of holes typically drilled in a shift
Table 1
Some typical vibration levels for common tools
Typical
Highest
5m/s
12 m/s
20 m/s
8m/s
15 m/s
25 m/s
6m/s
9 m/s
25 m/s
EG
TE
Lowest
5 m/s
18 m/s
40 m/s
8m/s
Demolition hammers
Needle sealers
IN
Road breakers
Angle grinders
4 m/s
16 m/s
18 m/s
Stone-working hammers
Chainsaws
Brushcutters
Sanders (random orbital)
10 m/s
2 m/s
-
6m/s
30 m/s
2
4 m/s
7-10 m/s
If the employee is exposed to vibration from more than one tool or work process during a typical day,
you will need to collect information on likely vibration level and 'trigger time' for each one.
Workplace vibration measurements
If you want to obtain vibration measurements for your own tools you will need to arrange for a
competent person to carry out measurements for you using specialised equipment. Measurement
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 198
results can be highly variable, depending on many factors, including the operator's technique, the
condition of the work equipment, the material being processed and the measurement method. The
competence and experience of the person who makes the measurements is important so that they
can recognise and take account of these uncertainties in producing representative vibration data.
10
12
15
20
30
50
70
100
200
300
450
Multiply the points assigned to the tool vibration by the number of hours of daily 'trigger time' for the
tool(s) and then compare the total with the exposure action value (EAV) and exposure limit value
(ELV) points.
AL
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Section
11: Health and Safety
Part
1.02: Occupational Health and Hygiene (Regulatory Document)
Page 199
it can enter body orifices such as the mouth, ears and anus, causing severe and often
fatal injuries;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
vessels containing compressed air, even at comparatively low pressure, can explode
violently once their integrity is lost; and
(f)
dirty or 'wet' air can lead to corrosion and blocked valves which may make the system
unsafe.
AL
(a)
This section explains how to minimise the likelihood of such problems, but it does not give
specific advice on air separation plant, the pneumatic transportation of materials through
pipelines or the supply of respirable air. Reference in this section to a particular standard
does not preclude using an equally effective alternative standard.
AT
This section provides for the safe use of compressed air by giving advice to designers,
manufacturers, installers, users and others concerned with or responsible for health and
safety at work (Note: Section 9, Part 14 of the QCS covers air blowers and compression
equipment). There are many ways in which compressed air can be dangerous, for example:
IO
TE
The major hazard associated with compressors is over-pressurisation, which may arise from:
a blocked outlet or some other restriction to flow;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
overheating and the build-up of carbonaceous deposits, both of which can lead to fires
or explosions. Although they are rare, fires and explosions can also occur as a result
of oil or oil vapour being ignited in the pressure system.
EG
IN
(a)
Hazards
To mitigate the risks of the hazards listed above occurring, a structured and audited
equipment maintenance plan must be implemented (see standards such as HSG 139).
Furthermore in the use of compressed air for activities other than for respiratory purposes,
the user must make every effort to avoid the risk of harm to themselves or their colleagues.
To this end, compressed air nozzles must be directed away the users and care must be
taken to ensure that they are not directed towards other individuals.
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
Page 1
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
1.3.6
1.3.7
1.3.8
1.3.9
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 2
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Page 3
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
Page 4
Work at Height
Falls from height are the main source of fatalities and injuries to construction workers.
Falls from 'low heights' (below 2 metres) are the cause of many deaths and injuries.
Working at height is defined as working at any height from which a fall could cause personal
injury.
(c)
organised so that the distance and possible consequence of any fall are minimised
(d)
risk-assessment based
(e)
(f)
IO
AL
(b)
AT
Accidents that occurred through working at height show that common factors include the
failure of:
all parties to recognise that there was a problem
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
TE
(a)
Section 14 of the QCS covers roofing and roofworks and Section 24, Part 1 relates to
scaffolding.
EG
Note:
IN
(a)
1.3.1.2 Introduction
1
The intent of these Regulations is to reduce the number of deaths and injuries resulting from
falls, and so improve the safety performance of the industry.
(a)
is working at height or
(b)
is gaining access to or egress from such a place of work, either above or below
ground and
(c)
'could fall a distance liable to cause personal injury', that is, any distance whatsoever.
Common examples of tasks carried out within the construction industry classified as work at
height include: working on a scaffold; working from a mobile elevated working platform;
being on the back of a lorry; using cradles or ropes to gain access; working close to an
excavation or a cellar opening; painting at height; working on staging or trestles, and using
ladders or stepladders for cleaning and maintenance tasks. Many other jobs in the
construction industry also involve working at height and are covered by these Regulations.
QCS 2014
Page 5
where it is reasonably practicable, avoid the need to carry out work at height
(b)
where such work cannot be avoided, select the most appropriate equipment for the
work and to prevent falls
(c)
reduce the distance of, and potential consequences of, any fall
(d)
ensure that the work is properly planned, risk assessment-based and that it is carried
out safely.
(e)
ensure the work is carried out by trained and competent persons who are adequately
supervised.
The use of a ladder or stepladder is not prohibited by these Regulations; however, a greater
degree of consideration must be given to using an alternative means of access before
selecting a ladder or stepladder for use. A decision to use this type of access equipment
must be justified by the findings of a risk assessment that clearly shows that, given all of the
circumstances, it is reasonable to use such equipment rather than safer types of access
equipment.
It is to be hoped that these Regulations will be a further stimulus to architects and designers
to 'design out' work at height for the construction and ongoing maintenance of buildings, or at
least make safe working at height easier to further contribute to safety in the Qatar
construction industry.
AT
IO
AL
TE
Below are the most important definitions from within these Regulations.
'Access and egress' includes ascent and descent.
(b)
'Fragile surface' means a surface which would be liable to fail if any reasonable
foreseeable load were to be applied to it. This will obviously include the weight of a
person or any work equipment or materials.
(c)
(d)
(e)
a fall prevention, work restraint, work positioning, fall arrest or rescue system other
than a system in which the only safeguards are collective safeguards, or
EG
IN
(a)
1.3.1.4 Definitions
(f)
(g)
'Suitable' means suitable in any respect which it is reasonably foreseeable will affect
the safety of any person.
(h)
'Work at height' means work in any place, including a place at or below ground level,
along with access there to and egress there from (except by a staircase in a
permanent workplace) where, if the measures required by these Regulations were not
taken, a person could fall a distance liable to cause personal injury.
(i)
'Working platform':
(i)
(ii)
QCS 2014
Page 6
The term reasonably practicable is used in these Regulations. Therefore a Contractor can
look at what the risks in a task involving work at height actually are, and what it would cost to
avoid them. If it would cost a great deal of money or use of other resources to avoid a very
small risk, then it may not be 'reasonably practicable' to avoid it.
on a Contractor to apply to work carried out by their employees and by any other
person(s) under the Contractor's control, to the extent of that control.
(b)
to self-employed persons, together with persons under their control, to the extent of
that control.
(c)
to persons who are not self-employed, in relation to work being carried out for them
and under their control, to the extent of their control.
AL
Employees must:
AT
IO
report any activity or defect relating to work at height which they know is likely to
endanger the safety of themselves or that of any other person
(b)
use any work equipment or safety device provided for work at height in accordance
with any training and/or instructions which they have received.
Failure by an employee to comply with the above is an offence which could, in the
appropriate circumstances, be dealt with by company discipline procedures.
IN
TE
(a)
EG
A Contractor will probably meet most of the requirements of this regulation if they have
carried out and properly implemented a suitable and sufficient risk assessment.
1.3.1.9 Competence
1
Contractors must ensure that no person engages in any activity concerning work at height
(including the organisation and planning of the work, and selection of the work equipment),
unless they are trained and competent to do so or, if they are being trained, it must be by a
rd
3 party accredited company, trainees must be supervised by a trained and competent
person.
The level of supervision is important. The supervisor will need to be able to intervene,
physically or by virtue of their authority, if an unsafe situation begins to develop and thereby
rectify the situation or stop the work in progress. The less experience an employee has of
working at height, the greater will be the appropriate level of supervision required.
QCS 2014
Page 7
A person who has practical and theoretical knowledge of the appropriate aspects of work at
heights, together with actual experience of what they are to do, which will enable them to
ensure that all necessary planning and assessments have been prepared, and safety
precautions taken, so that the work may be carried out safely, or that they may work safely.
If they will be inspecting work equipment then 'competence' may be taken to mean:
A person who has practical and theoretical knowledge together with actual experience of
what they are to examine, which will enable them to detect errors, defects, faults or
weaknesses that it is the purpose of the examination or inspection to discover; and to assess
the importance of any such discovery.
Training is an element of the competence necessary to work at height. Similarly, those who
deliver such training must also be competent to do so. To assist trainers in this respect
British Standard BS 8454:2006 is to be used. The title of this standard is:
'Code of practice for the delivery of training and education for work at height and rescue.'
AL
IO
AT
TE
A good example of how this can be achieved was demonstrated during the construction of
an over-bridge. The bridge deck was completed on flat ground before the spoil was
excavated from below it, thus virtually eliminating the need for working at height and
reducing the height at which people had to work when constructing the upper parts of the
structure.
Ground-level fabrication is another way of eliminating or at least reducing some tasks that
have been traditionally carried out at height.
The fact that falls from height often result in fatal injuries should weigh heavily in any risk
assessment and 'cost versus risk calculation' in deciding if an alternative to working at height
is reasonably practicable.
Where work at height has to take place because there is no reasonably practicable
alternative, these Regulations require the Contractor to take suitable and sufficient
measures, so far as is reasonably practicable, to prevent any person falling a distance likely
to cause injury.
EG
IN
(a)
ensuring that the work is carried out from an existing (safe) place of work
(b)
ensuring that any means of access to or egress from a place of work using an existing
QCS 2014
Page 8
Where these control measures do not eliminate the risk of a fall occurring, then the
Contractor must:
(a)
use suitable and sufficient measures, including the provision of work equipment, to
minimise the distance and consequences of any fall
(b)
or, if it is not reasonably practicable to minimise the distance of a fall, then to minimise
the consequences of a fall
(c)
provide additional training and instructions, or other suitable and sufficient measures,
to prevent, so far as reasonably practicable, any person falling any distance likely to
cause them personal injury.
In order to minimise the distance and/or consequences of any fall, suitable and sufficient
measures may include the use of safety harnesses, safety nets, safety mats and air bags.
11
Where safety harnesses or safety nets are used, a plan must be developed to rescue
anyone who has fallen and must allow for the fact that they may be injured or unconscious.
This is particularly important if someone is suspended in a safety harness. Suspension
trauma can occur very rapidly and result in severe discomfort or even death if the casualty is
not rescued quickly.
12
Ideally, safety nets will be rigged immediately below the place of work and rescue should not
be a problem. Anyone who has fallen into the net should be able to simply clamber out of it,
or an injured/unconscious person easily rescued. However, if any recovery would prove to
be unduly difficult, an alternative method of work which does not involve the use of a safety
harness or nets would be more appropriate.
AT
IO
AL
10
TE
For example, a guard-rail will protect everyone, whereas a safety harness only protects the
wearer.
These Regulations require that Contractors follow current best industry practice when
selecting equipment for work at height. In particular, Contractors are required to take account
of:
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
any additional risks posed by the installation, use, or removal of the work equipment,
and any evacuation or rescue from it, and
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
QCS 2014
(k)
Page 9
be the most suitable equipment for avoiding risks while working at height.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
ladders.
AL
Guard-rails must be installed to at least 950 mm above the work surface or the edge from
which a person may fall.
Although there is no statutory minimum height for toe-boards, both BS EN 13374 and
TG20:08 recommend a minimum of 150 mm. They must be suitable and sufficient to prevent
the fall of persons or materials. In line with current industry practice it is anticipated that
scaffold boards on edges will continue to be used in most circumstances.
The maximum distance or gap between the top of a toe-board and the mid guard-rail, or
between the mid guard-rail and the top guard-rail is 470 mm.
Where brick guards or similar items are used as a 'means of protection', then they must be:
TE
(b)
(c)
EG
IN
(a)
Guard-rails may be removed on a temporary basis for the movement of materials, provided
that suitable and effective alternative fall protection measures are put in place for the
duration of the work, and that the guard-rails are replaced as soon as possible after the work
is completed.
AT
IO
Ladders may be used for access to and egress from the place of work, and ladders,
stepladders and trestles may be used to work from, provided that all of the requirements are
properly complied with.
QCS 2014
Page 10
The primary objective of these Regulations is to eliminate work at height (and so the
possibility of falls) and where that is not possible, to ensure that all work at height is carried
out safely and that the work equipment being used, such as ladder or stepladder, is
appropriate, suitable and safe for the work.
In deciding to use a ladder for access or egress, or a ladder, stepladder or trestle for work at
height, the Contractor must have carried out an assessment and found that it is not
reasonably practicable to use any safer means, and that a risk assessment has shown that
the risks from using the ladder, stepladder or trestle are low.
Ladders should be used in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. They must be the
right ladder for the job, positioned at the correct angle, placed on a firm level surface, and
secured or otherwise prevented from slipping or moving. Users should face the ladder at all
times when climbing up or down, have both hands free, and not carry anything that would
interfere with their safety or balance.
Ladders may be used as a place of work, subject to the above, and if it is light work of short
duration. Users should be trained in how to work safely on ladders, for example not to
overreach.
When stepladders are to be used to carry out work they should be of a suitable size and
type. Generally, stepladders should be placed facing the work. They should not be used
side-on to the work in any situation where a sideways load could be applied. Again, the work
should be light and of short duration.
Trestles should be of sound construction, and properly set up on a surface which will bear
their weight as well as any loading of persons or materials. If they are adjustable using
telescopic adjustment, they should have high tensile pins in the adjusters.
If they are fitted with wheels or castors, they should have brakes or other suitable devices on
the wheels or castors.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Contractors must ensure that no person passes across or near, or works on, from or near,
any fragile surface when it is reasonably practicable to carry out the work safely without their
having to do so.
(a)
provide and ensure that there are suitable and sufficient platforms, coverings, guardrails or other similar means of support or protection, which must be capable of
supporting any foreseeable load or loading
(b)
where the risk of a fall still remains, take suitable and sufficient steps to minimise the
distance and consequences of any fall should it occur
(c)
(d)
where such notices cannot be used, ensure that employees (and others as
appropriate) are made aware of the fragile materials by other means.
Contractors must take suitable and sufficient steps (including prohibiting the throwing down
of materials) to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, the fall of any materials or
objects which are likely to cause any injury to any person. 'Suitable steps' will include the use
of such items as brick guards, toe-boards and debris nets.
QCS 2014
Page 11
Where such falls cannot be prevented, or in the interests of safety, suitable and sufficient
measures must be taken to prevent persons from being hit by falling objects or materials.
This will cover the use of protective fans, boarded or roofed walkways and 'exclusion zones'
at ground level.
Materials on scaffolds and working platforms must be stored so that they cannot fall or pose
a risk of injury to anyone by their collapse, overturning or unintended movement.
In any workplace where there is a risk of any person falling or of persons being struck by
falling objects, then Contractors must take all reasonably practicable steps to prevent any
unauthorised access to that area, and appropriate warning signs must displayed.
All work equipment exposed to conditions causing deterioration that may result in dangerous
situations must be inspected. This will ensure that it remains safe and that any deterioration
can be detected and remedied.
AT
IO
AL
after each time that exceptional circumstances have occurred that are liable to have
jeopardised the safety of the work equipment.
In addition to these requirements, any working platform that is used for construction work,
and from which a person could fall more than 2 metres, must not be used unless it has been
inspected in that position within the previous seven days. A mobile working platform (such as
a mobile scaffold tower or a mobile elevating work platform) must have been inspected
within the previous seven days.
Contractors must ensure that no work equipment is used unless they have evidence that the
last inspection required by these Regulations was carried out.
If there is no evidence of the last inspection then the work equipment cannot be used on site
until an inspection is carried out.
These formal inspection(s) should not be regarded as a substitute for any routine pre-use
checks that should be carried out by the user.
What is a 'suitable interval' should be decided by a competent person, based on the results
of risk assessments, and then be reviewed in the light of experience.
10
The purpose of an inspection is to identify if the work equipment is safe to use, and that any
defect or deterioration is detected and repaired. If this is not possible, the work equipment
should be removed from service and its re-use prevented before it becomes an
unacceptable risk.
11
The results of every inspection must be recorded and kept on site until the construction work
is completed, and after that they must be kept at one of the company offices for three
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 12
months.
12
Any computer-based system should be secure and cannot be interfered with. Systems may
also be in the form of a 'register'.
So far as is reasonably practicable, every Contractor must ensure that the surface of every
place of work at height, every parapet and any permanent rail or other such fall prevention
measure be inspected visually prior to each use. While there is no requirement to record
such inspections, a simple record would provide evidence that they have been carried out.
1.3.1.19 Schedules
Much of the information contained in the schedules detailed below is virtually identical to
current requirements and/or guidance so if Contractors are actively working to current
standards and guidance then there is little extra for them to do.
AL
Schedule 1
The requirement in this schedule is for existing places of work at height and means of
access or egress to and from such places to be stable, of sufficient size and strength and
with edge protection as necessary. Ladders in particular must rest on stable, strong
surfaces.
A place of work is to be properly constructed, used and maintained so as to prevent the risk
of tripping, slipping or being trapped between it and adjacent surfaces. It should have no
gaps through which materials could fall and injure someone.
AT
IO
IN
This covers the requirements for guard-rails, toe-boards, barriers and similar means of
protection. The top guard-rail must be at least 950 mm above the edge from which any
person might fall.
Schedule 3
EG
TE
Schedule 2
This covers the requirements for working platforms. Part 1 deals with requirements for all
working platforms, and Part 2 covers the additional requirements for scaffolding.
Part 1 Working platforms must be erected and used so that components cannot become
displaced and cause danger to anyone. They must be suitable for the work, and of sufficient
strength and rigidity. If they are altered or modified (by a competent person) they must
remain safe and stable.
Any supporting structure for a working platform must itself be suitable and of sufficient
strength and stable while being erected, used or dismantled. It must be prevented from
slipping or moving, and if it has wheels or castors, they must be capable of being locked or
similar. Working platforms and supporting structures must not be overloaded.
Part 2 As regards the additional requirements for scaffolding, strength and stability,
calculations must be carried out unless it is being assembled in conformity with generally
recognised standard configurations. Design calculations will probably only affect
manufacturers and scaffolding companies, and if prefabricated scaffolding materials are
being used, then following the manufacturers' erection instructions will probably cover
'recognised standard configurations'.
QCS 2014
Page 13
Depending on the complexity of the scaffold, detailed plans may be needed for its erection,
use and dismantling. This may be a standard or generic plan, supplemented with specific
details as appropriate. A copy of the plan must be kept for the use of any persons concerned
with the erection, use or dismantling of the scaffold.
10
The size and layout of the scaffold must be appropriate and suitable for the work to be
performed, and it must also permit the work and passage of persons to happen safely
(although no explicit dimensions or requirements are given in these Regulations). It is
suggested that following the industry guidance on the size and width of working platforms
and the provisions of TG20:08, together with any future guidance produced by the UK
NASC, should be sufficient to demonstrate compliance.
Schedule 4
This schedule covers the requirements for collective safeguards for arresting falls. Collective
safeguards include safety nets, airbags, landing mats and any similar devices or
arrangements. All must be suitable and of sufficient strength to be able to safely arrest or
cushion a fall.
12
AL
11
where a risk assessment has shown that the work which is to be done can be carried
out safely while the safeguard is being used, and without influencing its effectiveness
(b)
(c)
AT
IO
(a)
14
Airbags and landing mats must be suitable for the purpose intended, and they must be
stable.
15
If a safeguard is designed to distort when arresting a fall, it must give sufficient clearance
from the ground or adjacent structures to avoid injury to a person whose fall is being
arrested.
Schedule 5
EG
IN
TE
13
16
This schedule covers the requirements for personal fall protection systems (Part 1), work
positioning systems (Part 2), rope access and positioning techniques (Part 3), fall arrest
systems (Part 4), and work restraint systems (Part 5).
17
Important note. Much of the information in this schedule is quite technical and it is of
paramount importance that employees are, or have been, fully trained on and are competent
in the use of any of the fall protection systems available to them. There is not sufficient detail
within this brief explanation of the schedule to train a person on the requirements, or for
them to gain sufficient knowledge to be regarded as competent.
18
All safety harnesses, lanyards and other fall prevention or fall arrest equipment must comply
with the appropriate British or International Standard.
19
Part 1 deals with the requirements for all personal fall protection systems. See Interpretation
of these Regulations on page 2 of this module for the definition of 'personal fall protection
systems'.
20
Regulations apply to all rope-based activities for work at height, including industrial rope
QCS 2014
Page 14
systems and any other similar activity when carried out as a work activity.
The schedule requires that:
(a)
a personal fall protection system shall only be used if a risk assessment has shown
that the work can be done safely while it is being used, and that the use of other, safer
work equipment is not reasonably practicable
(b)
the user and a sufficient number of others have been trained in its use and in rescue
procedures
(c)
it shall be suitable and of sufficient strength for the purpose for which it is to be used
and will withstand any foreseeable loading
(d)
(e)
it is designed to minimise injury to the user in the event of a fall, and is such that the
user will not fall or slip out of it should they fall
(f)
AL
21
Any anchorage point must be suitable and of sufficient strength to support any foreseeable
loading. If designed to do so, the equipment must be securely attached to at least one such
anchorage point when in use.
23
Part 2 deals with the additional requirements for work positioning systems, which may only
be used if:
AT
the system includes a suitable backup system for preventing or arresting a fall, or
(b)
the system includes a line as a back up system and the user is connected to it, or
(c)
where it is not reasonably practicable to do either of the above, then other suitable
measures are taken to prevent or arrest a fall.
TE
(a)
IN
Part 3 deals with the additional requirements for rope access and positioning techniques,
which may only be used if:
it has two separate lines: the working line and a safety line
(b)
the user has a safety harness which is connected to both the working line and the
safety line
(c)
the working line has safe means of ascent and descent, and a self-locking device to
prevent falling
EG
(a)
24
IO
22
(d)
the safety line has a mobile fall protection system which is connected to and travels
with the user
(e)
subject to the type and length of work, and the findings of a risk assessment, it has a
seat with appropriate accessories.
25
However, if a risk assessment has demonstrated that a second line would entail a higher risk
to the user, then, provided that appropriate safety measures have been taken, a single rope
may be used.
26
Part 4 deals with the additional requirements for fall arrest systems. It requires that they
must have a suitable energy absorber (often called a shock absorber and which is usually
either a folded metal strip that deforms, or 'tear away' stitched webbing), or other suitable
means of limiting the force applied to the user's body if they fall. In addition, a fall arrest
system must not be used if there is any risk of a line (a rope or a lanyard) being cut, or where
there is no safety zone or clear zone to allow for any swinging or pendulum effect after a fall,
or in a way which hinders the system's safety performance or makes its use unsafe.
27
Part 5 deals with the additional requirements for work restraint systems (often a safety
QCS 2014
Page 15
harness with a very short lanyard), and requires that they are designed so that they are used
correctly to prevent the user from getting into a position where they could fall.
Schedule 6 Requirements for ladders
28
Contractors must ensure that a ladder or stepladder is only used for work at height if a risk
assessment has shown that the use of more suitable work equipment is not justified because
of the low risk and the short duration of the work, or because of existing features on site that
cannot be altered.
29
The remainder of the schedule is in line with current industry best practice and does not
contain any further new or changed requirements.
30
(b)
(c)
(d)
the suspended ladder to be attached in a secure manner so that it does not swing
(e)
portable ladders to be prevented from slipping by being secured at or near their top or
bottom, or with anti-slip or stability devices, or other effective means
(f)
access ladders to be long enough to provide a handhold when getting off at the top,
unless other handholds have been provided
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
ladders to be used in such a way that a secure handhold and secure support are
always available to the user
(k)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
31
(a)
'in the case of a stepladder the maintenance of a handhold is not practical when a load is
carried, and a risk assessment has demonstrated that the use of a stepladder is justified
because of the low risk and the short duration of the work.'
Schedule 7
32
33
The name and address of the person for whom the inspection was carried out.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Details of any matter identified that could give rise to a risk to the health or safety of
any person.
(f)
QCS 2014
(g)
(h)
Page 16
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Reports of inspection have to be kept on site until construction work is completed and then at
the Contractor's offices for three months.
34
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Page 17
QCS 2014
Page 18
The danger comes when any of them is used for a job for which it is not suitable; this
particularly applies to ladders and stepladders.
Although newer and safer equipment is available, these still present serious risks if not used
correctly.
The nature and duration of the job will be significant factors in determining the most
appropriate type of access equipment to use.
Falls from low heights, that is from a height below 2 metres, are the cause of many fatalities
and major injuries.
AL
IO
1.3.2.2 Introduction
Ladders, stepladders and trestles (or lightweight staging) are among the most commonly
used pieces of access equipment on site and, perhaps, the most misused. Many
construction workers have used them at some time and it is essential that safe working
practices should be followed if accidents are to be avoided.
Most ladder accidents occur because the ladder has not been secured correctly at the top or
bottom and then slips. A person climbing the ladder while carrying a load or overreaching
and overbalancing often makes an unsecured ladder unstable. Ladders that are badly
placed, or set on an uneven or unstable base, are also a contributory cause of accidents.
There are many proprietary devices designed to stabilise the top or bottom of a ladder and
uneven ground can be accommodated with adjusters bolted to the stiles.
Contractors are to provide safe access and a safe system of work. In certain circumstances particularly where work at height is prolonged, difficult or requires freedom of movement and
the use of both hands - scaffolding, as opposed to ladders or stepladders should be used.
At the same time it must provide both safe access and a safe workplace.
All ladders, stepladders and trestles are 'work equipment' for the purposes of these
Regulations and, as such must be safe, suitable for the job and well-maintained. Before any
work at height is carried out, a risk assessment should be made.
Guard-rails and toe-boards are required on all working platforms where a risk assessment
indicates that any person would be injured as a result of the fall.
EG
IN
TE
AT
where it is reasonably practicable, avoid the need to carry out work at height
(b)
where such work cannot be avoided, select the most appropriate equipment for the
work and to prevent falls
(c)
reduce the distance of, and potential consequences of, any fall
(d)
ensure that the work is properly planned, risk assessment-based and that it is carried
QCS 2014
Page 19
out safely
(e)
ensure the work is carried out by trained and competent persons who are adequately
supervised.
When hazards are identified, it is the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or to
put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with clear and understandable information on any
risks that exist in carrying out the work and on any control measures that are in place to
reduce those risks.
An employee, in turn, has a duty under these Regulations to follow any instructions or
training given and to tell their Contractor of any work situation that presents a risk to
themselves or others, or of any matter which affects the health and safety of themselves or
any others.
If carrying out work at height cannot be avoided, the risk assessment must determine the
most appropriate type of access equipment for the job to be carried out.
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
IN
TE
(a)
EG
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to specified, trained and competent
workers.
These Regulations require that Contractors, as far as reasonably practicable, avoid the need
for employees to carry out any manual handling operations which involve a risk of their being
injured. Where this is not possible, the Contractor must make an assessment of the work to
be carried out and take appropriate steps to reduce the risk of injury to employees.
All employees must follow any safe system of work, including using any work equipment (or
personal protective equipment) that is provided by the Contractor.
1.3.2.7 General
1
Contractor must provide employees with adequate information, instruction, training and
QCS 2014
Page 20
supervision so that they can carry out their work safely and without risk to their health,
A ladder must not be used as an access to, or egress from, a workplace unless it is
reasonable to do so taking into account the work being carried out, its duration, and the risks
to the safety of any person arising from the use of the ladder.
Schedule 6 requires that a ladder should only be used in a low risk situation when a risk
assessment has shown that the use of alternative equipment is not justified. This is when:
the ladder is to be used for a very short time, or
(b)
(c)
AL
A ladder must be of the correct class for the intended use, of sufficient strength, suitable for
the job that is to be done, and be so erected that it does not become displaced.
Ladders should be set on a firm, level base, strong enough to support the ladder and
any load that may be placed upon it.
(b)
There should be no makeshift use of bricks, blocks or timber packing, etc. to gain
extra height or to level up the stiles.
(c)
Ladders should be sited clear of any excavation, and in such a position that they are
not causing a hazard, or placed anywhere they may be struck or dislodged. Barriers
should be placed around the foot as added protection where necessary.
(d)
Ladders should not be placed on or leant against any fragile surface or fitting.
(e)
Proprietary stand-off devices should be used where the point of rest would otherwise
be unsuitable, for example, against plastic gutters.
(f)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(a)
(g)
Ladders must not be secured by their rungs; lashings should be around the stiles, or
proprietary ladder ties should be used.
QCS 2014
Page 21
Lashing or clamping, at the mid-point of a ladder, will make it safer and help to prevent
sway, particularly with ladders that are over 6 metres in height.
(i)
A ladder must not be placed in such a position that any adjacent scaffold tubes
interfere with the footing of the person on the ladder.
(j)
If the vertical height of a ladder is over 9 metres, safe landing areas or rest platforms
should be provided at suitable intervals.
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
When climbing or descending a ladder, both hands must be kept free for holding onto
the ladder and free of any other items.
(o)
Tools and materials required for work can be carried in a shoulder bag, on a special
belt, or be hoisted up or lowered afterwards.
(p)
When using a ladder, secure handholds and secure support must always be available.
(q)
(r)
The top of the ladder must not be repositioned, by jumping, while standing on the
rungs.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(h)
(s)
When a ladder must be left standing after working hours, a board should be lashed
between the rungs to prevent unauthorised access; ideally, they will be removed.
(t)
Ladders must extend at least 1 metre (approximately 5 rungs) above the landing
place, unless an alternative, secure handhold is available.
(u)
As far as possible, ladders must be placed so that there is adequate space behind
each rung for a proper foothold.
(v)
Overreaching leads to overbalancing. The most satisfactory method for working safely
on a ladder is for both thighs and hips to be kept between the stiles, and one hand
always holding the ladder. The working position should be not less than five rungs
from the top of the ladder.
(w)
Ladders must be properly maintained, of sound construction and materials, free from
any defects and kept in good repair. If a rung is missing or damaged, the ladder must
not be used.
(x)
Ladders must be supported on each stile and prevented from sagging or swaying.
(y)
All ladders should, in the interests of safety, be securely fixed or lashed to prevent
QCS 2014
Page 22
slipping, either near the top or, if this is not possible, at the bottom.
Ladders must not be painted or otherwise treated in any way that would hide or
conceal any defects. They may be treated with a transparent coating such as varnish,
shellac or clear preservative. It should be remembered that some timber preservatives
might not be compatible with aluminium fittings.
(aa)
Ropes or lashings which are used to secure a ladder must be in good condition.
(bb)
Ladders should only be used as a working place for light work, e.g. maintenance or
painting for short periods. Where longer periods of work are anticipated, other access
equipment, such as trestles or scaffolds, should be used.
(cc)
(dd)
TE
AT
IO
AL
(z)
IN
'Footing' ladders:
(ff)
must only be used as a last resort, for example when initially climbing a ladder to tie it
off, and only if a risk assessment shows a low risk of a fall
(gg)
EG
(ee)
The person on the ladder must keep their weight between the stiles (no over-reaching or
straddling onto adjacent structures).
Depending upon circumstances, it may be possible to improve ladder stability by using antislip, stand-off devices towards the top and/or anti-slip feet under the stiles.
If possible, seek manufacturer's guidance with regard to extra loading imposed by the weight
of two persons on the ladder.
Note: Whichever of the following types of ladder is to be used, it should be Class 1 (suitable
for industrial use.
Pole ladders: a variant of the above type, but with the stiles having been made from a long
whitewood pole cut down the middle to give even strength and flexibility. Lengths can vary
up to a maximum of 10 metres.
QCS 2014
Page 23
The practice of shortening a pole ladder to fit a particular situation should be discouraged.
The only time shortening a pole ladder is acceptable is when an end is damaged. Care must
be taken to ensure that the fabric of the ladder remains stable if a tie wire is removed.
Extension ladders: these consist of two or three sections coupled together and extended by
sliding over or inside each other.
Longer multi-stage ladders are extended by means of a rope and pulley. A three-section
ladder, fully extended, may reach over 16 metres.
Stepladders: these are of various types, have flat rectangular treads and are usually free
standing.
Roof ladders (for pitched roofs): a ladder with a hook on the top end of it for securing over
the ridge of a roof.
Aluminium ladders: various types are available. Their main advantage is that they are light
and weather resistant. They can be prone to slipping at the base if the rubber or wooden feet
are not properly maintained.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.3.2.10 Classes of ladder (British Standards 1129: 1990, 2037: 1994 and BS EN 131)
10
Portable ladders, steps, trestles and lightweight staging are covered by BS 1129: 1990,
BS2037: 1994 and BS EN 131.
11
12
Class 1: Industrial. Heavy duty - can be used frequently and in the tough conditions that
can be found on site. These are the only ladders that are recommended for use on site.
13
Class 2: Light trades. Medium duty - can be used only in good conditions. Suitable for light
trade purposes. (This class of ladder is now covered by BS EN 131.)
QCS 2014
Page 24
14
Class 3: Domestic. Light duty - suitable only for domestic and household use.
15
Class 2 and 3 ladders are not recommended for general use on site.
16
All ladders should be marked with a unique identification number and the class or duty
rating.
Ladders should not be used if defective in any way and, if damaged beyond repair, they
should be destroyed.
During the inspection of ladders, attention should be paid to the following points.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
TE
AT
IO
(a)
The condition of any ropes and cords, along with pulleys, hinges and any other fittings,
should be checked for fraying to ensure that they are all secure with no sign of damage.
EG
IN
AL
QCS 2014
Page 25
Ladders must not be taken into the vicinity of overhead power lines unless a permit to work
has been issued. Even then, extreme care should be taken with the head of the ladder so
that it is not allowed to get close to the overhead power lines.
Timber ladders generally do not conduct electricity (unless wet) but aluminium ladders are
extremely conductive, and are dangerous to use in close proximity to overhead lines.
One person stands on the bottom rung while the other takes position at the head of the
ladder and takes hold of the top rung, raising the ladder off the ground.
Then, rung by rung, that person moves towards the foot of the ladder, lifting as they go. The
person at the foot grasps the lower rungs as soon as possible and draws the ladder towards
them, steadying it at the same time.
Short ladders may be raised by one person placing the foot of the ladder against a wall or
fixture and pushing the ladder upwards starting at the top, walking, under-running and raising
the ladder as they go.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Extension ladders are raised one section at a time and slotted into position. The minimum
recommended overlap on extension ladders is as follows:
QCS 2014
Under 5 metres
5-6 metres
2
3
Page 26
Overlap of rungs
under 18
18-23
over 6 metres
over 23
Latching hooks must be properly engaged.
Ordinary ladders must never be lashed, tied or spliced together in an attempt to make
an extension ladder.
First, a standing ladder is erected for access to the eaves of the roof. It should extend at
least 1 metre or five rungs above the eaves of the roof and be properly secured, but not to
the guttering, downpipes or any other plastic or fragile material.
The roof ladder should then be brought up and pushed up the roof on its wheels, with the
anchor hook or ridge hook uppermost.
Once over the ridge, the ladder is turned over and the hook engaged. It may be necessary to
secure the ladder with a rope if ridge tiles are unsound.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Ladders, especially if made of wood, deteriorate when exposed to the weather for prolonged
periods. Where indoor storage is not available, they should be covered or stored in a
protected, well ventilated position. They should not be exposed to steam pipes, boilers or
other sources of radiant heat.
Ladders should be stored on racks, supported on the stiles only, with sufficient supports to
prevent them from sagging. They must not be hung from the rungs or stiles.
Aluminum ladders should be kept away from wet lime or cement, which may corrode them.
Pulleys and hinges should be lubricated and the condition of ropes and cords checked.
Any damage or deterioration should be noted and made good before further use.
QCS 2014
Page 27
Stepladders are not to be used if a fall from one would cause the user to be injured
(based upon a risk assessment).
(b)
The treads (or steps), hinges, bolts, screws and fixings must all be sound and secure.
(c)
(d)
The stepladder must be stable when open and standing on a level base.
(e)
The legs of Stepladders should be positioned as far apart as the retaining cord or
hinges allow, with all four legs firmly and squarely on the ground.
(f)
Wherever possible, the stepladder should be positioned so that the person climbing it
is facing the work to avoid twisting and possible instability.
(g)
Unless the design permits, the knees of the person using the stepladder should be
kept below the top step.
(h)
The user should not work from the top third of a stepladder unless it has been
designed for this purpose.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
If it is not practicable to maintain a handhold when a load is being carried, a risk assessment
must demonstrate that the use of the stepladder is justified because of:
(a)
(b)
TE
Many of the general rules for the safe use of ladders also apply to Stepladders. In addition,
the following points should be considered.
IN
EG
(a)
There are many differing types of podium steps with different arrangements of use.
Some are just wheeled platforms and others have specific installation requirements.
The instructions for each individual podium must be available and understood by the
QCS 2014
Page 28
user.
(b)
The height of the working platform should be assessed: too low and the user will not
reach; too high and the user may be inclined to work from the steps rather than the
platform.
(c)
Where adjustable height platforms are in use, ensure that the user is trained in how to
adjust the platform and handrails to ensure protection.
(d)
Brakes must be used whilst the platform is in use and users must not be permitted to
pull themselves along from the top of the podium.
(e)
Podium steps, like any other access equipment, must have an individual identifying
mark and be subject to frequent inspection.
AL
Both split head trestles and telescopic frames need a sound, level base.
Where a trestle system is used in which the positioning of trestle supports is variable, they
should comply with the following criteria:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(b)
(ii)
(iii)
The amount that the end of any board may overhang any trestle should not exceed
four times (4 x) the thickness of the board used for the working platform, unless it is
effectively secured to prevent it from tipping.
This type of trestle is now unacceptable in most circumstances because of the inability to fix
guard-rails or toe-boards to the 'working platform' and the tripping hazard caused by boards
that overlap. There may be rare circumstances where they can still be used safely, for
example:
(a)
where a fall is not possible because the working platform is completely and tightly
QCS 2014
Page 29
the working height and the surrounding floor surface are such that a fall could not
result in a personal injury.
All lightweight staging should be marked with the maximum permitted distributed loading.
This can be done by either specifying the maximum number of persons, allowing for their
tools and equipment, or by specifying the maximum safe weight.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
guard-rails, barriers and toe-boards are required where a fall would cause a personal
injury, as indicated by a risk assessment
(d)
EG
(a)
where fitted, guard-rails should conform to the standard outlined and dimensions
specified in these Regulations
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
a safe means of access to the working platform must be provided, for example a
ladder that is of sufficient length, properly positioned and securely lashed
(i)
where locating pins are used, they should be of the correct size and type and not
rebar off-cuts or other makeshift items.
QCS 2014
Page 30
Are ladders only used for very light work of short duration, or access?
10
Are the ladders that are being used suited to the purpose or use to which they are being put?
11
12
13
Are sufficient persons available to handle and place ladders properly and safely?
14
15
16
If there is not an alternative suitable hand-hold, does the ladder project sufficiently above the
landing place?
17
18
19
Are ladders placed so that the work does not involve overreaching?
20
Is suitable footwear that will give a satisfactory grip and prevent slipping being worn?
21
22
23
24
Are all lashings used of sound material, and made properly secure?
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 31
Stepladders
25
26
27
28
29
Could the person using the stepladder fall a distance that would cause an injury?
30
Is the person using the ladder not using the top third?
Trestles
Are trestles, and any boards that are being used with the trestles, safe, undamaged and of
adequate strength?
32
33
34
Are guard-rails and toe-boards fitted to trestle platforms if indicated as being necessary by a
risk assessment?
35
Where indicated as necessary by a risk assessment, is the trestle tied to the adjacent
structure?
36
37
AT
IO
AL
31
Podium steps
Are the podium steps of sufficient size and the correct type for the task?
39
Have the operators been supplied with and fully understood the supplier's instructions for
use?
40
41
42
43
Do all podium steps carry unique identifying marks and are they subjected to frequent
inspection?
EG
IN
TE
38
Management responsibilities
Management should:
44
Understand these Regulations and guidance on work at height that is appropriate to ladders,
stepladders, podium steps, trestles and other access equipment
45
46
47
48
49
50
institute a system of proper inspection and the keeping of records for all ladders and access
equipment
51
ensure that all ladders, stepladders, podium steps, trestles and boards are of sound design
and manufacture, and kept in good condition
QCS 2014
Page 32
52
ensure that all users have been properly instructed and trained, and are competent to use
the equipment safely and without risk to themselves or others
53
provide proper supervision of all employees who are using any form of access equipment.
Ideally, work will be carried out from a stable working platform that may prevent an
unplanned fall into the water.
Where there is a risk of someone accidentally entering the water, appropriate rescue
equipment and people who are competent to use it must be available.
Working over water may result in a greater emphasis on the wearing of PPE than other types
of work at height.
Suddenly falling fully clothed into water may induce shock and an increased risk of drowning
if appropriate PPE is not worn.
If the use of a rescue boat is not appropriate, an established hierarchy of rescue methods
should be followed; if a (powered) rescue boat is appropriate, it must only be operated by
someone trained in rescue procedures.
Working near to deep water, for example adjacent to Mariner Quays can be as dangerous as
working over water if appropriate control measures are not put in place.
Working over or near water can pose risks to health as well as safety.
1.3.3.2 Introduction
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
If employees have to work over or in the vicinity of water, a safe system of work must be
developed, usually formalised in a method statement, and all those involved must be made
aware of the risks and informed of the protective measures that have been put in place.
Equally important is the provision of proper rescue equipment and suitable emergency
procedures, together with the information and training necessary to use the equipment and
respond effectively in an emergency. While every possible effort must be made to prevent
people falling into the water, it is essential to make sure that anyone who does fall in can
swim or at least is sufficiently confident in water to float (assisted by a buoyancy aid) without
panicking. Recovery of the person from the water must take place as quickly as possible.
EG
Every Contractor must make a suitable and sufficient assessment of risks to the health and
safety of employees (and others) arising out of work activities and introduce risk control
measures as are appropriate to reduce the risks to health and/or safety to an acceptable
QCS 2014
Page 33
level.
2
In the context of working over or near water, the risk control measures should include:
(a)
ideally, ensuring that it is not possible for anyone to fall into water, by preventing falls
(b)
where that is not reasonably practicable, arresting any falls that do occur, providing
there is sufficient clearance height for fall arrest measures to be effective or, where
that is not reasonably practicable
(c)
ensuring that anyone who does enter the water is rescued in the shortest possible
time
(d)
(e)
making sure that appropriate rescue equipment and trained staff are available
(f)
providing information, instruction and training to those persons who have to work over
or near water.
The following summary of these Regulations is limited to their requirements as far as they
apply to working over or near to water.
IO
These Regulations require that when, during construction work, a person is liable to fall into
liquid (with a risk of drowning) appropriate measures are taken to:
prevent falls and to minimise the chance of drowning should a fall occur
(b)
ensure that rescue equipment is provided, maintained and used when necessary, to
enable a prompt rescue
(c)
ensure the safe transportation of anyone to and from the place of work, when they are
transported by water
(d)
ensure that vessel used to convey people to and from a place of work is not
overcrowded or overloaded.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(c)
all contractors to ensure the competence of anyone working under their control
AT
AL
All Projects
4
ensure that the Engineer promptly provides the Contractor and all other subcontractors with health and safety information relevant to the site
(b)
take the information supplied by the Engineer and incorporate it into the construction
phase health and safety plan
(c)
must take reasonable steps to ensure that everyone engaged in construction work is
provided with a suitable site induction and adequate other training that is relevant to
what they are required to do.
QCS 2014
Page 34
On many occasions, working over water will also involve working at height.
(b)
when it cannot be avoided, select the most appropriate equipment to prevent falls
(c)
(d)
ensure that all work at height is properly planned, based upon a risk assessment and
carried out safely by competent persons
(e)
ensure that equipment used for working at height is appropriately selected and
inspected as specified
(f)
ensure that measures are taken to prevent anyone being injured by falling objects.
AL
(a)
In the context of these Regulations, common-use personal protective equipment (PPE) will
include such items as life jackets, safety harnesses, lanyards and immersion suits.
Where risks to health and safety cannot be adequately controlled by other means,
Contractors must:
AT
IO
identify appropriate and suitable PPE that will control the risks to an acceptable level
(b)
(c)
provide the users of the PPE with adequate instruction and training with regard to:
(a)
(ii)
the purpose for which it has been issued and the manner in which it is to be
used
(iii)
EG
IN
TE
(i)
The Contractor must take all reasonable steps to ensure that employees use the PPE
provided as directed.
(a)
use any PPE that has been issued as instructed and in accordance with any training
received
(b)
return the PPE to any storage area that has been assigned to it, after use
(c)
Risk areas
5
Hazardous areas include docks, locks, canals, wharves, lakes, ponds (natural and artificial),
reservoirs, water-filled pits, sewage ponds, slurry ponds, rivers, streams, swimming pools,
water-holding tanks (if of sufficient size) and the sea. Working alongside or near the water's
edge can be as hazardous as working over the water. Extra care is needed in the vicinity of
culverts, outfalls and other discharge points, and at coastal sites, where drag or undertow
due to tidal conditions may be encountered.
When working over water, consideration must be given to the health implications arising from
QCS 2014
Page 35
The possibility of contracting leptospirosis whilst working over or near to rivers or streams
must be considered.
(b)
(c)
(d)
loss of balance, e.g. caused by high winds, particularly when handling sheet materials
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
horseplay
(i)
IO
(b)
(c)
incapacity following injury after striking an object during the fall or in the water
(d)
TE
(a)
IN
AL
(a)
AT
EG
Where reasonably practicable, a stable working platform such as a scaffold is the best
method of ensuring safe working over water. It should be designed for the task so that it is
stable and of
sufficient
size
for
the
proposed
work.
Guard-rails and toe-boards should be fitted to prevent falls of persons or materials and it
QCS 2014
Page 36
may be advisable to fit double height toe-boards, double guard-rails and brick guards or
nets. Boards should be lashed to prevent high winds causing displacement.
If a ladder is used for access to the scaffold or platform, it should be of sufficient length,
extend at least five rungs above the stepping off point, be properly secured (preferably at the
top) and set at the correct angle. If it is necessary for a long access ladder to be used,
landing places should be provided every 9 metres. There should be a proper system for the
inspection of ladders.
AT
IO
AL
Safety nets
If safety nets are to be used, they should be erected as close as possible below the working
level and, if cantilevered nets are erected on the outside of the structure, the outermost edge
should be higher than at the inner edge.
Nets are intended to save lives and prevent injury; they are not a substitute for the effective
prevention of falls.
EG
IN
TE
(b)
(c)
(a)
(d)
(e)
(f)
storage requirements
(g)
Personnel nets: 100 mm mesh. Intended to catch a person falling from above.
(b)
Material or debris protection nets: smaller mesh 12 mm-19 mm. Intended to protect
those below from falling objects.
QCS 2014
Page 37
The size and siting of the nets are of critical importance; the further a person may fall, the
larger the net needs to be.
10
The maximum recommended distance a person should fall before contact with the net is 6
metres.
11
For a fall of 1 metre, an out rigged net must have a horizontal projection beyond the
outermost working point of 2.6 metres, while for a fall of 6 metres a projection of 4.4 metres
is necessary.
12
Erection of safety nets should be carried out by competent and qualified persons who should
ensure that any supporting framework can withstand impact or shock loadings and that the
framework itself does not present a hazard to personnel who may fall into the net.
13
Nets should be securely attached to support framework with tie cords, hooks, rings or
thimbles spaced at a maximum of 750 mm. The actual tie should be at least double the
strength of the net and, if hooks are used, they must have positive locking of some
description. See diagram below.
14
Nets can be out rigged on scaffolding provided that the scaffolding is securely tied into the
structure and has been designed to take shock loading.
15
The risk assessment must take into account the rescue of anyone who has fallen into a
safety net, including what to do if they are injured or unconscious. Where the safety net has
been rigged immediately below the place of work, someone who is uninjured should be able
to simply climb out of it.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Periodic testing
Safety nets are provided with short lengths of test cord attached, normally eight. They must
not be used as tie cords. At intervals not exceeding three months, one cord should be
removed and tested (see BS EN 1263) and a record kept. For nets which have been in
continuous use for two years (i.e. eight times three months) or if there is any visible
deterioration, advice should be sought from the manufacturers. Nets should be inspected
weekly for damage, loose ties, etc., together with the framework and anchorage points. A net
should also be inspected for damage and replaced, if necessary, subsequent to a person or
other significant load falling into it. All such inspections should be recorded.
AT
IO
16
Page 38
AL
QCS 2014
Care should be taken to reduce to a minimum unnecessary wear and mechanical damage
likely to weaken the net. Materials must not be stacked on it and deliberate jumping onto, or
dropping of objects into, nets must be prohibited. Sources of damage or wear such as
accumulations of debris in the net should be avoided as far as possible.
EG
IN
17
TE
Care of nets
Training
IO
Training should refer to the manufacturer's instructions and the importance of following them.
It should cover fitting, adjustment and use of the belt or harness and the choice of suitable
anchorage points. Personnel should not be permitted to use the equipment before instruction
has been received.
AT
Page 39
AL
QCS 2014
The selection of the correct type of harness for the work planned is essential. If any doubt
exists concerning the suitability for a particular task or type of work, further information and
advice should be sought from manufacturers or suppliers.
Whatever type is chosen it should give a high degree of safety, allied to mobility and wearer
comfort.
EG
IN
TE
(b)
(c)
(a)
(d)
(e)
QCS 2014
Page 40
Although every effort should be made to prevent people falling into the water, the risk of this
happening remains. In the event of there being a casualty, two things are of paramount
importance:
(a)
(b)
Both of these aims should be kept in view when selecting rescue equipment and establishing
rescue procedures. In addition, the effective use of the equipment and the speed and
effectiveness of emergency procedures and rescue operations will depend on the training,
instruction and information given.
Buoyancy aids are intended to provide a conscious person with enough extra buoyancy to
stay afloat and achieve a reasonable flotation position. A basic buoyancy aid may not turn an
unconscious person over from face-down. Buoyancy is usually incorporated in the form of
closed cell foam.
Buoyancy aids are bulky and, in some people's view, hinder movement and may slow the
progress of work, whereas life jackets are less bulky. Manually inflated life jackets, which are
inflated by mouth after entry into the water, should not be used. Automatically inflated life
jackets offer a high degree of freedom of movement and do not depend upon the wearer
being conscious for them to inflate.
Decisions on the type of equipment needed for specific types of work should be based on an
assessment of the factors involved. These may include, for example, whether a person is a
competent swimmer, the length of time a casualty may be in the water, the risks of injury,
water temperature, current and the proximity of assistance.
10
11
12
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 41
some manufacturers, though it is necessary to make sure that the harness is not merely a
restraint for use in small boats, or a rescue harness, neither of which may be satisfactory for
use in construction and similar work.
13
The provision of whistles and lights as aids to the location of people in the water may be
advisable in some circumstances.
14
Wearers should be fully trained in the use of safety harnesses, life jackets and buoyancy
aids. The functions of the equipment and, where appropriate, its limitations should be clearly
understood by users.
Management
A clear policy needs to be in place on the use, inspection and storage of automatically
inflated life jackets. This policy also needs to address the training needs of the life jacket
users.
16
Life jackets, if used regularly, should be allocated to individual users. Each individual, having
been adequately trained, can then be responsible for carrying out pre-wear checks and
inspections, and report defects according to company procedures. This will help ensure
correct inflation of the life jackets is not jeopardised by the carelessness of others.
17
Management needs to enforce its policy on life jackets. This can be achieved by spot checks
of both the condition of the life jackets in use and the records of inspection and servicing.
AT
IO
AL
15
All workers who use automatically inflated life jackets need to be trained and competent in
their care and use, including pre-wear checks and inspection procedures. Training should
cover:
TE
18
Training
an explanation of the risks present and the need for life jackets
(b)
(c)
instruction and practice on the selection, pre-wear checks, inspection, use and storage
of the life jackets, including the use of the manual override lever and oral inflation tube
(d)
factors which can affect the correct operation of the life jackets, such as the working
conditions, inadequate fitting, defects, damage and wear (recognising defects in life
jackets and arrangements for reporting loss or damage).
EG
IN
(a)
19
Extra or refresher training may need to be given, for example, if a new type of life jacket or
automatic inflation mechanism is introduced.
Pre-wear checks
20
21
A pre-wear check needs to be carried out each day the life jacket is used. This should be
carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and will normally include visual
checks to ensure:
(a)
the firing mechanism has not been activated. This is usually made obvious by the fact
that the life jacket is found inflated
(b)
the automatic firing capsule and gas cylinder are correctly screwed in place
(c)
there are no signs of corrosion, cracks or dents in the gas cylinder or automatic firing
capsule
(d)
unwanted movement within the firing mechanism (creepage) has not occurred.
QCS 2014
Page 42
compression in the spring has been lost. Those that do not have such indicators will require
careful inspection to judge whether the spring has lost any compression. Examination of the
piston or other visible component may also show whether creepage has happened. Make
sure:
(a)
(b)
(c)
the straps and main body of the jacket are not worn or damaged
(d)
23
As a general guide, where life jackets are used daily, inspections on at least a monthly basis
may be necessary.
24
Inspection and testing need to be carried out by those competent in recognising defects and
the remedial action to be taken. Records need to be kept of all inspections and repairs
made.
25
Testing the air-tightness of the life jacket will involve orally inflating the life jacket and leaving
it overnight (or submerging it in water) to check for leaks. The automatic inflation mechanism
will need to be dismantled to make a detailed examination of its condition. Make sure:
TE
AT
IO
AL
22
all screw threads are examined for signs of rust. Rust can lead to problems in locating
the cocking cap or the gas cylinder in the correct position
(b)
the gas cylinder is examined for corrosion, cracks, dents and other defects. Particular
attention will need to be paid to the cylinder cap as any indentations found could mean
that the automatic firing mechanism has fired but failed to pierce the cylinder. If this is
the case, the reason for activation and the cause of failure needs to be identified
(c)
the cylinder fitting and groove of the firing pin are checked so that they are free from
dirt
EG
(d)
IN
(a)
the automatic inflation mechanism is operated manually (with the gas cylinder
removed) to ensure that it operates smoothly, and that there is no obstruction to the
movement of the pin which prevents it piercing the cylinder. The pin also needs to be
checked to ensure that it is sharp
(e)
the 'salt' or 'paper ring' is inspected for any cracking, dissolving or tearing which has
taken place since the last inspection
(f)
where fitted, the rubber '0' ring is inspected for damage and that it is correctly seated
(g)
26
Once the inspection is complete, the life jacket should be reassembled according to the
manufacturer's instructions.
27
Manufacturers generally recommend life jackets to be serviced every two years by their
appointed agents. However, where life jackets are used very regularly, an annual or more
frequent service may be needed.
28
If any defects are found with either the gas cylinder or the automatic inflation mechanism,
QCS 2014
Page 43
these parts must be replaced. If the life jacket is in need of repair, return it to the
manufacturer. Repairs should only be carried out by people approved by the manufacturer.
Storage
Exposure to damp, humid conditions can lead to deterioration in the automatic inflation
mechanism, known as 'creepage'. This has the potential to lead to failure of the pin to pierce
the carbon dioxide gas cylinder. Life jackets need to be stored in suitable dry conditions. The
following advice should be observed when storing life jackets:
do not hang life jackets with wet oilskins or other damp clothing
(b)
if the life jacket is wet, unpack it and leave it to dry out on a hanger
(c)
do not store life jackets close to or directly above heat sources, such as convection
heaters
(d)
to prevent water getting into the automatic inflation mechanism, do not store wet life
jackets upside down or lying flat
(e)
make sure there is enough space around the life jacket, when it is stored, to allow the
air to circulate.
AL
(a)
29
IO
Lifebuoys
Lifebuoys should be available wherever people are working on, over or near water. Standard
760 mm diameter lifebuoys with rope or cord lifelines (usually 30 metres) attached should be
placed in conspicuous positions near the water's edge.
31
A lifebuoy can be thrown only a short distance, perhaps 6-8 metres and then with little
accuracy.
32
Handling 30 metres of rope may also present problems to the inexperienced person,
although lifebuoys are available with the rope packed into plastic containers, from which it
reels out when the lifebuoy is thrown.
33
Lifebuoys should be suspended from a suitable hook or bracket, with the lifeline coiled ready
for use.
Rescue lines
EG
IN
TE
AT
30
34
Various types of rescue line are available. One type employs 25 metres of line in a canvas
bag with a small flotation chamber. The free end of the line is held, while the bag is thrown
underarm towards the casualty. The line can be delivered accurately up to its full length, but
underarm throwing may be hindered by guardrails and other forms of edge protection.
35
36
QCS 2014
Page 44
AL
Rescue packs
This method requires the rescuer to swim out on a
lifeline with a buoyancy aid for the casualty or,
alternatively, wearing a deflated rescue life jacket which is inflated when the casualty is
reached. Both are then pulled in on the lifeline.
39
The 100 or 200 metre floating line supplied in the pack ensures the rescuer is secured to the
shore or edge at all times. In rough or tidal waters, this is an important consideration. If using
this method, account must be taken of the fact that the person who has fallen may be
panicking and, therefore, the rescuer must be trained in rescue techniques.
AT
IO
38
TE
Rescue boats
A rescue boat should be provided whenever work is being undertaken over or adjacent to
deep, tidal or fast flowing water; it may also be advisable to provide a boat in some areas of
still water, dependent upon the findings of a risk assessment.
41
The craft may be rigid (wooden or fibreglass) or inflatable. It must have a reliable engine and
carry oars and possibly a first aid kit. The operator should be experienced and competent at
handling small craft on flowing water, particularly in rescue situations that involve special
boat-handling and skills.
42
Note Where there is a possibility that a rescue might have to be carried out using a powered
rescue boat, it is strongly recommended that the operator is trained to a minimum standard.
Rescuing a person from the water in a power boat with a rotating propeller demands skill and
experience, particularly if there is a current flowing. Ideally, there will be two people in the
boat, the driver and a 'rescuer'.
43
Whether the rescue boat is to be permanently manned and constantly afloat, or not, will
depend on the circumstances, as will its size and the equipment to be carried. If any work is
to be done during the hours of darkness, the rescue boat will require high efficiency lighting.
44
Two-way radio communication between boat and shore may be necessary on large areas of
water. Grab lines should be provided for persons in the water and a boat hook should be
carried. Practice rescue drills should be held, so that the best method of rescuing, securing
and landing a potential casualty is known in advance.
EG
IN
40
Given the right circumstances, including still or gently flowing water and no waterborne
traffic, nets may be suspended just into the water or lines trailed across or in the water to
QCS 2014
Page 45
allow a conscious person to hold on while awaiting rescue, or to pull themselves to the bank.
These cannot be totally relied upon, because a casualty may be unconscious or otherwise
unable to help themselves.
46
If there is a weir or sluice, nets should not be relied upon unless they can be positioned well
upstream of it.
Rescue techniques
Methods of rescuing a casualty, other than by using a rescue boat, may be summarised as
follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
wade out
(e)
go out.
AL
47
Emergency services. In many cases, the Civil Defence (Fire Department) or Qatar
Coastguard service in appropriate circumstances will have the expertise and equipment to
carry out rescue procedures. A judgement will have to be made as to whether it is advisable
or practical to await their arrival. This must be balanced against the risks involved in
attempting the following means of rescue.
49
Reach out. If the casualty is near enough to the bank or edge, it may be possible to grab
their hand, or use a sturdy stick, boat-hook, oar, broom handle, or anything they can seize to
pull them in to safety. The rescuer should ensure that they have a secure foothold and
sufficient grip and balance to counteract the weight of the casualty in the water.
50
Throw out. When the casualty is some way out in the water, a lifebuoy and rescue line or
any buoyancy aid with line attached should be thrown to them. This technique is preferable
to entering the water to reach the casualty, especially if the depth of water and state of
currents is not known.
51
Wade out. A shelving bed or shore may enable a rescuer to reach the person in the water
while keeping their feet on the bottom. Care is needed, since currents, underwater obstacles
and sudden changes in the depth of water may put the rescuer at risk.
52
Go out. Assistance should be summoned first when possible. Individuals should only act
alone if they really have to. A boat should preferably be used to reach the casualty. If not, the
rescuer should swim out with a lifeline secured to the shore or edge and a buoyancy aid.
53
Avoid becoming a casualty. People who cannot swim should not enter the water, but must
raise the alarm and wait for assistance.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
48
First aid. Almost irrespective of the size of the operation, first aid facilities should be
provided, and trained and qualified first-aiders should be present at the site of all work
adjacent to water.
Facilities should include provision for transferring casualties from boat to shore and
ambulance access.
Alarms. Some effective means of raising an alarm must exist. Gongs, bells, whistles,
pressurised canister fog horns, klaxons or similar items of equipment should be provided. All
people on site should be instructed in the correct use of the alarm and the actions to be
QCS 2014
Page 46
Communications. The telephone number for the ambulance, coastguard and lifeboat
services should be stressed to operatives and adequate provision should be made for
effective on-site communications.
Clothing. High visibility vests or jackets should be worn. These will assist in keeping the
casualty in view while the rescue operation is being mounted. High visibility immersion suits
will be appropriate in some circumstances.
Weather and tides. Details of weather and, where appropriate, tides should be obtained
before each shift.
10
Recovery of equipment from the water. In the event of tools, equipment or small plant
falling into the water, no attempt should be made to recover them using amateur divers or
improvised techniques.
AT
IO
AL
Training
A clearly defined and documented rescue procedure should be devised. All personnel should
be familiar with the procedure and understand the actions they must take in an emergency.
12
The location of emergency equipment should be known and any special training in its use
given to the personnel involved. Responsibility for co-ordinating and supervising rescue
operations must be allocated to identify individuals, trained and competent to discharge it.
Practices in rescue procedures should be held where appropriate.
13
Locally employed site-based staff and the employees of subcontractors should receive
instruction in emergency procedures and the use of life-preserving equipment, and must be
given such information as is necessary to enable them to act effectively in an emergency.
EG
IN
TE
11
QCS 2014
10
11
12
Weather forecast monitored where the state of the weather could be an issue.
13
14
AT
IO
AL
TE
Safety nets: secure mountings, correct size of net, at the right place.
Safety harness: right type, properly worn, good anchorage, attached constantly.
Keeping afloat
EG
IN
Rescue procedures
1
Rescue hierarchy:
(a)
emergency services
(b)
reach out
(c)
throw out
Page 47
QCS 2014
(d)
wade out
(e)
go out.
Page 48
10
11
12
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 49
The EU standards which cover life jackets also require a level of protection for the
unconscious person in the water. This means that life jackets must distribute the weight of
the wearer in such a manner that the person is turned face-up. The standards require that
automatic life jackets must self-inflate within 10 seconds of contact with water.
The buoyancy level in the standards relate to a person weighing 70 Kg, thus the amount of
actual buoyancy provided by any life jacket will depend upon the weight of the wearer.
AL
wearing a life jacket with too little buoyancy poses obvious problems as there may be
too little support for a heavy person to keep their face out of the water or possibly even
turn them face-up if unconscious
(b)
conversely, wearing a life jacket with too much buoyancy could also pose problems;
wearers who are not particularly heavy will be more buoyant and, for example, could
find it difficult to escape from an air pocket if they have to fully immerse themselves
and their life jacket to 'duck under' an obstruction.
AT
The selection of the most appropriate life jacket is therefore essential and the following text
provides a guide.
IO
(a)
For use by good swimmers in safe water only as long as assistance is at hand. Not safe for
unconscious persons.
Suitable for adults who are swimmers and for use in inland waters and safe areas, providing
limited protection for unconscious persons depending upon the clothing worn.
EG
IN
TE
50 N buoyancy aid
Suitable for swimmers and non-swimmers in all waters. Only limited protection for
unconscious persons wearing heavy waterproof clothing or in heavy seas.
For offshore use and extreme conditions. Immediate protection for unconscious persons,
with turnover guaranteed in 5 seconds. Adequate buoyancy even in heavy clothing.
10
Buoyancy aids incorporate closed-cell foam inserts sewn into the material of the device.
11
Life jackets incorporate a gas cartridge which inflates a bladder within the life jacket.
Actuation can be either manual (usually by pulling a toggle on an actuating chord), or
automatic (when an inbuilt 'trigger' device comes into contact with water). If operated, either
in an emergency or by accident, the bladder can be deflated and repacked and the life jacket
can be fitted with a rearming kit so that it can be reused if undamaged.
QCS 2014
Page 50
The modular construction of system and tower scaffolds could increase the temptation for
unqualified persons to tamper with them. Site managers must be aware of this and monitor
the situation.
Scaffolds must be subjected to statutory inspections with reports raised where appropriate.
All scaffolds must be properly erected, stable, tied to the structure as appropriate, suitable
for their purpose and equipped with toe-boards and guard-rails on all working platforms.
BS EN 12811 series of standards highlights requirement for additional ties and bracing.
AL
IO
1.3.4.3 Introduction
System scaffolds and the components of mobile scaffold towers are generally of a modular
layout. They comprise standards with welded node connectors to which ledgers and
transoms are fastened, usually with proprietary wedges or rings (rather than loose coupler
connections) or frames with both standards and transoms welded into one unit.
The safety requirements of system scaffolds are broadly similar to traditional scaffolds, but
there are some significant differences.
TE
AT
IN
Work at Height
The height at which guard-rails and toe-boards must be fitted is determined solely by the
findings of a risk assessment. The requirement now is that a Contractor must:
'take suitable and sufficient measures to prevent, so far as it is reasonably practicable, any
person falling a distance liable to cause personal injury.'
Experience has shown that falls from less than 2 metres can cause serious and fatal injuries.
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
the competence of those who work at height and are involved with work equipment
used for working at height
(d)
the general principles for the selection of work equipment for working at height
(e)
(f)
(g)
danger areas
(h)
(i)
(j)
QCS 2014
Page 51
Of relevance to this section, these Regulations refer to applicable Schedules in section C1,
these include:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
AL
Manual handling will be an activity linked to the erection, alteration and dismantling of
scaffolds. It is also likely that those who work from scaffolds will be involved in manual
handling activities during the course of their work.
AT
IO
Before undertaking the erection of a system scaffold, the following points must be clearly
defined:
TE
The scaffold, so far as it is reasonably practicable, should be the safest and most suitable
'work equipment' for the task it is intended to carry out.
The purpose of the scaffold is usually to provide a safe place of work, primarily at height and
the configuration of a system scaffold may vary depending on its intended use. For example,
scaffolds for bricklaying, masonry, refurbishment, glazing or painting may differ in their
design and construction.
EG
IN
Scaffolds must only be erected, altered or dismantled by, or under the direct supervision of,
a competent person.
Care will be required in the initial setting out of the system scaffold as far as leg or jack
adjustment and the positioning of fixed length ledgers are concerned.
Measuring the length of the building and then positioning the first frames or standards and
ledgers in relation to door openings will be important.
Bay lengths may often differ from those associated with tube and fitting scaffolding, which
QCS 2014
Page 52
can cause loads to be concentrated in particular spots. Initial ground inspection and levelling
is essential to reduce the amount of jack levelling and adjustment required during scaffold
erection. As with tube and fittings scaffolds, care should be taken with regards to manholes,
slopes and the general load-bearing capabilities of the area on which the system scaffold is
to be placed.
What materials are to be used?
9
The availability of space for the standards and the width of the working area are prime
considerations in deciding which type of scaffold should be used. An allowance must be
made for the fact that heavy or bulky materials may be deposited on the scaffold.
11
If the scaffold is later adapted or altered, this must be done in such a way as to ensure that
the scaffold structure remains stable.
12
A requirement of BS EN 12811 -1:2003 is that all but 'standard scaffolds' must be properly
designed.
System scaffolds provide a variety of options for safe access to the working place, such as
pole ladders, internal ladder systems or staircase towers. A decision must be made at an
early stage in order that provision may be made for the particular type of access required.
13
AT
IO
AL
10
Platforms may have to be installed at every level, whether or not they are working places.
This is a feature of some types of system scaffold. However, it is often the case that only one
or two may be used as working places, and in such cases the manufacturer's
recommendations must be followed as to whether or not platforms can be omitted.
EG
IN
14
TE
The principle of tying a system scaffold to the supporting structure is the same as for a tube
and fitting scaffold. The pattern of ties and the frequency of their use will vary between
manufacturers, and the different types of system scaffold will often incorporate their own
proprietary ties instead of the conventional through ties or Hilti rings that are used on tube
and fitting scaffolds.
16
It may be necessary to tie-in the scaffold at different places compared to the tying-in of tube
and fitting scaffolds, and so consideration should be given to the exact locations available.
17
Ledger bracing is not generally required in system scaffolds. This has the benefit of providing
a clear walk-through at platform level. However, the frequency of facade bracing will vary
from product to product, and plan bracing may be required if tie or anchor positions are not
readily achievable or, if deemed necessary, under BS EN 12811-1:2003.
QCS 2014
Page 53
Unauthorised alteration
19
Due to their design features, most types of system scaffold are generally easier to alter than
is a tube and fitting scaffold. This makes unauthorised alteration, for example the removal of
a guard-rail or the repositioning of a working platform, that much easier.
20
Unauthorised alteration can make a scaffold an unsafe place of work for the unwary and
possibly breach the scaffold design criteria from a stability point of view.
21
It is for site management to make clear to anyone who has to work on a system scaffold that
unauthorised alteration must not be carried out and that appropriate actions will be taken
against individuals who do so.
AL
Materials
Components should be free from any weld defects, bends, distortion or corrosion that may
affect the safe functioning of the items. Many scaffold systems are galvanised, so the risks
from corrosion are reduced.
Fittings employed for tying and adaptations to the scaffold should be free from worn threads
and damaged bolts.
AT
IO
The requirement for any supplementary support or load-spreading capability will depend
upon:
the nature of the surface on which a system scaffold is to be erected
(b)
(c)
loading that will be imposed upon the completed scaffold by materials, people and
equipment.
TE
(a)
IN
In most cases, the installation of either base plates alone, or base plates plus sole boards,
will be sufficient.
On system scaffolds, the ledgers and transoms connect to the standards at fixed points so
there is not the degree of vertical adjustment that there is with tube and fitting scaffolds.
Because of the difficulty of levelling a system scaffold as erection progresses, all such
scaffolds should be properly levelled and located at the first level. If this is done correctly,
components should be vertically self-aligning, but great care must be taken to check the
initial vertical alignment at the base.
EG
Platform decking
7
As the scaffold frames and components have been designed by the manufacturer to meet
the requirements then, if used in accordance with the manufacturer's assembly instructions,
platform span and thickness requirements will be met.
Types of platform
8
There are several different types of platform available for use with system scaffolds:
(a)
QCS 2014
Page 54
(b)
(c)
(d)
Only scaffold boards, whether timber, steel or aluminium, require supporting at 1.2 m or 1.5
m centres. Other decking products have been generally designed to span distances of up to
3.0 m or 3.5 m. The manufacturers of the various types of decking will provide specific
guidance.
Any scaffold boards used should comply with BS 2482:2009 Scaffold boards should not be
warped, twisted, split or badly worn. They should be banded or nail plated.
All scaffold boards or decking platforms should be secured against the possibility of wind
uplift. There are several types of fitting and straps available to achieve this. Design features
such as locking devices to prevent wind uplift are increasingly built into proprietary platforms.
IO
11
AL
Reaction to windspeed
AT
Platform widths
There is a requirement for a minimum width of a working platform, 600 mm, as specified in
BS EN 12811-1 is 'standard' minimum.
13
The actual width chosen will depend largely upon the nature of the application, for example,
bricklaying will not be suitable on a 750 mm-wide scaffold, but painting and cladding may be
well suited to this width.
TE
12
Additional ledger bracing is not generally required within system scaffolds due to the inherent
stiffness of the joints. However, if the system scaffold is to exceed the design boundaries of
a 'standard scaffold', the layout should be specified by a competent scaffold designer.
EG
14
IN
Ledger bracing
15
Ties
16
The need for ties on a system scaffold is the same, in principle, as on a traditional scaffold.
17
However, a system scaffold has different characteristics (for example, its components are
shorter and lighter) so the tie pattern will need to be specified by the manufacturer, or a
competent scaffold designer. Requirements for ties may vary from product to product.
18
Increasingly, new methods of tying are being used to replace conventional through ties or
Hilti rings. Eyebolt and plastic plug type ties are now used on some systems.
Sheeting of scaffolds
19
Caution must always be exercised before a decision is taken to sheet any scaffold. The
sheeting of any scaffold increases the wind-loading on it. The requirement for additional ties
QCS 2014
Page 55
1.3.4.8 Access
Requirements for ladders
Any ladder (including those used in conjunction with a system scaffold) must be in good
condition, and of sufficient strength.
It must be prevented from slipping during use either by securing it at the top or bottom or by
an effective anti-slip device or other equally effective means. However, industry best practice
is that all ladders, irrespective of length, should be properly secured at all times.
The top of the ladder should extend to a sufficient height above the platform level unless
alternative means are used to provide a safe handhold. (It is suggested that 1 metre or five
rungs is a suitable height.)
If a ladder, or a series of ladders, rises a vertical distance of 9 metres or more, rest platforms
or safe landing areas must be provided.
Pole ladders and steel ladders are still used for access to system scaffolds even though they
have been a contributory factor in many falls from height.
Staircase towers or built in ladder sections for access onto the working platform are now
widely available and used as an alternative to conventional ladders.
Staircase towers may be more appropriate for the movement of higher numbers of people
and particularly for heights in excess of 10 metres.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 56
Where concentrated loads, e.g. pallets of bricks or tiles, are to be placed on the scaffold,
loading towers may be required. These specially designed and braced scaffolds provide
support for concentrated loads, the weight of which would be excessive on standard scaffold
working platforms.
Where a loading tower constructed in a system scaffold is erected adjacent to the working
scaffold, the two structures should be securely tied both to each other and to the building.
(b)
be of suitable and sufficient strength and rigidity for the purpose for which it is to be
used
(c)
be so erected and used so that none of the components can come loose or be
displaced and endanger anyone
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
not have any gaps through which a person or materials could fall
(h)
be used and maintained so that persons cannot be caught between the working
platform and any adjacent structure
(i)
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
Each item of plant and equipment used in conjunction with any scaffold must be of sound
construction and materials, and must be sufficiently strong and suitable for the job it has
been designed to do. It must be maintained in such a condition.
EG
Where the proper erection of a scaffold has not been completed, it should not be left
unattended without the display of a notice stating:
Scaffolding incomplete - do not use
The use of lightweight aluminium mobile towers on construction sites is a popular alternative
to the use of traditional tube and fitting towers. However, these systems have some
limitations and should only be used when they can satisfy both legislative and general site
requirements.
(b)
braces
(c)
platforms
(d)
legs
(e)
wheels or castors.
AT
IO
(a)
TE
IN
(b)
EG
Page 57
AL
QCS 2014
The advanced guard-rail system involves the use of specially manufactured, hinged guardrail
frames that can be raised and slotted into position from below.
The 3T method involves the erector only passing through the platform trap-door far enough
to be able to locate the guard-rail frames in place. In many cases, safe erection of the guardrail sections can be achieved with the erector sitting on the platform with their legs through
the trap and their feet supported on the ladder section below.
Materials
7
Mobile towers may be constructed from steel, but are principally of aluminium.
All components must be free from any welding defects, dents, bends or distortion, or any
corrosion that could prevent their safe use. Platform boards must be free from holes, cracks,
splits or any delamination would affect their safe use.
Competence
9
Any person erecting a mobile tower must be competent to do so, having received adequate
QCS 2014
Page 58
training or, if not fully competent, be under the supervision of an experienced and competent
person.
10
The tower must start off and remain vertical as it is built and used.
Maintenance
11
12
As such, mobile towers (including individual components) must be suitable for the job in
hand and properly maintained.
14
Factors that should be considered when deciding whether or not it is safe to use a mobile
tower are:
AL
13
The ground surface (1) - is the surface sufficiently level to use a mobile tower if there
is no adjustment on the legs for levelling the tower? A tower scaffold should not be
erected if it cannot be levelled and therefore made stable.
(b)
The ground surface (2) - mobile towers only have a small area of each wheel in
contact with the ground and therefore each wheel imposes a high loading at each
point of contact. Is the surface strong enough to take the loading? It may be possible
to use sole boards on soft ground to effectively spread the load and allow a mobile
tower to be used, providing that there is no chance of the tower sinking, tilting or
otherwise becoming unstable.
(c)
The ground surface (3) - are there any features such as drain covers or underground
pipes that may not be able to take the direct or indirect loading imposed by one or
more wheels?
(d)
The weather (outdoor use) - aluminium tower scaffolds are lightweight structures
which can become unstable in moderately high winds. Has a check of the weather
been made for the period that the tower will be erected? Is it possible to tie-in the
tower to the structure against which it is to be erected? If any doubt exists on the
limitations of the tower in high winds, has the manufacturer or supplier been
consulted?
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(e)
Overhead power lines - are there any lines that are close enough to render the use of
a metal scaffold unsafe? Remember, it is not necessary to touch a high voltage cable
to get a shock. Many overhead power lines are not insulated and the electricity can
'arc' through the air to an adjacent metal object.
Pre-assembly inspection
15
The competent person who is to erect a mobile tower should check that all the components
are present and undamaged and ensure that they are all from the same
manufacturer/supplier, and are for the same type of tower.
16
A check should be made that the castors and wheels rotate and swivel freely and that they
have a functioning locking device (brake).
QCS 2014
Page 59
18
Individual manufacturers carry out tests on their products to enable them to provide specific
guidance on height-to-base ratios, including circumstances where the installation of
outriggers will be necessary. Such guidance should be available to the competent person
erecting the tower.
19
20
In addition to the dimensions of the erected tower scaffold, there are several other factors
that can affect its stability:
AL
17
Sheeting (out of doors) - will increase the wind-loading on a tower scaffold. In many
instances it will not be acceptable to sheet a tower scaffold unless it can be tied-in to
the structure.
(b)
Overreaching - if this is so severe that the centre of gravity is moved to a point outside
the base area of the scaffold, it will overturn. It is far safer to move the tower scaffold.
(c)
Work activity - any work that involves applying a sideways pressure to the adjacent
structure, for example water-jetting, at a point that is high on the tower, will create an
equal and opposite pressure that may overturn the tower. In many cases, tying-in the
tower to the adjacent structure may overcome this problem.
(d)
Hoisting materials - if heavy items are hoisted up the outside of the tower, it could
become unstable and overturn. Again, tying-in the tower to the adjacent structure may
overcome this problem.
(e)
Climbing the tower - access to the working platform should be gained by using the
built-in stair or ladder sections. If a vertical ladder is built into an end frame of the
tower, the person climbing the ladder must do so on the inside of the tower. Climbing
the outside could overturn the tower. Never gain access to the working platform by
leaning a ladder against the tower.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Care should be taken to avoid couplers causing damage to the aluminium tubing and,
accordingly, only special couplers should be used. Advice on the horizontal and vertical
frequency of ties will be supplied by the manufacturer or supplier or, in the case of
substantial or 'linked' towers, the scaffold designer.
The access hatch to the working platform must be closed as soon as everyone working from
the tower is on the working platform.
23
The working platform must be fully boarded unless a design feature of the scaffold enables
safe access and egress and effective guard-rails and toe-boards to be installed around a
partially boarded platform.
24
These state that a working platform must be of sufficient dimensions for the safe passage of
people, plant and materials with due regard to the type of work being carried out. However,
BS EN 12811-1 recommends that platforms on all types of scaffold should not be less than
600 mm wide.
QCS 2014
Page 60
Placing stepladders and ladders on the working platform of a mobile tower to gain additional
height is particularly dangerous and must be prohibited. Adjustable legs are only to be used
for levelling, and not to gain additional height. If additional height is needed then a further lift
should be added, providing this is within the manufacturer's height limitations.
The brakes
26
The wheel brakes must be locked in the 'ON' position at all times when the tower is not being
moved. The lightweight nature of aluminium tower scaffolds presents the potential for
unattended towers to be moved by the wind if the brakes are not applied, particularly where
they are used on exposed floor slabs at height.
28
IO
AL
27
(b)
a person who is on the platform pulling the tower along using an adjacent structure.
AT
(a)
Avoiding collisions
Suitable barriers should be erected to prevent people or vehicles from accidentally colliding
with a tower scaffold, particularly where it is erected in a public place.
30
It may be necessary to create a safety zone around a tower simply because of the nature of
the work being carried out above.
IN
TE
29
The capacity of each platform and tower structure is often shown on labels attached to the
frame of the mobile tower, or will be in the manufacturer's assembly guide. Never exceed the
recommended loading levels as this may cause the tower to become unstable.
31
EG
Loading capacity
Incomplete towers
32
Where the proper erection of a mobile tower has not been completed, it should not be left
unattended without the display of a notice stating:
QCS 2014
Page 61
34
(b)
(c)
after any event which is likely to have affected its strength or stability
(d)
at regular intervals not exceeding seven days since the last inspection.
An inspection report is not necessary, however, for any mobile tower, unless it has remained
erected in the same place for a period of seven days or more.
Wind strength
Aluminium structures are very vulnerable to the strength of the wind. It is recommended by
many manufacturers that if the wind reaches a speed of 17 miles per hour then all work
should cease on the tower.
36
If the wind speed is likely to reach 40.23 km/h, the tower should be tied-in to a rigid structure.
If there is a possibility of the wind reaching speeds approaching or in excess of 64.37 km/h,
the tower should be dismantled.
37
Operators should be aware of the possibility of sudden high winds in exposed or gusty
conditions.
38
It must be remembered that winds at high levels are often higher than at ground level. The
wind speed can also increase as it funnels between buildings or other solid structures.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
35
QCS 2014
Page 62
Speed m/sec
0-1
Calm
Light air
1-2
Light breeze
2-3
Gentle breeze
Moderate breeze
Strong breeze
Near gale
Gale
Strong gale
20-28
5-8
29-38
8-11
39-49
11-14
50-61
14-17
62-74
17-21
21-24
TE
3-5
Fresh breeze
12-19
5.6-11
AL
Speed
Km/h
IO
Description of
wind
AT
Windforce
number
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Page 63
Scaffolds are subject to statutory inspections, with reports of inspections raised where
appropriate.
All scaffolds must be properly erected, stable, tied to the structure as appropriate, suitable
for their purpose and equipped with toe-boards and guard-rails on all working platforms.
AL
1.3.5.2 Introduction
The purpose these Regulations is to give readers an understanding of the safety issues that
relate to the use of scaffolds, particularly where site managers or other readers have to
manage scaffolding operations and assess the suitability of scaffolds which have been
erected by others.
The majority of guidelines for good practice in scaffolding can be found in UK NASC safety
and technical guidance notes.
The main British and European Standard for scaffolding is BS EN 12811 (Part 1) Scaffolds Performance requirements and general design.
This latter standard, which focuses more on scaffold design, does not cover the same range
of good practice as the old Code of Practice BS 5973 (now withdrawn) and readers are
directed to the range of UK National Access and Scaffolding Confederation (UK NASC)
particularly 'Guide to Good Practice for Scaffolding with Tubes and Fittings TG20.
They must also be used in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions or the scaffold
should be designed by a competent engineer.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Wherever TG20' appears in the text, it refers to UK National Access and Scaffolding
Confederation publication Guide to Good Practice for Scaffolding with Tubes and Fittings
(TG20:08).
For the purposes of scaffold inspection, a competent person may be defined as:
A person who has practical and theoretical knowledge, scaffold inspection training and
actual experience of what they are to examine, in respect of a scaffold, so as to enable them
to detect errors, defects, faults or weaknesses that it is the purpose of the examination or
inspection to discover; and to assess the importance of any such discovery.
A person who has practical and theoretical knowledge, together with actual experience of
QCS 2014
Page 64
scaffolding, and has acquired, or who is being supervised while being trained to acquire, a
recognised qualification in scaffolding.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
danger zones where people would be at risk of falling or being struck by falling objects
(f)
fragile surfaces
(g)
(h)
weather conditions
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
scaffolding design
(o)
a scaffolding plan
(p)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
TE
IN
When hazards are identified, it is the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or to
put into effect control measures to reduce the risks to health and safety arising from the
hazard, so far as it is reasonably practicable to do so.
The Contractor must provide employees with information on the risks which exist and the
measures that are put in place to control them.
The employees then have a duty to comply with any instructions they have been given, and
to tell the Contractor about any work situation, or any aspect of the work, which presents a
risk to them or anyone else. These Regulations, therefore, cover the duty of the Contractor
to carry out 'work at height' risk assessments.
These Regulations include a specific requirement to produce a scaffolding plan (or method
statement) covering the assembly, use, alterations and dismantling, which is a form of risk
assessment.
Contractors must consider the physical capabilities of employees who are required to erect,
alter or dismantle scaffolding, due to the physical nature of the occupation.
EG
QCS 2014
Page 65
Manual handling will be an activity linked to the erection, alteration and dismantling of
scaffolds. It is also likely that those who work from scaffolds will be involved in manual
handling activities during the course of their work.
Contractors carrying out scaffolding activities must assess the risks arising out of manual
handling. This is usually undertaken as part of the general risk assessment and method
statement/scaffold plan.
Architects and designers have duties under these Regulations to consider the design of
temporary works such as access scaffolding, falsework and formwork structures. Where
these temporary structures would be required for construction or future maintenance,
designers have a duty to carry out a 'design risk assessment' to design out risk and
communicate any residual hazards that remain.
(b)
(c)
(d)
the allocation of sufficient physical and human resources to service the contract (e.g.
scaffolding equipment, transport, qualified scaffolders and supervision)
IN
TE
(a)
When selecting a scaffolding contractor you must check that they are competent and
consider:
EG
AT
IO
AL
Before the erection of any scaffold, the following points must be clearly defined.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Can safe access be provided for the erection and use of the scaffold?
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
QCS 2014
Page 66
(j)
What loadings will be imposed upon those working platforms, and on the scaffold as a
whole?
(k)
Will it be sheeted?
Further sections of Volume 1 and Volume 2 of TG20 provide information for engineers to
design and calculate 'special scaffolds' in tube and fittings.
Scaffolding contractors should have suitable arrangements in place to manage and control
the erection, alteration and commissioning of special scaffolds (such as issuing drawings;
managing variations to the design; inspection and handing over designed scaffolds).
Note that for all standard scaffolds erected, a simple procedure must be followed to
determine the maximum safe height as required by TG20 (Volume 1 Section 2 Clause 4.4.3).
This basic calculation is intended to be carried out by those planning and organising
scaffolding and not necessarily an engineer.
IO
AL
AT
While a scaffold structure is actually being built, the scaffolders do not always have the
protection afforded by guard-rails and toe-boards until such time as they themselves have
installed them. They rely upon the use of personal fall protection equipment (harnesses) to
arrest a fall during this time.
In order to assist Contractors, the UK National Access and Scaffolding Confederation (UK
NASC) has produced UK NASC Guidance Note SG4:05, Preventing Falls in Scaffolding and
Falsework. This is the accepted industry standard to which all scaffolding contractors should
be working.
Under the heading of 'Step 1 - Planning for work at height', the guidance states:
'Scaffolding contractors should consider measures that prevent falls from height, such as
providing adequate work platforms with suitable guard-rails or other collective measures,
before resorting to fall arrest equipment (i.e. harnesses).'
Devices and systems of work that provide collective fall protection, such as Advanced
Guardrail Systems and Step-ups, are now available for certain scaffolding operations. These
collective measures enable scaffolders to provide guard-rail protection in advance of erection
and to maintain fall protection for alterations and dismantling. Such systems do not
completely eliminate the risk of a fall in all circumstances and UK NASC still recommends
the use of personal fall protection equipment. Most of the current industry guidance is based
on the content of BS EN 13374.
Scaffolding plans must also consider the rescue and recovery of a scaffolder suspended by
their personal fall protection equipment. For further information on rescue planning see UK
NASC safety guidance note SG19.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
Page 67
For further information on the inspection of fall protection equipment see UK NASC safety
guidance note SG16.
scaffolders and their supervision should be trained in the requirements of SG4:05 and
the rescue plan
(b)
site managers and others who run construction sites should check that the scaffold
contractors coming on to their sites have been adequately trained in the requirements
of SG4:05.
AL
Foundations
The foundations for all scaffolds must
be of adequate strength to support and
disperse the load. On hard surfaces,
such as steel and concrete of sufficient
strength and thickness, standards may
be placed directly on the surface,
although it is generally preferable to use
a base plate which is 150 mm x 150
mm in size. Sheeting or proprietary
plastic treaders can also be used to
protect sensitive floors from damage or
marking.
On other surfaces, the load should be spread by using base plates and sole boards (see
above). The soil or ground beneath the sole board should be level and properly compacted.
When a sole board is used on hard ground, the area beneath any one standard should be at
2
least 1,000 cm . If a timber sole board is used, it must be not less than 35 mm thick.
On soft or disturbed ground, the sole board area should not be less than 1,700 cm . Each
sole board should support two standards.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Bricks, blocks and scraps of odd timber must not be used as sole boards.
On sloping ground, steps should be cut into the ground to accept base plates or sole boards
(see below). If the slope exceeds 1:10, an engineer should check that the ground has
sufficient stability.
QCS 2014
Page 68
Scaffolds founded on roofs or other suspended surfaces will need special consideration for
the loads imposed. An assessment and calculations may need to be made by an engineer to
ensure the loads can be supported, or whether temporary supports (shoring) will be required.
Alternative scaffolding materials, such as aluminium, can also be used to reduce the loads
imposed by the scaffolding.
AL
IO
Materials
Scaffold tubes and fittings must comply with BS EN 39:2001 (older tube to BS 1139). Ends
should be cut square and clean, free from any bends or distortion, corrosion, lamination
splits or surface flaws.
10
Fittings must comply with BS EN 74:3 2007 and BS 1139 Part 2.1. Fittings should not have
worn threads or damaged bolts and excess surface oil which may reduce friction grip.
11
All scaffold boards should comply with BS 2482:2009 and should not be warped, twisted,
split or badly worn, painted or otherwise treated so as to conceal any defects.
IN
TE
AT
placed vertically
(b)
spaced closely enough to provide an adequate support (see TG20 Table 1 Load
classes)
12
EG
Standards
(c)
(d)
near to ledgers
(e)
positioned so that joints are staggered ensuring there are no more than three joints in
any one bay.
Ledgers
13
horizontal and fixed securely to the inside of standards with right-angled, load-bearing
couplers
(b)
fitted so that joints are staggered, and not situated in the same bay
(c)
positioned so that joints in ledgers are in the end thirds of the bay, adjacent to the
standards.
QCS 2014
Page 69
15
16
Where appropriate, transoms should be long enough to butt up against the supporting
structure and enable the attachment of facade bracing tubes.
17
(b)
supported with the blade placed in the mortar bed joint of the brickwork, and pushed
right into the wall to provide a sufficient support (see above). The blade should be
horizontal and bedded approximately 75 mm into the brickwork.
AT
IO
(a)
When putlogs are used on existing buildings for tasks such as refurbishment or repointing,
each putlog blade can be installed either with the flattened end located in a vertical joint
(pert) or the horizontal bed in the brickwork.
18
AL
14
TE
Lift height
EG
IN
Width
Under TG20, the maximum lift height is 2.0 m for standard putlog and independent tied
scaffolds.
Where pedestrian access is required under the first lift, a 2.7 m base lift is permissible,
provided that the scaffold is tied at the first level to alternate standards.
The spacing of transoms or putlogs for boarded lifts will be determined by the standard or
grade of scaffold board used and the load class of scaffold required.
The spacing between transoms or putlogs must not result in an unsupported length of board
greater than that specified in Table 8 of TG20.
Loading
7
It is essential that scaffolds are not loaded beyond their maximum design load. Materials
should be distributed as evenly as possible with heavy items, such as piles of bricks,
positioned adjacent to standards. See Table 1 of TG20.
QCS 2014
Page 70
For scaffolds up to 15 metres high, transoms and putlogs used for non-boarded lifts should
be fixed at every pair of standards, including the pair at each end of the scaffold, to either the
standards with right-angled couplers, or to the ledgers with putlog couplers, and should be
within 300 mm of the ledger and standard connection. For scaffolds higher than 15 metres,
specialist guidance should be sought.
Note that SG4 requires all platform boards to be correctly supported as part of the safe
system of work. Transoms provided as temporary board supports on non-boarded lifts must
be left in place for alterations and dismantling.
BS EN 12811-1 requires unimpeded access along the working lift. For this to be achieved in
tube and fittings, reference needs to be made to TG20 Volume 2 and the structure classed
as a 'special scaffold'.
Ledger bracing should be fitted on alternate pairs of standards, except where the width of the
bays is 1.5 m or less. Then they may be fitted on every third pair.
AT
IO
AL
to ledgers or standards using load-bearing fittings, which will have a minimum slip
resistance of 5 Kn
(b)
(c)
IN
TE
(a)
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
*Note that plan bracing is required for this form of facade bracing (see Plan bracing below).
QCS 2014
Page 71
Plan bracing is required horizontally across the scaffold on all standard scaffolds taller than 8
m where the facade bracing is fixed across one bay only (see Facade bracing above).
Plan braces are fixed to the standards with right angle couplers, except where headroom is
critical, when it may be fixed with swivels to the ledgers.
Plan bracing should be fitted every 8 m (four lifts) vertically and every 12th bay to correspond
with the facade bracing.
Greater detail on the fitting of plan bracing can be found in UK NASC guide TG20.
Ties are generally designated as 'moveable' or 'non-moveable', the terminology being selfexplanatory. Where possible, ties should be left undisturbed until the scaffold is dismantled.
Where it is necessary for ties to be removed, even for a short period, the scaffold will be less
stable and the fitting of additional temporary ties will be necessary unless the initial tiepattern was designed to allow for the temporary removal of some ties.
Ties must not be removed by anyone other than a competent scaffolder or someone who is
under the direct supervision of one. The removal of scaffold ties must be carried out in
compliance with a method statement.
Scaffolds fitted with debris netting, sheeting and tarpaulins will be subjected to extra loading
due to wind pressure and will require the scaffold designer to increase the number and
frequency of ties, or the tie capacity.
Ties often pass through openings into the building, although alternative methods of tying can
be employed.
Generally, each tie must have a minimum tensile or compressive capacity of 6.1 kN,
although designers can consider heavy duty ties at 12.2 kN and light duty ties at 3.5 kN.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Ties should be evenly distributed over the scaffold, both horizontally and vertically with a
vertical spacing of no more than 4 m.
TG20 offers alternative tie patterns. If these minimum tie patterns cannot be achieved, the
pattern will need to be calculated by an engineer. At least 50% of ties must be fixed to ledger
braced standards.
The density of ties will be decided by the scaffold designer based on all the factors that have
the potential to affect the loading on the scaffold.
1.3.5.22 Rakers
1
For lower level and domestic scaffolds, where it is not possible to install normal ties, the
stability of a scaffold can be achieved by the use of rakers. A single, unjointed raking tube
not more than 6.4 m in length may be coupled at the top to the ledger at the second lift,
QCS 2014
Page 72
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
extending at an angle not greater than 75 to the horizontal (4:1). The foot of the raking tube
must be well founded and must always be tied back to the main scaffold. This arrangement
can be used in place of a single tie.
Freestanding access scaffolds for modern methods of construction, such as timber frame
structures, require calculations to be made for stability. These scaffolds would therefore be
classed as special scaffolds.
QCS 2014
Page 73
Through tie: This type of tie relies on a tube, usually placed vertically inside an opening or
window in a building. The tie tube should preferably rest on the sill, as close to one edge of
the opening as possible.
Through ties should be placed as close as possible to the window reveal and secured with
right-angled couplers.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
EG
(a)
Lip ties: An alternative form of tie, where box ties cannot be used; these take the form of an
'L' shaped arrangement of tubes and couplers which hook the scaffold behind elements of
the building, such as parapets. Lip ties do not resist inward or sway movement of the
scaffold; adjacent butting and sway transoms should be used to prevent this.
A selection of screwed plates, eyes, sockets and nuts are available for setting into concrete
during pouring. These may be used as anchorages.
There is a wide range of drilled-in anchorages available, also known as masonry anchors.
The accepted industry standard for the selection, use and testing of masonry anchors is UK
NASC technical guidance TG4:04 'Anchorage Systems for Scaffolding'.
QCS 2014
Page 74
Preliminary testing, wherever there is doubt about the base materials to help select
the correct type of anchor.
(b)
Proof testing, to check the installation and that the required tensile loads can be
achieved. A minimum of three ties must be tested and 5% (1 in 20) thereafter. Ties
must be tested to 1.5 times the required tensile load e.g. 6.1 kN tie requires a 9.2 kN
tensile test load.
If any anchor fails the test the cause must be investigated and the test frequency increased
to 10%. A test report should be provided with the test results as part of the handover
process.
(b)
TE
AT
IO
(a)
AL
Scaffolding may be secured to the building using the small ring bolt described previously,
with 6 mm wire rope threaded through the ring and around a scaffolding member with a
minimum of three turns. Steel banding of the equivalent strength may be used for the same
purpose.
This method does not prevent movement inwards; butting or sway transoms should be used
to prevent this.
Some architectural features of a structure may be of sufficient strength for attaching wire or
banding ties although they must not be used until their suitability has been verified, by testing
if necessary. If there is any doubt, they must not be used and an alternative method of tying
must be found. Rainwater guttering and soil pipes must never be used for the attachment of
ties.
When viewed in plan, tie tubes or banding ties should be set at right-angles to the building.
Information regarding design loads for ties can be obtained from UK NASC guidance
TG4:04.
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Page 75
mm.
2
The maximum overhang varies with the thickness of the scaffold board used. For further
information, see Table 8 of TG20.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
overhang at least 50 mm but not more than four times the thickness of the board,
unless secured from tipping
(g)
(h)
be secured to prevent movement if short boards less than 2.13 m are used.
AL
(a)
IO
All working platforms and decking should be closely boarded to their full width and free from
tripping hazards. Where reasonably practicable, overlapping boards should be avoided.
Where an overlap is unavoidable, the lapped board should be secured to prevent movement
and, if necessary, bevelled pieces should be installed.
The platform should be of an adequate width for the work to be carried out and safe passage
of people. The suggested widths as shown in Table 7 of TG20 may be taken as current
industry guidance.
When material is deposited on a platform, a clear passage must be maintained for access.
The space between the inner edge of a working platform and the adjacent structure should
be kept as small as possible to prevent falls. However, there can be circumstances in which
this gap has to be left wider. This is usually due to the nature of the work being carried out,
for example to enable the craning-in of sections of curtain wall between the scaffold and the
building under construction or where there is only primary steelwork inside the scaffold.
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
(b)
segregation of the areas below the scaffold and post warning signs
(c)
(d)
The space between scaffolding boards should be kept as small as possible and in any case
should not exceed 25 mm.
Boards should be securely fixed and present no risk to any person below.
QCS 2014
Page 76
(a)
600 mm wide (3 boards) if used for harrowing and the passage of materials
(b)
preferably horizontal, but where this is not possible they may slope up to a maximum
gradient of 20% (1 unit vertical to 5 units horizontal) without the requirement for
stepping laths.
If the gradient is unavoidably over 20%, or if the conditions are slippery, stepping laths must
be provided. Whilst there is no recommended distance between stepping laths, a 300 mm
separation is suggested. Stepping laths may incorporate a maximum central gap of 100 mm
for barrow wheels.
1.3.5.30 Guard-rails
Guard-rails are just one of the options a Contractor
may consider as a 'suitable and sufficient measure'
or means of protection when a person could fall any
distance liable to cause them personal injury. As
guard-rails are generally a collective measure, by
offering protection to everyone, they are to be
preferred to other measures that only protect
individuals, such as safety harnesses.
A second guard-rail (or mid guard-rail) may be placed approximately halfway between the
top edge of the toe-board and the top guard-rail, so that there is no gap larger than 470 mm
between the guard-rails or between the mid guard-rail and the toe-board.
All guard-rails must be fixed inside the standards with right-angle couplers to each standard.
Brick guards should always be installed where there is a possibility of materials toppling from
working platforms. If using the common type of brick guard, mid guard-rails should also be
fitted.
There will be occasions when it is possible to fall from the working platform into the structure
under construction. In these cases, it will be necessary to consider installing guard-rails to
the inner edge of working platforms or using other fall prevention/arrest measures.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Where it is necessary to load out scaffolds with bulk materials and so on, ideally there will be
a purpose-built loading bay with a lifting safety gate or similar. Where this is not the case, it
QCS 2014
Page 77
(a)
unless other work is stopped, other equally effective fall prevention/arrest measures
are put in place (such as safety harnesses) whilst there is an exposed edge
(b)
once the loading has been completed, the guard-rails and toe-boards are replaced
immediately.
The removal and refitting of guard-rails and toe-boards must only be carried out by a
competent scaffolder or a trainee who is under the direct supervision of a competent
scaffolder.
1.3.5.32 Toe-boards
Toe-boards must be:
(a)
(b)
(c)
AL
IO
Contractors are required to specify the use of existing structures as a means of access to
height, for example lifts or a permanent staircase, in preference to temporary measures such
as ladders.
Whilst ladders have been the commonly used means of access to scaffolds, the use of other,
safer means of access, such as stair towers, should now be considered in preference.
BS EN 12811 recommends that where extensive work is carried out, stairways should be
provided for access, and for taller scaffolds consideration should be given to the use of a
passenger hoist.
Note: Where passenger hoists are used, then additional non-mechanical access must also
be provided in case of breakdown or emergencies.
(b)
Stairways.
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
Ladder access bays with single lift ladders (to reduce the potential fall distance).
(c)
(d)
(e)
Where a ladder protrudes through a working platform (known as a ladder trap), the
remaining width of the platform must be at least 450 mm (2 boards wide).
(b)
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
Page 78
(e)
(f)
(g)
be secured at the top using square lashings or a proprietary ladder clamp. For longer
ladders, additional ladder supports (stays) can be used to prevent the ladder
deflecting when used. The stay must not obstruct the rung of the ladder
(h)
(i)
(j)
be the 'right way up' (tie wires or bars positioned under the rungs).
Note: Shorter/Ladders, which provide access to only one lift, are recommended.
AL
Where scaffolds are designed with internal ladders, working platforms must be provided with
access holes for each ladder. Such access holes should be at least 450 mm wide (across
the platform) and not less than 600 mm in the other direction. The access hole should be
protected with a ladder trapdoor as good practice.
AT
(b)
(c)
(d)
TE
(a)
Lateral gaps in guard-rails and toe-boards for access and egress must be kept to a minimum
and protected with a ladder safety gate as good
practice.
EG
IN
IO
QCS 2014
Page 79
that the scaffold is not safe to use. The method of warning will usually be 'scaffold
incomplete' signs at each point of access.
2
On larger scaffolds that are substantially complete, it may only be necessary to deny access
to the part of the scaffold that remains incomplete, providing:
(a)
(b)
all access points from the completed part of the scaffold, beyond which the scaffold is
incomplete, are clearly defined by warning signs and access to the incomplete part of
the scaffold is effectively prevented with guard-rails or other barriers.
Any scaffold, or part of, that is to be loaded by mechanical means (e.g. crane or fork lift
truck), must be specially designed and calculated as a loading bay or tower.
The scaffold should be checked periodically to ensure that the loads are within the
permissible limits. Refer to Table 7 of TG20.
IO
AL
AT
TE
scaffold fittings must not be oily or greasy. This will cause reduced frictional resistance
between the tube and the fitting
(b)
the correct spanner or podger must be used, and used in the correct manner,
otherwise the screw threads may be overstressed
(c)
scaffold fittings and tubes must be free from corrosion or other obvious defects.
EG
IN
(a)
When working at heights, various items of lifting equipment or ancillary lifting equipment will
usually be required. These may include block and tackle, motorised winches, wire ropes,
chains or slings.
Goods and passenger hoists should not be tied to the scaffold unless specially designed and
calculated for the purpose.
All scaffolds and working platforms (together with all other protective measures) are 'work
equipment' and so the inspection requirements of these Regulations apply:
'Every Contractor shall ensure that where the safety of work equipment depends on how it is
installed or assembled, it is not used after installation or assembly in any position unless it
has been inspected in that position.'
This clearly applies to all scaffolds including mobile and static tower scaffolds.
The inspection must be carried out by a competent person. A Contractor may wish to have a
QCS 2014
Page 80
There is a further requirement in that every Contractor must ensure that work equipment
exposed to conditions that may cause any deterioration liable to result in dangerous
situations is inspected at suitable intervals, and also when any exceptional circumstances
that are liable to jeopardise the safety of the work equipment have occurred.
In addition, Contractors must ensure that working platforms used for construction and from
which a person could fall more than 2 metres are not used in any position unless they have
been inspected in that position within the previous seven days.
AL
1.3.5.42 Reports
Where an inspection has been carried out, a written report of the findings of the inspection
must be made before the end of the working period.
The person who prepares the written report must provide a copy within 24 hours to the
person on whose behalf the inspection was carried out. The report, or a copy of it, must be
kept on the site where the inspection was carried out until the construction work is
completed, and then kept at the company offices for three months.
Contractors are free to design their own inspection report forms or purchase pads of them
from commercial suppliers.
IN
TE
AT
IO
The name and address of the person for whom the inspection was carried out.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
(a)
Details of any matter identified that could give rise to a risk to the health or safety of
any person.
(f)
(g)
(h)
Where someone has carried out an inspection of a scaffold and believes that it is not safe to
use, they must inform the person for whom the inspection has been carried out that the
scaffold is unsafe. The scaffold must not then be used until it has been made safe.
Scaffolds erected for one Contractor may (provided that permission has been sought and
given) be used by employees of another company, providing that the second Contractor is
satisfied that the scaffold is safe for its intended use and conforms to these Regulations.
QCS 2014
Page 81
Protection of the public and other persons against falling materials should be provided by the
use of nets, brick guards, toe-boards and protective fans, etc.
In most cases the scaffold will need to be designed to allow for ledger braces to be omitted
at ground level so that members of the public can pass under the scaffold.
The bottom or 'pavement' lift of the scaffold should be at a height no greater than 2.7 m. The
lift above pavement gantries must be fully close boarded, with a double layer of scaffold
boards and a layer of impervious sheeting.
It is not sufficient to warn the public of the hazard just by placing safety signs on the,
scaffold. Contractors must have acted to reduce the hazard as far as reasonably
practicable.
To ensure the scaffold is not struck by vehicles, no part of it should be allowed to project into
the roadway, unless appropriate measures are taken, such as traffic control or a road
closure. The provision of lighting at night may also be necessary.
Supplementary lights should be installed on the scaffold where it has been erected in a place
to which the public has access (whether pedestrians or vehicles), unless the level of
'background' lighting after dark is thought to be sufficient.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Contractors may, in their own interests, require that scaffold handover certificates are issued
by the scaffolding contractor.
that the scaffold is complete and complies with the requirements of relevant standards
or guidance
(b)
the maximum distributed loads which are permitted on the working lifts
(c)
QCS 2014
Page 82
(d)
(e)
that inspection is required every seven days or following exposure to adverse weather
conditions
(f)
(g)
that the Contractor is responsible for their employees working on the scaffold
(h)
that sheeting or netting is not to be fixed to the scaffold structure unless the scaffold
has been specifically designed for it
(i)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 83
Minimum
number of 225
mm nominal
width boards
mm
Effective width of
boarded platform for
(2)
loading calculations
mm
500
3 boards
705
800
4 boards
4+1 boards
4+2 boards
AL
Minimum
clear width
(4)
mm
1,050
1,300
1,155
1,435
1,655
6 boards
7 boards
1,350
1605
930
1205
1430
5 boards
5+1 boards
5+2 boards
AT
IO
Purpose
TE
Notes:
Where internal ladders are incorporated the minimum width may be 430 mm, i.e. two boards
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Page 84
Thickness
(1)
mm
mm
mm
mm
38
1,200
+100
ns
50
150
38
1,500
+100
ns
50
150
50
ns
2,600
50
200
63
ns
ns
3,250
50
250
ns
TE
BS 2482-2
mm
mm
38-1.5m
Maximum
mm
BS 2482-1
38-1.2 m
Minimum
IO
Span
Maximum
span
AT
Nominal Tolerance
Board overhang
AL
Board
specificatio
n
EG
(1)
IN
Notes:
ns means 'not stated' as calculation indicates the stress exceeds the allowable limit on the scaffold
QCS 2014
Page 85
1.3.5 Appendix 3
Load classes for access and working scaffolds made from tube and fittings
Table 1 from TG20:08 (Extract)
Load
class
Likely use of
platform
Duty
Max. bay
length
m
mm
Inspection, painting,
stone cleaning, light
cleaning and access
2.7
Light duty
Plastering, painting,
stone cleaning, glazing
and pointing
2.4
General purpose
1,200
AL
1,200
1,200
IO
AT
2.1
4+1
4+2
R
TE
Heavy duty
Masonry work,
concrete block work,
and very heavy
cladding
EG
IN
5+1 5+2
1.8
900
54+1
4+2
5+1
5+2
The above table is an extract of Table 1 from UK NASC Guidance Notes TG20:08. It is
reproduced only for the purpose of highlighting to readers the different load classes to which
scaffolds may be erected and examples of work activities for which each class might be
used.
QCS 2014
Page 86
TE
AT
IO
AL
Putlog scaffold
IN
Safety checklist
EG
10. Ties, particularly on lift below working platform or, in early stages,
rakers on alternate standards. Special attention to 'through' ties on
large flank ends without windows. Load-bearing couplers to be used
3. Spacing of putlogs
7. Longitudinal bracing
8. Means of access
QCS 2014
Page 87
Safety checklist
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
4. Spacing of transoms
15. Overloading
8. Means of access
QCS 2014
Safety checklist
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Base
Line of standards and ledgers
Line and spacing of transoms
Diagonal bracing (in both directions)
Plan bracing
Security of boards, toe-boards and guardrails. Maximum gap at wall
Security and correct use of couplers and fittings
Condition of tube and fittings
Even spread of load on platform
10
Means of access
11. Overloading
12. Security of stacked materials
Page 88
QCS 2014
Page 89
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
With birdcage scaffolds, the floor of the building has to carry the full weight of the scaffold and its
load. Sole plates are therefore necessary to help distribute the load as widely as possible - and they
should always be set at right angles to the underlying floor beams or joists.
QCS 2014
Page 90
AL
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Description of
Details of any
place of work, matter identified
or part
giving rise to the
inspected
health and safety
of any person
Date and
time of
inspection
Details of any
further action
required
QCS 2014
Page 91
Footings
Bracing (facade
1 2 3 4 and ledger)
Ties
1
2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Some missing
Some missing
No base plates
Loose
Loose
No sole boards
Wrong fittings
1 2 3 4 Putlogs and
transoms
2 3 4
IO
Standards
AL
Undermined
Loose,
Jointed at same
height
Wrongly spaced
Wrong spacing
Wrongly supported
AT
Not plumb
1 2 3 4
Bad boards
Trap boards
TE
Incomplete boarding
Insufficient supports
IN
Damaged
Boarding
EG
Ledgers
Couplings
1 2 3 4
2 3 4
Wrong fitting
Loose
No check couplers
Wrong height
Loose
Some missing
Damaged
Damaged
Not level
Loose
Bridles
2 3 4
Ladders
Weak support
Not tied
Wrong spacing
Damaged
Wrong couplings
Insufficient length
1 2 3 4
QCS 2014
Page 92
AL
...............................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................
IO
AT
Scaffolding as described above has now been completed and complies with current standards. It is
structurally sound and should only be used and loaded in accordance with our Quotation No:
TE
a)
(.....................................)
IN
EG
The detailed requirements of the Regulations with regard to guard-rails - working platforms - toeboards - bracing and ties have been complied with.
In order to comply with the Regulations, this scaffold must be inspected before being taken into use for
the first time, at regular intervals not exceeding 7 days since the last inspection, after any event likely
to have jeopardised the safety of the scaffold and after any substantial addition, dismantling or other
alteration. Particulars of each inspection must be recorded in a Report of Inspection.
This scaffold has / has not (delete as appropriate) been designed to take tarpaulin sheets (or other
windsails).
Scaffold Contractor: ..................................................................................................................................
Depot: .......................................................................................................................................................
Certificate received on behalf of the Contractor: ......................................................................................
QCS 2014
Page 93
Those who plan, supervise or carry out roof work must be competent to do so.
Integral features of roofs such as a steep pitch, valleys, fragile cladding or roof lights can
increase the risk of falling.
Falls through fragile roofing materials continue to be the cause of many deaths and injuries.
Bad weather can have a significant impact on the risk control measures that have to be
taken.
Ideally work will be carried out from a stable working platform, fitted with guard-rails and toeboards.
Where such fall prevention measures cannot be used, effective fall arrest measures must be
put in place, ideally 'collective' measures such as safety nets or other soft landing systems.
Those who work on roofs must also take into consideration the safety of anyone passing
below to protect them from falling materials or tools.
AT
IO
AL
1.3.6.2 Introduction
Roof work, including work on fragile roofing materials, gives rise to a substantial number of
fatal and serious accidents.
It needs to be emphasised, however, that there is not just the actual roof working to be
considered, but the whole process - including planning the job, creating a safe access, the
safe storage of equipment and materials etc.
There is no such thing as a 'safe height'; anyone who is off the ground is at risk of falling.
The hazard exists on working platforms, scaffolds, ladders, flat and pitched roofs, open
steelwork and any area in which work is being done in proximity to fragile materials,
openings, holes and roof edges.
Most accidents could be avoided, given the provision of appropriate equipment and the
adequate information, instruction, training and supervision of those who use it.
EG
IN
TE
These Regulations require that a 'suitable and sufficient' risk assessment of all work
activities is carried out and that significant risks are recorded. By its very nature, work carried
out on roofs will entail a significant risk of falls from height unless appropriate control
measures are put in place.
(a)
identify the hazards arising from working on roofs which will include working at height
(b)
specify the control measures that will be put in place to reduce the risk of falls to an
acceptable level.
These Regulations then require that the control measures identified are put in place.
QCS 2014
Page 94
Contractors to ensure that work at height is planned, supervised and carried out in a
safe manner by competent persons
(b)
work at height to be carried out using appropriate work equipment, particularly that
which provides collective fall protection
(c)
suitable and sufficient steps to be taken to prevent falling objects which are likely to
cause injury to any person
(d)
(e)
where appropriate, the need to plan how the rescue of someone who has fallen but is
suspended might be achieved
(f)
where there is a risk of a person falling or being struck by a falling object, steps to be
taken to prevent unauthorised access into that area.
AL
(a)
The key areas are planning and competence to ensure that the control measures will be put
in place and followed.
The relevant requirements of these Regulations with regard to roof work are considered to
be:
AT
IO
All equipment used in connection with work carried out at heights is classified as 'work
equipment' for the purposes of these Regulations. This will include not only items such as
scaffold components and ladders, but also the tools used such as slate rippers, screw guns
and the like.
These Regulations require that whoever supplies work equipment must ensure that it is
suitable for the job in hand, maintained in good working order and subjected to inspection as
necessary.
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and specified workers.
EG
IN
TE
mobile cranes
(b)
(c)
passenger lifts
(d)
inclined hoists
(e)
tele-handlers
(f)
powered hoists
(g)
gin-wheels.
Also covered by these Regulations are the accessories that are used in conjunction with
lifting equipment, such as:
(a)
ropes
(b)
hooks
QCS 2014
(c)
chains
(d)
eye-bolts
(e)
slings.
Page 95
In the context of roof work, the definition of PPE includes items of fall-arrest equipment such
as safety harnesses and lanyards.
In deciding which type to issue, the Contractor must take into account the risk that the PPE
is being used for, and also ensure that the PPE will fit the wearer and allow them to work
comfortably.
The Contractor must ensure that employees have been given adequate and appropriate
information, instruction and training to enable them to understand the risks being protected
against, the purpose of the PPE and the manner in which it is to be used.
Whilst the Contractor must take reasonable steps to ensure that any personal protective
equipment supplied is used, the employee in turn must ensure that they use the equipment
provided in accordance with instruction and training given and know the procedures for
reporting loss or defect to their Contractor.
AT
IO
AL
These Regulations place legal duties on several categories of duty-holder, each of which has
the potential to reduce the risks to health and safety during and after the construction phase.
IN
TE
EG
Designers
The definition of designer under CDM is extremely wide and many contractors will also be
designers. A common scenario would be where the client simply asks the contractor to sort
out a leaking roof and the contractor designs the solution.
Whoever devises the specification for the work is likely to be considered a designer. This is
very important as the designer has a legal duty to consider health and safety issues in
relation to not only carrying out the work, but also the maintenance, cleaning and eventual
removal (demolition) of the roof.
In common with all aspects of design, the person carrying out the design should be
sufficiently knowledgeable of the construction process to specify how the work can be
carried out safely.
Roofers working on industrial type buildings are commonly faced with the problem of fragility.
This may be because the roof itself is made of a fragile material such as asbestos cement
sheets or simply because the rooflights are not load bearing. As the standard specification
for rooflights is 10% by area, this represents a significant amount of fragile roof surface.
When designing roofs, designers should also consider such things as ongoing maintenance
activities, for example how rooflights and gutters can be cleaned safely and whether the safe
access for this type of work can be designed-in at the design stage.
QCS 2014
Page 96
Clients
Under these Regulations the client must provide relevant pre-construction information to
other parties such as the Contractor and Engineer to enable the job to be planned so that it
can be carried out safely. The client, along with other duty-holders, must take reasonable
steps to ensure that all parties involved are competent to do what is required of them.
The main type of information that would be relevant for roof work would be the presence of
asbestos, areas of damage, loading limitations of the roofing material, the existence of fallrestraint systems, the location of safe access routes where known, as built drawings where
available and so on.
It should be noted that the client may not be aware of such factors as damaged areas of the
roof or the existence (or lack) of safe access routes. The client may well assume that the job
will be carried out by a method that is neither practical nor safe. They commonly expect
roofing contractors to be able to access places and do tasks that they would simply not allow
their employees to do.
AL
Design
(b)
Selection of contractors/staff
(c)
Planning
(d)
(e)
AT
(a)
Selection of contractors/staff
EG
IN
Where a Contractor is using its own employees to carry out roof work, it is essential that
several factors are taken into consideration. Both training and operational work on roofs can
be hazardous, strenuous work, often involving:
(a)
(b)
work outdoors usually in hot, cold or wet weather and possibly high winds
(c)
(d)
11
IO
TE
10
12
This means that fitness to work is particularly important and needs to be considered by the
Contractors.
13
(b)
weakness of limbs, loss of balance including vertigo (dizziness from being at height)
(c)
(d)
(e)
any other disease, disability, medication, alcohol, drugs or effects of toxic substances
(lead etc.) likely to impair mental or physical activity, especially at a height
(f)
temporary ailments such as influenza or other conditions that may affect judgment
(g)
QCS 2014
(h)
14
Page 97
It is very strongly suggested that Contractors should establish a policy on fitness for work.
Planning
15
Planning the work should include consideration of the progression of the work with regard to:
(a)
site-specific risks
(b)
weather conditions
(c)
(d)
(e)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
emergency situations, such as rescuing someone who has fallen and is suspended at
high level in a safety harness
(f)
vent pipes that may suddenly shower unsuspecting roof workers with anything ranging
from high pressure steam to noxious chemicals
(g)
(h)
TE
AT
IO
(a)
EG
Weather conditions
IN
16
AL
Site-specific risks
It goes without saying that the weather can have a significant impact upon the intention to
carry out roof work and may ultimately be the reason for the start of a job being delayed, or it
being suspended part-way through.
18
Heavy rain, high winds, frost or snow might make it unsafe for operatives to work at height.
19
The only note of caution is that the forecast wind speed is given for 'ground level'. The wind
speed can be considerably higher at height, for example, if installing a glass atrium roof on
top of a multi-storey tower block.
20
If a roofing job has started and the weather is forecast to be changeable, with perhaps
extremes of conditions, it will be essential to monitor the forecast so that work can be halted
before it becomes unsafe to continue.
21
The wind speed could have an impact upon whether or not it is safe to handle or store
certain types of materials, such as roofing sheets, at height.
22
Work involving the handling of sheeting and cladding requires extra care in windy conditions,
when a sheet may act like a 'sail' causing the person holding it to lose their balance.
23
Working in gusty wind conditions can be particularly dangerous. Industry Guidance suggests
that the following activities should cease when the average wind speeds shown are
17
QCS 2014
Page 98
exceeded:
(a)
27.36 km/h - handling lightweight materials and any materials over 5 metres long or
rolls of felt
(b)
25
If the site layout necessitates that the asphalt/bitumen boiler has to be sited on the roof, the
question will have to be asked as to whether it is still possible to get off the roof safely if a fire
occurs.
26
27
Carrying out roof work will often involve the use of fall-arrest equipment such as safety nets
or safety harness and lanyard. Anyone who falls will have to be rescued promptly,
particularly if they are suspended in a harness.
TE
AT
IO
AL
24
The means of gaining access to height and safely working there will depend upon many
factors such as the nature of the roof structure, whether there is room to erect a scaffold or
bring in a MEWP and even the length of time that the job is expected to take.
29
Some common means of gaining access to height or actually working at height are:
EG
IN
28
ladders
(b)
(c)
(a)
(d)
stair towers
(e)
independent scaffolds.
what roofing materials are required and quite possibly where they can be stored safely
at ground level
(b)
(c)
avoiding the overloading of any part of the roof by stacking materials prior to
installation
(d)
the safe storage of sheet materials if they are to be stored for any length of time,
particularly during windy weather
(e)
QCS 2014
(f)
Page 99
To a large extent, the risks of doing the job, the risk-control measures that will be necessary
and therefore the way in which the work is carried out will depend upon the type of roof.
Flat roofs
On flat roofs, falls most frequently occur from:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
A roof with a pitch of less than 10 is classed as a flat roof. Safe access to the roof, and to
any working place on that roof, must be provided and maintained.
If there is no parapet or similar barrier to stop anyone from falling, edge protection must be
provided. This may take the form of standard guard-rails and toe-boards or, providing
nobody will approach the edge, a barrier set back from the edge.
Where works are to be undertaken which could result in materials or equipment falling onto
people passing below, protective measures must be taken. This can range from adding
netting, close boarding or debris fans to scaffolds or establishing exclusion zones. These
could range from permanently fenced off areas to simply having someone stopping people
from accessing the 'drop zone' at critical times.
There will be times when operatives need to work at exposed leading edges, but it is not
reasonably practical to install guard-rails or other fall prevention measures. In these
circumstances, it will be necessary to install or provide fall-arrest systems. The most suitable
type of fall-arrest system will be indicated by a risk assessment. Where safety nets, air bags
or other soft landing systems are used, they will provide collective safety for anyone working
above them who falls.
Alternatively, it may be decided that operatives should wear a safety harness with a lanyard
clipped to a strong anchor point or a horizontal 'running line'. The effectiveness of this
system depends upon the training of operatives in the use of the equipment and the
operatives actually 'clipping on'.
When a safety harness and lanyard is used, consideration must be given to the position of
the anchor point, which ideally will be above the head-height of the user. Where the anchor
point is at ankle level, for example, there will be more slack in the lanyard and the fall will be
further before it is arrested. It has been calculated that in some circumstances a person
could fall up to 5.5 metres before the fall is arrested. In this situation, where the person is
working less than 5.5 metres above ground level, impact with the ground would occur before
the fall could be arrested.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
10
(a)
an equally effective safe system of work must be in place and maintained, which will
prevent falls of persons or materials
(b)
Some flat roofing systems will involve the use of various chemicals or hot-works and the
QCS 2014
Page 100
liberation of fumes or solvents may occur, Consideration to COSHH should be given as well
as the significant possibility of fire, explosion or burns from hot bitumen.
Traditional pitched roofs
11
from the eaves, by slipping down then falling from the roof
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
when passing along valley gutters with fragile materials alongside the access way.
13
AL
12
(b)
(c)
AT
IO
(a)
15
Curved roofs
16
EG
IN
TE
14
(a)
(b)
17
18
Additionally, proprietary 'rubber steps' are available that follow the exact contour of a curved
roof, with sections being joined to extend the overall length. These steps must be regarded
as a foothold only as they are not equipped with a hand-rail. They must therefore only be
used in conjunction with another form of fall protection, such as a fall-arrest block.
19
Where there is a risk of falling through a curved roof, consideration should be given to
installing safety nets inside the roof.
QCS 2014
Page 101
Profiled roofs
These range from a single asbestos cement sheet on an outside toilet to the latest
continuously extruded system formed in situ to cover large portal frame buildings. The
systems will differ in complexity and range from single skin through to composite factoryproduced units.
21
New build profiled installation will normally be carried out over a system of safety nets which
provide fall protection.
22
There are other means of providing safe access for roofs. Traditionally for new build systems
this was called leading edge protection and used working platforms in the form of lightweight
staging. This system advances along the roof in line with, or previously, in advance of the
installation of the roof sheets.
23
If a double skin roof system is being installed, the inner sheet or liner tray must be fixed by at
least four fixings before it can be stood on.
24
Metal profile roof sheets are therefore still fragile until they have been fixed. Furthermore,
many rooflight assemblies, which are often installed as part of a profiled roof system, are
also fragile. This will necessitate proprietary work platforms such as 'Youngman' boards are
used to enable safe access.
25
Any working platform must be a minimum of 600 mm wide with hand-rails on one or both
sides, depending on whether a fall can occur. This does create practical difficulties in terms
of moving them due to their bulk and weight. In a new build situation it can be possible to run
the boards on a wheeled system referred to as purlin trolleys.
26
The only other option therefore is to physically step on the roof and lift the stagings. A 5
metre platform with guardrails weighs about 50 kg. Given that the platforms should be joined
together, then physically moving them does offer challenges. Also, how the stagings are put
in place to start with can often be an issue. It is not a safe system of work to simply carry the
staging up the steelwork. They may need to be craned up and positioned at the same time
as the packs of sheets.
Fragile roofs
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
20
Fragile roofing materials include asbestos, glass, plastic, cement sheets and similar brittle
surfaces.
28
Non-fragile roof lights should be fixed with a red coloured fixing to allow people to
differentiate between them.
29
As far as the strength of the materials is concerned, the appearance of fragile roofs is often
misleading. Surface coatings, dirt or moss may conceal the fragile nature of the material,
thereby giving a false appearance of soundness to glass, plastic, asbestos, etc. Even if the
roof is clad in a load-bearing material, roof lights are often fragile.
30
Asbestos and various plastic materials are particularly brittle and will shatter without warning.
31
Many deaths and serious injuries have occurred as a result of roof workers falling through
fragile surfaces. Most of the falls could have been easily prevented had a risk assessment
been carried out and a safe system of work developed. Even if the falls did occur, the deaths
and injuries could have been prevented by the use of safety nets or another soft landing
system.
27
QCS 2014
Page 102
Ideally, another way of carrying out the job would be found that does not require anyone to
work on or near to fragile roofing materials. However, in many cases, this may not be
practical.
33
If it is necessary to pass across a fragile roof, a roof-board complete with a guard-rail should
be used to spread the weight and provide a good handhold. Depending upon the job, it may
be necessary to use more than one roof-board: one to support the person whilst the other is
moved to a new position.
34
The practice of trying to 'walk the line of the bolts' or 'the line of the purlins' is very dangerous
and must not be attempted. Where walkways with a hand-rail are not an integral part of the
roof structure, a safe system of work must be devised.
35
Walkways near fragile surfaces (in valleys, parapets, gutters or channels) must be provided
with suitable guard-rails or, if not, the fragile surface should be over-laid with a load-bearing
material to prevent the possibility of anyone falling
through.
36
37
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
32
All ladders used for access to elevated work positions, including working platforms or roofs,
must comply with the following requirements.
(a)
A risk assessment must be carried out before a ladder is used either for access or as
a place of work.
QCS 2014
Page 103
The risk assessment must show that it is not reasonably practicable to use an
alternative, safer means of access.
(c)
Ladders should only be used as a place of work for light work of short duration where
the risk assessment shows the risk of falling to be low.
(d)
30 minutes is a guide to short duration. This is not 30 minutes in one place and then
30 minutes having moved the ladder 1 m along the wall.
(e)
Such work could be an inspection or light maintenance work involving the use of one
hand only. Removing cast iron gutters would obviously not fall under this definition.
(f)
All ladders should be to the correct industrial specification and not domestic quality
(Class 3).
(g)
The ladder must be securely fixed near to the top of the stiles or, if this is not
physically possible, footed near to the bottom to prevent undue swaying or
displacement.
(h)
(i)
The ladder must be set on a firm level footing (for example, not on loose bricks).
(j)
(k)
The ladder must extend at least 1 metre (5 rungs) above the landing place, unless
another suitable handhold is provided.
(l)
There must be sufficient clear space at each rung to allow a safe foothold.
(m)
(n)
(o)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
Ideally, where it is necessary to use a pitched roof ladder, access to the lower end of it will
be from a working platform at the eaves.
(b)
QCS 2014
any other ladder used to get to the eaves and the roof ladder
(ii)
Page 104
(d)
of good construction, strong enough to enable the planned work to be carried out and
regularly inspected
(e)
adequately supported to take the user's weight without damaging the roof
(f)
securely fixed to the sloping part of the roof by means of a ridge hook placed over the
ridge. Ridge hooks must not bear down on ridge tiles or capping tiles.
AT
IO
AL
(c)
If a person is liable to fall from a height that would result in injury, landing places must be
provided with:
IN
TE
(b)
an intermediate guard-rail
(c)
a toe-board
(e)
(d)
EG
(a)
a gap not exceeding 470 mm between the toe-board and guard-rail, or between any
two guard-rails
an intermediate guard-rail if standard, light-gauge brick guards are used.
Where reasonably practicable, edge protection, in the form of guard-rails and toe-boards,
must be provided if people have to work close to what would otherwise be an unprotected
edge, where:
(a)
(b)
(c)
All holes in floors, etc. must be similarly guarded or securely covered. The covering must be
of a suitable material, securely fixed and clearly marked 'Hole below'.
QCS 2014
Page 105
Open joists through which a person could fall must be boarded over to provide safe access
to a working place.
Guard-rails, toe-boards and covers may be removed to allow access for people and
materials, but must be replaced as soon as possible. This does not apply to demolition work
unless it is left unattended.
AL
Mobile access platforms are often used as an alternative to ladders, scaffolds and cradles.
The range of equipment includes mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs), forklift trucks
equipped with work platforms, and mast climbing work platforms (MCWPs). Each of these
types of equipment can be suitable for carrying out particular types of roof work. For
example, using a telescopic boom MEWP (cherry picker) might be a suitable and safe way of
accessing a job that would otherwise require someone having to cross a fragile roof. This is
particularly important for inspection work. Truck mounted cherry pickers now have sufficient
reach to enable inspection of nearly all buildings to be made without having to directly
access the roof.
Where people are working from these platforms, calculations of the real loads must be
made. Typically an allowance for each person of 100 kg covers operative and tools. If
materials are to be carried as well, then the weight must be estimated to ensure that the
platform is not overloaded.
Finally, thought must be given to emergencies, and how aerial rescue could be carried out if
necessary.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Easily moved from place to place, MEWPs are particularly suitable for short duration tasks
requiring a work platform.
Also, it must not be overlooked that MEWPs are classified as lifting equipment and as the
task is so called 'man riding' the inspections must be at six-monthly intervals.
Forklift trucks equipped with work platforms may be used for access to limited heights,
usually for maintenance work. The platform or 'cage' must be
designed for the purpose, fitted to the forklift truck in a manner
that prevents it from becoming accidentally detached.
QCS 2014
Page 106
The use of so-called 'non' integrated work platforms on forklift trucks is not seen as a
particularly safe practice. They are very concerned on the use of rough terrain telescopic
forklifts.
11
These are very commonly used on demolition sites when stripping roofs for salvage or
removing asbestos cement sheets. To be able to use them, as a minimum the platform and
forklift must have the following:
tested under Lifting Operations Lifting Equipment (LOLER) every six months
(b)
the basket must have a plate displaying information about loading etc.
(c)
(d)
(e)
AL
(a)
One way to overcome the access difficulties associated with fragility is simply not to land on
the roof at all. It is possible to use man riding baskets from a mobile crane. The crane itself
would normally be expected to be fitted with a 'dead man's' handle so that the driver cannot
inadvertently lower the basket to the ground, and must be on 'power lower' as opposed to
'free fall'. This may rule out some older crawler cranes.
13
All physical parts of the system will require thorough examination under LOLER every six
months. It would be expected for the operatives to be harnessed in and typically the
harnesses are attached to the hook block of the crane, which offers a second level of safety so-called redundancy.
TE
AT
IO
12
EG
With this equipment, the platform or cradle rises up one or more static masts in a similar way
to a hoist, providing a temporary work platform at height, usually on the side of a building.
Some of the procedures to be observed in the erection and use include:
(a)
(b)
(c)
14
IN
(d)
(e)
(f)
they should be clearly marked with the safe working load and permitted numbers of
persons allowed on the platform at each configuration
(g)
they should not be used as a substitute for using stairs or a passenger lift for travelling
to higher levels.
Access to chimneys
15
Page 107
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
TE
Care must be taken at all times when stacking material on or at roof level. Attention should
be given to the following:
the size of the load involved
(b)
(c)
(d)
the means of communication (signals) and the competence of the slinger or signaller
(e)
(f)
(g)
EG
IN
(a)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
the Contractor.
AT
(a)
TE
(b)
the safety of others who may be working or passing below (from falling objects), by the
creation of 'danger areas', either around the high-level workplace and/or below it.
IN
(a)
EG
IO
Page 108
AL
QCS 2014
This is achieved by preventing unauthorised access into any danger area, so far as is
reasonably practicable, by the use of equipment such as barriers and appropriate signs.
Contractors may find in particular situations that it is not practical to create a permanent
'exclusion zone' beneath the work being carried out above. In these circumstances a
solution would be to deploy 'safety marshals' at the lower level to enforce exclusion from the
danger area as and when it is necessary.
Roof trusses
5
The placement and installation of roof trusses and their associated bracing has the potential
to be a very hazardous activity and a safe system of access and protection must be planned
and implemented. The risk assessment should have considered these and all other aspects
of the work.
A safe working platform around the perimeter of the roof should be erected and, where
access is required within the trusses, safe access provided. This can be achieved by
boarding out the bottom chord of the trusses, so long as they are stable and capable of
taking the imposed loads.
QCS 2014
Page 109
Safety nets can be used, provided a safe clearance distance can be achieved below the net.
However, it is difficult to arrange a strong fixing for a net on a new build house. The most
common fall protection systems in use in building are 'bean bags', air bags or crash decks.
There are a number of proprietary soft-landing systems available in which the fall-arrest bags
simply interlock to provide a cushioned landing if someone falls.
Crash decks could be as simple as a tower scaffold under the place of work.
10
11
12
They do require moving periodically so that they remain under the place of work and of
course they are nowhere as comfortable to land on as a soft-landing system.
AL
14
AT
IO
13
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
special care must be taken in inclement weather such as fog, frost, snow and rain
(g)
special attention must be paid to the possibility of tides or storm surges changing
water levels or flow rates
(h)
life jackets must be provided, and worn by all operatives involved in working over
water
TE
IN
EG
(i)
(a)
(j)
suitable rescue equipment must be provided, maintained and operated by trained and
competent staff
(k)
frequent checks must be carried out to ensure that the correct number of personnel
can be accounted for
(l)
all persons must work in pairs, or in larger groups, as necessary (no lone working)
(m)
all persons must be trained in the procedures for raising alarms and in rescue drills.
The accumulated droppings of birds, if disturbed into airborne dust and then inhaled, can
cause severe respiratory problems. It is anticipated that this will mainly be a problem during
refurbishment and repair work or demolition.
16
If during the early visits to site it is evident that pigeons have been, or are present, measures
must be taken to clean up the droppings before work starts, using a safe system of work,
and to discourage the return of the birds.
QCS 2014
Page 110
In situations where the prevention of falls from height cannot be guaranteed, it is essential
that measures are put in place to ensure that any fall that does occur is arrested, without
injury to the person who has suffered the fall.
In many cases safety nets are the preferred method of arresting falls because:
they provide what is termed 'collective' fall protection
(b)
if rigged immediately below the work area, they limit the height of the fall to the
minimum and recovery of the 'faller' should not be a problem
(c)
they are a 'soft landing system' that should cause no injury to the person who has
fallen.
AL
(a)
Safety nets can suffer wear and damage and must be inspected periodically.
Other forms of soft-landing systems, such as air-bags or bean-bags, also offer collective
protection and are more appropriate for some types of work.
If fall-arrest is to be achieved using a safety harness and lanyard, the wearer must be trained
in fitting and adjusting the harness and selecting the appropriate lanyard and a secure
anchorage.
TE
AT
IO
IN
1.3.7.2 Introduction
Where a risk assessment has identified that the risk of falls from height cannot be eliminated
by the installation of barriers, guard-rails or other similar measures, the use of fall-arrest
equipment may then be the best option.
Safety nets or the use of other soft landing systems are preferred to the use of safety
harnesses and lines, as they protect the whole area and all persons working above them.
They do not rely on individual workers wearing a safety harness and lanyard connected to a
secure anchorage point.
In situations where people and traffic pass below others working at height, a safety net used
in conjunction with a fine mesh debris net will protect those below from falling tools and
materials, as well as providing fall-arrest for the people working at height.
Where safety nets cannot be rigged for any reason, and it is not practical to use another form
of soft-landing system, it may be necessary to resort to the use of a safety harness and
lanyard, providing:
EG
(a)
operatives have been trained in the use and care of the equipment and wear it
correctly
(b)
the work environment enables falls to be arrested without injury to the person who has
fallen
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
Page 111
Whichever system is used for minimising injury from falling, whether it be safety nets,
another soft-landing system or harness and lanyard, the system must be:
(a)
(b)
(c)
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either remove the hazard or to
put control measures in place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any work
situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or any other persons
who may be affected.
These Regulations require that, additionally, the Contractor provides employees with
adequate information, instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry out any work
safely and without risks to their health.
AT
IO
AL
TE
These Regulations require that Contractors only provide work equipment that is suitable for
the job and ensure that it is maintained and kept in good working order.
Contractors must ensure that where the safety of work equipment depends upon the way it is
installed, it is inspected as necessary.
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and specified workers.
Employees must be provided with information, instruction and training in the use of work
equipment, where necessary for their health and safety.
EG
IN
These Regulations require that where a risk has been identified by a risk assessment, and it
cannot be adequately controlled by other means which are equally or more effective, then
the Contractor must provide and ensure that suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is
used by employees.
In essence, PPE may only be used as a last resort after all other means of eliminating or
controlling the risk have been considered.
In deciding which type to issue, the Contractor must take into account the hazard that the
QCS 2014
Page 112
PPE is being used to protect against, and that the PPE must fit the wearer and allow them to
work comfortably.
4
The idea of comfort is important and needs to take account of other items of equipment and
other PPE that will also be worn.
Whilst the Contractor must take 'reasonable steps' to ensure that any PPE supplied is worn,
employees in turn must ensure that they wear the equipment provided and know the
procedures for reporting any loss or defect to their Contractor.
AL
where it is reasonably practicable, avoid the need to carry out work at height
(b)
where such work cannot be avoided, make sure to select the most appropriate work
equipment for the work and to prevent falls
(c)
(d)
ensure that the work is risk assessment based and that it is carried out safely by
competent persons
(e)
ensure that equipment used for working at height is appropriately selected and
inspected as specified
(f)
ensure that measures are taken to prevent anyone being injured by falling objects.
TE
AT
IO
(a)
IN
(a)
EG
(b)
lifting equipment used for lifting persons is constructed and used so as to protect the
safety of the person(s) being carried
(c)
the load must be under full and proper control at all times
(d)
lifting equipment and accessories must be clearly marked with their safe working load
and other markings if designed for lifting persons
(e)
every lift must be properly planned by a competent person, properly supervised and
carried out safely
(f)
The frequency and type of inspections and thorough examinations should be determined by
a competent person. This is quite simply because the risk of damage will depend on the
work activity and environment. For example, a harness worn by a demolition burner will
probably require more frequent checks than that of a utility engineer inspecting street lighting
QCS 2014
Page 113
columns.
There are a number of British Standards which relate to safety nets. They should be
manufactured to the requirements of BS EN 1263-1 and erected in accordance with BS EN
1263-2. This latter standard gives information on the installation and use of safety nets.
This standard specifies that anyone who is planning the installation of a safety net system
should take into account the:
AL
(b)
sequence and type of work being carried out during installation and removal
(c)
sequence of construction work to be carried out whilst the nets are in position
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Modern safety nets are efficient at saving lives and preventing injury. They are an energyabsorbing system designed to minimise the consequences to the person who has fallen.
Safety nets should be erected as close as possible to the working level to minimise the
height of any fall that may occur.
EG
(a)
(b)
Knotted. This, generally heavier and older type of net, provides energy absorption by
tightening at the knots and permanently deforming.
Safety nets are manufactured in square or diamond mesh, with two mesh sizes: 60 mm and
100 mm. The 100 mm is the normal mesh size used in the UK.
All safety nets should carry an identification label. This includes the date of manufacture; the
net type, class and size; and reference to the British Standard BS EN 1263-1. It should also
carry a unique serial number for record purposes and traceability.
Fall heights
9
The positioning of a safety net system is critical to minimise the height of falls that may
occur. Although safety nets are designed for a maximum fall height of 6 m, the maximum fall,
if installed directly under the workplace, should be under 1 m.
QCS 2014
Page 114
10
When nets are installed, the maximum amount of sag in the net should be no more than 10%
of the bay width.
11
When a load or person falls into a correctly erected net, the net material will deform as it
absorbs the energy from the fall.
12
It is therefore critical to provide adequate clearance below the net, to allow the deformation
to occur without the load or person striking the ground or some other object.
13
If a person were to fall 2 m into a net between 5 m and 9 m wide, the total deformation,
including the erection sag, may be between 2.6 m and 3.5 m, depending on the width of net.
It is essential to check the manufacturer's specification to ensure that there is adequate
clearance below the planned net position.
Competence
The way in which safety net systems are installed is critical. Not only must those installing
the net system be trained and competent, so must the people who carry out the routine
inspection of safety nets.
15
16
There are industry agreed standards and qualifications for training in the rigging and
inspection of safety nets. The training of inspectors is aimed at site management staff as well
as professionals within the industry.
AT
IO
AL
14
TE
Safety nets are provided with short lengths of test cord attached to the net. These cords
carry the net's unique serial number and are so fitted that they receive the same
environmental exposure as the net material. At yearly intervals, a test cord should be
detached from the net and sent back to the manufacturer so that it may undergo a tensile
failure test, to monitor the degradation of the net material through exposure to sunlight.
Typically a net is made with three so called 'test diamonds'. The presence or absence of
these gives the site manager a clear indication as to whether the basic testing regime is in
place.
Inspection
EG
IN
17
Periodic testing
18
Where safety net systems are erected, they should be inspected on a weekly basis by a
competent person to ensure that they are still in a safe condition, fixed correctly and will
provide the fall-arrest capability if required.
19
Inspections should be carried out more frequently if circumstances indicate that the integrity
of the net system is in doubt.
20
A net should also be inspected after a person or substantial load has fallen into it, to
determine whether it should remain in service or be replaced. In some cases, it may be
necessary to seek specialist advice.
21
Care of nets
22
Care should be taken to reduce to a minimum unnecessary wear and mechanical damage
likely to weaken the net. Materials must not be stacked on it and the deliberate jumping into,
or dropping of objects on to nets must be prohibited, as permanent deformation may occur.
QCS 2014
23
Page 115
(b)
(c)
(d)
any sparks from hot work, welding, grinding, burning operations, hot gases from
blowlamps, or hot ash from chimneys or furnaces
(e)
chemical attack
(f)
Special care should be exercised and precautions taken to prevent the net and any
supporting framework from being struck by loads on moving vehicles or by the vehicles
themselves.
25
Regular inspection is necessary to ensure that the nets remain serviceable. The net
manufacturer should be consulted when there is any doubt about the suitability of nets for
use in hazardous conditions, after any known contamination or when deformation has
occurred.
26
When erecting nets in the vicinity of electricity lines or overhead power cables, the
appropriate authority should be consulted before work starts.
AT
IO
AL
24
Maintenance
Nets must always be inspected after use and before storing to identify any damaged areas.
Glass, metal, grit and other debris should be removed to prevent abrasion.
28
29
If areas of damage are found or chemical damage is suspected, contact the manufacturer to
obtain a list of competent people able to repair or clean the nets.
TE
IN
EG
Storage
27
Nets should be stored away from heat, chemicals and solar radiation.
31
32
33
34
35
36
30
Where the net is erected as close as possible below the work area, many of the situations
where persons enter a net will be minor 'step-ins', with the person able to climb out unaided.
38
On other occasions, a person may fall a considerable height into a net. They may fall onto
materials lying in the net, or strike their head or body on, for example, structural steelwork
QCS 2014
Page 116
When such accidents occur, extreme care must be taken during the rescue of the person
lying injured in the net. Due to the 'stretching' nature of the net, it is possible that any rescuer
entering it could inadvertently and unavoidably cause further injury to the victim.
40
It is therefore essential that Contractors using safety net systems have, as part of their risk
assessment process, emergency procedures written for:
(a)
treating first aid needs whilst the injured person is in the net
(b)
Designed to be used in buildings with a storey height of up to 2.5 m, one type of system
comprises large polypropylene bags (typically 2.5 m long x 0.55 m wide x 0.55 m deep) that
are packed with polystyrene chippings or another energy-absorbing material. The depth of
the bags both cushions a fall and reduces the distance of that fall (by the depth of the bag).
The bags are linked together with plastic snap-clips to completely fill the area over which
protection is required. They can also be used on the first or subsequent floors while trusses
are being installed or in the roof space when fixing bracings.
An alternative system that may be considered in appropriate circumstances is the use of airfilled bags. Similar to the above, bags of varying sizes may be clipped together to completely
fill the area over which fall-arrest protection is required. Air bags require an air compressor
running all the time that fall-arrest is required, to maintain the pressure in the air bag system.
These devices work on the principle of a controlled rate of constant inflation and leakage so
that the air bags will absorb the energy of someone falling on to them without bouncing.
Whilst soft landing systems do not prevent falls, they are very effective in eliminating injuries
in falls of less than 2 m.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
If fall prevention measures (for example, working platforms, barriers, guard-rails) or collective
fall-arrest measures (safety nets or other soft landing systems) are not practical, an
alternative safe system of work must be employed. This safe system may require the use of
safety harnesses and lanyards, but it should be a last resort. Whereas safety nets and other
soft landing systems are 'collective measures', i.e. they automatically provide protection for
everyone working above them, safety harness systems only protect the user, and only then if
the equipment is used correctly.
Care must be taken when planning to use a safety harness, lanyard and energy-absorbing
system since, depending on where the lanyard is anchored, a falling person may fall around
4 m before the fall is arrested.
One of the limitations of using such fall-arrest equipment is that it only protects a person if
they adjust and wear the harness properly and connect the lanyard to an appropriate and
secure point. The use of any such system requires a high degree of training, competence
and supervision.
Training
4
Training should only be carried out by competent accredited third party trainers, following
QCS 2014
Page 117
industry guidelines. Training should refer to the manufacturer's instructions and should
emphasise the importance of following those instructions.
It should cover the selection, fitting, adjustment, maintenance and use of the safety belt or
harness, and explain the choice and use of suitable anchorage points. Employees should not
be permitted to use the equipment before adequate instruction has been received, and they
have been judged to be competent in its use.
Safety belts and harnesses are wrongly regarded by some workers as an encumbrance and
a restriction on their freedom of movement. The fact that a safety belt or harness can prevent
serious injury or even save a life is often ignored.
AL
AT
IO
(b)
B - Chest harness
(c)
(d)
(a)
TE
IN
Selection of equipment
The correct selection of a safety harness or safety belt is important. If a person falls more
than 600 mm when using a safety belt, serious injury can be sustained due to a heavy load
being exerted on the spine and internal organs. Safety belts should only be used for pole
access or other similar specialist access needs.
10
If any doubt exists concerning the suitability of a piece of equipment for a particular task or
type of work, further information and advice should be sought from the manufacturer.
11
Whatever type is chosen, it should give a high degree of safety allied to mobility and wearer
comfort.
12
The main characteristics of the types of appliance, together with an indication of their uses,
are given below.
13
A - Pole belt. A simple waist belt for use by pole linesmen and for other similar tasks. They
are not intended for situations where a drop may exceed 600 mm.
14
B - Chest harness. A safety belt with shoulder straps, for use where a lanyard and
anchorage point limit the drop to a maximum of 600 mm. It must be worn quite tightly to
prevent any slippage after a fall.
15
Both A and B above are for very specific and for restricted use only.
16
C - General purpose safety harness. A full harness with thigh and shoulder straps. In the
event of a fall, a person is suspended in a reasonably upright position from the attachment
EG
QCS 2014
Page 118
point. If the harness is of the right size and properly adjusted, the wearer cannot fall out.
17
18
A competent person should draw up a schedule for testing and examination, which is likely
to also include a requirement for thorough examinations at six-monthly intervals and userchecks each time the equipment is used. The six-monthly examination is a detailed visual
examination, typically following cleaning where the harness is checked for contamination by
oils and other solvents as well as abrasion and damage. The user check is simply to make
sure that 'all the bits' are still there and there are no obvious defects.
Twin tailed lanyards are a type of fall-arrest lanyard that allows greater mobility at height by
enabling the repositioning of one tail at a time so that the user is constantly 'clipped on'.
However, this type of lanyard can pose additional risks to safety if it is not used correctly. If
only one tail is clipped to a secure anchorage and the second tail is not located correctly,
then during a fall the second tail could loop over a fixed object and arrest the fall before the
energy-absorber has deployed, which may cause severe personal injury.
The second tail must never be clipped back on to the user's harness unless it is fitted with
purpose-fitted 'parking points' that will break away from the harness if the second tail comes
under tension. Alternatively, the second tail can be either left to hang free or (on this type of
lanyard only) be simultaneously clipped to the same secure anchorage. If there is any doubt
about these lanyards' safe use, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.
Restraint lanyards are shorter and used as a means of limiting the range of movement of
the wearer to stop them entering an area of danger, for example to prevent a cherry picker
operator from being thrown out of the basket. These lanyards are not designed to arrest falls
and have no energy-absorbing feature. Sometimes two of these may be worn at the same
time, with each lanyard fixed to a clip on either side of the harness to make the harness what
is termed a 'work positioning harness'.
Irrespective of the type of lanyard used, they are only effective if the free end is securely
anchored to a suitable anchorage point.
Manufacturers and suppliers will advise on the appropriate type of lanyard for particular work
situations.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
In order to limit the drop, the anchorage points should always be as high as possible above
the person and as near to vertical as possible in order to avoid 'the pendulum effect'.
10
11
Consideration should also be given to how persons would be rescued following an arrested
fall, particularly when work is from high structures. Some harness manufacturers also
produce rescue systems that enable a single rescuer to raise a suspended person back to
QCS 2014
Page 119
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
the company serial number, or other recognition system, for recording maintenance
and inspections.
Under these Regulations the safe working load would also be required, and it would be
common to see some form of marking that indicates that the harness has been tested.
AL
13
Safety belts and harnesses must be clearly and indelibly marked or permanently labelled
with the following information:
12
15
AT
Lanyards which are not permanently attached to belts or harnesses must be clearly and
indelibly marked or permanently labelled with the following information:
the British Standard, or International Standard, to which it conforms
(b)
(c)
(d)
the manufacturer's model number and the type of belt or harness with which the
lanyard is designed to be used
(e)
the company serial number, or other recognition system, for recording maintenance
and inspections.
IN
TE
(a)
Ideally, lanyards will have a label with the words (or similar):
EG
14
IO
Markings on lanyards
16
Lanyards should preferably be permanently attached to belts so that 'longer' lanyards cannot
be substituted.
Shock absorbers
17
If a person wearing a harness and lanyard falls, there is a considerable shock loading to the
body. The further the fall, the greater the shock. Generally speaking, the maximum distance
a person should fall before a fall is arrested is 2m.
18
Shock absorbers in the form of tear-away stitching, stretch springs or a deforming metal strip
are built into fall-arrest lanyards as a means of reducing the shock loading. Once a lanyard
has been used to arrest a fall and the energy-absorber has been deployed, it must be
discarded.
Arrester devices
19
These devices are similar in operation to the 'inertia reel' safety seat-belts fitted in cars.
QCS 2014
Page 120
The safety harness is attached to a self-reeling cable which is securely anchored. The
wearer is free to move normally but, in the event of a sudden movement (i.e. a fall), the
locking device is brought into operation.
21
Most 'inertia reel' type arresters are only designed to safely arrest someone who has fallen
from a position directly below, or very close to, the anchorage point (which should be above
the head-height of the user). They are not designed to compensate for the 'pendulum effect',
which will occur when the faller is a significant horizontal distance from the suspension point.
22
A typical misuse would be to see a line rigged along the ridge of an industrial roof with inertia
reels fixed to it by carabiners. The work being carried out is not actually on the roof but on a
lower level, resulting in the safety lines being stretched, and possibly abraded, across the
lower edge (eaves) of the pitched roof.
23
The issue is that most examples of this type of device are not tested for 'over the edge' type
falls in which the retractable lanyard is pulled tight across the edge of a surface, for example
a roof sheet or floor slab, by the weight of the fallen person. In these circumstances it has
been reported that the lanyard could snap or fail to limit the height of the fall to a safe
distance.
24
If this is the proposed work method, then advice needs to be taken from the manufacturer
that their equipment will work satisfactorily in this manner.
25
Various other types of fall-arrester are often incorporated as a permanent fixture into the
structure being built, such as a traveller on a pre-tensioned vertical cable. There are also
proprietary systems where the lanyard is attached to a traveller which moves along a prepositioned and tensioned horizontal or vertical steel cable. This permits movement around
corners and past obstacles without the need to unclip.
26
Where the client provides this equipment as is common in many cases, care still needs to be
taken that it has been inspected and checked as required and that the users understand how
it works.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
20
Storage
27
While not being worn, appliances should be stored in a cool dry place and not subjected to
direct sunlight. The use of purpose-designed cabinets which allow ventilation is
recommended. If the appliances get wet, they should not be dried by direct heat.
28
The equipment should not be subjected to unnecessary strain or pressure and must be kept
free from contact with sharp implements, corrosives and other possible causes of damage.
29
QCS 2014
Page 121
Inspection
The wearer must make a visual inspection of safety equipment before use. The equipment
should be examined by a 'competent person' at least once every six months and a record
kept of this inspection.
31
Safety belts, harnesses and lanyards should be examined by a 'competent person' after a
fall or other circumstances in which the equipment has been deployed, before it is reissued
for use.
32
Safety belts, harnesses and lanyards should be taken out of use if found to be damaged or
defective.
33
34
35
Webbing and leather. Examine for cuts, cracks, tears or abrasions, stretching and
distortion, damage due to deterioration, contact with heat, acids or other corrosives and rot.
36
Snap hooks. Examine for damaged or distorted hooks, faulty springs and strained jaws.
37
Buckles. Carefully examine the shoulders of buckles; inspect for open or distorted rollers,
and undue wear.
38
Sewing. Examine for broken, cut or worn threads, open seams and failed stitching.
39
Lanyards, ropes and chains. Examine for damage or signs of wear and, in the case of
ropes, inter-strand wear, unravelling extension and fusion.
40
(b)
(c)
damaged stitching
(d)
EG
(a)
(e)
41
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
30
Records
42
A card or history sheet should be kept for each harness and lanyard, and particulars of all
examinations and other details of interest recorded. Each harness and lanyard should be
marked with an individual serial number for identification purposes.
The use of dead weight anchors in accordance with International and British Standards BS
EN 795 and BS 7883 (Class E) has become an acceptable means of providing a safe fallarrest anchor device on flat roof surfaces, particularly where it is not possible to penetrate
the roof surface.
QCS 2014
Page 122
44
However, the increased usage and range of devices developed over recent years has
revealed a number of factors not previously considered.
45
To ensure the safety of users, Contractors should consider the following points:
(a)
Have the BS EN 795 and BS 7883 tests been carried out in accordance with the latest
version of BS 7883?
While many dead weight anchor devices have been tested for use on single-ply membrane
roofs, it has recently been found that the performance of some (and, possibly all) is far less
satisfactory on embossed membranes rather than on plain, smooth membranes. This is
thought to result from the reduced contact surface area between the anchor device and the
roof surface. This effectively reduces the amount of friction,
47
Anyone who wishes to use a dead weight anchor device on an embossed membrane
surface or a surface that is not smooth should seek advice from the anchor device
manufacturer before proceeding.
48
The attention of users is drawn to the fact that no standard, at present, specifies tests for fallarrest systems in the following circumstances.
When a full body harness is connected via a retractable fall-arrestor to a dead weight
anchor device using a connector.
(b)
AT
IO
(a)
Users who wish to connect such a system to a dead weight anchor device are advised to
seek confirmation from the manufacturer of the retractable fall-arrestor or energy-absorbing
lanyard that their products are safe to use in this way.
49
AL
46
TE
Suspension trauma
One of the effects of being suspended in a harness is a tightening of the leg straps that bear
the body weight of the suspended person. This can affect the blood circulation in the legs
and cause the suspended person considerable discomfort, possible kidney failure and
eventually unconsciousness and death. This is known as suspension trauma. It is essential
that someone suspended in a harness is recovered in the shortest possible time.
51
Fall victims may be able to slow the onset of suspension trauma by relieving the pressure on
their legs by pushing down vigorously with the legs, by positioning their body in a horizontal
or slight leg-high position, or if there is something nearby upon which the feet can be rested,
by standing up. However, the design of the harness and injuries sustained during the fall
may prevent these actions being taken.
52
Some harnesses are fitted with stirrups that are secured out of the way by Velcro during
normal use but can be lowered after a fall to enable the person to effectively 'stand up' in the
harness.
53
The person must be placed in a horizontal position, preferably the standard 'recovery'
position. It is essential that the emergency services are summoned immediately if it becomes
apparent that there could be a medical emergency situation.
EG
IN
50
rd
This technique is only to be carried out by 3 party accredited fully trained and competent
persons. It is generally suitable for inspection and other similar activities but not for general
construction work except in exceptional circumstances. An example might be the rigging of
safety nets where it is not reasonably practicable to do it by using other means of access
such as a MEWP or another form of working platform.
QCS 2014
Page 123
Generally anyone carrying out roped access uses a system that incorporates two separately
anchored lines: the 'working line', which is the means of access, and a 'safety line', which
prevents a fall if the working line fails.
the risk assessment shows that the use of a second line would increase the risk to the
person
(b)
The person must be connected to both lines by automatic locking devices that prevent an
uncontrolled descent should the person lose control of their actions.
The ropes, harnesses and other equipment are covered by the six-monthly thorough
examination and inspection requirements.
It is essential that only persons trained and competent in the use of rope access equipment,
to current industry standards, are allowed to carry out such activities.
IO
AL
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 124
Rigging
7
A boatswain's chair should always be rigged with a pair of single sheave pulley blocks,
having a safe working load of at least 225 kg. Outriggers and other supports must be strong
enough, and be securely fastened down. Where weights are used, a safety factor of four is
required.
A boatswain's chair is classified as a 'roped access system', therefore, the system should be
rigged with a separately anchored safety line complete with an automatic locking device
attached to the user of the seat that prevents or limits a fall should the primary suspension
system fail.
Chair
A boatswain's chair should meet the following requirements:
compliance with BS 2830. A certificate of compliance should be available from the
manufacturer
(b)
be of a recommended size:
(ii)
(iii)
AT
IO
(i)
AL
(a)
if the chair has a single central leg or suspension member, this should be without
sharp bends and be securely fixed to the seat as far back as practicable, so that the
user sits with one leg at either side
(d)
(e)
the back and the suspension member should be placed so that no one can fall out
(f)
the suspension point must be at least 500 mm above the seat, with provisions for
suspension. No part should be able to become detached
(g)
be made for a safe working load of 115 kg. A proof test of 150 kg is recommended.
TE
(c)
IN
When the risk assessment identifies that work from a boatswain's chair will take place above
areas where people may be present, adequate protection must be installed to prevent them
being injured from falling equipment or materials.
10
EG
Safety factor
11
The counterweight (W) x tail length (T) should be at least four times the projection length (0)
x weight of the person, the chair and any tools or equipment being carried (C).
12
Page 125
AL
QCS 2014
Note: Independently anchored safety line and safety harness not shown
IO
Lifting equipment
All ropes and chains used should be thoroughly examined before their first use for any sign
of chafing or wear, and then every six months. They must be securely attached to the chair
and to the anchor. Swivel connections should be used to prevent spinning.
14
Fall ropes should not be less than 18 mm in diameter. They should be tied off correctly in the
working position. The rope must not be removed from the cleat while the chair is in use; a
controlled descent is achieved by removing the locking-hitch from the rope in the 'tied-off'
position and easing it around the cleat.
TE
AT
13
Hooks should be 'moused', 'C' shaped, or fitted with a spring-loaded device to prevent the
displacement of the load.
EG
15
IN
Hooks
Cradles
Cradles, which come within the category of suspended access equipment, may be used for
window cleaning, painting, exterior maintenance and inspection.
17
They may be permanently rigged and attached to the roof, or be a temporary installation
which can be dismantled. Safe access to the cradle must be provided, either at ground or
roof level. Cradles, as 'man riding' equipment must be inspected at appropriate intervals and
subjected to six-monthly thorough examinations.
18
Two main types of cradle in use within the construction industry are:
19
16
(a)
those 3.2 m or less in length, suspended on pulley blocks with natural or synthetic
fibre ropes
(b)
those more than 3.2 m in length, suspended on wire ropes controlled by handoperated or power winches which are mounted on the cradle.
(b)
Travelling - Capable of moving horizontally across the workface as well as rising and
falling.
QCS 2014
Page 126
Rigging
20
The erection of a cradle must be carried out and supervised by an experienced, competent
person who is familiar with the type of equipment being erected.
Outrigger
21
Timber poles, roller steel section or specially stiffened scaffold tube may be used. The
framework must be secured at intersections to prevent displacement and the counterweight
must be sufficient to give a resisting moment at least three times the overturning moment,
i.e. W = 3 x O x C
T
Where:
W = Counterweight
AL
0 = Overhang
IO
T = Tail length
Where a traversing track is required, this should be an alloy or steel section, properly joined
or shackled to the outriggers. If the track is joined to provide a continuous run, this must be
with both the load-bearing connectors and the join supported by an outrigger. End stops
must be in place at either end of the track, to prevent the trolley from running off.
23
When installing temporary cradles, a check must be made that nothing on the face of the
structure, for example, satellite dishes, will obstruct its range of travel.
24
Care must be taken not to damage the roof or structure, and adequate packing should be
used on copings.
IN
TE
AT
22
To identify compliance with BS 2830, markings should clearly show the safe working load
and maximum number of persons held.
25
EG
Markings
Working platform
26
27
28
There must be no gaps in platforms through which materials may fall and injure people
below.
29
Timber boards should overhang the stirrups by at least 100 mm but not by more than 200
mm.
30
Toe-boards
31
QCS 2014
Page 127
Guard-rails
32
33
34
The space between guard-rails and toe-board should be not more than 470 mm.
Suspension points
35
36
Heights should be not less than 1.67 times the clear width of the platform.
38
39
The maximum number of persons allowed on a platform should be displayed. (This does not
take into account the weight of any materials.)
IO
AL
37
AT
1.3.7.15 Stirrups
(b)
IN
TE
(a)
The stirrup should be hinged to a metal strip of the same strength as the stirrup which is
fixed under the platform.
EG
Demountable stirrup
Guard-rails required for hinged and demountable stirrups should be secured with captive
devices.
Suspension
6
Ropes should be not less than 18 mm in diameter and should be either natural fibre or
synthetic fibre, conforming to BS EN standards, as appropriate.
Wire ropes used to suspend cradles should have a safety factor of at least eight.
The proper inspection of wires and ropes is essential to safety, with renewal as soon as
necessary.
Suitable devices should be fitted or other steps taken, where practicable, to prevent the
carrier falling if the main support fails.
QCS 2014
Page 128
Pulley blocks
10
Must be suitable for the ropes which are to reeve through them.
11
(b)
Winches or similar
12
(b)
13
AL
Hooks
When working above areas where people may be present, adequate protection must be
installed to prevent people being injured from falling equipment or materials.
AT
14
IO
Fall-arrest devices
These are provided to avoid the consequences of a suspension rope failure. They must be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
16
If such a device is not used, operatives must wear a safety harness attached via a selflocking device to an independently anchored safety line.
IN
TE
15
EG
General
Care must be exercised when planning works at elevated positions, where the 'safe distance'
from electric cables may be reduced. The risk assessment should specify appropriate
distances and precautions.
18
Only competent and properly trained personnel should be employed in the erection and use
of cradles.
19
20
17
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Page 129
QCS 2014
Page 130
Are the safety nets rigged to minimise the height of any fall such that an uninjured person
can simply climb out?
Have checks been made to ensure that free fall distances are not more than specified?
Have the safety nets been rigged by trained and competent persons?
Are complete and proper records kept of all inspections and examinations?
Has the safety net system been inspected within the previous week?
10
11
12
Have checks been made to ensure that nothing is positioned under the net to reduce the
minimum clearance distance required?
TE
AT
IO
AL
During use
(b)
(c)
EG
(a)
IN
to ensure that the safety net is not damaged and that the anchorage points and ties are
sound.
After use
1
Are safety nets inspected for any damage following use and before being stowed away?
Are adequate records maintained as to the use and condition of safety nets?
QCS 2014
Page 131
Has the most suitable harness or belt been selected for the type of operation and hazard?
Are the operatives who are to use the equipment adequately trained in its inspection and
use?
Have checks been made to ensure that the weather conditions are such that an operative
can work safely in the prevailing conditions?
10
Have steps been taken to see that adequate warning notices are displayed?
AT
IO
AL
During use
Are only authorised, trained and competent personnel allowed to use the equipment?
Is all equipment inspected before the start of work each day, following an established
routine, particularly for damage to webbing lanyards?
After use
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 132
Is the installation and use of a boatswain's chair supervised by trained, experienced and
competent personnel?
Are the chair and associated equipment carefully examined for defects prior to use?
Have checks been carried out to ensure that the user is both trained and competent in the
use of the chair?
Are warning notices displayed and has notification of intention to carry out work been given?
AT
IO
AL
During use
Is the chair free of materials or articles which could interfere with the user's control of the
chair?
Has the fall rope been properly tied off whilst the chair is in use and always under or around
a cleat to act as a brake?
Has a safe area been created below the work area or protection installed?
After use
EG
IN
TE
is the chair raised to the first floor level if possible, and the top rope secured?
(b)
(c)
have the ropes (and chair, if timber) been dried before storage?
QCS 2014
Page 133
Are current test certificates available for winches, wire ropes, blocks and so on?
Has adequate protection been installed and proper warning given to members of the public
and other people who might be affected?
10
11
12
Has a check been carried out for obstructions on the face of the structure?
13
AT
IO
AL
During use
Is a competent person in charge of all operations when cradles are being used?
15
16
17
Have checks been made to ensure that there are no knots or kinks in the ropes?
18
Are ropes correctly reeved on the drum with at least two turns left when the cradle has
reached its maximum operating distance? (Power-operated cradles only.)
19
Have both power supplies and cables been checked before operating?
20
Have checks been carried out to the controls for correct function and to ensure that pendant
controls are secured to the cradle?
21
22
23
24
25
Have checks been made to ensure that the safe working load is not being exceeded?
26
27
Have all necessary precautions been taken to ensure that the platform is not slippery?
28
29
30
Are all necessary steps being taken to ensure that the proper access is being used?
31
EG
IN
TE
14
QCS 2014
Page 134
32
Are all personnel aware that there must be no transferring between adjacent cradles?
33
Have all possible steps been taken to ensure that personnel do not allow ropes and cradles
or connections to lie in gutters?
34
Are all operatives aware that use in high winds or adverse weather conditions is not safe and
is prohibited?
After use
Are the cradle and all ropes, in a secure position to prevent unauthorised access or usage?
36
Are checks carried out to ensure that power supplies are isolated and control equipment is
removed and secured?
37
38
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
35
QCS 2014
Page 135
A schedule of erection should be in place to ensure the safe erection and stability of the
structure until it is complete.
All steel erection must be the subject of a risk assessment and carried out in accordance
with a method statement.
Ideally, the erection of steelwork will be carried out in such a way that those doing the job are
on a stable working platform at all times, be that a scaffold or a mobile elevating work
platform (MEWP). Operatives having to go onto the steelwork should be a last resort.
Ground conditions must be suitable to take the weight of MEWPs and their loads.
Designers have the potential to ensure that the erection of steelwork can be carried out
safely, for example, designing-in lifting eye attachment points, or specifying ground-level
fabrication.
The erection of steelwork will usually involve extended crane operations, the use of MEWPs
in and around the new structure, lorry movements, steel laydown areas and possibly a lorrypark, all of which must be planned for when the site is first set up.
All lifting operations, including the use of cranes and MEWPs, must be carried out by, and
under the control of, competent persons.
The presence of overhead power cables and the possible need to manually align steelwork
components for connection are other potential hazards associated with the erection of
steelwork.
The majority of fatal accidents are as a result of falls from height. In addition, many serious
accidents occur due to workers being struck by falling materials.
EG
IN
1.3.8.2 Introduction
TE
AT
IO
AL
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify the hazards arising out of that work and the
persons or groups who might be affected.
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazards or
to put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide all employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
By its very nature, the erection of steelwork will usually involve a degree of working at height.
QCS 2014
Page 136
(b)
where this is not possible use work methods or equipment to prevent falls
(c)
where this is not possible, use work equipment or other measures to minimise the
distance or the consequences of falls
(d)
ensure that all work at height is based on a risk assessment and is carried out safely
by competent persons
(e)
ensure that equipment used for working at height is appropriately selected and
inspected as specified
(f)
ensure that measures are taken to prevent anyone being injured by falling objects
(g)
ensure that adequate emergency arrangements are in place in the event of an incident
(rescue).
They require that a Contractor only supplies work equipment that is correct and suitable for
the job and ensures that the equipment is maintained and kept in good working order.
The Contractor is also required to provide employees with all necessary information,
instruction and training to ensure that they are competent to use any work equipment
provided.
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and authorised
workers only.
TE
AT
IO
AL
IN
Briefly, these Regulations place legal duties on the Contractor to ensure that:
(a)
EG
all lifting equipment is stable in use and of adequate strength for the purpose for which
it is being used - safe working loads
(b)
lifting equipment used to lift persons, for example a passenger hoist, is designed for
the purpose and is safe to use
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
lifting activities are properly planned, appropriately supervised and carried out in a
safe manner
(g)
Many risks can be eliminated, avoided or reduced by careful attention to design and planning
aspects before construction work starts. Any remaining risks can be controlled by the
QCS 2014
Page 137
effective management of health and safety risks during the construction phase. Both
planning and management are key requirements of these Regulations.
2
These regulations place duties on (amongst others) the client, the contractor and designers,
and provide a framework for the management of risks, including those inherent in the
handling and erection of steelwork.
(b)
all parties involved in a project co-operate with each other in the interests of health
and safety
(c)
all parties involved in a project coordinate their activities in the interests of health and
safety
(d)
AL
In addition to the design and general health and safety management issues outlined above,
in the context of steel erection, these Regulations cover:
the stability of structures
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
AT
IO
(a)
TE
(a)
(a)
(b)
(c)
EG
Steel erection, by its very definition, involves creating structures, which these Regulations
require to be stable at all times. In particular:
all practicable steps must be taken to ensure that no person is put at risk by the
collapse of any structure which may become unstable or weakened
IN
designed and maintained to withstand any stresses and strains that are put on it
(ii)
only used for the purpose for which it was designed, installed and maintained
(iii)
Prior to and during steel erection, deliveries of steel on articulated lorries will be a feature of
many jobs. In the context of this section, these Regulations place a legal duty on the person
in charge of the site to ensure:
(a)
that pedestrians and vehicles can move safely and without risks to health, so far as is
reasonably practicable
(b)
there are sufficient traffic routes, all of which must be suitable for the vehicles using
them
QCS 2014
(c)
Page 138
there is sufficient segregation between pedestrians and moving vehicles but where
this is not reasonably practicable:
(i)
(ii)
(d)
that (vehicle) loading bays have one exit for the exclusive use of pedestrians
(e)
(f)
(g)
each vehicle must be operated in a safe manner with its load arranged safely
(h)
every vehicle is fitted with means of warning persons who may be at risk when the
vehicle is moving.
AL
Contractors must provide employees with adequate and suitable training in manual handling,
and employees must follow any such information or instructions given and use the safe
systems of work that have been put into place by their Contractor.
It is anticipated that the amount of manual handling involved in steel erection has been
significantly reduced due to the improved standards of design and modem methods of
access and working.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
Structural stability
The structure must be stable at all times from when the first piece of steelwork is put into
position until it is completed.
Temporary supports, such as bracing, guys or stays, must be used during the erection of any
structure which may be unstable or liable to collapse before it is completed. Additionally,
where any work is carried out which is likely to adversely affect the foundations or stability of
any existing building or structure (or one under construction), all practicable precautions,
such as shoring, must be taken.
Temporary structures
4
Any temporary structure must be of good construction, adequate strength and stability, made
of sound materials free from obvious defects and be properly maintained.
Where erectors have to work at a height, provision must be made for safe means of access
to the connecting points and any other working places. Ideally, work will be carried out from
QCS 2014
Page 139
MEWPs operating on a suitable floor surface. However, where this is not possible, design
consideration should be given to:
(a)
ensuring there is adequate working space and a suitable work platform for a crane
(b)
(c)
(d)
the provision of anchorage points for safety nets and fall arrest devices.
Steelwork components
The size, weight and shape of individual steelwork components will influence safe handling
and erecting. The designer should therefore consider the following steps:
marking components as an aid to identification (also to prevent costly mistakes)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Potentially hazardous features should be identified that will conflict with health and safety.
TE
If there are any overhead power lines near the proposed erection site, the local electricity
company should be consulted. Either the power lines should be made dead, temporarily
rerouted or other suitable precautions taken to prevent any close approach to, or contact
with, live overhead lines
Buried services
EG
IN
As well as a visual inspection for marker posts or obvious signs, a check should be made
with the owner or occupier of the land and the various utility companies, including electricity,
gas, water, telecommunication and cable TV companies.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
any buildings close to the site that may affect the erection process
(g)
any rights of access that may bring members of the public close to the erection site
QCS 2014
(h)
Page 140
Certain activities or processes on, or adjacent to, the site may have the potential to
adversely affect the health and safety of workers on site. For example, noxious gases,
vapours or dusts may be given off from chimneys, stacks, tank vents and ventilation ducts.
These may not cause a problem at ground level but may affect steelwork erectors working at
a height.
This important document should detail the proposed erection scheme and should form part
of the health and safety plan for the project.
AL
Method statements
The amount of detail required in a method statement will depend on how big or complex the
job is. However, method statements should be written for even small steel erection jobs. It is
clear evidence that attention has been given to design and planning aspects, as well as
being a plan to ensure that the project is completed without risks to health and safety.
10
AT
IO
details of how the project will be managed and health and safety risks eliminated,
avoided or reduced
(b)
information on the site, including any hazardous features, such as overhead electric
power lines, and what effect these will have on the project
(c)
details of plant requirements such as cranes, MEWPs and other lifting equipment, and
the competencies required to operate them
(d)
arrangements for the safe receipt, offloading, storage and handling of steelwork
components on site
(e)
(f)
the sequential method of erecting the structure and how stability will be ensured at all
times
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(g)
how activities such as slinging, lifting, unslinging and the initial and final connecting of
steelwork components will be carried out safely
(h)
the safety precautions to prevent falls from height. For example, arranging for as much
assembling as possible to be done at ground level, minimising the number of
connections to be made at a height
(i)
the means of providing safe access and a safe place of work by methods such as
mobile towers, temporary platforms and walkways
(j)
(k)
any requirement for safety nets, safety harnesses and fall arrester devices (provisions
for design features should be specified, for example, attachment points for ladders,
safety nets and fall-arrest devices)
(l)
how people will be protected from falling objects. For example, use of screens, fans
and debris nets, installation of barriers and warning notices at ground level
(m)
a contingency plan for dealing with any problems that may arise.
QCS 2014
Page 141
Site access/egress
The Contractor should check that all of the vehicles associated with the erection or
dismantling of steelwork can access and egress the site safely. It is envisaged that the
vehicles will mainly be cranes and delivery lorries (delivering steel and MEWPs).
12
A safe location for lorries to park must be identified and communicated to employees. This
area must not be immediately outside the site or on any access road if doing so would create
an unacceptable obstruction or other hazards for passing traffic or pedestrians. On larger
sites space should be allocated as a dedicated lorry or trailer park.
13
On sites where there is simply not space to park large vehicles, appropriate arrangements,
such as a road or lane closure, must be made for delivery lorries (and possibly the mobile
crane) to be parked on the public highway adjacent to the site boundary for the off-loading of
the steel.
14
Where there is a loading/unloading bay for only a single lorry, a strict schedule of delivery
times must be written, communicated to the steel delivery company and adhered to. In this
instance it is highly advisable to identify a 'lorry holding area', to which lorries that 'miss their
slot' can be sent pending the allocation of another unloading 'slot'.
15
Every effort should be made to avoid the need for vehicles to reverse, particularly out of the
site gate and back on to a public road. Where this is not possible, suitable precautions must
be taken, for example, the use of one or more signallers or an alternative traffic-control
system.
16
Where it is considered unsafe for vehicles and pedestrians to use the same site entrance,
one or more separate pedestrian entrances must be provided, clearly indicated and kept free
of obstruction.
TE
AT
IO
AL
11
1.3.8.14 Housekeeping
Construction sites must, so far as is reasonably practicable, be kept in good order and a
reasonable state of cleanliness.
Platforms, gangways, floors and other places must not be obstructed by loose materials.
Projecting nails or similar sharp objects in timber or other materials must be removed or
knocked down to prevent injury.
EG
IN
1.3.8.15 Lighting
1
(b)
(c)
(d)
At any place where people work, steps must be taken to prevent them from being struck by
any falling material or article.
QCS 2014
Page 142
Scaffold components, tools and other objects must not be thrown or tipped down from a
height where they are liable to cause injury, but should be properly lowered.
Competent people must be used to operate lifting equipment and give signals in line with BS
7121.
All critical lifts, including tandem lifts, should be carefully planned and supervised.
Appropriate precautions must be taken to ensure the stability of lifting appliances when used
on soft, uneven or sloping ground. These could include measures such as ground levelling,
use of mats or hard standing.
A safe means of access and a safe workplace must be provided when off-loading
components from delivery lorries. Two examples of recently developed safety systems are:
a tensioned steel wire running the length of the lorry trailer, at above head-height of
anyone standing on the trailer. Each slinger wears a safety harness and a restraintlanyard, the free end of which is clipped to the tension steel wire. In the event of a trip
or stumble, the slinger is prevented from falling from the trailer
(b)
a 'U' shaped inflatable air bag or a 'bean-bag' that fits around the back and sides of
the trailer to act as a soft-landing system, should anyone fall off the trailer.
AT
IO
(a)
AL
Many accidents have occurred during the off-loading of lorries when the load-securing
mechanism was released. This is because the load was either not stable when loaded or
because it moved and became unstable during the journey.
The stability of the load on the lorry, or in the stack, must be ensured at all times. Suitable
timber wedges or packing pieces can be used as an aid to stability.
Precautions should be taken to prevent slingers being struck by the load. For example,
taking up a safe position off the lorry before the load is lifted.
The stack must be constructed so that components can be removed without risk of someone
being trapped or struck.
There may be an advantage in using a suitable transportable storage rack (stillage) for
smaller components.
Anyone not directly involved in the off-loading activity should not be allowed into the area.
EG
IN
TE
To comply with these Regulations, consideration must be given to reducing the need to work
at height. The following are a way of doing this:
(a)
doing as much of the connecting work at ground level or from erected floor decks, as
the work progresses
(b)
(c)
ensuring that, wherever possible, inspection and testing is carried out at low level.
When people must work at height, consideration should be given to the following measures:
QCS 2014
Page 143
(a)
installing permanent stairways, ladders, walkways and floor decking, so that these can
be used by erectors as the work progresses
(b)
providing hard standings or floor slabs so that mobile access platforms can be used
(c)
(d)
Whilst the increased use of MEWPs has brought about safer working at height, it has also
created the need to ensure that:
(a)
(b)
ground conditions on the site are properly surveyed and prepared to enable the safe
use of such heavy plant without risk of sinking or overturning.
Traditionally, scaffolding was the main form of edge protection, which could only be installed,
modified or removed by trained scaffolders, after the steelwork was in place. However, the
development of various types of 'system edge protection' has provided opportunities for preinstalling edge protection before work at height commences. The use of such systems can
also eliminate the need for successive trades to install their own edge protection and then
remove it when leaving site, only for it to be replaced by the next trade's edge protection.
The elimination of such duplication has obvious safety benefits.
It may be appropriate in some circumstances to use other means of access to height, such
as the use of roped access techniques, which must be carried out by trained and competent
persons, alternatively, access may be achieved by using a 'man-riding' basket suspended
from a crane.
There may be occasions when it is necessary to use fall arrest rather than fall prevention
measures, with safety nets or other soft landing systems being the preferred method of fall
arrest.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
There may be occasions where the work cannot be done from a MEWP or other platform
and erectors may have to work from the steel. This is known as beam 'straddling'. This form
of access is only permissible for specific short-duration jobs where the beam is of I beam
section.
A full body harness with a twin-tailed lanyard system may be used. However users must
ensure that this system is used correctly and that the second leg is not attached to the user's
harness as this may interfere with the operation of the energy absorber.
The erector can sit astride the flange with the sole and heel of each foot resting on the
bottom flange and both hands able to grasp either side of the top flange.
Alternatively, proprietary 'beam gliding' devices are available to improve ease of mobility.
The risk assessment must consider how anyone carrying out this practice is going to be
rescued following a fall.
The use of a safety harness or lanyard requires a minimum clearance below the high-level
place of work to allow the lanyard to function properly in arresting a fall. Expert advice should
be sought.
The safe system of work must also ensure the operative's safety:
EG
(a)
QCS 2014
(b)
8
Page 144
during the period of time at high level before the operative is able to 'clip on'.
If access has to be made inside a structural' steel box section, or any configuration of
steelwork where ventilation is poor, it should be treated as a confined space and appropriate
precautions taken. The atmosphere should be tested by a competent person, before entry is
made, to ensure that there is sufficient oxygen present. Continuous monitoring for oxygen
deficiency is strongly recommended. Tests for flammable or toxic gases or vapours and
oxygen enrichment should be carried out as appropriate, depending on the proposed work
activity. For example, oxy-propane cutting or burning may lead to a build up of toxic gases or
toxic metal fumes, or there may be a leakage of propane or oxygen.
wind strengths
(b)
rain or dew
(c)
(d)
Sand storms.
(a)
AL
A regular weather forecast should be obtained by the manager in charge of the erection
programme. Erection should not take place where weather conditions impose an adverse
effect, such as:
IO
If erection work is stopped, measures should be taken to ensure that the structure remains
stable.
After a stoppage due to the weather, stability of the structure should be checked before work
is allowed to restart.
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Page 145
Does it specify the sequence of erection and how the structure will be kept stable at all
times?
Where work must be done at height, have safe means of access and safe places of work
been planned?
10
Has the site been surveyed for hazardous features such as overhead power lines?
11
12
13
14
15
16
Does all lifting gear that is to be used have adequate safe working loads?
17
18
Have steps been taken to eliminate the need for manual handling?
19
Are the steel erectors competent? Have they been adequately trained?
20
21
If MEWPs are to be used, are all the operators trained and competent?
22
Is it necessary to survey and prepare the ground so that MEWPs can operate safely?
23
24
25
26
Have any special risks been identified, for example, work in confined spaces?
27
28
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 146
Compliance with well-established safety procedures could save lives and prevent injuries. All
roof work requires a risk assessment and, if the work is extensive, a method statement that
sets out a safe system of work. Most accidents could be avoided if the most suitable
equipment was used and those carrying out the work were given adequate information,
instruction, training and supervision.
If work is going to be done on any roof, the Contractor is to make sure there is:
AL
safe access onto the roof, e.g. a general access scaffold, tower scaffold (preferably of
the stairway design) or mobile access equipment etc
(b)
a safe means of moving across the roof, e.g. using proprietary staging or purposemade roof ladders.
(c)
a means of preventing falls when working on the roof, e.g. edge protection consisting
of guard rails and toe boards, a proprietary access system or a MEWP.
(d)
measures to prevent falls through fragile materials (e.g. barriers or covers) and
mitigate the consequences should a fall occur (e.g. nets).
AT
IO
(a)
Independent scaffolds that provide safe access onto the roof, a safe working platform and
the capacity for material storage (always check with the scaffold designer before stacking
material at roof level) are the ideal solution.
However, it is not always possible to use a general access scaffold. In these circumstances,
for a sloping roof, edge protection erected at eaves level, with or without a scaffold platform,
or for a flat roof, edge protection erected around the edges provides an alternative fall
prevention measure. Figure 23 shows some of the options for sloping-roof edge protection
and Figure 24 shows examples of flat-roof edge protection.
EG
IN
TE
Page 147
AL
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Irrespective of the type of edge protection used, safe access onto the roof and a safe way of
lifting materials up to roof level must be provided and maintained.
Alternatively, mobile elevating work platforms or proprietary access systems (see Figure 25
), which are easy to transport from site to site and quick to erect, provide good access and
should be considered as an alternative to fixed edge protection.
Figure 25 - Proprietary access system for roof-work
Page 148
AL
QCS 2014
On sloping roofs, roof workers should not work directly on the tiles or slates. Roof ladders
and proprietary staging should be used to enable safe passage across a roof. They must be
designed for the purpose, of good construction, properly supported and if used on a sloping
roof, securely fixed by means of a ridge hook placed over the ridge. They should be used in
addition to eaves-level edge protection and if the work requires access with 2 m of the gable
ends, edge protection will be needed there as well.
Short-duration work means tasks that are measured in MINUTES rather than hours. It
includes such jobs as inspection, replacing a few tiles or adjusting a television aerial. Work
on a roof is still dangerous even if it only lasts a short time and appropriate safety measures
are essential.
10
For short-duration work it may not be reasonably practicable to provide full edge protection,
but you will need to provide something in its place. The minimum requirements for shortduration work on a roof are:
IN
TE
AT
IO
(b)
a safe means of working on the roof (e.g. on a sloping roof, a properly constructed
roof ladder, or on a flat roof, a harness attached to a secure anchorage and fitted with
as short a lanyard as possible).
EG
(a)
11
Many roof assemblies are, or can become, fragile. Asbestos cement, fibreglass and plastic
generally become more fragile with age. Steel sheets may rust. Sheets on poorly repaired
roofs might not be properly supported by the purlins. Any of these materials could give way
without warning. Do not trust any sheeted roof. Do not stand directly on any sheeted roof.
12
On fragile roofs, the work has to be carefully planned to prevent falls through the roof. All
work should be carried out from beneath where practicable. Where this is not possible,
consider using a mobile elevating work platform (MEWP), which allows the operatives to
carry out the work from within the MEWP basket without standing on the roof itself (see
Figure 26 ). NEVER try to walk along the line of the roof bolts above the purlins, or along the
roof ridge, as the sheets can still crack and give way. The sheets are not designed to support
your weight and you should therefore approach the roof as if the sheets were not in position.
Figure 26 - A mobile elevating work platform being used to replace a roof sheet
Page 149
If access onto a fragile roof cannot be avoided, edge protection should be installed around
the perimeter of the roof and staging should be used to spread the load. Unless all the work
and access is on stagings or platforms that are fitted with guard rails, safety nets should be
installed under the roof or a harness system should be used (see Figure 27 ).
IN
TE
AT
IO
13
AL
QCS 2014
EG
Figure 27- Workmen wearing harnesses attached to a work positioning line, which is fitted to
the staging
14
Roof openings and fragile roof lights are a particular hazard. Some roof lights are difficult to
see in certain light conditions and others may be hidden by paint. Protection from falling
through openings and fragile roof lights must be provided using either barriers or covers that
QCS 2014
Page 150
are secured or labelled with a warning. If the work is the replacement of roof lights, nets
slung close beneath the roof lights, or a harness attached to a work positioning line which is
fixed to the staging, provides protection should a fall occur.
15
Do not throw materials such as old slates, tiles etc from the roof or scaffold - someone may
be passing by.
16
Work at the leading edge requires careful planning to develop a safe system of work,
including measures to mitigate the distance and consequences of a fall. Work platforms or
staging used in conjunction with nets is the preferred method, as nets provide protection to
everyone on the roof. Nets should only be installed by trained and competent net riggers.
If this is not practicable, work platforms or staging (fitted with guard rails and toe boards) in
advance of the leading edge can provide protection in some circumstances. However, these
will need to be used in conjunction with harnesses attached to a work positioning line which
is fixed to the work platform. If a harness is used, you must ensure that workers can attach
themselves to the anchorage without putting themselves at risk of a fall. Using the harness in
work-restraint mode is the preferred option, as this does not allow the operative to approach
the leading edge and enter into a fall position. Close supervision of this system of work will
be required as it is difficult for harnesses to remain clipped on at all times throughout the
work activity.
When developing a safe system of work the Contractor needs to consider the following:
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
how the first sheets will be laid - a separate platform may be required (a pack of roof
sheets is not a safe working platform) - and how hip ends and other special details are
to be fitted.
(b)
how sheets will be raised to roof level - decide what type of lifting machinery, such as
a crane or an inclined hoist, will be the preferred method. This will eliminate
unnecessary risks when placing packs of sheets on the roof supports or when
breaking open packs spread over the roof supports.
EG
(a)
When installing roof trusses, their placement and associated bracing is a hazardous activity,
which requires careful planning to ensure a safe system of access and protection against
falls is implemented. You must provide a safe working platform around the perimeter of the
roof together with measures to mitigate the distance and consequences of a fall should one
occur. This can be achieved by providing a working platform or 'crash deck' immediately
beneath the bottom members of trusses. Either conventional scaffolding or (if appropriate)
proprietary plastic decking systems can be used for this. Alternatively, nets can be used
providing a safe clearance distance can be achieved below the net and a suitable fixing point
is available. Providing nets or soft landing systems is particularly important when installing
temporary bracing or before boarding out along the bottom chord of the trusses, where
access within them is required.
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.4.5
1.4.6
1.4.7
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.4.1
QCS 2014
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
11
Deep Foundations
12
Deep Foundations
42
13
General
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
14
Asphalt Plants
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
15
14
14.2.2
Safety
General
7,8, 9 &
10
1.3.2
IO
TE
AT
37 & 38
Item Name
AL
1.6
Safety
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
20
21
22
EG
IN
16
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
10
QCS 2014
Abrasive Wheels
Anyone who uses an abrasive wheel machine must be trained and competent to do so.
The potential for danger arises not so much from the machine itself but from the grinding
wheel or cutting-off disc used with the machine.
Many accidents are caused by the abrasive wheel being rotated faster than it was designed
to go, which results in it breaking up ('bursting') at high speed.
It is essential to check the compatibility of the abrasive wheel or cutting-off disc with the
machine to which it is about to be fitted.
The fitting of any abrasive wheel or cutting-off disc to a machine ('mounting') must only be
The person who is trained and competent to mount abrasive wheels or cutting-off discs need
not be the same person who is competent to operate the machines.
Using an abrasive wheel machine has the potential to cause occupational health problems
and usually the wearing of appropriate PPE will be required.
AT
IO
AL
1.4.1.2 Introduction
Abrasive wheels are potentially dangerous if not used correctly. Most accidents result from
selecting the wrong type of wheel or from over-speeding. It is essential that the right abrasive
wheel for the job is chosen; that it is correctly mounted by a competent person; that it is run
at the correct speed and that guards and eye protection are used.
In most circumstances abrasive wheels rotate at very high speeds and contact with the
revolving wheel can cause serious injury. When using a grinding wheel, a stream of hot
abrasive particles is thrown off, which can cause injury, particularly to the eyes. Finally, there
is always a risk of the wheel disintegrating or 'bursting' as it revolves. Fragments of the
wheel can be projected a great distance, at high velocity, in every direction.
EG
IN
TE
Other types of abrasive wheel are those used for cutting rather than grinding operations.
These are circular metal blades, usually with diamond impregnated tips, used for cutting
through concrete, steel, etc.
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or other people
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
When hazards are identified, it is the Contractors duty to either eliminate the hazard or to put
control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as it is reasonably practicable to do so.
comprehensible and relevant information on any risks that exist out of the work activity
QCS 2014
(b)
4
The employee, in turn, has a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any
work situation which presents a risk to their health and safety or to the health and safety of
any other person who may be affected.
(b)
hearing protection
(c)
possibly hand/forearm protection, depending upon the material that is being cut
(d)
(e)
depending upon what is being cut and whether the machine is fitted with a particle
collection/extraction system.
AL
(a)
Where risks to health and safety cannot be adequately controlled by other means,
Contractors must:
(a)
identify appropriate and suitable PPE that will control the risks to an acceptable level
(b)
(c)
provide the users of the PPE with adequate instruction and training with regard to:
IO
AT
(ii) the purpose for which it has been issued and the manner in which it is to be
used
TE
IN
use any PPE that has been issued as instructed and in accordance with any training
received
(b)
return the PPE to any storage area that has been assigned to it, after use
(c)
EG
(a)
The use of most types of abrasive wheel machine will involve the user either holding the
material to be worked or the machine itself whilst the work activity is carried out. This has the
potential of subjecting the person doing the job to hand/arm vibration.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
providing health surveillance to any employee when the risk assessment indicates that
there is a risk to health
(f)
QCS 2014
BS 4481 Part 2:1983 includes a system of marking for abrasive wheels, which has been
adopted by the UK Abrasives Industries Federation. This specifies the type and nature of the
abrasive, grain size, grade and structure, as well as the nature of the bond.
Many types and grades of abrasive wheel are available, and the correct selection is
important. As a general rule, soft grade wheels are most suitable for use on hard materials,
and hard grade wheels on soft materials. Coarse grains are for the rapid removal of material,
and fine grains for polishing.
(b)
C.24.R.BF Suitable for general use on stone, brickwork, concrete, plastic and nonferrous metals.
The use of an unsuitable wheel may result in the wheel face becoming loaded as the pores
are clogged by the material being removed. If the wheel is too hard or too fine it may become
glazed or polished. The consequence, in both cases, may be that the operative will press too
hard, in an attempt to get the work done, and cause the wheel to break.
It is important that only reinforced resin-bonded abrasive wheels should be used with
portable grinding machines.
IO
AL
EG
IN
TE
AT
British Standard system for the marking of abrasive wheels (BS 4481)
QCS 2014
over-speeding
(b)
1.4.1.9 Over-speeding
Abrasive wheels must not be run in excess of the maximum permissible speed
recommended by the manufacturer. This should be clearly marked in rpm on all wheels over
55 mm in diameter.
For smaller wheels, a notice stating the maximum speed permissible should be displayed on
or adjacent to where the machine is being operated. Any type of record may be kept, from
computer database to a written record. The only restrictions are that a hard copy of the
information must be available on request.
AL
Every power-driven machine for use with abrasive wheels should have a notice fixed to it,
specifying the maximum and minimum spindle speeds.
Machines that are not marked with their spindle speed must not be used.
Sometimes these markings are very small. If this is the case, consideration should be given
to painting or engraving the spindle speed clearly on the machine.
Always keep the markings clean and in good condition so that they are easy to read.
Care must be taken to see that the maximum speeds are never exceeded. Governors, or
other devices to control or limit speed, must be properly maintained and in good working
order.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
As an abrasive wheel wears down, its peripheral speed is reduced and this, in turn, reduces
its efficiency.
A wheel operated at too low a speed will not cut properly and there will be a tendency to
press the workpiece hard against the wheel. This may damage the wheel and cause it to
burst.
Care must be taken to operate the wheel at the optimum speed recommended by the
manufacturer.
In order to be able to demonstrate compliance with legislation, abrasive wheels should only
be mounted by a trained and competent person appointed to this duty by the Contractor.
1.4.1.13 Maintenance
1
In addition to checks immediately before and after each use, every machine should be
regularly and frequently serviced by a competent person in accordance with the
QCS 2014
It is good practice to record the type and serial number of all abrasive wheel machines in a
maintenance log, together with the date each machine is due for service. When servicing
has been carried out, ensure that details of any work done are entered in the log, together
with the date that the next service is due.
Note: The suggested layout for a Register of Appointment is attached at Appendix 1. A copy
of a suggested Certificate of Appointment is attached as Appendix 2.
A Contractor may revoke the appointment at any time, with a signed and dated entry in the
register.
IO
AL
AT
1.4.1.15 Training
Training for the mounting of abrasive wheels must only be given by a competent person,
which often involves attending an external course. It must cover the grades, types and
marking of wheels; the use, hazards, speeds, storage, handling, inspection, testing,
dressing, adjustments; and the functions of associated components such as flanges,
blotters, bushes and locking nuts.
Employees who are being trained in the use of abrasive wheels must be provided with
appropriate information, instruction and supervision.
IN
TE
Procedure
EG
(b)
clean the abrasive wheel with a brush and check for any signs of damage. In no
circumstances should a damaged wheel be used
(c)
(d)
check that the maximum wheel speed is greater than the maximum spindle speed
(e)
check that the wheel fits easily and snugly onto the spindle. The correct brushes
should be used if required
(f)
(g)
(h)
check that washers or blotters of paper, or other compressible material, are fitted one
either side (one only on a wheel with a depressed centre). Blotters ensure that the
clamping pressure is distributed evenly over the wheel, and will reduce wear on the
flanges
(i)
when tightening the nut on the spindle, use the correct size of spanner. Use hand
pressure only. This will ensure that the flanges drive the wheel and prevent slip
(j)
IO
AL
QCS 2014
AT
Periodically, it may be necessary to redress the blade by making cuts in a special dressing
block or abrasive block.
These wheels can last a comparatively long time. Before use and with the power
disconnected, make a special point of checking the condition of the spindle bearings as
these can deteriorate considerably during the lifetime of a diamond-cutting wheel.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
The guard should be so designed, and sufficiently robust, to contain any fragments in the
event of the wheel bursting.
The guard must be securely attached to the body of the machine, properly adjusted and
maintained.
The guard or shield supplied by the manufacturer must be adjusted to permit exposure of the
minimum amount of wheel or disk to enable the job to be carried out. It must not be left off or
altered in any way.
Defects
Employees are required to report any defects in work equipment, including abrasive wheels,
guards or tool rests, to their Contractor.
AL
IO
Rests should be secured and adjusted so that they are as close as practicable to the wheel,
i.e. no more than 3 mm away. If the gap between the wheel and the rest is too great, the
workpiece may become trapped and an accident may result.
AT
Tool rests
EG
IN
TE
Notices
During cutting or grinding processes, a stream of dust or abrasive particles and hot sparks is
thrown off. These can cause serious injury to the eyes.
QCS 2014
Because there is an obvious risk of eye injuries when an abrasive wheel is being used, eye
protection should be provided in accordance with either goggles or a face shield or visor, to
BS EN 166.
Respiratory protection
3
Depending upon what material is being cut, it is possible that the user of an abrasive wheel
may be vulnerable to inhaling hazardous dust. With fixed machinery such as bench grinders
or fixed concrete saws, it may be possible to reduce airborne dust to a safe level by such
measures as:
(a)
This would also serve as a useful reminder to employees of the training they have received.
(a)
purchasing abrasive wheel machines which incorporate a facility for wet cutting or the
attachment of a stand-alone dust extraction/collection unit
AL
If such dust suppression measures are not practical, it will be for the Contractor, or the
person to whom the responsibility is delegated, to assess the hazardous nature of the dust
and provide suitable respiratory protective equipment (RPE), consulting a supplier of PPE if
necessary to establish what is needed
IO
The very nature of carrying out grinding or cutting activities using abrasive wheels is likely to
subject the person doing the job to a degree of hand-arm vibration. In extreme cases, handarm vibration can lead to permanent and disabling injuries. Contractors must assess the risk
to employees who carry out such work and put preventative and protective measures in
place to ensure that the health of employees who carry out this type of work is not adversely
affected.
TE
AT
Vibration
Grinding and cutting operations using abrasive wheel machines will inevitably result in an
increased level of noise, both from the machine itself, for example a petrol-driven disc-cutter,
and from contact between the cutting disc or grinding wheel and the material being worked
upon. In many cases the level of noise generated will exceed the lower exposure action
value, meaning that unless other control measures can be put in place, personal hearing
protection must be made available and worn. Depending upon the level of noise and the
proximity of other people, it may be necessary for them also to wear the hearing protection.
EG
IN
Noise
The machine must have an efficient starting and stopping device that is easily accessible
and which can be readily operated.
The floor area of the workplace must be kept in good condition, free of loose material, and
should not be slippery.
Abrasive wheels should be properly stored, flat and preferably in their boxes and in
accordance with the manufacturer's guidance. Care must be taken to see that any labels are
retained, and not soiled or defaced so as to make them illegible.
QCS 2014
Revocation
Signature of
occupier or his
agent
Date of
revocation of
appointment
Signature of occupier or
his agent
Class or
Date of
description of appointment
abrasive
wheels for
which
appointment is
made
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(1)
AT
IO
Name of person
appointed
AL
Appointment
TE
_________________________________________________________________________________
IN
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
EG
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
QCS 2014
AL
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
IO
_________________________________________________________________________________
AT
_________________________________________________________________________________
IN
TE
Date .............................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------
EG
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------
Date .............................................
QCS 2014
Have operatives received suitable instruction and training in the use of abrasive wheels
equipment, and are they competent to use it?
Are the manufacturer's recommendations and company rules relating to the control and use
of abrasive wheels being observed?
Are safety signs and notices displayed where cutting or grinding operations take place?
Are the abrasive wheels that are being used suitable for the type of work being carried out?
Was the competent person appointed by the Contractor in writing, and has an entry been
made in an appropriate register?
What types and classes of abrasive wheel or disc is the appointed person entitled to fit and
mount?
Have two blotters been supplied with all flat wheels and discs? (Some wheels may not
require blotters, therefore refer to the manufacturer's guidance for the specific wheel to be
mounted.)
10
Are wheels of more than 55 mm in diameter marked with the maximum rotational speeds in
rpm?
11
12
Is the maximum permissible spindle speed clearly marked on the machines in rpm?
13
Are checks made to ensure that abrasive wheels are not operated in excess of the maximum
permissible speeds?
14
15
16
Is the guard of the correct size, and not been exchanged or altered?
17
18
19
Are grinding machines complete with guards of the correct size and with tool rests?
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
20
21
Angle grinder with cutting disc and adjustable guard and depth gauge
22
23
QCS 2014
25
Are other dust suppression measures necessary and, if so, have they been taken?
26
27
Has BS EN 166 eye and other necessary PPE protection been provided for the operator?
28
29
30
Have precautions been taken to safeguard other persons who may be affected by grinding
operations?
31
What precautions are taken to ensure that the floor area is free from loose materials and
maintained in a safe condition without risk?
32
Are the storage facilities for abrasive wheels and machines adequate?
33
34
35
36
37
38
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
24
QCS 2014
They can be extremely dangerous if used incorrectly. Operatives must be trained and
competent and be of a sufficiently mature and responsible disposition.
Poor technique, or the use of incorrect equipment, will result in poor or defective fixing.
The tool, type of cartridge or fuel cell, type of fixing and the base material must all be
compatible.
In most cases, items of additional PPE, in addition to helmet, boots and hi-viz, will have to be
worn.
At the end of the job all unused cartridges must be accounted for.
AL
IO
1.4.2.2 Introduction
Portable fixing tools use the power of an explosive charge or a gas propellant to drive a
fixing device into position. They are particularly useful if there is a large number of repetitive
fixings to be made, where a portable fixing tool reduces the time and labour expended in this
area. However, the resemblance of the tools to the shape and action of a gun can lead to
their misuse, especially by young and inexperienced workers.
It should always be remembered that portable fixing tools are potentially lethal if they are
used recklessly or incompetently.
TE
AT
IN
When hazards are identified, it is the Contractors duty to either eliminate the hazard or to put
control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
These Regulations also require that the Contractor provides employees with adequate
information, instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry out any work safely and
without risk to their health.
Employees, for their part, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any
work situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or any others who
may be affected.
EG
QCS 2014
Contractors must ensure that where the safety of work equipment depends upon the way it is
installed, it is inspected as necessary.
These Regulations require that where the use of any equipment involves a specific risk to
the health and safety of employees, use must be restricted to competent and specified
workers. This is of particular relevance to the user of portable fixing tools.
Employees must be provided with information, instruction and training in the use of work
equipment, where necessary for their health and safety.
Proper training (which is offered by all tool manufacturers) and continual care in their issue
and use is therefore essential.
Before portable fixing tools can be used, a risk assessment must be carried out.
IO
AL
AT
The use of any percussive tool, such as one repeatedly operated by firing a cartridge or fuel
cell, has the potential to subject the person doing the job to hand/arm vibration.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
providing health surveillance to any employee when the risk assessment indicates that
there is a risk to health
(f)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(b)
hearing protection.
Where risks to health and safety cannot be adequately controlled by other means,
Contractors must:
(a)
identify appropriate and suitable PPE that will control the risks to an acceptable level
(b)
(c)
provide the users of the PPE with adequate instruction and training with regard to:
(i)
(ii)
the purpose for which it has been issued and the manner in which it is to be
used
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
The Contractor must take all reasonable steps to ensure that employees use the PPE
provided as directed.
QCS 2014
use any PPE that has been issued as instructed and in accordance with any training
received
(b)
return the PPE to any storage area that has been assigned to it, after use
(c)
(b)
(c)
the compatibility of the base material, the type of fixing and the cartridge strength
(d)
(e)
(f)
carrying out activities in accordance with BS 4078-1, Code of practice for safe use
(g)
IO
AL
(a)
Note: Cartridge tools must not be used in areas where a flammable atmosphere or risk of
dust explosion may exist.
EG
IN
TE
AT
(b)
Direct-acting. The explosive force of the cartridge acts directly on the fixing, driving it
along the barrel into the wall or material.
QCS 2014
Low power is defined as giving the pin a kinetic energy not greater than 3.5 m/kg/f and a
velocity not greater than 98.5 m per sec.
High power applies to any values greater than those above. Using high power tools can
result in dangerous through-shoots. This is where the fixing is fired right through the material.
Most of the commonly available tools are low power and indirect-acting. These are by far the
safest. There are high power tools for special applications, and some old high power (directacting) tools are still in use.
Some modern tools have provision for varying the power level (within the low power range)
by means of an adjustment which changes the size of the gas expansion chamber. There
are also interchangeable pistons for different fixings or depths of penetration. Tools
incorporating these features require a smaller range of cartridges.
IO
AL
AT
All tools should incorporate a contact pressure safety device, which prevents them being
fired unless the muzzle is pressed hard against the workface. They should always
incorporate a drop-firing safety device which prevents the tool from firing when it is dropped
onto a hard surface.
In addition, some tools are equipped with an unintentional firing safety device. This prevents
the tool from firing if the trigger is pulled before the tool is pressed against the work surface.
It should only be possible to fire the tool when it is correctly pressed against the work
surface.
IN
TE
EG
1.4.2.11 Cartridges
Cartridges are designed for specific brands or types of tool and are not interchangeable,
even if they are of a similar type or appearance.
Cartridges are available in different strengths. It is preferable to start with a lower strength
cartridge for a test fixing and then change to a more powerful cartridge if the depth of
penetration is not sufficient.
BS 4078 requires the strength of the cartridges to be marked on the packaging and each
cartridge to be colour-coded to indicate its strength.
Cartridge strength
Extra Low (XL)
Low (L)
Low/Medium (LM)
Medium (M)
Medium/High (MH)
High (H)
Extra High (XH)
Colour
Brown
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Black
QCS 2014
It should be noted that the code is not universally followed, and that colour-coding alone
must never be relied on as an indicator of the cartridge strength. Cartridges should be
retained in the packaging (which identifies their strength) and not carried loose. Both
cartridges and fixing nails are now available on plastic strips.
Proper controls must be put in place to account for all dispensed and unused cartridges.
The supplier should be contacted to discuss suitable arrangements for the return/disposal of
any unused or unserviceable cartridges. Cartridges should be returned to their original
packaging so that they can be properly identified.
1.4.2.12 Fixings
Fixings are generally either drive nails, eyelet nails or threaded studs. Designed to penetrate
wood, steel and concrete, they have special characteristics of strength, hardness, shape and
size which make them suitable for the purpose to which they are to be put. Ordinary nails
and screws must never be used as substitutes.
AL
AT
Attempting to fix into unsuitable materials with cartridge tools is dangerous. Before firing the
first fixing, a simple test should be made by driving a fixing of the intended type into the base
material with a hammer. The result will show whether the material is suitable. No attempt
should be made to fix into unsuitable materials. The table below provides general guidance.
Conclusion
Plaster, plywood,
lightweight blocks
Sinks in easily
Too soft
Fixing blunted
Too hard
Material cracks or
shatters
Too brittle
IN
Result
EG
Material
TE
IO
Suitable
Hazards from the use of cartridge tools generally arise from one or more of the following
three factors:
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Two conditions which specially need to be guarded against are through penetration, where
the fixing goes through the material emerging in free flight on the other side, and ricochet,
possibly towards the operator, where the fixing is deflected after firing.
QCS 2014
cartridge too
undertaken
powerful
for
the
job
being
AL
check the area behind the material or structure into which the fixing is being fired, and guard
the area so as to prevent the access of unauthorised persons
IN
TE
AT
IO
hitting a reinforcing rod or dense aggregate hidden just under the surface
EG
To avoid ricochets:
(a)
fixings should be at the recommended distance (or greater) from failed attempts
(b)
do not fix into unfamiliar materials without first checking their suitability for cartridge
fixing
(c)
tools should be at right angles to the work surface. The whole rim of the splinter guard
should be firmly placed against the workface so as to stabilise the tool and not leave
gaps. (See diagrams below.)
The risk of ricocheting is reduced by the use of low-powered, indirect-acting tools. If highpowered tools are used, there is a risk that the fixing can be deflected and come back
towards the operator.
IO
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IN
TE
Penetration. Concrete varies in hardness, and trial fixings may be necessary to establish
the optimum penetration.
EG
Spalling of concrete
Edge failure is the result of attempting to fix too near to the edge of the material, causing it
to break away. The minimum distances given below should be
observed.
QCS 2014
Fixing into masonry requires greater penetration. Fixings should not be made into mortar
joints unless no other choice exists, and then only after seeking advice from the cartridge
tool manufacturer.
Penetration. For maximum holding strength, fixings (whenever possible) should penetrate
just through the steel being fixed into.
TE
AT
IO
AL
Recoil of a cartridge tool can lead to loss of balance if working from an unstable workplace.
In this instance, only low-power tools should be used. Operators not familiar with cartridge
tools, or with the type of tool to be used, should test the tool for recoil before use. In all
circumstances, an adequate and safe footing is a necessity. Makeshift platforms should not
be used.
Misfires. In the event of a misfire, the cartridge tool should be kept pressed in position
against the workface for at least 30 seconds, to allow for any delayed detonation. Following
this time period, the cartridge must then be removed strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Cartridges which have misfired should be stored in a metal box
and returned to the supplier.
Note: Misfired cartridges should not be removed from the tool by levering under the rim.
Some types are rim detonated and could be fired by this action. Only the proper extraction
tool as supplied by the manufacturer should be used.
Loading of tools should be carried out immediately prior to use. Once the tool is loaded, it
must never be pointed towards other people or at any part of the operator's body. Unused
cartridges must be removed from the tool as soon as
possible.
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Cartridge-operated tools and cartridges should be stored in a place which is secure, dry and
cool. The issue of such tools and cartridges should be strictly controlled, and licensed if
necessary.
Storage box
(b)
(c)
the use of different makes of equipment on one site should be limited as far as
possible
(d)
the manufacturer's instructions on the safe use of the cartridge tool should be
available.
AL
Lighter duty gas powered tools can be used for the fixing of timber and other low density
materials. These fixing tools are generally lighter in weight and use a battery and fuel cell,
either propane or other gas, to act as a propellant rather than a cartridge. The fuel cell,
typically a small aerosol canister, is mounted within the tool. The safety issues that need to
be considered when using a gas powered tool are:
AT
IO
operators must be trained. Usually this can be provided by the supplier of the
equipment. Operators must also be in possession of the relevant equipment
instructions with which they must be familiar
(b)
the tool and the fuel cells must not be exposed to extremes of heat nor used within a
flammable atmosphere
(c)
during use, harmful fumes are expelled and therefore the tool should be used in a well
ventilated area
(d)
when firing, the operator must be in a stable position and holding the tool at right
angles to the work
(e)
firing must not take place when others are behind the work. As with cartridge tools,
through-penetration can occur
(f)
if a malfunction occurs, unlike when using a cartridge tool, the tool can usually be fired
again. However, the manufacturer's instruction manual should be consulted
(g)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
because of the mode of operation and speed of use, the tool can become hot
(reference should be made to warnings of hot areas on the tool).
Personal protective equipment, complying with the relevant British Standards, should be
used by operatives using cartridge-operated and gas-operated tools, as follows:
(a)
eye protection to BS EN 166-B must be provided and worn at all times when handling
cartridge-operated tools, their cartridges or gas-operated tools
(b)
noise levels will vary with the make of tool but all tools create a high intensity, short
duration noise. Suitable hearing protection should be worn
(c)
safety helmets to BS EN 379 should be worn while cartridge tools are in use.
The safety of other persons in the vicinity of where cartridge-operated or gas-operated tools
are being used, a factor which should have been covered in the risk assessment, must be
considered and all necessary precautions taken.
QCS 2014
(a)
operatives should be properly and adequately trained and be competent in the use of
the equipment and aware of the hazards which may arise
(b)
(c)
it is recommended that only persons over 18 years of age are allowed to use portable
fixing tools
(d)
(e)
adequate close supervision must be provided where necessary, for example when the
operator of a portable tool is inexperienced.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Training can usually be sourced from the supplier or manufacturer of the equipment.
EG
The selection and training of personnel should take the following points into consideration:
QCS 2014
Does all cartridge-operated tool equipment comply with BS 4078-2, (BS EN 792 for gaspowered fasteners) including the provision of splinter guards?
Are the operatives selected for training in the use of portable fixing tools of a mature and
responsible disposition?
Who is responsible for the maintenance, issue and return of equipment including any unused
cartridges?
Are operatives properly trained and aware of hazards associated with portable fixing tools,
especially penetration, ricochets, misfiring, and the misuse of tools?
Are safe systems of work in operation? Do they cover the above hazards?
Are checks made to ensure that procedures are being observed and especially to ensure
that loaded tools are not left lying about?
10
Are all cartridges and fuel cells kept in a cool, dry place, under lock and key?
11
12
13
Is the place where the work with fixing tools is being carried out safe for the tool user and for
any other people who may be in the vicinity?
14
15
Where will cartridge-operated tools and their associated cartridges be securely stored on
site?
16
Will fixing tools and their cartridges and fuel cells be stored in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions?
17
18
19
20
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
All lifting operations must be carried out by, and under the control of, trained and competent
persons.
The safe working load (SWL) of any item of lifting equipment or lifting accessory must never
be exceeded.
All equipment and accessories used for lifting operations must be subjected to a schedule of
inspections and thorough examinations.
In addition to the equipment and accessories used, attention must also be paid to site
features such as overhead cables, unstable ground conditions and adjacent properties.
AL
IO
AT
1.4.3.2 Introduction
Experience has shown that lifting operations can be hazardous work activities if not properly
planned and carried out. Safe lifting operations will depend upon:
The availability of suitable lifting equipment, that is properly maintained
(b)
(c)
(d)
compliance with safe systems of work as detailed in risk assessments and method
statements (lifting plan).
IN
TE
(a)
EG
Note: Section 1, Part 14.4 of the QCS covers the certification of lifting equipment and
These Regulations require that safe systems of work are developed, accidents that have
occurred during lifting operations indicate that all too often these are not in place or not
complied with if they are in place.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
unstable ground collapsing under the weight of the crane and its load
(h)
(i)
(j)
Note: BS 7121-1 General gives advice on the safe use of cranes but excludes manually-
QCS 2014
operated cranes and those mounted on waterborne vessels, except where a land-based
crane is temporarily fixed to such a vessel.
5
It details safe systems of work and the control of lifting operations, which include site
preparation, along with the rigging and de-rigging of cranes.
The Code of Practice to BS 7121 also introduces the term 'signaller' in place of 'banksman'.
Throughout the following text any reference to a banksman has been replaced with
signaller.
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or
to put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, for their part, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any
work situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or any other
persons who may be affected.
The Regulations require that, additionally, the Contractor provides employees with adequate
information, instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry out any work safely and
without risks to their health.
Before any lift is carried out, a suitable and sufficient risk assessment must be carried out
under these Regulations, although where lifting activities are repetitive with broadly the same
hazards and levels of risk, a single risk assessment to cover all the lifts might be satisfactory
in some situations.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
lifting equipment and accessories must be of adequate strength and the lifting
equipment stable, for each lift undertaken
(b)
lifting equipment used for lifting persons is constructed and used so as to protect the
safety of the person(s) being carried
(c)
(d)
the load must be under full and proper control at all times
(e)
lifting equipment must be equipped with suitable devices to prevent any person falling
down a shaft or hoistway
(f)
lifting equipment and accessories must be clearly marked with their safe working load
and other markings if designed for lifting persons
(g)
every lift must be properly planned by a competent person, properly supervised and
QCS 2014
(i)
reports of thorough examination must be made and retained, with all defects notified
to the Contractor who must take appropriate actions.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(h)
QCS 2014
These Regulations require that Contractors only provide work equipment that is suitable for
the job and ensure that it is maintained and kept in good working order.
Contractors must ensure that where the safety of work equipment depends upon the way it is
installed, it is inspected as necessary.
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and specified workers.
Dangerous parts of machinery must be adequately guarded, preferably by fixed guards that
cannot be defeated or removed.
Employees must be provided with information, instruction and training in the use of work
equipment, where necessary for their health and safety.
AL
IO
The use of some lifting equipment, for example tower cranes, will inevitably involve
employees having to work at height, the legal definition of which includes getting up to the
high-level work place and getting down again. Even standing on the tracks of a crawler crane
would be classified as working at height if a fall from that place could result in personal
injury.
The key provisions of these Regulations are (briefly) that Contractors should:
TE
AT
where it is reasonably practicable, avoid the need to carry out work at height
(b)
where such work cannot be avoided, to select the most appropriate work equipment
for the work and to prevent falls
(c)
(d)
ensure that the work is properly planned, risk-assessment based and carried out
safely by competent persons
EG
(e)
IN
(a)
(f)
establish danger areas from which people must be excluded, when there is a danger
of them falling or being struck by falling objects
(g)
CDM has implications for the way in which lifting operations are carried out:
(a)
designers must ensure the health and safety of anyone engaged in lifting operations,
for example by designing-in lifting points on components that will have to be craned
into place
(b)
designers must provide sufficient information regarding their designs, such as notifying
the weight of any component that has to be craned into place
(c)
there must be safe places of work, including getting to and from the place of work
(d)
traffic routes must be suitable for the vehicles that will have to pass over them, for
example, mobile cranes must be used and moved in a way that pedestrians are not
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
there must be suitable and sufficient lighting for every place of work and traffic route
(e)
QCS 2014
1.4.3.9 Definitions
Appointed person: A person who has the competence, adequate training, authority and
experience to take overall responsibility and control of a lifting operation, having been
appointed by the management of the organisation or organisations that require the load to be
moved.
Competent person (for the purposes of inspection and examination): A person who has the
practical and theoretical knowledge together with actual experience of what they are to
examine so as to enable them to detect errors, defects, faults or weaknesses, which it is the
purpose of the examination or inspection to discover; and to assess the importance of any
such discovery.
Crane co-ordinator: A person who plans and directs the sequence of operations of cranes
to ensure that they do not collide with other cranes, loads and other equipment (for example,
concrete placing booms, telehandlers and piling rigs).
Crane supervisor: A person who controls the lifting operation and ensures that it is carried
out in accordance with the appointed person's safe system of work.
Crane operator: A person who operates the crane for the purpose of moving and
positioning loads or erection of the crane.
Lifting accessory: A lifting beam or frame, chain sling, rope sling or similar gear, a ring, link,
hook, interlocks, plate clamp, shackle, swivel or eyebolt, and any loose equipment used with
lifting gear.
Lifting equipment: A piece of work equipment for lifting or lowering loads including a crab,
winch, pulley block or gin wheel (for raising or lowering), a hoist, crane, shearlegs,
excavator, dragline, piling frame, aerial cable way, aerial ropeway or overhead runway,
goods hoists, mobile elevated work platforms, scissor lifts, vehicle hoists, ropes used for
access, forklift trucks, lorry loaders (hiabs) and passenger lifts.
Mobile crane: A crane capable of travelling under its own power, but does not include a
crane that travels on a line of rails.
Plant and equipment: Any plant, equipment, gear, machinery, apparatus or appliance, or
part thereof.
10
Safe working load (SWL): The maximum load that can be safely lifted by any item of lifting
equipment, such as a crane or hoist, or any accessory for lifting.
11
Note 1: The safe working load includes the weight of the hook block and all the lifting gear.
The weight of these should be deducted from the declared safe working load of the lifting
equipment to obtain the net load that can be safely lifted.
12
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
A safe system of work should be devised and effectively communicated to all those involved
in a lifting operation. It must include:
(a)
thorough planning of the operation, along with the selection, provision and use of
suitable cranes and equipment
QCS 2014
(c)
ensuring that all equipment has been maintained, tested and examined as necessary
(d)
(e)
supervision of the lift by trained and competent people, with the authority to progress
or stop a job as necessary
(f)
(g)
the provision of all test certificates and other documentation relevant to the equipment
being used
(h)
(i)
an effective means of communication between all members of the team during lifting
operations
(j)
the safety of all persons, both those involved in the lift as well as those not involved in
the lift but who may be affected by the lifting operation.
AL
(b)
Every crane and item of lifting equipment must be properly made and strong enough to carry
out the work for which it is intended.
Foundations, stages, scaffolds, derrick masts and anchorages that have to carry a load must
be of good construction and adequate strength. All temporary support structures should be
certified by a competent temporary works engineer and a 'Permit to Load' issued before any
support is loaded.
Winch frames must be made of metal. Separate crane jibs must be clearly marked to identify
which crane they are part of.
IN
1.4.3.12 Platforms
TE
AT
IO
Platforms for crane drivers and signallers must be large enough to allow the person to do
their work properly, close boarded or plated and fitted with access ladders or steps.
Where a risk assessment indicates that there is a possibility of injury resulting from a person
falling from the platform of a crane, suitable guard-rails and toe-boards should be provided to
prevent such an occurrence. Guard-rails should be at least 950 mm above the working
platform. The gap between the guard-rails and between the lower - guard-rail and toe-board
must not exceed 470 mm. Guard-rails and toe-boards may be removed for temporary
access.
EG
1.4.3.13 Cabin
1
Generally speaking, a crane should be provided with a cabin to give the driver protection
from the weather. The cabin should afford an unrestricted view of the work in hand and
permit access to any machinery contained within the cab, for maintenance, etc. Where
practicable, it should be cooled in hot weather and heated in cool weather.
Cabins are not required, however, when the plant is indoors or otherwise protected (unless it
is mobile) and will not lift more than 1 tonne or where, in the case of a hoist, it can be
operated from a landing platform or inside the cage.
QCS 2014
The size of a drum or pulley must match the size of the rope or chain being used. The rope
or chain must be anchored to the drum and there should be never less than two 'dead' turns
remaining on the drum.
If the derricking motion of a crane is driven by the hoist motor through a clutch, and can only
be controlled by the hoist brake, an interlock must be fitted to prevent dual operation.
AL
1.4.3.16 Access
Ladders, platforms or handholds must be provided to give safe access to all parts of the
crane or lifting appliance that need inspection or regular maintenance, and from which a
person may fall from height.
AT
IO
Where a crane is hired, the responsibility for ensuring compliance with these Regulations lies
with:
the hire company to ensure work equipment is maintained, inspected and tested as
appropriate, and to provide information to the hirer
(b)
the person hiring the crane to ensure they have selected suitable work equipment and
that it complies with all relevant legislation.
TE
(a)
IN
Where the hirer arranges for the crane hire company to carry out a 'contract lift', the crane
hire company takes on the total responsibility for all aspects of the safety of the lifting
operations.
The responsibilities for hired and contract lifts are clarified below:
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(b)
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
what information and/or services will be provided to the lifting contractor by the
employing organisation.
(b)
(c)
1.4.3.18 Siting
The site engineer, in consultation with the appointed person, usually decides on the siting of
cranes or other lifting appliances. In the case of mobile cranes, the operator is responsible
for ensuring that the movement and position of the crane are both safe and suitable under
the direction of the crane supervisor and in accordance with the appointed person's safe
system of work.
The crane operator should check that any ramps, slopes, gates, archways, buildings, trees
or overhead lines do not present an obstacle or danger, and that refuelling or other service
vehicles can gain access without causing a hazard.
A minimum 600 mm-wide clearance between travelling or slewing cranes and any fixed
object (guard-rail, adjacent building, etc.) must be maintained. Where this is not practical,
any place where a person might be trapped must be blocked by enclosing it with barriers.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Particular care should be taken when siting cranes or other lifting appliances close to
overhead power cables. The jib or boom does not need to touch a live power cable, a
'flashover' can occur over some distance depending on the voltage carried by the overhead
cables and the level of moisture in the air.
The minimum recommended safe working distance away from overhead cables is the
length of the jib of the crane, plus 9 metres if the cable is slung on wooden or metal poles
and 15 metres if the cable is slung on pylons. This is measured with the jib pointing towards
the cable, even when the crane will be working in the opposite direction.
If the minimum safe working distance cannot be maintained, the electricity supply company
should be consulted to enable a safe system of work to be devised.
AL
QCS 2014
The 'danger area' must be clearly marked off with stakes, flags, or similar indicators and,
where it is necessary to pass below overhead power cables, 'goal posts' should be set up to
indicate the maximum clearance height, as specified by the local electricity supply company.
AT
IO
1.4.3.20 Stability
A crane must have a stable and level base. The stability and load-bearing capacity of the
ground must be sufficient to carry the most severe static and dynamic loads, taking into
account such factors as the slewing torques, wind stresses and shock loading, as well as the
weight of the crane and its load.
Care must be taken to see that the ground is firm and stable. Excavations which may not
have been correctly filled in, as well as cellars, culverts, tunnels and shafts, may all reduce
the stability of the ground and constitute a hazard to machinery and heavy loads.
It is also important to identify underground services and to carry out any temporary
protection measures that may be required. The failure of a water main due to overloading,
for example, can dramatically reduce the load bearing capacity of the ground.
The same principles apply when a crane is sited on a street or roadway for the purpose of
working into a site.
Adverse weather, such as rain (producing soft ground) and strong winds, can rapidly affect
the stability of a crane, and no crane should be used without these factors first being
considered.
EG
IN
TE
1.4.3.21 Outriggers
1
QCS 2014
If the stability of the ground is in any way suspect, suitable grillage must be used under each
outrigger to reduce the ground area loading.
Where operating on a slight slope cannot be avoided, the operating area should be built up
to give a level base (see diagram below). A slope of as little as 1 can significantly affect the
stability and capacity of a crane, particularly where long jibs are in use.
IN
Rigging
No crane or other lifting appliance may be erected unless under the supervision of a
competent person, such as the operator or crane supervisor.
De-rigging
EG
TE
AT
IO
AL
The de-rigging of a crane must also be carried out under the supervision of a competent
person, normally the crane operator, plus any other persons as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Care must be taken to see that nobody stands under any jib section while the connecting
pins are being withdrawn. People have been killed through doing so.
Rated capacity indicators (previously known as automatic safe load indicators), radius load
indicators and motion limit switches, together with their audio-visual warning systems, are
fitted to cranes and other lifting appliances. Their purpose is to prevent any item of lifting
equipment from operating outside its safe operating parameters. Under no circumstances
should these devices be overridden or disabled.
During rigging (including the fitting of jib extensions and changes in reeving) it will be
necessary to reset these warning indicators to take account of load conditions and operating
radius. They must be tested by a competent person before use.
These requirements do not apply to guy derricks, small cranes (less than 1 tonne SWL), any
QCS 2014
All cranes or lifting appliances which are designed for lifting persons should be identified as
such. Cranes and lifting equipment that are not designed for lifting persons, and might be
used in error for this purpose, should also be clearly marked to this effect.
All cranes and other lifting appliances must carry clear identification marks.
AL
Lorry loader cranes must be fitted with an interlocking system (or equivalent engineering
solution) to prevent cranes from operating without their stabilisers extended.
IO
AT
A person, other than the crane operator, should be appointed to take responsibility for the
organisation and control of any lifting operations on behalf of the management.
They should be adequately trained and have the necessary experience to be deemed
competent. The appointed person should be formally notified in writing of their appointment.
IN
TE
assess the proposed lift to identify the hazards and corresponding risks, provide for
planning, selection of equipment, instruction and supervision to enable the work to be
carried out safely
(b)
ensure that all tests, inspections, examinations and maintenance have been carried
out, and that there is a procedure for reporting defects and taking any necessary
corrective action
EG
(a)
(c)
ensure that the crane supervisor is fully briefed on the relevant sections of the lift plan
and contents of method statements
(d)
have the authority to carry out their duties and to stop the operations if they think there
is a danger.
The appointed person's duties, but not their responsibilities, may be delegated to another
competent person.
Drivers of cranes and other lifting appliances, and others involved in lifting operations,
including signallers, must be adequately trained, experienced and of a mature disposition.
The recommended age is 18 years or over, unless under the direct supervision of a
competent person for the purpose of training.
1.4.3.28 Signals
1
If a driver cannot see the load during the whole lifting operation, they must have one or more
QCS 2014
trained signallers or some other signalling system (e.g. radio) to enable them to handle the
load safely.
2
Signallers must be in a safe position, have a clear view of the path of the load and have
effective communication with the driver. Signals must be clear and distinct. Mechanical or
electrical signals should be kept in good order and safeguarded against accidental operation.
It is very important that clear and precise words of command are given so that there can be
no misunderstandings.
A positive decision is needed on the use of words; for example, which word you would use:
up or raise or lift or hoist
(b)
similarly,
(c)
AL
The use of hand signals should be equally clear and everyone involved in the lift must be
made aware of whether the hand signals specified in:
(a)
(a)
IO
A hoisting mechanism should be used for - raising and lowering loads vertically and for no
other purpose, unless it is designed to do so, competently supervised and can be done
without overstressing the crane structure or mechanism or endangering its stability.
Crane jibs must not be worked at a radius greater than that specified on the test certificate.
TE
AT
In no circumstances must the load on the lifting equipment exceed the safe working load
(SWL), except when under test by an authorised competent person.
When lifting near to the SWL, the load should be raised a short distance only and the
operation stopped to check stability and safety before continuing. Wind-loading will affect
how near to the SWL a crane can operate. Care must also be taken when planning to lift
loads out of water, as the load may suddenly increase beyond the SWL since the support
previously given by the water no longer exists.
When two cranes or other lifting appliances have to be used for one load, each must work
within its safe load, and must remain stable throughout the lift. Multiple lifts of this type must
be supervised by a specially appointed competent person (see tandem lifts on the next
page).
EG
IN
1.4.3.31 Loads
Slinging loads
1
Many accidents associated with lifting operations are caused by faulty slinging (for example,
overloading, use of the wrong type of sling, unbalanced or insecure loads). This results in the
load falling or tipping out of control with damage to plant, machinery and to the load.
The crane operator will often have to rely on the slinger or signaller, who should be trained,
competent and aware of the possible hazards arising from the use of lifting accessories.
Loads must be correctly slung and made secure to prevent any part of them slipping and
QCS 2014
falling. The slinging of loads must only be carried out by someone who has been trained and
is competent to do so.
Many crane accidents feature loads that fall from height because they were not correctly
slung.
Precautions must be taken to prevent the load striking, or becoming snagged on, any
obstacle or causing other items to fall from height.
As far as possible, loose materials (bricks, slates, etc.) should ideally be banded and on
pallets when being lifted. If not, they should be lifted in a properly constructed box or other
container.
If loose materials are carried on a hoist, side pieces should be fitted to prevent anything
falling. Wheelbarrows and trucks must be prevented from moving and should not be
overfilled.
Loads should not be suspended or carried over areas occupied by persons. However, where
this is not practicable, a safe system of work should be developed to minimise any risks to
those below the load.
The safe system of work should include, for example, the prevention of access to the danger
area below a suspended or moving load, by barriers or other means, ensuring the load is
adequately secured and that the operator is in control of the movement at all times.
AT
IO
AL
Cranes are not designed to pull loads free from their attachment to their surroundings. The
additional loading stress cannot be accurately determined and, when a load does break free,
the sudden shock can result in damage to the boom or crane machinery, failure of the sling,
failure of the wire, whiplash and other dangers.
TE
10
Anchored loads
EG
11
IN
Unstable loads
Lifting loads from a place that is significantly above ground level demands the utmost care
and, in particular, an accurate assessment of the weight of the load and its point of balance.
By the time the load is 'on the hook' it may be too late to call a halt and start again. Loads
should be raised about 150 mm and held, while the stability is assessed, before proceeding.
QCS 2014
Some items of lifting equipment, such as MEWPs or suspended cradles, are specifically
designed for the lifting of persons and this type of equipment should be used wherever
possible.
However, it is sometimes necessary to adapt equipment that is primarily designed for lifting
materials to lift persons. An example of this is the fitting of a temporary working platform to
the forks of a forklift truck. In such circumstances the working platform must:
conform to the requirements of working at height with regard to guard-rails and toeboards
(c)
be securely fixed to the forks so that it cannot become detached or otherwise unstable
(d)
(e)
AL
(b)
These Regulations require that all work equipment designed for carrying persons:
be constructed to prevent a person using it from being crushed, trapped, or falling
from the carrier, either whilst in transit or carrying out work from the carrier
(b)
(c)
is such that a person trapped in a carrier is not exposed to danger and can be freed.
AT
IO
(a)
Furthermore, if a 'man-riding' cradle suspended from a crane is being used, BS 7172 Part 1
advises that the cradle:
(a)
(b)
1.4.3.35 Maintenance
TE
IN
(a)
Contractors to ensure that work equipment (which includes lifting equipment and
accessories) is maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair.
Therefore, lifting equipment and accessories for lifting must be properly maintained, although
the frequency of maintaining work equipment is not specified.
As far as lifting equipment and lifting accessories are concerned, maintenance will normally
be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, using 'check-sheets,
lubrication charts, etc. Maintenance must be carried out by a competent person who is
familiar with the equipment and has the knowledge and experience to detect existing or
potential faults.
The extent of the maintenance activities will vary between different types of lifting equipment
depending upon its complexity. For example, maintaining a tower crane at one end of the
scale and a gin-wheel at the other. Where the equipment has a maintenance log, it must be
kept up to date.
EG
These Regulations place a duty on Contractors to ensure that all lifting equipment and lifting
accessories are subjected to a schedule of thorough examinations by a competent person at
QCS 2014
six months for lifting equipment used for lifting persons and all lifting accessories
(b)
The competent person might decide, for a variety of reasons, that a schedule of more
frequent examinations is appropriate.
A thorough examination must also be carried out after any other event likely to have affected
the safety of any lifting equipment or accessories or where the equipment has been out of
use for a long period.
Furthermore, where the safety of lifting equipment depends upon the way it has been
installed (as for the many items of temporary lifting equipment used on construction sites,
such as tower cranes), it must be thoroughly examined after assembly and before being put
into service at a new site or a new location on the same site.
The competent person must have sufficient practical and theoretical knowledge and
experience of the lifting equipment to enable defects and weaknesses to be detected, and
their importance in relation to the safety of the equipment to be assessed.
The competent person should also be sufficiently independent of the operation to ensure that
there is no fear or favour in any recommendations made as a result of the thorough
examination.
AT
IO
AL
1.4.3.37 Inspection
Some factors that will determine the frequency and 'depth' of any inspection are;
(a)
EG
IN
TE
(b)
(c)
the critical nature of some components, such as the 'rated capacity indicator'
(d)
the potential for the equipment to be tampered with, for example a mobile crane left
overnight in a public place.
Some of the things covered by inspections include, but are not limited to:
(a)
the soundness of materials, attachments, fittings, outriggers, jibs, ropes and hooks
(b)
the testing of the rated capacity indicator, the correct settings of cams, linkages and
switches, and the correct working of audio-visual warning signals
(c)
(d)
In summary, any lifting equipment which is used in conditions commonly found in the
building and construction industry should not be used unless it is:
QCS 2014
(a)
mechanically sound and free from any defects affecting its safe operation
(b)
properly maintained
(c)
(d)
thoroughly examined every 12 months (every six months when used for lifting people)
by a competent person and after any exceptional circumstances likely to affect the
safety of the lifting equipment
(e)
Following any repairs or alterations which may affect the strength or stability of the lifting
equipment.
1.4.3.38 Reports
These Regulations establish a regime of good maintenance and record keeping, whilst
allowing the competent person to determine the schedule of inspections and thorough
examinations.
Evidence of inspections, thorough examinations and tests must accompany lifting equipment
and accessories for lifting when they are hired, leased or loaned to other users.
Where thorough examinations or tests are carried out by the user during the period of hire,
lease or loan, the owner of the lifting equipment or accessory must be informed of the results
of each thorough examination or test.
The format in which the records of inspections, thorough examinations and tests are kept is
not specified in these Regulations. However, records must be readily accessible, although
they can be stored in an electronic format providing a hard copy can be produced on
request.
Again, the records can be held in electronic form, but must be readily available to the user of
the lifting equipment or accessory for lifting provided that the following safeguards are
incorporated into the system.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
The records must be capable of being reproduced as hard copy when required.
(b)
(c)
Tower cranes can present particular safety considerations when used on site.
(a)
Generally they are self-erecting and dismantling, or erected and dismantled using a
large mobile crane for which provision has to be made in terms of space and stable
ground conditions.
(b)
Portable tower cranes, often controlled remotely from the ground, need to be treated
the same as a mobile crane.
QCS 2014
(c)
They require detailed attention to the foundation (static crane) or rails (mobile crane);
manufacturers or suppliers should be consulted.
(d)
In many cases they have the capacity to over-sail adjacent properties and areas to
which the public have access;
Where the right to over-sail adjacent property is not given, it may be necessary and
feasible to:
(iv)
(v)
review the type of crane required, for example a luffing-jib crane might be the
only solution.
The required airspace must be confirmed with regard to the proximity of adjacent
structures, overhead power lines or other obstructions.
(c)
The requirement for airspace may need to be discussed with any local airport to
establish that there will be no intrusion into, or unacceptably near to, aircraft flight
paths.
(d)
There may be a requirement for an aircraft warning light or beacon on the highest
point of the crane; the colour intensity and whether it is on steady or flashes will
depend upon the local rules for any flight path affected.
(e)
On sites where more than one tower crane is erected, there may be overlapping arcs
of operation when slewing; anti clash devices should be fitted.
(f)
As a result of the above, the cranes should be erected with their jibs at different
heights; crane slewing operations will have to be co-ordinated.
(g)
Electrically powered cranes will require a heavy duty power supply and the crane must
be effectively earthed to protect against electrical faults and lightning strikes, including
earthing of the appropriate rails.
(h)
High winds can temporarily stop tower crane operations; each crane should be fitted
with an anemometer (wind-speed indicator).
(i)
In high winds, tower cranes must be left in 'free slew' with their hooks raised.
(j)
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
only be capable of lowering the load under power controlled conditions, i.e. not
under 'free-fall'
(i)
EG
(ii)
(k)
A rescue plan must be in place in the event of an accident or incident, for example, the
operator becoming ill. The emergency services have no obligation to carry out such
rescues and are often not able to assist because of the height of the rescue and
because of restricted access for large vehicles such as fire service turntable ladders.
(l)
Tower cranes must be secured against unauthorised access, including climbing the
tower and unauthorised use.
(m)
Excavators, loaders and combined excavator loaders may be used as cranes in connection
with work directly associated with an excavation, and any other application where this type of
equipment can be used.
All work is subject to a suitable and sufficient risk assessment, subsequent control measures
QCS 2014
The risk assessment must also establish whether the machine is suitable for the proposed
task. The weight of the bucket (if still fitted) plus the quick hitch must be added to the weight
of the load to establish if the machine will be working within its safe working load. Ideally,
unless there are good reasons for not doing so, the bucket will be removed to improve the
machine operator's visibility.
AL
the need for the lifting operation to be ideally segregated from other work activities
taking place in the vicinity, particularly where it is necessary for the machine to travel
with a raised load
(b)
the ground conditions, particularly where a tracked excavator will carry out the lifting
operation. Such machines have no means of levelling themselves and are therefore
dependent upon the ground being sufficiently level to track across it and carry out the
lifting operation safely.
AT
IO
(a)
The safe working load must be clearly marked on the machine and any lifting accessories,
such as a quick hitch. A rated object handling capacity table must be available in the cab.
If the rated lifting capacity for an excavator (or the backhoe of a backhoe-loader) is greater
than 1 tonne (or the overturning moment is greater than 40,000 Nm), the machine must be
fitted with:
TE
a boom lowering control device on the raising boom cylinder(s) (a safety check valve),
which meets the requirements of BS 6912:1, and
(b)
an acoustic or visual warning device, which indicates to the operator when the object
handling capacity or corresponding load moment is reached.
EG
IN
(a)
Chains or slings for lifting must not be placed around or on the teeth of the bucket.
Accessories for lifting may only be attached to a purpose-made point on the machine.
Whilst BS 7121 may not specifically refer to excavators used as cranes, compliance with all
the appropriate parts of BS 7121 would be required.
The manufacturer's handbook will contain recommendations for securing the crane when it is
not in use, to minimise the chance of tampering, vandalism and damage.
The measures to be taken will vary for different types and makes of crane, and may also
vary depending upon the length of time that a crane will be out of use.
However, in general:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Do lock cabs and, where appropriate, prevent unauthorised access using other
means.
QCS 2014
Crane manufacturers' operating instructions will specify a maximum wind speed for safe
operation.
This may be a single wind speed for all configurations of the crane or may vary, depending
on the jib length, the radius, the load and other factors.
The manufacturers' instructions will also indicate the actions to be taken to leave the crane in
a safe manner if the wind does exceed the maximum safe operating speed.
A copy of the Beaufort Scale, that outlines the visible signs of various wind strengths, is
included in this section at Appendix 8.
(b)
(c)
(d)
thoroughly examined
(e)
securely attached to the lifting equipment, for example the crane, and the load
(f)
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Accessories used for lifting must be inspected and thoroughly examined, with records kept
as specified in Appendix 5.
IN
AL
EG
1.4.3.44 Marking
Where the SWL depends on the configuration of a lifting accessory, such as a two leg chain,
then the SWL for each configuration should be clearly marked on the equipment using a tag
or by a chart available at the point of use.
1.4.3.45 Overloading
1
Ropes, chains, etc. must never be overloaded except under test and as authorised by an
experienced and competent person.
QCS 2014
The edges and corners of a load should be packed to prevent sharp edges damaging lifting
ropes, chains or slings.
1.4.3.47 Hooks
All hooks used for lifting must be fitted with a safety catch, or should be moused, or so
shaped as to prevent the sling eye or load coming off the hook
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.4.3.48 Slings
Slings must be attached correctly to the lifting equipment by an approved method, either by
securing the ring directly onto the hook if size permits, or by use of a suitable shackle, fitted
with the pin of the shackle on the hook and the load suspended from the bow.
The correct method of slinging will vary with the types of load, the different materials or items
lifted. It is essential to see that the load is secure. Care must be taken to see that slings are
not damaged, and suspect or defective slings must be discarded.
Dog ropes or tag lines, securely attached to the end of the load, should be used when
handling long or large loads, to direct the load into position and prevent it spinning. Tag lines
should be as short as possible.
EG
QCS 2014
Multiple slings (two-legged, three-legged, etc.) must be connected by a ring or shackle and
the load properly distributed so that no leg is overloaded.
When in use, the angles between sling legs should be less than 90. At angles greater than
this, the strain on each leg increases very rapidly to a point where they may break because
of overloading.
With a simple two-legged parallel sling, the load on each leg is half the total load. As the
angle between sling legs increases,
the load on each sling leg increases
to approximately double at an angle
of 120.
EG
the load.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
How the load in each sling leg increases as the angle between the sling legs is increased
TE
IN
Any chain sling, etc. that has been altered or repaired by welding must be examined and retested, and an inspection or examination carried out before taking it back into use. The
record should be kept until the next scheduled thorough examination.
Knotted ropes, chains or slings and those which have been shortened or joined by nuts and
bolts through the links must not be used.
Any chain, sling or lifting equipment or accessory for lifting which is thought to have suffered
a loss of strength or is otherwise defective should be withdrawn from use and quarantined.
The equipment should be scrapped or re-examined by a competent person who will
recommend that either it can be put back into service or must be disposed of.
EG
Slings are available in a wide range of styles made from many different materials to suit
particular purposes.
Chain slings are made from various grades of steel. They can stretch and the links, rings or
hooks may become distorted and fracture if subject to excess stress.
Chain slings should only be shortened by using the correct shortening clutches. Chains must
not be knotted or joined by nuts and bolts. Hooks must be of the 'C' type or fitted with a
safety latch.
QCS 2014
Wire rope slings are made from drawn steel wire. Each leg of the sling will have an eye
formed at either end. Wire rope slings may be damaged
when 'kinked' sharply or if put under stress when twisted.
Steel wire rope may be damaged by corrosion through
poor care and storage.
Fibre rope slings might be made from natural fibres (manila, sisal, hemp) or synthetic
fibres. Slings made from natural fibres can be prone to rotting. Only purpose-made slings,
clearly marked with their SWL, should be used on site.
10
On no account should slings be fabricated from lengths of rope found laying around site.
Fibre rope slings are more easily cut or damaged, and should be visually examined by a
competent person every time before use to ensure they are serviceable. Natural fibre ropes
should not be used for making up slings on site.
11
Synthetic fibre ropes do not rot but can be affected by some chemicals. Care should be
taken to avoid contamination with alkalis or acids. Suspect or contaminated synthetic fibre
ropes and slings must not be used.
12
Flat lifting slings are used where special lifting operations are required and afford a certain
amount of protection to the load.
13
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.4.3.51 Shackles
1
QCS 2014
Only bow type shackles may be used to suspend a load from a hook. The shackle must be
positioned with the pin across the hook and the load suspended from the bow. If necessary,
spacers should be fitted over the pin to centralise the shackle on the hook.
Overloading, out of balance loads and misuse can distort shackles; they should be checked
regularly for shape and wear.
1.4.3.52 Eyebolts
Eyebolts are made to screw into or through
a load and may be plain (dynamo) or have
collars, with or without links. The plain
eyebolt is good only for vertical loading.
Even when a collared eyebolt is used, the
safe working load is reduced if the load to
which it is attached initially lifted at an
angle.
When installed, the collar must be at right angles to the hole, should be in full contact with
the surface, and be properly tightened.
The load should always be applied in the plane of the eye, never in the other direction. If
necessary, washers or shims should be inserted below the collar to ensure that the eye is
correctly aligned when tight.
Extreme care must be taken to ensure that metric threaded eyebolts are not inserted in
imperial threaded holes. Although these might appear to match, it is an interference fit only,
and the mechanical strength may be almost nothing.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
Bulldog grips must be fitted with the 'U' bolt on the dead or tail end of the line (non loadbearing end). There must be no deviation from this practice.
QCS 2014
Wire rope grips meeting the requirements of BS EN 13411 are efficient when correctly
installed by a competent person. Generally, when using wire rope grips, the previous
numbers of grips should be used and they should be tightened to the relevant torque.
However, in all cases, the manufacturer's recommendations, in addition to the advice given
in the standard, should be closely followed.
Required number of
wire rope grips
Tightening torque
required (Nm)
2.0
6.5
3.5
6.0
10
12
14
16
AL
Maximum nominal
rope diameter (mm)
AT
IO
9.0
33.0
49.0
68.0
107.0
147.0
212.0
34
296.0
40
363.0
19
20.0
TE
22
EG
30
IN
26
The wire should be in good condition and all threads and nuts should be suitably greased.
The first bulldog grip should be fitted as close as possible to the thimble and, thereafter, at a
spacing of no greater than six times the rope diameter.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
If the above criteria are not followed, then the strength of the eye and thimble will be
considerably reduced. If the criteria are neglected for an extended period, the eye and
thimble may fail.
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Wire rope grips must not be used to make lifting slings, long splices, or to join two wire
ropes, other than with thimbles or eyes.
QCS 2014
For intermediate diameters of rope, the next larger size wire rope grip should be used,
except as follows:
(a)
(b)
for 11 mm diameter rope, use four 10 mm rope grips tightened to a torque of 14 n/m.
Equaliser beams are used to equalise the load in sling legs and to keep equal loads when
making multiple leg lifts.
Both types of beam are normally manufactured to suit a particular purpose. Care should be
taken to see that the correct beam is used.
The capacity of a beam with multiple attachments will be specified by the manufacturer.
Generally, it will depend on the distance between the attachment points, for example, if the
distance between attachment points is doubled, the lifting capacity is halved. Care must be
taken not to exceed safe working loads at the various slinging points.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Ensure that a suitable and sufficient risk assessment has been carried out, which considers
all aspects of the lift including environmental factors such as the proximity of obstructions,
underground services, overhead cables and structures.
Ensure that lift plans and method statements for the lifting operation are developed as
appropriate.
Ensure that all temporary works supporting lifting equipment, such as foundations, have
been certified by a competent temporary works engineer and a 'permit to load issued'.
Ensure that a current thorough examination and/or test record has been issued and is
available for each item of lifting equipment and accessory.
Ensure that the SWL of the lifting equipment and accessories is adequate for the weight of
the load.
Ensure that all lifting accessories are clearly marked with their safe working load.
Ensure that correct and up-to-date copies of the Sling Chart and Safe Working Load tables
are available, when using multi-leg slings.
10
Ensure that the method of communication is agreed and understood by everyone involved in
the lift.
11
Ensure that a suitable rack is available for storing slings, etc. when they are not in use. Wire
ropes should be stored in a dry atmosphere.
12
Ensure that the weights of loads to be lifted are known in advance, and that load weights are
clearly marked.
13
Ensure that the ground conditions are sufficiently stable to take the weight of the lifting
equipment and any load.
14
15
16
Ensure that all personnel involved in the lifting operation have been briefed and understand
the risks, methods or work and the equipment to be used including emergency
arrangements.
17
Ensure that the appropriate permissions have been gained if it is necessary to position any
crane on the public highway (or other public place) to carry out lifting operations.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Ensure that copies of the Sling Chart and Safe Working Load tables are being used where
necessary.
19
Ensure that the correct techniques are being used for the attachment to the appliance and
slinging.
20
Ensure, wherever possible, that the angles of slings are no more than 90.
QCS 2014
Ensure that regular inspections, thorough examinations and tests of the equipment are
carried out, as appropriate, and records maintained (see Appendix 5).
22
23
Ensure that slings are protected from sharp corners of loads by suitable packings.
24
Ensure that slingers understand that 'doubling up' slings does NOT 'double up' the safe
working load; avoid this practice if possible.
25
Prevent strops, slings and ropes from being dragged along the ground.
26
Ensure that hooks used for lifting are NOT also carrying unused slings.
27
28
multi-sling is correctly hooked back. The correct sling only should be used.
29
Ensure that unfit slings are removed from the site, and a responsible person informed.
30
Ensure that the crane hook is positioned above the load's centre of gravity.
31
Ensure that the load is free before lifting and that all legs have a direct load.
32
33
Ensure that NO ONE rides on a load which has been slung and is being lifted.
34
35
Ensure that the load is landed onto battens to prevent any damage to slings, and to assist
their easy removal.
36
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
21
QCS 2014
Check that the selected crane has been supplied. Check that the correct operating
information and a competent operator have been supplied along with it.
Check that the ground is capable of taking the loads of the outriggers, crane, load or wind. If
in doubt, get ADVICE from specialist companies.
Ensure that the approach and working areas are as level as possible.
Ensure that the area is kept free of obstructions, and is adequately lit.
Ensure that the weights of the loads are known, and that the correct lifting gear has been
ordered and is available.
Ensure that no 'crush zone' exists between the crane and any fixed object; if there is, erect
barriers.
Check there are no restrictions on the access, i.e. check size(s) of vehicles.
10
Check that the company has provided enough information about the safe use of the crane.
11
Check that there is an up-to-date record and that inspections, thorough examinations and
tests have been carried out as necessary.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
12
13
14
15
If outriggers are being used (blocked duties), ensure that they are fully extended, locked and
adequately supported.
16
Check that tyres are at the correct pressure and in good, clean condition and that tracks are
properly maintained.
17
Check that the crane is kept at a safe, predetermined distance from any open excavations or
live overhead electricity cables.
18
Check, when travelling, that the load is secured and carried as near to the ground as
possible and that tag lines are used.
19
20
Check that the rated capacity and radius indicators are in working order.
Check that loads are not being slewed over any persons and that persons are not standing
or walking under the load.
QCS 2014
21
Check, when travelling on sloping ground, that the driver changes the radius to
accommodate the movement of the load.
Check that the selected crane has been competent engineer supplied. Check that the correct
operating information has been supplied along with it.
Ensure that the crane will be capable of lifting the required loads at the maximum required
radius of operation.
Check that the ground is capable of taking the weight of the crane, the load and wind load. If
in doubt, get ADVICE.
Ensure that any foundations have been designed and certified by a and a 'permit to load'
issued.
Ensure that adequate ballast or counterweight units are in position and are correctly
secured.
Check that a diagram or notice indicating the position and weight of removable ballast is
prominently displayed.
Ensure that the approach and the base are as level as possible.
Check that the limit switch and other devices are installed to limit the travel of the bogie.
Ensure that limit switches have also been installed to limit the crane travel on rails.
10
Ensure that the work area is kept free of obstructions, particularly where the crane operates
on rails.
11
Ensure that there is an adequate power supply properly installed, earthed and tested. Where
the crane operates on rails, ensure that they are also earthed.
12
Ensure that the weight of each load is known, and that the correct lifting accessories are
available.
13
Ensure that a competent operator, who is sufficiently fit and has good eyesight, is available.
14
Ensure that a competent, trained signaller is available, and that the method of
communication is understood by all involved in the lift.
15
Check that there are no restrictions on the access, i.e. check size(s) of vehicles for
rigging/de-rigging.
16
Ensure that all necessary precautions with regards to live overhead electric cables have
been taken.
17
Where necessary, ensure that all work areas are adequately lit.
18
Where appropriate check that any building or temporary works to which the crane is tied can
support the loading.
19
What is the crane's free standing height? Check that the supplier has provided information
with reference to the crane, etc.
20
Where appropriate, check that over-sailing and airspace rights have been agreed.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
21
Check that warning has been given of the slewing activities and that property has been
protected, as necessary.
22
Check that there is an up-to-date record of inspection, thorough examination and test.
23
Check that there is a rescue plan in place and that it is acceptable in terms of practicality.
24
Check the competency, including training and qualifications, of the competent persons
involved in lifting operations.
26
Check that the daily and weekly inspections are being carried out and recorded.
27
Check that the rails, if used, are level, in line and being guarded.
28
Check the position and condition of the sleepers, etc. (Look for washouts.)
29
Check that the buffers are in place and that they are secure (if on rails).
30
Check that the bogie is blocked and chocked when not in use (if on rails).
31
32
IO
AL
25
Check that the wind speed indicator is in working order. What wind speed is allowed for safe
working?
34
Check that, when not in use, the crane jib is free to slew with the wind. Check that power
supplies are off; loads lowered, hooks raised and doors locked.
35
36
37
Where more than one tower crane is in operation with overlapping arcs of operation, ensure
that crane activities are co-ordinated.
38
Ensure that the load rating chart is in place and being complied with.
39
40
Check that the SWL is plainly marked at different operating radii along the jib.
41
42
43
Ensure that loads are being lifted and not dragged, and that they are not swinging and
creating a hazard.
44
EG
IN
TE
AT
33
QCS 2014
slings and other chains are not shortened by tying knots in them or by wrapping them round
the crane hook
fibre or rope slings are not damaged
wire ropes are never in contact with hot metal or acids that will damage them
wire ropes are never used singly when hooked by a spliced eye. (The cable is liable to
untwist, allowing the splices to open and slip)
the proper pin is used in all shackles and the correct type of shackle is being used
all end links, rings or shackles ride freely on any hook on which they are used
AT
IO
AL
Reject:
any slings of insufficient length which create a wide angle between legs
11
12
13
TE
10
IN
When loading
Ensure the slings are protected from sharp-edged loads by packing soft wood or other
suitable material between the load and the sling. (Bricks are not suitable packaging
material.)
15
Ensure the load is evenly distributed to avoid excessive stress on one side of the sling.
16
DO NOT let any load rest on a wire rope; it may crush the strands and render the rope
unsafe.
EG
14
Before lifting
17
18
Always see that the crane hook is centrally placed over the load to prevent it swinging when
the load is being raised, and that the load is in balance.
19
Position the hands well away from any chains or ropes before the crane takes the load.
20
21
During lifting
22
23
Always lift slightly, then pause to see that the load is safe and balanced.
24
Ensure signals are given by the person responsible for the lift, and nobody else.
QCS 2014
25
Ensure hooks and slings not in use are carried on the carrying hook, since they may cause
the sling carrying the load to ride on the nose of the hook.
26
27
28
Ensure chains, slings, hooks or loads are never dragged along the ground.
When unloading
29
Make sure there is a firm foundation for the load, and make provision for the removal of all
slings.
30
Stack
securely
and
provide
safe
access
for
subsequent
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
material
removal.
AL
Page 64
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Thorough examination
Inspection
Reports
TE
R
Lifting equipment
and accessories for
lifting
If appropriate and at
suitable intervals between Before first use, unless a record Lifting equipment
accompanies the lifting
thorough examinations.
equipment. Installation conditions
(Suitable intervals, unless require assurance that it is safe
otherwise laid down, would to use:
be every week.) Carried
after installation
out by a competent
person.
EG
IN
Lifting equipment
User or owner
In accordance with an
examination scheme drawn up by
a competent person. Carried out
by a competent person.
Accessory for lifting
QCS 2014
The address of the premises at which the thorough examination was made.
Particulars sufficient to identify the lifting equipment including where known its date of
manufacture.
The safe working load of the lifting equipment or (where its safe working load depends on
the configuration of the lifting equipment) its safe working load for the last configuration in
which it was thoroughly examined.
In relation to the first thorough examination of lifting equipment after installation or after
assembly at a new site or in a new location-
(b)
(if such be the case) that it has been installed correctly and would be safe to operate.
AT
(ii)
(iii)
TE
(i)
IN
(b)
(if such be the case) that the lifting equipment would be safe to operate.
EG
IO
(a)
(a)
identification of any part found to have a defect which is or could become a danger to
persons, and a description of the defect;
(b)
(c)
AL
in the case of a defect which is not yet but could become a danger to persons(i)
(ii)
(d)
the latest date by which the next thorough examination must be carried out;
(e)
(f)
The name, address and qualifications of the person making the report including the
Contractor they are employed by.
10
The name and address of a person signing or authenticating the report on behalf of its
author.
11
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Note: The signaller should stand in a secure position, where they can see the load and can be seen
clearly by the crane driver, and they should face the crane driver if possible. Each signal should be
distinct and clear.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Description of
wind
Speed
Km/h
1
Speed m/sec
0-1
Calm
Light air
Light breeze
5.6-11
2-3
Gentle breeze
3-5
Fresh breeze
1-2
AT
IO
AL
5-8
29-38
8-11
Strong breeze
39-49
11-14
Near gale
14-17
Gale
17-21
Strong gale
21-24
EG
IN
TE
20-28
QCS 2014
On some types of machine it will be necessary for the operator and any passengers to wear
a safety harness and lanyard, the free end of which must be clipped to a strong point on the
machine.
Operators and passengers must never clip the free end of the lanyard to the structure
against which they are working.
Normally, MEWPs should only be operated from the controls in the basket or on the
platform.
The ground level controls should only be used in an emergency such as the operator
becoming incapacitated when the machine is elevated.
MEWPs are classified as 'work equipment' and 'lifting equipment for carrying people' and
must therefore be subjected to an appropriate schedule of inspections and thorough
examinations.
MEWPs must not be used to carry any load above the stated safe working load.
When calculating the total load carried, consideration must be given to any additional
materials 'taken on board' when elevated, such as a quantity of removed roof tiles.
AT
IO
AL
TE
1.4.4.2 Introduction
The term mobile elevating work platform (MEWP) covers pedestrian-controlled, selfpropelled and power-operated mobile elevating work and access platforms.
MEWPs are designed to provide temporary working platforms that can be easily moved from
one location to another. They are particularly suitable for tasks where the use of a ladder
would be unsafe and the erection of a scaffolding platform too time-consuming or
impracticable in relation to the job to be done. Some machines have specialised
applications.
When using MEWPs (as with all other types of work equipment), the Contractor has a legal
duty to provide, as far as is reasonably practicable, a safe place of work and the necessary
information, instruction, training and supervision ' for operators..
The manufacturer or hire company who supplies any type of MEWP to a contractor must
provide familiarisation training on the type of machine they are supplying. The Contractor of
the machine operator, however, has a legal duty to ensure the operator's overall
competence and assess the risks arising out of the work activity for which the machine is to
be used. It is essential that no one should be allowed to use the equipment unless they have
been instructed and trained by a competent person on the specific type of equipment to be
used, and have themselves been judged competent to use it.
EG
IN
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or any other person
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
QCS 2014
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or
to put control measures in place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, for their part, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any
work situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or any other
person who may be affected.
(b)
maintain and keep the equipment in good working order (or ensure that it has been
properly maintained if a hired-in machine)
(c)
ensure the equipment is subjected to a scheme of regular inspections (or has a valid
certificate of thorough examination if a hired-in machine)
(d)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and specified workers.
Dangerous parts of machinery must be adequately guarded, preferably by fixed guards that
cannot be defeated or removed.
Employees must be provided with information, instruction and training in the use of work
equipment, where necessary for their health and safety.
IN
TE
All MEWPs are classified as 'lifting equipment' (for lifting people) under these Regulations.
The main requirements of these Regulations are that:
(a)
EG
lifting equipment and accessories must be of adequate strength and the lifting
equipment stable, for each lift undertaken
(b)
lifting equipment used for lifting persons is constructed and used so as to protect the
safety of the person(s) being carried
(c)
(d)
the load must be under full and proper control at all times
(e)
lifting equipment and accessories must be clearly marked with their safe working load
and other markings if designed for lifting persons
(f)
every lift must be properly planned by a competent person, properly supervised and
carried out safely
(g)
(h)
reports of thorough examinations must be made and retained, with all defects notified
to the Contractor who must take appropriate actions.
QCS 2014
(b)
where such work cannot be avoided, make sure to select the most appropriate work
equipment for the work and to prevent falls
(c)
(d)
ensure that the work is properly planned, risk-assessment based and that it is carried
out safely by competent persons
(e)
establish danger areas from which people must be excluded, when there is a danger
of them falling or being struck by falling objects
(f)
ensure that measures are taken to prevent anyone being injured by falling objects.
(g)
(h)
report to the Contractor any situation that they consider to be unsafe to themselves or
to anyone else
(i)
use any work equipment, such as a MEWP, in accordance with the training and
instructions provided.
AL
(a)
IO
AT
These Regulations require that, where a risk has been identified by a risk assessment and it
cannot be adequately controlled by other means which are equally or more effective, then
the Contractor must provide and ensure that suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is
used by employees. In essence, PPE may only be used as a last resort.
In the context of using MEWPs, PPE will include items of fall-arrest equipment, such as
harnesses and lanyards, although consideration must also be given to the provision of PPE
that protects against hot, cold and wet weather in the appropriate circumstances.
Whilst the Contractor must, as far is reasonably practicable, ensure that any PPE supplied is
correctly used or worn, the employee, in turn, has a duty to properly use or wear the
equipment, follow any information, instruction or training which they have been given, and
know the procedures for reporting loss or defect to their Contractor.
EG
IN
TE
scissor lifts
(b)
(c)
(d)
towable units
(e)
vehicle-mounted
(f)
self-propelled, or
(g)
pedestrian controlled.
The main functional differences between the three basic types of platform are described
below.
QCS 2014
Articulating
and
telescopic
or
multi-boom
articulated: These types of equipment are usually
vehicle mounted. They give a wide range of reach and
height, with good platform mobility. They are nearly
always equipped with outriggers. There are specialised
types, for instance, machines that enable access to the
underside of bridge arches from the roadway above.
Some units have a 'travel while elevated' ability and fourwheel drive. Rough terrain MEWPs have been specially
developed for construction site work.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
1.4.4.9 Sizes
1
Sizes and capabilities vary considerably. Small, one-person platforms are available, with
safe working loads of about 100 kg, and working heights of a few metres.
At the other end of the scale, platforms may be over 4 m x 2 m in size and have safe working
loads in excess of 1,000 kg. Extending boom heights exceeding 60 m are obtainable and the
outreach of some units can exceed 30 m.
The work activity which results in the use of MEWPs must, of course, have been subject to a
risk assessment.
The typical 'cherry picker' consists of one or more pivoted arms. Movement from a single
pivot causes the basket to move through an arc. To make the basket move in a straight line,
for example up or down the face of a building, the operator must adjust more than one
control either alternately or simultaneously. Accidents can occur when the operator is too
'heavy handed' with the controls, or the actual movement of the basket in relation to the
degree of control movement is too coarse. This may cause the basket to move further and
more rapidly than anticipated, or the operator may not be able to compensate quickly
enough for the 'arc' movement. This may result in the basket striking, or being obstructed by,
a nearby structure. If this occurs and power continues to be applied, the basket could
become jammed and it is possible that a structural failure of part of the machine or a sudden
movement of the basket could throw the operator out.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
when a nearby vehicle or mobile plant strikes the MEWP, for example, if part of the
boom encroaches into a traffic route or if road traffic skids into the machine on wet or
icy roads
(b)
entrapment of the operator below a fixed object whilst elevating the basket or platform
(c)
(d)
(e)
falls from height whilst climbing from a MEWP onto a roof or other high level place.
(MEWPs are intended for use as work platforms and not as a substitute for stairs to
gain access to upper levels)
(f)
(g)
where the nature of work being done from the basket may mean that operators are
likely to lean out. This may happen, for example, when operators:
(i)
(ii)
QCS 2014
(h)
(i)
where there are protruding features which could catch, impede or trap the basket.
(b)
(c)
the degree of fine control that is necessary and available for the safe movement of a
MEWP
(d)
(e)
the need for, and use of, fall-arrest or fall restraint equipment.
AL
(a)
Having assessed the risks, Contractors and others responsible for the use of MEWPs must
implement measures to control those risks.
AT
IO
ensuring that a MEWP is suitable for the job to be undertaken, as revealed by a risk
assessment
(b)
ensuring guard-rails and toe-boards are fitted to the platform or the basket
(c)
(d)
using stability devices provided, i.e. outriggers, to make the machine stable
(e)
(f)
locking-out controls (other than those in the basket) to prevent unintentional operation
(g)
(h)
TE
IN
EG
(i)
(a)
(j)
(k)
use, as and where necessary, of suitable fall restraint equipment or, in high-risk
situations, fall-arrest equipment.
Whereas fall-arrest equipment allows a person to fall but arrests the fall before the person
hits the surface below, work restraint equipment prevents the fall from happening.
The main feature of work restraint equipment is that a shorter lanyard is used which restricts
the operator's limit of travel to the confines of the basket or platform.
Lanyards should be carefully selected, taking into account the features of the machine on
which they are to be used, to ensure that the user cannot get into a situation where a fall
QCS 2014
could occur.
4
BS EN 358 specifically states that such devices are not intended to arrest a fall.
Fall-arrest system
5
This passage of text refers predominantly to the use of 'cherry pickers', although in some
circumstances parts could also be relevant to the use of scissor lifts.
Where a decision has been taken to rely on fall-arrest equipment as a means of preventing
injury, it will be necessary for the operator to wear a full body harness and a lanyard
equipped with an energy absorber. Vital considerations are:
the height at which work is being carried out must be such that it allows the lanyard to
arrest the fall and the energy absorber to deploy before the wearer hits the surface
below. A minimum working height of 5 metres is recommended if fall-arrest is to
operate successfully
(b)
the anchor point on the machine must have been designed to withstand the shockloading of arresting a fall. Many anchor points fitted to MEWPs are only rated for work
restraint. If the anchor point is not marked with its rating, contact the manufacturer to
find it out
(c)
users of harness and lanyard must have been trained in their use, inspection and care
(d)
in arresting a fall, a 'cherry picker' will flex, which could eject other occupants and
materials out of the basket. This could also overturn the machine if it is operating
towards the extent of its lateral operating-envelope
(e)
a check must be made that the structure has no projecting features that the falling
person would strike during the fall
(f)
how the person who has fallen will be rescued after the fall has been arrested. This
may be as simple as another operator gently lowering the boom of a 'cherry picker'
using the ground level controls until the fallen
person is at ground level.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
EG
Safety helmets must be worn if there are overhead obstructions in the area of operation or if
there is a possibility of injury resulting from falling objects. On all building and construction
sites, the wearing of safety helmets is mandatory. Chin straps should be worn to prevent the
helmet slipping off and falling to a lower level and perhaps injuring someone.
QCS 2014
The safe working load (SWL) specified by the manufacturer must not be exceeded. The
maximum number of persons permitted on the platform may also be given but, if it is not, 8590 kg of the SWL should be allowed for each person.
Care must be taken not to exceed the SWL with tools and equipment when work is being
carried out from the platform.
(b)
the removal and lowering of fans, motors, pipework, window frames or other
equipment from high level onto the platform prior to removing them for repair,
maintenance or replacement
(c)
(d)
AL
It is usual for a single SWL to be specified for all conditions of height or reach.
(a)
IO
The figures given by manufacturers are the maximum possible; allowance has already been
made for the physical height and reach of the operator.
If it becomes evident that the task requires a range of travel that is outside the reach of the
machine, work must be stopped and the job reassessed. Steps, ladders, hop-ups or boxes
must never be used on the platform or in the basket to gain extra height or reach.
TE
AT
Operating envelope
All configurations of MEWPs have an operating area or envelope. With scissor lifts, the
operating envelope will be determined by the maximum height and width of the platform; with
articulated booms, it is a more complex shape.
As maximum height and maximum reach are not usually available at the same time, care is
needed to ensure that the intended work area is within the machine's operating envelope
(see diagram below).
EG
IN
Ground conditions
10
MEWPs are often fitted with outriggers or stabilisers and these must always be fully
deployed and used as recommended by the manufacturer. Attempting to operate the unit too
close to a building or obstruction can make it impossible to fully extend the outriggers, and
therefore unsafe to use.
11
(b)
that the ground is firm, without hidden voids and will support the loading with the use
of adequate packing if necessary
(c)
that the machine will not have to pass over a cellar, basement, sewer, drain, manhole,
old trench, uncompacted backfill or anything else that might collapse; consider the
possible need for a ground survey.
AL
QCS 2014
IO
(a)
AT
Travelling with the platform occupied or boom extended should only be undertaken when this
mode of operation is within the machine's specified capabilities. Travel must never take
place with outriggers or stabilisers extended, unless the machine is designed to function in
this way.
13
TE
12
no ramps, trenches, holes or other ground obstructions lie in the path of travel
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
(f)
IN
(a)
no trailing hoses, cables, wires on the unit or other snagging hazards are in the path of
travel.
14
Travelling up and down inclines and traversing slopes should only be undertaken within the
limits laid down by the manufacturers.
15
Specially designed units, designated as 'rough terrain', can operate (usually without any
stabilisers or outriggers) on construction and other sites where ground conditions may not
permit a standard type vehicle to be used.
If a unit is being used in conjunction with a crane or some other appliance, a safe system of
QCS 2014
work must be planned and implemented; it should clearly define individual responsibilities
and set out precise arrangements for communication.
Wind and wind speeds
1
A MEWP must not be used in wind speeds exceeding those specified by the manufacturer.
One commonly specified wind speed upper limit is that of 48.28 km/h (Beaufort Scale Force
6 -Strong Breeze) or about 12.5 m per second. This is also generally accepted as the
maximum wind strength in which an operator can work without undue discomfort.
(b)
in the vicinity of large slab-sided buildings, high wind speeds and eddy currents may
be created at the corners and on the side facing the wind
(c)
the effect of height - wind speed may be 50% greater at a height of 20 m than it is at
ground level; modern machines are fitted with a wind-speed sensor which, if activated,
only enables the working platform to be lowered
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(b)
(d)
wind chill factor. On a calm day 10C is cool but not unpleasant, but with a wind of
32.19 km/h the temperature experienced on the face and hands is 0C. If the day is
cold, about freezing, the temperature experienced on the skin can be down to minus
15C, making it almost impossible for the operator to work safely unless properly
clothed and equipped for the circumstances.
Problems may also arise when handling sheet materials, panels and other materials light in
weight in relation to their area. They can act like 'sails' and seriously affect the stability of a
mobile elevating work platform due to the excess wind loading. If such materials are to be
used, due allowance should be made, especially in gusty conditions.
Because of the difficulty in accurately estimating wind speeds by the observation of trees,
windblown litter, smoke, etc., a hand-held anemometer should be used where necessary.
QCS 2014
Use on roads
5
People trained to operate a vehicle-mounted MEWP on site may not drive it on a public road,
unless they hold the appropriate licence.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Such uses are either outside the designed use and safe working limits of the machine, or
would bring it under other statutory provisions, such as those applicable to cranes and
hoists.
Platforms must not be tied to buildings or other structures to gain additional support. The
operation of the controls in such circumstances could cause an accident or create another
hazard.
Extra height should not be gained by using ladders, stepladders or similar devices on the
platform or in the basket of a MEWP. If the machine itself does not reach the required height,
it is the wrong machine for the job. An alternative machine must be obtained or an alternative
(safe) means of access devised.
TE
IN
Physical fitness
(a)
(b)
(c)
EG
People nominated or applying for training as operators should meet the following general
requirements:
AT
IO
AL
must have a good head for heights, and not be subject to vertigo or acrophobia (fear
of heights)
(d)
(e)
must have the correct colour vision for colour-coded controls (the Ishihara colour test
may be relevant)
(f)
(g)
must have good eye-to-hand co-ordination, and sufficient dexterity to operate the
controls
(h)
must have good eyesight, with glasses if necessary. The ability to read a car number
plate at 25 m is usually satisfactory
(i)
QCS 2014
Duties of operators
3
to operate the machine safely and without risks to themselves or anyone else who
may be affected by the works which are being carried out
(b)
to operate the machine in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and any
other training given, and to ensure that it remains safe and stable
(c)
(d)
(e)
to stop work and seek advice in any conditions that they consider could be unsafe to
themselves or anyone else.
Training
No-one should be allowed to operate a MEWP unless they have demonstrated their
competence on the machine and have had proper and adequate training, unless they are
under the direct supervision of a competent person as a part of their training.
A wide range of MEWPs is now available, and operators should be trained specifically for the
type of machine in use that they are required to use. For example, a person competent to
operate a scissor lift would need separate and specific training and become competent
before they could use an articulated boom unit ('cherry picker').
Both knowledge and skill should be tested during training to ensure that the operative has
achieved a satisfactory standard of competence.
For all types of unit, three main stages of training can be identified:
TE
AT
IO
AL
basic understanding of the operating principles, and the knowledge necessary for the
day-to-day operation of the platform
(b)
task-specific training and practice on the type of machine concerned, if possible under
all foreseeable operating conditions
(c)
EG
IN
(a)
It is important to ensure that operatives fully understand the functions of limit switches and
interlocks, and the serious dangers which can be caused by defeating or overriding them.
10
When units are hired, it is important to ensure that the hire company provides adequate
operative familiarisation training unless trained operators on that type of machine are already
available.
11
Other points
12
Operatives should only be permitted to use the type of unit they have been trained and
authorised to use.
13
After training, an 'in-Contractor license' should be issued and adequate records kept of initial
and any further training.
QCS 2014
14
The safety element of the training must include safety awareness and recognition of
hazards.
1.4.4.17 Hazards
1
Some of the more common hazards associated with the use of MEWPs are outlined below.
The list should not be regarded as exhaustive.
The knuckle or elbow of an articulated boom encroaching into a traffic lane. Always ensure
adequate space is available.
Standing and operating the platform in a traffic lane. Ensure that adequate safety provisions
have been made.
AL
IO
Electric shock from contact with, or electric arcing due to close approach to, overhead
electric cables is often fatal.
No part of any machine should be closer than 15 m to any overhead line on steel pylons (9
m if on a wooden or steel pole) unless by arrangement with the electricity company.
EG
IN
TE
AT
10
11
If there is any danger of tools being dropped from the platform or basket by the operator
then, where practical, the tools should be securely tethered to a point within the basket;
alternatively, the area beneath the platform should be regarded as a danger area.
Entrapment of people
12
All moving parts and mechanisms should be properly and securely guarded.
13
All operators should be made aware of the hazards and procedures for avoiding entrapment
between the platform and any fixed obstruction.
QCS 2014
Overturning
Check for soft ground, drains and other unsuitable ground conditions before deploying the
outriggers or stabilisers; check for the hazard before siting the machine.
15
16
Be careful when operating on a slope, even with the machine properly levelled by using the
stabilisers or outriggers.
17
18
Be careful when travelling with the platform raised, especially on poor ground conditions.
19
Unless the machine is specifically designed to travel while the outriggers or stabilisers are
deployed, never attempt to travel in this manner.
20
21
Modern machines are fitted with a 'tilt sensor' which, if activated, only enables the working
platform to be lowered.
AT
IO
AL
14
Extra care is needed when working in, or maneuvering into, restricted or confined spaces to
avoid collisions and or entrapment. A full and precise understanding of all controls is
essential.
23
If the self-propelled unit has an internal combustion engine, remember that the exhaust
fumes will cause a hazard in any confined or enclosed space.
24
Batteries for units should not be charged in enclosed spaces. There is a hazard of explosive
hydrogen gases being given off.
25
LPG powered vehicles should not be refuelled in a confined space. Any spillage of fuel will
quickly and dramatically expand into a large gas cloud. The gas will then accumulate at the
lowest point and create an explosive hazard.
EG
IN
TE
22
Additional interlocks or guards may be necessary to prevent the operation of, or tampering
with, ground level controls by unauthorised persons or children.
27
Care should be taken against the risk of entrapment as a result of inquisitive people, and
especially children, getting too close or underneath. Scissor lifts are particularly hazardous.
Other hazards
28
Never attempt to use a unit which has a nearly flat battery. This could result in the operator
being stranded aloft, in which case an emergency descent procedure would be required.
29
Avoid knuckles, joints and hoses becoming encrusted with paint, blasting grit, cement or
plaster. This can be avoided by using gaiters which are usually supplied by the
manufacturer.
30
Beware of the sideways thrust or torque from a drill or hand tools, or the recoil or thrust of
QCS 2014
cartridge tools. Whenever and wherever possible, the platform should be square onto the
work. If it is sideways on, any thrust or recoil will push the platform away from the workface.
Boom length will increase this effect.
These Regulations require the minimum of a thorough examination before being used for the
first time and, thereafter, every six months or when exposed to conditions that may cause
deterioration.
Records of such inspections should be kept until the next thorough examination or for a
period of two years.
Daily inspections at start of work, usually carried out by the operator. They should check
the following:
IO
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
IN
TE
AT
(a)
EG
(b)
(c)
AL
A record that these inspections have been carried out should be kept. .
Special care is needed in the care and maintenance of this type of MEWP. No work or
inspection should take place within the stack of a scissor lift unless scotches or chocks are
used to prevent any entrapment hazard arising from mechanical or hydraulic failure leading
to movement of the elevating/lowering mechanism.
QCS 2014
AT
IO
AL
Safety checklist
Does the operator have access to a copy of the manufacturer's operating instructions?
10
11
Ensure a current record of the last thorough examination is available prior to use.
12
13
14
Ensure as far as possible that there are no cellars, drains or other voids beneath the area
where the machine will be working.
15
16
Is a work restraint system or fall-arrest system necessary and, if so, is it available and used?
17
18
Ensure that all work is within the specified reach of the unit.
19
If movement of the machine is planned, ensure that the route is clear and safe.
20
21
Ensure that no part of the machine will encroach into a traffic route.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Ensure that the machine operator is aware of the location of all fixed structures to avoid the
risk of entrapment.
22
QCS 2014
Partially completed hoists used to move scaffolding during scaffold erection offer special
challenges.
It is vital that the design of the hoist includes how the hoist will be supported or tied into
existing or temporary structures.
Hoists that are designated for the carriage of goods only must not be used for carrying
passengers.
Materials which are unhanded or otherwise loose must not be loaded onto inclined or other
types of mobile hoist in such a way that they can fall off.
The safe working load will be displayed on a notice attached to the hoist; this is usually
expressed as a number of persons for passenger-carrying hoists.
Particular safety precautions apply to hoist towers to ensure the safety of passengers (where
applicable) and others working nearby.
Note:
AT
IO
AL
TE
1.4.5.2 Introduction
Hoists of various types are widely used on construction sites. These range from complicated
goods and passenger (tower) hoists, mobile hoists and inclined hoists, and still include the
humble gin wheel. As pressure increases to become more efficient and reduce manual
handling, hoists are an increasingly vital part of many construction operations. The smooth
and rapid movement of persons and materials assists in efficient management of projects.
Even where other methods of moving materials around site are to be used, for example by a
tower crane, it is not unusual to find a hoist used solely to assist the scaffold" erection
process.
The number and type of powered hoists available for hire has increased significantly and
their use may require a lifting plan to be drawn up by a competent person. This would need
to consider possible exclusion zones under the hoist in the event of the load dropping, safe
slinging methods, the appropriate lifting accessories, and so on. These are a different set of
risks compared with, for example, loads being carried within the enclosed cage of a goods
hoist.
Risks can arise from a late decision to use a hoist to solve a previously unforeseen problem
during the construction phase, for example, if planning to use a hoist attached to a scaffold
system that is already in place but which was not originally designed to take the additional
loadings. There is a need for careful planning and possibly discussions with the scaffold
designer before simply allowing a hoist to be hired and fixed to the scaffold.
The installation of hoists requires good planning and co-ordination and must be undertaken
by competent individuals. All hoists must be supplied and, where appropriate, erected,
altered and dismantled by people who are aware of these Regulations and the relevant
British and International Standards. Special attention must be given to ground conditions to
ensure adequate support for the hoist. The forces imposed on the structure by the hoist, its
loads and inclement weather, particularly high winds, must also be taken into account. Hoist
operators must be adequately trained, competent and authorised; and should be specifically
EG
IN
QCS 2014
responsible for ensuring that the hoist is not overloaded or otherwise misused.
5
Except for manually operated hoists and any that have an independent power supply, the
requirement for a dedicated power supply to the hoist must also be considered. Power
requirements may also mean the need for generators, which introduces potential noise and
fuel storage and spillage issues.
Contractors have a duty to provide their employees with all necessary information,
instruction, training and supervision which is necessary to ensure, so far as is reasonably
practicable, the health and safety at work of the employees. This applies in respect of all
systems of work and all work equipment. In the appropriate circumstances, this duty is also
extended to cover subcontracted employees.
Employees have a duty to take reasonable care of their own health and safety and the health
and safety of others who may be affected by what they do.
AT
Where a hoist tower has to be attached to an existing structure, the client's biggest problem
is likely to be the provision of information on the location and load-bearing capacity of secure
anchorage points. Given the complexity, size and loading of many systems, this will mean
providing detailed information on the existing structure, which may necessitate the
commissioning of specialist reports. These would be passed on to the designers and
contractors to form part of the pre-construction information. Hoists impact on designers in
two ways:
TE
IO
AL
whoever designs the hoist installation must be a competent designer as defined within
these Regulations and therefore will assume all of the designer's duties under CDM
(b)
if the design concept is that the materials movement would be by hoist then it must be
feasible to erect one. What will the hoist tie to? Are there additional security aspects
that need to be considered? Have the attendant logistics for deliveries been
considered, for example, can a road closure be obtained?
EG
IN
(a)
Whoever appoints a contractor to provide a hoist will have to consider their competence.
CDM contains details of the type of questions to ask to verify organisational and individual
competence.
When considering the competence of potential contractors, relevant points for consideration
would be:
(a)
to establish how they would check the installation has been designed and installed
correctly
(b)
(c)
Whilst many site managers are competent to carry out weekly inspections of, for example a
simple scaffold hoist, more complex hoists will require additional expertise.
These Regulations formalise the need for risk assessments. Each assessment must be
made by competent people and must consider all aspects of the work. A significant factor for
QCS 2014
consideration is where the works will be carried out on occupied premises and where there is
the potential for interaction between the construction activities and other people such as the
public or the occupier's employees.
Contractors must provide employees with adequate and appropriate training so that they
may use the work equipment safely and without risks to their health, and without risk to the
health and safety of any other person who may be affected.
AL
(b)
(c)
thorough examination after installation before first use and at further suitable intervals
by competent persons
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
adequate lighting
(l)
appropriate warnings.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
lifting equipment and accessories must be of adequate strength and the lifting
equipment stable, for each lift undertaken
(b)
lifting equipment used for lifting persons is constructed and used so as to protect the
safety of the person(s) being carried
(c)
(d)
the load must be under full and proper control at all times
(e)
lifting equipment must be equipped with suitable devices to prevent a person falling
down a shaft or hoistway
(f)
lifting equipment and accessories must be clearly marked with their safe working load
and other markings if designed for lifting persons
(g)
every lift must be properly planned by a competent person, properly supervised and
carried out safely
QCS 2014
(h)
Reports of thorough examination must be made and retained, with all defects notified to the
Contractor who must take appropriate actions.
The use of any kind of hoist will inevitably involve either persons working at height or loads
being raised to height. In almost all cases the erection, dismantling, servicing, loading or
unloading of hoists will require that persons work at height.
(b)
work at height is carried out using appropriate work equipment, particularly that which
provides collective fall protection
(c)
suitable and sufficient steps are taken to prevent falling objects which are likely to
cause injury to any person
(d)
where there is a risk of a person being struck by a falling object, steps are taken to
prevent unauthorised access into that area.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
When it has been decided (possibly as early as the tender stage) that a construction (tower)
hoist will be required on site, requirements must be quantified with regard to:
consideration of the locations for siting the hoist
(b)
the loads to be carried in terms of weight and whether goods only or passengers are
to be carried
(c)
the likely loading on the structure and whether any enabling work or structural
changes are required
(d)
any constraints in the position where the hoist can be erected and whether other
features such as scaffolds must be modified to accommodate the hoist
(e)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
At an appropriate point both the user of the hoist, for example the Contractor, and the
supplier of the hoist should each assign an 'appointed person' who must liaise with each
other to ensure that all aspects of the hoist selection, delivery, erection and use are carried
out safely. The user's appointed person may need to rely upon the experience and
competence of the supplier's appointed person in order to fulfil their responsibilities.
The detailed requirements of these roles, both of which require specific training and previous
relevant experience, are considered to be outside the scope of this module. If necessary,
readers should refer to BS 7212:2006.
A full and detailed risk assessment should be carried out before a hoist is positioned. A
method statement can then be developed, which must then be agreed with the user.
Prior to delivery of the hoist it will be necessary for both appointed persons to visit the site to
establish the practicalities of installing it. During the site survey the supplier's appointed
person will determine the appropriate type of hoist required, based upon criteria and
QCS 2014
information on the intended usage of hoist provided by the user's appointed person.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
In selecting the most appropriate hoist, the supplier's appointed person will have to take into
account such factors as:
the space constraints of the area
(b)
access implications relating to the size and weight of the hoist components
(c)
ground conditions
(d)
the proximity of site features such overhead power lines, railway tracks, adjacent
public thoroughfares etc.
(e)
other work that will take place whilst the hoist is in place and how the site might
change during this period
(f)
AL
(a)
IO
The findings of the survey will determine the optimum position for the hoist, based upon such
factors as:
AT
Hoists which rest on the ground must only be erected on a firm base, adequately supported
and secured. All materials supporting the hoist must be strong enough to support the weight
of the completed hoist structure and its maximum load, and be free from defects.
The erection of the hoist must be carried out in accordance with a method statement that has
been discussed and approved by the user, as the proposed method and timing may impact
upon other site activities.
In many ways, this is the most dangerous part of the work. Anyone not directly involved in
erecting the hoist should keep clear of the area.
However, planning how the hoist will be erected and deciding 'who is responsible for what' is
key to implementing a safe system of work. This is particularly important where the hoist will
be built in conjunction with the erection of a scaffold. It is essential that the erection, and later
modification and dismantling, of hoists are properly planned, adequately supervised and
carried out in a safe manner by competent persons.
Where the hoist is attached to and supported by a scaffold, the scaffold must be designed to
take account of the imposed loadings. This becomes more important where the use of a
larger capacity hoist is being considered. These can lift weights of 1000 kg to heights of up
to 60 m and can obviously exert significant loading on the hoist anchorages and scaffold ties.
EG
IN
TE
It is common practice for scaffolders to build three or four lifts of scaffold, raising the
components by hand, followed by the hoist company erecting the hoist to the height of the
scaffold. Further erection of the part-completed hoist is co-ordinated with the scaffold
contractors so that it can be used for hoisting scaffold components, as it follows the scaffold
up. In such circumstances, normal safe working practices may not be practical. For example,
QCS 2014
the rules regarding the interlocking of landing gates cannot be applied when some of the
gates have not been installed. Detailed guidance is available and it is strongly recommended
that anyone faced with this situation on their site obtains and reads it. The guidance is
published jointly by the UK National Access and Scaffolding Federation.
Consideration must be given to the area around the base of the hoist with regard to loading
and unloading materials, and whether a ramp or pit is required to facilitate access to the
platform.
The area between the cage or platform and the host structure (the threshold) must be
suitably protected to prevent any person or material falling through the gap at each landing.
AL
IO
1.4.5.14 Landings
Where access to a hoist tower is required at several levels, consideration must be given to
the space requirements at each landing with regard to loading and unloading the hoist. It is
essential that each landing and threshold (the area between the platform and landing) can
withstand the loads that will be imposed, with particular emphasis on items such as pallet
trucks which can impose significant point-loading.
AT
the gates at any landing point cannot be opened unless the cage or platform is at that
landing point
(b)
the cage or platform cannot be set in motion unless all of the landing gates are closed
and latched.
Winches for hoists must be constructed so that a brake is applied when the control lever or
switch is not held in the operating position (the dead-man's handle concept), or if the power
fails.
EG
1.4.5.15 Winches
IN
TE
(a)
1.4.5.16 Handover
1
Once erected, the hoist will be subjected to a thorough examination, after which the
supplier's appointed person should arrange to formally hand over the hoist to the user's
appointed person.
The user's appointed person should arrange for all trained operators to be present at the
handover of the hoist to receive:
(a)
(b)
(c)
instruction on how to carry out the daily pre-use inspections and weekly inspections.
A handover report, containing details of the instruction given, should be passed to the user's
appointed person.
QCS 2014
(b)
be able to accurately assess the weight and distribution of any load brought on to the
hoist, and therefore identify if it is overloaded
(c)
have access to accurate wind-speed figures and be aware of any limitations placed on
the hoist
(d)
be able to lower the hoist to the next landing in the event of a power failure (passenger
carrying hoists only)
(e)
carry out daily pre-use checks and weekly inspections, and take the appropriate
follow-up action as necessary. On some complex hoists, it will be necessary for the
weekly inspection will be carried out by an employee of the hoist company.
AL
Each hoist should only be capable of being operated from one position at any one time.
Where the operator is not carried on the platform or cage, they must have a clear view at all
levels from the operating position or, if they have not, arrangements must be made for
signals to be given to them at each level.
Whatever the system of signalling used, it must be distinct and clear to the person being
signalled.
It is reasonable to expect that the hoist operator and the person(s) giving signals are at least
18 years of age. Irrespective of their age, hoist operators must be trained and competent
unless under constant supervision by a competent person, for the purpose of training.
AT
IO
IN
(a)
(b)
EG
TE
gates that shut to prevent persons falling out or being trapped between the cage and
any other part
(b)
an efficient interlocking device which ensures that gates can only be operated when
the cage is at the landing place, and that the cage cannot be moved until the gate is
closed
(c)
an efficient automatic overrun device to ensure the cage will come to rest at its lowest
point of travel.
The construction of the cage must be such as to protect passengers from falling objects.
No person should be allowed to travel in a hoist that is designated a 'goods only hoist'.
QCS 2014
Loose materials, for example, bricks and slates, must be lifted in a properly designed box,
cage or other container. If loose materials are carried on the platform of a hoist, side boards
must be fitted or other precautions taken to prevent anything falling. Wheelbarrows must be
prevented from moving and must not be overfilled.
If hiring a powered scaffold hoist, consideration must be given as to how loads will be slung.
Hoisting a wheelbarrow full of render using fabric slings is not likely to be considered as an
acceptable or safe solution. Some of these now have a lifting capacity of 1000 kg and are far
removed from simple powered gin wheels. The use of the proper lifting accessories, which
can be hired-in with the hoist, is strongly recommended.
The slinging of loads may become an issue and whilst the suppliers may call the equipment
a hoist, some are more akin to cranes, and users may, depending upon the nature of the
load, need to be trained in safe slinging techniques.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
These Regulations recommend that construction hoists are subjected to the following regime
of checks and inspections, by a competent person who has been trained to the appropriate
level.
(a)
Daily pre-use checks, carried out by a person who has been trained to do it. This will
often be the hoist operator who has been trained by the hire company.
(b)
A more thorough weekly inspection, which, depending upon the complexity of the
hoist, may be carried out by the trained hoist operator. A greater degree of
QCS 2014
In either case, any defect discovered should be reported to the user of the hoist and, where
necessary, the hoist put out of use until rectified.
(a)
(b)
gates or ties are added or removed to check for safe operation of the hoist.
Hoists which are not in regular use may need a special programme of checks, carried out by
a competent person.
Thorough examination
All hoists must be thoroughly examined by a competent person:
before first use on site
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Accessories for lifting must be thoroughly examined at least every six months.
If, as a result of any thorough examination, a risk of imminent personal injury is identified, a
copy of the report must be sent without delay to the Qatar Enforcing Authority.
IN
TE
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
The reports or copies would normally be stored at the premises where the lifting equipment,
in this case a hoist or hoists, is being used. Where this is not possible due to space
constraints or for security reasons, then reports can be stored elsewhere, such as on a
computer, provided that they are readily accessible.
Mobile hoists and conveyors are now commonly used throughout the construction industry.
They can be easily transported to the site, are quickly erected and require little operating
space. They may be fitted with buckets, skips, platforms or cages.
QCS 2014
Different models allow for basic height variations of between 8 metres and 30 metres,
although much greater heights can be reached
with extensions. Load capacity varies with the
model but lifting capacity of 500 kg is not
untypical.
AL
Inclined hoists are also known as roof tile or brick carriers. New developments include
telescopic and slewing functions. Load capacities go up to 200 kg and lateral extensions
may be up to 35 metres.
Inclined hoists are specifically designed for use at angles between 10 and 85, and they
may also incorporate a hinged section to allow the hoist to follow the pitch of a roof.
They also provide flexible solutions to the problems of removing demolition waste in
refurbishment situations. As they are in effect a conveyor belt system, care needs to be
taken to ensure that the guards to the rollers are in place to ensure that fingers and/or
clothing can not be dragged in. These are so called 'in running nips' and particularly where
the motor driving the hoist is powerful the potential for serious injury is significant.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
(d)
(e)
gin wheels should be suspended not more than 750 mm from the outer support
(f)
hooks used for supporting materials should be safety hooks and spliced into the rope
(g)
the maximum loading should be no more than 50 kg at 750 mm from the outer
support.
Similarly, the lifting accessories used -such as the rope, hook and shackles -must be
thoroughly examined before use and then at least every six months.
Given the scope for the harsh treatment of this type of equipment, all parts of a gin wheel
assembly should be thoroughly examined at least every six months.
The extent of any thorough examination should reflect the risks that would arise from its
failure.
Where scaffolds are not available, other suitable anchorages must be provided if necessary
by using counterweights.
If the appliance to be attached is a gin wheel, a safety factor of not less than three must be
allowed when calculating the weight of the counterweight.
If the load to be lifted is G (in kilograms), twice G must be allowed because of the downward
pull on the tail rope when raising the load; to this 0.5 G is added for friction.
10
IN
EG
W = 3(2.5 x G x 0)
T
Where:
TE
AT
IO
AL
W = Counterweight
T = Tail length (metres)
G = Greatest load to be lifted
0 = Overhang (metres)
Reference BS 1261, BS EN 698, 699, 700 and 701
QCS 2014
Have the risks associated with having the hoist delivered, erected, used, modified and
dismantled been assessed?
Have relevant other parties been informed of how these activities will affect the work that
they have to do?
Has a method statement been agreed between the hoist company and the user?
Have the hoist company and the user each selected an 'appointed person'?
Have arrangements been made for the installation and testing of an adequate and safe
electrical power supply?
If the hoist is not electric, have arrangements been made for the safe storage and decanting
of petrol?
AT
IO
AL
is a design necessary?
(b)
(c)
IN
TE
(a)
Is the hoistway and any moving parts of its machinery protected by an enclosure?
Is the hoist tower completely enclosed on all four sides with wire mesh (except any landing)?
Have appropriate measures to taken to ensure safe access to the cage or platform at ground
level?
Is it not possible to set the hoist in motion whilst any gate at ground level or at any landing is
open?
Can the gates at any landing point only be opened if the cage is at that landing point?
Is any gap between the platform and tower (threshold) closely boarded?
Is the hoist fitted with an efficient device capable of supporting the platform and load in the
event of a failure of ropes or lifting gear?
EG
Loadings
1
QCS 2014
Is a safe working load notice displayed on the platform or cage and can it be clearly seen at
all levels?
Is the carriage of passengers on goods only hoists clearly prohibited and this communicated
by appropriate signs?
Are special precautions put in place when the load will overhang the cage or platform?
Operation
Is it clearly understood that the hoist must not be operated from inside the hoist enclosure?
Are the hoist controls so arranged that the hoist can only be operated from one position at
any one time?
Is the operator's position safe and adequately guarded with hand-rails and toe-boards?
Is the operator provided with a clear view of the platform at all times?
Are all operators trained, competent, and not under 18 years of age (unless under constant
supervision of a competent person)?
Are all signals connected with the operation of the hoist clear and distinct?
IO
AL
AT
Hoist
All hoists should be tested and thoroughly examined before use and after any substantial
alteration or repair.
All material (goods) hoists should have been subjected to a thorough examination within the
preceding 12 months.
It is good safety practice for all hoists to be inspected weekly by a competent person.
IN
TE
EG
Winch
All material (goods) hoist winches must be thoroughly examined every 12 months, or in
accordance with an examination scheme of lesser intervals.
All wire ropes used in conjunction with a material hoist winch must be thoroughly inspected
every 12 months, or in accordance with an examination scheme of lesser intervals.
Major defects
1
Any report relating to a thorough examination of a hoist showing that there is a defect
involving an existing or imminent risk of serious personal injury must be sent to the Qatar
Enforcing Authority.
Any such report must also be given immediately to the Contractor. The hoist must not be
used before the defect is rectified.
Recording requirements
Tests and examinations
1
Tests and examinations must be recorded before first use, after re-erection, alteration or
repair and following alteration in height of travel.
The results of thorough examinations carried out before first use must be recorded in
QCS 2014
whatever manner the company requires and that record must be available for inspection.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
It is good practice to ensure that a weekly inspection is carried out and recorded in whatever
manner the company requires and kept available for inspection.
QCS 2014
The word 'used' means any activity involving the work equipment, including: starting,
stopping, repairing, modifying, maintaining, servicing or repairing.
Broadly speaking, the effort necessary to comply will depend upon the complexity of the
equipment and its potential to cause harm; for example, a trowel will not require the same
level of inspection as an electric goods hoist.
These Regulations also require anyone who uses an item of work equipment to be trained
and competent to do so.
The effort and time needed to achieve the required level of competence will depend upon the
complexity of the equipment and its potential to cause harm.
Work equipment must be inspected as necessary to ensure that it can continue to be used
safely.
AT
IO
AL
TE
(b)
powered tools, including electric and pneumatic (such as hand drills and circular saws)
(c)
(d)
complex structures and machines made up of other components and equipment are
also covered, such as scaffolds.
IN
(a)
EG
1.4.6.2 Introduction
Some types of powered hand tools, such as engine-powered cutting-off machines and
chainsaws, have the potential to cause severe personal injury unless they are used by
trained and competent persons in appropriate circumstances.
Another type of equipment commonly used in the construction industry that has the potential
to cause harm if not properly used is mechanical equipment that operates through the
application of leverage or torque. This includes jacks, winches and various cutting and
bending tools that incorporate manually operated mechanisms.
Tools and equipment operated by air also cause significant injuries upon failure of the tools
or the connections to the compressor.
All items of plant are classified as work equipment, including static and mobile equipment,
pedestrian-controlled equipment, ride-on equipment and remote-controlled equipment.
Plant used in construction operations on site includes static plant used in the actual
construction work, such as mixers and pumps.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
A general duty is placed on any person who manufactures, designs, imports or supplies any
article, materials or substance for use at work to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable,
that articles and substances are, by design and construction, safe and without risks to health
when being used, set, cleaned or maintained by persons at work.
In addition, duties are placed on employees not to recklessly interfere or misuse anything
provided for health and safety purposes. This could include the act of removing a guard or
defeating a safety cut out switch.
AL
IO
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or other people
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to put control
measures into place, to either eliminate the hazards or, where this is not possible, reduce the
risk of injury or ill health resulting from those hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must, through the risk assessment process, establish any risks to the health
and safety of any employee (or anyone else) arising out of the use of any item of work
equipment. They must take the necessary steps to ensure that the equipment can be used
safely.
providing employees with comprehensible and relevant information on any risks that
exist with regard to the use of work equipment
(a)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(b)
informing employees of any control measures that are in place to reduce those risks
(c)
taking into account the capabilities of employees who are required to use work
equipment
(d)
providing adequate (health and safety) training in the use of potentially hazardous
work equipment.
Employees, for their part, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any
work situation that presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or of any other
person who may be affected.
QCS 2014
These Regulations are fundamental to the health and safety aspects of how work equipment
is selected, used and maintained.
These Regulations place legal duties on Contractors with regard to work equipment that they
provide to employees and the self-employed for their own use, and those who otherwise
have control of work equipment, such as those who hire in equipment.
(b)
ensure that work equipment is maintained in an efficient state and kept in good
working order by persons who are trained to do so
(c)
ensure that maintenance logs are kept up to date where they exist
(d)
ensure that where the safety of work equipment depends on the way it is installed, it is
inspected as necessary and records of inspections made
(e)
(f)
ensure that where the use of work equipment involves a specific risk to the health and
safety of employees, the use, maintenance, repair, modification and service of the
equipment is restricted to competent and specified workers
(g)
provide employees with information, instruction and training in the use of work
equipment, where necessary for their health and safety, including abnormal situations
(h)
ensure that work equipment has been designed and constructed in compliance with
any European Safety or International Safety Directives?
(i)
ensure that dangerous parts of machinery are adequately guarded, where practical, by
fixed guards that cannot be defeated or removed
(j)
take measures to protect the health and safety of any person from exposure to:
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(ii)
(iii)
anything falling from or being ejected from any item of work equipment
EG
(i)
(iv)
(v)
(k)
ensure that users of work equipment are adequately protected from any part of the
work equipment that exposes them to very high or low temperatures
(l)
ensure that all work equipment has adequate controls, emergency controls and, where
necessary, a control system to enable it to be used safely
(m)
ensure that where stop controls are fitted, they bring the machine to a safe condition.
This may include bringing the machine to a complete stop and/or isolating it from
energy sources
(n)
ensure that where stop controls are provided, they are easily accessible and activated
(o)
ensure that all controls for use are easily identifiable and that where reasonably
practicable, the operator is in a position of safety when operating them
(p)
ensure that failure of any equipment leads to a safe situation and that the function of
QCS 2014
(r)
(s)
ensure that suitable and sufficient levels of light are available for the safe operation of
work equipment
(t)
(u)
ensure, where appropriate, that warnings are incorporated. These can range from
signs and notices, to alarms and beacons.
Specific conditions apply to mobile and self-propelled work equipment that has the potential
to cause injury to employees and third parties. These require the Contractor to:
ensure that no one is carried on mobile equipment unless provision is made for
carrying passengers and provisions for their safety are made
(b)
ensure where there is a risk of an operator being injured from plant turning over, that
sufficient steps are taken to prevent the machine from overturning or the provision of a
roll over protection system (ROPS) (see below for further detail)
(c)
ensure that equipment has facilities to prevent unauthorised start-up, has appropriate
controls, anti-collision measures (rail-mounted equipment) and, if required, has
suitable lighting and adequate fire-fighting facilities
(d)
ensure that the operator of such plant and equipment has suitable vision in all
directions, with visibility aids if direct vision is blocked, so far as reasonably practicable
(e)
ensure that remote controlled equipment stops automatically upon leaving its control
range and incorporates anti crush and impact devices that are appropriate
(f)
ensure that measures are taken to prevent drive shaft seizures and systems for
safeguarding drive shafts.
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
(q)
These Regulations apply to all lifting equipment and accessories, such as cranes, shackles,
hoists and slings that are used to carry out mechanical lifting operations.
EG
All equipment that is used to carry out a work activity must be suitable for the work to be
carried out.
QCS 2014
Improvisation is dangerous and can lead to serious accidents occurring. A hand-held circular
saw being used instead of a router to cut grooves or rebates in timber, or a dumper being
used to transport persons, both have the potential to create dangerous situations.
All work equipment must be regularly maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working
order and in good repair (as described in the following section).
IO
AL
daily basic maintenance can be as simple as regularly checking the oil and water
levels of a petrol-driven cement mixer, and is sometimes referred to as 'pre-use
checks'
(b)
periodic maintenance of equipment involves more detailed checks than carried out
under 'daily maintenance' and is usually carried out by a fitter as part of a pre-planned
programme of regular inspections, for example the replacement of engine oil or
hydraulic oil filters
(c)
detailed inspection and servicing, which may involve a degree of dismantling of the
equipment in a workshop and entail, for example, the measurement of wear of moving
parts or the integrity of hydraulic hoses and connections. This type of inspection is
carried out at specific intervals according to the manufacturer's instructions and is
often based on the 'running hours' of the equipment.
EG
IN
TE
AT
Maintenance
In drawing up the programme, there will be a need to take certain factors into consideration.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Equipment in regular use will probably require more frequent maintenance than
equipment used infrequently.
(e)
The equipment's potential to cause serious harm. Powered machinery with the
potential to cause serious harm, for example a circular saw, will require more regular
attention than a hammer.
(f)
(g)
QCS 2014
There is no specific requirement to keep a maintenance log for work equipment, but where
there is one, it must be kept up to date.
AL
Inspection
All work equipment must be inspected at suitable intervals and records of inspections made.
10
The level of inspection will depend on the complexity of the equipment and vary from a visual
inspection to a comprehensive inspection that might include some dismantling and testing.
11
Usually inspection is undertaken as part of the maintenance activity as well, but inspection
falls into two broad headings.
12
A visual check of low risk items before use will suffice for items such as hand tools, to check
they are in good order. These inspections are not usually formally recorded inspections. In
addition, equipment that poses a high risk, such as some plant, or is used in a high risk
environment, such as a confined space, should undergo a visual check every time before
use -usually an operator inspection, provided they are competent to do so.
13
More complex equipment and equipment used in higher risk areas should also undergo a
formal inspection, after which the details of the inspection are recorded.
14
When deciding the frequency of inspections, the following points need to be considered:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
15
Normal practice for most plant is to undergo a weekly formal inspection, in addition to the
driver's daily inspection. The frequency of inspections may be adjusted after considering the
above factors.
16
The following legislation also place duties on Contractors to ensure that specific work
equipment and areas of work (which will also involve inspecting the associated work
equipment) are inspected as highlighted below.
QCS 2014
Work at Height
17
These Regulations specifically require the inspection of work equipment used for working at
height, such as scaffolds, and the recording of those inspections as detailed in these
Regulations.
(b)
both of which will involve the inspection of the associated work equipment.
20
Furthermore, these Regulations place duties on those people in charge of sites with regard
to the safe use of vehicles on site.
AL
19
Records of inspection
These Regulations require that systems must be put in place for recording the results of
inspections, Unlike in the past when prescribed registers had to be used, Contractors can
produce their own records in paper form or electronically, providing that they can produce
hard copy if requested.
22
AT
IO
21
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
to whom the faults were reported and details of the action taken
TE
IN
EG
(i)
(a)
the date when repairs or other necessary action were carried out and by whom.
23
When hiring equipment, the records and results of the last inspection should be supplied, by
the hire company, with the equipment.
24
There is no specified format for records of inspection, providing the necessary details are
recorded.
Contractors should ensure that any work equipment that is in use or acquired, either new or
second-hand, has a 'CE' or equivalent mark. This indicates that there is a relevant European
product directive equipment and that it has been manufactured to known standards.
Training
26
Many accidents involving plant and equipment occur because the operator, through lack of
training, is not competent. It is therefore essential that persons are adequately trained in the
safe and correct use of the type of equipment they are required to operate.
QCS 2014
27
The level and complexity of the training required should be such that an operative can
operate the plant or equipment safely, without risk to themselves or others who may be
affected by their actions or omissions. In addition, adequate training should be given to
supervisors and managers to allow them to understand the equipment and methods used.
Quick-hitches
The operatives selected for training should be both physically and mentally able to cope with
any situation the use of the item of plant or equipment demands. For example:
(a)
a person with a fear of heights would not be suitable for training as a tower crane
driver
(b)
(c)
The intellect of the person to be trained should also be judged, to ensure that they can
assimilate the information they will be expected to retain in order to carry out their
tasks safely.
AL
28
IO
(b)
diggers
(c)
loaders
(d)
forklift trucks
(e)
EG
(a)
IN
TE
AT
compressors
(f)
site transport
(g)
(h)
trailers.
General considerations
3
The movement of mobile work equipment, whether over site roads or within specific areas,
involves different and continually changing hazards. These have the potential to cause harm,
such as:
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Practical measures which should be considered to ensure that mobile plant and equipment
can be used safely on site are:
traffic routes should be planned in order to minimise congestion and risk of collision
(b)
these routes should be kept free of obstructions and properly maintained, with access
points restricted and clearly marked
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
where excavation is taking place, operators must know the location of any overhead
power lines, underground cables, sewers, ducts or services before digging operations
commence
(g)
(h)
ground conditions should be stable and sufficiently level for the operations being
carried out and the equipment used
AL
(a)
(i)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
where equipment fitted with outriggers or stabilisers is used, the load-bearing capacity
of the ground should be assessed so that the imposed loads do not exceed this
capacity
(j)
where site vehicles are employed in tipping material into excavations, baulks of timber
or other effective blocks should be provided to prevent the vehicle over-running the
edge
(k)
excavations may have to be provided with extra support or shoring to prevent the
weight of adjacent vehicles causing a collapse (surcharging).
Vehicles and plant designed for specific operations must only be used for those operations,
and the design limitations and permitted modes of operation specified by the manufacturer
must be complied with.
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
(c)
the driver failing to observe pedestrians who are then run over by the front wheels
(d)
the driver being thrown from the vehicle whilst travelling over rough ground
(e)
driver error due to lack of experience and training, including accidental operation of
the controls.
(b)
(c)
ensuring that machines are routinely inspected, serviced and withdrawn from use if
unsafe
(d)
ensuring that only trained, competent drivers are allowed to operate dumpers, which
includes removing the key when not in use
(e)
ensuring that site roads are suitable and safe for the use of dumpers.
AL
(a)
IO
Amongst mobile plant, forward-tipping site dumpers are worthy of special note because they
are involved in a disproportionately high number of plant-related accidents. This applies to
both rigid-frame and articulated dumpers. The common causes of these accidents are:
AT
Materials that are unloaded or tipped from plant should be deposited in planned locations
where they will not cause an obstruction or hazard.
10
A signaller should assist the driver during any tipping operation to ensure that it is safe to tip
and that there are no other hazards to be encountered during the operation.
11
Operatives must not remain on vehicles that are being loaded unless the vehicle is equipped
with a reinforced cab or falling object protection system (FOPS).
12
Operatives working with plant or vehicles, or on sites where there are regular vehicle
movements, should be provided with the appropriate personal protective equipment which
should include high visibility clothing.
EG
IN
TE
Where there is the risk of mobile work equipment rolling over, Contractors have a duty to
ensure that protective measures, such as reinforced cabs or a roll-cage, are fitted to stop
mobile equipment doing anything more than falling onto its side, thereby minimising the risk
of a person being crushed. The cabs or roll-cages should give adequate clearance for
operatives to escape if the equipment does completely overturn.
14
Where there is a risk of an operator being thrown then crushed by equipment rolling over, a
suitable restraining system (such as a seat belt) should be fitted.
15
This requirement may also apply to equipment fitted with a fully enclosed cab if there is a risk
that a person being thrown from their seat could be injured by coming into contact with the
inside of the cab's structure.
16
Restraining systems must be fixed to a strong anchorage point on the main structure of the
equipment.
QCS 2014
In areas of limited access, ROPS may be removed only if a suitable and sufficient risk
assessment has been carried out and there is no risk of overturning.
AL
17
AT
There is no requirement for forklift trucks fitted with a vertical mast to be provided with
specific roll-over protection where the mast acts as an anti-roll device. There is, however, no
exemption from forklifts having to be fitted with restraining systems.
TE
Where there is the risk to persons operating mobile work equipment of being struck by falling
material, overhead protection or reinforced cabs must be fitted which stop any falling
material striking the operator.
EG
IN
19
18
IO
When self-propelled mobile work equipment is used in the dark or in reduced visibility, lights
must be fitted and used to enable the work area to be adequately illuminated. In addition,
amber flashing beacons that give warning of the presence of the vehicle should be fitted and
used. It is required that some types of construction vehicles be fitted with audible reversing
QCS 2014
23
Plant that is not designed to carry passengers should be provided with a notice clearly
stating 'No Passengers'.
24
People can only be carried if the vehicle has been designed for such a purpose. Passengers
and drivers must not be carried unless proper seating, strongly and correctly connected to
the main structure of the vehicle, is provided.
25
26
Where on-board work activities have to be carried out, seating should be provided, if
possible, with work platforms fitted with suitable barriers or guard-rails to stop operatives
falling from the equipment whilst it is in motion.
IO
AL
22
AT
All-round visibility
To ensure safe operation of plant, a standard is being accepted whereby the operator of the
plant or vehicle has all-round vision from the operating position. It is generally accepted that
the operator should be able to see, at all times, an object positioned 1 metre above ground
level and 1 metre away from the plant through 360 visibility.
28
This can usually be achieved by the use of additional mirrors, convex mirrors or by CCTV.
29
Where this is not possible, consideration should be given to providing a competent, qualified
signaller working exclusively with the plant operator.
30
Contractors meeting the above criteria would be seen to be doing what is reasonably
practicable to provide a safe place of work and a safe system of work in respect of that item
of plant.
31
Every Contractor must ensure that the work equipment is so constructed or adapted as to be
suitable for the purpose for which it was provided.
32
In selecting the work equipment, every Contractor shall take account of the working
conditions and to the risks to the health and safety of persons who are in the vicinity of
where the work equipment is to be used.
EG
IN
TE
27
This type of equipment relies heavily on the experience and competence of the operative for
its safe operation. Small pedestrian-operated rollers, vibrating or 'whacker' plates and
surface grinders are among the types of equipment within this category.
QCS 2014
It is also essential that operators be provided with, and wear, strong protective footwear to
prevent their feet from being injured.
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
IN
This type of small plant should be sited on firm, level ground with the brakes applied and
wheel chocks in position, as necessary.
Cement or concrete mixers, compressors and pumps are examples of static equipment.
Plant should be sited clear of personnel with allowance for safe access by authorised
persons.
QCS 2014
The correct procedures for starting, operating and shutting down should be correct and
strictly complied with.
All gauges, valves, connections and guards should be checked for tightness and proper
attachment as a matter of routine.
AL
(b)
access to all dangerous or moving parts of the equipment must be provided with
guards which are securely fixed and in position
(c)
(d)
any air lines, spray guns or blasting nozzles, used as an accessory to the equipment,
must never be pointed towards other persons or at any part of the body
(e)
hoses, pipes or cables should be kept clear of traffic and pedestrian routes. Simple
ramps and barriers can be used to protect cables etc., and to provide safe access
(f)
air hoses should be fitted with whip-checks at every connection to prevent the hose
connections from blowing apart
(g)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Selection of the correct equipment for the job in hand is vitally important. Choosing modern
equipment that reduces the risk of injury or ill health is fundamental to creating safer working
environments.
The environment in which the equipment is used also has a bearing on the safety of the
QCS 2014
AL
operative. It may be safe to use a hand saw from a pair of builders' steps, but to use the
modern electric equivalent from them could have fatal results.
As the use of these types of tool has increased, so has the potential for serious injury. Old
type hand-operated smoothing planes could cause nasty cuts if wrongly used, but those
injuries bear no comparison with the injuries that could occur when wrongly using their
modern electrical equivalent.
Cutting chases in a wall using an older type cutting disc produces unacceptable amounts of
dust. Modern equipment that is fitted with a dust suppression mechanism is safer and much
healthier.
Also included within this category is the type of equipment that requires human effort in its
operation, such as jacks, bar-bending machines, pipe-threaders and other machines where
the principles of leverage or torque are utilised.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Many jobs, such as nailing tiling battens on a roof, that traditionally would have been
achieved by using a hammer, are now carried out by using nail guns powered by gas
canisters. Equipment of this type is open to abuse, which can result in horrific
consequences. It is possible to propel a nail in free flight from a nail gun giving it the lethal
potential of a firearm.
Included in this category are hand tools, ladders scaffolding, etc. Also included are huts and
other temporary structures used for welfare accommodation or fuel and materials stores.
IO
AL
AT
Hand tools
Unfortunately, many persons working in the construction industry do not appreciate that
simple hand tools have the potential to cause serious harm.
In many cases where hand tools are used, persons react when things go wrong, instead of
proactively checking to ensure that things do not go wrong in the first place.
Cold chisels with burred-over mushroom heads can result in a person losing an eye when a
burr breaks off during use. A hammer head becoming detached from its shaft can cause a
serious injury and not necessarily to the user.
In both examples, the potential to cause harm can be drastically reduced if a system of
regular inspection and maintenance, as required by these Regulations, is in place.
EG
IN
TE
Scaffolds, if incorrectly erected or exposed to misuse, can also be the cause of accidents.
(b)
be regularly inspected every 7 days or after alteration, damage or high winds, the
QCS 2014
(c)
3
Many accidents have occurred due to installation of scaffold with damaged equipment such
as split boards and bent tubes.
A key issue with wooden ladders and steps is that they must not be painted or treated with
anything that would hide any faults or defects.
The regular inspection of wooden builders' steps must include the hinges that connect the
support stays and the restraining rope that controls the opening of the steps as well as the
condition of the timber.
Wooden extension ladders have ropes, pulley blocks, and clips that fit over rungs. These are
vital to the safe use of these ladders and therefore must again be regularly inspected.
The simple wooden pole ladder must be checked to ensure that the wire ties beneath certain
of the rungs are in place and tight. Rungs must be checked to ensure they are still firm and
do not twist, and the stiles checked to ensure they are not split.
All work equipment has the potential to be the cause of accidents. Obviously, the potential
and the consequences differ between types of equipment.
10
Management systems for the training and instruction of operators, and the inspection of
equipment, must be in place and complied with.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Is the item of plant or work equipment the most suitable for the job in hand?
Is a risk assessment necessary to determine the most suitable item of plant or work
equipment?
Are spot checks made on the condition of hand tools and other minor items of equipment?
10
Is there a procedure for the inspection of and repairing or replacing of such equipment and
tools?
11
Are drivers and operators trained on specific plant or equipment aware of the hazards that
are associated with its operation?
12
13
Is personal protective equipment available and issued to all who need it?
14
15
16
What information is available in relation to specific items of plant? Where is it kept and by
whom?
17
18
Do operatives know the requirements of these Regulations and those which have a bearing
on their activities, and are they aware of their own responsibilities?
19
20
21
22
Does the operator of mobile or self-propelled plant have adequate visibility in all directions
and are all visibility aids in good order?
23
Are there any signs of the unplanned or dangerous location of any plant?
24
Are the locations of supply cables, pipes, services, etc. identified before any plant or other
equipment is brought into the vicinity?
25
26
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
27
28
Are the records of the inspections and tests being kept up to date?
Woodworking Machines
Many items of woodworking equipment, with their partially exposed blades or cutters, have
the potential to cause serious personal injury if they are not properly used and maintained.
Users of woodworking machinery must be trained on each type of machine that they are
required to operate and be judged as competent by their Contractor.
The use of woodworking machines also has the potential to cause occupational health
problems if appropriate preventative measures are not taken.
AT
IO
AL
1.4.7.2 Introduction
Woodworking machine cutters can inflict very serious injuries and it is essential that these
Regulations for guarding them are strictly observed. Neglect or ignorance of these
Regulations governing the use of such machinery creates the conditions in which accidents
occur.
Furthermore:
IN
TE
(b)
(c)
EG
(a)
Within these Regulations, particular reference is made to circular saws and planing
machines, since these are most commonly used on-site in the construction industry.
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or other people
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
When hazards are identified, it is then the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or
to put control measures into place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
QCS 2014
(a)
personal injury risks resulting from contact with moving blades and cutters
(b)
(c)
occupational health risks resulting from the use and maintenance of the machines.
Employees, for their part, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any
work situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or any other
person who may be affected.
These Regulations stipulate the requirements for the safe operation and maintenance of all
'work equipment', which includes woodworking machines.
In the context of this section, the parts of these Regulations that are particularly relevant
cover such factors as:
(b)
the guarding of dangerous parts of machines and provisions relating to working space,
floors, lighting, noise and temperature. They apply to all places where woodworking
machinery is used
(c)
the requirements relating to the instruction and training of persons operating work
equipment, including those employed in 'taking-off' and maintenance, and specify the
duties of operatives
(d)
work equipment being fitted with suitable controls, emergency controls and where
necessary, a control system, to enable it to be used safely
(e)
ensuring that each item of work equipment can be effectively isolated from all sources
of energy
(f)
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
work equipment being suitable for the job, and kept in good working order by persons
who are trained to do so
The parts of these Regulations that are particularly appropriate to the use of woodworking
machinery are expanded throughout.
EG
(a)
These Regulations place duties on Contractors and employees with regard to the provision,
use and care of personal protective equipment (PPE). Where the risks to health and safety
cannot be controlled by other means, PPE may be issued and used; as a method of
controlling risk it is the last resort.
However, when using woodworking machinery on site, PPE will often be the only practical
method of controlling risk, particularly health risks
provide suitable PPE for their employees and make sure that it is used properly
(b)
make sure that items of PPE are compatible when more than one item is worn at the
same time. For example, if wearing safety spectacles, it is possible that the side-arms
would interfere with the seal of a half-face respirator
(c)
make an assessment of the most suitable PPE to protect against the identified risks
(d)
(e)
(f)
provide suitable accommodation where necessary for PPE that is not in use
QCS 2014
(g)
(ii)
(iii)
how to maintain the PPE in efficient working order and good repair.
use any PPE provided in accordance with the instruction and training provided
(b)
(b)
a safe place of work with safe access and egress and sufficient working space is
provided
(c)
(d)
(e)
adequate levels of lighting, taking into account the nature of the work being carried out
(f)
(g)
suitable information, instruction and training where necessary for work to be carried
out safely and without a risk to health.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
The following list gives examples of different types of woodworking machine. It should not be
taken as exhaustive.
Circular saws
(b)
Sanding machines
(c)
Bandsaws
(d)
EG
(a)
IN
TE
Routing machines
(e)
Planing/thicknessing machines
(f)
Chainsaws
(g)
Mortising machines
(h)
Tenoning machines
(i)
(j)
(k)
Trenching machines
(l)
Boring machines
(m)
1.4.7.8 Training
1
No person should be required to operate any type of woodworking machine unless they have
QCS 2014
been trained and instructed in its operation. They must either be competent or under the
direct supervision of someone who is.
2
Training should include instruction on all machines the person is likely to operate and the
types of work to be undertaken on the completion of training. Instruction on the provisions of
these Regulations and the methods of using guards, devices and appliances required by
these Regulations must be included. Training should emphasise the dangers connected with
the use of such machines.
Contractors will need to make sure that they do not employ young people in work situations
where:
the work is beyond their physical or psychological capacity
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
(a)
Employees using woodworking machines must use and keep properly adjusted all guards
and other safety devices, and use push sticks, spikes, push blocks, jigs, holders, backstops,
and any other safety devices provided.
They must report to responsible persons any defects in machinery, guards, devices or
appliances and any damage or defects in the surface or ground around the machine.
AT
IO
TE
Ideally, the level of noise will be controlled by means other than issuing personal protective
equipment (PPE), although in practice this will often not be possible on construction sites.
Where work activities are liable to expose employees to certain levels, Contractors to carry
out an assessment of the risk and implement the necessary control actions, which will often
translate into:
(a)
EG
IN
(b)
(c)
(d)
providing adequate information, instruction and training on the risk to health arising
from noise and the correct use of hearing protection.
There are three action levels at which particular actions should be taken;
(a)
The lower exposure action value (80 dB(A)), at which an employee may request the
provision of hearing protection from the Contractor, should he or she so wish.
(b)
The upper exposure action value (85 dB(A)) at which the Contractor is required to
provide hearing protection for employees and ensure that it is worn by all employees
who are at risk.
(c)
The exposure limit value (87 dB(A)) above which no employee may be exposed.
In work areas where the noise is at or above the upper exposure action value, the Contractor
QCS 2014
is required to create hearing protection zones, designated by appropriate signs, within which
everyone must wear the hearing protection provided.
Contractors are required to control the level of vibration experienced by employees whilst at
work.
AL
As noted earlier, hardwood dust is known to be a cause of nasal cancer. Ideally, airborne
dust will be controlled by the fitting of effective extraction systems or dust-collection bags to
woodworking machines and hand-held tools that generate either softwood or hardwood dust.
However, if for any reason the control of dust is not possible in this way, operators must be
provided with, and wear, suitable respiratory protective equipment.
AT
IO
TE
Depending on the machine being used and the nature of the work being carried out, it may
be necessary for machine operators (and possibly anyone assisting them) to wear eye
protection, such as goggles or a full-face shield of a suitable impact-resistant grade.
It may be necessary to provide operatives with suitable gloves to protect against skin
damage whilst handling timber, particularly unplaned timber. Furthermore, the skin of a small
number of persons is adversely affected by the natural oils that occur in some woods,
notably cedar.
EG
IN
Sufficient clear and unobstructed space must be provided around machines to allow persons
to work without the risk of injury.
Floors should be level, in good condition, free of loose material (wood chips, wood shavings
and sawdust) and must not be slippery.
Where woodworking machines are being used on site, the temperature of any indoor
workplace must be reasonable, having regard to the purpose for which the place is being
used.
QCS 2014
Adequate natural or artificial lighting must be provided so that the work being carried out on
each machine can be done safely. Artificial light must be positioned or shaded to prevent any
glare affecting the operator.
1.4.7.16 Maintenance
1
Saw blades must not be cleaned while they are in motion or with the power supply to the
machine switched on.
All machines must be of good construction, manufactured with sound material and properly
maintained. Unless a machine is hand-held, it must be level, and fixed securely to a
substantial structure which ensures its stability.
1.4.7.17 Controls
Every machine must be fitted with start and stop controls which can be quickly and easily
operated by the machinist.
AL
1.4.7.18 Braking
This is to ensure that, if there is a risk of an employee coming into contact with tooling during
the rundown period, the machine stops within 10 seconds or less, as defined by European
Committee for Standardization (CEN) standards.
AT
IO
TE
All work equipment should be provided with the necessary controls which bring the
equipment to a safe condition in a safe manner. To achieve this, a risk assessment should
be carried out to determine whether the rundown time should be reduced and the retrofitting
of brakes to a machine is necessary.
If the risk assessment shows that there would be no added safety benefit, then braking does
not have to be provided.
Examples include machines fitted with interlocking guards that enclose the cutters and
cannot be opened until the cutters have come to rest. Some machines might be totally
enclosed by a noise hood, but the same interlocking requirements will apply.
In these situations, the machine rundown time is immaterial since an acceptable standard of
safety has been achieved by guarding alone and subsequently there is no risk of contact in
the rundown period.
Another example is where the blade, tool or cutter returns automatically to a safe position,
such as a cross-cut saw fitted with a spring return which retracts the blade into a protective
housing at the end of the cutting operation. However, if a risk assessment shows that the
machine has a long rundown period and is in regular use by more than one person,
consideration should be given to fitting a brake. This is because the machine could still be
running down after use by one person when a second person pulls the saw carriage out of
the protective housing, unaware that the blade is still rotating.
As well as enhanced safety, braking can improve productivity since more rapid stopping will
allow quicker setting, adjustment and unjamming of a machine.
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Guards must be of substantial construction, properly secured and adjusted, and maintained
constantly in position while cutters are in motion.
Adjustments must not be made to any guard whilst the cutters are in motion, unless safe
means (i.e. mechanical adjusters) are provided for those adjustments to be made.
The shape and size of guards may change as technology develops alternative safeguards, if
these are at least as effective as before.
Every dangerous part of any woodworking machine must be securely fenced, unless it is in
such a position or of such construction that it is as safe to every person on the site as it
would be if it were fenced.
AL
IO
Portable electrically-powered saws should always be disconnected from the electrical supply
before any adjustments, repairs, cleaning or any type of maintenance is carried out.
Whenever possible, to reduce the risk from electric shock, all portable electric tools should
operate from a 110 volt supply and be earthed or double insulated. The mains input to the
110 volt transformer should be protected by a residual current device (RCD), commonly
known as a 'power breaker'.
Portable electrically-powered saws must never be carried by their supply cable. Furthermore:
TE
when operating, the supply cable must always be kept clear of the saw blade
(b)
the power plug must be examined each time, prior to use, for damage and security of
the cable
(c)
EG
IN
(a)
Care should be taken to ensure that the spring-loaded, lower blade guard returns to cover
the blade after every cut. This guard, also known as the swivel guard, is designed to uncover
the saw teeth when material is being cut then automatically covers the saw teeth when the
saw is withdrawn. This guard must never be wired in the open position.
AT
The riving knife must be securely fixed below the table level, be of the correct radius, behind
and in line with the saw blade.
QCS 2014
In the case of a parallel plate saw blade, the knife must be thicker (usually about 10%) than
the parallel plate of the saw blade to form a wedge in the saw cut, thereby preventing the
timber 'ripping' the saw blade.
Where the diameter of the saw blade is less than 600 mm, the top of the knife should not be
more than 25 mm below the top of the blade.
Where the diameter of the blade is 600 mm or more, the knife must extend at least 225 mm
above the machine table.
It must be adjusted to extend from the top of the riving knife to a point as close as practicable
to the surface of the material being cut; or to a point not more than 8 mm above the material
being cut where squared stock is being hand fed.
The guard should have flanges on either side of the blade and be adjusted so that these
extend beyond the roots of saw blade teeth. Where the guard has an adjustable front
extension piece, it must be flanged on the side remote from the fence, and adjusted to
extend beyond the roots of saw blade teeth above the saw table.
Note: Some saws have adjustable extensions to the front of the guard.
AT
IO
AL
The part of the blade below the table must be guarded to the greatest extent practicable.
TE
Saw benches with a one-speed spindle must not use a saw blade less than 60% of the
diameter of the largest saw blade which the bench is designed to use. In the case of saw
benches with more than one spindle speed, the blade must not be less than 60% of the
diameter of the largest blade which the machine is designed to use at the fastest spindle
speed.
A notice should be displayed on the machine specifying the smallest diameter saw blade that
may be used.
EG
IN
A circular saw must not be used for crosscutting logs unless the material is firmly held
by a gripping device, secured to a travelling
table.
QCS 2014
Push sticks must be available for use on every table-mounted circular saw, and used to:
(a)
(b)
(c)
feed material during the last 300 mm of any cut more than 300 mm in length
(d)
remove cut material from between the saw blade and the fence.
Where this operation must be performed, the delivery end of the machine table must extend
(over its whole width) at least 1.2 m from the up-running part of the saw blade.
This requirement is not applicable to machines which have a roller table, or a travelling table,
or to portable machines with a maximum blade diameter of less than 450 mm.
IO
AL
(b)
that the fixed guards should be of adequate strength and construction to withstand
normal operational use
(c)
the fitting of a suitable switch attachment to enable the operator to control the saw at
the bench.
TE
(a)
Note: Some manufacturers have designed a saw bench complete with a top guard, riving
knife assembly and fence for use with their hand-held circular saws.
IN
Mounting a hand-held circular saw onto a support for use as a bench circular saw, requires:
EG
AT
The friction disc or rollers must be adjusted as close to the surface of the machine table as
practicable.
QCS 2014
Table gap
IO
AL
AT
Planing machines not mechanically fed must have a bridge guard over the cutter block,
mounted approximately centrally and not liable to accidental displacement.
The guard must be strong, rigid and easily adjustable, vertically and horizontally, to allow
work to be carried out without the risk of injury.
The guard must cover the full length and diameter of the cutter block, be mounted centrally
over it and be securely fixed.
IN
TE
the gap between the end of the guard and the fence should not exceed 10 mm
(b)
the gap between the upper surface of the wood and the underside of the guard should
not exceed 10 mm.
(c)
(e)
(d)
EG
(a)
the gap between the end of the guard and the surface of the wood should not exceed
10 mm
the gap between the underside of the guard and the surface of the feed table should
not exceed 10 mm.
When 'flatting' and 'edging' are carried out successively, the clearances between the bridge
guard and the material for each operation must be no greater than 10 mm.
When the planing of adjacent surfaces of stock of square cross-section is carried out as
successive operations, the bridge guard must be adjusted so that the clearance between the
material and the guard, or the fence and the guard, never exceeds 10 mm.
Where the above adjustment of the bridge guard is not practicable because of the shortness
of the material, a suitable push block with handholds must be provided and used.
In addition to the bridge guard, hand-fed overhand planers must be provided with an
QCS 2014
effective, easily adjustable guard over the part of the cutter block which is behind the fence.
The part of the cutter block exposed in the table gap must be effectively guarded.
(b)
circular saw blades should be checked for cracks, particularly near the gullet at the
root of the teeth. Defective items should not be used
(c)
before a machine is started, a check should be made to see that the cutters, saws or
knives are of the correct type and are securely fixed; and that guards are properly
adjusted and secure
(d)
the area around the machine should be cleared of waste material and there should be
sufficient space to stack work safely before and after machining
(e)
the floor must be clean and free from oil, grease or anything else which might cause
the operator to slip or trip
(f)
(g)
guards should be set to give the minimum clearance necessary for the material being
worked. They must always be in position
(h)
the operator should not wear loose clothing, and should wear goggles, masks or ear
protectors, if necessary
(i)
(j)
(k)
push sticks and jigs should be available and in use whenever necessary
(l)
offcuts, chips and sawdust should not be removed from the machine table with the
hands while machine is in motion
(m)
(n)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
any fault should be promptly reported to responsible persons. If a fault develops, the
machine must be switched off immediately
(o)
machines must be switched off when left, even for a short period. They should also be
switched off when the operator is speaking to somebody
(p)
(q)
at the end of a work operation, the machine must be switched off and isolated.
Low peripheral speeds result in inefficient cutting as do dull, badly set or badly ground saw
teeth. The extra effort applied to feed the wood increases the accident risk.
Deposits of sap, gum or resin on the blade tend to cause the saw to jam, or stall, or the
timber to stick. Such deposits must never be cleaned whilst the blade is moving or with the
power supply to the machine switched on. The saw should be stopped, electrically isolated
and the proper tool used.
QCS 2014
1.4.7.38 Chainsaws
Due to their high potential to cause injury, the use of chainsaws on building and construction
sites is not generally recommended.
Where chainsaws are used on site, they must be used only by operatives who are fully
competent, have received specific and nationally approved training, and who are certificated
to carry out the intended operation.
A specific risk assessment should be carried out for the operation and a written method
statement produced covering the operation, including the need for full personal protective
equipment, safe working at heights and, if necessary, a workplace safely away from other
workers,
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Are operators only required to operate machines on which they have been trained and are
competent?
10
Is adequate training given on the types of machine to be used and the kinds of work to be
done?
11
Are operatives provided with all necessary personal protective equipment, including goggles,
ear protectors, face masks and other protective equipment, where required?
12
IO
AL
13
AT
15
16
Are all machines level and securely fixed to ensure their stability?
17
18
19
Are floors level, in good repair, free of loose material and not slippery?
20
Is adequate natural or artificial light provided in the workplace without glare being caused?
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
EG
IN
TE
14
28
Has provision for the extraction of fumes been made where necessary?
29
30
31
Do machines, as far as possible, run off a 110 volt supply with mains-powered equipment
protected by a residual current device (RCD)?
QCS 2014
Safety checklist
Riving knife
Is the riving knife secure, in a sound
condition, and easily adjustable?
AL
Is the gap between the riving knife and the saw blade correct?
Is the height of the riving knife correct for the saw blade fitted?
AT
IO
Saw blade
Is the saw blade in good condition -sharp with no cracks, and not less than the smallest
diameter permitted?
Does the saw blade project through the upper surface of the timber when ripping?
Is the saw blade above the table effectively guarded, when the machine is rebating,
tenoning, moulding or grooving?
IN
TE
10
EG
Fence
Top guard
11
12
13
Do the flanges at either side of the blade extend below the roots of the saw teeth?
Is the front extension guard adjusted to give maximum protection, and does it cover the saw
teeth?
Bottom guard
15
Feeding work
16
17
QCS 2014
Taking off
18
Does the delivery table extend at least 1.2 m from the up-running part of the saw blade?
19
AT
IO
AL
TE
Safety checklist
Table
Is the gap between the table and the cutter not more than 6 mm?
Bridge guard
EG
IN
Is the bridge guard rigid, strong, securely fixed and easily adjustable?
Does the bridge guard cover the full length and diameter of the cutter block?
Is the bridge guard adjusted to exclude the risk of injury, as far as is practicable?
Cutter block
7
Is the cutter block guarded, on the side of the fence, remote from the bridge guard?
Limitations on use
8
Is the cutter effectively guarded when rebating, recessing, tenoning and moulding are taking
place?
Is the machine fitted with a cylindrical cutter block if it is being used for surfacing?
10
Is the bridge guard correctly adjusted when 'flatting' or 'edging' is taking place?
11
QCS 2014
13
When thicknessing, is an anti-kickback device fitted, or notice displayed specifying one piece
only?
14
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
12
QCS 2014
AT
IO
AL
Safety checklist
16
Is the saw blade between the top wheel and disc or roller guarded by a frontal plate as
closely as possible, and does the flange extend behind the saw blade?
17
18
19
EG
IN
TE
15
QCS 2014
AT
IO
AL
Safety checklist
Operative
Does the operative understand that there should be no loose clothing, ties or scarves, etc.?
IN
TE
EG
Prior to use
Ensure the electrical power plug is removed from the supply socket before carrying out priorto-use checks.
Are the machine and plug compatible with the electrical supply?
Is the correct type of saw blade fitted for the work which is to be carried out?
Is the saw blade effectively guarded, above and below the soleplate?
10
Is the condition and the function of the spring-loaded bottom guard checked before use?
11
Does the spring-loaded bottom guard return to cover the saw blade after every cut?
12
Is the saw blade securely fitted to rotate in the correct direction? (Teeth should point
upwards at the front end of the saw towards the soleplate.)
13
Has the fence (if used) been adjusted to the correct dimension?
14
Has the saw been adjusted to the correct depth and angle before use, with the teeth
projecting just through the underside of the material?
15
Are all locking nuts and securing devices properly tightened and fastened?
QCS 2014
In use
16
Is the saw being held correctly with two hands using the main and front hand grips?
17
18
19
Has a check been made to ensure that the clamps do not impede any movements of the
saw?
Is there sufficient free cable on the saw?
21
Is the correct stance being taken behind and in line with the saw?
22
23
24
Do all other personnel on site know that the operator must not be distracted whilst he or she
is operating a saw?
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
20
QCS 2014
AT
IO
AL
Safety checklist
TE
Operative
Is the operative familiar with the type of machine they are using and with the manufacturer's
operating instructions?
Is the operative aware that whilst using a chainsaw there must be no loose clothing, ties,
belts, etc.?
Prior to use
EG
IN
10
11
12
13
14
QCS 2014
In use
Is the correct starting procedure (i.e. on the ground) undertaken?
16
17
Does the operator keep both hands on the machine when it is in use?
18
19
Is the chainsaw correctly adjusted so that the chain does not rotate when the engine is idling
with the chain brake released?
20
Is the operator aware that the nose of the guide bar should not be used to cut?
21
22
Do all other personnel on site know that the operator must not be distracted whilst he or she
is operating a saw?
23
AL
15
25
26
27
AT
IO
24
After use
Refueling
Is the correct type and grade of fuel used, from a properly marked, leak-proof, securely
capped container?
29
30
31
32
33
Has clothing (which may have been contaminated during refueling) been changed prior to
the saw being operated?
34
Is any spilt fuel removed from the saw or work area prior to saw operation?
35
Is the saw always started at least 3 metres away from the refueling area?
36
Is care taken to ensure that refueling is never carried out near to fires, sparks or other
sources of ignition?
EG
IN
TE
28
Transportation
37
Is the chainsaw switched off when being transported, even if it is only a few paces?
38
39
Is the chainsaw always carried with the engine muffler away from the body, to prevent
burns?
40
41
If the chainsaw is being transported in a vehicle, has it been secured to prevent overturning
and damage?
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.4
1.5.5
1.5.6
Safety in Demolition..................................................................................... 95
1.5.7
1.5.8
1.5.9
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
Cable plans and charts cannot be depended upon to accurately identify the exact route of a
buried service.
Safe digging procedures are essential; final exposure of buried services by hand-digging will
be necessary.
There are now devices available for locating all types of underground service; operators
must be trained and competent in their use, including the interpretation of survey results.
The exposure of buried marker tape or tiles whilst digging will indicate the presence of buried
services below.
It should always be assumed that buried services are 'live' unless proved otherwise.
On certain sites old and abandoned metallic services or other metallic items can pick up
signals from known services and distort survey results.
Accidental damage to any buried service must be reported immediately to the relevant
authority.
IO
AT
Section 8, Part 9 and Section 8, Part 10 of the QCS cover trenchless pipeline construction and
pipeline cleaning and inspection, respectively.
Note:
AL
IN
Buried services are, to a great extent, out of sight and out of mind until, perhaps, there is a
fault or another reason to excavate. Every year people are injured and some killed due to
accidental contacts with buried services, such as electricity cables and gas pipes. In every
case, the damage and injury could have been avoided if the proper procedures had been
followed.
EG
TE
1.5.1.2 Introduction
All work, including any work in relation to the location and exposure of buried services, must
have been subject to a risk assessment.
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or any other person
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractors duty to put control
measures into place to either eliminate the hazard or, where this is not possible, reduce the
risk of injury as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and of any control measures that have been put in place
to reduce those risks.
In the context of this module, some of the factors that the risk assessment must take into
QCS 2014
account are:
(a)
the equipment and work methods employed to safely identify, locate, expose and, if
necessary, work on the services
(b)
(c)
(d)
the competence of the persons who are to plan, supervise and carry out the work
(e)
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any work
situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or of any other person
who may be affected.
These Regulations require that a Contractor only supplies work equipment that is correct and
suitable for the job and ensures that the equipment is maintained and kept in good working
order.
AT
IO
AL
is suitable and sufficient, for example, a cable avoidance tool that works by detecting
electromagnetic fields will not detect a plastic gas pipe
(b)
(c)
is used by a trained and competent operator who has the knowledge and experience
to interpret the results.
TE
(a)
IN
11
By providing this information to the designer, the client creates an opportunity for hazards to
be avoided by design.
12
Information on new services installed should be passed to the Engineer for inclusion in the
health and safety file.
13
Contractors are required that energy distribution installations are located, checked and
clearly marked to prevent danger.
14
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken, so far as is reasonably practicable, to prevent
risks to health and safety from construction work likely to damage or disturb underground
services
15
Furthermore, under these Regulations the following requirements are particularly relevant to
working with or near to buried services:
EG
10
(a)
no duty-holder may arrange for any person to carry out design or construction work
unless they are competent to carry out the work they are required to do, or are under
the supervision of a competent person
(b)
all duty-holders must co-operate with each other to ensure that each can fulfil their
duties under these Regulations
QCS 2014
(c)
every person working on a project under the control of another person is required to
report to that person anything which is likely to pose a risk to health or safety of any
persons
(d)
There are many other types of buried services, the presence of which may not be known or
detected unless a thorough investigation is carried out. They include services associated
with cable television, hydraulics, process fluids, pneumatics, railway signalling, petroleum
and fuel oils (large bore, deep pipelines linking major installations), private
telecommunications, highway authorities, street lighting, civil aviation and military authorities.
Work in the vicinity of gas transmission pipelines, normally operating at above 7 bar (100
psi), often requires special measures to be taken and the local gas distribution company will
be able to supply details of appropriate procedures.
AT
IO
AL
A significant risk of injury results from accidental contact with electricity cables. Buried
electrical cables often carry high voltages, and accidental damage and contact has resulted
in death or major burns. Most injuries are caused to people using pneumatic drills or
jackhammers and involve 415 volt cables which were located within 0.5 metres of the
surface.
Damage to gas pipes can cause a leak resulting in fire and an explosion.
In the event of a gas leak, suspected gas leaks or any other emergency relating to gas,
immediately ring:
EG
IN
TE
The consequences of damaging water pipes and telephone cables may be less immediately
evident but are nonetheless serious, both in terms of disruption and cost. The interruption of
services can create serious problems for places critically dependent upon them - for
example, hospitals - and many people are likely to be put at risk or inconvenienced.
The cost of damage can be considerable. Fibre optic telecommunication cables are very
expensive and a simple break may mean the replacement of a 2 kilometre length, at a cost
measured in thousands of Riyals. Indirect costs, in some cases resulting from loss of
production and disruption of business activities, will be borne by all affected, including those
whose negligence caused the incident.
Before any digging takes place, a check must be made with all public and private utilities,
such as gas, electricity, telecommunication and cable TV companies, and the owner or
occupier of the land for the existence of services in the proposed work area.
The routes of known buried services should be clearly marked on the site plans
QCS 2014
When looking at plans, it should be borne in mind that reference points may have been
moved, surfaces may have been regraded, services moved without authority or consent, and
that not all service connections or private services are shown. Plans must be interpreted with
care; the route shown may only be approximate. There may be other services present not
shown on the plans.
It is not unknown on certain sites for old and abandoned services or other buried metallic
items, such as tram lines or cast iron pipes, to pick up the electro-magnetic signals from
known cables and distort the survey results.
Where appropriate, the route, when established, should be identified with paint, tape or
markers but not steel spikes which might penetrate a cable or pipe.
A line on a plan does not necessarily mean a pipe or cable is located exactly in the position
marked. It only indicates that it is roughly in that location. The exact position will only be
known when the buried service is uncovered.
In many cases, there is no indication above the ground that a buried service exists. They
may be found almost anywhere and at any depth from immediately beneath the surface to
1.5 metres or more below.
Indications that buried services do exist include the presence of lighting columns, illuminated
traffic signs, telephone boxes, concrete or steel manhole covers, and hydrant and valve pit
covers.
A change in the colour of the surface material may indicate the line of a trench where
services have previously been installed.
10
Indicator posts, usually on the verge, or plaques on walls, are a clear sign that buried
services are present. Indicator posts belonging to water and gas suppliers often give the size
of the pipe and its distance from the post. The absence of posts or covers must not be taken
as evidence that there are no buried services. Access covers can be as much as 1.5 km
apart.
11
Cables or pipes may be laid loose in the ground, run in earthenware, concrete, metal,
asbestos or plastic ducts, or be buried in cement-bound sand, loose sand, fine backfill or
material dissimilar from the surrounding ground. Plastic marker tape, tracer wire, boards,
tiles or slabs may have been laid above the service to indicate that there is something below.
These may, however, have been removed or damaged in the past; they are also liable to be
laterally displaced by ground water or movement and thus no longer indicate the true
location of the service.
12
It is common practice for brightly coloured polythene tape (150 mm wide) or expanded
plastic mesh, sometimes incorporating metallic tracer wire, to be placed in the backfill about
300 mm above the pipe or service. A text on the tape identifies the type of service below.
When uncovered, these tapes indicate the presence of a pipe or cable before any damage is
done. The absence of a tape should not be taken as evidence that there are no pipes or
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
cables at the location; it may simply mean that no marker tape was used.
Caution
13
Never assume that services have been installed at the recommended depth, they are often
shallower.
14
Never assume that when you have located a service that it is the only one, there may be
others adjacent to, above or underneath it.
15
16
Beware of services rising over obstructions, culverts, bridges etc. They are often much
shallower in these locations.
AL
Note: Both CAT and Generator must be used together to give an effective search for
services. Using the CAT alone will only give part of the picture.
Power detection. Virtually all electricity cables give off or radiate a magnetic field while
current is actually flowing through them. This magnetic field or 'hum' is usually easy to detect
by a CAT.
However, it should be noted that CATs may not be able to detect live cables:
TE
AT
IO
when there is no current flow because the cable has been disconnected from its load.
(An example of this is a live pot-ended cable)
(b)
when the loading on a three-phase supply is evenly distributed across the three
phases
(c)
when the current flow is so small that it is beyond the detection capability of the
detection tool
(d)
when there is no current flowing because the device is inactive, for example, street
lighting during the daytime.
EG
IN
(a)
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Used in the power detection mode, CATs will occasionally detect metal, gas and water
pipes, and telephone cables in proximity to electricity cables.
Radio frequency. Metal pipes and cables can act like radio aerials and re-broadcast low
and very low frequency radio signals which can be detected. There are limitations due to
geography and initial broadcast signal strength. If this method is used, other metallic objects
may also radiate the signal, but it is a useful method and can sometimes detect electricity
cables that have not been found by power detection. Not all CATs have this function.
Transmitter and receiver (inductive or conductive). This method is used when the
service is not carrying electricity or there is no current flow in the service to be located.
10
Metal detectors. Conventional metal detectors will usually locate flat metal covers, joint
boxes, etc., but may well miss round cables or pipes. The deeper the object, the less the
chance of detection. Reinforcing bars, metal deposits in the ground and discarded metal
objects will usually also be registered by a signal. Some cable locators have a metal detector
function.
11
Developments in 'moles', 'pigs', 'mouses' and 'sondes', which are detection devices put into
pipes and services to trace their routes, mean that previously undetectable pipes and
services can be followed and, in some instances, blockages and joints can be located.
12
Ground-penetrating radar. A portable radar transmitter is used to 'sweep' the area of land
under which the buried services run. A display on the transmitter indicates variations in the
density of the materials below the surface and can show where the land has previously been
disturbed.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
The display will also show solid objects such as cables or pipes filled with air, gas or liquids,
and indicate the depth at which they are buried. By marking all the spots on the ground
where an underground service has been located, its route can be traced. Ideally, this method
should be supported by existing service plans.
14
The proper training of operatives is essential. Interpretation of the radar display can be
difficult for the untrained. A skilled and trained operative with the correct instrument can
detect the majority of underground services.
15
In unskilled hands, the average locator will not reveal exactly what has been found, or
exactly where and how deep it is.
16
One problem that can arise in the use of ground-penetrating radar is the detection of
individual buried services where more than one service follows the same route. The majority
of detectors cannot distinguish between cables or pipes running close together.
Consequently, the uncovering of one cable or pipe does not mean there is not another close
by.
17
Some of the detectors or detection modes are not omni-directional and it is therefore
essential to cover or sweep the area twice to ensure a good chance of detecting a buried
service. This is especially true in the case of electricity cables. The sweep must be made up
and down, then from side to side.
18
It is important that those using any type of cable locating equipment are given sufficient
training and experience to be competent.
Training
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
13
A record of the nature, co-ordinates, line and level of newly installed services as well as
those exposed on site should be kept and passed to the Client. This will enable those in the
future to locate underground services more accurately.
A national agreement exists between the utilities groups for the colour-coding of buried
services.
The colours used for ducts, pipes, cables and marker/warning tapes are listed in Appendix 1
of this module. The listing has been reproduced from the publication NJUG Guidelines on
the Positioning and Colour Coding of Underground Utilities Apparatus (December 2007).
These colour-coded buried services should not be confused with the colour system
contained in BS 1710 Specification for identification of pipelines and services, which
QCS 2014
It should be noted that both green and black plastic-covered cables have been laid for
private telecommunications and television, some of these in earthenware ducts or previously
used metal pipes.
The colour-codings in Appendix 1 apply to services being laid now. With the great variety of
pipes and services laid over a period of years, there is a wide mixture of materials and
colours. The principal ones, excluding cement, plastic, metallic or earthenware ducts, are
summarised in the table below. This table also highlights the different services that may have
similarly coloured pipes or cables.
Service(s)
Cast iron
Gas, water
Steel
Gas, water
Braided steel
Electricity
Yellow steel
Gas
Copper
Water
Electricity, water
Electricity
IN
TE
Black PVC
Red PVC
Water
Hessian wrapped
Grey PVC
IO
AT
Asbestos
Blue PVC
AL
Pipe or cable
Natural PVC
Telecoms
EG
Yellow PVC
All plastic, polythene and polyvinylchloride pipes are shown above as PVC.
The following points should be noted:
(a)
black PVC must always be assumed to be live electricity until proved otherwise
(b)
all cast iron and steel must be assumed to be carrying gas until proved otherwise
(c)
ducts may well contain any one of the services, irrespective of type or colour of the
duct.
Once the approximate location of a service has been identified using all available information
(including plans, marker posts and other indicators and detectors), trial holes should be dug
carefully by hand to establish the exact location and depth of the service.
Where two holes are dug at intervals, it should not be assumed that the service runs in a
straight line between them, or that it runs at a consistent depth.
Mechanical excavators and power tools should not be used within 0.5 metres in any direction
of the indicated line of a service, unless prior agreement on a safe system of work has been
reached with the service owner. Power tools may be used to break paved surfaces, but great
QCS 2014
care must be taken to avoid over penetration, since a service may have been laid at an
unusually shallow depth, especially in the vicinity of buildings or other services. Power tools
must never be used directly over the indicated line of a cable unless it has been made dead
or steps have been taken to prevent damage.
4
Buried services that cross the route of an excavation must be supported as necessary. It is
also necessary to ensure that the method used to support the sides of an excavation allow
for the protrusion of buried services through the excavation's sides.
(b)
Assume the presence of services when digging, even though nothing is shown on
plans.
(c)
Use detection devices and keep a close watch for signs of buried services, such as
marker tape or tiles.
(d)
Although there are recommended minimum depths for all services, they may be closer
to the surface than normal, especially in the vicinity of works, structures, or other
services.
(e)
Markers such as plastic tape, tiles, slabs or battens may have been displaced and will
not indicate the exact location of the buried service.
(f)
Some electric cables and water pipes look alike, as do some gas pipes and water
pipes. Ensure each pipe is properly identified before starting work on them.
(g)
Services could be easily damaged by a fork or a pickaxe forced into the ground, but
careful use of spades and shovels enables services to be safely uncovered.
(h)
(i)
(j)
If an excavator or digger is being used near any service, take extra care to prevent
accidental damage. Where possible, no one should be near the digger bucket while it
is digging.
(k)
Ensure the excavator operator and others excavating are informed of the presence of
suspected services.
(l)
If the service is embedded in concrete or paving material, the owner should deenergise it, otherwise make it safe or approve a safe system of work before it is
broken out.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(m)
Always assume closed, capped, sealed, loose or pot-ended services are live or
charged, not dead or abandoned, until proved otherwise.
(n)
Follow the guidelines and advice issued by the electricity, gas, water and
telecommunication industries.
Piling and drilling, thrust boring, bore holing and augering must not start until all the
necessary steps and precautions have been taken and a safe system of work has been
devised and implemented.
QCS 2014
Services across a trench or along a trench above the bottom should be supported by slings
or props, to avoid unnecessary stresses. In case of doubt, advice should be sought from the
utilities or the owner.
Cables and services must never be used as jacking or anchorage points, or as footholds or
climbing points. If a service pipe or cable needs to be moved to allow work to progress, the
owner should be consulted and advice sought.
IO
AL
TE
AT
IN
do not attempt to leave your cab. Stay put until you are told the cable has been made safe
10
11
Note: Some cables are automatically re-energised by the local sub-station after a short time
following the supply tripping out due to damage. Do not assume that a damaged cable will
remain dead.
12
Beware of old pot-ended cables and pot joints; these are easily damaged if moved. Always
consult the service provider before touching such apparatus.
EG
14
QCS 2014
Backfilling
15
Surplus concrete, hard core, rock, rubble and flint must never be tipped onto a service
while backfilling a trench or hole, since it may result in damage.
16
Selected backfill material should be adequately settled and compacted, with care being
taken to avoid mechanical shocks to the service pipe or cable. Warning tapes, tiles, etc.
should be placed above the service at about 300 mm. When gas service pipes have been
exposed, advice on backfill should be sought from the gas company.
Emergency works
17
Emergency works and excavations usually mean that there is no time for planning or
contacting each of the utilities.
18
(b)
(c)
(d)
N
IO
AT
AL
(a)
Where it is appropriate, a formal Permit to Work system should be employed, with a Permit
to Dig being issued, duly signed by a competent person. Those engaged on the work can
then see exactly what has been done, what is expected of them and what precautions they
must take. The permit also allows the person in control of the works to authorise excavation
to proceed only when they are satisfied that the conditions of the permit have been met.
20
IN
TE
19
EG
Conclusion
PLAN... LOCATE... DIG...
Plan the work to be done, including the risk assessment, using all available sources of
information. Contact the utility companies and owners of services for information and advice
on procedures and continue to liaise with them.
22
Locate the buried service before digging or excavation starts. Use all available information;
look for indicators or markers and other signs; use detectors and locators, and dig trial holes.
23
Dig using a safe method of work (Permit to Work systems whenever possible); observe the
rules in respect of the use of mechanical diggers and power tools. Ensure that all services
are identified positively. Do not make assumptions about the number, type or exact location
of services.
21
QCS 2014
These guidelines, reflect utility practice in the UK. However, operators must not assume that
any mains or services encountered will conform to the recommendations for positioning or
colour coding detailed in this appendix.
Pipe/Duct Identification
Issue 4, dated 8 January 2009
The pipe or duct may have the owning utility's name stamped upon it.
Colour of Duct/Pipe/Cable Buried in Ground
Duct
Pipe
Cable
N/A
Black or red
Black or red
N/A
Black or red
Gas
Yellow
N/A
Water -Firefighting
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Black
N/A
EG
IN
TE
N/A
Black
No distinguishing
N/A
colour/ material (e.g.
Ductile Iron may be
red; PVC may be
brown)
N/A
Telecoms
Grey
White
Green
Black
Purple
N/A
Various
Water
Blue or grey
Blue or Blue/black
N/A
Blue or blue/black
Sewerage
AT
IO
AL
Utility
N/A
QCS 2014
Cable
Tape
N/A
Black
Purple
N/A
Purple
Orange
N/A
Black or orange
Various
Traffic control
Orange
N/A
Orange
Yellow withblacklegend
Street furniture
Black
N/A
Black
Yellow withblacklegend
Telecoms
Purple/orange
N/A
Black
Various
Communications
Purple
N/A
Grey
Communications power
Purple
N/A
Black
Road lighting
Orange
N/A
Black
Communications
Black or grey
N/A
Road lighting
Purple
N/A
TE
IN
EG
Yellow withblacklegend
Yellow withblacklegend
Yellow withblacklegend
Black
Yellow withblacklegend
Purple
Yellow withblacklegend
Scotland
AL
Pipe
IO
Duct
AT
QCS 2014
AL
Essential procedures
AT
IO
Yes
No
Comments
TE
IN
EG
Name:..................................
Signature:..................................
.Date:.....................
Time:....................
QCS 2014
I am satisfied that the precautions identified on the previous page are satisfactory to enable the
excavation to be undertaken safely*
I am NOT satisfied that the precautions identified on the previous page are satisfactory to enable the
excavation to be undertaken safely and require the additional precautions / work outlined below to be
undertaken before excavation work commences*
*Delete as appropriate
AT
IO
AL
Name:............................Signature:...................................Date:.....................Time:....................
Additional precautions / work necessary prior to commencement:
TE
IN
I am NOT satisfied that the precautions identified on the previous page are satisfactory to enable the
excavation to be undertaken safely and require the additional precautions / work outlined below to be
undertaken before excavation work commences*
EG
*Delete as appropriate
Name:............................Signature:...................................Date:.....................Time:....................
Additional work that is necessary to enable this permit to be cancelled:
Name:............................Signature:...................................Date:.....................Time:....................
QCS 2014
Lone Working
Lone working must be avoided whenever it may put the health or safety of any person at an
unacceptable level of risk.
Anyone working alone, for example a single person working in a lift shaft, is a lone worker
even if there are other people on site.
The suitability of the job and the person who will undertake the work must both be taken into
account to establish whether lone working is advisable.
A suitable and effective system of checks to confirm the continued wellbeing of the lone
worker must be put in place.
The risk assessment might indicate the need for a rescue plan.
Resist the urge to carry out unplanned lone working, for example the two members of a
maintenance team separating so that one of them can fix an unexpected fault, unless it is
proved safe to do so.
AT
IO
AL
1.5.2.2 Introduction
Before lone working is permitted, the risks of a single worker carrying out the task must be
assessed. The findings of the risk assessment must demonstrate that the person would not
be at a greater level of risk than if accompanied.
Contractors have responsibilities for the health and safety of their employees and other
people who might be affected by the Contractors work activities. Whilst legal duties are also
placed upon employees, the Contractor still retains the legal duty to ensure the wellbeing of
the employees.
Lone workers are people who work by themselves without any close or direct supervision.
As far as construction industry activities are concerned, they are likely to be people who:
(a)
EG
IN
TE
work on their own in a part of the site that is otherwise occupied by other people
(b)
(c)
work alone in premises which are remote from the site, such as company offices or a
builder's yard
(d)
All of the requirements listed below could have implications when considering the need or
advisability for someone to work alone.
QCS 2014
(a)
protect the health, safety and welfare at work of all their employees
(b)
provide and maintain plant and systems of work that are safe and without risk to
health
(c)
ensure safety and absence of risks in the use, handling, storage and transport of
articles and substances
(d)
(e)
provide adequate supervision and training, as is necessary, to ensure the health and
safety of their employees
(f)
provide and maintain a safe and healthy place of work, with safe access and egress
(g)
provide and maintain a working environment that is safe and without risks to health
and is adequate with regard to welfare facilities and arrangements for welfare at work.
(a)
AL
AT
to exercise reasonable care for the health and safety of themselves or others who may
be affected by their acts or omissions at work
(b)
to co-operate with the Contractor, as far as may be necessary, to enable them (the
Contractor) to carry out their legal duties in health and safety matters.
(a)
TE
IO
Duties of employees
IN
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractors duty to put control
measures into place in order either to eliminate the hazard or, where this is not possible, to
reduce the risks of injury or ill health arising from the hazards, as far as is reasonably
practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty to tell their Contractor of any work situation which they
believe presents a risk to themselves or to others, or of any matter which affects the health
and safety of themselves or other persons.
10
Also of importance with regard to lone working are the requirements on the Contractor to:
EG
(a)
establish contacts with external services, for example the emergency services
(b)
provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on any risks that
exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce those
risks
(c)
(d)
provide adequate training for anyone involved in any aspect of lone working (including
QCS 2014
11
Arising out of the risk assessment for lone working the Contractor may decide that there is a
need to:
(a)
(b)
Before the job starts, the following factors must be considered as part of assessing the risks
of carrying out lone working.
The job
AL
Job factors that must be taken into account when considering whether the risks of lone
working are acceptable include the following:
Does the place of work and the job to be carried out present more unacceptable risks
to the health and safety of a lone worker than it would for, say, a gang of two workers?
(b)
Can the lone worker enter and exit from the place of work safely, including exiting
quickly and safely in an emergency?
(c)
Can all equipment, plant and substances used be safely handled by one person?
(d)
(e)
AT
IO
(a)
There may be circumstances in which unplanned lone working takes place when, for
example, one person decides to separate from workmates to investigate a fault or sort out a
problem. Depending on the working environment, these situations have the potential to put
the health or safety of the 'lone worker' at significant risk. The findings of the risk assessment
should indicate the potential risks arising from one member of a team becoming separated
from workmates.
If such a situation could arise, managers and supervisors must ensure that clear instructions
are given about the need for 'team members to stick together'.
The person
5
EG
IN
TE
The suitability of the person who will undertake the work has to be considered when deciding
whether lone working is safe. Questions to be asked and satisfactorily answered as part of
the risk assessment include the following.
(a)
Given that there will be no direct supervision, has the person who will carry out the job
received adequate training and instruction to do it safely?
(b)
Does the person have sufficient experience to be able to recognise an unsafe situation
developing which necessitates leaving the place of work?
(c)
Does the person know how to inform others, and who to inform if an unsafe situation
develops?
(d)
Considering both routine work and a possible emergency situation, does the person
have a medical condition that might make them unsuitable for lone working?
(e)
Does the person require and possess a particular level of physical fitness to carry out
the work?
(f)
QCS 2014
The risks
6
A wide range of work activities can be classified as lone working, not all of which present
unacceptable risks. For example, it could be argued that a lone worker travelling to an
otherwise unoccupied part of a highway construction site, in a serviceable and suitable
vehicle, is at far less risk than a lone worker entering an underground chamber after normal
working hours.
The findings of a thorough assessment of the risks arising out of proposed lone working will
indicate whether it is safe to proceed.
An assessment of the risks arising from carrying out work which involves the following
common construction activities might indicate that lone working is not acceptable:
working at height
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
working with, or close to, other sources of other potentially hazardous energy
(f)
using any substance that could deplete the level of oxygen or otherwise result in
reduced awareness or loss of consciousness
(g)
any hot-works
(h)
(i)
entering ductwork
(j)
working over or near to water or other fluids in which a person could drown
(k)
the operation of any equipment such as power saws, misuse of which could lead to
severe bleeding
(l)
the operation of any engine-driven equipment that emits toxic exhaust fumes
(m)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Control measures
9
The health and safety of anyone who is working alone should not be put at a higher level of
risk than if working with other people.
10
This may require that extra risk-control measures are taken, for example:
(a)
ensuring that the lone worker is competent to carry out the work
(b)
a permit to work which clearly defines the limits of the work allowed and the
time within which it must be completed, and/or
(ii)
a method statement
(c)
(d)
the lone worker contacts another person at prearranged intervals, the frequency
of checking-in depending upon the urgency of response if the lone worker fails
to 'check-in'; or
QCS 2014
(e)
supplying the lone worker with a manual alarm system or one which operates
automatically by the absence of activity (see below)
(f)
providing the lone worker with a 'travelling' first-aid kit and possibly (if indicated by the
findings of the risk assessment) first-aid training
(g)
establishing a trained rescue person or team and practising the rescue procedure.
Alarm systems
Automatic alarms, also known as 'man down' alarms, have been in use in hazardous
industries such as petrochemicals for some time. This equipment also has its uses for lone
workers in the construction industry. Although the alarm can be triggered manually by a lone
worker who is in distress or danger, depending on the type, they can be automatically
triggered by:
a lack of motion for a pre-set period of time
(b)
a tilt switch which typically operates after a short delay if the unit is tilted beyond 45
from the vertical.
AL
(a)
the 'base station' where the alarm system is received is staffed continually whilst lone
working is taking place
(b)
(c)
a prompt rescue can be initiated by a trained rescue person or team, depending upon
the circumstances.
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
12
IO
11
QCS 2014
that there are any particularly hazardous aspects of the job that might make it unsafe
for lone working?
(b)
that lone working significantly increases the risks to the person doing the job?
(c)
Will the lone worker be able to cope with all the physical aspects of the Job without
assistance?
Do the physical characteristics of the place of work make it suitable for lone working and
emergency evacuation?
Can the person selected for lone working follow a method statement when unsupervised?
10
11
12
13
N
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
(a)
14
AL
15
16
17
Does the lone worker have a medical condition that might increase the risks to their health or
safety?
18
Does the lone worker require a 'travelling' first-aid kit and first-aid training?
19
QCS 2014
Buried cables, and those inside partition walls or other 'hidden places', are just waiting for
the unwary to accidentally damage the cable and cause themselves serious injury or even
death.
The electrical distribution systems found on site tend to operate in a harsh environment and
must be treated with care and respect.
No-one other than a qualified electrician must alter the site distribution system.
Ideally, apart from mains-powered equipment in site offices, all other powered equipment
such as electrical hand tools will run off a 110 volt supply.
The safest electrically powered tools and equipment are those that run off batteries.
IO
AT
Section 9 of the QCS covers mechanical/electrical equipment and Section 21 covers electrical
works.
Note:
AL
1.5.3.2 Introduction
Unlike most other hazards which can be seen, felt or heard there is no advance warning of
danger from electricity; and electricity can kill.
Electricity and electrical installations on construction sites must always be treated with the
utmost care and be under the control and supervision of experienced competent persons.
Hazards arise through faulty installations, lack of maintenance and abuse of equipment.
Electric shock is a major hazard. The severity of the shock will depend on the level of electric
current, and the duration of the contact.
At low levels of current, about 1 milliamp, the effect may be only an unpleasant tingle but
enough to cause loss of balance or a fall. An electrical current of about 10 milliamps can
cause muscular spasm and loss of control. Higher levels of electric current of 50 milliamps or
above, for a period of about one second, can cause fibrillation of the heart which can be
lethal.
Electric shock also causes burning of the skin at the points of contact.
EG
IN
TE
Contact between phase and neutral conductors (as the body is likely to have less electrical
QCS 2014
The majority of electrical accidents happen because people are working on or close to
equipment which is either:
(a)
(b)
known to be live, but workers have not received adequate training, lack adequate
equipment or have not taken adequate precautions.
It cannot be emphasised too strongly that the installation, maintenance and repair of
electrical services must only be carried out by a competent, qualified electrician.
Electric shock is not the only hazard. The very high temperature that results from electric
arcing can produce severe and deep-seated burns. An electric arc also produces intense
ultraviolet radiation which can damage the eyes (arc eye).
An electrical short circuit or the use of unstable or badly maintained equipment can ignite
flammable materials, resulting in a fire or explosion.
AL
IO
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity to identify any hazard that employees or any other person
might encounter as a result of the work being carried out.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is - then the Contractors duty to put control
measures into place, to either eliminate the hazards or, where this is not possible, reduce the
risk of injury or ill health resulting from those hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and of any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any work
situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or to any other person
who may be affected.
In the context of this module, the risk assessment should include consideration of:
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
the possibility of anyone coming into contact with live electrical equipment at a
dangerous voltage
(b)
the control measures that must be put in place to ensure that no one is injured by
coming into contact with live electrical equipment at a dangerous voltage, for example
a Permit to Work system
(c)
the training and competence of any person who may have to work in the vicinity of live
electrical supplies.
These Regulations require that a Contractor only supplies work equipment that is correct and
suitable for the job and ensures that the equipment is maintained and kept in good working
order.
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to competent and specified workers.
QCS 2014
(b)
each item of work equipment can be effectively isolated from all sources of energy
(c)
the Contractor provides employees with adequate information, instruction, training and
supervision to be able to carry out any work task safely and without risk to their health.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
QCS 2014
10
These Regulations place health and safety responsibilities on the client, designers,
contractor and provide a framework for the management of risks, including electrical risks.
11
The client must ensure that all designers and all contractors appointed by the client, or likely
to be, are promptly provided with all relevant information that the client has in relation to the
health and safety risks arising from the project.
12
In the context of this section, this information could cover, for example, the existence of
buried electrical services or live electrical circuits in a building that is about to undergo
renovation.
13
The client must ensure that the Engineer promptly supplies the relevant information to the
contractor and all designers.
14
Given the hazardous nature of electricity, it is difficult to see how identifying the location of
live electrical services could be anything other than relevant.
15
These Regulations require that where there is a danger from electrical power cables they
must be:
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
where neither of the above two options are 'reasonably practicable', erect suitable
warning notices and:
IN
TE
(a)
(ii)
(e)
(iii)
EG
(i)
construction work that is liable to create a risk to health or safety from underground
services must not commence unless all reasonably practicable steps have been taken
to avoid damaging or disturbing them.
Electricity at Work
16
These Regulations apply to all situations involving electricity, at any place of work, and place
legal obligations on both Contractors and employees.
17
(b)
All work activity on or near a system, including operation, use or maintenance, shall be
carried out, so far as it is reasonably practicable, so as not to give rise to any danger.
(c)
Any equipment provided to protect people while they are at work on, or near, any
electrical equipment shall be suitable for use and properly maintained.
QCS 2014
(i) 'System' includes every part of the system or installation, all conductors and
electrical equipment, whether the system is electrically alive or dead.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(iv) 'Injury' means death or any injury caused by electricity. This covers electric
shock, electric burns, fires, arcing or explosions caused by electricity.
The strength and capability of electrical equipment must not be exceeded in such a way as
may give rise to any danger.
19
All electrical equipment which may be exposed to the following must be constructed, or
protected to prevent, so far as reasonably practicable, any danger arising from:
mechanical damage
(b)
(c)
(d)
AT
IO
(a)
AL
18
Note: 'Technical knowledge and experience' means that the person must be competent to do
their job. To be considered competent a person needs:
adequate knowledge of electricity
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
knowledge of the hazards that might arise and the precautions that need to be taken
(j)
20
Electricity supply
EG
IN
TE
(e)
The supply of electricity on construction sites will normally be provided by one or both of the
following:
(a)
(b)
Public supply
21
written application being made to the local electricity company, as soon as possible at
the planning stage
(b)
the name, address, and telephone number of the main contractor and developer,
giving the full site address and a location plan
(c)
details of the maximum demand load (in kilowatts) which is likely to be required during
construction
(d)
details of the maximum final demand load (in kilowatts) which will be required when
the job is complete
QCS 2014
(e)
(f)
(g)
the establishment of supply points (where incoming cables will terminate), switch gear,
metering equipment and requirements for earthing.
Generators
Generators (even if for stand-by purposes) may be required, and will be powered by petrol or
diesel engines. Attention should be given to the siting of such equipment in order to minimise
pollution caused by noise and fumes.
23
Any private generating plant must be installed in accordance with BS 7375. You are advised
to seek advice from the local electricity company.
24
If the generator will produce over 55 volts AC, it must be effectively earthed. A competent
person should test the effectiveness of the earth.
25
The principle of low voltages and their advantages should be considered further where
portable generators are used on site.
26
Not all portable generators available for use on site have the 110 voltage output centre
tapped to earth. This is particularly true of generators which have dual voltage selectable.
This is important as the whole concept of using 110 volts on site is that by centre tapping to
earth, the maximum voltage to which anyone is exposed is only 55 volts. Most people can
survive a shock of 55 volts. If the supply is not centre tapped to earth, anyone receiving a
shock will be exposed to the full 110 volts.
27
The metal framing of the generating set should be bonded to the metalwork of the site
distribution system, where there is one.
28
The use of generators in excess of 10 kVA may require advice from a specialist electrical
contractor.
29
30
Generally, electricity supplies above 33,000 volts are routed overhead. Supplies below this
voltage may be either overhead or underground.
31
Overhead lines are normally uninsulated and can be lethal if contact, or near contact, is
made. Electric arcs may jump a considerable distance. Care should be taken when dumping,
tipping waste, regrading, landscaping, or when in planned or unplanned storage areas, not to
reduce these minimum clearances.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
22
The local electricity company must be consulted before any work starts and a safe system of
work must be devised and implemented.
33
Other suppliers may also need to be consulted, for example, Qatar General Electricity &
Water Corporation and other electricity companies.
34
For some jobs, it may be necessary for the electricity supplier to isolate or re-route overhead
cables to enable the work to proceed.
35
Practical steps that can be taken to prevent danger from any live electrical cable or
apparatus include the placing of substantial and highly visible barriers.
QCS 2014
36
If access is only required from one side of a power line, then a barrier, on that side only, will
suffice. If the overhead line crosses the site, barriers will be required on both sides of it. If
there is a danger to people carrying metal scaffold poles, ladders or other conducting
objects, the barrier should exclude both people and mobile plant.
37
(b)
a tension wire fence, earthed at both ends, with flags on the wire. The fence is earthed
in consultation with the electricity company, or
(c)
large steel drums (for example 200-litre oil drums) filled with rubble or concrete, and
placed at frequent intervals, or
(d)
an earth bank, not less than 1 m high and marked by posts to stop vehicles, or
(e)
Fences, posts and oil drums should be made as distinctive as possible by being painted with
red and white stripes. As an alternative, red and white plastic warning flags or hazard
bunting should be used on wire fences.
39
There should be a general rule prohibiting the storage of materials in the area between the
overhead lines and the ground-level barriers. Precautions are necessary even though work
in the vicinity of the line may be of short duration.
AT
IO
AL
38
Before doing any work on site, consult the local electricity company. They will normally
arrange a site meeting and advise on heights, distances and other precautions.
(b)
It must be assumed that all overhead lines and cables are live unless advised
otherwise by the electricity company.
(c)
All work should be carried out under the direct supervision of a responsible supervisor,
appointed by the Contractor, who is familiar with the hazards likely to be encountered.
TE
(a)
EG
If mobile cranes or excavators are used, the minimum distance from the ground level barrier
to the line should be 9 m if on wood or metal poles, 15 m if on pylons PLUS the length of the
jib or boom.
40
IN
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
(b)
All plant, cranes and excavators may be modified with suitable physical restraints to
limit their operations, where applicable.
(c)
(d)
IN
TE
(a)
Where it is necessary to work beneath live overhead lines, additional precautions will be
required to prevent the upward movement of ladders, scaffold poles, crane jibs or excavator
buckets.
41
EG
Note: If any work takes place after dark, notices and crossbars should be illuminated. The
height will be specified by the electricity company.
Damage to live underground cables during excavation work is the cause of a number of
accidents resulting in injuries and disruption of supplies. There have been occasions when
such accidents have been fatal. The electricity company should be consulted before the
commencement of any work that may result in the exposure of or damage to, underground
electricity cables.
43
Technology such as ground penetrating radar has improved cable identification significantly
and there is now very little excuse for hitting underground cables.
44
It is essential that all those involved, particularly machine operators, are aware of the
hazards.
45
ensure that employees have proper and safe work procedures and are working under
QCS 2014
(c)
obtain advice on the location and ownership of any underground electricity cables
(d)
check plans to establish cable routes, as well as their depth and voltage
(e)
use cable location devices where necessary and mark cable routes
(f)
(g)
CAT will usually only locate energised cables and so a signal generator may have to
be used in conjunction with the CAT to find the cable (CAT and genny as it is known).
During excavation:
regard all buried cables as live. Do not assume that pot-ended cables are dead or
disused
(b)
(c)
do not use excavators and power tools within 0.5 m of the indicated line of the cable
(d)
(e)
ensure exposed cables are supported and protected against damage. They should not
be used as hand and footholds
(f)
consult the local electricity company (Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation) in
all cases of doubt.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Many incidents occur where people are asked to hand dig through concrete, tarmac and
other compressed surfaces, and have to resort to using bars and picks. Consequently,
cables are hit and penetrated. Alternatively, they persuade the excavator driver to dig a bit
closer to the cable to reduce the amount of hand digging that they have to do. It is important
to understand and be aware of situations where these so called 'human factors' may make
an incident more likely.
EG
IN
TE
47
46
(b)
Site distribution
48
As a first general guide, all wiring should conform to BS 7671: Requirements for Electrical
QCS 2014
All switch gear should be freely accessible and capable of being locked in the 'off position.
50
51
Site offices and other accommodation should be a standard installation to the current BS
7671: Requirements for Electrical Installation.
Distribution equipment
Electrical equipment must be manufactured to a standard which prevents, for example, the
ingress of fingers, tools, dust or moisture as appropriate, depending upon the nature of the
hazard. This is particularly important where electrical distribution equipment is to be sited
outdoors, where the ingress of water and to a lesser extent, dust could be a problem.
53
(b)
IP 54 - is protected against the ingress of dust (no harmful deposits) and low pressure
jets of water (limited ingress).
AT
IO
(a)
Electrical distribution equipment obtained from reputable suppliers or hire companies will
conform to the necessary British or International standards.
54
AL
52
TE
Site accommodation
Site offices and welfare facilities are the only locations where electrical equipment that runs
off a 230 volt supply should be in use. The electrical supply panel for such facilities must
incorporate a residual current device (RCD) in each circuit.
56
The correct operation of each RCD must be confirmed weekly by operating the 'TEST'
button.
57
The incoming electrical supply to site accommodation must be properly designed and be
installed and commissioned by competent electrical contractors.
58
All portable electrical equipment must be electrical safety (PAT tested) at appropriate
intervals as decided by a competent person. This includes:
EG
IN
55
(a)
(b)
(c)
small items, such as chargers for site radios and battery-powered tools.
59
All units for site use should comply with BS 4363 and installations with BS 7375. Plugs,
sockets and couplers must conform to BS EN 60309-2.
60
Ratings up to 300 amps per phase. These units include main switch gear and metering
equipment.
QCS 2014
63
A combined supply incoming and distribution unit (SIDU) may be used in some installations.
AT
IO
AL
62
TE
TU 1 single-phase 230 volts - 110 volts TU 3 three-phase 415 volts - 110 volts
65
Transformer units are available with different outlet ratings, i.e. 16, 32 or 60 amps. Some units have socket outlets switched through miniature circuit-breakers for added protection.
66
Such transformer units can be used for portable tools and plant, and general floor lighting.
(a)
(b)
67
EG
IN
64
Such outlet units can be used for portable tools, floodlighting and extension outlets. They are
not usually protected by circuit-breakers.
68
(a)
(b)
16 amp
Such units can be used for portable tools, local lighting and hand lamps. They are not
usually protected by circuit-breakers.
Markings
69
All supply, distribution and transformer units should be marked with the warning sign shown
below from BS 5378 Safety signs and colours.
QCS 2014
A supplementary sign with the word DANGER, and indicating the highest voltage likely to be
present, should be placed below the warning sign.
AL
70
IO
All metal parts of the distribution systems and fixed appliances not carrying a current must
be effectively earthed in accordance with BS 7430 Code of Practice for Earthing, to either:
the metallic sheath and armouring of the incoming supply cable
(b)
(c)
AT
(a)
71
Earthing
73
74
Monitored earthing systems are recommended for all transportable plant operating at any
voltage above 110 volts and supplied with flexible cables. In these systems, a very low
voltage current circulates continuously in the earthing circuit. If this circuit is broken or
interrupted, the supply to the plant is automatically cut off until the earth path is made
effective.
EG
IN
TE
72
Only components to BS EN 60309-2 should be used. This covers both single and threephase supplies and is intended to prevent plugs designed for one voltage being connected to
sockets of another. This is achieved by different positions of the key-way in plug and socket.
Examples
76
Accessories should be marked with the maximum rated operating voltage and current.
QCS 2014
25
50
110-130
220-230
318-415
500-750
1.5.3.5 Cables
In all site offices, workshops, huts and similar premises, wiring, which is of permanent
nature, should comply with BS 7671: Requirements for Electrical Installation.
AL
AT
IO
IN
TE
Neutral
Blue (previously black)
Earth will remain Green/Yellow
Phase 1
Brown (previously red)
Phase 2
Black (previously yellow)
Phase 3
Grey (previously blue)
Many cables and flexes in the new colours are already in use, but this recent change further
emphasises the need to use competent electricians for all cabling and wiring work, if
electrical accidents are to be avoided.
More information on the changes can be found in a promotional leaflet that can be accessed
at www.iee.org/publish/wireregs/cablecol.cfm
EG
(a)
Cables that carry more than 65 volts (with respect to earth) should have a continuous
armour or sheath, which is effectively earthed. (This requirement does not apply to arc
welding processes.)
(b)
Where trailing cables are used, sheathing must be earthed in addition to the normal
earth conductor.
All cables should have an overall protective sheathing. The three most common types in use
are:
(a)
tough rubber sheathing (TRS), resistant to wear and abrasion. Not used near solvents
or oils
(b)
polyvinyl chloride (PVC). For site office and permanent work. Not suitable for outside
work at low temperature
(c)
QCS 2014
Buried cables
7
(b)
(c)
(b)
(c)
AL
IO
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AT
(a)
TE
Suspended cables
1.5.3.6 Installations
Any work or alterations to the installation may only be undertaken by a competent person.
The installation should conform with BS 7671: Requirements for Electrical Installation, and
BS 7375 Code of Practice for the distribution of electricity on construction and building sites.
EG
IN
General
4
All installations should comply with these Regulations as for permanent installations, with
good workmanship and the use of correct materials.
Testing
5
Every installation should be tested in accordance with BS 7671: Requirements for Electrical
Installation, before use on site, at three-monthly intervals or shorter periods if necessary.
(a)
The record of any testing and inspections should be made by a responsible person on
the appropriate certificates.
(b)
a visual inspection
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
QCS 2014
(vi)
polarity
(vii)
(viii)
the correct operation of residual current devices and fault voltage operated
protective devices.
Weekly inspections should be made of the whole system, including all portable electric tools.
Records should also be kept of all these inspections.
Annual portable appliance testing of electrical equipment used in offices is recommended especially for items with heavy usage, for example, kettles, microwaves, photocopiers.
Power requirements
The calculation for power requirements should be left to an experienced person or to the
electricity supply company.
To enable the total site requirements to be established, a site demand table listing items of
plant, equipment and general site requirements should be completed. (See Appendix 4. This
appendix also contains a guide to voltages required for typical plant.)
10
When calculating the demand, it is permissible to allow a diversity factor (assuming not all
appliances will be in use at the same time), and a figure of not more than 50% is generally
acceptable. Care should be taken to ensure that items such as lighting and heating remain at
their full rated value, because heaters used in huts and drying rooms, or for water and
cooking apparatus, tend to be left on.
AT
IO
AL
TE
Work on site
The activities of contractors and others installing electrical equipment, lifts, heating,
ventilation, and so on, must be carefully monitored to ensure that they do not jeopardise
electrical safety or leave an installation in a dangerous condition.
12
EG
IN
11
Wherever possible, battery-powered or 110 volt powered equipment should be used for
reasons of electrical safety. However, on rare occasions, it may be necessary to use mains
(230 volt) operated equipment on site, possibly because 110 volt variants are not available.
Electrical equipment used in site offices will invariably be mains operated. As previously
stated, the use of low voltage equipment is preferred due to the potentially deadly nature of
230 volt equipment in the event of a fault.
14
Where the use of mains powered equipment is inevitable, additional safety precautions must
be taken. The supply must be protected by the use of a residual current device (RCD).
Under fault conditions, these devices detect an imbalance in the current in the circuit and
disconnect the supply before the person at risk can receive a potentially fatal electric shock.
16
Those that are fitted as part of an electrical distribution system and, for example, are
found within the supply panel for a site office. This type of RCD can only be installed
QCS 2014
(b)
Plug-in RCDs (commonly known as 'power-breakers') that are plugged into a mains
supply socket and which have an in-built socket into which an individual mains
powered electrical tool or other appliance is plugged.
17
Both types of RCD have a test button that simulates a fault and operates the device. The
correct operation of the test button should be checked daily.
18
(b)
RCDs are delicate devices and should be treated with care. Advice on suitable RCDs
for construction sites should be sought from manufacturers or suppliers
(c)
(d)
the device does not have a fail-safe feature and will not give an indication if it is faulty.
AL
RCDs do not reduce current flow or the voltage, only the time that the current flows
(about 30 milliseconds), and thereby the severity of the shock
It cannot be stressed strongly enough that every attempt should be made to use battery
powered tools or 110 volt powered tools where practical and possible. The use of mains
powered equipment, apart from situations like site offices, should be avoided wherever
possible.
IO
19
(a)
All portable and hand-held electric tools should be selected according to the principles of risk
control. For example, where there is a very high risk of electric shock due to site conditions,
the use of pneumatic equipment will eliminate the risk.
20
AT
IN
A reduced low voltage system, i.e. virtually safe, which is recommended as the safest type of
system for building and construction sites, is one where the phase to earth voltage does not
exceed:
55 volts to earth in the case of a single-phase centre tapped to earth supply
(b)
63.5 volts to earth in the case of a three-phase neutral point earthed supply.
EG
(a)
21
TE
Reduced voltage systems for use with portable and hand-held electric tools
22
The maximum recommended voltage to earth for a reduced low voltage system is stated as
65 volts. Both of these systems will offer a phase to phase voltage of 110 volts for supplying
power tools on site.
23
A reduced low voltage system will eliminate the risk of death from a phase to earth shock in
the majority of situations. Other safer systems, for example, compressed air or battery
power, should be considered when working in confined spaces or damp conditions.
110 volt systems that are not centre tapped or neutral point earthed can be just as lethal as a
230 volt system in phase to earth faults. In certain situations, even reduced low voltages are
not safe.
25
The maximum voltage for portable and hand-held electric tools should be 110 volt centre
tapped to earth. Flexible cables should be kept as short as possible, frequently checked for
damage and properly repaired as necessary.
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
Combined inspection and test before first use and thereafter three-monthly.
Insulating tape by itself is neither a legal nor satisfactory repair, either on conductors or the
cable sheath.
Long leads which trail over the ground or floor and so create a tripping hazard must be
avoided. Care must be taken in the use of cable drums or reels, as internal cable
terminations may become loose. They can overheat and cause a fire. Drums and reels
should be inspected regularly for signs of damage or wear.
All insulated or double-insulated tools manufactured in accordance with BS 2754, and with
the recognised symbol attached, give extra protection against the danger of electric shock.
IO
AL
AT
1.5.3.8 Fuses
Fuses can blow through ageing as the internal fuse wire sags and eventually breaks.
However, fuses usually blow for other reasons; usually due to a fault in a piece of equipment.
The reason should be investigated and rectified before a fuse is replaced. If a second fuse
blows immediately the power is switched on, the equipment is defective and no further
attempt should be made to use it.
Nails, screws, wire or silver paper must never be used to replace fuses.
It is very dangerous.
1.5.3.9 Lighting
EG
IN
TE
The colour and nature of any artificial lighting must not adversely affect, or change the
perception of the colour of any safety sign.
Where the failure of the primary artificial lighting would create a risk to health or safety of the
person(s) at work, secondary lighting must be provided.
There are many different types of lighting, each with its own most suitable application.
Advice should be sought in order to obtain the best light for a particular place, considering
such factors as colour rendition, humidity, flammable or explosive atmosphere.
Handlamps
5
Handlamps must never be run from a 230 volt supply. They should be used on 110 volts or
lower, and preferably from a safety extra low voltage (SELV) supply.
QCS 2014
The use of extra low voltage handlamps, even down to 12 volts, does not give any protection
against fire or explosion in flammable or potentially explosive atmospheres if the bulb is
broken. In such hazardous areas, only lamps to BS EN 60079-14 should be used.
Special care is needed in sumps and pits, where petrol, LPG fumes or other flammable gas
might collect. All electrical equipment should be BASEEFA approved.
In confined spaces, boilers, tunnels, cramped locations or other hostile damp or humid
atmospheres, lamps supplied should work at 25 volts.
Levels of illumination
Illumination is measured in units of lumens or lux, which is the amount of light falling on one
square metre.
11
Light meters are used to check levels of illumination. Illumination should be measured at the
workplace, not at the light fitting.
12
There are certain factors which can affect the efficiency of lighting, such as:
the amount of daylight available
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AT
IO
(a)
(a)
(b)
EG
securely mounted at a height that will avoid damage to the lights whilst giving the
required level of illumination
14
IN
TE
13
AL
10
(c)
(d)
adaptable, remembering that 50 to 100% more light is required for people over 40
years of age
(e)
(f)
(g)
treated as a heat source, with the possibility of burns or fire hazards, particularly with
halogen lighting units.
Site lighting
15
(b)
fittings should be mounted on poles; towers and high masts must be securely stayed
QCS 2014
(c)
fittings should usually be spaced at not more than two or three times the mounting
height
(d)
230 volts is generally accepted for fixed floodlighting, mounted well above ground
(e)
(f)
Dust and dirt on lights can absorb up to 20% of their output and cleaning is often costeffective in maintaining adequate levels of lighting for both working and safety. However,
there may be access issues to overcome.
AT
IO
AL
16
IN
(b)
Small sources of light tend to produce shadows; they should be used with a diffuser or
be hung in rows.
(c)
EG
(a)
17
TE
(d)
(e)
Dispersive lighting
18
This is used over working areas, walkways, ladder access and stairs.
19
Types include dispersive, cargo cluster, fluorescent trough, wall glass unit, bulkhead unit
QCS 2014
tungsten or fluorescent.
Fittings should be similar to the industrial indoor type but waterproof.
(b)
(c)
They should usually be spaced at one-and-a-half times mounted height, but the
manufacturer's recommendations should be followed.
(d)
(e)
Mains voltage (230 volts) should only be used where the installation is well protected
and of a permanent nature. Reduced voltages should be used for regular sire work.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
TE
Permit to Work systems are essential to ensure safe working where high-voltage electrical
supplies, cables and equipment exist, particularly in installation, maintenance or construction
work.
A Permit to Work system should form part of that 'safe system'. In the case of construction
sites, Permits to Work are more commonly used whilst the site electrical distribution system
is itself being worked on.
Permits to Work must only be issued by an appointed authorised person, using duplicate and
numbered printed forms as the example shown (see Appendix 5). They must be signed by
an authorised person and by the competent person who is to carry out (or be responsible for)
the work described on the permit.
Most systems contain provisions for the physical locking off of switches, and the retention or
display of keys or permits.
One copy of the permit must be retained for the duration of the work by the person to whom
it is issued. Before apparatus is made live again, the permit must be returned for
cancellation. At cancellation, it must be countersigned by both the holder and the authorised
person.
The authorised person should keep a record in the job file of the issued permits and their
cancellation.
Before work starts, the authorised person should ensure that the Permit to Work will cover
the making safe from all possible sources of supply.
If the work is handed over from one competent person to another, the permit is to be
EG
IN
QCS 2014
(b)
training sufficient workers in the procedures to follow when treating an electric shock
casualty, including first aid action
(c)
instructing workers in the action to take in the event of someone receiving an electric
shock. For example, switching off the electrical supply and calling the emergency
services.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
QCS 2014
What is the procedure for co-ordinating the activities of different trades working on the same
job?
What is the procedure for informing all contractors that a Permit to Work system exists?
Have all operatives been instructed and trained in safety procedures, such as Permit to Work
systems, locking off and treatment for electric shock?
Have Permit to Work documents and procedures been checked and agreed by the
Contractor and employee representatives to ensure all necessary safeguards have been
provided?
IO
AL
AT
Cables
Have all necessary precautions been taken where overhead lines exist close to the site?
Are distribution cables so positioned that they do not cause a hazard at openings, passages,
ladders, stairs, and so on?
10
Have precautions been taken to ensure that cables lying on the ground have been protected
from physical damage or wet conditions?
11
Have the necessary precautions been taken to ensure that cables do not hang directly from
nails, which may cause insulation damage?
12
13
Have all possible precautions been taken to ensure that suspended cables do not carry any
weight? Are they supported by rods or catenary wires?
14
Are all cables visible, with, if necessary, yellow and black or red and white plastic bunting
strips attached?
15
16
Are all junctions and repairs properly carried out by a qualified electrician?
17
Are electrical circuits used for the correct purpose (for example, lighting circuits must not be
used for power tools, especially where lighting festoons are fitted with trailing leads)?
18
Are buried cables correctly protected by a 450 mm cover and cover tiles? Is the line of the
cable also clearly marked?
19
Are cables capable of carrying the load required and are they adequate for their purpose?
EG
IN
TE
Plugs
20
Are all industrial plugs to BS EN 60309-2, in good condition, not cracked or otherwise
damaged?
21
22
QCS 2014
23
Are all plugs being used suitable for the site conditions prevailing?
24
Have any plugs been forced into the wrong sockets (for example, by the removal of keys)?
25
When plugs have been fitted, have the correct connections been made, with the wire being
correctly colour coded in line with British and International Standards.
26
Are cable grips being used and is the earth cable fitted with some slack, so that it is the last
to be pulled out?
27
Have all possible steps been taken to ensure that there are no improvised junctions, nails,
matches or silver paper, being used in place of the correct equipment?
28
29
Have all made-up leads or extension cables been correctly assembled by a competent
electrician?
Site accommodation
Has the incoming supply been installed by competent electrical contractors?
31
32
33
Is the use of 230 volt equipment restricted to office accommodation and welfare facilities?
34
Is a programme of PAT testing carried out on all portable 230 volt equipment?
AT
IO
AL
30
Power tools
36
37
38
Have checks been made to ensure that trailing leads are not cut or frayed?
39
Is the cable protected from excessive flexing by a rubber sleeve where the cable enters the
tool?
40
41
Have the tools or machines been checked to ensure that there are no cracks or missing
pieces?
42
Have checks been made to ensure that the nameplate is secure with details of:
EG
IN
TE
35
Type
Serial number
Voltage
Volts AC/DC
Frequency
(normally 50 HZ)
Current
Amps
Speed
RPM
Are all machines and hand tools disconnected before any adjustment or work is carried out
on them?
44
45
Is the tool fitted with the correct type and size of plug?
46
Have checks been carried out to ensure that any colour codings are correct?
QCS 2014
47
Are cables of an adequate rating for the tool that is being used?
48
Are checks carried out to ensure that no unofficial cables are being used?
49
Have instructions been issued to ensure that no makeshift repairs or maintenance are
carried out?
50
51
52
53
Are all operatives aware that they should never carry any tool or machine by its cable?
54
Have instructions been issued to ensure that no machine is started or stopped under load?
55
AL
(b)
(c)
(a)
Are all personnel working close to overhead power lines aware that the distances mentioned
above are measured horizontally at ground level from directly below the outermost
conductor?
AT
57
IO
56
Note: Electricity companies have different rules for the lateral swing of conductors in high winds and
the distance of barriers may vary between companies.
TE
Has an essential ongoing system of liaison between Contractor or contractor and the
electricity company been established?
59
Where overhead power lines have not been diverted or made dead and therefore remain
live, have all practicable steps been taken to provide adequate barriers.
60
Have adequate arrangements been made for the passage of tall plant at specific times
where overhead power lines have been made dead?
EG
IN
58
On sites where work will take place below overhead power lines, have additional
precautions, as necessary, been taken, as well as the provision of barriers with
passageways?
62
Is all work carried out under the direct supervision of a responsible person, familiar with the
hazards, after consultation with the local electricity company?
If there is no work or passage of plant under overhead power lines, have barriers been
positioned so as to prevent any close approach of any plant, equipment or personnel to
within at least 9 m from the overhead power lines?
64
Does all plant passing under overhead lines use a defined passageway, protected by
barriers?
Alterations to buildings
65
Have all electrical circuits been identified before any work is allowed to start?
QCS 2014
66
Is there a plan to remove old wiring and equipment which is no longer required, as early as
possible?
68
69
70
Is each part of the installation that is being worked on securely isolated (lock, tag and try)?
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
67
QCS 2014
Governing factors
Security
5-30
Movement and
handling
20
Stores and
stockyards
30
Site entrances
30
50
Craft work
300
Special work
500
150
100
EG
IN
TE
IO
AL
Purpose
AT
Applies to both indoor and outdoor activities and relates to the value on the ground, floor or
horizontal working plane. They may require adjustment according to district brightness.
Site offices
Site huts
Drawing offices on
site
On drawing boards
750
Emergency lighting
5-70
QCS 2014
Mercury
vapour
(MBF)
Fluorescent
tubular
(MCF)
Sodium
Sodium vapour
vapour low high pressure
pressure
(SON)
(SOX)
Wattage range
40/1500
300/2000
50/2000
6/85
35/180
250/1000
Voltage range
25/250
110/250
200/250
110/250
200/250
220/250
* Efficacy
(Lumens Watt)
10-18
17-22
35-55
41-68
Colour
rendering
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Resistance to
vibration
Poor
Fair
Good
Normal life
(hours)
1000
2000
Restrictions on
use or on
position
None
Horizontal
4 degrees
80-100
Poor
Good
Good
Good
Good
5000/7500
6000
6000
None
None
For road
lighting only
None
AT
IO
124-175
AL
Tungsten
filament
(GLS)
7500
IN
TE
Brief lamp
characteristics
EG
* The efficacy is the measure of effectiveness in converting electrical energy into usable light.
QCS 2014
Type
kW No Total
Type
RW No
Total
Location
Type
kW
Requirement
Tower crane
Chasers
Lighting
Hoist
Hammers
Heating
Platform
Saw drills
Water heating
hoist
kW
Drying
Sanders
Cooking
Pump 'A'
Vibrators
Pump 'B'
Air blowers
Saw bench
Dehumidifiers
AL
Compressor
Power
IO
Printing
Batching
plant
Diversity factor
Demand load
Demand load
Total load
Diversity factor
Diversity factor
Demand load
Demand load
AT
Diversity factor
Total load
Total load
Floodlighting
Total load
Fixed
where
TE
IN
V = voltage
EG
W = wattage
415
230
Derived from
Volts
Special provision
Application
Supply undertaking
Supply undertaking
110
110
230V transformer
50
Transformer
25
Transformer
QCS 2014
No.
Issued to ........................................................................ Job
...............................................................................
I hereby declare that it is safe to work on the following H.V. apparatus which is dead, isolated from all
live conductors and is connected to earth:
AL
AT
IO
SWITCHING AND ISOLATING. The apparatus is disconnected from all live conductors by the
following operations:
TE
IN
EG
OTHER PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................................
Signed .................................................................. Date ........................................... Time
................................. (Authorised person)
I hereby declare that I accept responsibility for carrying out work on the apparatus detailed on this
permit and that no attempt will be made by me, nor by any person under my control, to carry out work
on any other apparatus:
Signed .................................................................. Date ........................................... Time
.................................
Note: After signature for work to proceed, this receipt must be signed by, and the Permit to Work
retained by, the person in charge of the work until work is suspended or completed and the clearance
section has been signed.
This is to certify that the work authorised above has been completed or stopped and that all workers
under my charge have been withdrawn and warned that it is no longer safe to work on the apparatus
specified on this Permit to Work and that gear, tools and additional earthing connections are all
cleared. Automatic fire extinguishing control has been restored.
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Many deaths and serious injuries have resulted from the collapse of unsupported
excavations.
These accidents could have all been prevented if the sides had been supported.
The installation, modification and removal of any support system must be carried out:
by persons who have been trained and are competent to do so
(b)
AL
(a)
Generally, the longer that an unsupported excavation is open the more chance there is of it
collapsing; ground that was previously stable can become waterlogged or dry out.
In some cases it will be possible to detect at an early stage that the sides of an excavation
are becoming unstable, for example during the inspections carried out by a competent
person.
There are other hazards associated with working in excavations, for example the presence
of underground services, contaminated land, etc.
Excavations can become confined spaces under certain circumstances, necessitating the
management of additional health and safety hazards.
Section 2 of the QCS covers ground investigation and Section 12 covers earthworks.
1.5.4.2 Introduction
IN
Note:
TE
AT
IO
Almost all construction work involves some form of excavation, for foundations, drains,
sewers, etc. These can vary greatly in depth and may be only a few centimetres deep or be
very deep and very dangerous.
A relatively small collapse might involve about a cubic metre of soil, but a cubic metre of soil
weighs over a tonne. A person at the bottom of a trench who is buried under this volume of
material would be unable to breathe, due to the pressure on the chest, and could quickly
suffocate and die.
Deep trenches look dangerous; however, trenches less than 2.5 metres deep are where
most related deaths occur, in fact, most accidents occur in ground conditions with no visible
defects; the trench sides seem clean and self-supporting.
Despite appearances, however, the removal of material causes pressure relief and
introduces the conditions which lead to failure. Rainwater or hot, dry weather increase the
chances of such failure. Surcharging the sides of an excavation also increases the likelihood
of collapse.
Neither the shallowness of an excavation nor the appearance of the ground should be
automatically taken as indications of safety.
An excavation may also be a 'confined space' and additional precautions will need to be
taken.
EG
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
These Regulations place a requirement on every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient
assessment of every work activity in order to identify any hazard that employees or any other
person might encounter as a result of the work being carried out. This includes other
contractors and the public.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractors duty to put control
measures into place in order either to eliminate the hazard or, where this is not possible, to
reduce the risks of injury or ill health arising from the hazards, as far as is reasonably
practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty to tell their Contractor of any work situation which presents a
risk to themselves or to others, or of any matter which affects the health and safety of
themselves or other persons.
TE
(b)
steps are taken to ensure any structure that has become unstable due to any
construction work, including excavation, does not collapse
(c)
(d)
the sides of excavations are supported or battered back where necessary to prevent
collapse or dislodgement and fall of material
(e)
steps are taken to prevent people, materials, spoil, vehicles, equipment or plant falling
into, or causing the collapse of, an excavation
EG
IN
(a)
AT
IO
AL
(f)
steps are taken to prevent danger from damage to underground and overhead
services
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
anyone who has to carry out excavation work or work in an excavation is provided with
appropriate training and is competent
Risk assessments
7
Before carrying out any work, including excavation work, a risk assessment of the work to be
done is required.
The risk assessment must consider the potential for the sides of an excavation to collapse,
the potential for someone to be injured and the possible need for a support system. The
QCS 2014
person assessing the risk of collapse must be competent to assess the soil stability.
9
The risk assessments should seek to eliminate or control the risk at source, for example by
specifying trenchless techniques or ensuring the sides are 'battered' or 'stepped' (sometimes
known as 'benched)' thus making a collapse impossible.
10
(b)
underground services
(c)
contaminated ground
(d)
(e)
(f)
flooding
(g)
overhead services
(h)
(i)
lifting operations
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
Soil stability
AL
(a)
11
Excavation involves the removal of soil and rock, in lesser or greater quantities. Water is
almost always present, even if only as moisture in the soil. This presents an additional
hazard that must be considered.
12
QCS 2014
This module highlights the potential dangers associated with any form of excavation.
Readers should also be aware of the work techniques available to eliminate, or at least
partially eliminate, the need for excavations and thus their associated hazards.
14
Thrust boring, directional drilling and pipe jacking are examples of such techniques. Some of
the trenchless methods that have been developed still require the excavation of pits at either
end of the 'trenchless run' in order to launch and retrieve the boring equipment.
AL
If battering the sides of an excavation, the angle at which the sides are cut will depend upon:
the nature of the soil, which may be a mixture of materials
(b)
the water content of the soil, including any increase or decrease whilst the excavation
is open.
(a)
IO
15
EG
IN
TE
AT
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
QCS 2014
Generally speaking, timbering or shoring is not required for trenches or excavations where
there is no danger whatsoever of any material falling or collapsing or where excavations are
so shallow that such a fall would not result in any injury.
For all other excavations or trenches, a survey of the type of soil or other materials that will
be excavated must be carried out by a trained and experienced person prior to excavation.
This will usually provide sufficient information for a suitable method of excavation and
support to be determined.
Where large, complex or extensive excavations are concerned, a specialist engineer should
decide how to proceed.
An adequate supply of support materials must be available on site ready for use before the
excavation commences.
They must be sound, free from defects, of adequate strength, of good construction and
properly maintained. Supports must be fixed securely to prevent displacement.
All supports should be erected, altered and dismantled under the supervision of a competent
person.
It is essential that work is organised so that the person(s) installing any type of support
system can do so without their safety being put at risk.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
All practical steps should be taken where necessary to prevent danger to any person from
collapse of an excavation and from accidental fall or dislodgement of material from the side
or roof or adjacent to any excavation.
10
Conventional timber shuttering or steel trench sheets and adjustable props should be used.
The props may be mechanical (jacks or acrows) or hydraulic.
11
QCS 2014
12
Shields
13
A shield consists of two vertical plates which are permanently braced apart to provide a safe
working area between them. Shields are designed for providing temporary protection for
workers in a trench, rather than for providing permanent support for the trench sides. Shields
are designed to be dragged along the trench as work progresses, therefore only localised
protection from falling materials is provided.
Trench-boxes
The trench-box support system is modular and involves either lowering strutted, metal box
sections into a pre-dug trench, or progressively digging the boxes in to provide continuous
support as the depth of the trench increases.
15
The box sections are built up vertically and laterally to form a permanent support for the
trench sides.
16
Boxes of this type can generally be extended in width and height to cater for various
excavation dimensions.
AT
IO
AL
14
Plate lining
The principle of a plate lining system is that metal plates are slid into position between
vertical soldier posts, which have been installed previously at pre-set intervals. The soldier
posts are strutted apart to counteract inward pressure from the trench sides.
TE
17
IN
The use of any of these proprietary support methods can present problems when existing
buried services cross the line of the trench being excavated.
19
A further method of supporting the sides of excavations, which combines proprietary and
traditional technology, is the use of hydraulic waling frames. This system incorporates the
lowering of a hydraulic frame into an excavation in which trench sheets have already been
installed. The hydraulic frame is then jacked apart to provide support for the trench sheets.
Each hydraulic frame, when in position, is disconnected from the hydraulic supply and left in
the pressurised state. This method of support is better able than the other proprietary
systems to cope with buried services that cross the trench because it leaves gaps between
the trench sheets. Hydraulic frames that can be expanded in both length and width are
available to cope with the excavation of manholes and pits.
EG
18
All excavation work requires careful monitoring, particularly when trenches are first opened
and sides are unsupported. Even when support work has been installed, constant vigilance
is essential.
21
22
Such movements can easily pass unnoticed but they are signs that something is wrong.
23
Movements can be detected from slight distortion in the timbering, bowing of poling boards
and walings, or signs of local crushing.
QCS 2014
All timber must be regularly checked. Where timber remains in position for any length of
time, it may dry out, shrink or rot.
25
The ground also may dry out and shrink, which loosens the timbering. Alternatively, it may
absorb additional moisture, swell and displace the timbering. Soil may even leak into the
excavation from behind the timbering, loosening it.
26
In close-boarded excavations, the support-work members must be kept tight against each
other and against the soil face; wedges or telescopic struts holding them must always be
kept tight. Raking, or angle, struts should all be regularly examined for signs of having been
damaged or dislodged.
27
When loads are being moved into or out of the excavation by skip or bucket, care should be
taken to avoid damage to struts or walls. Vertical boards, commonly known as rubbing
boards, should be provided to avoid such damage.
28
During bad weather, spoil heaps tend to slump, and loose boulders or masonry may fall into
the excavation. As a general rule, the distance between the edge of the trench and the
bottom of the spoil heap must not be less than the depth of the trench.
29
Heavy vehicles should not be allowed near the edge of excavations unless the support work
has been specially designed to permit it.
IO
AL
24
Care must be taken to see that excavation work does not jeopardise the stability of any
adjacent structure. Precautions to protect workers and others must be taken before and
during any excavation work.
30
AT
Adjacent structures
TE
1.5.4.5 Access
Safe means of getting into and out of an excavation must be provided. If a risk assessment
identifies that ladders are a reasonable means of access or egress from an excavation, they
must be suitable and of sufficient strength for the purpose.
They must be on a firm level base, sufficiently secured so as to prevent slipping and must,
unless a suitable alternative handhold is provided, extend to a height above the landing
place of at least 1 metre (about 5 rungs), so as to provide a safe handhold. Climbing into or
out of an excavation using the walings, buried services and struts must be prohibited and
specifically covered in the safe system of work and, if there is one, the method statement.
EG
IN
AL
QCS 2014
IO
AT
Where necessary, suitable steps must be taken to prevent any person, vehicle, plant or
equipment, or any accumulation of earth or other materials from falling into an excavation.
Barriers should also serve to keep materials, plant and equipment away from the edges of
an excavation. Barriers may be removed to permit access of personnel, plant and
equipment, but should be replaced as soon as possible.
During darkness, the edges of an excavation should be marked with lights, especially where
they are close to public thoroughfares. Battery-operated traffic lamps placed at suitable
intervals are usually sufficient.
EG
IN
TE
Ideally, all vehicles and plant (except those which must approach an excavation, for
example, for tipping or lifting activities) should be kept away from excavations. Traffic routes
should be planned and set out accordingly.
When heavy loads (such as items of construction plant) are positioned close to excavations,
additional pressure - known as surcharging - is placed on the excavation sides and on any
form of support system that is in use. Where this cannot be avoided, it must be allowed for in
QCS 2014
IO
AL
AT
There must be suitable and sufficient lighting at every workplace, the approaches to the
workplace and on traffic routes. As far as possible, this should be natural lighting.
It is also good practice to ensure that attention is paid to the adequate lighting of access
points, openings and lifting operations.
TE
IN
1.5.4.9 Ventilation
Excavations must be kept clear of suffocating, toxic or explosive gases. These may be
natural gases like hydrogen sulphide, methane and sulphur dioxide, exhaust gases from
nearby plant, or leaks from nearby pipes or installations. These can seep through the soil
and can accumulate at the bottom of an excavation, below ground level.
Leakage of propane and butane from LPG cylinders is potentially very dangerous; the gases
will sink to the lowest point and form an explosive concentration that cannot disperse
naturally. In a similar way, leaking oxygen in an excavation can lead to oxygen enrichment
which can lead to fire or explosion. Gases which are heavier than air can leak into an
excavation causing air to be displaced, leading to asphyxiation.
For the purpose of dealing with these hazards, the bottom of a deep excavation should be
regarded as a confined space.
EG
Confined spaces
4
When an excavation is classified as a confined space, tests for toxic gas or oxygen depletion
must be carried out before work starts, and continuously as work progresses. It is also
recommended that the work should be subject to the issue of a Permit to Work certificate.
To ensure that every workplace or approach is safe and without risks to health, there must
be a sufficient supply of purified air. The most common method of ventilation is to blow clean
air into the excavation in sufficient volume to dissipate any gas and provide adequate
breathable air.
QCS 2014
No excavation work should be carried out unless steps have been taken to identify and
prevent any risk of injury arising from underground cables or other underground services.
All excavations used to carry out construction work must be inspected by a competent
person:
(a)
(b)
after any event likely to have affected the strength or stability of the excavation or any
part of it
(c)
The person who carried out the inspection must be satisfied that the work can be carried out
safely and without risk to workers.
A report must be prepared by the person carrying out the inspection, giving the following
information:
IO
AL
the name and address of the person on whose behalf the inspection was carried out
(b)
(c)
a description of the place of work or part of that place of work inspected, including
plant and equipment or materials, if any
(d)
(e)
details of any matter identified that could give rise to a risk to the health or safety of
any person
(f)
(g)
(h)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
The person who prepares the written report must write it before the end of the shift in which
the inspection was carried out and provide a copy of the report within 24 hours to the person
on whose behalf the inspection was carried out.
The report or a copy of it must be kept on the site until the work is completed and for a
period of three months from the date of completion.
Not more than one written report in any period of seven days is required in respect of the
inspection at the start of any shift. However, it is advised that a daily record of the inspection
is kept, possibly in the site diary.
Steps must be taken to protect workers from the fall of any material or object.
No material or object may be thrown or tipped from a height where injury may result. This
includes scaffolding materials which should be lowered under control.
10
11
Every workplace on a construction site must be kept in a reasonable state of tidiness and
QCS 2014
cleanliness.
12
Materials and equipment must be properly and securely stacked and stored.
13
Work equipment must be constructed or adapted so as to be suitable for the purpose for
which it is used or provided. This includes any tools or items of equipment, for example, a
shovel, podger or pile driving rig.
14
Contractors must avoid the need for employees to undertake any manual handling
operations at work that will involve the risk of them being injured.
Every client must ensure that the engineer and designer for any project carried out for
the client is provided with any relevant information which the client holds, or could find
out by making reasonable enquiries. For example, the client must provide details of
underground services, ground conditions, etc, which could be found from making
reasonable enquiries.
(b)
The designer has a duty to eliminate or reduce hazards by design. This might mean
locating structures to avoid underground services, or specifying techniques that
minimise deep excavations.
(c)
A health and safety plan must be prepared for every project and should include details
of health and safety risks to any person carrying out construction work. This would
include the risks from any excavation project.
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Excavators, loaders and combined excavator loaders may be used as cranes in connection
with work directly associated with an excavation, and any other application where this type of
equipment can be used.
All work is subject to a suitable and sufficient risk assessment, subsequent control measures
and capabilities of the work equipment.
The risk assessment should take account of the fact that when a machine is in the object
handling mode (being used as a crane), it will be necessary for the slinger to approach the
machine to hook the load on and off. This person will be in what is regarded as a hazardous
area and much hearer to the machine than anyone would be in normal circumstances. The
slinger is at risk of being struck by the load, bucket or excavator arm if the excavator moves
or slews rapidly.
Excavator operators and slingers must be made aware of these dangers; effective
communication and constant vigilance are essential.
The risk assessment must also establish " whether the machine is suitable for the proposed
task. The weight of the bucket (if still fitted) plus the quick hitch must be added to the weight
of the load to establish if the machine will be working within its safe working load.
Ideally, unless there are good reasons for not doing so, the bucket will be removed to
improve the machine operator's visibility.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
the need for the lifting operation to be ideally segregated from other work activities
taking place in the vicinity, particularly where it is necessary for the machine to travel
with a raised load
(b)
the ground conditions, particularly where a tracked excavator will carry out the lifting
operation. Such machines have no means of levelling themselves and are therefore
dependent upon the ground being sufficiently level to track across it and carry out the
lifting operation safely.
QCS 2014
The safe working load must be clearly marked on the machine and any lifting accessories,
such as a quick hitch. A rated object handling capacity table, must be available in the cab.
If the rated lifting capacity for an excavator (or the backhoe of a backhoe-loader) is greater
than 1 tonne (or the overturning moment is greater than 40,000 Nm), the machine must be
fitted with:
(a)
a boom lowering control device on the raising boom cylinder(s) (a safety check valve),
which meets the requirements of ISO 8643, and
(b)
an acoustic or visual warning device, which indicates to the operator when the object
handling capacity or corresponding load moment is reached.
Chains or slings for lifting must not be placed around or on the teeth of the bucket.
Accessories for lifting may only be attached to a purpose-made point on the machine.
11
Whilst BS 7121 may not specifically refer to excavators used as cranes, compliance would
assist in the provision of safe systems of work.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
10
QCS 2014
For purposes of excavation, no ground should be considered good or safe until it has been
investigated.
Prevent all access to the excavation by unauthorised persons, especially children. Backfill as
soon as possible to reduce risks.
Check the soil types and decide which type of support work is required in consultation with a
competent engineer or supervisor.
Check whether the excavation will affect adjoining roads, buildings or other structures, such
as scaffolds.
Determine the positions of all public services, especially buried services, and ensure that
they are adequately marked, supported or disconnected as necessary.
Always seek advice before excavating below existing foundations of adjacent or adjoining
buildings. It may be necessary to provide shoring, i.e. raking or flying or both.
Provide an adequate supply of material for support work, along with barriers and correct
traffic notices, before work starts.
Make provision for any side support system to stand proud of the existing ground levels. This
prevents any loose material from falling into the excavation.
10
11
Check that adequate and sufficient ladders have been provided for safe access to the
excavation and that sufficient ropes for securing these items are to hand.
12
13
Determine the methods of excavating before starting work, and the method by which it is
intended to install and remove any support work.
14
Plan traffic routes to keep heavy plant and vehicles away from excavations, as far as is
possible, except where they must approach the excavation for tipping and lifting activities.
15
16
17
Check that the excavator and equipment is in good repair and has been inspected.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Ensure that approved and safe methods are adopted for the installation of support work in
excavations. A competent person should be in attendance at all times.
Install supports as soon as the excavation sides are trimmed. This should be done from a
work cage, from ground level, or from inside existing supports.
Ensure that all support work is secure and that props and wedges are tight and properly
maintained.
Check for signs of overstress in support work, any damage that may have been caused by
plant and, when timber is used, make long-term checks for disease and defects, i.e. dry rot,
shakes, etc.
Check for any water or soil which may be seeping through support work.
Check that there are adequate ladders, that they are maintained, secured and used
correctly.
10
When pumping, ensure that there are adequate sumps and that soil is not being drawn from
behind support work.
11
12
Ensure that spoil heaps and other materials are kept back from the edges of the excavation.
13
Ensure that there are adequate barriers, notices and warning lights.
14
Check that the edges of excavations are provided with top and mid guard-rails at all places
where there is a danger of persons falling a distance likely to cause personal injury.
15
Check that any bridges and gangways are fitted with guard-rails and toe-boards.
16
Ensure that stops for dumpers, and tipping lorries are well anchored.
17
Ensure that all passing traffic is kept well back from the edge of the excavation.
18
Ensure that the correct method of withdrawing support work is used; if for any reason it is
considered unsafe to remove it, leave it in.
19
20
21
Ensure that appropriate protective clothing and protective equipment are being used.
22
Ensure that persons are wearing suitable ear defenders when piling or other noisy activities
are taking place.
23
Ensure that machine operators have the best possible vision of the work which is in
progress.
24
Ensure that services are marked, protected and adequately supported when exposed in
excavations.
25
Ensure that any backfilling is carried out correctly and in a planned sequence, and
maintained.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
26
(b)
(c)
(d)
after any event likely to have affected the strength or stability of the excavation.
Ensure that a proper record of all inspections is made and signed by a competent person.
28
29
Ensure that the written report, or a copy, is provided to the person on whose behalf the
inspection was made within 24 hours.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
27
AL
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
..
Inspection carried out by (name) ...................................................(position) ....................................................................................................................
Description of place of
work, or part inspected
EG
Location
inspected
Date and
time of
inspection
IN
Page 72
QCS 2014
This illustration shows typical maximum safe 'battering' or 'stepping' angles for certain types
of soil. A competent person must be consulted on the safe angle for battering or stepping
excavations. If in doubt, consult a geotechnical engineer.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
in many cases soil is a mixture of material and the above diagram must be interpreted
with caution
(b)
an increase in water content will affect the ability of some types of soil to be selfsupporting. Bad weather, vibrations and other pressure could cause early failure
(c)
Slip planes can form in seemingly solid materials, even some types of rock.
QCS 2014
Yes
Yes
Not required
AL
Yes
Yes
Not required
Not required
Not required
IO
When not
object
handling
Yes
AT
Yes
Not required
Not required
Yes
Not required
Yes
Not required
Yes
Yes
Not required
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TE
EG
Weekly inspection of
excavator
IN
Yes
Six-monthly thorough
examination of lifting gear
Records may be kept as a paper copy or by electronic means providing a hard copy is always easily
accessible.
QCS 2014
Many people have died as a result of work in confined spaces not being adequately planned
or organised, or safely carried out; many of them were would-be rescuers.
Ideally it will be possible to carry out the work without anyone having to enter a confined
space.
Confined spaces are not just sewers and ducts; under these Regulations many other work
areas could also be classified as confined spaces with issues including difficulty of access
and egress, heat stress, etc. having to be considered.
A risk assessment must be carried out for all work in a confined space.
Where the findings of the risk assessment reveal there to be significant risks to health or
safety, it may result in a method statement being written.
Any plan of the work must consider the method of rescuing the people in the confined space
should the situation become unsafe.
Entry to a confined space should be controlled by a Permit to Work and, where considered
necessary, a separate Permit to Enter.
Any training may need to be specific for the type of confined space - a sewer entry course
may not be appropriate for someone who has to work in a hot roof space.
10
The use of respiratory protective equipment is common in confined space work and users
must be face-fit tested and trained in its use, general care and maintenance.
TE
AT
IO
AL
IN
1.5.5.2 Introduction
Accidents are caused by a combination of factors arising from a lack of safety awareness,
inadequate supervision and a lack of training. The situation is often made worse by heroic
but ill-conceived rescue attempts, founded on insufficient planning and knowledge, which
may lead to multiple fatalities. It is essential therefore, to be able to identify confined spaces
and the hazards associated with entering and working in them.
EG
(b)
a place where there is a reasonably foreseeable risk of serious injury from hazardous
substances or conditions within the space or nearby.
Some confined spaces are easy to identify, such as closed tanks, vessels and sewers.
Others are less obvious but may be equally dangerous, such as basement-level boiler rooms
or toilets, as well as open-topped tanks, vats, silos or other structures that become confined
spaces during their manufacture.
Some places may become a confined space only occasionally, perhaps due to the type of
work to be undertaken, such as a room during paint spraying. A confined space may not
necessarily be enclosed on all sides; some confined spaces (such as vats, silos or deep
QCS 2014
excavations) may have open tops. Places not usually considered to be confined spaces may
become confined spaces because of a change in the condition inside or a change in the
degree of enclosure or confinement.
4
The expression 'confined space' could also refer to the following examples: ducts, vessels,
boreholes, building voids, and enclosures for the purpose of asbestos removal.
Once those hazards have been identified, it is then the Contractors duty to put control
measures into place in order either to eliminate the hazard or, where this is not possible, to
reduce the risks of injury or ill health arising from the hazards, as far as is reasonably
practicable.
The Contractor must provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on
any risks that exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce
those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty to tell their Contractor of any work situation which presents a
risk to themselves or to others, or of any matter which affects the health and safety of
themselves or other persons.
Also of importance with regard to confined space working are the requirements on the
Contractor to:
provide health surveillance for at-risk employees
(b)
establish contacts with external services, for example the emergency services (rescue
and medical services)
(c)
provide employees with comprehensible and relevant information on any risks that
exist in the workplace and on any control measures that are in place to reduce those
risks
(d)
EG
IN
(a)
(e)
TE
AT
IO
AL
provide adequate training for anyone involved in any aspect of confined space working
(including rescue).
Arising out of the risk assessment for confined space working will usually be a need for the
Contractor to:
(a)
(b)
Confined Spaces
7
These Regulations require Contractors to plan work so that entry to confined spaces is
avoided so far as is reasonably practicable, for example, by doing the work from outside.
They also require a safe system of work to be developed and implemented if entry to a
confined space is unavoidable, and adequate emergency arrangements, which will also
safeguard rescuers, to be put in place before work starts.
QCS 2014
Contractors in respect of work carried out by their own employees and work carried
out by any person (for example, a contractor) insofar as that work is to any extent
under the Contractors control.
The key duty is a complete prohibition of any person entering a confined space to carry out
any work for any purpose whatsoever, where it is reasonably practicable to carry out the
work by any other means.
10
If entry into a confined space is necessary then a risk assessment by a competent person
must be undertaken. The outcome of the risk assessment will then provide the basis for the
development of a full and effective safe system of work, including rescue arrangements.
12
In the context of this section, designers should carry out their design work so that no-one has
to enter a confined space during construction work, maintenance or cleaning of the structure
or during its demolition.
13
Also, within the context of this section these Regulations place legal duties on contractors,
including Contractors, with regard to:
AT
IO
AL
11
(b)
excavations
(c)
prevention of drowning
(d)
(e)
emergency procedures
(f)
fresh air.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
15
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, the use of the equipment must be restricted to specified workers.
14
These Regulations require that where a risk has been identified by a risk assessment and it
cannot be adequately controlled by other means which are equally or more effective, then
the Contractor must provide and ensure that suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is
used by employees.
17
In essence, PPE may only be used as a last resort after all other means of eliminating or
controlling the risk have been considered and are found to be not reasonably practicable to
implement. In practice, however, unless it is possible to carry out the work without entry into
the confined space, the wearing of PPE will usually be necessary.
18
In deciding which type to issue, the Contractor must take into account the risk that the PPE
QCS 2014
is being used to protect against, and ensure that the PPE will fit the wearer and allow them
to work safely. Where the use of RPE is necessary, face-fit testing to establish the suitability
of the RPE for the wearer, would be required. If more than one item of PPE is being used,
the Contractor must make sure that individual items of PPE are compatible and suitable for
the task that is to be undertaken.
Whenever PPE is to be issued, the Contractor must ensure that employees have been given
adequate and appropriate information, instruction and training to enable them to understand
the risks being protected against, the purpose of the PPE and manner in which it is to be
used.
20
Whilst the Contractor must ensure that personal protective equipment is supplied and used,
the employee has a duty to properly use the equipment provided, follow the information,
instruction and training that they have been given, and know the procedures for reporting
loss or defect to their Contractor.
21
In addition to the more commonly used PPE, confined space working will often require the
use of appropriate respiratory protective equipment (RPE) and rescue equipment such as a
safety harness and line.
AL
19
IO
Access to and egress from many confined spaces is made by lowering or raising a person
vertically through the entry/exit point, including during practice or actual rescues.
In these circumstances:
(b)
the tripod hoist or other type of winch must be regarded as lifting equipment used for
lifting persons
TE
(a)
IN
AT
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
the displacement of oxygen by gas leaking in from elsewhere, or the deliberate introduction
of purge gas
QCS 2014
oxygen being consumed by people working and breathing, or by any process of combustion
the prior discharge of a fire extinguisher containing carbon dioxide or other asphyxiating gas.
Toxic atmospheres
8
However much oxygen is present in the atmosphere, if there is also a toxic gas present in
sufficient quantity it will create a hazard.
(b)
(c)
carbon dioxide from any fermentation or being naturally evolved in soil and rocks, or
coming from the combustion of LPG
(d)
fumes and vapours from chemicals such as ammonia, chlorine, sodium, and from
petrol and solvents.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Whenever a toxic gas (or any gas, fume or vapour that may be hazardous to health) is
thought to be (or known to be) present, then an assessment of the risk to health must be
made. Appropriate control measures must be put into place to eliminate the hazard or control
the risks.
11
Petrol and diesel engines create carbon monoxide, which is an extremely toxic gas.
12
EG
IN
TE
10
Flammable atmospheres
14
Some gases need only be present in very small quantities to create a hazard. A few of the
major sources of explosive and flammable hazards are:
13
(a)
petrol or liquefied petroleum gas, propane, butane and acetylene. These are explosive
in the range of 2% in air upwards. The hazard is normally created by a spillage or
leakage
(b)
methane and hydrogen sulphide, which are naturally evolved from sewage or
decaying organic matter. These are explosive in the range of 4% in air upwards
(c)
solvents, acetone, toluene, white spirit, alcohol, benzene, thinners, etc. These are
explosive in the range of 2% in air upwards. The hazard generally results from
process plants and/or spillage
(d)
hydrogen and other gases evolved from processes such as battery charging.
Apart from the hazards dealt with above, other dangers may arise from the use of electrical
and mechanical equipment, from chemicals, process gas and liquids, dust, paint fumes,
QCS 2014
Extremes of excess heat and cold can have adverse effects and may be intensified in a
confined space. Consideration must be given to the timing of what would otherwise be
considered 'standard' work. During hot weather, roof spaces and other types of confined
spaces may reach temperatures which will lead to a dangerous increase in body
temperature.
17
If work cannot be planned to avoid this, for example by starting early, then physical
measures such as cooling and reducing the time spent working in the confined space must
be introduced following an assessment by a competent person.
18
Further dangers exist in the sheer difficulty of getting into or out of, and working in a confined
space. The potential hazard of an inrush of water, gas, sludge due to a failure of walls or
barriers, or leakage from valves, flanges or blanks, must all be considered at the risk
assessment stage.
AL
The information, instruction and training given to employees must enable them to carry out
work safely and without risks to their health. The extent of training needed will vary according
to circumstances and the type of space being entered. An entry into a deep confined space
using breathing apparatus would require a full breathing apparatus and rescue course.
However, training to enter a bund around a large diesel tank where the risks are less
significant, such as fumes and possible drowning in diesel, would not require such an
intensive course, and indeed adopting the use of breathing apparatus in this instance may
be entirely inappropriate.
Training should involve demonstrations and practical exercises. It is important that trainees
are familiar with both equipment and procedures before working for the first time in confined
spaces.
Practical refresher training should be organised and available. The frequency with which
refresher training is provided will depend upon how long it is since the type of work was last
done, or if there have been changes to methods of work, safety procedures or equipment.
No person should enter a confined space unless they are trained and competent to do so
safely.
The training needs of each of the four categories of employee considered for confined space
working should be considered. The categories are:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
supervisors
(b)
(c)
(d)
rescue teams.
Some of the roles identified may be carried out by the same person.
Safe working in a confined space can only be achieved by the use of a Permit to Work
system in which each step is planned and all foreseeable hazards are taken into account.
Such a system, backed up by adequate rescue facilities, should enable work to be carried
out safely.
QCS 2014
(a)
whether an entry into the confined space is required, or whether an alternative method
of doing the work exists (see Checklist 1 at Appendix 1)
(b)
if an entry is necessary, whether it can be carried out without the use of breathing
apparatus (see Checklist 2 at Appendix 1)
(c)
whether the entry must be made with the use of breathing apparatus (see Checklist 3
at Appendix 1).
In respect of (3) above, it should be emphasised that entry into a confined space using
breathing apparatus should not be made routinely or undertaken as a matter of convenience,
where the use of mechanical or forced ventilation would achieve a safe atmosphere.
If it is decided that the work can be done without anyone entering the confined space,
provided that a safe system of work exists and the confined space has been isolated from
potential sources of hazard, the work can proceed. It is important to avoid systems or plant
being re-energised while work is proceeding and everyone involved should be advised
accordingly.
Once it has been decided that people must enter a confined space, a preliminary meeting
should be held with all concerned, and effective lines of authority and communication
established in order to minimise any risk of subsequent misunderstanding.
The exact routine to be followed will vary, depending on the type of confined space to be
entered. The provisions and precautions required for entry into a large empty surface water
tank will obviously be different from those needed for entry into a narrow service duct
containing pipes and valves, but the fundamental principle of a safe system of work applies
to these and other cases. The risk assessment, as mentioned previously, will have identified
many of the above points and should be used as the basis for developing the safe system of
work.
It is stressed that all personal protective equipment in general, and respiratory protective
equipment in particular, must have been specified by a competent person who is clearly
aware of all of the circumstances surrounding its use.
If the fire and rescue service forms a part of the rescue plan, they must be given a warning
that a confined space entry is to be made. This will give them the opportunity to assess the
risks to their own staff and identify any equipment they might need.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.5.5.9 Isolation
1
The confined space must be isolated from all possible external sources of danger to persons
entering it.
A full Permit to Work system should be used to record the location and types of isolation,
and the hazards being guarded against.
Electrical isolation must never rely on a switch or fuse. The switch gear or fuse holder must
be locked off and a warning notice applied.
Mechanical isolation of pipework should not rely on a single valve or on a non-return valve;
these may let-by and create a hazard. Whenever possible, a section of pipe should be
removed or a blank or spade should be put into a flange between the valve and the confined
space and a warning notice displayed.
QCS 2014
1.5.5.10 Cleaning
There are a variety of methods of cleaning the inside of confined spaces to remove
hazardous solids, liquids or gas. Cold water washing, hot water washing and steaming will
remove many contaminants, while solvents or neutralising agents may be necessary for
others. If hot water or steam is used, with or without a solvent, care must be taken to ensure
that adequate ventilation exists for steam pressure and that condensation does not build up
to unacceptable levels.
If steam is used or water is boiled in a confined space, account must be taken of the vacuum
that can be created on cooling.
When steam or solvents are used, these may in themselves create a toxic, suffocating or
flammable hazard. Even though a space has been well cleaned, it must not be entered until
it has been monitored.
Great care must be taken if encountering any sludge or heavy deposits which may release
toxic gases if disturbed.
AL
IO
Air purging and ventilation can be carried out by removing covers, opening inspection doors,
etc. and allowing ordinary air circulation, or by the introduction of compressed air via an air
line. However, higher rates of air exchange can be achieved by the use of air movers,
induction fans or extractor fans.
It is especially important that when an inert gas (such as nitrogen) has been used to purge or
render inert a flammable atmosphere, the inert gas itself is properly purged with air.
When air purging is taking place, the flow of air should be of a sufficient volume and velocity
to ensure that no pockets or layers of gas remain undisturbed.
IN
Atmospheric monitoring
TE
AT
Before an entry is made into a confined space, tests must be carried out to establish the
levels of oxygen, toxic gas or flammable gas in the atmosphere.
The external atmosphere around the opening should be monitored first and if the results are
satisfactory, internal monitoring should be carried out by lowering a gas monitor into the
confined space before it is occupied.
If entry into the confined space is necessary to carry out the tests, breathing apparatus or
other respiratory protective equipment must be worn.
Suitably trained and competent personnel may use simple, reliable instruments to measure
oxygen and flammable gas levels. The accuracy of the instruments must be assured by
periodic calibration.
A satisfactory oxygen content must not in itself be relied on to indicate safety since
flammable, explosive or toxic gas may exist alongside oxygen and need only be present in
minute quantities to create a serious hazard.
10
The tests applied should take account of what the space is known to have contained,
including any inert gas used to purge a flammable atmosphere which may itself produce
EG
QCS 2014
toxic hazards or the risk of asphyxiation. Account must also be taken of hazards arising from
other sources such as materials used for cleaning. Methane, hydrogen sulphide and carbon
dioxide can all evolve naturally due to the decomposition of organic matter or, in some
cases, by the effect of rainwater percolating through certain types of ground. It is necessary
to test the atmosphere of a confined space at both high and low level as well as in any
corners, etc. where pockets of gas may exist. Instances have occurred of carbon dioxide
displacing oxygen at lower levels while a normal oxygen level continues to exist at higher
levels of the same confined space.
11
The sense of smell must never be relied upon to detect gases. Some are odourless, and
hydrogen sulphide, in particular, can paralyse the sense of smell to such an extent that even
fatally high concentrations of the gas cannot be detected. In any case, the sense of smell
varies from person to person and deteriorates with age.
AL
12
A wide range of portable gas detection equipment is available for flammable and toxic gases;
some are specific to one gas (for example, hydrogen sulphide), while others can sample a
range of different gases. Such instruments need to be properly calibrated.
EG
13
IN
TE
AT
IO
Continuous monitoring
14
The initial monitoring and testing must establish that the confined space is safe to enter.
Monitoring should then be carried out at intervals to ensure the continued safety of
personnel. Tests should be repeated after any breaks, such as lunch or overnight, or after
the time limit set out in a Permit to Work has expired.
15
QCS 2014
Competence of monitors
16
All atmospheric monitoring must be carried out by persons who are trained and competent to
use the instruments and interpret the results. They must have sufficient practical and
theoretical knowledge to enable them to make a valid judgement based on the results. They
must be fully aware of their responsibilities in permitting an entry into a confined space.
18
An increase of only 4% oxygen is sufficient to create a hazard and this may occur
inadvertently. In oxyacetylene and oxypropane processes, sometimes not all of the oxygen
supplied to a cutting torch is consumed. Some may be released, increasing the atmospheric
oxygen above the normal 21%. The oxygen enrichment of the atmosphere in a confined
space also results from the practice of using oxygen to sweeten or enrich the atmosphere
when it has become oppressive, stale, hot, fume-filled or otherwise unpleasant. This is a
very dangerous practice and must be prohibited.
19
Another way in which the atmosphere may become oxygen-enriched is through leakage from
torches or hoses during meal breaks or overnight. For this reason, they should be removed
at each breaktime. The deliberate kinking or nipping of an oxygen hose while changing a
torch does not usually cut off the supply completely and can result in the release of
substantial quantities of oxygen.
20
If excess oxygen is discovered, the space must be quickly evacuated and ventilated until
normal levels of oxygen are regained.
TE
AT
IO
AL
17
Care is required in selecting the right people to work in confined spaces, since conditions
can be difficult. They must be physically fit, agile and, most importantly, not be
claustrophobic. People who suffer from asthma, bronchitis, or other respiratory conditions, or
whose immune system has been suppressed, must be assessed by a medical practitioner as
to their suitability to work in confined spaces.
Other health conditions which might indicate that a person is not suitable for working in a
confined space, or that further checks need to be made before it is allowed, are:
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
diabetes
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Stamina is also required. The wearing of any form of respiratory protection tends to lead to
an increase in respiration and a higher use of energy; the amount of work which can be done
in confined spaces is less than that expected under normal conditions.
When respiratory protection is to be used, it should be remembered that facial hair and
QCS 2014
spectacles often prevent a respirator from fitting properly and thus achieving the assumed
degree of protection.
5
Face-fit testing should be carried out to ensure that the chosen mask fits the wearer. This
can be achieved quantitatively using a 'Portacount' for half or full face masks or qualitatively
using bitter/sweet solutions for half or disposable masks.
1.5.5.13 Communications
Adequate and effective communications must exist between those inside and those outside
the confined space, so that, in the event of an incident, a warning can be given and the
space evacuated or those inside rescued. The system needs to be 'fail safe', ensuring that if
a reply is not received or a scheduled call not made, the procedure for rescue starts
immediately.
When a confined space is relatively small, such that the person entering it cannot move far
from the entry point and there are no other factors that could hinder effective communication,
the method of communication may be relatively simple such as a pre-arranged system of
tugs on the safety rope, which must be fully understood by all involved. However, if the
nature of the confined space, the job to be carried out and other factors necessitates the
'entry person' travelling some distance from the entry point, a more elaborate communication
system might be required.
Factors that could hinder effective communication and may need to be considered in the risk
assessment are:
AT
IO
AL
the level of noise inside or outside the confined space, which may or may not be
associated with the confined space work
(b)
the physical nature of the confined space or the presence of substances that could
reduce visibility
(c)
the distance between the point of entry and the place of work
(d)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
Depending upon the findings of the risk assessment, prior communication with the
emergency services regarding the location and nature of the work, might be considered
necessary.
All types of respiratory protection affect verbal communication to some degree and, whatever
method of communication is chosen, it should be tested and proved outside the confined
space before entry is made.
Due to the potential for a flammable or explosive atmosphere in confined spaces, selecting
tools and other work equipment with which the work can be carried out safely is essential.
If there is any possibility of flammable gas existing in a confined space, all tools must be of a
non-sparking material and all lighting and electrical equipment must carry BASEEFA* or
equivalent approval. Smoking and naked lights must be strictly prohibited and care must be
taken to avoid the generation of static electricity with the consequent risk of sparks.
* British Approvals Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres
QCS 2014
Hot works must not be carried out in a confined space unless atmospheric testing has
confirmed that flammable or explosive gases are not present and the findings of a risk
assessment show that it is otherwise safe to do so.
Where there is still a residual risk of fire, appropriate fire extinguishers may need to be kept
in the confined space at the entry point.
Where 'hot works' are being carried out inside a confined space, the operative carrying out
the work must also have a suitable and serviceable fire extinguisher at the place of work. In
the event of a fire, the local fire service should be called in case the fire cannot be contained
or extinguished.
AL
IO
1.5.5.17 Rescue
The arrangements for the rescue of persons in the event of an emergency, both in terms of
trained persons and equipment, need to be suitable and sufficient. The arrangements must
be in place before any person enters or works in a confined space.
Where there are no qualified in-house emergency rescue services, the external emergency
rescue services should be informed of the area and type of work taking place in a confined
space.
Proper and effective rescue training is quite hard and arduous and is not to be undertaken
lightly. Persons selected for such training need to be physically fit and able to adapt to
situations as they arise during a rescue.
If a person is injured in a confined space which has been certified safe to enter without
respiratory protection, an entry can be made to rescue and remove them straight away.
When a person collapses in a confined space and the cause is not known, irrespective of
whether or not the confined space was certified fit for entry without respiratory protection, no
one must enter unless they are wearing breathing apparatus. The collapse may have been
due to a deterioration in the atmosphere within the confined space. The first duty of any
rescuer is to ensure that they do not become a casualty themselves.
Each year, would-be rescuers who are insufficiently trained or equipped die by going into
confined spaces where a person has collapsed.
EG
IN
TE
AT
Rescue equipment
7
Every person entering a confined space wearing breathing apparatus must also wear a
safety harness. The harness must be attached to a lifeline, attended by a person outside the
confined space.
The harness must be one that is suitable for confined space rescue in that it must enable an
unconscious person to remain in an upright position whilst being hoisted (see the following
illustration). An unsuitable harness will allow the unconscious person to bend at the waist,
making recovery through a narrow opening difficult or impossible.
This equipment forms part of a safe system of work for any entry into a confined space.
Properly used, it may enable a rescue to be carried out successfully without the need for a
QCS 2014
11
12
Dependant on circumstances, rescue equipment may have to include first aid equipment,
oxygen or resuscitation packs and rescue breathing apparatus. A secure line of
communication to the emergency services may also be required.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
10
EG
The simplest form of respirator is the 'dust mask', a preformed cup made of filtering material
QCS 2014
which fits over the nose and mouth to filter out nuisance dust. These masks give no
protection against harmful or toxic gases or fumes and the protection factor of the mask may
not offer adequate protection against the level of airborne dust that can be experienced in a
confined space.
5
More complex types have filter cartridges that may be general for various types of dust or
fume, or specific to a particular substance.
An alternative type of breathing equipment is the self-rescue set. This comprises a small
compressed air bottle, the necessary hoses and valves and a face piece. Self-rescue sets
can be carried by operatives who enter confined spaces in which the air is initially safe to
breathe.
Should the air quality deteriorate, the face piece is placed over the nose and mouth and the
air valve opened. The air bottle supplies fresh air to the operative whilst an escape from the
confined space is made. The air bottle of a self-rescue set has a duration of typically 15-20
minutes.
10
The chart reproduced from BS 4275 at Appendix 2 details the different types of respiratory
protective equipment and the system of classification. Whilst BS 4275 has now been
withdrawn, it is considered that the chart still offers good guidance on general principles of
selecting appropriate respiratory protective equipment.
11
Care must be taken to select the correct type of protection for the conditions. Respirators (as
opposed to breathing apparatus) do not protect against oxygen deficient atmospheres and
should not be used in any atmosphere dangerous to life. Respiratory protective equipment
should not be used unless all other methods of control or protection have been examined
and it is established that the use of RPE is the only reasonably practicable solution.
12
Respirators can only be used for protection against the gases or dusts for which they are
specifically intended. It is important to note that dust masks and canister and cartridge
respirators have a limited period of usage before becoming clogged with the contaminant.
They may also have a limited shelf life, indicated by a use-by date.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
1.5.5.19 Permits
Permit to Work
Every entry into a confined space must be made under a Permit to Work, whereby a
competent person must be satisfied that all necessary precautions have been taken and
provisions made to secure the safety of those entering the confined space, before signing
the Permit to Work. The signed Permit thus gives an assurance that work may safely take
place.
Appendix 3 to this module shows an example of a Permit to Work. The content may be
varied to meet individual requirements.
Permits should only be issued by named authorised persons, who must sign them. Such
persons must be competent, have authority and possess sufficient practical and theoretical
knowledge and actual experience of working conditions to enable them to judge whether
everything necessary has been done to ensure the safety of personnel. It is quite common
for several authorised persons to sign a Permit to Work, each certifying that they have taken
the necessary actions with regard to their own area of responsibility, for example, electrical
isolation, atmospheric testing. Where a Permit to Work system involves the use of padlocks
and keys, for example for locking-off electrical isolators or other sources of energy, the keys
must stay with an authorised person until such time as the Permit is returned for
cancellation.
AT
IO
AL
Permit to Enter
Depending upon the nature of the confined space and the inherent risks of carrying out the
work, some Contractors may choose to run a separate Permit to Enter system.
An example of when such a system might be used is where all preparatory work is carried
out to meet the requirements of the Permit to Work and then the Permit to Enter is issued
when final pre-entry checks of the atmosphere have been carried out.
IN
TE
a single Permit to Work covers the duration of the whole job, but
(b)
successive shifts of workers are each authorised to enter the confined space under a
newly raised Permit to Enter.
EG
(a)
Where it is practical, a safe way in and out of the confined space should be provided and,
wherever possible, allow quick, unobstructed and ready access, such as a fixed, vertical
ladder inside an underground chamber that terminates just below the entry/exit point at
ground level.
The means of escape must be suitable for use by the individual who enters the confined
space so that, ideally they can quickly escape in an emergency. However, it must be
accepted that in many cases the entry/exit point will be of a restricted size that will not
necessarily allow an easy escape route in an emergency, particularly if the person who is
escaping is wearing a compressed air cylinder. The means of achieving a prompt escape or
rescue must be considered in the risk assessment.
Suitable means to prevent access, for example a locked hatch, should also be in place when
there is no need for access to the confined space. There should be a safety sign that is clear
and conspicuous to prohibit unauthorised entry alongside openings that allow for safe
access.
QCS 2014
1.5.5.21 Conclusion
(b)
the failure to put in place adequate emergency arrangements before work starts
(c)
(d)
the failure to set up a safe system of work, including continuous air monitoring, based
around a Permit to Work system
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
AL
(a)
IN
TE
AT
IO
All such accidents are avoidable. If an accident does occur, it demonstrates that a
breakdown has occurred in the supposed safe system of work.
EG
For work to be done safely in a confined space, great care has to be taken over the detail of
each step of the procedure. Common causes of accidents are:
QCS 2014
Ensure that the isolation of services and processes is carried out as necessary.
Wash, clean, and purge the workplace, as appropriate, for work to be done.
Ensure that there is a safe system of work for the people concerned.
AL
Put in place adequate emergency arrangements before work starts, which will also
safeguard rescuers.
Initiate a Permit to Work which includes the requirements of a Permit to Enter unless
separate permits are raised.
10
11
Isolate the workplace from electrical, mechanical, chemical, heat and all other sources.
12
13
Clean, drain and purge the workplace as necessary for the type of work to be carried out and
entry to be made.
14
Test the atmosphere for oxygen, flammable gas, toxic gas, etc.
15
Carefully check any sludge or deposit that may harbour gas, fumes or liquids.
16
17
18
If necessary, clean, purge and ventilate the workplace again until the atmosphere is safe to
enter.
19
Ensure that all tools and equipment are safe to use in the area.
20
Check the provision of protective clothing, harness, lifelines, rescue equipment and rescue
personnel.
21
Ensure that rescue personnel are trained in the use of the equipment and capable of using it.
22
Ensure that the fire and rescue service is informed of the location and nature of the work,
where appropriate.
23
If appropriate, ensure that the external emergency rescue services are informed of the
location and type of work being carried out.
24
25
26
authorises entry and fixes a timescale within which the work must be completed.
27
28
If the task is completed within the timescale, advise all concerned, cancel the Permit to Work
and return the space to service.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
29
If the work is not completed in time, withdraw all staff, cancel the Permit to Work and
consider how best to proceed.
31
Put in place adequate emergency arrangements before work starts, which will also
safeguard rescuers.
32
33
34
Isolate the workplace from electrical, mechanical, chemical, heat and all other sources.
35
36
Clean, drain and purge the workplace as necessary for the type of work and entry.
37
Test the atmosphere for flammable gas, toxic gas, oxygen, etc.
38
39
Ensure that the personnel involved have a current valid certificate for the type and use of
breathing apparatus.
40
Ensure that all tools and equipment are safe for use in the work area.
41
Check the provision of protective clothing, harness, lifelines, rescue equipment and rescue
personnel.
42
Ensure that rescue personnel are adequately trained in the use of rescue equipment and are
capable of using it correctly.
43
Ensure that the fire and rescue service is informed of the location and nature of the work,
where appropriate.
44
If appropriate, ensure that the external emergency rescue services are informed of the
location and type of work being carried out.
45
46
Issue the Permit to Work which authorises entry and fixes a timescale within which the work
must be completed.
47
48
If the task is completed within the timescale, advise all concerned, cancel the Permit and
return the space to service.
49
If the work is not completed in time, withdraw all staff, cancel the Permit to Work and
consider how best to proceed.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
30
AL
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
Page 93
AL
AT
IO
COMPLETION OF
WORK
Signed
Date
Time
The above plant has been isolated from all sources of ingress of
dangerous fumes, etc.
Signed
The above plant has been isolated from all sources of electrical REQUEST FOR
EXTENSION
and mechanical power
Signed
The above plant has been isolated from all sources of heat
Signed
Date
The above plant has been freed of dangerous materials
EXTENSION
C
CLEANING AND
PURGING
Material(s):
I have read and understood this certificate and will undertake to work
in accordance with the conditions in it
Signed
The above plant has been removed from service and persons
under my supervision have been informed
EG
ISOLATION
ACCEPTANCE OF
CERTIFICATE
IN
WITHDRAWAL
FROM SERVICE
TE
R
WORK TO BE DONE
Page 94
QCS 2014
Date
Time
The work has been completed and all persons under my supervision
materials and equipment withdrawn
Signed
Date
Time
Date
Time
I have re-examined the plant detailed above and confirm that the
certificate may be extended to expire at
Method(s):
Further precautions:
TESTING
Signed
Contaminants tested
Date
Time
Signed
Results
Signed
Date
Time
I CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE PERSONALLY EXAMINED THE PLANT DETAILED ABOVE
AND SATISFIED MYSELF THAT THE ABOVE PARTICULARS ARE CORRECT
*(1)THE PLANT IS SAFE FOR ENTRY WITHOUT BREATHING APPARATUS
(2) BREATHING APPARATUS MUST BE WORN
Other precautions necessary:
Time of expiry of certificate:
* Delete (1) or (2)
Signed
Date
Time
Date
Time
Date
Time
Date
Time
QCS 2014
Safety in Demolition
Ascertain if the structures are stable before starting and that instability can be avoided
unless planned.
Ensure written risk assessments and method statements are developed, communicated and
understood.
Salvage or soft stripping is hazardous and must be planned and controlled to avoid the risk
of falling objects or collapse.
AL
IO
1.5.6.2 Introduction
Safe demolition is a very complex and technical skill. It is also potentially very dangerous if
carried out by Contractors who are not fully competent in demolition techniques.
Information, planning, responsible implementation and controls are the essential elements
for safe and successful demolition projects.
Whether demolition is required for a small building or for a complex factory site, you must be
aware of the hazards and risks. These need to be identified, assessed and effectively
controlled to reduce the potential for injury to persons and damage to property.
IN
TE
AT
The Contractor must provide comprehensive and relevant information on risks that exist in
the workplace and on any control measures that are in place, ensuring these are fit for
purpose and monitored for ongoing safety.
Employees have a duty to tell their Contractor of any work situation, including near misses,
which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or of any other person who
might be affected.
Where specific health hazards are identified, the Contractor must offer health surveillance to
the at-risk employees. Given the nature of demolition and the potential hazardous
substances that may be encountered, this duty could be particularly relevant to demolition
contractors.
EG
QCS 2014
Demolition has traditionally involved some work being carried out at height, which has in the
past been the cause of deaths and injuries to demolition operatives. Due to advances in
demolition techniques, and the increasing size and reach of the machines used, there is no
longer such a need to work at height. However, where work at height is carried out, it must
be done in a safe manner.
Under these Regulations, falling object protection is required for machinery. A demolition
specification excavator must have a cab guard, as it is foreseeable when working overhead
that material could fall onto the cab. The use of reinforcing bars as make-shift retaining pins
for attachments would be contrary to these Regulations.
It is common to see mobile crushers used in the demolition process to process the
demolition arisings for reuse as part of the next use of the site. These machines pose great
risks to the untrained. Issues such as machinery guarding and clearing blockages, as well as
noise and vibration, must be considered.
IO
AL
(b)
select the most appropriate work equipment when work at height cannot be avoided
(c)
(d)
(e)
where harnesses are being used, ensure emergency recovery arrangements are in
place
(f)
ensure that all work at height is based upon a risk assessment and carried out safely.
IN
TE
(a)
EG
AT
Where the use of work equipment involves a specific risk to health and safety, the use of the
equipment must be restricted to competent, specified workers authorised to carry out the
task.
The use of demolition machines, and in particular ultra high reach machines, is an important
part of the strategy to reduce the need for employees to work at height during demolition
activities.
These Regulations require that where a risk has been identified by a risk assessment, and it
cannot be adequately controlled by other means which are equally or more effective, the
Contractor must provide and ensure that employees use suitable personal protective
equipment.
In essence, personal protective equipment (PPE) may only be used as a last resort after all
other means of eliminating or controlling the risk have been considered and are not
practicable.
Whenever PPE is to be issued, the Contractor must ensure that employees have been given
adequate and appropriate information, instruction and training to enable the employees to
QCS 2014
understand the risks being protected against, the purpose of the PPE and the manner in
which it is to be used.
4
Whilst the Contractor must ensure that personal protective equipment is supplied and used,
the employee has a duty to properly use the equipment provided, follow the information,
instruction, and training that they have been given, and know the procedures for reporting
loss or defects to their Contractor.
These Regulations require that the Contractor provide employees with adequate information,
instruction, training and supervision to be able to carry out any work safely and without risks
to their health.
Every contractor undertaking demolition operations must appoint one or more competent
person(s) to plan and supervise the work. Under CDM it is a requirement that any dutyholder who puts 'another person' to work on a construction site, for example a contractor
engaging the services of a demolition contractor, must ensure that the person is competent
to do what is required of them.
The client has to ensure that there are adequate welfare arrangements. The demolition
contractor is therefore expected to control and co-ordinate all aspects of health and safety
regardless of the size of the project.
The National Federation of Demolition Contractors (NFDC) and the Institute of Demolition
Engineers (IDE) can provide information regarding the competence required for particular
projects.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
The arrangements for carrying out demolition or dismantling work shall be recorded in
writing, prior to the commencement of the work.
EG
(a)
The client is responsible for the provision of information such as Type 3 asbestos
surveys/service information and must appoint various other duty-holders. The client must
also ensure that adequate welfare facilities are provided, and not permit work to start until
there is evidence of adequate health and safety management systems and planning.
The designer is responsible for making the client aware of the client's responsibilities under
these Regulations as well as the design of the project. Many duty-holders can have designer
responsibilities as outlined in CDM.
The Engineer is responsible for the co-ordination of health and safety design and planning
aspects for projects, including:
(a)
(b)
informing the client if there are gaps in the pre-construction information, which need to
be addressed (for example additional surveys)
(c)
QCS 2014
(d)
(e)
The Engineer is also to advise - the client on the competency and resourcing of contractors
and to ensure that the Contractor's health and safety plan is adequately developed prior to
the work starting on site.
The minimum lead times for the project must form part of the information pack. This is a very
important development as, historically, the mobilisation period imposed by clients for this
sector of the industry has been too short to allow for adequate planning. Engineers must
themselves be competent; demolition and asbestos issues may be too specialist for many
who normally perform the Engineers role and they should be prepared to take specialist
advice.
The Contractor must ensure that the client is aware of their duties and is responsible for the
overall construction phase, taking into account health and safety issues and the
development of the health and safety plan.
Contractors and other workers must all work together as a team to achieve high standards in
health, safety and welfare on site. The contractors, which normally include utility companies,
must co-operate with the Contractor by obeying site rules, and so on.
AT
IO
AL
1.5.6.9 The health and safety plan and the health and safety file
The health and safety plan provides a focus for the construction phase of a project.
Relevant pre-construction information, relating to the health and safety hazards associated
with the work, should be provided by the client regardless of the size of the project.
IN
TE
the location and physical state of any asbestos where its presence has been identified
by a comprehensive invasive asbestos survey (Type 3 as defined in MDHS 100
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
other information which is required to ensure that the work can be planned
safely.
After being appointed by the client, the contractor must use the pre-construction information
provided by the client to develop the construction phase plan to the satisfaction of the client,
as advised by the Engineer.
(a)
(b)
reviewed and amended as often as is necessary for the duration of the project.
The health and safety file is a record of information for the client or end user of the premises.
It tells those who might be responsible for the structure in future, of the risks that will have to
QCS 2014
be managed during any maintenance, repair or renovation. Generally, for demolition work
the health and safety file will contain information such as details of:
(a)
any services, which have been capped or discovered and worked around
(b)
the presence of any voids and details of any areas that may have been filled
(c)
BS 6187:2000 is the British Standard for Demolition. It recommends good practice methods
for the demolition (both partial and whole), as well as decommissioning, of sites including
buildings and structures. It takes into account safety, health and issues which affect
protection of the environment.
Exclusion zone: an area where people are fully (sometimes partially) excluded during a
demolition activity. This zone should be determined by a competent person, detailed in the
health and safety plan, and may need to be defined by physical barriers on site.
Facade retention: where the outer wall of a building or structure is retained in its original
position during the demolition phase. It is usually supported by a facade retention system,
internal or external.
Fan: a protective screen fixed to scaffolding to contain falling debris during demolition. Any
fan must be designed to withstand the intended load.
Felling: the deliberate collapse of a structure in such a way that the debris falls in a
predetermined area.
Hot work: the application of heat (including the use of tools that can produce an incendiary
spark). It generally uses oxygen and propane gas cutting equipment.
Safe working spaces: areas where demolition work is taking place, often protected by
physical barriers (e.g. machines protected by ROPs, FOPs and MOPs as applicable).
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Machine-mounted attachments
10
Brock: a trade name for a range of remote control excavators, which can carry most
demolition attachments.
11
Combination Cutter: a tool which can crush concrete and also cut steel reinforcing bar.
12
Demolition ball: a cast steel ball (drops or pendulum swings in line with the jib) used to
demolish a structure (slew balling should be avoided; this technique is very rarely used now).
QCS 2014
14
15
16
Pusher arm: an extension to an excavator, which enables it to carry out high reach
demolition.
17
18
Rotator: an attachment fitted between the tool and the end of dipper arm of the excavator,
which allows the tool to be turned. Essential for most work in restricted sites.
AL
13
Control of Asbestos:
state that all asbestos containing materials should be removed prior to demolition so
far as is reasonably practicable
(b)
require that the necessary planning actions and notifications are carried out.
IO
(a)
AT
The management process should be based upon the information from an Asbestos survey,
carried out before contractors are invited to tender for the demolition. This should include a
drawing of the building footprint (all floors) and a list of the approximate amounts and
locations of asbestos-containing materials found.
From the survey, an inventory of asbestos containing materials should be made and ticked
off when they are removed. This should prevent creating risk during soft strip and demolition.
There are many occasions when asbestos containing materials are only revealed during the
demolition.
Machine drivers need to be trained in basic asbestos recognition so that they can stop work
and take advice if they discover suspicious materials.
EG
IN
TE
It cannot be emphasised too strongly that demolition is dangerous and must be left to the
experts.
Before any work starts, the implications of the demolition to be carried out must be
determined, for example:
(a)
What is the age of the building(s) and what was (were) the previous use(s)?
QCS 2014
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Are there any dangerous substances in, around or under the buildings which are to be
demolished, e.g. asbestos, lead paints, flammable liquids, unidentified drums or
packages, etc.?
(g)
(h)
(i)
Are there people and adjacent properties that may be affected by the proposed
working hours?
(j)
(k)
You may need to carry out a dilapidation survey of the adjacent buildings and or
highways.
AL
(b)
Once these things have been determined, decisions should be taken as to what are the
acceptable or unacceptable methods to carry out the demolition.
AT
IO
(b)
What is the time scale for the job to be carried out and is it sufficient for the demolition
to be carried out safely?
(a)
TE
Expertise is vital.
EG
IN
Names, addresses, contacts and telephone numbers should be detailed indicating the
project managers, quantity surveyors, architects, structural engineers etc
An explicit and concise opening paragraph should be included, outlining the extent of work
along with any other related activities, e.g. asbestos removal, facade retention, etc.
Where available, construction drawings should have been supplied to the contractor, along
with information on the former use of the site or buildings to be demolished. This information
(if any) physical or chemical hazards are on the site or in the buildings, e.g. underground
tanks and/or potential chemical or biological hazards or contaminated land.
QCS 2014
Having gathered all available information and visited the site to assess the work involved,
along with identifying all known hazards and confined spaces, the contractor's appointed
person on site should ensure that risk assessments, and assessments for asbestos, COSHH
or noise are made. Method statements should then be drawn up.
Consideration must be given at an early stage to control the access for workers and any
visitors, and ensure separate access and egress for vehicles, plant and machinery.
Finally, assess the impact that the site environment will have on any people who might be
affected by the activity, such as neighbours or members of the public.
1.5.6.20 Programme
The programme time allocated must be adequate to allow the demolition work to be carried
out safely. This should detail the correct sequence of the works with any stop and review
points.
Where the programme has unavoidable interfaces with other trades or contractors on site,
this must be recognised as a potential area of risk. Good communications, planning and
management are therefore essential to ensure high standards in health and safety.
IO
AL
AT
1.5.6.21 Services
Before any work starts, all utility companies should be contacted by the Contractor and sent
a site plan, showing the footprint and extent of the planned demolition, and requesting the
disconnection or isolation of the appropriate service (i.e. electricity, gas, water,
telecommunications or other cables).
These requests should be made in good time and be acknowledged in writing by the relevant
utility, with confirmation that the services have or will be isolated or disconnected.
Where such disconnection is not possible, any pipes or cables should be clearly identified,
marked and protected to ensure that they are not disturbed during the works.
If overhead power lines are present, care needs to be taken, particularly where machines,
cranes or excavators with high reach are to be used. Adequate control measures should be
put in place (e.g. warning goalposts).
EG
IN
TE
1.5.6.22 Contractors
1
Competent contractors should be carefully selected and appointed. Their activities should be
detailed in the health and safety method statement and incorporated into the health and
safety plan.
All contractors must be adequately supervised, controlled and made aware of any site rules
and emergency procedures.
Confirmation that personnel operating the machinery and equipment have been trained in
their safe and proper use for the types of machine being operated) should also be kept
readily available.
All plant, machinery and any associated equipment should be properly isolated and secured
at the end of each shift.
QCS 2014
The demolition area must be clearly defined by both physical barriers and adequate signage.
The demolition zone and exclusion areas may vary quite dramatically during the different
activities which will take place on the site and must be properly maintained and controlled.
IO
AL
existing walls with adequate secured hoarding to a minimum of 1.8 (but preferably 2.4)
metres high, sheeted in plywood or corrugated iron sheeting
(b)
(c)
IN
(a)
EG
Where there is the likelihood of trespassers or vandals, 24-hour security arrangements may
have to be implemented.
TE
AT
AL
QCS 2014
IO
The hierarchy of risk management must be applied, i.e. where possible avoid the risk, then
reduce, manage and control to an acceptable level of protection.
Where demolition is being carried out above or unavoidably close to the public, adequate
protection must be provided, e.g. fully sheeted scaffold with either 'Monarflex' or debris
netting. If necessary, also provide scaffold fans and walkways.
IN
TE
AT
Safe access and egress, both to the site and the workplace, must be clearly defined and
maintained at all times for use by personnel, equipment, vehicles and emergency services.
Where practicable, pedestrians should be segregated from vehicles, plant and equipment
movements.
EG
Adequate fire-fighting equipment must be available at all times, especially when any hot
work is being undertaken.
1.5.6.28 Welfare
1
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that there are adequate and maintained welfare
facilities.
QCS 2014
This will confirm the adequacy or otherwise of the company's arrangements for first aid. Any
shortcoming identified by the assessment must be rectified.
On a demolition site it is envisaged that the minimum requirement will be a trained first aider
or a number of trained emergency aiders, all with access to adequate first-aid facilities.
Scaffolding that is to be fitted with fans, debris netting or sheeting must be designed to take
into account wind loadings and the changing conditions on site (e.g. the partial removal of
structures which will affect the wind loading and ties). It is essential to ensure that the
scaffold contractor fully understands the intended demolition method so that they can decide
on the placement of scaffold ties.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor that scaffolding is inspected regularly and that
suitable records of inspections are kept.
Mobile tower scaffolds should be erected in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
by trained personnel only.
In line with good practice, access should be by stair towers; however, ladders that are used
for access to working platforms should be:
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
extend at least five rungs (1 metre) above the working platform unless an adequate,
separate handhold is provided.
EG
IN
(a)
Where the demolition work requires that a progressive dismantling of the scaffolding takes
place, attention must be paid to the remaining scaffold's stability, for example the adequacy
of the remaining working platforms, ties and bracing.
After each time that the scaffold is modified and before it is next occupied, it must be
inspected by a competent person to certify that it is still safe to work on, and a record of the
inspection made
Where self-propelled mobile access platforms are used, Contractors must ensure that the
operator is properly and adequately trained.
10
Additionally, care must be taken to ensure ground conditions are acceptable for these
platforms.
11
Where the work requires employees to work from cradles (and/or suspended baskets)
attached to a crane, a deadman's handle should be fitted with the ability to be power lowered
only.
QCS 2014
Operatives must receive training in the inspection and safe use of safety harnesses, worn at
all times when working in such equipment. These harnesses must be secured to an anchor
point in the equipment. The harness and lanyard must be inspected each time they are worn.
This is very important for anyone involved in hot works which could result in damage to a
harness or lanyard.
With the progressive nature of demolition projects, harnesses are commonly used to prove a
quick solution to a difficult access problem. It is vital that the following basic check is
performed to avoid selecting an anchor point that is simply too close to the ground. The
wearer needs to allow for:
their height
(b)
(c)
AL
(a)
In many instances this will mean that a minimum of a 5.5 m 'fall distance' is required to
enable a fall to be safely arrested. This needs to be factored into the plan for working at
height. It does not mean that harnesses may not be the safest way to do the work; just that
restraint lanyards or work positioning harnesses, as opposed to fall-arrest equipment, are
more appropriate in some circumstances.
There is significant concern regarding how long someone can survive if they do fall whilst
wearing a harness and are suspended in it. Unless they are rescued immediately they are
likely to suffer from a potentially serious medical condition known as 'suspension trauma'.
Before work starts an effective rescue plan must be developed, which would ensure that
someone who has fallen is rescued as soon as is practical and certainly within 10 minutes.
IN
(b)
(c)
(d)
where there is doubt about the capacity of the building to take loadings.
EG
(a)
TE
AT
IO
It is good practice to consult a structural engineer at the planning stage of demolition to avoid
uncontrolled collapse.
This section gives an outline of the types of demolition techniques commonly employed.
The key to a successful demolition is to ensure the appropriate risk assessments and
method statements have been developed to identify the correct sequence of carrying out the
work. These must be fit for purpose, clearly communicated and understood by the persons
using them.
Partial demolition
3
Partial demolition is often carried out where refurbishment is being undertaken and can
include facade retention. In any demolition, daily or, if required, more frequent checks should
QCS 2014
If at any time during the demolition the structure appears or becomes unsafe, all workers
should be withdrawn until actions have been taken to remove any danger.
Progressive demolition is generally carried out in the reverse order to construction, and often
follows the soft strip-out phase.
This is the most commonly used method of demolishing structures and should be detailed in
the health and safety plan.
In high-rise buildings where a floor-by-floor demolition is being carried out, danger points
should be recognised such as:
structural stability
(b)
on floor loadings
(c)
falling debris
(d)
(e)
(f)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
When explosives are being considered, only fully qualified explosive engineers should be
used.
IN
TE
EG
Manual demolition techniques are used when other methods of demolition are not suitable or
possible.
11
Some of the types of tools or operations that can be used in manual demolition are:
(a)
10
hand tools
(b)
(c)
(d)
stitch drilling
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
steeple jacking.
General precautions
12
identify any pre-stressed or post-tensioned concrete beams that may be present within
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
(d)
use compressed air or portable electric power tools, from a 110 volt supply
(e)
(f)
in addition to site induction, ensure task and tool box talks are prepared, delivered and
understood at key stages of the work.
As far as is reasonably practicable, employees should not work above each other and care
must be taken to ensure that debris does not drop into other working areas.
14
If lift shafts or other formed openings are used to drop debris down, the openings must be
adequately protected by either suitable guard-rails and toe-boards (with no gap between
guard-rails and toe-boards exceeding 470 mm) or by other substantial, effective barriers. It
may not be possible to guard an opening where plant such as a 'bob cat' is being used to
bulldoze arisings into a shaft or chute. In such cases a safe system of work must be
developed which is sufficiently robust to:
AL
13
(b)
control when materials will be loaded and unloaded to stop materials being tipped onto
someone below
(c)
AT
IO
(a)
It is still acceptable to use window openings as a means of removing debris from upper
floors under certain conditions. The opening would need to be protected so that operatives
cannot fall whilst throwing the debris out and the landing zone must be completely protected
so that materials cannot fall on anyone. Typically the area will be fenced off with mobile
fence panels and then the material loaded with an excavator into a hook bin container. If the
structure has more than two storeys, consideration should be given to creating an enclosed
drop zone within a scaffold chute.
16
With regard to falling materials and exposed edges, where necessary danger areas
(exclusion zones) must be created.
EG
IN
TE
15
17
(b)
(c)
(d)
flashback arresters should always be fitted between cylinder gauges and hoses
(e)
operatives must be trained in the safe use of the equipment and wear the appropriate
PPE (e.g. goggles and gloves).
18
Whenever oxy-propane cutting equipment is used, the correct fire-fighting equipment should
always be available. All operatives should be trained in the safe use of fire extinguishers.
19
Hot work should generally be stopped for an agreed period before leaving site, typically one
hour before finishing, to avoid the potential of fire.
Machinery used should be fit for purpose, used in safe working spaces, adequately protected
QCS 2014
23
To avoid physical injury from movement of the parts of the building being demolished, the
machine should work in its own zone and be guided by a signaller. The signaller should
always be in visual contact with the machine driver when positioned close to the machine.
24
Whilst the machine driver is isolated from noise and dust, the signaller is not and may need
to wear PPE depending on the findings of the risk assessments for the work being done, for
example if an impact hammer is being used.
25
The height of the wall or building to be demolished should not normally be greater than the
attack (maximum) reach of the machine.
26
In some circumstances, it is possible to create a ramp for the machine to sit on to increase
the reach using rubble from previous demolition. Care must be taken to ensure that there
has been sufficient compaction to avoid the machine sitting on an unstable base.
27
If the ramp is being created within a building, it is very important to keep the ramp separated
from the outside walls to avoid surcharging them. In some very limited circumstances,
undermining or undercutting when the machine cannot reach the top of the building may be
acceptable. Any contractor selecting this method must implement a safe system of work that
ensures:
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
22
(b)
EG
With regard to the second bullet-point, it is likely that a combination of methods, such as preweakening, will be employed to ensure the direction that the material will fall is controlled.
28
(a)
QCS 2014
Typically these machines have a reach between 15 and 50 metres plus the length of the
fitted attachments for crunching concrete or shearing steels. The recommended working
height for this type of machine is 75% of the maximum reach.
30
These sophisticated machines are often fitted with variable width tracks, which usually make
them much heavier, giving increased ground-bearing pressure and reduced working
envelopes. It is vital that any voids and ducts located where the machine will track are
discovered and adequately filled. In terms of ground conditions, these machines should be
considered more as a crane or piling frame in terms of stability, rather than an excavator.
General precautions
Before using the demolition equipment, steps must be taken to ensure that the building is
completely empty and that all services are isolated.
32
Because of the danger of debris falling onto the excavator and its driver, the machine should
have a fitted cab guard and, as an added precaution, should be fitted with shatterproof glass.
AL
31
IO
Demolition ball
Demolition using a ball is extremely rare due to the advent of super high reach machines.
When a ball is used, the crane equipment must be heavy duty and only drop or pendulum
(e.g. in line with the jib) balling techniques should be employed.
34
When a ball is employed, regular (e.g. hourly) inspections of the equipment must take place,
paying particular attention to the attachments and shackles.
The demolition of bridges, pylons, masts, etc. requires specialised planning and techniques.
EG
General precautions
IN
35
TE
AT
33
37
A comprehensive safe working plan must be developed providing a safe means of access,
using a competent crane hire company and experienced slingers and signallers.
36
Environmental considerations
38
Noise, dust, fumes, vibration and fire control need to be properly addressed before and
during the demolition operation. Consideration should be given to the following points.
Noise
39
The contractor must ensure that a noise assessment has been carried out and that, where
possible, people are kept out of the danger area.
40
Any machinery which is to be used in the demolition process should, as far as possible, be
fitted and used with soundproofing equipment (e.g. exhaust silencers).
41
Where it is necessary for people to work within the area of noisy operations, adequate
hearing protection must be provided and used as necessary. If the upper exposure action
value is exceeded, or likely to be exceeded, hearing protection must be worn and hearing
QCS 2014
Where the findings of a risk assessment indicate that the hearing of any employee is at risk
due to noise exposure at work, health surveillance, including hearing checks, must be
provided.
43
British Standard 5228 gives advice on the provisions for noise control on demolition sites.
Dust
44
Nearly all demolition activities create dust and many require a COSHH assessment.
45
Taking simple precautions, such as the following, ensures the dust nuisance can be reduced
to a minimum.
Implementing techniques that reduce dust generation.
(b)
The use of light water sprays both before and during demolition are very effective.
However, consideration should be given to any potential run-off contaminants that
may be produced and to the proximity of demolition work to electrical services and
drains.
(c)
Where demolition is being carried out inside a building and water sprays are
inappropriate, local ventilation, using air movers and filters, can help to alleviate dust
levels.
(d)
Dust masks, as any other personal protective equipment, should be used only as a
last resort. Where any mask is used, the wearer must be face-fit tested for the mask.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
A comprehensive ' invasive asbestos survey must be undertaken prior to the demolition
being started and preferably before contractors are invited to tender for the demolition.
TE
46
Asbestos
IN
Fumes
A cutting torch, used on steelwork, may produce toxic gases such as nitrogen dioxide. If a
phosphate coating is present, phosphine may be produced. If a chlorinated solvent has been
used, sulphides may be formed which have no smell until high toxic levels are present.
Additionally, toxic metal fumes may be given off.
48
Attention is drawn particularly to lead (lead painted steelwork), cadmium (cadmium bolt
heads) and zinc.
49
Before any hot work cutting is allowed, available information or paint samples may be
required for analysis, a COSHH assessment should be undertaken, and the necessary
control measures implemented.
EG
47
Vibration transmission
50
Vibration from demolition operations can cause damage to adjacent property and injury to
personnel working on site or, in extreme cases, to members of the public. Exposure to
vibration must be controlled.
51
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
52
With regard to the last point, the exposure time for most demolition hand tools is extremely
short, and the contractor will need a robust policy which includes health surveillance to carry
out hand demolition using demolition picks.
54
General hot work, using oxygen and propane cutting equipment, should be carried out only
by operatives trained in its safe and proper use, wearing the appropriate personal protective
equipment, i.e. goggles, gloves, overalls.
55
If the occasional burning of debris, such as wood or paper, is allowed on site, the fire must
be as small as possible, well away from buildings, roadways, fuel stores, and kept under
constant supervision.
56
All fires must be completely extinguished at least one hour before work stops for the day and
checked again, to ensure there are no glowing embers before operatives leave the site.
57
Adequate fire-fighting equipment must be available, with fire points containing extinguishers
in prominent and well-marked areas adjacent to the demolition operations.
AT
IO
AL
53
TE
Recycling
Demolition works should therefore be reviewed carefully to identify what wastes will be
produced, what actions will be taken to deal with these wastes.
59
(a)
EG
IN
58
(b)
All materials to be recycled should be checked for any contaminants and dealt with in
the correct manner to the required specification e.g. 6F2.
(c)
Operatives working on the crushers must be properly trained (both general training on
the use of crushers and specific training in respect of the equipment being used).
(d)
Serious consideration must be given to the need for machinery guarding on crushers.
A daily check sheet should be completed by the operator, which confirms that all
guards are in place and the emergency stops are working.
(e)
Robust safe systems of work are required to deal with blockages. These often happen
because the operator loading the crusher simply feeds in lumps that are too big, or
because during the demolition process the machine driver did not sort the materials
well and large lumps of timber have entered the stockpile.
(f)
All crusher operators are likely to require hearing checks and monitoring as the noise
levels are normally high.
(g)
Even with the dust suppression systems operational, it is unlikely that disposable
QCS 2014
(h)
Before any materials are removed from site, both vehicular access to, and egress from, the
site must be agreed. Where applicable, bog mats and wheel washing facilities should be
provided to ensure that debris is not carried onto the highway. Depending on the nature of
the material, consideration should be given to covering lorries to prevent dust and debris.
61
Demolition is not an exact science and if the job does not look or sound right there may be a
problem. If you have any doubts about the job, or how it can be safely carried out, request
further clarification before proceeding.
IO
62
AL
AT
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Ensure the site is, as far as possible, free from any piles of combustible rubbish.
(f)
Ensure that sufficient signs are available and clearly visible to warn of hazardous
areas and activities.
(g)
(h)
Check the progress and sequence of the job to ensure that it is being carried out in
compliance with the health and safety plan.
TE
IN
EG
(i)
(a)
The key to a successful and safe demolition project is to plan, implement, monitor and maintain a safe
system of work.
DEMOLITION IS
DANGEROUS,
TECHNICAL
AND ONLY FOR THE
EXPERTS
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
PLANNING AND
SUPERVISION ARE
PARAMOUNT
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Safety in Piling
Piling operations can give rise to different hazards dependent upon the type of piling being
undertaken. Certain hazards are, however, generally common on all types of piling and the
following gives both the general precautions to be taken and the special precautions relating
to the different types of piling.
Note:
AL
For all types of piling it is essential that a working surface designed to support the plant &
equipment safely when working and moving, is provided. Failure of the Working Platform
(piling mat) accounts for 30% of dangerous occurrences involving piling equipment. Any
such failure is potentially fatal. It is important that the responsibility for design, construction
and maintenance of the working platform is established and agreed, before work
commences. Piling contractors will provide details of their equipment to assist contractors in
constructing suitable access and working surface in the piling area. Piling contractors are to
ensure that their access and work area remains suitable and in good order.
Prior to piling, all underground services in the area should be located and marked where
they cannot be rendered safe. It is important to consult the services authority in the area on
these matters. A check should also be carried out to ensure that there are no cellars,
underground watercourses, ground conditions or made up or soft ground, etc., which could
create hazards during the operation. Consideration must also be given to potential instability,
which may be caused by the weather.
Where the site is contaminated, consideration must be given to the type of piling used and
additional welfare facilities provided.
Particular attention should be given to planning activities concurrent with piling including
identifying safe working distances and pedestrian and traffic access routes.
All persons working on piling operations must wear safety helmets and footwear. Ear and
eye protection must be provided and worn where necessary.
When piling from a pontoon or adjacent to water, personnel should wear self-inflating life
jackets. Rescue equipment (e.g. a safety boat and lifebuoys with lifelines attached) must be
kept ready for immediate use and enough men must know how to use it.
Where fluid concrete is used provision for the washing out of static plant and delivery
vehicles must be made, as you must protect watercourses against pollution.
Rated capacity indicators / limiters (RCI/L) are not required to be fitted on piling rigs when
used for normal piling operations. Likewise, an RCI/L - is not required when a rig is being
used to erect another rig,provided that the weight of components is accurately known and
does not exceed 75% of the safe working load (SWL) of the rig. However, if a rig with a SWL
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
of more than one tonne is used for general lifting operations, such as the loading and
transport of materials on site, it must be fitted with an RCI/L.
10
Machine operators must be trained, competent, medically fit and authorised by the contractor
to operate the machine.
11
Piling rigs are classed as lifting equipment and therefore require a thorough examination
after assembly and before being put into service at a new site or in a new location and at
least every 12 months. Inspections should also be carried out at suitable intervals.
Accessories for lifting (lifting gear) require a thorough examination at least every 6 months.
12
Piling rigs and cranes should only travel on slopes at gradients approved by the machine
manufacturer and "slew pins" must be used in these circumstances to reduce the risk of
overturning.
13
AL
Cranes are widely used conventionally for load handling in association with piling activities.
Some techniques (e.g. sheet piling) also use cranes to install piles.
IO
Piling rigs are either purpose made machines or cranes specially adapted for piling by
the fitting of masts / leaders and / or sub assemblies to power boring equipment.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Any crane used for raising or lowering people must be fitted with a dead man's handle
and the descent must be effectively controlled; the latter is currently achieved by
power lowering. Properly constructed man carrying cages, designed to prevent
crushing and falls of people that are unable to spin or tip, must be used. The cages
should be regularly and carefully inspected. Any item of lifting equipment used to carry
persons must be thoroughly examined by a competent person at six monthly intervals.
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
Piles and other materials should be stacked safely on ground of equal bearing ability, with
safe access for subsequent removal and use in mind.
Where there are marked lifting points they should be used. Never lift bundles by their
security ties, use the correct sling.
Flat and bundled items (e.g. sheet piles, bundles of reinforcement) must be lifted with the
correct lifting accessories and spacers placed between layers so that chains etc. can be
safely removed after setting down.
Hand tag lines should be used for long or bulky items which are likely to spin, especially in
windy conditions.
QCS 2014
(b)
All control levers on the piling rig should be clearly marked to indicate their purpose
and mode of operation.
(c)
Persons not directly involved must stand well clear at all times when the rig is
operating.
(d)
(e)
When piles are extended by welding, full precautions for temporarily securing the
additional length and welding must be observed.
(f)
When piles are extended using proprietary jointing systems the manufacturer's safety
and technical procedures must be followed.
(g)
Where persons have to approach the rig mast and the raised hammer for alignment
and, or maintenance purposes the hammer must be secured to prevent its
unintentional release.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
QCS 2014
The Contractor must consider the following simple factors in connection with the sheet piling
process:
(a)
how the piles are held in position during driving, how the piles are to be threaded,
(b)
how the first pile is secured whilst the second is threaded, the overall scheme to
devise a system to prevent the falls of persons and materials.
(c)
Piles can either be held in position during driving using a special leader arrangement
attached to the crane or piling plant or, alternatively, a gate system may be used.
Gate systems
A supporting system should be chosen which is appropriate for the operation, e.g. where
short runs of sheet piling are required and accuracy is not the main criteria', then a single
gate system may be used.
A single gate system is made up of a simple frame of either timber or steel gates supported
by block a suitable distance above ground level. A shallow guide trench is normally dug to
assist with the location of the sheet piles.
The "gate support system" shown is a two-gate system, made up from timber H-frames, set
in concrete
Kelly Blocks. These H-frames are then spanned by RSJs (gates). If the gates are over 2m
high, or over any potentially dangerous area, they must not be used as working platforms
unless fitted with toe boards which rise at least 150mm and main guardrails at least 950mm
above the walkway. Additionally, intermediate guardrails, or other rigid barriers, must be
fitted so that there is not an unprotected gap of more than 475mm in height in the means of
protection against a fall. Where such protection cannot be provided, access to slinging points
must be gained by ladder and NOT by means of the gates.
Permanent ladder access must be secure and extend above the gates sufficiently to provide
a safe handhold. (A distance of 1.05m is recommended).
If using a cantilever system, a tie-back should be used where possible, as well as kentledge
to provide safe anchorage and stability of the frame.
When piling is progressing and temporary piles are used to support the gate system, it is
advisable to use purpose made brackets and bolt them to the piles. Any welding necessary
should be carried out by competent welders.
10
When constructing Kelly Blocks, reinforcement should be placed in the concrete base.
Vertical RSJs should have a good "key". Vertical timber should not be cast into the block but
should be wedged and bolted. Where doubt exists over the stability of Kelly Blocks, guy lines
should be used. Lifting eyes should be cast into the blocks.
11
When using Kelly Blocks, it is essential to ensure that these are temporarily landed on an
adequate foundation to prevent subsidence and overturn during piling operations. This is
particularly applicable during works in rivers, etc.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
If shackle holes have to be burned in the pile, sharp burrs should be removed to prevent
damage to shackle pins.
13
Remote release shackles should be used where possible and the sheet pile must not be
lifted vertically without first checking that the pin is properly engaged through the sheet. The
QCS 2014
length of the operating rope must be less than the length of the pile and the rope should be
secured around the pile to prevent snagging, or being caught in the wind and becoming
inaccessible.
If piles are too heavy for a remote release shackle and work cannot safely be carried out
from a ladder, a lifting cage should be provided to gain access for unscrewing the shackle.
15
If a special lifting eye is to be welded to the pile for angled pitching, the weld should have a
factor of safety of at least 2.
16
Long sheet piles should be pitched with a pile threader following the manufacturer's
guidance for use. Where this is not possible, a pile pitching cage should be used. The cage
should hang from an adjacent pile, the operatives wearing safety harnesses hooked to the
adjacent pile before the crane hook is removed from the cage.
17
When sheet piles are being pitched it is essential to take particular care to ensure the
stability of the first few piles, but especially the first pile. This may be achieved by fixing the
pile to the gate at two points so that it cannot move within the plane of the gate. This action
will also ensure that the pile is stable if an effective toe-in is not achieved due to hard/stony
ground conditions.
18
When feeding sheet piles through top and bottom gates, use wood blocks or a bent bar.
Never use a straight pinch bar, as fingers can easily be trapped.
19
Additional precautions are required for work carried out from ladders, e.g. Clutching: the
ladder must be placed in the valley of a previously placed pile; the ladder must be footed
and, when at the top of the ladder and both hands are required for clutching, a safety
harness must be worn and secured to the pile using a girder grip.
20
Wedging: the ladder must be placed against the RSJ and footed; wedges should be prepositioned on the RSJ A 4lb lump hammer should be used as this can be swung with one
hand. If two hands are required, a safety harness must be worn, with the lanyard wrapped
around the RSJ or connected to a girder grip.
21
The work method must not be changed without the approval of the contractor responsible for
the piling operation. If windy conditions make the handling of the sheet piles difficult, work
must stop until the responsible person has been consulted and a safe method of continuing
the work has been devised.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
14
Piling Hammers
22
The recommendations of BS 5228 Pt. 4: Code of practice for noise control applicable to
piling operations, should be closely followed.
23
Hammers, and in particular all clamping bolts, should be regularly inspected and a record
kept.
24
25
26
27
Should the piston of a hammer jam, the trip-lever should be pulled to the open position
before removing the hammer from the pile.
28
Damaged high-pressure airlines or high voltage cables, feeding the hammer, can present a
QCS 2014
All hose couplings should be properly manufactured and matched. The joining of rubber
pipes to brass spigots should be by clamp and not hose clips.
31
33
Attachment of a hoist rope should always be done using a properly matched anchor and
pear; the dead end of the rope should be secured to itself using a bulldog clip or other
approved means.
34
35
Hoist ropes should be inspected regularly during piling operations and a record of
inspections kept
AT
IO
AL
32
Pile helmets or crowns must be well constructed, strong enough and free from defect.
Should packing or spacers be needed, they should be drilled, tapped and screwed, to secure
in place, and then be welded. Remember that any welds to a solid cast helmet will eventually
crack.
IN
TE
36
EG
Pile extraction
Where pile extraction is necessary, due allowance should be made for the frictional forces
occurring between the pile and ground, in order to determine the correct size of crane and
extractor.
38
It is good practice to use a tag line between hook and adjacent pile to prevent the extractor
swinging out of control should the pile snap.
39
Care should be taken when lowering extracted piles to ensure that the load on the crane
hook is kept vertical.
40
Where a crane is used to extract piles it is common practice for the rated capacity indicator
to be disconnected to prevent damage. This is a legal operation in that the crane is
effectively a "piling rig" whilst this work is taking place. However, the competent person for
lifting operations must ensure that the machine remains within its safe working capacity
throughout the operation. The RCI/L must be promptly connected before any other lifting
work is attempted.
37
This technique involves specialist piling equipment that bores a hole which, depending on
ground conditions may be lined (cased). Relatively short rotating boring tools are used which
are withdrawn from the ground fully loaded with spoil. Once the tool is above the ground the
QCS 2014
rig is commonly slewed off the bore and the spoil is discharged. Reinforcement bars and
concrete are placed in the hole and any temporary casing is extracted to complete the
process.
Personnel not directly involved with the activity should be kept clear at all times,
particularly from the boring and spin off (spoil discharge) areas.
(b)
Fixed guarding to Rotary Bored Piling Augers is not practicable due to the nature of
the equipment. A controlled zone must be identified at each pile location and can be
defined as a zone at 2m radius from the centre of the auger. A banksman must be in
attendance at all times while the piling rig is active and must be given authority and
responsibility to ensure only authorised persons are permitted within the zone. No
person is permitted within the zone while the auger is rotating (this precludes manual
cleaning of the auger). Should any manual intervention be required the auger must be
stopped. An excavator can be used within the zone for the purposes of clearing spoil
but only under the banksmans supervision.
(c)
To remove spoil from the auger the loaded auger should be carefully slewed off the
pile position to the discharge point in a controlled manner. When the auger is being
spun off it should be as close to the ground as possible to minimise the spread of spoil
and the auger spin speed should be only sufficient to empty the tool so as to minimise
the spread of spoil.
(d)
(e)
Open bores must be fitted with a cover or other suitable protection to prevent people
falling into them. Common practices include leaving the casing 1m above working
platform level and the auger or other boring tool in the borehole.
(f)
(g)
In the majority of circumstances there is no need for a person to enter a pile bore/shaft
and this should be avoided. Remote means of inspection and sampling the sides of
shafts should be used wherever possible.
(h)
Where entry into a pile bore / shaft is unavoidable the recommendations of British
Standard BS 8008 or equivalent must be followed.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
All persons entering the controlled zone must be properly informed and instructed on the
risks associated with this operation. The banksman must be trained on slinger signalling
matters. The banksman must be identified.
43
The guard forms a natural resting position for the banksman, this position is away from the
auger.
42
QCS 2014
AL
With this technique specialist piling rigs screw an auger into the ground the full depth of the
pile bore. Concrete is then pumped through the hollow auger stem and spoil is removed as
the auger is withdrawn. Reinforcement is placed in the bore after concreting.
(a)
The majority of rigs used for this type of piling have a certain amount of guarding
achieved by extending the gate (guide), which is used to maintain the position of the
augers. However this gate does need to be opened to allow the piling rig to achieve its
full depth and to facilitate the rigging of the augers and the gate will not allow work
immediately adjacent to structures, especially in corners.
(b)
A controlled zone must be identified at each pile location and can be defined as a
zone at 2m radius from the centre of the auger. A banksman must be in attendance at
all times while the piling rig is active and must be given authority and responsibility to
ensure only authorised persons are permitted within the zone. No person is permitted
within the zone while the auger is rotating (this precludes manual cleaning of the
auger). Should any manual intervention be required the auger must be stopped. An
excavator can be used within the zone for the purposes of clearing spoil but only
under the banksmans supervision
(a)
(b)
EG
IN
All persons entering the controlled zone must be properly informed and instructed on the
risks associated with the CFA piling operation. The banksman must be trained on slinger
signalling matters. The banksman must be identified. Providing this procedure is strictly
adhered to then this may be adopted as an alternative approach to the guarding of CFA
augers when mechanical means of guarding is not reasonably practicable.
Mechanical or automatic auger cleaning devices should be used.
45
TE
AT
IO
44
All control levers on the piling rig should be clearly marked to indicate their purpose
and mode of operation.
(c)
When ropes are subject to heavy wear, they must be frequently inspected and
changed as necessary.
(d)
Similarly, the auger section joints and their wedges must be inspected on a daily basis
for excessive wear.
(e)
A tripod is set up over the pile position and various tools are used to advance boring. These
are raised and dropped by a rope winch attached to the tripod. Casings are driven to line the
bore, their depth varying with ground conditions. Spoil is removed as boring progresses.
Reinforcement and concrete is placed before the casings are withdrawn.
(a)
Each tripod leg must be identity marked and every tripod and winch marked with its
safe working load (SWL). Identity marks must correspond with the examination
records.
(b)
Ropes should be secured with suitable fastenings, e.g. bulldog clips. Where
appropriate, properly constructed saddles or hard eyes should be used.
(c)
(d)
The tripod legs must not be overspread or overloaded. The base plates should be
adequate and secured to prevent any accidental movement of the rig.
(e)
(f)
All parts of the winch should be effectively guarded, although it is acknowledged that
access to the winch drum is required to enable the rope to be pushed across the drum
during a gear change.
(g)
Constant attention must be paid to the condition of rope, which should be changed as
soon as it becomes necessary.
(h)
When a rope/chain block is being used to extract the casings, the capacity of the block
must not exceed the capacity of the rig.
(i)
Under no circumstances must there be less than 2 full turns of the rope on the winch
drum at any time.
IO
AL
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
There are many other piling techniques. Specialist suppliers should be contacted for
alternative safe working procedures.
47
AT
Other techniques
QCS 2014
Safety in Formwork/Falsework
Falsework is any temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its
erection and until it becomes self-supporting. This definition applies not only to in-situ
concrete construction, but also to precast concrete structures, structural steel erection, and
even such items as brick arches, indeed, any construction method where the permanent
structure may have a period of instability, requiring support in the erection process.
Note: Section 5 of the QCS covers use and handling of concrete.
Standard solutions are given in B5 5975. However, unless the job falls within the limitations
of the particular standard solution, further design will be required.
IO
AL
AT
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Inadequate foundations.
TE
(a)
IN
Whatever category the work falls into, it is generally accepted by competent international
authorities that the causes of failure fall into a number of well-defined areas:
Within the above scope, it must be recognised that failure often does not result from one
specific error or inadequacy. More likely it will be due to an accumulation of errors, not in
themselves critical, which combine to erode the factor of safety to the point where failure
occurs.
1.5.8.4 Design
EG
The design of temporary works such as falsework comes within the scope of these
regulations. Whether the falsework design is provided by standard solutions or by individual
design, the parameters on which the design is to be based need to be clearly established. In
this respect, it must be recognised that the loads imposed on falsework do not only arise
from the permanent structure. Many will occur as a result of method and plant decisions.
BS 5975 covers with the preparation and contents of the design brief in detail.
people falling during erection and striking of formwork and assembly of the steel frame
collapse of the formwork
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
QCS 2014
(a)
designers should consider the manual handling risks when detailing size and length of
the reinforcing bar;
(b)
(c)
using formwork systems that have edge protection and access designed in
(d)
(e)
(b)
guard rails or other suitable barriers to prevent falls are put in place as work
progresses.
(c)
workers have safe access to the work -- it is not safe to stand on primary or other
open timbers.
(d)
(e)
(f)
equipment is in good order before use. Do not use substitutes for the manufacturer's
pins in adjustable props.
(g)
the formwork, falsework and temporary supports are checked, properly tied, footed,
braced and supported before loading, and before pouring walls or columns.
(h)
workers are protected from wet concrete (provide gloves and Wellington boots and
proper washing facilities) and silica dust (provide respirators or avoid the need to
scabble by using a retarder).
(i)
loads are spread as evenly as possible on the temporary structure. Do not place large
loads of timber, reinforcing bars or wet concrete in a localised area -- spread loads
evenly.
(j)
it is known when back-propping is required and how soon the new structure can be
loaded; and there is a planned safe dismantling procedure.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
EG
Many of these risks can be reduced or removed by design and careful planning:
QCS 2014
Explosives
1.5.9.1 Introduction
1
This subsection aims to give general guidance to Site Managers on the acquisition, keeping,
transfer, storage, transportation and use of explosives in the construction industry. In
addition, it is anticipated that the information will enable Sub Contractor's method statements
and risk assessments to be assessed. Further guidance on the use of explosives is provided
in BS 5607:1998 "Code of Practice for safe use of explosives in the construction industry".
Advice on the explosives used in cartridge operated fixing tools is given in BS 4078 Part 1.
Note: Section 2, Part 1.5 of the QCS covers explosives.
Before any work involving explosives is planned and carried out the person responsible for
the site, for example the Principal Contractor, must appoint someone with sufficient
knowledge and experience to oversee this work. Even when a sub contractor will carry out
the blasting the appointed Supervisor must satisfy him or herself that the planning,
documents and implementation are satisfactory as this is obviously a high-risk operation.
Similarly, the business actually carrying out the work with explosives must ensure that
Supervisors and Shot firers are competent to carry out their work. The competence and
training of Shot firers is dealt with later in the section.
AT
IO
AL
1.5.9.2 Appointments
Before any work involving the use of explosives is started, a detailed survey should be made
of the site and its adjoining areas. Where earthworks, tunnelling or demolition are involved,
relevant information may be obtained from British Standards 6031, 6164 and 6187
respectively.
Special attention should be given to the character and structure of the geographical strata to
ensure that they are not likely to transmit ground vibration to areas where it is likely to cause
damage. The affect on utilities, including underground and over-ground services, should be
carefully considered.
Notifications
3
EG
IN
TE
Prior notice of the intention to use explosives should be given to all those who may be
affected. For example, the water; gas, electricity and telephone authorities, the police and
airports.
Documentation
4
Eplosives may be acquired, or stored only by persons who hold a valid Explosives
Certificate. This is usually referred to as the "acquire and keep" certificate. An Explosives
Certificate may be issued for both acquisition and storage of explosives or for acquisition
only. Certificates permitting acquisitions only should be obtained where it is intended to use
explosives on the day they are delivered to site. An Explosive Certificate is not required for
the acquisition or storage of cartridge operated tool cartridges which carry the following UN
numbers: 0275, 0276, 0323 or 0381.
In addition to the explosives certificate the person ordering or taking delivery of explosives
must be competent to do so and have received the relevant approvals from the competent
authorities.
QCS 2014
Storage
Guidance on the methods of storing and types of construction required for a store for
explosives may be ontained from the competent authority. In addition, advice may also be
obtained from the manufacturer of the explosives which are to be used. The storage facilities
will be inspected and therefore it is important that the guidance and advice is complied with.
The movement of explosives into and out of the store must be recorded, and there must be a
formal procedure for accepting delivery of explosives and for checking that they conform to
the contents of the advice note. It is essential to ensure that detonators are stored separately
from other explosives. The loss of any explosives must be reported to the police. No person
may transfer explosives to another person unless he is satisfied that the transferee has an
Explosive Certificate certifying him to be a fit person to acquire explosives. This does not
prohibit employers from giving explosives to their employees, but it does mean that a
Principle Contractor must check that a Sub-contractor has an Explosives Certificate before
providing the Sub-contractor with explosives.
Rubber Overshoes must be kept in each store and worn by people who are not wearing
rubber soled footwear and have to enter the store. No iron or steel implements should be
taken into explosives stores and no naked lights or other means of ignition should be taken
within 25m of them.
10
The issuing of explosives should be restricted to persons who have been authorised in
writing by the Site Manager.
AT
IO
AL
TE
the requirement for vehicles to be suitable, having regard to the type of explosives and
quantity of explosives carried; quantity limits for various types of explosives are also
imposed,
(b)
(c)
the requirement for the marking of vehicles and containers, except where small
quantities of certain types of explosives are carried,
(e)
(d)
EG
IN
11
Transport
the requirement for written, specified information about the load to be kept on the
vehicle,
the requirement to take all reasonable steps to ensure safe and secure carriage,
12
Vehicle operators must ensure that drivers have received adequate instruction and training
on dangers which may arise, action to be taken in an emergency and on their duties. Drivers
must attend an approved course, on successful completion of which they will be awarded a
Vocational Training Certificate. Drivers must carry these certificates.
13
Finally, where explosives are carried on the public roadway, the safe system of transport
must be prepared by a person with training and knowledge of the health and safety
implications of carrying explosives. This requirement will normally apply to the supplier who
should be organised so that he delivers directly to the explosive store on the day when
blasting is taking place.
14
Further transport of explosives on site must be in a vehicle provided solely for this purpose
and be under the control of the shot firer. The vehicle should be clean internally and carry a
red flag to indicate the presence of explosives. Detonators should be separated from
explosives by at least 1m during carriage; explosives which have already been fitted with
QCS 2014
detonators must not be carried in any vehicle. Detonators should be kept in a suitable
container, with no metal parts that will come into contact with the detonators; it should be
kept locked until access is required. Explosives should be protected from the weather during
transit. "No Smoking" restrictions and a ban on the use of CB radios and mobile telephones
in the immediate vicinity must be strictly observed.
15
When explosives are being transported on site, only sufficient explosives for the work in
hand should be drawn from the explosives store, and the vehicle carrying the explosives
should go directly to the shot holes.
16
When explosives are brought on to a site where there is no lawful storage facility, (as
outlined under "Documentation"), liaison may be necessary between the explosives engineer
making the delivery and site management on such matters as emergency arrangements and
the provision of safe parking away from obvious sources of ignition and other dangerous
goods.
AL
Mixing on site
Before explosives mixtures are manufactured on site an application for an application for
approval is required. In addition, a small amount of record keeping is required.
18
The actual mixing process itself is very simple although the manufacturers advice should be
sought as to the provision and use of suitable equipment and the appropriate mixing ratios.
Some further guidance on this subject can be found in BS 5607:1998.
AT
IO
17
Suitable and sufficient steps must be taken to ensure that nobody is exposed to risk of injury
from the use of explosives in construction work. In addition, persons undertaking the drilling
of shot holes must be protected from the dangers associated with work at edges from which
there is a risk of falling, dust from the drilling process, unguarded dangerous parts of
machinery and the rupture of large diameter compressed air hoses. These are normally
chained at the coupling to prevent them snaking about in the event of a burst.
IN
TE
19
Use of explosives
Before any blasting takes place, both audible and visual signalling systems, giving warning
of blasting operations, should be established. These must be explained and publicised
through the site Induction Training, Site Rules and clearly visible Signs affixed at the
entrances to the site. Audible warnings should consist of a series of readily recognisable
signals, which have a distinctive sound. Visual signs should take the form of clearly painted
notices posted on all access roads and sited outside the danger area. Sentries should be
posted with clear instructions as to when they can stop access to the site and when they can
allow access.
20
EG
Code of signals
1.5.9.4 Shotfiring
Competence of shotfirers
1
BS 5607:1998 sets out the training requirements for Shot Firers, these must be adhered to if
safety is to be achieved.
General precautions
2
Before explosives are used on any particular site, a written system of work, applicable
specifically to that site, should be prepared. The responsibilities of persons with specific
duties, such as the Supervisor, Shot firer and Sentries should be detailed in writing. When
the system of work is being prepared, consideration should be given to the following matters:
QCS 2014
(b)
The preparation of written Explosives Rules that, that can be easily understood by the
workforce.
(c)
The need to post sentries and visual warning signs around the areas likely to be
affected by the blast.
(d)
The need to ensure that the danger area is clear of all personnel immediately before
firing occurs.
(e)
The need to have an audible means of giving warning that a shot is about to be fired
and to sound the all clear.
(f)
The need to notify the police, the general public, or occupiers of adjacent properties of
shot firing times.
(g)
The system of work should always emphasise the following general precautions: -
(h)
The importance of the shot firer satisfying himself that the danger zone is clear before
firing a round and that, after firing, a complete check is made to ensure that no
misfires or other hazards exist.
(i)
The banning of cigarettes, matches and naked lights within a radius of 10m from
explosives and detonators. This is a legal requirement in quarries.
(j)
The prohibition of drilling into old sockets, as these may contain explosives or
detonators, which may be detonated by a drill.
(k)
The use of only wooden rods for charging and stemming shot holes.
(l)
Shot holes should be minimum of 3mm larger than the cartridge diameter for normal
holes and 13mm for deep holes. Before charging, shot holes should be proved clear
by inserting a stemming rod to the bottom.
(m)
Cartridges should be inserted into the holes one at a time, and stemming should be
completed only with suitable material, e.g. sand, clay, gypsum, etc.
(n)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Electrical shotfiring
Electrical detonation allows shot firing from a remote location and also controls the precise
instant of firing, thus increasing the safety factor. In addition, the use of timing delay
detonators in the firing circuit significantly reduces the levels of vibration. The method is
generally used as a number of shot holes can be connected together and fired as a group.
The making up of primed charges should normally be undertaken by the shot firer
immediately prior to charging. A non-ferrous pricker must be used for piercing the explosive,
making it ready to receive the detonator. On no account must any other form of pricker be
used. Detonators must be firmly secured to the primer cartridge in such a manner as to
prevent the detonator or wire becoming detached or damaged. The ends of the detonator
leads must remain twisted together until all holes have been charged.
Where it is not possible to achieve safe conditions at the charging place (e.g. in very wet
conditions), it will be necessary for priming explosives to be transported to the charging
place. Such procedures will require additional careful planning.
All rock surfaces, rails, metal objects, cables etc. must be considered as potential sources of
stray current and great care must be taken to prevent detonator lead wires coming into
contact with them.
Good connection of the detonator leads, connecting wire and shot firing cables is essential.
QCS 2014
Before attempting to fire a shot electrically, the shot firer must test the continuity of the circuit
with a suitable instrument before he connects the firing cable to the exploder. This testing
procedure must be carried out only after all persons have left the shot firing area and the
shot firer himself is in the firing position. The removable handle of the exploder must be kept
in the shot firer's possession at all times. The handle may be inserted into the exploder
immediately prior to firing only and it must be withdrawn immediately after firing.
8
After the shot has been fired, the appointed shot firer must inspect the area of the blast for
misfires, or any other sort of danger, before allowing people to return to the area.
When detonating near overhead electrical cables, consultation should take place with the
electricity supplier, who may be able to make the cables dead for a limited period. Advice
should be sought on the minimum distance permissible between an explosive charge and an
overhead electric cable. The following distances may be used for guidance:
11-70kV
20m
(b)
132-400kV
61m
AL
(a)
Premature ignition of electric detonators by electromagnetic energy from radar, radio and
television transmitters is a possibility which should always be considered and this is why CB
radios and mobile telephones should be excluded from the shot-firing area.
11
Beamed transmitters, such as navigational aids and military installations often operate at a
high power and, if the station is in direct line of sight of blasting operations, adequate
investigations should be made and suitable precautions taken. Commercial radio
transmitters may be potentially dangerous as the wavelengths used are often similar to the
overall length of the proposed blasting circuit.
12
Television transmitters are not generally a hazard as they transmit horizontal beams from a
high mast, but portable walkie-talkie equipment and unmodified car transmitters up to 5W in
output should not be taken within 10m of any blasting operation. Modified car transmitters
and CB radio transmitters, which may have been illegally modified to increase their power,
are potentially dangerous at much larger distances. Users of electric detonators are
recommended to discuss this matter with the manufacturer or supplier of their detonators. In
any event, the use of CB radios on sites should be banned by notices placed at all entry
points.
13
Electrical means of detonations must not be used during storm conditions when there is
thunder and lightning in the vicinity. The possibility of uncontrolled detonation should not
necessarily prevent the use of this type of firing method. However, the manufacture/supplier
must be consulted to ensure that the firing initiation system is appropriate for the
circumstances.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
10
Detonating cord
14
Detonating cord is a very reliable initiator and its use for firing large groups of charges is free
from some of the drawbacks of electrical shot firing such as current leakage problems.
However, detonating cord must be protected from rain and ground water as moisture
penetration can cause transmission failures. Covering the ends of the cord with waterproof
tape may prove effective, but if conditions are very wet, the use of sealing compounds may
be necessary. When laying out detonating cord, it is essential to ensure that branch lines do
not cross over the main line, as on detonation a branch line may be severed, resulting in a
misfire in the shot hole which it is serving. Detonating cord must not be kinked or knotted,
otherwise transmission failure may occur. In use, detonating cord passes down the outside
of explosive cartridges to the bottom of the shot hole, so care should be exercised when
using a stemming rod otherwise the cord may be broken or damaged. Breakage of cord can
also result from excessive tensioning, repeated stretching or the imposition of a sustained
load. The power core of detonating fuse is liable to detonate, with the risk of serious injury if
subjected to impact or shock. Detonating cord should always be protected from friction and
QCS 2014
heat.
Shotfiring using safety fuse
In surface blasting applications, the use of safety fuse is virtually restricted to single shotfiring operations such as the "popping" of large boulders. This is because accurate timing
cannot be achieved and, if used in a group, an erratic timing sequence would result.
However, safety fuse may be used where it is considered dangerous to use electrical
detonation due to the presence of nearby electrical hazards.
16
Safety fuse is used in conjunction with a plain detonator. The fuse is inserted into the open
end of the detonator, which is secured by crimping on to the fuse. The correct crimping tool
must be used. A primed charge is made up by inserting the detonator into a hole prepared in
the primer cartridge.
17
The length of safety fuse must allow the shot firer and assistants ample time to walk to a
place of safety after ignition. No single shots should be fired by fuse less than 1m in length,
nor any shot in a round be fired by fuse less than 1.25m in length. A shot firer must not
attempt to ignite more than six individual shots in a round. Only fuse lighters, specifically
designed for the purpose, should be used.
IO
AL
15
The following additional precautions are relevant to tunnelling and shaft sinking:
AT
TE
Where it is necessary to store explosives in the tunnel between blasting operations, proper
reserve stations should be excavated and fitted with steel doors. Reserve stations should not
be nearer than 300m to the tunnel face. Reserve stations are not authorised storage places.
Any explosives remaining in them at the end of a shift should be returned to the licensed
explosives store or magazine.
Transport
Explosives should be transported to the tunnel face in a clearly marked special mine car,
lined with timber and having top or side lids fitted with padlocks. Explosives must not be
carried on the driving locomotive itself.
EG
IN
Storage
Drilling patterns should adhere to the agreed profile. All shot holes should terminate at the
same vertical plane, except those drilled for cut shots and easers. If the presence of gas is
suspected, tests should be made at the mouth of each shot hole, and within 9m of the face
prior to charging. Plastic water stemming, water stemming under pressure, or water gel
capsules reduce dust and toxic fumes. If possible, explosives with non-toxic characteristics
should be used in tunnelling operations.
No explosives or blasting accessories should be conveyed to the face until all drilling
operations for the round to be charged have been completed.
The most common cause of severe accidents with explosives in tunnelling results from
drilling into sockets containing explosives which were not fired in the previous round. It is
essential that drilling into such sockets be avoided.
QCS 2014
Short-circuiting or current leakage from the circuit to earth is more likely to occur when
conditions are wet. Ground water from rock fissures often contains mineral salts, which
greatly increase its electrical conductivity. Bare wire connections should not be allowed to
dangle in water, nor be allowed to hang against a wet rock face.
The risk of premature explosion during electric storms is particularly high in tunnelling work.
Dangerous static charges can also build up in compressed air equipment, and it is essential
that such equipment should be positively earthed. Another hazard is from portable electric
lighting cables; such lights should be removed to at least 9m from the face when preparing
or charging blasts. Power to drilling and other equipment should also be switched off or
completely isolated, when explosives and detonators are in the vicinity.
Shotfiring
Serious shock and flash wave effects can be experienced in tunnel blasting work. In straight
tunnel work, the minimum distance from the face to the firing point should be at least 300m.
A shorter distance may be acceptable where a cross- tunnel or special refuge provides
protection but, in such cases, the dangers from ricochets and fumes must be assessed.
Before the all clear is given, the shot firer must ensure that all fume has been adequately
diluted or has dispersed. This may initially require gas testing with a stain tube detector or
some other suitable testing device to establish the timescale at which fume dilution is such
that it is safe for the workforce to return to the face. This testing must be repeating as the
work progresses and written records kept to ensure that the re-entry timescales are
appropriate. Miners are likely to be working on a bonus system and therefore re-entry may
require a strong level of control!
AT
IO
AL
All shot-firing operations are likely to leave fragments of loose material on the face. These
can fall and have been known to cause injury and in some cases, where inclined, sloping
rock beds in tunnelling are concerned, death. These must therefore be removed or stablised
before any work involving an approach to the face, where there is a risk from falling material,
can begin. A cherry picker will provide a useful platform for scaling down and the Shot firer
should not allow anyone to approach a face until he is satisfied that the face has been
inspected and loose material cleared.
EG
IN
10
TE
1.5.9.6 Misfires
Electrical shotfiring misfires
1
If an electrically initiated charge fails to fire, the shot firer must follow the following procedure:
(a)
(b)
(c)
After waiting 5 minutes, examine the shot firing cable and connections for any defect.
If one is found, it must be remedied.
(d)
Return to the firing point and make a further attempt to fire the shot.
(e)
If this second attempt to fire is unsuccessful, the circuit should be split in half and each
half should be tested in turn to locate the fault.
(f)
The faulty half should then be split in two and again each half should be tested
separately by continuing this process, the fault can be located. All such tests must be
affected from the firing shelter.
QCS 2014
(g)
Once the faulty detonator has been located, the remainder of the circuit should be
connected in series, omitting the faulty detonator. The leading wires of the faulty
detonator should be connected by string to a suitable marker to facilitate recovery of
the primer cartridge after firing.
(h)
After re-testing, the modified circuit should be fired. Dislodged material should then be
searched for any undetonated cartridges.
(i)
If material in the vicinity of the misfired hole is not dislodged by the blast, recovery of
the misfired charge may be attempted by firing shot relieving holes at a distance of at
least 300mm from the misfired charge. A similar procedure should be adopted if a
misfire is found after a blast has been fired.
(j)
Where misfires are encountered after firing a round, the face or structure is likely to be
fractured and weakened. Any dangerous conditions must be rectified before the shot
firer deals with the misfire.
In the event of a misfire, the shotfirer must adopt the following procedure:(a)
Ensure that no one approaches the shot firing area until at least 30 minutes have
elapsed.
(b)
At the expiration of the 30-minute period, inspect the safety detonation fuse and, if the
cause of the misfire is clearly evident, rectify the fault and make a second attempt to
fire the round.
(c)
If this second attempt to fire is unsuccessful, the shot firer may adopt one of the
following procedures: -
AT
(ii)
Drill a relieving hole at least 300mm away from the misfired charge, taking care
to ensure that this hole is drilled parallel to the misfired hole. Load and fire the
relieving hole in the normal way.
IN
TE
(i)
After either of these procedures has been followed, a most careful search must be made of
the debris for detonators and unexploded explosives.
EG
IO
AL
Records of misfires
All empty explosive boxes must be thoroughly examined by the shot firer, taken to a safe
place, at least 50m from the store or magazine, and burned.
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
Page 1
REGULATORY DOCUMENT........................................................................... 1
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.3
1.6.4
1.6.5
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 2
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Page 3
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
Page 4
Accident prevention has to be actively managed; a good safety record will not 'just happen'.
Reported details of accidents show that in the vast majority of cases the accident could
easily have been prevented by taking simple precautions.
You may have no influence over these decisions but find that you need to challenge the
health and safety implications that arise as a consequence of them.
The true 'cost of an accident' encompasses many considerations and goes way beyond the
financial implications.
Statistics show that new starters on site, and those at both ends of the age spectrum, are the
most prone to accidents.
IO
AL
AT
1.6.1.2 Definitions
There are many interpretations of the words 'Accident/Hazard/Risk', but it is generally agreed
that the following definitions apply:
Hazard is the potential to cause harm, including ill health and injury; damage to property,
plant machinery or environment; production losses or liabilities.
Risk is the likelihood that a specified undesired event will occur due to the realisation of a
hazard by or during work activities or by products created by work activities.
An alternative word that is sometimes used for an accident is 'incident'. The main difference
in the use of this word is that an incident is something that happened which may or may not
have resulted in an injury or
damage.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
The problem with this theory, and most of the other accident reduction models, is that
frequently an incident can occur which results in no injury or even particular loss. However,
the same incident under a slightly different set of circumstances could be a fatal accident.
This makes accident prevention more difficult, particularly if the incidents go unreported.
(b)
loss of earnings
(c)
extra expense
(d)
continuing disability
(e)
(f)
(g)
(b)
recriminations, guilt
(c)
(d)
loss of credibility.
AT
N
R
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
TE
(a)
(i)
IO
(a)
(h)
AL
IN
(a)
EG
Page 5
damage to reputation
possible failure to obtain work.
shock
(b)
personal grief
(c)
low morale
(d)
effects on production.
(b)
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
(e)
Page 6
Whilst there can be no complete end cost figure, the size of the problem can be seen to be
huge. Therefore anything that helps to reduce the number of accidents must benefit both the
nation and the individuals concerned.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AL
Examining accident details will help to establish common factors and trends, revealing any
weaknesses in a Contractors health and safety management system.
Accidents can be caused by the unsafe acts and attitudes of people at work, which result in
unsafe conditions being created. They are also caused by a lack of foresight or planning,
which may be a failure to set up a safe system of work, or failure to appreciate the results of
risk assessments, COSHH assessments or other similar activities.
AT
IO
injury or damage
It is impossible to list all the different types of unsafe acts and unsafe conditions which are
found to exist in the Qatar construction industry. However, it is worth recording those which
have been the most frequent known causes of accidents on construction sites:
EG
IN
TE
Unsafe people
create
unsafe conditions
which cause
ACCIDENTS
(a)
lack of planning
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
unsafe methods of working at height, including the use of working platforms, scaffolds,
alloy towers, ladders and trestles
(f)
incorrect use of machinery, excavators, loaders, diggers, piling rigs, pneumatic drills
(g)
(h)
failure to inspect and maintain all types of machinery, including ropes and hoists, lifting
gear
(i)
(j)
use of faulty equipment with improvised repairs and modification of ladders, hand and
power tools, trestles, ladders, fittings, fixings
QCS 2014
Page 7
(l)
(m)
overloading of working places, scaffolds, false work, hoists, ropes, gin wheels,
machines, vehicles, roofs
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
smoking, creating a naked flame or sparks in an area where flammable materials are
stored or are in use
(x)
(y)
failing to adapt and adhere to established safe systems of work and procedures
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
carrying out work on moving parts with guards removed or safety devices inoperative
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
(gg)
(hh)
AT
TE
IN
EG
(ii)
IO
AL
(k)
indulging in horseplay
(jj)
(kk)
The scope of Contractors responsibilities under this Regulatory Document is both wide and
demanding. Some of these duties are detailed below.
(b)
the provision and maintenance of plant and systems of work that are, so far as is
reasonably practicable, safe and without risks to health;
QCS 2014
Page 8
(d)
(e)
so far as is reasonably practicable as regards any place of work under the Contractors
control, the maintenance of it in a condition that is safe and without risks to health and
the provision and maintenance of means of access to and egress from it that are safe
and without such risks;
(f)
the provision and maintenance of a working environment for his employees that is, so
far as is reasonably practicable, safe without risks to health, and adequate as regards
facilities and arrangements for their welfare at work.
(g)
It shall be the duty of every Contractor to conduct his undertaking in such a way as to
ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that persons not in his employment who
may be affected are not thereby exposed to risks to their health or safety.
AL
(c)
These Regulations require that all Contractors carry out a risk assessment of all work
operations and workplaces.
put into operation whatever preventative and protective measures are necessary, and
take effective steps to monitor these measures
(b)
provide information both to employees and those not employed by him as to the risks
to health and safety generated by his operations
(c)
TE
(a)
upon recruitment
(ii)
(iii)
EG
IN
(i)
(iv)
3
AT
IO
ensure that PPE is available, is compatible with and appropriate for the risk
(b)
(c)
(d)
ensure that any PPE is maintained and properly stored when not in use
(e)
(f)
(g)
QCS 2014
the work equipment provided is suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
persons who are required to operate the equipment have received adequate
information and training
(i)
(j)
(k)
AL
(a)
IO
all lifting operations are properly planned by a competent person, are appropriately
supervised and undertaken in a safe manner
(b)
each selected item of lifting equipment is suitable for the intended purpose, and is of
adequate strength and stability for each load
(c)
the lifting equipment is positioned and installed to minimise the risk of:
(ii)
TE
(i)
IN
(d)
AT
(a)
(i)
every six months for lifting accessories (abseil ropes/harnesses, chains, slings,
and so on) and equipment used to lift people; or
(ii)
before being used for the first time, following installation or assembly at a new
location
EG
Page 9
(e)
2
(iii)
(iv)
If the equipment is to be used for lifting people, the Contractors must ensure that:
(a)
(b)
(c)
ensure that employees avoid risks to health and safety when manual handling
(b)
QCS 2014
Page 10
(c)
(d)
give information with regard to weights and centres of gravity of items to be handled.
Where people with a disability are employed on site, even, for example, administrative staff
in site offices or staff in catering facilities, this is a part of the accident prevention process
Contractors may have to consider the appropriate safety management steps to be taken to
ensure the safety of employees who have a disability, based upon the findings of a risk
assessment.
(b)
Providing assistance for employees with hearing difficulties who may not be aware of
alarms
(c)
ensuring the effectiveness of site induction for those who have hearing problems or
learning difficulties
(d)
considering the needs of people with physical disabilities with regard to access to site
offices and other areas
(e)
the provision of appropriate evacuation equipment for evacuating people with physical
disabilities from site offices and other areas
(f)
emergency escape routes that can be used by people with disabilities and, where
appropriate, those assisting them.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
TE
IN
to take reasonable care for the health and safety of himself and of other persons who
may be affected by his acts or omissions at work: and
(b)
as regards any duty or requirement imposed on his Contractors or any other person
by or under any of the relevant statutory provisions, to co-operate with him so far as is
necessary to enable that duty or requirement to be performed or complied with.
(c)
EG
(a)
All employees must make full and safe use of systems of work implemented by their
Contractors.
Employees must report any loss of, or any defect in, personal protective equipment.
Employees must:
(a)
make full and proper use of any control measure put in place to prevent harmful
exposure to a substance hazard to health
QCS 2014
(b)
Page 11
report the fact to the Contractors if the control measure is thought to be defective.
Employees must:
(a)
report to the Contractors (or supervisor) any work activity or defect which is thought
could endanger the safety of anyone who is working at height
(b)
use any work equipment (including safety devices) provided for safe working at height
in accordance with any training and instructions provided.
All of the following measures can make a significant contribution towards the prevention of
accidents through the implementation of safe systems of work and procedures:
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Planning, siting and/or stacking materials and equipment to allow safe access or
egress of site plant, vehicles and equipment.
(h)
Pre-planning and organisation of site layout which will provide maximum efficiency,
safety and progression of the work sequences and operations.
TE
IN
EG
(i)
AT
(a)
The provision of adequate resources and equipment to protect and maintain the health
and welfare of all personnel.
(j)
(k)
Bringing about and maintaining an awareness of, and compliance with, all safety
legislation and information relating to systems and procedures of work.
(b)
job factors
(c)
environmental factors.
QCS 2014
Page 12
Attitudes of people at work often play an important part in the prevention of accidents, and
conversely, a wrong attitude can cause accidents to happen.
(b)
general health
(c)
(d)
disabilities, if any
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
SAFE ATTITUDES
= SAFE ACTIONS
TE
= SAFE CONDITIONS
IN
Every work activity has a degree of inherent hazard. Building and construction sites can be
particularly hazardous and demand the co-ordination of a large number of trades, skills and
activities at any one time.
EG
(b)
(c)
provision of tools and equipment which are safe to use and properly maintained
(d)
(e)
personnel who are unfamiliar with established safe systems of work and practices
(f)
personnel who are new to a specific worksite or unfamiliar with a new working
environment
(g)
(h)
(i)
balanced workload
(j)
(k)
QCS 2014
Page 13
The majority of people do not work in isolation. The attitudes of others in a working group, for
example, managers, supervisors, safety advisors, may help to prevent accidents.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
AL
(a)
IO
(b)
(c)
operational hazards, including high risk activities and operations creating health
hazards or risk of injury.
AT
(a)
1.6.1.23 Hazards
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
EG
IN
(a)
TE
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
use of incorrect type of plant, tools or equipment for the work involved
(g)
QCS 2014
Page 14
(i)
(j)
(k)
unauthorised improvisation
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
IO
AT
AL
(h)
Examples of work that require competence, careful monitoring and/or close supervision are
listed below.
demolition
(b)
(c)
working at heights
(d)
(e)
excavations
(f)
piling
(g)
EG
IN
(a)
TE
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
use of chemicals or other substances for which the manufacturer has advised strict
control and usage
(l)
(b)
(c)
jobs with continuous elements of the same type of manual handling such as block
laying, kerb laying
(d)
(e)
QCS 2014
(f)
(g)
Page 15
Activities which are tedious, repetitive, carried out in extreme climatic conditions, demand
long periods of concentration or are physically tiring may require:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AL
Young persons
In accordance with Labor Law 14 Article (86), a child who has not attained the age of sixteen
may not be employed in a workplace of whatsoever nature and shall not be permitted to
enter into any place of work such as a construction site.
A 'young person', is any person who is between the age of sixteen but has not reached the
age of eighteen.
Contractors are to ensure that ALL young persons they employ are protected at work from
any risk to their health or safety.
Before employing a young person, the Contractor must assess the risks to the young
person's health and safety arising from the work they are required to do, in accordance with
these Regulations. This assessment must take account of a number of factors, such as:
TE
the inexperience and immaturity of young persons, and their lack of awareness of
risks
(b)
the type of any work equipment involved and the way it is used
(c)
(d)
any health and safety training that is required for young persons.
EG
IN
(a)
AT
IO
Having carried out this assessment, Contractors must then determine whether the level of
risk has been reduced to as low as is reasonably practicable. There is particular importance
placed on avoiding work that:
(a)
(b)
involves harmful exposure to agents which are toxic or carcinogenic, cause heritable
genetic damage or harm to the unborn child or which in any way chronically affect
human health
(c)
(d)
(e)
involves exposure to physical agents such as extreme cold or heat, noise and
vibration.
Consideration to the level of acceptable risk may be given for young persons between the
ages of sixteen and eighteen, where the work is necessary for their training, and where they
are properly supervised
QCS 2014
Page 16
New starters
7
New starters on a site and inexperienced persons, of whatever age, have similar problems to
those of young workers.
They are subjected to a new environment, rules, methods and procedures; under different
supervision; working with new colleagues using a variety of tools, equipment and manual
effort to produce the work required. The start of their health and safety training is usually an
induction into the company that should cover the following:
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
reporting hazards
(h)
good housekeeping
(i)
(j)
(k)
machinery hazards
(l)
N
IO
IN
EG
It should be noted that the number of incidents to older workers is typically higher than
average. There are various reasons which have been suggested, such as:
over familiarity with the job
(b)
(a)
(c)
11
AT
N
The need for refresher and continuance training should be reviewed at intervals and carried
out as necessary.
Older workers
10
AL
TE
(a)
(d)
(e)
What is also noteworthy is that when an older person is injured, often the recovery time is
longer, because the injury is more severe than it would be for a younger person. The classic
example is a fall from height. A young person may well have the speed and strength to avoid
the fall, and if they do fall they often seem to land better and do less damage. With the older
person, the fall seems more inevitable, the landing harder and the recovery time longer.
Contractors must take all reasonable and practical steps to ensure that sites are secure, for
example by:
(a)
providing a perimeter fence not less than 2 metres high, either close-boarded or
meshed (mesh not exceeding 30 mm)
QCS 2014
(b)
ensuring that the site access is gated and locked when the site is unoccupied
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
regularly inspecting perimeter fencing, especially for holes near the bottom or other
damage through which children might gain access.
(b)
(c)
stack materials to prevent any possible displacement and use racking where possible.
This particularly applies to manhole rings, large diameter concrete pipes and cable
drums, all of which could roll and crush a child
(d)
lock off electricity supplies or switch off at isolators in locked enclosures or the building
(e)
(f)
keep all tools and harmful chemicals in a locked enclosure, when the site is
unoccupied
(g)
for ladders to elevated positions; block off the first 2 metres and chain all loose ladders
or lock them in enclosures.
IN
AT
IO
AL
(a)
The accident trend can be strongly influenced by providing adequate training and
supervision to control the worker, the machine or the equipment and the working
environment.
EG
Page 17
TE
13
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Page 18
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
is aware of the company's health and safety policy in addition to rules applicable to
the work.
This applies to all areas of the site including workshop, stores, offices, depot and welfare
facilities.
(b)
stairs, gangways and working platforms are adequately guarded and maintained
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
approved warning signs are displayed where required or where hazards exist
(h)
there is adequate ventilation, protection and control when working in confined spaces
(i)
(j)
passages and escape routes are clearly defined, and marked KEEP CLEAR
(k)
(l)
(m)
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
there is adequate fire-fighting equipment and extinguishers, which are properly sited
EG
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
QCS 2014
Page 19
Near-miss reporting
6
The details of all near misses must be accurately and honestly reported to enable the
circumstances to be investigated and measures put in place to prevent a recurrence. In
many cases, the only person able to give a full and accurate account of what happened will
be the person who 'got it wrong'.
(b)
be sufficiently trained in risk awareness to appreciate that a near miss has occurred.
Some near misses may not be so obvious as the side of an excavation collapsing
seconds after it was evacuated be encouraged to report near misses with the
assurance that individuals involved will not be disadvantaged by their honesty
(c)
have confidence that the issues raised will be addressed, or else 'why bother?'
(d)
be provided with the means of promptly recording the details of exactly what
happened and offering their opinion as to why it occurred.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Contractors may find it is beneficial to provide easily accessible near-miss reporting forms
which can be completed in privacy and anonymously if that is the individual's choice.
However, anonymous reporting does not provide the opportunity for follow-up discussions to
establish more details, and it may encourage malicious reports to be submitted.
10
There could be a case for rewarding the honesty of individuals who made a mistake but had
the courage to compile a near-miss report, which ultimately resulted in a safer system of
work being developed. Theirs was the first step in the chain of improvement. Evidence
shows that near-miss reporting linked to a reward scheme has the best chance of
succeeding.
11
An example of a near-miss reporting form is given in the appendix to this module. This
example;
(a)
EG
IN
TE
requires that the person involved outlines the circumstances of the event, then passes
the form to their supervisor or manager as appropriate
(b)
requires the supervisor or manager to assess the details of the event and declare
what remedial actions have been, or will be, taken
(c)
QCS 2014
Page 20
DATE/TIME OF
OCCURRENCENE
Name:
LOCATION OF OCCURRENCE
AL
Date:
Section:
DESCRIPTION OF OCCURRENCE
TYPE OF OCCURRENCE
People
Plant
Environment
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Time:
Thank you for completing this form. Please hand it to your supervisor immediately for completion of
the second part.
This portion to be detached and returned to sender after the investigation.
.
Please print your name and telephone number so that we can get back to you for more information if
necessary and to let you know the outcome of our investigation.
Name:
Section:
Tel:
QCS 2014
Page 21
Possibility for
recurrence
STATE:
seldom/occasional/
frequent
Direct cause:
IO
AL
Root cause:
EG
TE
IN
AT
Corrective actions already undertaken: please give details of any immediate actions taken to prevent
recurrence or make safe
Signature:
Date:
Supervisor's name:
Feedback on investigation:
Name:
Reference:
Tel:
Date:
QCS 2014
Page 22
It is important that all workplace accidents, no matter how minor, are reported to the injured
person's Contractors, site manager or supervisor as appropriate.
Certain types of accident, cases of occupational diseases (when connected with specific
work activities) and some dangerous occurrences, must be reported to the Qatar
Administrative Authority.
AL
1.6.2.2 Introduction
It may be said that there is no such thing as an 'accident'. An accident is always someone's
fault and it is by no means always the fault of the injured person.
You have to report deaths, serious injuries and dangerous occurrences immediately, and
less serious injuries within 10 days. Certain occupational ill-health issues and diseases also
have to be reported.
Establishing the responsibility for investigation and enforcement will be carried out
automatically after the accident report has been received.
AT
IO
Records can be stored in any medium, including electronic, providing that printable copies
are readily available if required.
(b)
(c)
(d)
what happened to the person immediately afterwards, e.g. went home, to hospital,
back to work
EG
(a)
(e)
3
IN
TE
name and signature of the first aider or person dealing with the incident.
Details of an accident should be recorded by the injured person, but can be completed by
any employee.
RIDDOR requires the following to be reported directly to the appropriate Qatar Administrative
Authority:
(a)
(b)
injuries resulting in incapacity for more than three days when linked to certain work
activities
(c)
specified diseases
(d)
dangerous occurrences.
QCS 2014
Page 23
(b)
self-employed
(c)
All subcontractors must notify both the Administrative Authority and the Contractor of any
reportable accidents.
Where an accident, occupational disease or dangerous occurrence takes place that requires
reporting under RIDDOR
The following must be reported immediately to the Administrative Authority by the quickest
practical method (usually by telephone) and a report submitted on the approved form within
10 days:
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
any one of the dangerous occurrences listed in these Regulations (see summary
opposite).
IN
TE
(a)
(b)
Any fracture of any bone, other than to the fingers, thumbs or toes.
(a)
EG
Any amputation.
(c)
(d)
Loss of sight (whether temporary or permanent) or any other listed eye injury.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
QCS 2014
Page 24
(b)
Collapse or partial collapse of any scaffold over 5 metres in height or fall of any cradle.
(c)
Collapse of 5 tonnes or more of any building or structure, or any false work, or any
wall or floor in any workplace.
(d)
(e)
Contact with, or arcing from, any overhead electric cable caused by any plant or
equipment.
(f)
Electrical short-circuit with fire or explosion, for example, from hitting an electrical
service.
(g)
Explosion or fire caused by any material resulting in stoppage of work or plant for
more than 24 hours.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
Malfunction of any breathing apparatus whilst in use or when being tested before use.
(q)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Any accident at work where, because of an injury, a person is incapacitated for work
of their usual kind for more than three consecutive days, not counting the day of the
accident, but counting rest days, weekends, and so on.
(b)
The death of an employee, if it occurs within one year of the date of the reportable
injury, even though the injury has been previously reported.
(c)
Any injury caused by a work activity to someone who is not at work that results in
them being taken to hospital by whatever means, e.g. a taxi, ambulance or private car,
for treatment of that injury. This would include all members of the public.
QCS 2014
Page 25
Records of all reportable deaths, injuries and dangerous occurrences must be kept for a
period of three years. No precise method is prescribed, but a photocopy of the approved
form is acceptable, as are electronic databanks and computer storage. If an 'in-house'
accident form is designed to record the same details as the approved form, it is acceptable.
(b)
(ii)
full name and status (for example passenger, customer, visitor or bystander)
(iv)
AL
(c)
(i)
(e)
(f)
the date on which the event was reported to the Administrative Authority
(g)
AT
IO
(d)
A disease must be reported where it has been diagnosed in a person doing a specified type
of work. These Regulations list diseases against the type of work which makes them
'reportable'.
The report must be made when the disease has been diagnosed by a registered medical
practitioner, who will notify the Contractors of it in writing.
Reports must be kept in the same manner as for accidents and the minimum particulars that
must be kept are:
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
was
reported
to
the
Administrative
QCS 2014
Page 26
Disease
Work activity
Occupational asthma
Work with epoxy resin, soldering flux, silica, sand, wood dust
Hepatitis
Pneumoconiosis
Occupational dermatitis
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Where there are rats, field mice, voles or other small mammals
EG
Note: For simplicity in the following passage of text, the word 'incident' is used to cover any reportable
event such as injury, disease or dangerous occurrence.
The following examples may provide some clarification:
1. A directly employed person breaks their arm at work. This must be reported by the Contractors, in
their capacity as 'responsible person', as a major injury.
2. A self-employed subcontractor breaks their leg at work. The injury must be reported as a major
injury by the Contractor acting in their capacity as 'the responsible person' who was in control of
the premises.
3. An employee of a subcontractor on a project is informed by his doctor that he is suffering from
work-related vibration white finger and subsequently informs his Contractors. The Contractors, in
their capacity as 'responsible person', must report the incident as a reportable disease.
4. An employee inadvertently hits an underground electric cable whilst operating a road-breaker.
There is minor damage to the external sheath, but the conductor is not exposed. This is not
reportable as there was no electrical short circuit with fire and explosion. The incident, however,
warrants significant internal investigation.
5. A member of the public is knocked down by a lorry entering the site as it crosses the pavement.
They are taken to hospital by ambulance. This would be reportable as it involves a member of the
QCS 2014
Page 27
AL
8. An employee sustains a head injury as a result of falling over debris left on site. The accident
occurred on a Thursday and because of the injury, the person is unable to return to work until the
following Tuesday. Although only two actual working days have been lost, the accident must be
reported as an 'over-3-day' accident because the Saturday and Sunday also count, as the injured
person would have been unfit for work had these been working days.
From Contractors accident records and other statistics, it is possible to calculate the
incidence and frequency rates for accidents at a particular place of work and for the types of
injury, severity or duration.
AT
IO
The incidence rate is based on the number of accidents, taken over a fixed period, per
100,000 employees.
TE
IN
Incidence rate =
For example, if during a 12-month period there were six reportable accidents and during that
year the company employed an average of 120 employees, the calculation would be:
EG
6 x 100,000 = 5,000
120
The following formula is also used to calculate the incidence rate, particularly when the
number of employees is small.
Number of reported injuries in a year x 1,000
Average number of employees in a year
The accident frequency rate allows a calculation to be made that balances the number of
reportable accidents that occur against the number of hours worked.
Frequency rate =
Number of injuries in a period x 100,000
Number of hours worked in that period
QCS 2014
Page 28
For example, if a company had five reportable injuries in a period during which its 260
workers worked a total of 125,000 hours, the accident frequency rate would be:
5 x 100,000 = 4
125,000
Therefore, when comparing the figures of different companies, care must be taken to ensure
that the same multiplier is used.
To visualise trends more clearly, accident statistics are often displayed as bar charts,
histograms and graphs.
The proper and effective reporting of accidents, along with their thorough investigation, can
have major benefits for a Contractor. A Contractor might consider that they could:
reduce costs by that the Contractor has a pro-active implementing change and
preventing accidents
(b)
(c)
(d)
satisfy stakeholders that their workforce is properly trained and totally safety
orientated
(e)
benefit from a possible reduction of insurance premiums following years of hard work
to reduce accidents.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
IN
(a)
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
By discovering all causes, especially root causes, you will be able to learn from accidents
and incidents and then aim to prevent re-occurrences.
The procedure below is given as general guidance and outlines the steps that should be
taken immediately after an accident:
(a)
attend to the injured person, call for assistance if necessary and arrange for first aid,
doctor, ambulance, hospital
(b)
(c)
(d)
inform the manager, safety adviser, safety representative and other appropriate
persons (such as the Workplace Inspectors, Fire Officers or Insurers)
(e)
(f)
take notice of anything significant and make general observations at the scene of the
accident.
QCS 2014
Page 29
(b)
record evidence
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
obtain details of the injured person's job and what they usually or normally do
(g)
interview witnesses
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
Engineers and supervisors will be anxious to find ways and means of repairing the damage
to plant, machinery or buildings, but the first priority should be to establish the cause of the
accident. Safety specialists, managers and safety representatives will be concerning
themselves solely with the safety implications and preventing a recurrence.
Where the Police, Fire or Workplace Inspectors wish to investigate, any other persons
responsible for, or involved in investigating, the accident must take extreme care not to
disturb possible evidence at the scene.
EG
IN
TE
Statements from witnesses should contain such details as their age and occupation. The
time, date and place of interview should be indicated at the end of the statement.
Witnesses' statements should always be written in their own words, even if these include
slang or expletives.
The completed statement should be read to the witness and, ideally, signed by them and by
the person who took the statement.
statement of witnesses and others given orally, or in writing. 'Others' may include
experts who, for example, might have been called in to examine a machine or the
state of a scaffold
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
Page 30
Factual evidence comprises the facts related by persons directly involved, and by witnesses
who are able to say what they felt, saw, heard, or give an expert opinion. This type of
evidence is primary, direct and positive and should be written in simple language, keeping to
the facts and avoiding inferences, opinions and beliefs. The facts should be recorded clearly,
accurately and in sequence.
The best witnesses are those persons directly involved who are able to:
listen carefully to the questions
(b)
(c)
(d)
AL
(a)
Corroborative evidence tends to support the truthfulness and accuracy of the evidence
which has already been given. The confirming evidence may take the form of site records,
plant or maintenance records, warning notices, written procedures, reports made by safety
officers etc.
People in the vicinity of an accident should be asked to give an opinion. In this way a full
picture can be built up of the circumstances of the accident.
Experts, or specialists, who are familiar with the type of accident, or technical and other
factors surrounding the accident, may be called upon to express their expert opinions.
When there is a lack of real or factual evidence, other forms of evidence such as
circumstantial and corroborative evidence tend to become more valuable.
Photographs taken immediately after an accident record the state of the scene and often
highlight conditions which existed at the time. Machines, equipment, tools and obstructions,
and factors such as floor conditions, space and dimensions, may show up very well on
photographs.
10
If possible, it is best to engage professional photographers and to obtain the largest possible
prints. Time, date and place or subject photographed should be written on the back of the
pictures.
11
Too many photographs are far better than too few, and it is a good idea to make drawings of
the area where the incident happened.
12
Digital photography may not be accepted as primary evidence but may be suitable as
supportive evidence.
13
Procedures should be in place to ensure that photographs have not been, or cannot be,
computer-enhanced as this would destroy their value as evidence.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Interviewing the injured person should be an early priority. Even the briefest description of
the accident should suffice initially.
The physical and mental state of the injured person will need to be considered, and tact and
QCS 2014
Page 31
patience required during the interview. The injured person should be fit to answer questions.
3
The injured person should be encouraged to talk about how the accident happened and it is
important they have confidence and trust in the listener. It is important to stress that the
purpose of the investigation is to find the cause so that preventive action can be taken.
Blame should not be apportioned.
Questioning should not take the form of an interrogation. Someone well known to the injured
person is probably the best person to do this. Safety officials are more likely to receive the
co-operation of an injured person if they are able to demonstrate a genuine interest in their
welfare and recovery. This may involve visiting the injured person, with the doctor's approval,
in hospital or at home.
AL
Establish from the injured person, manager, supervisor or the person in charge, what the
normal job and tasks of the injured person were. Did they include the activity which led up to
the accident? Other questions which might be asked include:
what task or type of job was being performed?
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
was the person authorised to carry out that type of work or use machinery in that
location?
(f)
(g)
(h)
how many other persons were involved, or should have been involved, in the activity?
(i)
(j)
(k)
did unsafe acts cause the accident? If so, were they those of the injured person,
workmates, or others?
(l)
(m)
(n)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(o)
(p)
Skill is required when interviewing. Witnesses should be interviewed one at a time. If they
wish to say anything before notes are taken, they should be allowed to do so.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
what actions did others take before and after the accident?
(f)
QCS 2014
Page 32
(g)
what hazards or unsafe conditions existed and what unsafe acts were performed?
(h)
Skilled interviewers allow witnesses to tell things in their own way, intervening only to clear
up specific points or answers where necessary. Questions should be impartial, and should
be recorded together with the answers.
It is quite acceptable to go through an incident with a witness making rough notes and then
to take a statement after that. That way, the witness often has more chance to remember
and sometimes provides far more detail on the second run through.
Many witness statements are taken by the interviewer rather than written by the witness, and
this would normally be agreed during the interview.
It is common for certain details to differ in witnesses' accounts, and it would be suspicious if
they were identical, but there should be agreement about basic facts if the true cause of an
accident or occurrence is to be determined.
The important witnesses are those persons involved. Their evidence will be more valuable
than evidence from witnesses who saw or heard only from a distance, although they, too,
should be interviewed. Corroborative evidence and information is often required, particularly
when witnesses are few or are not reliable.
As much evidence and information as possible should be collected, since the action taken to
prevent a recurrence will be based on what is learned.
AT
IO
AL
Inspection of plant, equipment, tools and machinery immediately after an accident may
reveal signs of misuse, or defects, which may or may not have contributed to the accident.
The scene should also be carefully examined to see if trip hazards, slippery floors, or some
other defect contributed to, or caused, the accident.
Assistance from specialists and persons directly involved or familiar with the type of plant,
equipment, or machinery in question can provide valuable information.
TE
Evidence gained from interviews and from inspection of the scene, plant, equipment or
machinery, should give an indication of the sequence of events leading up to the accident.
EG
IN
There may be complications or delayed effects from injuries. The total time off work will
obviously not be known at the time of investigation.
Whilst it may be easy to identify the extent of the damage caused to plant, machinery,
equipment, buildings and materials, it is far from easy to measure the overall effects of the
accident in terms of lost time, lost production and, of course, the suffering of the injured
person or persons.
Accident report details will vary, depending on who produces the report and whom the report
is for. To help eliminate or reduce this variation, guidance in making reports and the use of a
standard form is recommended.
As far as possible, reports should be concise, based upon fact rather than speculation,
unbiased and should summarise the essential information obtained during the investigation.
Sample accident and damage report forms are included as Appendices 1 and 2 of this
section.
QCS 2014
Page 33
Name of Contractors
............................................................................................................................
2.
4.
5.
Age ...................................................................................................................................................
6.
7.
8.
9.
AT
IO
AL
3.
TE
IN
EG
12. To whom was the accident reported? ........................... Date ..................... Time ..........................
13. Entry made in accident book on .......................................................................................................
QCS 2014
Page 34
AL
23. Names and addresses of witnesses to the accident. Always obtain witnesses wherever possible.
a) ....................................................................................................................................................,.
IO
b) ......................................................................................................................................................
AT
c) ......................................................................................................................................................
Attach signed statements from each witness whenever possible.
24. Use the reverse of this form or a separate sheet of paper for a sketch plan of the scene.
TE
IN
EG
Date ...........................
Date ...........................
.....................................................................................
.....................................................................................
.....................................................................................
QCS 2014
Page 35
AL
...
Serial numbers or identifying marks .........................................................................................................
IO
AT
...
TE
...
Details of defects or damage ....................................................................................................................
IN
...
EG
...
Names of operators concerned ................................................................................................................
...
...
Cause of the accident ....;..........................................................................................................................
...
Names of witnesses ..................................................................................................................................
...
...
Agent or supervisor's signature ............................................ Date ...........................................................
QCS 2014
Appendix 3
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Page 36
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 37
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 38
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 39
QCS 2014
1.6.2 Appendix 4
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Page 40
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 41
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 42
QCS 2014
Page 43
Behavioural Safety
Behavioural safety is proactive, trying to head-off potential problems rather than reacting to
past accidents and mistakes.
For simplicity, this module and much of the text within it refers to 'behavioural safety;
however, the principles apply equally to preventing incidences of occupational ill health.
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
scheme sponsors who believe in the value of making it work, who can be sympathetic
to the reasons why some people behave in an unsafe manner and persuasive in
convincing those people that they should not
(e)
(f)
a concerted effort to convince those affected that they will not be disadvantaged by
the changes that will come about as a result of introducing the approach
(g)
effective engagement of everyone involved in the approach, not just those directly
involved with the construction process.
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
EG
Trying to account for human performance in numerical ways is difficult. Many companies
have tried to quantify human performance by using engineering methods.
For example, 'at risk' and 'safe' behaviors have been analysed to create a '% Safe' rating.
We all have our own perception of risk based on our individual experiences and it is not easy
to make direct comparisons between different views and opinions. Despite this, most people
have a genuine desire to work safely through adopting the 'best practice'.
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
AL
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
IO
(a)
AT
Page 44
(b)
(c)
IN
(a)
EG
TE
The benefit for managers is to understand the motives behind why some people take risks
and put themselves and others in danger, and thereby significantly reduce the potential for
injuries and occupational ill health.
Any success is dependent upon free and effective two-way communication and engagement.
There must be mutual trust as to the motives of all parties. Such trust can only be built upon
a just culture where employees at all levels can voice their mistakes knowing that the
information will only be used to prevent the situation occurring again.
If a health and safety discussion is a positive experience, people will think about safety more
positively and take steps to create the necessary safe working environment. Everyone has a
right to carry out their work without being injured or becoming ill. Equally, nobody should
have to tell somebody's family that their loved one has been killed or injured because the
Contractor hasn't organised its health and safety arrangements effectively.
QCS 2014
Page 45
An effective behavioural approach must involve all levels of an organisation, not just those
on the 'coal face'. However, when we look at why people do what they do, we often find that
errors are rooted in the way that health and safety is organised. Unsafe situations found in
the workplace reflect problems with the way the company is led and organised.
The principles of behavioural safety are well established but putting them into practice can
be difficult. Low levels of trust, poor motivation, or management that is not visible and rarely
visits the site mean that many organisations do not communicate effectively and do not
obtain or sustain effective involvement from the workforce.
However, many workers are still sceptical about these processes because of their current
working practices. For example, some people object to observing colleagues, while others
feel that it is a judgemental process in disguise in which gathering information leads to
allocation of blame. Others may just fill in the observation cards because they have a target
to meet.
10
Furthermore, cultural issues such as poor leadership, completion bonuses, little or no worker
engagement and not reporting accidents affect the ability to establish an open culture.
11
When not everyone is open about what is really taking place on site, there is the obvious
potential for someone to be injured.
12
Organisations should provide a platform for productive debate, a chance to share best
practice, air conflicting opinions that challenge existing working practices and provide an
opportunity to learn more about the psychology of injury prevention.
AT
IO
AL
Behavioural safety applies tried and tested psychological principles in order to change the
way people and organisations do things, particularly how people act or behave in respect of
their own health and safety.
IN
TE
(b)
(c)
(d)
how their immediate surroundings can influence people's thoughts and actions.
EG
(a)
Thought processes
3
The conscious or alert state of mind can only process on average seven thoughts at once. If
a distraction disturbs a person's thought processes, they may, for example, trip over a
toolbox they have placed on some steps or fall into a hole they recently dug. Other thoughts
have entered their conscious mind and the hazardous situation is momentarily forgotten.
Hence good workplace design and housekeeping practices, such as removing hazards
immediately and always keeping walkways clear, are critical to prevent injury.
It is difficult to convert emotions and opinions into usable information that promotes safety
improvements. Often the ability to increase safety awareness by the individual doing a
'Mental Risk Assessment' (i.e. asking 'what is going to put me at risk while I do this job?') is
lost. Yet future performance gains will only be achieved by creating a process that is simple,
positive and, most of all, resolves the issues as soon as practicable.
It is essential that employees feel that they are able to discuss the day-to-day aspects of
their job, and it should be as natural as talking about their favourite sport. We should take
QCS 2014
Page 46
into account the way people work alongside each other and try to work from a baseline of
openness about what is going on.
7
Habits
Habits are subconscious ways of thinking, both positive and negative. They are formed when
a task and behaviour is repeated. The more repetitions, the stronger the habit, until no
conscious thought is given to the job. An example of a negative habit is not wearing eye
protection when using a disc cutter because the past is used to justify present actions - the
worker has not been injured before so argues that they will not be injured now.
A positive habit can be formed by communicating the benefits, consciously ensuring eye
protection is worn, perhaps by raising awareness via posters or stickers on the disc cutter,
keeping eye protection with the disc cutter, or spoken reminders from work colleagues and
supervisors. Eventually wearing eye protection becomes a habit and the norm.
AT
IO
AL
We all have our own beliefs (attitudes) that underlie how we think and hence define the way
we act. If managers and supervisors are not committed or do not really believe that health
and safety is a priority, a powerful negative message will be sent to employees.
11
Low expectations and poor leadership from management can create negative attitudes from
employees that result in poor methods of working that lead to poor health and safety
performance.
IN
TE
10
EG
The challenge
It is increasingly being recognised that integrating a systematic, proactive process within the
organisation's arrangements can add significantly more value by addressing behavioural
aspects of health and safety at the same time as optimising efficiency and productivity.
13
12
If management promotes a negative or passive message, making the workforce believe that
it is collecting unnecessary data or that the information will never provide solutions, any
potential gains will be lost.
15
Organisations that adopt a behavioural approach must fully understand that it is not a short
term solution but a 'change in the way we do things round here' that will need an effective
investment of resource and commitment.
The solution
16
A simple, fully integrated process that stimulates discussions on everything that is going on,
QCS 2014
Page 47
whether safety or otherwise, is progressed through an action plan. Once people see that
these positive discussions lead to a positive gain, even without the difficult observation
process, even greater workforce involvement would occur.
People sometimes have major difficulties in carrying out a formal observation. To stand,
observe, then to talk about what was seen in order to seek ways to improve work practices
creates a challenging situation for many people.
(b)
people will tend to change their behaviours whilst being observed, therefore defeating
the purpose of the exercise
(c)
(d)
a focus on changing attitudes and behaviours means that training is likely to be via
workshops and committees. This may be too expensive in terms of both available time
and resources.
AL
(a)
Individuals vary in their perception of the level of risk associated with a particular situation.
We all base this mental risk assessment on our own experiences and have a slightly
different perspective on what is going on.
If a worker has not had an accident while carrying out a particular activity, they will often
score the risk as zero in a personal risk assessment because they judge that it will not
happen to them. For instance, an individual may work from an untied ladder, accepting there
is a small risk of falling and not necessarily recognising the severity of the consequence if
they did fall. However, they may observe a work colleague on the same ladder and can see
the risk and potential consequence.
TE
AT
IO
EG
A person can directly cause an accident by failing to carry out a job correctly.
(b)
A person may hear but not listen and understand health and safety information that is
associated with the task, thereby failing to work to expectations.
IN
(c)
People tend not to make errors deliberately but they are often 'set up to fail' by the
way the brain processes information. For example, errors may occur as a result of
stress, fatigue, working long hours without sufficient rest, a lack of training, the poor
design of equipment, weak procedures or because of the shortcomings in the culture
of the organisation in which they work.
(d)
People can make disastrous decisions even when they are aware of the risks. A
particular situation or the severity of its consequences can be misinterpreted and
inappropriate action taken as a result. This poor assessment of the situation can lead
to the escalation of an incident.
(e)
On the other hand, other people (such as workmates, supervisors and managers) can
intervene to prevent potential accidents or mitigate their possible effects.
(f)
QCS 2014
Page 48
Active failures have an immediate consequence and are usually made by front-line
people such as drivers, operators or even the public. In a situation where there is no
room for error, these active failures have an immediate impact on health and safety.
(b)
Latent failures are caused by people such as designers, decision makers and
managers whose tasks are removed in time and space from operational activities.
Latent failures are typically failures in the design, implementation or monitoring of
health and safety management systems.
Latent failures provide as great, if not greater, potential danger to health and safety as active
failures. These can be highlighted only through positive safety discussions that utilise the
experience and knowledge of the workforce. Latent failures are hidden within an organisation
until they are triggered by an event likely to have serious consequences.
(b)
Gaps in supervision
(c)
(d)
Maintenance failures
(e)
Unworkable procedures
(f)
Clumsy automation
(g)
(h)
Ineffective training
(i)
Ineffective communications
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
AL
Most people fail to plan for the human side of change and wonder why their plans rarely
succeed. No single behavioural process fits into every company but some prescriptive
processes may be a necessary step towards achieving open communication.
Any change creates 'people issues'. For example, there may be new leaders, changed roles,
and the need to develop new skills and capabilities. Employees may be uncertain and
resistant because they do not see the need for change or feel that they will be
disadvantaged by it. Dealing with these issues on a reactive, case-by-case basis puts the
progress of the job, workforce morale, and overall performance of the behavioural approach
at risk.
Change is unsettling for people at all levels of an organisation. The team needs to work
together and understand that individuals are going through stressful times and need support.
Only after everyone aligns and commits to the change programme can the workforce deliver
tangible results.
QCS 2014
Page 49
Individuals (or teams of individuals) need to know what changes they will see as a result of a
behavioural safety programme being - implemented, what is expected of them during and
after the change programme, how they will be measured, and what success or failure will
mean for them and those around them.
The foundations, expectations and compliance processes must be made clear from the
beginning. If employees and contractors receive the right induction, standards will be set for
the future.
If people digress into non-compliance and break basic rules (such as not wearing hard hats
or safety goggles), then subsequent batches of inductees will receive the message that
safety is not taken seriously (they can get away without wearing their hats and goggles).
Similarly, when senior managers visit sites, they should receive the same induction and live
by the same rules - body language and example can send a powerful message.
AT
IO
AL
Team leaders should be as honest and explicit as possible about what impacts on health
and safety. People react to what they see and hear around them, and need to be involved in
the change process.
Individual commitment, ownership and accountability for safety is vital to making change
happen. Everyone must be willing to accept responsibility for change in the areas they
influence or control. We do not expect machinery or plant to undergo alteration without
appropriate engineering controls, why should we expect people to change without support.
These can be tangible (for example, financial compensation) or psychological (for example,
camaraderie and a sense of shared involvement).
The best programmes reinforce the core messages of safety through regular, timely
engagement and communication that is both inspirational and practicable. Communications
are targeted to provide employees with the right information at the right time and to solicit
their input and feedback.
Effective change requires continual review to ensure that new issues are identified and
actioned.
EG
IN
TE
Some companies operate with the lowest possible number of people required to achieve
their commercial objectives. Margins are tight and contracts are won and lost on cost. This
means that people can be stretched beyond acceptable limits, doing too much, working long
hours and experiencing high levels of stress and fatigue - a recipe for disaster. Contractors
should remember that if a job needs more people, then they should be provided, otherwise
people get hurt.
QCS 2014
Page 50
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Conversely, high workloads and tight timescales often result in training and competency
assessments falling by the wayside, which can lead to ineffective decision making, poor
working practices, out-of-date certification of plant, equipment and, of course, a negative
effect on people's skills.
IO
AL
AT
1.6.3.13 Fatigue
It has long been recognised that fatigue affects the mind and emotions as well as the body.
The issue is important in any discussion regarding safety; operator fatigue has been
implicated in many serious construction accidents.
The word 'fatigue' is, like 'stress', an umbrella term that encompasses many meanings. The
phrase 'physical fatigue', for example, may refer to muscle aches and pains, shortage of
oxygen, or a more systematic feeling of tiredness caused by sleep deprivation, illness or
poor nutrition.
'Mental fatigue' is typically associated with tasks that demand intense concentration, rapid
or complex information processing, and other high-level cognitive skills. Another form of
fatigue is boredom, particularly when it results from repetitive or monotonous activity.
A person suffering from mental fatigue may also spontaneously complain about being tired
or having had too little sleep. Asking the person if they feel fit to start work may not result in a
very reliable answer. Individuals may feel that they are under pressure to state they are fit for
work, knowing that they are not.
EG
IN
TE
Humans have evolved to be active during the day and to sleep at night. The timing of work,
particularly shift work, can interfere with this pattern so the increasing demand for a 24/7
workplace has a serious impact on safety.
A disrupted sleep pattern can lead to fatigue and poor performance, which can increase risk.
On a night shift, people are likely to be working when their bodies expect them to be asleep;
they also then have to sleep during the day when they would otherwise be alert.
Other features of work schedules that affect levels of fatigue include the shift start time, the
QCS 2014
Page 51
length of a shift, the number of shifts worked before a rest day, whether there is overtime,
how much rest is taken between shifts, how much rest is taken during the shift, and whether
the work schedule is regular and predictable.
4
Some shift patterns can result in a short daily rest interval of perhaps only 8 hours; this
would be unfavourable for safety-critical workers.
1.6.3.15 Culture
1
(b)
it was a genuine slip or lapse-work patterns, working hours, fatigue and stress
resulting from work or private issues etc. could be playing a part
(c)
a deliberate breaking of the rules - is the time allowed to do the job safely unrealistic?
Is there a lack of management commitment to insisting on safe working? Peer
pressure, particularly with regard to the young and inexperienced
(d)
management failure to devise and implement a safe working environment thus making
unsafe working practices inevitable unless workers 'stand their ground'.
AT
IO
AL
they did not know that what they were doing, or the way they were doing it, was
unsafe - an 'education' or 'training issue'
(b)
(c)
safe behaviours being instilled in the people who have to do the work.
(a)
TE
(a)
The health and safety management system, as well as individual management practices,
must support the desired culture. In fact, in the absence of a positive (or changing) culture,
an observation and feedback process is unlikely to succeed.
Organisations rely on a number of processes and procedures to manage risk and thereby
decrease the chance of incidents and injuries. Each of these processes has an important
contribution to make, not only by improving workplace safety but also by influencing an
organisation's culture.
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
discipline
(e)
(f)
(g)
worker engagement
(h)
(i)
When the system is poorly designed or operating ineffectively, its ability to accomplish its
primary purpose will be compromised. At worst, a poorly designed, badly implemented or illfunctioning system can also have a negative influence on an organisation's overall health
QCS 2014
Page 52
(b)
(c)
(d)
Poor features of one system can have negative influences on other systems. For example,
when employee incentive programmes or supervisor performance evaluations are based
primarily on reducing injury rates, is it reasonable to expect employees to embrace an open
injury reporting and investigation system?
10
11
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
AT
(a)
TE
1.6.3.16 Intervention
There are many recorded instances of people failing to intervene when they see an unsafe
or illegal act, which is taking place in public. Whilst it is fully understandable that someone
might not want to become involved in a violent confrontation in the street, in the context of
work the personal risk to say, a supervisor who intervenes to prevent someone working
unsafely, should not be so great.
However, the behaviour of supervisors and managers can directly affect the behaviour of
operatives. The effect of failing to intervene in an unsafe situation is to condone that activity,
practice or behaviour. This in turn sends a message to the operatives that the activity
concerned is permitted and confuses the site teams. Therefore, intervention by managers
and supervisors is critical in every case.
From the information available, the reasons for a failure to intervene appear to be split
between a lack of knowledge that anything was wrong and a conscious decision not to
take any action.
EG
IN
The situation in which there was a lack of knowledge is self-explanatory; the person in
control of the activity had not received adequate training and was not sufficiently competent
to appreciate that work was being carried out in an unsafe manner.
The conscious decision not to intervene may possibly be based upon financial or time
considerations, for example, a supervisor might ignore the unsafe use of a ladder because it
saves the time and expense of hiring-in a MEWP.
QCS 2014
Page 53
overload, the supervisor or manager is suffering from a heavy workload and is simply
unable to identify the unsafe situation developing
(b)
actions of others, especially other managers or senior managers, can shape the
decisions of the supervisor. Usually the fact that no one else involved in the operation
is concerned is excuse enough for not getting involved
(c)
ownership of the situation where the supervisor or manager does not actually believe
or understand their duties, or where they are not directly in charge of the operation
and believe they have no jurisdiction
(d)
having the skills to resolve the issue is also important. Where a supervisor or manager
lacks knowledge about the task or the important communication skills, then they are
less likely to get involved
(e)
the risk of possibly entering into a situation where they may be required to make a
difficult decision that could have a significant effect on the project. The support of
senior managers is critical to allow junior managers and supervisors to become
involved in safety issues and empowering them to take whatever action they deem
necessary if an unsafe situation arises. At worst, this could even involve the cessation
of work until the safety issue is investigated further.
AL
IO
Making assessments about risks and reaching an informed decision cannot be achieved
without information - or at least that's what most management systems require.
The process of obtaining information begins with the recognition that the problem exists, and
then raises questions to which answers are required. Deciding the level of accuracy and
precision depends on the sampling and measurement methods.
Whilst risk assessment is based on knowledge of the job and past experience, the
corresponding judgement on safety is normative and can be 'political'. It may be possible to
obtain group agreement on objective and rational measures of risk for various activities.
However, there will often be . controversy over what are considered to be safe conditions.
Attempting to define acceptable levels of risk immediately raises the question of 'to whom' or
'on what terms' is the risk acceptable?
The distinction between risk and safety is more than a semantic one.
Cost: Safety is always compromised by available budget yet it costs far more to investigate
and restore safe working conditions after an accident than it does to resolve the issues in the
first place.
Controls: Who has control? Those at the place of work should have control over the safety
requirements of the task. Ownership is critical for a safe working environment.
10
Customs: Many risks are taken because certain activities have always been done that way.
11
Conditions: Many people are put at risk because conditions have changed resulting in
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Page 54
longer working hours, tight timescales, lack of resources, workload, fatigue, stress or an
ageing workforce. This leads to errors, particularly in plant maintenance.
12
13
Benefit: What benefits does the individual get from taking a 'short cut' such as getting the
Job done and an early finish.
1.6.3.20 Communication
'Actions speak louder than words'. For trust to be built an individual's behaviour and body
language must reinforce what is being said -'walk the talk' as some people say.
Communication is at the heart of all that we do, both at work and in our own time. It takes
place in many forms and can be transmitted via various media, e.g. face to face, radio,
telephone, email or video conferencing. It is essential, especially within our working
environment, that we get it right. Difficulties in achieving efficient communication may include
background noise, the type of language used and sociocultural issues, so the potential for
confusion and misinterpretation can be high.
It is vital to give the person receiving information the time and space to be able to think and
formulate a response. In communication, it is the quality, not the quantity, which matters.
AT
IO
AL
(b)
how it is said
(c)
IN
Studies have shown that, generally, individuals assess what is being communicated to them
by subconsciously attaching an 'importance value' to each of the above three factors in the
following proportions:
(a)
(b)
(c)
what is said
TE
(a)
EG
During periods of high workload or stress, our body language goes largely unnoticed. This is
when the words we use and the way in which we say them become more important. In
addition, our listening capability reduces as our workload or stress increases. Key points are:
(a)
communication involves both a listener and a receiver. What we say, how we say it
and when we say it are very important
(b)
we need to watch out for overload - if the receiver is overloaded then there is no point
in trying to communicate with them. If the message is important then we need to
lessen the workload
(c)
ensure you have the receiver's attention - some, or all, of the message will be lost or
misunderstood if the recipient is not paying attention.
QCS 2014
Page 55
involving the way sound waves are translated by our ear into sound. When listening, we
actively engage the brain and apply logic and context to the sound.
2
We only listen to about one-third of what we hear and that is only if we are interested. The
proportion is much less if we are not interested. A productive exchange would usually
involve:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Planning what we are going to say and waiting for an opportunity to respond.
There are several types of question and the most used are:
AL
Response
Closed
A fact or YES/NO
Open
Leading
Limiting
Restricts options
Multiple
AT
IO
Type
We are always communicating. Even silence communicates something and may imply
annoyance or criticism. Consider what effect your own personal style can have on others.
TE
Control distractions.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
(f)
IN
(a)
Use phonetics for alphanumeric information (for example, 'M for mother').
(g)
(h)
Construction has become a globalised business, with Qatar worksites typically staffed by
multinational as well as multilingual and multicultural crews. This trend has posed risks, in
particular with respect to communication.
Areas for consideration when working with a multicultural team include their:
(a)
(b)
(c)
leadership expectations
QCS 2014
(d)
attitudes to safety
(e)
mutual understanding.
Page 56
Cultural differences can be overcome by all parties, especially the leader, practising mutual
respect and by taking the trouble to understand the differing cultures and getting to know the
team members as individuals.
One method of enhancing any safe system of work is through frequent and open
discussions. The heart of any process is communication: everyone involved needs to share
ideas and knowledge. This can have a massive influence on bottom line profits with
everyone working more efficiently towards achieving a high quality product.
The Contractors image will also benefit if, by the actions exhibited, it is shown to be
committed to a safe and healthy working environment where no one is injured or becomes ill
as a result of coming to work.
One option is for site managers to have an informal 10-minute chat with their employees
and/or contractors' supervisors at the start of every day. The manager should encourage
them to tell each other where they will be working and how their activity could affect other
people. This will help supervisors to plan their day as well as improving co-ordination,
consultation, production and, ultimately, safety.
The aim of a behavioural safety discussion is to identify any difficulties in completing tasks
safely and to aid the supervisor or manager in identifying problems to achieve a safe system
of work. Participants in the discussion should:
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
(a)
proactively resolve issues through positive actions rather than reactively observing
unsafe actions.
Those with more knowledge and experience can assist newer colleagues in understanding
the hazards around them and stop people putting themselves at risk. Learning from a
friendly, coaching manner is by far preferable to formal observations.
All employees should be involved in these discussions. Above all else, problems or issues
should be resolved immediately with someone who has the authority to make the necessary
changes.
QCS 2014
Page 57
People who take drugs and alcohol and are still under the influence when they arrive at work
are far more likely to suffer an accident and be a danger to others.
There is also likely to be an impact on productivity, sickness absence and morale generally.
If staff are under the influence of drug or alcohol misuse at work, firm decisive action must be
taken by the Contractor; it is unlikely that the problem will just go away.
Contractors should have a written policy for dealing with employees who are unfit for work
through drug and/or alcohol misuse.
Policies should be tailored to the specific needs of the company, be fully integrated with
existing procedures and strike a balance between appropriate support and robust discipline.
Unless there is related misconduct, substance misuse should be seen as a treatable illness.
10
Drugs testing is expensive and can introduce more problems than it solves, so the rationale
for introducing a testing programme must be thoroughly thought out.
AT
IO
AL
TE
1.6.4.2 Introduction
The influence and use of alcoholic drinks and illegal drugs by employees on site is of
growing concern to Contractors, given the risks to the health and safety of those employees
and others who may be affected by the employees' actions or omissions.
Drug use poses a serious threat to the health, safety, well-being and livelihood of
employees. Drugs may reduce perception, concentration and awareness, which can affect
the safety and welfare of users and of others. The inability of a person to function
competently and with reasonable care is a problem that must be addressed to prevent
accidents occurring in the workplace.
It should also be appreciated that taking some prescription and over-the-counter drugs can
result in a reduction in alertness, concentration and, therefore, safety performance. This is
covered in greater detail later in this text.
Alcohol-related problems can be detrimental to the individual's state of health and their
safety awareness.
This can affect the smooth operation of an Contractors business, and can result in waste and
inefficiency. Both alcohol and drug problems can be effectively treated by a variety of means.
The earlier the intervention, the higher the likelihood of a positive outcome.
EG
IN
(a)
3 times more likely to be absent from work for 7 consecutive days or more
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Page 58
Drink driving
1
Driving on site under the influence of alcohol is equally, if not more dangerous than driving
on a public road, and Contractors are required to develop a written policy on the matter.
Contractors may also need to consider what their policy would be if an employee whose
duties include driving (either on or off site) was convicted of drink driving.
Alcohol
Amphetamine
Barbiturates
2-10 days
Cannabis
2-30 days
Cocaine
12 hours - 4 days
Dihydrocodeine
1-2 days
Ecstasy
2-4 days
IO
AL
Drugs
AT
1-2 days
2-3 days
Lysergide (LSD)
2-3 days
Methadone
1-2 days
IN
TE
EG
In addition to the dangers which can be caused on site by the use of illegal drugs, some
drugs prescribed by doctors or bought from pharmacies may also have unwanted sideeffects. On every drug packaging, there is a notice giving details of the correct dosage to be
taken and at what intervals. This dosage must be strictly adhered to, as taking more than
directed may have adverse effects. Similarly, there is often a warning on the packaging of
over-the-counter drugs of the side-effects that they may have. This is suggested to be the
case particularly with painkilling drugs and antihistamines. Some direction labels may also
give a warning, for example:
Such warnings should not be ignored - they are there for the guidance and safety of the
person for whom the drugs are prescribed and should be strictly adhered to.
Problems at the workplace relate not just to consumption at or before work. Drugs or alcohol
taken outside the workplace can affect performance long after the substance is consumed.
The indirect effects of alcohol and drug problems on individuals' actions within the workplace
can also be severe. When considering the scale of the drugs or alcohol problem within a
company, the following must be taken into account.
QCS 2014
Page 59
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
The amount of time lost from the workplace due to absenteeism, lateness or habitual
sick leave.
(g)
(h)
(i)
Stress factors on employees due to financial implications brought about by the need to
feed a habit or addiction.
(j)
The adverse effect drugs or alcohol use could have on a Contractors image.
(k)
Security considerations.
(l)
IO
AL
(a)
Successfully tackling alcohol and drug misuse can benefit both your business and your
employees. For example, you would save on the cost of recruiting and training new
employees to replace those who left work because of untreated misuse.
Offering support to those employees who declare a drug-related problem will also help to:
AT
(b)
create a more productive environment, and improve employee loyalty and morale
(c)
(d)
IN
TE
(a)
The misuse of alcohol or drugs (or solvents) by employees may come to light in a variety of
ways. The following actions may indicate that a problem exists:
(a)
(b)
EG
poor time-keeping
(c)
(d)
(e)
poor performance of duties, a sloppy approach to work and poor presentation of the
finished article
(f)
(g)
misconduct
(h)
(i)
(j)
leaving site either without permission or at lunch times to visit licensed premises
(k)
QCS 2014
(b)
gaunt appearance
(c)
tremors or sweating
(d)
constant tiredness
(e)
(f)
(g)
Page 60
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
swings in morale
(f)
(g)
(a)
AL
IO
The benefits of such identification need to be clear and, should a Contractor seek help, the
Contractors may need to guarantee that the employee will not be disadvantaged.
TE
AT
IN
The substance misuse policy that is adopted will need to take account of the particular needs
of the Contractor and the practical situations, including those brought about by working on
building and construction sites.
However, there are a number of minimum requirements for such a policy, which should:
(a)
EG
(b)
apply equally to all employees, including managers and supervisors, at the workplace
(c)
(d)
(e)
include clear statements on the roles and responsibilities of all employees in relation
to the policy (e.g. site-based operatives, site based managers)
(f)
(g)
(h)
state the conduct likely to result in action being taken under the policy
(i)
provide for appropriate treatment and rehabilitation for those with problems
(j)
QCS 2014
Page 61
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
employees will know what the Contractors will do with the test results
(e)
the Contractors has no other reasonable alternative way of obtaining the same result.
(b)
(c)
(d)
the prevention and rehabilitation support offered by the Contractor to its employees.
AL
(a)
Information about a substance misuse policy, covering alcohol and drugs, must be provided
to all employees, and be included as part of any induction training for new recruits. The
policy must be supported by education about the harmful effects of alcohol and drugs
It is important that management demonstrates its full support for the policy by ensuring
observance by all staff, at whatever level, and endorsing changes to the working
environment to facilitate the full and proper implementation of the policy.
However, as with all workplace health and safety matters, consultation with employees and
the provision of education and information at an early stage may prevent the onset of alcohol
and drug problems at work.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Generally, an employee's conduct outside of the workplace is not within the Contractors
control. However, if drug or alcohol misuse during recreational times creates a risk to their
health and safety, or to that of others who may be affected by the employee's actions during
working hours, consideration must be given to the situation and to what action should or can
be taken.
Introducing drug testing in the workplace is a difficult and potentially expensive initiative. It is
essential to be completely clear on the reasons for doing so, or not. Testing is far from the
whole answer and has inherent limitations.
Before any decision is taken by a Contractor to implement an alcohol or drug testing regime,
care must be taken to ensure that an alcohol and drugs policy is fully established and
communicated to all employees.
QCS 2014
Page 62
Why test
Drug testing might be introduced for a number of reasons. Other than where there is a clear
clinical imperative (i.e. rehabilitation testing), the effectiveness of each approach has not
been proven.
Routine testing is done at specified times, and gives a clear message that it is not
acceptable to be affected by alcohol when working. It might be used in situations where
employees are in 'safety critical' posts, such as operating driving construction plant on a
public road or operating machinery.
Reason or 'With Cause' testing might be used if a manager has reason to believe that an
employee has been using drugs or drinking. This might be because of their behaviour or by
physical signs, such as smelling of alcohol. It may also form a part of a post-incident or
accident investigation.
Rehabilitation testing may be used where an employee has agreed to treatment and the
treatment provider is testing to ensure compliance with a prescription (e.g. urine testing to
ensure that an individual who has been prescribed methadone is not using heroin as well as
the prescribed dose). Similarly, testing may be introduced as part of a return to work
agreement between employee and Contractors.
TE
AT
IO
AL
Is testing necessary?
Drug and alcohol testing is a controversial and complex issue which has scientific, ethical,
legal, social, industrial and economic ramifications.
10
11
12
Whether you decide to introduce testing or not, it must be emphasised that it is not an end in
itself. Drug testing is no substitute for good management practice and should never be
introduced without:
13
EG
IN
(a)
(b)
(c)
(b)
(c)
(d)
QCS 2014
Page 63
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
What will be our safeguards? (i.e. how do we ensure that test results are accurate and
legally defensible?)
AL
(e)
The conclusions that are drawn from these questions should guide you to a well thought-out
and rational decision.
14
IO
Methods of testing
There is a variety in both the methods used for employee testing and in the standards of
service offered by drug testing companies. As yet there is no universally accepted
accreditation scheme or quality standard.
16
It should also be clearly understood that there is a significant difference between testing for
alcohol and testing for other drugs.
17
Alcohol testing indicates whether an individual is under the influence at that time. Drug
testing - shows traces of drugs used in the past but does not necessarily confirm impairment
at the time of testing.
IN
TE
AT
15
18
EG
(a)
(b)
Blood testing is the most accurate measure of alcohol in the body although it is more
invasive than a breath test. It is often inappropriate in a workplace setting due to lack
of staff suitably trained to take samples.
Drug use may involve the use of illegal drugs, or prescribed and over-the-counter medicines.
These can be detected by gaining samples from:
(a)
oral fluid: not as invasive as other methods but a relatively new technology so may
be expensive or inaccurate
(b)
hair: not accurate for recent use, but depending on hair length the sample may reflect
the individual's drug use pattern over a course of months
(c)
(d)
(e)
sweat.
QCS 2014
Page 64
The majority of Contractors will have a disciplinary procedure in place. It may be appropriate
to ensure the procedure covers the consumption of alcohol or drugs in the workplace. You
may also wish for the policy to contain a provision that possession, dealing or trafficking in
drugs will be reported to the police.
For a drug and alcohol policy to be effective, it is essential that it is consistent with
disciplinary procedure.
It can be very difficult for employees to discuss or openly admit to having a drink or drugs
problem, because of the stigma or fear of reprisals, or the difficulty they have facing up to the
issue.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 65
Any policy should reflect the requirements of the Contractor and must be implemented in
practice. Introducing a policy that is not followed or is inappropriate to the business may be
worse than not having a policy at all. The policy imposes obligations on you as a Contractor
as well as your employees. If you have a policy you may, for example, have to agree to
treatment for employees where you may otherwise have simply followed the disciplinary
procedure.
AL
Policy
The company recognises the potential dangers of alcohol, drug and solvent misuse, known
as substance misuse, to both the individual and the company.
The company aims to prevent, where possible, alcohol, drug and solvent misuse amongst
employees and to detect at an early stage employees with problems.
The company aims to prevent misuse, where possible, and will offer assistance such as
counselling or leave of absence from work if required for treatment. There may be, however,
some instances when this offer may not be appropriate and managers must assess each
case individually.
AT
IO
TE
Rules
Employees must not use, possess, conceal, transport, promote, or sell prohibited
substances whilst on company premises, in company vehicles, on client premises or at the
work site.
Employees must not report for work under the influence of alcohol or other drugs
Employees must not consume alcohol in the office or on site except on occasions approved
by a senior manager.
EG
IN
Managers should be aware that the misuse of drugs, alcohol or solvents by employees may
come to light in various ways. The following characteristics, especially when arising in
combinations, may indicate the presence of a substance problem.
Absenteeism
10
11
12
13
14
QCS 2014
15
16
Unusually high level of sickness for colds, flu, and stomach upsets.
17
Page 66
At work.
19
Work performance
Difficulty in concentration.
21
22
23
IO
AL
20
25
Depression.
26
General confusion.
Irritability.
TE
24
AT
Mood swings
In some instances, employees may come forward voluntarily and seek help themselves.
EG
27
IN
Self-referral
Manager's responsibility
A manager is the individual responsible for a specific set of tasks and who has the power to
issue orders, decisions and controls the resources and expenditures
29
A manager who suspects one of their employees of having a substance misuse problem
must discuss the matter with the relevant manager/director before approaching the
employee with their concern.
30
The manager will then discuss the matter with the employee and try to establish the cause of
the problem (although it must be pointed out that individuals with a drugs or alcohol problem
will often go to great lengths to conceal the situation).
31
The employee should be reminded or informed of the assistance the company is prepared to
give employees who are trying to overcome an alcohol or drugs problem and should be
informed of outside agencies where help can be obtained.
32
The employee should be informed that the company requires his or her performance to be
improved to an acceptable and specifically outlined standard and that failure to achieve this
will result in dismissal. The manager, having consulted with the director, should agree with
the employee what follow-up action is to be taken. Where it is established that alcohol or
drugs is or could be the problem, an appointment should be arranged with the company
doctor or local drug and alcohol service provider.
28
QCS 2014
Page 67
33
If the employee denies that either alcohol or drugs are the cause of the problem (whether
believed or not), he should be treated as for any other disciplinary/capability problem,
whichever is judged as appropriate by the manager and director.
34
However, if there are strong signs that the employee's unsatisfactory performance is drug or
alcohol-related and he will not admit or acknowledge this, further encouragement should be
given at all stages of the disciplinary/ capability procedure to face up to the problem.
36
Every effort should be made to ensure that, on completion of the recovery programme,
employees are able to return to the same or equivalent work.
37
However, where such a return would jeopardise either a satisfactory level of job performance
or the employee's recovery, the appropriate director will review the full circumstances
surrounding the case and agree a course of action to be taken. This may include the offer of
suitable alternative employment, or the consideration of retirement on the grounds of ill
health or dismissal. (Before a decision on dismissal is made, it should be discussed with the
employee and an up-to-date medical opinion obtained.)
AT
IO
AL
35
Where an employee, having received treatment, suffers a relapse, the company will consider
the case on its individual merits. Medical advice will be sought in an attempt to ascertain how
much more treatment or rehabilitation time is likely to be required for a full recovery. At the
company's entire discretion, more treatment or rehabilitation time may be given in order to
help the employee to recover fully.
IN
TE
38
Relapse
If, after the employee has received treatment, recovery seems unlikely, the company may be
unable to wait for the employee any longer. In such cases, dismissal may result but in most
cases a clear warning will be given to the employee beforehand and a full medical
investigation will have been undertaken.
39
EG
Recovery unlikely
Employees may be required to submit to a test to check for the presence of drugs or alcohol
under the following circumstances.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Where there is reason to suspect that the employee may be under the influence of a
prohibited substance.
(d)
Where it is suspected there has been a breach of the policy, for example high
individual accident experience, excessive absenteeism, observed erratic behaviour
and/or deteriorating job performance.
QCS 2014
41
Page 68
If the employee refuses to take a drugs test, the employee will be subject to action under the
company's disciplinary procedure up to and including dismissal.
It is a condition of employment that all employees agree to the release of the results of
screening for prohibited substances as required.
Right of search
The Contractor reserves the right to search the person, his or her possessions and/or
immediate work area, who works, visits or performs services on company premises. Where
practical, in arranging for the search of the person to be carried out:
(a)
(b)
(c)
AL
43
AT
44
IO
Intoxicated employees
Employees are expressly forbidden to consume alcohol when at work or to bring alcohol
onto company premises under any circumstances. Any breach of this rule will result in
disciplinary action being taken which is likely to result in summary dismissal.
The Contractor will provide training for appropriate staff in recognising and responding to the
early stages of alcohol or drugs problems amongst employees. The Contractor will provide
health educational initiatives to raise awareness of the policy and the risks associated.
46
EG
IN
45
TE
AL
Page 69
QCS 2014
AT
IO
Effects sought
Injected, snorted or
smoked
TE
R
IN
EG
Swallowed, usually in
tablet form, occasionally
snorted as a powder
Swallowed on a tiny
square of paper
AL
Page 70
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Magic mushrooms(shrooms,
mushies)
Swallowed as tablets or
capsules, injected ampoules
TE
R
IN
Barbiturates(barbs, downers)
Effects sought
EG
Amphetamines(speed, whizz, uppers, In powder form, dissolved Stimulation of the nervous system,
billy, sulph)
in drinks, injected, sniffed wakefulness, feeling of energy and
or snorted
confidence
Cannabis(hash, dope, grass, blow,
ganja, weed, shit, puff, marijuana,
skunk*)
Swallowed as tablets or
capsules, or injected
Prescribed for the relief of anxiety and to Dependency and tolerance, increased risk of
treat insomnia. High doses cause
accidents, overdose can be fatal, severe
drowsiness
withdrawal symptoms
AL
Page 71
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Effects sought
Injected or swallowed as
tablets
IN
TE
R
EG
Poppers(alkyi nitrates, including arnyl Vapours from a small bottle Brief and intense head-rush caused by Nausea and headaches, fainting, loss of
nitrate with trade names such as Ram, of liquid are breathed in
sudden surge of blood through the
balance, skin problems around the mouth and
TNT, Thrust)
through mouth or nose
brain
nose, particularly dangerous for those with
glaucoma, anaemia, breathing or heart problems
QCS 2014
Page 72
Contractors are legally required to provide information that is 'comprehensible', i.e. provided
in a format that can be understood by the worker.
This requirement can result in problems where the recipients of the information have limited
or no understanding of Arabic and/or English, particularly during site induction.
Communicating using images has the potential to overcome these problems, regardless of
the mix of languages spoken on site.
A bank of images, each representing a hazard or a simple instruction has been developed.
It is likely that it will be necessary to hold separate training sessions to assess the
understanding of safety critical words and phrases by those with Arabic and/or English
language problems.
Confirming that the workers being assessed can associate each image with a spoken short
phrase in plain Arabic and/or English, will give supervisors and managers confidence that
the workers have an understanding of safety critical words in Arabic and/or English.
Due to their simplicity, these phrases aid translation into other languages, if needed.
Before using any images, workers' competence, training and language skills must be
assessed. This will also indicate the level of supervision required generally.
10
The images can be used to support site inductions, tool box talks or other training, or
superimposed on site plans to identify the location of welfare facilities, fire-fighting
equipment, and so on.
11
The images also help to fill gaps in translation, as well as improving memory recall of site
rules.
12
If appropriate, the images can enhance and complement existing procedures rather than
replace them.
13
An understanding of the images should not be solely relied upon to ensure that work of a
higher risk nature can be carried out safely.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.6.5.2 Introduction
1
Good communication is essential for the management of health and safety on construction
sites. The number of workers on sites, where Arabic and/or English is not their first
language, has increased over recent years. Some of these workers have excellent skills in
spoken and written Arabic and/or English, but there are others for whom understanding
Arabic and/or English is a problem. This can be a barrier to effective communication of
health and safety information.
Contractors to provide employees with any necessary information and adequate training to
ensure their health and safety at work.
QCS 2014
Page 73
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(b)
(c)
duty on Contractors to take into account the capabilities of their employees. This
includes their capability to understand instructions and training given in Arabic and/or
English
(d)
(ii)
the requirement for any health surveillance arising out of the work to be carried
out.
AT
(i)
The word 'comprehensible' can be taken to mean provided in a format that can be
understood by the worker. The Contractor can provide information in a form which takes
into account any language difficulties and suggests the use of symbols as one way of doing
this.
IN
TE
IO
AL
EG
Contractors who engage workers who cannot speak or understand Arabic and/or English
have a few options when deciding how to manage communications. These include hiring a
bilingual supervisor who can give information, instruction and training to workers.
Alternatively, Arabic and/or English speaking co-workers are often used on site to
communicate with non-Arabic and/or English speaking workers. However, their competence
(both technically in construction and as a translator) must be assessed first.
Before any worker starts on site certain facts must be established. These are the level of:
(a)
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
Page 74
supervision required.
The type of work to be done by the worker will dictate the required level of competence and
identify any training needed. Regardless of language issues foreign workers must meet the
level of competence and training expected of any worker asked to do the task(s). Therefore,
contractors should apply the same criteria for non/low-Arabic and/or English speaking
workers as they do for Arabic and/or English speakers, which will require some form of
competency assessment.
Failure to prove an acceptable level of competence will indicate that further training is
required before considering the other pre-start factors.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
REGULATORY DOCUMENT........................................................................... 1
1.7
1.7.1
1.7.2
1.7.3
1.7.4
1.7.5
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
1.7.1
The rate of injury to people and damage to property and environment caused by fire in
connection to construction is significant.
When construction activities are not adequately controlled, employees and members of the
public can also be killed or injured, and property adjacent to construction sites be put at risk
for example, from a site fire large enough to spread off-site. Offices in particular site offices
are vulnerable to fire risks and serious fire damage.
Temporary accommodation on site must be used for their intended purpose. They shall not
be used for storing dangerous substances.
These Regulations require a risk based approach for fire prevention and control and places
legal obligations on the contractor to carry out a fire risk assessment and put in place
appropriate control measures and maintaining them in accordance with any changes that
occur.
1.7.1.2 Introduction
IN
(b)
(c)
EG
(a)
TE
AT
IO
AL
(e)
fire risk assessments are carried out, recorded, reviewed and acted upon;
(f)
fire arrangements are in place for the offices, temporary accommodation and the
construction site;
(g)
(h)
(i)
Procedures for serious and imminent danger and for danger areas;
(j)
(k)
QCS 2014
The Fire safety legislation is enforced by the Civil Defence, Ministry of Interior, the State of
Qatar.
These Regulations require the contractor to undertake a formal risk assessment in relation
to:
(a)
(b)
(c)
any other place of work in connection to construction activities and his undertakings;
(b)
in relation to relevant persons who are not their employees, take such general fire
precautions as may reasonably be required to ensure that the premises are safe.
reducing the risk of fire and the spread of fire on the premises
(b)
methods of escape
(c)
measures for securing that the means of escape can be safely and effectively used at
all times
(d)
measures in relation to the means for detecting fire on the premises and giving
warning in case of fire on the premises
(e)
arrangements for action to be taken in the event of fire, including measures relating to
the instruction and training of employees, and measures to mitigate the effects of the
fire.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
(f)
5
IO
take such general fire precautions as will ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable,
the safety of any of their employees; and
AT
(a)
AL
(b)
(c)
review the risk assessment regularly, particularly if there have been significant
changes to the environment
(d)
not employ young persons without making a suitable and sufficient risk assessment of
the risks to them.
The risk assessment must include the control measures which have been, or will be taken, to
reduce the risk of fire and identify any group of persons identified by the assessment as
being especially at risk.
No new work activity involving a dangerous substance may start unless the risk assessment
has been made and the required measures have been implemented.
QCS 2014
Where a dangerous substance is present, the Contractor must ensure that risks are either
eliminated or reduced so far as is reasonably practicable.
Where necessary, the contractor must ensure that the premises are equipped with
appropriate fire-fighting equipment, fire detectors and alarms. Any non-automatic fire-fighting
equipment must be easily accessible, simple to use and indicated by signs.
10
(b)
nominate competent persons to implement those measures and ensure that the
number of such persons, their training and the equipment available to them are
adequate, taking into account the size of the premises concerned and any related
hazards. This requirement does not apply to a self-employed person or a partnership
where, in either case, there is sufficient knowledge and experience to enable
adequate preventative and protective measures to be taken
(c)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
TE
In order to safeguard the safety of relevant persons where necessary, the Contractor must
ensure that routes to emergency exits from premises and the exits themselves are kept clear
at all times. The following requirements must be complied with.
Emergency routes and exits must lead as directly as possible to a place of safety.
(b)
(c)
The number, distribution and dimensions of emergency routes and exits must be
adequate for the maximum number of persons who may be there at any one time.
(d)
Emergency doors must open in the direction of escape. Sliding or revolving doors
must not be used for exits specifically intended as emergency exits. Emergency doors
must not be locked or fastened in a way that stops them from being easily and
immediately opened in an emergency.
EG
IN
(a)
11
(e)
Emergency routes and exits must be indicated by signs. Emergency routes and exits
requiring illumination must be provided with emergency lighting of adequate intensity
in the case of failure of their normal lighting.
Procedures for serious and imminent danger and for danger areas
12
The Contractor must establish and put into effect appropriate procedures, including safety
drills, and nominate a sufficient number of competent persons to implement those
procedures. The Contractor must also ensure that nobody can access any area to which
access has been restricted on grounds of safety, unless the person concerned has received
adequate safety instruction.
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
where necessary, before any explosive conditions are reached, visual or audible
warnings are given and relevant persons withdrawn
(d)
where the risk assessment indicates it is necessary, escape facilities are provided and
maintained to ensure that, in the event of danger, relevant persons can leave
endangered places promptly and safely.
14
The Contractor must ensure that the information required is made available to relevant
accident and emergency services, and also displayed at the premises, unless the results of
the risk assessment make this unnecessary.
Maintenance
The Contractor must ensure that the premises and any facilities, equipment and devices
provided are subject to a suitable system of maintenance and are maintained in an efficient
state, in efficient working order and in good repair.
16
Where the premises form part of a building, the Contractor may make arrangements with
other occupiers of the building to ensure that the above requirements are met.
17
18
The Contractor must provide employees and relevant others with understandable and
relevant information on the risks identified, the preventative and protective measures, the
significant findings of the risk assessment and certain other matters. Such information will
usually be communicated by way of safety signs, site induction, written procedures and
similar means.
TE
AT
IO
AL
15
EG
The Contractor must ensure that employees are provided with adequate safety training that
includes suitable and sufficient instruction and training on the appropriate precautions and
actions to be taken by employees in order to safeguard themselves and other relevant
persons on the premises. It needs to take account of the fire risk assessment and the
emergency procedures, and be easily understandable and repeated periodically. The
training should cover:
(a)
19
IN
Training
discovering a fire
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
QCS 2014
(n)
good housekeeping
(o)
Where two or more Contractors share, or have duties at, premises, whether on a temporary
or a permanent basis, they must co-operate as necessary to enable them to comply with the
requirements of these Regulations.
(p)
take reasonable care for the safety of themselves and of other relevant persons who
may be affected by their work
(q)
The employee must inform their employer, or any other employee with specific responsibility
for the safety of employees, of any work situation which they would reasonably consider to
be a serious and immediate danger to safety. Employees should also report any matter
which they consider to be a shortcoming in the employers protection arrangements for
safety.
AT
IO
22
AL
21
Furthermore, these Regulations require that all Contractors have access to competent health
and safety advice, which again in the context of this module, includes having access to
someone who is competent to:
IN
TE
accurately assess the risks to the health and safety of any person from the outbreak of
a fire, and
(b)
indicate to the Contractor what additional actions, if any, must be taken to adequately
control those risks
EG
(a)
In most cases, the requirements for fire and safety in on-site offices and other
accommodation will be enforced under these Regulations and the requirements are:
(a)
for measures to be taken to prevent the risk from fire, explosion or any substance
likely to cause asphyxiation.
(b)
for measures to be taken to detect and fight fires in relation to work carried out on
construction sites.
QCS 2014
What must be done to keep flammable materials and sources of ignition apart?
Are any at an enhanced level of risk because of what they do or where they work?
10
AL
12
IO
11
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
is the means of fighting fire (for example, portable fire extinguishers) adequate,
appropriate for the likely type of fire and well maintained?
(f)
have sufficient site staff been trained in the use of fire extinguishers?
(g)
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
13
It could be argued that this stage is more important on construction sites, due to the everchanging nature of the site, than it is in many other types of workplace.
15
(b)
(c)
(d)
the start of a process that necessitates the storage of flammable substances, such as
LPG and other gases, in bulk.
QCS 2014
1.7.1.9 The following is a list of some of the factors that should be considered
when carrying out a fire risk assessment.
(b)
Abrasive cutters
(c)
Heaters
(d)
Heat-producing processes
(e)
Electrical apparatus
(f)
Machinery overheating
(g)
(h)
(b)
Flammable liquids
(c)
Timber
(d)
Plastics
(e)
(f)
(g)
Access, egress
(b)
Floor openings
(c)
Flues
(d)
Doors, windows
(e)
Atria
AT
IO
(a)
TE
Building features
(g)
(a)
(f)
AL
Hot work
IN
(a)
EG
Wall linings
Floor construction
Maintenance
(a)
(b)
Plant maintenance
Fire detection
(a)
Automatic detectors
(b)
(c)
Alarm bells
Doors
(b)
Staircases
QCS 2014
(c)
Passageways
(d)
Assembly points
10
(b)
(c)
Extinguishers
(d)
Position of extinguishers
(e)
(b)
(c)
Test regularly
IO
(a)
AL
(b)
Emergency procedures
(c)
(d)
Fire drills
(e)
Fire-fighting equipment
(f)
(a)
AT
Staff training
(a)
TE
IN
EG
Temporary buildings should be separated from the building under construction, other
temporary buildings and storage compounds by a fire-break of at least 10 metres where
possible. If it is not possible to achieve a 10-metre separation, ideally, the fire break will not
be less than 6 metres.
Temporary buildings which are located inside the building under construction, or within 6
metres of it, must be equipped with fire-detection systems.
(a)
of materials that would not contribute significantly to the growth of a fire or the
propagation of smoke or corrosive fumes
(b)
of fire-resisting material to BS 476 with regard to walls, roof, doors and windows, to
achieve 30 minutes fire resistance
(c)
where stacked on top of each other, the floor and roof assembly, and members
QCS 2014
Where temporary buildings do not sit flush on the floor, measures must be taken to prevent
the accumulation of rubbish in the space beneath the floor, whilst still allowing under-floor
ventilation.
Consideration should be given to fitting automatic fire detection systems and intruder alarms
to temporary buildings in which flammable substances are stored.
Automatic fire detection systems must be fitted in temporary buildings in which cooking is
carried out.
Fuel or combustible material. Any material or substance, whether liquid, solid or gas, which
will burn given sufficient amounts of heat and a supporter of combustion such as air or
oxygen.
Heat or ignition source. Every fuel has an ignition temperature. All solids and liquids give off
vapour when heated, and it is this vapour that ignites.
Air (or other supporter of combustion such as oxygen) which is always there to sustain fire,
providing the other factors are present.
Once a fire has started, if any one of these factors is isolated or removed, the fire will be
extinguished. There are three basic ways of achieving this:
Removal of the heat by the application of water to cool the burning material.
Reduction or exclusion of the air/oxygen by smothering the burning material. Foam, dry
powder, carbon dioxide (CO2) and fire blankets are all smothering agents.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
conduction
(b)
convection
(c)
radiation
(d)
direct burning.
Conduction is where heat is transmitted from one place to another along or through solid
material, such as along a metal pipe or through a door or wall. The conduction of heat
therefore has the potential to start a fire in a location that is remote from the original source
of heat.
Convection occurs where superheated gases or heat rising from a fire ignites other
combustible material or when particles of burning material in the circulating air are deposited
QCS 2014
Radiation is the transfer of radiated heat from the fire, through the air directly to other
flammable materials nearby, which will cause those materials to be raised to their ignition
temperature and then burn.
Direct burning is a combination of conduction, convection and radiation and is where the
fire spreads and reaches other combustible materials and ignites them, adding further fuel to
the fire.
Class A - Carbonaceous material, such as paper, cloth, wood, rubber, often referred to as
'solid fuel fires'.
Class B - Flammable liquids or liquefiable solids, such as oil, fat, paint and fuel. These can
be subdivided into:
B1 - Fires involving liquids that are soluble in water, such as methanol. They can be
extinguished by carbon dioxide, dry powder and water spray.
B2 - Fires involving liquids that are not soluble in water, such as petrol and oil. They can be
extinguished using foam, carbon dioxide and dry powder.
Class F - High temperature cooking oils or fats, such as those used in deep fat fryers in
large catering establishments or restaurants.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
10
11
(b)
wood
(c)
(d)
packaging materials.
petrol or diesel
QCS 2014
(b)
oil
(c)
paraffin
(d)
paint
(e)
This type of fire should be dealt with using foam or dry powder extinguishers, depending on
whether the fire is contained or flowing.
14
If the fire is contained, use a foam extinguisher with the jet of foam directed at the back of
the container.
15
This allows a blanket of foam to build up and spread across the surface of the burning liquid.
16
If the fire is flowing, a dry powder extinguisher should be directed at the front edge of the fire,
in an attempt to separate the flames from the fuel.
17
The aim of using extinguishers in such a way is for the fire to be covered with a blanket of
either foam or dry powder. This will cut off the supply of air, and thus the oxygen, to the fire.
18
Once the blanket has been laid, do not disturb it until the liquid has cooled. Any
reintroduction of air may cause the fire to re-ignite.
19
NEVER use a water extinguisher or a hose-reel on a fire involving any flammable liquid. The
water will react violently with the burning liquid and cause an explosion.
AT
IO
AL
13
Extreme caution is necessary when dealing with fires involving liquefied gases as there will
always be the danger of an explosion.
21
LPG expands to a ratio of 274:1 so a leak of just 1 litre of liquid would produce a cloud of
gas, if diluted in air to the right concentration, large enough to fill a room 3m x 2m x 2m. This
would cause an explosive atmosphere.
22
(b)
call the Qatar Administrative Authority and tell them of the location of the cylinders
and type of gas involved
(a)
EG
IN
TE
20
(c)
(d)
23
Do not try to fight a fire in which a compressed gas cylinder is directly involved; leave it to the
Qatar Administrative Authority as an overheated cylinder can explode.
24
If a fire involves other combustible materials, for example timber, that might cause the fire to
spread to the location of the cylinders, a decision based upon personal safety will have to be
taken upon whether to attempt to fight the fire to prevent an escalation of the situation.
25
Class C fires are best dealt with by the use of dry powder extinguishers.
Fires of this type involve magnesium, sodium, phosphorus, and similar metals, and should
only be dealt with by trained fire fighters.
QCS 2014
27
28
Specially formulated powders are available for use in controlling fire in metals but, as a last
resort, if no proprietary powder is available, dry sand or earth may be applied to smother the
burning area.
29
The proprietary powder should be carefully placed and not thrown onto the burning metal.
Throwing the powder will cause the burning material to be spread.
30
Be sure either to wear darkened safety glasses whilst attempting to cover the fire, or to look
away from the extreme brightness. Failure to take these precautions could damage the eyes.
In staff training, the following simple rules for safety should be emphasised:
AL
do not use water on any fire involving electrical equipment. You may be electrocuted
(b)
switch off the electricity supply, if possible, before fighting the fire. It is then just an
ordinary fire
(c)
do not approach closer than 1 metre to any fire where the electrical supply has not
been switched off
(d)
carbon dioxide (CO2) is the best extinguishing medium if the concentration of gas can
be confined, for example within an electrical distribution cupboard
(e)
in extinguishing electrical fires, direct the discharge from the extinguisher to one edge
of the fire and, with a sweeping movement, pass to the far edge until the fire has been
extinguished.
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
Most fires in electrical equipment are due to misuse or neglect, where appliances have not
been properly maintained, or are being used for a purpose, or in a manner, for which they
were not designed.
A fuse larger than the appliance rating will negate the purpose of the fuse and render the
appliance potentially unsafe.
All employees should be properly trained so that they do not misuse equipment, and ensure
that damaged or defective equipment is reported, taken out of use and professionally
repaired.
EG
QCS 2014
Use foam, dry powder, carbon dioxide (CO2) or a fire blanket. Never move a cooking
container, the contents may splash and cause serious burns.
Use foam, dry powder or carbon dioxide (CO2). Turn off the heater.
The correct types of fire extinguisher must be provided and kept close at hand, with a careful
watch being maintained for fire breaking out whilst work is in progress.
Effective control measures, such as periodically practising emergency evacuations and the
routine maintenance and/or testing of fire detection and fire-fighting equipment, can save
lives. Everyone must know what they have to do if there is a fire or during a rehearsal of
emergency evacuation procedures (a fire drill).
IO
AL
AT
In the event of a fire occurring, it is essential that the alarm is raised as quickly as possible
so that workers can quickly and safely reach a place of safety.
A means of detecting and warning of fire must be provided in all offices. Hand bells, klaxons,
manually or electrically operated sounders may be suitable so long as they are clearly
audible above background noise in all areas and can be readily identified as being a fire
alarm. Flashing lights or vibrating pagers may be required in certain circumstances.
(b)
the location of the notice to enable the location of the fire to be pinpointed, e.g. firstfloor photocopier room
(a)
EG
IN
TE
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
a clear instruction not to leave the assembly point until a roll-call has been taken
(g)
(h)
an instruction not to re-enter the building or site until it has been declared safe to do
so by someone in authority.
If a fire is discovered, everyone on site must be made aware of it. The fire and rescue
service must be called. Where there is a switchboard, it is usual for the switchboard operator
to be nominated as the person who always calls the Civil Defence (Fire Department).
QCS 2014
On hearing the alarm, anyone calling the fire and rescue service should give the full postal
address of the site, any prominent nearby landmark, and any instruction for entering the site
where there is more than one option.
If you have a fire alarm which is automatically connected to the Civil Defence (Fire
Department) via an alarm company, the Civil Defence (Fire Department) must still be called
to confirm that the automatic call has been received.
Location of occupants
It will be necessary to appoint fire wardens whose job it is to ensure that offices and other
accommodation are completely evacuated in the event of the fire alarm sounding (including
practice drills) and to conduct a roll-call at the assembly point.
The fire wardens must be trained in their duties and have a clear understanding of the area
of the offices for which they are responsible. The number of fire wardens required will
depend on several factors, including the area and layout of the office complex and the
number of levels on which it is sited.
The location of permanent staff can be easily identified by the use of IN/OUT boards that can
be removed from their normal location, taken to the assembly point and used for the roll-call.
Arrangements must be made for visitors to be logged into and out of offices so that, in the
case of an emergency, they can be located quickly and taken to a safe place.
AT
IO
AL
Means of escape
Adequate means of escape must be provided to enable all visitors and employees to reach a
place of safety if a fire occurs. If a fire occurs in the open air, it will usually be obvious to all
site staff where the danger lies and the direction they must go to remain safe.
Means of escape must have regard and consider individuals with disabilities.
10
IN
TE
As part of emergency planning, dedicated escape routes should be decided on, clearly
signed and adequately lit.
(b)
All directional signs should be clearly visible and kept unobstructed and should
conform to BS 5499.
(d)
11
(c)
EG
(a)
Such signs should be positioned where the escape route changes direction or level.
The signs must indicate the final exit to a place of safety.
To ensure that all site employees are aware of these escape routes, periodic fire drills
should be carried out and should include the full evacuation of all visitors and staff
from the building. Records should be kept of all drills and evacuations.
Where construction site offices are located in a multiple-occupancy building, the safety of
other occupiers, as well as their visitors and members of the public, must be a consideration.
For example, emergency exit routes from the premises may have to be maintained or
provided for other occupiers through the construction area or other provisions made for
them.
The provision of emergency lighting should always be considered when assessing the fire
safety requirements for satisfactory means of escape.
This is particularly important where work is dependent on artificial lighting because natural
QCS 2014
If the lighting circuits fail, any standby emergency lighting system must switch on
automatically and clearly illuminate:
(a)
(b)
(c)
circulation areas
(d)
changes in levels
(e)
any projections and protrusions, such as temporary partitioning, office equipment and
storage
(f)
Records of tests of the emergency lighting equipment should be kept and must be available
for inspection when required.
AL
Automatic or manual fire alarms should be tested weekly, with a different call point being
used on each occasion where these are a feature of the system.
AT
IO
Fire drills in site offices and on site should be held on a regular basis, at not more than sixmonthly intervals. They should take the form of a rehearsal of the evacuation procedures to
ensure that everyone knows how to leave the site quickly and safely if a fire occurs.
Records of fire alarms, equipment tests and fire drills should be kept.
IN
TE
EG
Fire extinguishers can be used by trained employees in an attempt to minimise loss and
damage after a fire has started. However, preventing the fire in the first place is a far better
option.
Where there is a realistic possibility that staff will have to use a fire extinguisher, they should
be trained in their use.
In line with the risks identified in a fire risk assessment, adequate numbers of suitable types
of portable fire extinguisher must be provided and kept available throughout the premises.
Extinguishers must be located in conspicuous positions near exits on each floor. They
should be fixed to the wall with their carrying handles approximately 1 metre above the floor
level. Where this is not possible, they should be fixed in position (for example, using base
plates or stands) at floor level.
In the open, they should be situated in red painted boxes which are either sitting on the floor
or raised 500 mm above ground level, with a 'FIRE POINT' sign at a height readily seen
QCS 2014
above any obstructions. Care must be taken during winter months to ensure that
extinguisher contents do not freeze.
To protect electrical distribution panels and items of electrical equipment, appropriate
extinguishers (usually carbon dioxide) must be provided near but not dangerously close to
the equipment concerned.
For large or costly items of equipment, such as computer suites, the installation of automatic
fire detection and extinguishing systems should be considered.
Fire-fighting equipment should be inspected monthly and maintained and tested at least
once a year by a competent person. The maintenance and tests should be carried out in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
10
All fire-fighting equipment must be maintained and inspected regularly, and all such
inspections recorded in the appropriate register.
11
AL
IO
13
Colour-coding by agent or medium (see below) enables a trained person to rapidly identify
the type of extinguisher needed in an emergency.
AT
12
Colour of panel
TE
Extinguishing medium
Water
Red
IN
Foam
Wet chemical
14
Carbon dioxide
EG
Cream
Blue
Black
Yellow
Other information concerning its use may also be displayed on the body of the extinguisher.
The discharge of a carbon dioxide (CO2) extinguisher in any small, enclosed or confined
space will reduce the percentage of oxygen in the air. The dust cloud from a dry powder
extinguisher may, in a confined space, produce local and temporary breathing difficulties and
poor visibility.
16
Once an extinguisher has been discharged in such circumstances, the user should leave the
area immediately. When it is safe to do so, the area should be thoroughly ventilated before
allowing anyone to re-enter. If there is a need to re-enter before the air has cleared, suitable
breathing apparatus will have to be worn.
The contractor is to ensure that all employees are familiar with fire procedures, and that an
appropriate number of them are trained in the use of fire-fighting equipment.
QCS 2014
18
Training in the selection and use of portable extinguishers is essential if they are to be used
effectively in fighting small fires.
19
It is also very important that the right type of extinguisher is used on certain types of fire.
Details of which one to use with which type of fire are contained in Appendix 2 of this
section.
20
Attention should be given to the physical strength of persons who may have to use
extinguishers. Some extinguishers weigh up to 20 kg.
21
During staff training on the use of extinguishers, the following points also need to be
emphasised:
(b)
(c)
do not let the fire come between you and your escape route. You may become
trapped if the fire develops
(d)
(e)
if the extinguisher does not appear to be working or is ineffective on the fire, get out
immediately
(f)
if the fire starts to increase or gets out of control, get out immediately.
AT
IO
AL
During induction training or ongoing staff training, the following points should be made to all
staff:
do not use a fire extinguisher unless you have been trained to do so
(b)
do not misuse fire extinguishers, for example, when messing around or as a joke
(c)
(d)
(e)
immediately report any fire extinguishers that appear to have been used, misused or
damaged.
IN
TE
(a)
EG
22
(a)
1.7.1.23 Hose-reels
Hose-reels linked to a constant water supply may sometimes be available, and can be an
effective means of fire-fighting.
Hose-reels work:
(a)
either, by the user opening a valve adjacent to the hose-reel drum before unreeling
the hose and turning on the nozzle
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
Before attempting to extinguish such fires, always turn off the gas or electricity supply.
Pull the blanket from its container and wrap the corners of the blanket around your hands,
making sure that your hands and forearms are completely covered. Hold the blanket at chest
level and gently place it over the burning container to exclude the air from the fire. DO NOT
THROW the blanket as you may miss the burning container or cause it to spill.
Leave the blanket in place until the container has cooled down. Do not lift one corner to
check if the fire is out as this may allow enough air in to re-ignite the fire. Do not move the
container before it is cold.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
AL
Page 22
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
Make yourself aware of the instructions on the fire extinguisher before using it.
Class Substances, materials, etc.
Water
(red)
Foam
(cream)
Carbon dioxide
(CO2) (black)
Dry powder
(blue)
Wet chemical
(yellow)
YES Difficult to
use o For small
fires
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO See Note
NO
NO
EG
IN
YES
QCS 2014
This questionnaire has been worded so that the desirable answer is YES. If you answer NO,
you may wish to give more thought to the problem.
General
Has a fire risk assessment been carried out?
Have employees been made aware of the significant findings of the fire risk assessment?
AL
Flammable materials
Are flammable materials, especially flammable waste materials, cleared away on a daily
basis?
AT
IO
Smoking materials
Is there a non-smoking policy?
10
Are there adequate and clear 'No Smoking' signs in areas where smoking is not permitted?
IN
TE
EG
Heating appliances
12
Are fuel supplies, such as propane and butane, kept outside and piped into the building?
13
Are combustible materials being kept well away from heaters and stoves?
11
Electrical appliances
14
15
16
17
Staff training
18
QCS 2014
19
Are all staff being properly trained in procedures to be followed in case of fire?
20
21
22
Fire extinguishers
Are all fire extinguishers serviced regularly, checked and recharged as necessary?
24
25
26
Is there an up-to-date fire plan, showing the location of each fire extinguisher and its type, for
the premises?
AL
23
Fire alarm
Is the fire alarm tested weekly?
28
29
Can the fire alarm be heard clearly in all parts of the premises?
30
Is someone nominated to call the fire and rescue service in case of fire?
AT
IO
27
TE
32
33
EG
IN
31
QCS 2014
This set of regulations is about preventing fires from starting and ensuring peoples safety if
they do.
It applies to all construction works, small and large, and aimed at all with a role in
developing, managing and applying fire safety prevention and development of standards and
arrangements on site.
It is essential that fire safety are considered in the planning for construction and implemented
effectively during the construction phase. Precautions must be considered at the design
stage and before work starts.
It needs to address the risks both to the site personnel and neighbouring environment. This
may mean rejecting proposals for particular methods and materials in a specific location,
based on the potential for serious consequences from any fire during the construction stage,
or planning additional, sometimes expensive or difficult, mitigation methods if a specific
design or method is not to be changed.
Materials, methods of construction and site processes must be selected to minimise fire risk
and work planned in an order that is practical but also minimises risk. For example,
alternative specifications for materials which are fixed together using mechanical rather than
hot means can reduce risk.
Sites involving higher risk materials and processes will need higher standards of general fire
precautions. Reducing the risks is particularly important when there are constraints which
cannot be removed such as location of site and space available.
There are specific duties for the responsible person to carry out fire risk assessments for
construction and construction related activities. A detailed fire risk assessment and required
controls need to be developed from the outset identifying the stages and activities which give
rise to critical risk points and which, therefore, will need highest levels of control.
Fire risk assessments need to be carried out by a competent person. Projects that are more
complex will probably need to be assessed by a person who has had comprehensive
training or experience in fire risk assessments.
10
A high degree of communication and co-operation is required between all parties, including
main and sub-contractors, to ensure adequate controls are in place at all times. Where
construction work takes place in occupied or part-occupied buildings or premises, the
responsible person needs to take account of the implications for occupiers including staff.
Effective liaison between contractors and occupiers is essential.
11
Coordination with the Civil defence for works, including demolition shall be part of planning of
works. The Civil Defence (Fire Department) may wish to be involved in advising on the
management of on-site fire risks.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
It should be noted that the Civil Defence (Fire Department) can gain access to site at any
time to conduct their fire fighting/prevention duties. Fire extinguishers, emergency lighting,
fire alarms and fire signs must comply with current Civil Defence
1.7.2.2 Interpretation
1
Construction work means the carrying out of any temporary or permanent building, civil
engineering or engineering construction and includes:
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AL
(b)
(c)
any dust, whether in the form of solid particles or fibrous materials or otherwise, which
can form an explosive mixture with air or an explosive atmosphere;
AT
IO
Explosive atmosphere means a mixture, under atmospheric conditions, of air and one or more
dangerous substances in the form of gases, vapours, mists or dusts in which, after ignition has
occurred, combustion spreads to the entire unburned mixture;
IN
TE
measures to reduce the risk of fire on the construction sites and premises and the risk
of the spread of fire on them
(e)
measures in relation to the means of escape from the construction sites and premises;
(f)
measures for securing that, at all times, the means of escape can be safely and
effectively used;
(g)
EG
(d)
measures in relation to the means for fighting fires on construction sites and premises;
(h)
measures in relation to the means for detecting fire on the premises and giving
warning in case of fire on the construction sites and premises; and
(i)
measures in relation to the arrangements for action to be taken in the event of fire on
the construction sites and premises, including
(i) measures relating to the instruction and training of employees; and
(ii) measures to mitigate the effects of the fire.
in relation to construction site, the party (normally the contractor) responsible for the
site;
(b)
in relation to workplaces other than the above (such as an office building), the owner,
if the workplace is under his control;
(c)
in relation to any place of work not falling within (a) or (b) (e.g. site compounds or
premises) -
QCS 2014
Workplace means any construction sites, site compounds, site premises or building provided
on a permanent or temporary basis in connection with construction used or provided as a place of
work and includes:
(a)
temporary accommodation units brought onto site to provide offices, canteens and
welfare facilities or a part of them;
(b)
any place within the sites or premises to which such employee has access while at
work; and
(c)
AL
Substance means any natural or artificial substance whether in solid or liquid form or in the
form of a gas or vapour;
IO
AT
(a) take general fire precautions to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the safety of
his employees; and
(b) in relation to relevant persons who are not his employees, take general fire precautions,
as may reasonably be required to ensure their safety and that of the construction site.
The responsible person shall take suitable and sufficient steps to prevent, so far as is
reasonably practicable, the risk of injury to any person during the carrying out of construction
work arising from fire or explosion
IN
TE
1.7.2.4 Duty for prevention of risk from fire form construction works
EG
Any such assessment must be reviewed by the responsible person regularly so as to keep it
up to date and particularly if:
Where changes to an assessment are required as a result of any such review, the
responsible person must make them.
The responsible person must not employ a young person unless he has, in relation to risks
to young persons, made or reviewed an assessment in accordance with the above duties.
As soon as practicable after the assessment is made or reviewed, the responsible person
must record the following:
(a) the significant findings of the assessment, including the measures which have been or
will be taken by the responsible person; and
(b) any persons or group of persons identified by the assessment as being especially at risk.
QCS 2014
The responsible person must make and give effect to such arrangements as are appropriate,
having regard to the size of his undertaking and the nature of its activities, for the effective
planning, organisation, control, monitoring and review of the preventive and protective
measures.
AL
10
(a) replace a dangerous substance, or the use of a dangerous substance, with a substance
or process which either eliminates or reduces the risk to relevant persons.
AT
IO
(b) Where it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate risk, apply control measures
consistent with the risk assessment and appropriate to the nature of the activity or
operation
(c) mitigate the detrimental effects of a fire.
The responsible person must:
11
(a) arrange for the safe handling, storage and transport of dangerous substances and waste
containing dangerous substances; and
Temporary accommodation on site must be used for their intended purpose. They shall not
be used for storing dangerous substances.
IN
12
TE
(b) ensure that any conditions necessary for ensuring the elimination or reduction of risk are
maintained.
In order to safeguard the safety of relevant persons, the responsible person must ensure
that:
13
EG
(a) the site is, to the extent that it is appropriate, equipped with appropriate firefighting
equipment and with fire detectors and alarms; and
(b) any non-automatic fire-fighting equipment so provided is easily accessible, simple to use
and indicated by signs.
14
For the purposes of the above, what is appropriate is to be determined having regard to:
(a) the dimensions;
(b) Use of the site and work activities;
(c) the equipment contained on the site;
(d) the physical and chemical properties of the substances likely to be present; and
(e) the maximum number of persons who may be present at any one time.
15
QCS 2014
(c) arrange any necessary contacts with external emergency services, particularly as
regards fire-fighting, rescue work, first-aid and emergency medical care.
(d) A person is to be regarded as competent for the purposes of the above shall have
sufficient training, experience and knowledge and other qualities to enable him properly
to undertake the duties in relation to Fire prevention and control.
Where necessary in order to safeguard the safety of any person on a construction site, the
responsible person shall prepare and implemented suitable and sufficient arrangements for
dealing with emergency, including procedures for any necessary evacuation.
17
AL
(a) the type of work for which the construction site is being used;
(b) the characteristics and size of the construction site and the number and location of
places of work on that site;
IO
(d) the number of persons likely to be present on the site at any one time; and
AT
(e) the physical and chemical properties of any substances or materials on or likely to be on
the site.
TE
(f) The procedures shall ensure that steps are taken to ensure that every person to whom
the procedures extend is familiar with its arrangements and that they are tested and put
in effect at suitable intervals.
19
The following requirements must be complied with in respect of sites where necessary
(whether due to the features of the site, the activity carried on there, any hazard present or
any other relevant circumstances) in order to safeguard the safety of relevant persons
EG
IN
18
(a) emergency routes and exits must lead as directly as possible to a place of safety;
(b) in the event of danger, it must be possible for persons to evacuate the site as quickly and
as safely as possible;
(c) the number, distribution and dimensions of emergency routes and exits must be
adequate having regard to the use, equipment and dimensions of the premises and the
maximum number of persons who may be present there at any one time;
(d) emergency doors must open in the direction of escape;
(e) sliding or revolving doors must not be used for exits specifically intended as emergency
exits;
(f) emergency doors must not be so locked or fastened that they cannot be easily and
immediately opened by any person who may require to use them in an emergency;
(g) emergency routes and exits must be indicated by signs; and
(h) emergency routes and exits requiring illumination must be provided with emergency
lighting of adequate intensity in the case of failure of their normal lighting.
QCS 2014
(b)
fire-fighting shafts
(c)
(d)
(e)
sprinkler installations
(f)
floor-load limitations
(g)
(h)
fire points
(i)
(j)
hazardous items such as gas cylinders, gas mains, electrical risers, temporary holes
in floor slabs etc.
AL
(a)
Liaison with the local fire and rescue service should also include the arranging of site
inspections and familiarisation tours for fire and rescue service crews.
AT
35
IO
34
Construction works should be designed and planned to allow the earliest possible installation
of fixed fire protection features. These will aid the protection of the building and improve the
means of escape of those working within the structure.
37
IN
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
(a)
(e)
38
TE
36
compartment walls
(f)
fire doors
(g)
Wet or dry rising mains, where planned, should be progressively commissioned as the
project progresses.
Adequate water for fire fighting must always be available. Whether this is achieved by
utilising the fire hydrants fixed to existing street mains or by providing a fixed dam, the
amount of water likely to be required should be discussed with the fire authority as part of the
liaison process.
40
All fire hydrants must be clear of obstructions and suitably marked. Particular care should be
taken to ensure that site plant, delivery lorries or workers' cars are not parked close to or
over hydrants.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
This questionnaire has been worded so that the correct answer is YES. If you answer NO,
you may wish to give more thought to the problem.
Have employees been made aware of the significant findings of the fire risk assessment?
Has a competent person been appointed to continually assess the fire risk and to develop
and update the fire safety plan?
If so, have they been appointed and their duties and areas of responsibility made clear?
AT
IO
AL
Flammable materials
Are flammable materials, especially flammable waste materials, cleared away on a daily
basis?
10
Are LPG bottles securely stored in a facility which enables any leakage of gas to safely
disperse?
IN
TE
EG
Bonfires
If bonfires are allowed on site and are really necessary, are they properly supervised?
12
13
Are bonfires properly extinguished well before the end of the working day?
11
Smoking
14
15
16
17
Are there adequate and clear official 'No Smoking' signs at each entrance to all site
accommodation and in other areas where smoking is not permitted?
18
QCS 2014
Hot work
19
20
If so, does it specify that hot work must cease a specified period (e.g. 1 hour) before the end
of the working day?
21
When hot work takes place is the correct type of fire extinguisher provided?
22
Are the correct precautions being taken where flame-cutting and welding takes place?
23
Are checks being made at the end of work to see that nothing is left smouldering?
24
Are cavities, eaves and other voids checked at the end of work?
AL
Heating appliances
Are heating appliances correctly sited, installed and maintained?
26
Are fuel supplies, such as propane and butane, kept outside and piped into the building?
27
Are combustible materials being kept well away from heaters and stoves?
IO
25
AT
Electrical appliances
29
30
31
IN
TE
28
EG
Staff training
33
Are all staff properly trained in the procedures to be followed in case of fire?
34
Are all (or sufficient) staff trained in the selection and use of fire-fighting equipment?
35
36
32
Fire extinguishers
37
Are all fire extinguishers serviced regularly, checked and recharged as necessary?
38
39
40
41
QCS 2014
Fire alarm
42
43
44
Can the fire alarm be heard clearly in all parts of the premises?
45
Is someone nominated to call the fire and rescue service in case of fire?
47
48
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
46
QCS 2014
Dangerous Substances
1.7.3.1 Key points
A risk assessment must be carried out before dangerous substances are stored, transported
or used. In some cases, a method statement and/or a Permit To Work will also be required.
People who use dangerous substances must be fully aware of their hazardous properties,
adopt methods of controlling the risks and be trained in the use of portable fire extinguishers.
Electrical apparatus and naked flames should not be used near dangerous substances,
particularly if they are being sprayed.
Smoking policies and waste disposal policies must be established and diligently monitored.
AL
IO
1.7.3.2 Introduction
Dangerous substances are widely used on building and construction sites. The main hazards
are fire and explosion, and everything possible must be done to lessen the risks.
AT
(b)
(c)
TE
(a)
IN
When hazards are identified, it is the Contractor's duty to either eliminate the hazard or to
put control measures in place to reduce the risks to health and safety arising out of the
hazards, as far as is reasonably practicable.
If an identified hazard requires health surveillance, the Contractor must make it available to
employees. The surveillance must be appropriate, taking into account the risks to their health
and safety that have been identified.
The Contractor must provide employees with clear and relevant information on any risks that
exist in the workplace and of control measures that are in place to reduce those risks.
Employees, in turn, have a duty under these Regulations to tell their Contractor of any work
situation which presents a risk to the health and safety of themselves or of any other person.
EG
Contractors must control the risks to safety from fire and explosions. These Regulations
apply at all places of work where:
(a)
QCS 2014
(b)
the dangerous substance could be a risk to the safety of people as a result of fires,
explosions or similar energetic events.
'any substance or mixture of substances that can put people's health or safety at risk from
fire and explosion.'
(b)
any dust, whether in the form of solid particles or fibrous materials, which can form an
explosive mixture in air.
'a mixture of air and one or more hazardous substances in the form of a gas, vapour, mist or
dust, which will explode after ignition has occurred.'
In the construction industry, many dangerous substances are used, or created by, work
activities, for example:
IO
AL
(b)
the storage and use of flammable gases such as oxygen and acetylene during cutting
and welding
(c)
the storage and use of LPG for work processes, heating or cooking
(d)
the creation of large quantities of airborne dust, for example as a result of woodmachining or sanding, and the handling and storage of bulk waste dust
(e)
(f)
the storage and handling of liquid flammable wastes such as fuel oils
(g)
many 'hot work' activities such as the hot-cutting of tanks and drums that have
contained flammable materials.
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
Contractors must assess and eliminate or reduce risks from dangerous substances.
Complying involves:
Assessing risks
3
Before work is carried out, Contractors must assess the fire and explosion risks that may be
caused by dangerous substances. This should be an identification and careful examination
of:
(a)
(b)
(c)
ways in which those substances and work activities could harm people.
The purpose is to help Contractors to decide what they need to do to eliminate or reduce the
risks from dangerous substances. If there is no risk to safety from fires and explosions, or
the risk is low, no further action is needed. If there are risks then Contractors must consider
what else needs to be done.
QCS 2014
The best solution is to eliminate the risk by replacing the dangerous substance with another
substance, or using a different work process.
In practice, this may be difficult to achieve. However, it may be possible to reduce the risk by
using a less dangerous substance, e.g. by replacing a low flashpoint liquid with a high
flashpoint one. In other situations, it may not be possible to replace the dangerous
substance. For example, it would not be practical to replace petrol with another substance at
a filling station.
AL
IO
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
collect, contain and remove any releases to a safe place (for example, through
ventilation)
(f)
(g)
avoid adverse conditions, e.g. exceeding the limits of temperature or control settings,
that could lead to danger
(h)
IN
TE
AT
(a)
These control measures should be proportionate to the degree of risk as highlighted in the
risk assessment and be appropriate to the nature of the activity or operation.
10
Where the risk cannot be eliminated, these Regulations require control measures to be
applied in the following priority order:
EG
Control measures
Mitigation
11
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Arrangements must be made to deal with emergencies. These plans and procedures should
cover safety drills and suitable communication and warning systems, and should be in
QCS 2014
proportion to the risks. If an emergency occurs, workers tasked with carrying out repairs or
other necessary work must be provided with the appropriate equipment to allow them to
carry out this work safely.
13
The information in the emergency plans and procedures must be made available to the
emergency services to allow them to develop their own plans if necessary.
15
This includes:
the dangerous substances present in the workplace and the risks they present,
including access to any relevant safety data sheets and information that applies to the
dangerous substance
(b)
the findings of the risk assessment and the control measures put in place as a result
(including their purpose and how to follow and use them)
(c)
emergency procedures.
AL
(a)
Information, instruction and training need only be provided to other people (non-employees)
where it is required to ensure their safety. It should be in proportion to the level and type of
risk.
17
The contents of pipes and containers must be identifiable to alert employees and others to
the presence of dangerous substances.
AT
IO
16
In relation to construction site activities, this could include bottled gas/petrol storage areas.
These duties include:
identifying and classifying (zoning) areas where potentially explosive atmospheres
may occur
(b)
avoiding ignition sources in zoned areas, in particular those from electrical and
mechanical equipment
(c)
where necessary, identifying the entrances to zoned areas by the display of signs
(d)
(e)
19
EG
IN
(a)
18
TE
Decisions on the zoning of areas and the appropriate actions to take must be made by
someone who has been trained and is competent to do so.
These Regulations require that where a risk has been identified by a risk assessment and it
cannot be adequately controlled by other means that are equally or more effective, then the
Contractor must provide and ensure that suitable personal protective equipment is used by
employees. In essence, personal protective equipment (PPE) may only be used as a last
resort. In deciding which type of PPE to issue, the Contractor must take into account the risk
that the PPE is being used to protect against, and ensure that the PPE will fit the wearer and
allow them to work safely.
If more than one item of PPE is being used, the Contractor must make sure that individual
items of PPE are compatible so that each item does not adversely affect the performance of
QCS 2014
another.
3
Whilst the Contractor must, as far as possible, ensure that any personal protective
equipment supplied must be worn, the employee in turn must ensure that they wear the
equipment provided and know the procedures for reporting loss or defect to the Contractor.
(b)
(c)
Where the use of the equipment involves a specific risk to the health and safety of
employees, it must be restricted to competent specified workers.
In the context of this module, these Regulations apply to the provision and use of work
equipment that allows dangerous substances to be handled (including decanting),
transported, used and disposed of in a safe manner.
AT
IO
AL
The Control of Substances Hazardous to Health does not apply to dangerous substances by
virtue of their explosive or flammable nature. However, they may apply if these substances
also possess certain other hazardous properties. This would be identified as part of the
COSHH assessment carried out on the substance.
IN
TE
EG
These Regulations specify the measures to be taken to detect and fight fires in relation to
work carried out on construction sites.
In most cases it will be necessary for the Contractor to provide employees with adequate
information, instruction, training and supervision to enable them to carry out any work task
safely and without risk to their health.
On most building or construction sites, dangerous substances will be used at some time
during the construction phase. Depending upon the nature of the work to be undertaken it
may be necessary to store bulk quantities of dangerous substances, either:
(a)
(b)
in a suitable, secure internal storeroom if, because of the nature of the site, external
storage is not possible.
Alternatively, small quantities, from, say, 200 ml containers upwards will often be taken to
QCS 2014
AL
IO
(b)
with a low sill all around, sufficient to contain the contents of the largest can or drum
stored + 10%, i.e. bunded
(c)
(d)
(e)
at least 2 metres away from nearby buildings or boundaries, except that, where the
boundary of the store forms part of a solid wall, cans or drums may be stacked up
against that wall up to 1 metre from the top.
IN
TE
AT
(a)
EG
(a)
so that their contents can be easily identified and removed in the event of any leak or
damage
(b)
Stores or bins must be kept locked and only sufficient amounts for each day's requirements
should be removed, as and when needed.
They may be marked with suitable signs such as 'Flammable Liquid' or 'Flammable Gas'.
10
QCS 2014
Any lighting within a store must be flameproof to the appropriate standard, and under no
circumstances should electrical sockets be permitted.
12
Where there is a need for electrical apparatus (other than lighting) within a store, the supply
must be permanently wired in using intrinsically safe equipment.
TE
AT
IO
AL
11
IN
Stores should not be built below ground level, because the vapours from spillages and leaks
will not be able to disperse.
14
15
16
A door sill of approximately 150 mm in height should be provided to catch any leaks or
spillages in order to retain the liquids inside the building.
17
A quantity of absorbent material, to soak up any spilt liquids, and a suitable container for the
collection and safe disposal of the contaminated absorbent, should be provided at the store.
18
The use of mobile phones in or immediately adjacent to the store should be prohibited.
Notices to this effect should be provided and prominently displayed.
19
Any shelves or racking in the store should be of a non-ferrous metal or other noncombustible construction.
EG
13
A separate building should be provided, if possible, solely for the storage of dangerous
substances where protection from the weather or security is required. Ideally, it will be
constructed from fire-resisting materials and it should be at least 2 metres away from other
buildings or boundaries.
QCS 2014
21
A risk assessment should be carried out to determine whether the risks of storing dangerous
substances in such a location are acceptable. If not, either additional control measures must
be put in place or alternative arrangements made for storing the substances.
22
Where a separate building cannot be provided, and the store forms part of an existing
structure, the surrounding walls and roof of the store must be fire-resisting and the door
should be of the fire-resisting type and open outwards.
23
It is recommended that the maximum quantities that may be stored in cabinets and bins are
no more than 50 litres for highly flammable liquids (and flammable liquids with a flashpoint
below the maximum ambient temperature of the workroom/working area) and no more than
250 litres for other flammable liquids with a higher flashpoint of up to 55C.
25
26
27
When not in use, containers of flammable liquids needed for current work activities should be
kept closed and stored in suitable cabinets or bins of fire-resisting construction and which
are designed to retain spills (110% volume of the largest vessel normally stored in it).
28
A quantity of absorbent material, to soak up any spilt liquids, and a suitable container for the
collection and safe disposal of the contaminated absorbent should be provided at the store.
29
Signs should be positioned on or near the store stating, for example 'Highly Flammable' or
'Flashpoint below 32C'. All signs should conform to BS 5499 Safety signs and colours.
30
Naked flames, smoking, matches or lighters must not be allowed in the store, and signs
stating this must be clearly displayed.
31
The use of mobile phones in or adjacent to the store should be prohibited. Notices to this
effect should be provided and prominently displayed.
32
33
Any shelves or racking in the store should be of a non-ferrous metal or other noncombustible construction.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
24
The use of any dangerous substance, including decanting small quantities for daily use from
bulk containers, must be the subject of a risk assessment.
The findings of the risk assessment will indicate the maximum quantity of the dangerous
substance that can be taken to the place of work and the safe working practices to be
observed once it is there and being used.
Generally, only enough of the dangerous substance to enable the work-in-hand to be carried
out should be taken to the place where it is to be used. Clearly, actual quantities will depend
on the work activity and also the organisational arrangements for controlling the fire risks in
the workroom/ working area.
QCS 2014
Decanting, mixing or sampling should not be carried out in a store. It should be done in the
open air or in a separate room constructed of fire-resisting materials.
Funnels should be used to prevent spillage whilst decanting is taking place and drip trays
should be used to catch any spillage that may inadvertently occur.
Any spillage should be soaked up using proprietary absorbents, dry earth or dry sand.
Metal bins with lids should be provided for any used absorbents to be placed in and these
should be emptied regularly and carefully.
Consideration must be given to the disposal of any waste as it may well be classified as
hazardous waste.
In general, where work involves the use of a dangerous substance that has the potential to
create an explosive atmosphere inside a room, all electrical power should be turned off
unless all electrical fittings are intrinsically safe by design. If space heating is needed, it
should be flameproof and incapable of causing the ignition of any vapours present in the
atmosphere.
10
AT
IO
AL
Naked flames, welding and heating torches, and smoking materials should be prohibited in
any area where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
12
Metal bins with lids must be provided for offcuts, waste or rags. They should be emptied
regularly.
13
A suitable container with a lid should be used for any brushes or scrapers which require
soaking, to remove residues of dangerous substances. This should be placed in a safe area
well away from any possible source of ignition.
EG
IN
TE
11
Using a spray gun for spraying dangerous substances is most likely to introduce an airborne
explosive mist into the workplace, creating a hazard both to the user and to other workers in
the area. Such work must only be undertaken by fully trained and competent employees and
in a situation where all appropriate precautionary measures are in place. A risk assessment
must be carried out and other controls such as 'permits to work' and 'permits to enter' (for
those people involved in the job, by implication, excluding all others), implemented as
necessary.
Points to be noted
3
Identify the material carefully and always follow the manufacturer's instructions on
preparation, use and application.
Always use the correct type of spraying equipment. Never make do, just because the proper
equipment is not immediately to hand.
QCS 2014
If alternative control measures are not available or adequate, protective clothing and
respiratory protective equipment must be used.
Always place warning signs in approaches to the area where the work is being carried out,
and at entrance points to areas in which dangerous substances are being used. Use
physical barriers, if necessary, to stop unauthorised persons entering the area.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Entry into any disused tank or vessel that may be regarded as a confined space should be
avoided by doing the work from outside, if possible. Often, there will be a need to clean
residues and if entry to a confined space is unavoidable, a safe system of work must be
followed and the work carried out under a Permit to Work system.
There are a number of factors to consider when the work involves large tanks. The first
would be what the contents were. Oil storage tanks may have held so called 'heavy fuel oil'
and these will undoubtedly have been insulated. It is quite likely that the insulation system
will have been asbestos. If the tanks once held petrol, it may have been leaded fuel. This
means that the exposure to lead fumes during cutting should be considered.
It is normal for large tanks, whether above or below ground, to be emptied and cleaned by a
specialist contractor before dismantling. The contents are generally removed by a large
vacuum tanker and then the inside of the tank is steam cleaned. Most of this work can be
carried out from the outside and it is only to carry out the final clean that entry is required.
Operatives carrying out this final clean must be trained in confined space working and
provided with all the normal gas detector, rescue equipment and PPE that would be
expected for confined space working.
Having been cleaned, the tank is tested and a 'gas-free' certificate issued. It should then be
cut up as soon as possible. The implication of not doing so is that it is practically impossible
to completely clean a tank, particularly where its construction incorporates internal ribs,
welds and other internal features which could harbour residue of the content. These may
well become fume and if the concentration becomes high enough then the atmosphere
inside the tank may become explosive if ignited.
It is important to be aware that even so called cold cutting techniques such as hydraulic
shears may cause sparks and so leaving the cutting even until the next day is simply not an
option.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.7.3.15 Fire
1
Fires involving flammable liquids usually fall into one of two categories:
(a)
(b)
Powder extinguishers are the most suitable type for tackling a flowing liquid fire. The use of
foam or carbon dioxide extinguishers may be effective on a small, flowing liquid fire.
Foam extinguishers are the most suitable type for use on contained liquid fires. Powder or
carbon dioxide extinguishers may also be used, but operators should be aware of the short
duration of small carbon dioxide extinguishers and the possibility of reignition of any residual
vapours being given off when an ignition source is still present.
QCS 2014
Suitable portable fire extinguishers should, wherever possible, be sited in pairs (so as to
minimise the risk of failure) and in strategic positions adjacent to the store.
Colour-coding by agent or medium (see below) enables a trained person to rapidly identify
the type of extinguisher needed in an emergency.
Colour of panel
Water
Red
Foam
Cream
Blue
Carbon dioxide
Black
Wet chemical
Yellow
AT
IO
AL
Extinguishing medium
Other information concerning its use may also be displayed on the body of the extinguisher.
Training in the correct type of extinguisher to use and the safe way to operate fire-fighting
equipment is essential and should be undertaken by all staff who work with dangerous
substances. The use of the wrong extinguisher in the wrong way would have serious
consequences.
Advice on training can be obtained from extinguisher manufacturers or the local fire station.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
This questionnaire has been worded so that all the correct answers are YES. If you answer
'NO' to any question perhaps you need to give the matter more attention.
Dangerous substances
General
Has a risk assessment been carried out?
Does it indicate that other methods of managing the situation are required, such as a method
statement or Permit to Work system?
Have employees been made aware of the significant findings of the risk assessment?
AL
IO
Is a sump provided to catch any leakages or spillages and is the capacity large enough to
contain any leakages or spillages?
Is there a roof or cover over the store to protect the contents from direct sunlight?
10
Is there an adequate separation distance between the store and adjacent buildings or
boundaries?
11
Are appropriate signs displayed, for example 'Highly Flammable' or 'Flashpoint Below 32C'?
12
Are the correct fire extinguishers provided and positioned adjacent to the store?
EG
IN
TE
AT
Storage in buildings
13
Is the storage building used exclusively for the storage of dangerous substances?
14
If the store is part of a multi-purpose building, is there adequate fire separation from the rest
of the building?
15
Are appropriate signs displayed, for example 'Highly Flammable' or 'Flashpoint Below 32C'?
16
Is there a sill across the doorway to prevent leakages or spillages reaching the open air and
is the capacity large enough to contain any leakages or spillages?
17
18
Is there the required separation distance between the store and adjacent buildings or
boundaries?
QCS 2014
Is there a lockable metal cabinet available to store small quantities for daily use?
20
Decanting
Is decanting done only in the open air or in a fire-resisting building?
22
23
Are dangerous substances only decanted into small, correctly marked containers with
effective closures?
24
25
26
27
28
29
AT
IO
AL
21
31
If there is a need for mechanical extraction, is the electric motor out of the line of discharge
of the fumes?
32
33
Are metal waste bins with lids provided for dangerous substances that are no longer
required?
34
35
Are serviceable fire extinguishers of the correct type provided and positioned adjacent to the
workplace?
36
EG
IN
TE
30
Spraying
37
38
Are the correct precautions in relation to use and storage being observed?
39
40
Is the correct protective clothing and equipment, including RPE, being worn?
41
Are the necessary precautions being taken to avoid all ignition risks?
QCS 2014
42
43
44
Are serviceable fire extinguishers of the correct type provided and positioned adjacent to the
workplace?
46
Has an explosive gas-free certificate been obtained prior to any hot work? (NB Check how
long the certificate is valid for.)
47
Is a Permit to Work system used when work is being carried out on disused or redundant
tanks?
48
Are authorising Permits to Work to deal with all the confined space issues being obtained
before any entry into a tank is made?
49
Has thought been given to the possibility of contamination around the tank from leakage or
spillage?
50
Has advice been sought from a competent person before work begins?
AT
IO
AL
45
Fire
TE
Emergency procedures
Are the correct types of fire extinguisher provided and suitably positioned adjacent to the
store or workplace?
52
53
54
55
Is the address of the site displayed on prominent notices conveniently located in offices and
near telephones?
56
EG
IN
51
QCS 2014
Liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) are normally found as compressed liquids, usually of
commercial butane or propane.
LPG is a colourless odourless liquid that floats on water but vaporises to form a gas which is
heavier than air. A stenching agent is normally added.
A release or spillage of LPG can form a large vapour cloud of flammable gas capable of
ignition from some distance.
LPG is stored on site in fixed tanks, refillable cylinders or non-refillable disposable cylinders
(cartridges).
Storage should be in secure, non-combustible, well ventilated areas away from other risks
and sources of ignition.
All LPG cylinders and regulators for use with fixed heaters, cookers and lighting in site huts
must be kept outside and piped in using rigid copper piping.
Staff who work with LPG must be suitably trained in the hazards and use of LPG, such as
not rolling cylinders. .
10
AT
IO
AL
immediately inform the fire and rescue service of the whereabouts of all cylinders on
site, including details of whether they are full or empty
(b)
if in any doubt as to the safety of the overall situation, evacuate the site and put a
security cordon in place.
IN
TE
(a)
EG
1.7.4.2 Introduction
LPG is a mixture of hydrocarbons that are a gas or vapour under normal conditions of
temperature and pressure, but can be turned into a liquid by either the application of
pressure or the reduction of temperature.
LPG can be found in numerous locations, in various sizes of cylinder and can be put to a
variety of uses on building and construction sites. Uses range from the heating of bitumen
boilers, site huts and offices to providing a fuel for hand tools and cutting equipment.
If used properly and safely, LPG is a convenient and valuable source of energy. Misuse or
carelessness can cause serious accidents.
Legislative requirements
The nature of LPG, particularly in its gaseous form, will result in areas where it is used or
stored coming within the requirements of these Regulations.
All work activities must be the subject of a risk assessment, including those that involve the
QCS 2014
use of LPG and other flammable substances. These Regulations place a requirement on
every Contractor to make a suitable and sufficient assessment of every work activity in order
to identify any hazard that employees or any other person might encounter as a result of the
work being carried out.
2
Once those hazards have been identified, it is the Contractor's duty to put control measures
into place in order to remove or reduce those hazards as far as is reasonably practicable.
These Regulations specify the measures to be taken to prevent the risks of fire, explosion or
exposure to any substance likely to cause asphyxiation on construction sites.
These Regulations specify the measures to be taken to detect and fight fires in relation to
work carried out on construction sites.
AL
Equipment that is used in conjunction with LPG which is hired-in or purchased second-hand
must also comply with the requirements of the Regulations.
Every Contractor must ensure that all persons who work with, or supervise others in the use
of LPG equipment, have received adequate training for the purposes of health and safety,
and be aware of any risks in the use and precautions to be taken in the case of an accident.
TE
AT
IO
IN
If more than one item of PPE is being used, the Contractor must make sure that individual
items of PPE are compatible so that each item does not adversely affect the performance of
another.
While the Contractor must, as far as reasonably practicable, ensure that any personal
protective equipment supplied is worn, employees must ensure that they wear the equipment
provided and know the procedures for reporting loss or defects to the Contractor.
EG
(a)
(b)
(c)
the inhalation of gaseous LPG when a released cloud of LPG is confined. Entry into
such areas should only be undertaken by trained persons when absolutely necessary.
QCS 2014
Every Contractor should, as far as is reasonably practicable, avoid the need for employees
to undertake any manual handling operations at work which may involve a risk of injury.
These Regulations do not apply to LPG by virtue of its flammable nature, but they will apply
by virtue of its other hazardous properties.
Definitions
2
Liquefied petroleum gas means any commercial butane, commercial propane or a mixture
of the two.
AL
Commercial butane
This is usually stored in blue cylinders and is generally known as Camping Gaz or Calor
Gas.
It consists mainly of butane and butane isomers. The remaining components are
predominantly propane and propane isomers, pentane and pentane isomers.
Because of the low vapour pressure, butane cylinders are not generally used outside.
AT
IO
Commercial propane
It consists mainly of propane and propane isomers. The remaining components are
predominantly butane and butane isomers, ethane and ethane isomers.
IN
TE
LPG properties
LPG is a colourless, odourless liquid or gas which normally has a smell or 'stench' added
before distribution.
10
As a gas, it is approximately twice as heavy as air and will sink and flow into sumps and
underground excavations or workings. It will also sink into drains but, because its density is
approximately half that of water, it will not flow through drains which are water trapped.
11
It is capable of ignition at some distance from the original leak. The resulting flame can travel
back to the source of the leak.
12
Any release of liquid under pressure to the atmosphere results in its rapid conversion to gas.
This gas has a volume of about 230 (butane) and 270 (propane) times that of the liquid.
13
The expansion during a rapid release of pressure results in a rapid drop of temperature,
which for propane can approach its boiling point of 45C. Leakage of liquid LPG will result in
the release of large volumes of highly flammable gases.
14
For example, 1 litre of liquid propane spilt in a workplace will evaporate to make
approximately 270 litres of gas. If it is diluted with air to 2%, this will give 13,750 cubic litres
of an explosive gas/air mixture - enough to fill a room 3 m x 2.3 m x 2 m.
EG
QCS 2014
Property
Commercial butane
0.57
Commercial
propane
0.5
1.5
1745
1995
Boiling point
-2C
-45C
1.5 bar
7.0 bar
1:230
1:270
1.9%-8.5%
2.0%-10.9%
Pressure at 15C
Expansion ratio
Levels of flammability
The use of LPG equipment in confined spaces, and small, poorly ventilated spaces (such as
basement and sub-basement boiler houses, toilets and kitchens) can give rise to a highly
flammable or explosive atmosphere, if the equipment should leak.
AL
15
IO
Flammability
Following mechanical failure of LPG equipment, or any other event which causes the release
of LPG, the resulting gas will form a flammable mixture with air at gas concentrations
between approximately 2% and 10%.
17
Ignition of released LPG, where the concentration exceeds 2%, can result in fire or, if
confined, an explosion. If a leak does not ignite immediately, and the LPG and air mixture
drifts from the point of release, it will gradually become more diluted.
18
However, should the concentration still exceed 2% and ignition occur, this could cause a
flash or cloud fire-back to the point of release.
19
A leak of LPG may be noticed either by the smell or the noise of the gas escaping. There
may also be condensation or frosting on the outside of the cylinder.
20
Leaks must not be traced with a lighted match or naked flame as this would almost certainly
cause an explosion. Only soapy water or a proprietary leak-finding fluid should be used.
21
If it is suspected that LPG has leaked inside a building, no attempt should be made to touch
any electrical apparatus.
22
DO NOT turn light switches or sockets or any other electrical appliance either ON or
OFF.
23
Open all doors and windows, if it is safe to do so, and leave immediately. Do not re-enter the
building until advice has been sought and you are told it is safe to do so.
EG
IN
TE
AT
16
25
(b)
During any maintenance work involving release of pressure, especially in confined spaces,
care must be taken that these exposure limits are not exceeded.
QCS 2014
Inhalation
26
LPG gas is not toxic, but at concentration levels above about 10,000 ppm (1%) in air,
propane becomes a slight narcotic. At higher levels, it becomes an asphyxiant by displacing
oxygen.
27
Cold burns
The release of liquid propane onto unprotected skin will cause cold burns. This is due to the
rapid vaporisation of the liquid, withdrawing heat from the affected area of the body.
29
The release of liquid, or significant amounts of gas at vessel pressure, can also cause the
adjacent fittings to cool. This may be sufficient to cause cold burns if the fittings are
subsequently touched by unprotected hands.
30
Suitable skin and eye protection must be worn whenever there is the possibility of a release
of liquid LPG.
31
In the event of a cold burn, treat as for a bum from a hot object. Flush with copious
amounts of cold water and seek medical help.
IO
AL
28
AT
Environmental hazards
A small unignited release of LPG would not pose a serious danger to the environment.
33
The gas, being heavier than air, will 'roll' and sink to the lowest point, such as basements or
excavations. This may result, if in the flammable range, in a fire or explosion, even if a naked
source of flame is a considerable distance from the original leak.
34
A fire and explosion would be instantaneous on ignition and would be limited to immediate
damage. The fire might devour only escaping LPG and then the danger will have passed
with no lasting environmental damage.
35
The fire will bum fast and the explosion will be intense, but both may be over very quickly.
EG
IN
TE
32
1.7.4.10 Storage
(b)
in refillable cylinders
(c)
Whilst most LPG used on construction sites can be found in cylinders, on some larger sites
there may be a need for bulk storage. In view of the large capacity, it is essential that the
positioning of any storage tank is carefully planned and discussed with the local Fire
Prevention Officer.
LPG tanks should be positioned on a level concrete base to provide a stable foundation. For
short-term installations it may be satisfactory to stand the tank on concrete slabs, but advice
must be sought from the tank or gas suppliers.
Tanks should not be sited close to any ditches, cellars or drains, and delivery and
QCS 2014
All access roads must be clear of obstruction and the entire area kept free from weeds and
other vegetation.
Tanks over 2,250 litres liquid capacity should be electrically bonded and earthed.
All bulk storage tanks must have good all-round ventilation. On non-secure sites, tanks
should be protected against vandalism by a chain link fence at least 2 m high.
Motorway type crash barriers should surround the installation to minimise damage by motor
vehicles. Installations must be clearly labelled:
AL
Separation
Adequate separation must be maintained between bulk storage tanks and adjacent buildings
or boundaries.
11
Water capacity
litres
450
99
2.5
451-2,250
100-495
2,251-9,000
496-1,980
7.5
EG
"1-4
metres
IN
0.2-1
Minimum distance*
gallons
TE
tonnes
Under 0.2
AT
IO
10
13
Where this is unavoidable, the minimum distances between the extremity of the vessel or
cylinders to the nearest cable should be:
12
(a)
up to 1 kV - 1.5 m
(b)
1 kV or above- 10 m.
1.7.4.11 Cylinders
Handling
1
Care must be taken when moving cylinders around the site, especially by hand or on rough
ground. A full 47 kg cylinder has a total mass of about 90 kg and, before moving by hand,
requires a manual handling assessment. Cylinders must not be rolled, even when empty.
Cylinders should be handled with care and, wherever reasonably practicable, moved using
suitable equipment. They should not be moved unprotected in dumper trucks or on forklift
trucks. The valve on a cylinder should not be used for lifting or to lever the cylinder into
position. Damage to the valve can result in a non-controllable release of LPG under high
QCS 2014
pressure. Throwing cylinders from any height or dropping them is prohibited, as in such
circumstances damage to the valve, shroud and cylinders is even more likely.
Damaged cylinders
3
Before use, cylinders should be examined. Any damaged or faulty cylinder should not be
used. The cylinder should be labelled and put in a safe place for return to the supplier.
If a cylinder is found to be leaking (usually from the valve) and the leak cannot be stopped,
the cylinder should be carefully removed to a well-ventilated open space free from sources of
ignition. It should be left with the leak uppermost, marked faulty, and notices displayed
prohibiting smoking or other naked lights. General access should be prevented by barriers or
otherwise. The supplier of the cylinder and, if necessary, the fire and rescue service, should
be informed immediately.
AL
Refillable cylinders
A level base of compacted earth, concrete or paving slabs should be provided and
surrounded by a secure chain link fence at least 2 m high. A hard standing should be
provided for the delivery and dispatch of cylinders. The area should be kept weed and
vegetation free. If the compound is more than 12 m square, two exits should be provided in
opposite corners of the compound. If less than 12 m square, one gate will suffice. Gates
should open outwards and always be left unlocked when someone is in the compound.
There should be sufficient shelter to prevent cylinders from being exposed to extremes of
weather.
Signs must be clearly displayed indicating the presence of LPG, and prohibiting smoking and
the use of any naked flame in the
area of the store.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Separation
9
Any store for refillable LPG cylinders must be located away from boundaries, buildings, fixed
sources of ignition or electrical equipment by at least the distances detailed in the table
below.
LPG storage (including empties) Separation from building/boundary
under 1,000kg
3m
10
1,001-4,000 kg
4m
The store must be sited at least 3 m away from any cellars, drains or other excavations into
which a leak of gas would collect.
11
12
If only a small compound is used, 3 m x 3 m for example, cylinders may be stored against
QCS 2014
the inside of the compound fencing, providing this fence is not within 3 m of any boundary.
13
Empty cylinders must be stored with their valves securely closed to prevent any residue of
gas escaping, or air being drawn into the cylinder.
14
Stocks should be grouped in batches of not more than 1000 kg and batches separated by a
minimum 1.5 m gangway.
15
Where lighting is necessary, it should be mounted well above ground level and not less than
2 m above the cylinders.
16
Any equipment not in use, such as portable hand equipment, should be isolated so as not to
be accessible to trespassers. Any cylinders not required should be returned to the storage
compound or other secure position.
Non-refillable cylinders
Non-refillable LPG cylinders for use with small portable equipment such as blowlamps may
be stored in a lockable metal container.
18
Care should be taken when changing cylinders to ensure that connections are correctly
made and that there are no leaks.
19
Always dispose of empty containers safely and in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Do not, under any circumstances, puncture or throw 'empty' cylinders
onto a fire.
AT
IO
AL
17
21
Although only containing small quantities of gas, they must not be stored in occupied site
huts.
22
23
The disposal of cartridges after use requires care as they still contain gas. Under no
circumstances should cartridges be thrown on fires. Small numbers of empty cartridges may
be disposed of by including them in normal refuse.
EG
IN
TE
20
When loaded onto vehicles, cylinders must be kept upright and secured. Vehicles must be
equipped with a dry powder extinguisher and a first-aid kit. They must also display warning
notices.
25
Do not overload the vehicle and, if using a closed vehicle, ensure that any cylinders are
removed from the vehicle at the end of each journey.
26
If a cylinder leaks during a journey, close the valve immediately. If this is not possible, move
the vehicle to open ground away from buildings and people, and inform the emergency
services.
QCS 2014
Everyone with any responsibility for the storage and transportation of LPG must understand
the characteristics and hazards of the LPG product they are using.
28
They should understand the fundamentals of fire fighting and control of leakages. They
should also have knowledge of the procedures for dealing with emergencies.
29
It is not possible to cover all aspects of the use and application of LPG, but the following
checklist gives the main points for its safe use and handling. Please note that this list should
not be regarded as exhaustive.
Never use or store a gas cylinder on its side, unless it is a special cylinder for use on
LPG-fuelled plant and vehicles. Liquefied gas may escape, causing concentrations of
gas, and operatives may suffer frostbite because of the very low temperature of the
escaping liquid.
(b)
Propane cylinders must never be stored indoors because any leak will lead to large
concentrations of explosive mixtures.
(c)
Only hoses suitable for use with LPG installations or appliances should be used and
these should be inspected frequently for wear.
(d)
Cylinders must not be dropped during handling, nor brought into violent contact with
other cylinders or adjacent objects.
(e)
Before and after use, valve protection caps and plastic thread caps or plugs should be
fitted to prevent accidental leakage.
(f)
LPG cylinders should not be used below ground level as any leakage of gas will
collect at the lowest point and will not disperse.
(g)
Regulators must be handled with care. Damaged regulators should not be used, but
should be replaced or sent for specialist repair.
(h)
Hoses and fittings should be examined before use. Damaged items must be replaced.
(i)
LPG cylinders are fitted with a left-hand thread or push-on connection. Union nuts and
couplers have grooves on the outside corners of the nuts confirming this. Always use
the correct size spanner to tighten or loosen connections. Hand tight connections will
permit leaks.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
30
Over-tightening will damage threads and cause leaks. Checks for leaks should be carried out
using soapy water or other proprietary detector.
31
32
Before connecting any cylinder of LPG to equipment, it is essential that all fires, flames or
other potential sources of ignition, including any smoking materials, are extinguished. Where
it is reasonably practicable to do so, cylinders should be changed in the open air.
33
If a leak is found, the gas supply must be turned off at the cylinder immediately.
34
Flexible hoses should be in good condition and be protected or steel braided if they are likely
to be subjected to damage by abrasion. Hoses must conform to BS 3212 (Specification for
QCS 2014
flexible rubber tubing, rubber hose and rubber hose assemblies for use in LPG vapour phase
and LPG air installations).
35
Before use, inspections should be carried out on all LPG appliances and equipment. The
inspection should cover testing for leaks, cleaning, adjusting, checking hoses, hose clips and
ferrules.
36
Empty cylinders should always be treated as new ones and returned to a properly
designated central storage area for collection. Under no circumstances should an LPG
cylinder, either full or empty, be left around the site or buried during site operations.
Regulators
LPG regulators should be suitable for the equipment with which they are to be used. They
should be suitable for either propane or butane and be set to the correct pressure. They
should be capable of passing the correct flow capacity.
38
AL
37
The majority of, if not all, bitumen boilers or cauldrons are fuelled by LPG to melt the block
bitumen. Such a boiler or cauldron must be sited on a level non-flammable base, away from
areas where site traffic may damage hoses or gas cylinders.
Ensure that any LPG cylinder is at least 3 m away from the boiler or cauldron to which it is
attached.
Full cylinders, not attached, should be kept at least 6 m away from the boiler or cauldron and
protected from heat.
Supply hoses should be checked for crushing, damage to the metal braiding or impregnation
with bitumen. Any unserviceable hose must be replaced.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
If frost forms on the outside of the cylinder, the gas flow rate is too high. Either use a smaller
burner or couple two or more cylinders together by means of a manifold.
Never leave a bitumen boiler or cauldron unattended when the burner is alight.
If a bitumen boiler or cauldron is overfilled, overflows or boils over, the LPG cylinder valves
must be turned off immediately. Any spillage should be contained using dry sand or earth
and then left until cool. No attempt should be made to remove or recover any spillage of hot
bitumen.
10
QCS 2014
(a)
disposable
(b)
refillable.
These cylinders come in various shapes, sizes and colours, depending on the manufacturer.
They range in size from the very small (0.5 kg) to the very large (47 kg).
AT
IO
AL
There are two types of LPG cylinder available for use with portable tools:
All LPG cylinders used with portable equipment should be positioned upright and secured (if
possible). Cylinders used with cutting equipment should always be placed on purpose-made
trolleys.
Before changing a cylinder, always make sure that all valves are closed.
Hoses must never be kinked to try to shut off gas when changing torches. It does not work
and can lead to a gas escape.
Flames from portable tools must not be allowed to play on LPG cylinders.
When work has been completed, turn off the cylinder valves and allow the flame from the
portable torch to burn out.
Closure of torch valves rather than cylinder valves will retain gas in hoses which, if damaged,
will allow gas to escape.
10
Hoses and torches must never be put into site toolboxes while still attached to the cylinder.
11
12
EG
IN
TE
1.7.4.14 LPG for use in site huts and other small buildings
1
All LPG cylinders and regulators for use with fixed heaters, cookers and lighting within site
QCS 2014
huts, must be kept outside and the gas supply piped in using rigid copper piping. The use of
flexible hosing is permitted only between the cylinders and change-over valves or manifolds,
and for the final connection to appliances, but this must be kept as short as possible.
All pipework should be exposed and easily accessible for inspection, but located to prevent
accidental damage. Any work on LPG pipework or other parts of a fixed installation, including
testing, must only be carried out by appropriately trained persons.
Ventilation for heaters and cookers must be permanent and adequate. It should be divided
equally between vents at high and low level.
Inspections of all appliances must be carried out before use. If soot forms or smells occur, do
not use or allow the appliance to be used. Find out the reasons for the problem and have it
put right.
AL
Enclosed spaces
Before using LPG equipment in an enclosed space, it is essential to carry out a risk
assessment. It is essential to ensure that there is adequate ventilation, which may have to
be forced. This is necessary to ensure full combustion and also to make certain that the
products of combustion, other fumes and excess oxygen from any cutting apparatus are
removed. Proper safety precautions and atmospheric monitoring should be considered.
Wherever practicable, cylinders used with operations in confined spaces should be located
in a safe area, preferably in the open air. The supply pressure should be reduced to the
lowest practicable level on leaving the source of supply.
Where cylinders are used below ground level, the number must be kept as small as possible.
All cylinders and hoses should be removed as soon as work has finished or if it is interrupted
for a substantial period, e.g. overnight.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
Fire
Action in an emergency
Instructions for dealing with incidents involving LPG will vary for each situation. The most
important thing is to avoid endangering anyone's life. The following actions should be taken
by anyone discovering a fire.
(a)
In case of fire, no matter how small, call the Civil Defence (Fire Department).
(b)
Whilst waiting for the fire and rescue service to arrive (if it can be done safely), turn off
all cylinder valves to cut off the fuel supply and remove the cylinders from the area.
(c)
If the actions in 2 above cannot be completed safely, and thereby starve the fire of
further LPG, evacuate the site and impose a cordon to stop anyone inadvertently
entering the area.
(d)
Never attempt to use a water extinguisher to put out an LPG fire. Dry powder
extinguishers are the most suitable type to use. The use of the wrong extinguisher in
the wrong way could have serious consequences.
(e)
Training in the correct type of fire-fighting equipment to use, and the safe way to
operate it, should be undertaken by all staff who work with LPG. These staff must be
trained to recognise when the situation is getting out of control and they should also
evacuate the area.
(f)
When the fire and rescue service arrives, inform the Fire Officer of the situation
QCS 2014
(i)
(ii)
confirmation that all people who were known to be in the area have been
accounted for or details of anyone that is unaccounted for, and
(iii)
if possible and required, offer them the data information sheet relating to the
cylinder(s) involved.
Remember
that cylinders fitted with pressure relief valves can produce gas jets which will extend a
considerable distance.
(h)
if cylinders are exposed to a severe fire or are engulfed in flames, no attempt should
be made to fight the fire. Evacuate everyone from the area.
(i)
where a flame from a leaking gas cylinder is extinguished but the valve is still open,
gas will continue to escape and there will be a danger of a gas cloud forming and the
risk of an explosion.
(j)
any cylinder involved in a fire should be clearly labeled that it has been involved in a
fire and removed from the area to a safe place. Contact the suppliers -they will give
advice and arrange for the cylinder(s) to be collected,
AT
IO
AL
(g)
11
Data information sheets are available from product manufacturers giving advice in case of an
accident involving LPG cylinders. A copy of each sheet should be available for inspection
and those sheets relating to the cylinders involved should be given to upon request the Civil
Defence (Fire Department).
TE
10
IN
Advice on the training of staff can be obtained from the LPG supplier or fire and rescue
service.
Portable fire extinguishers, sited in pairs to minimise the risk of failure, should be positioned
at strategic points wherever LPG is stored or used. As a general guide, no fewer than two
4.5 kg dry powder extinguishers or equivalent should be provided for every 20 large
cylinders (47 kg) stored.
EG
1.7.4.16 Training
1
Most accidents involving LPG are due to ignorance of basic safety precautions.
All persons using LPG cylinders, tools or equipment should be suitably instructed in the
hazards associated with LPG, and the precautions to be taken in its use.
QCS 2014
This questionnaire has been worded so that all the correct answers are YES. If you answer
'NO' to any question you may need to give the matter more attention.
Storage
Has a risk assessment been carried out?
Has specialist advice been sought prior to the location of fixed or moveable storage tanks?
Is there the required separation distance between the storage tanks and adjacent buildings
or boundaries?
10
Are there outward opening exits from the cylinder storage compound?
11
12
13
14
15
16
Are the LPG cylinders 3 m from cylinders containing any other products?
17
18
19
20
Is lighting provided?
21
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Transportation
22
23
QCS 2014
24
25
26
27
If using a closed van, are all gas cylinders offloaded at the end of each journey?
29
30
31
Is all equipment, such as hoses and clips, being inspected regularly for leaks?
AL
28
33
34
Is the cylinder in use with the bitumen boiler or cauldron, a minimum of 3 m away?
35
36
37
38
39
Hand tools
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
32
40
41
Are purpose-made trolleys being used for cylinders used in conjunction with cutting
equipment?
42
Are hand tools being used at the manufacturer's recommended operating pressures?
43
Are connecting hoses being regularly checked for wear and damage?
44
45
Are LPG cylinders, supplying heaters and other appliances, fixed outside the building?
47
Is the gas fed into the building by the provision of fixed copper piping?
QCS 2014
48
49
50
51
52
53
Fire precautions
Are written procedures provided and displayed prominently?
55
56
57
58
Are your staff and visitors aware of the site emergency evacuation alarm and procedure?
59
60
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
54
QCS 2014
Contact numbers
AL
Parent company
IO
Notes
If a cylinder is no longer needed, it should be returned to the local dealer of the company
owning the cylinder.
Until such time as they are collected, 'orphaned' cylinders should be stored in a safe and
secure manner.
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Petrol is a flammable liquid that can be used for equipment such as generators and stored
on site in small quantities in containers designed for the purpose. It has a flashpoint below
21 C.
Diesel is a heavy mineral oil with a flashpoint much higher than that of petrol and is normally
used as fuel for large commercial vehicles and construction plant.
Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) is a compressed liquid, usually propane or butane, stored in
cylinders. It is commonly used for heating, cooking or powering small vehicles such as
dumper trucks or forklifts. It is heavier than air and has a flashpoint much lower than that of
petrol.
Sources and safe storage of fuels should be recorded and carefully monitored.
Staff who work with flammable fuels must receive training in their safe handling and use prior
to beginning work and must receive regular training in the use of fire extinguishers. Water
must not be used on any liquid fuel fires.
The disposal of waste fuel is likely to be hazardous waste and should be managed
accordingly.
AT
IO
AL
1.7.5.2 Introduction
Vehicle fuels are classified as 'dangerous substances'. As such, there will be a risk of fire
involved in their transportation, storage and use.
Wherever flammable liquids are stored or used a list of the substances present should be
maintained, along with details of their quantities and location, which should be readily
available for use by the fire and rescue service.
When used correctly and safely, petrol, diesel and LPG are useful fuels for the engines of
vehicles and plant. When abused, they can cause explosions which can severely burn or
even kill.
EG
IN
TE
Contractors are strongly advised to familiarise themselves with the content of Sections G1,
G3 and G4 with regard to:
(a)
the practical aspects of safe transportation, storage and use of dangerous substances
(diesel and petrol) and LPG in the workplace
(b)
general advice on fire fighting, including the selection and use of hand-held fire
extinguishers.
1.7.5.4 Petrol
1
Whilst the majority of construction plant will run on diesel oil, some small items of plant will
have petrol-fuelled engines, for example:
(a)
chainsaws
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
disc cutters.
(d)
there will, therefore, be a need on occasions for petrol to be stored on site. This
assumes that only small quantities of petrol will be stored on site.
Petrol, like many other flammable liquids, can give off large volumes of flammable vapours at
room temperature. These vapours, when mixed with air, can ignite with violent and
devastating consequences. Spilled petrol, if not contained, can flow to a source of ignition
and then flash back to the source of the spillage. It is a dangerous substance to have on site
unless adequate controls are implemented.
Petrol should ideally be stored outdoors to permit the dispersal of fumes from leakage.
However, it is acknowledged that in some circumstances, for example the refurbishment of a
city-centre building which has no open land, it may be necessary to store small quantities of
petrol inside the building.
Petrol should be stored in suitable containers that enable the safe filling of petrol-powered
machinery without spillage. Where necessary a funnel should be made available.
Containers must be robust, have tight fitting lids to prevent the leakage of liquid and vapour
and be otherwise suitable for the purpose. Ideally containers will be of metal construction as
these are more resistant to fire. These are usually of 5 litres capacity and the convention is
that green containers are used for unleaded petrol.
All containers should be clearly labeled "Petroleum Spirit' or 'Highly Flammable' so that
people on site are aware of the contents and any precautions that they must take.
Containers should, where reasonably practicable, be stored in the open air at ground level
(singularly or in stacks). This enables leaks to be quickly seen and any vapours to be easily
dispersed. They should not be stored on the roof of a building.
Where the best option of storing containers outside is not reasonably practicable they may
be kept in suitable storerooms, preferably separate buildings, specifically designed for the
purpose.
Other activities, including filling and emptying containers, must not be carried out in the
designated storage area. This is to prevent other activities that are a higher risk causing a
fire, which then spreads to involve the larger quantities in storage.
10
11
Electrical socket outlets are not permitted within any store where petrol or other flammable
materials are stored.
12
13
The store should not be sited under a staircase or other means of escape. A sill should be
provided (not less than 150 mm in height) across the doorway of the store to prevent any
leakage of petrol flowing out, along with measures to prevent any leakage of petrol into the
drains or sewers.
14
The height of the sill should be adequate to contain a spillage of 110% of the volume of the
largest container in the store or 25% of the aggregate capacity, whichever is the greater.
15
All reasonable precautions must be taken to prevent fire or means of ignition being brought
close to any container.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Outdoor storage
16
Petrol must be stored away from other storage areas and processes. There must be a
minimum distance of 2 metres between a petrol storage area and any:
(a)
occupied building
(b)
site boundary
(c)
process area
(d)
(e)
Where higher risk activities (processes) are taking place, such as oxyacetylene cutting, the
safety distance should be increased to a minimum of 4 metres.
18
The above distances may be reduced if fire walls to specific dimensions and standards of fire
resistance are built.
19
Any outdoor petrol storage area should be secure both during working hours and at night. It
might be considered that the normal site security arrangements are sufficient or that a
dedicated secure store is required, in which case a welded mesh, palisade or chain-link
fence of 1.8 metres high is the minimum requirement.
20
The features of any petrol storage area should not limit the means of escape in a fire.
21
Storage areas and a space of 1 metre around them will be classified as a Zone 2 hazard
area and as such:
AT
IO
AL
17
(b)
(c)
Where petrol is stored indoors at a place of work, a maximum of 50 litres may be stored. A
risk assessment must be carried out and measures implemented to ensure that so far as is
reasonably practicable, storage is carried out so as to:
22
EG
Indoor storage
IN
TE
(a)
23
(a)
(b)
mitigate the effects of any fire and explosion that may occur.
In doing so, the risk assessment must consider the storage area with respect to:
(a)
(b)
effective ventilation
(c)
adequate security
(d)
(e)
(f)
Where significant amounts of petrol will be stored indoors a specially designed storage
building must be constructed. However, given the small quantities of petrol that will be stored
indoors on most construction sites, it is not envisaged that such a structure will be required.
IN
TE
24
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Demolition or rebuilding work on a site may involve the removal of old petrol storage tanks.
Before any work can be started to demolish or remove any tanks, they must be certified gasfree and cleaned. This is a hazardous operation and should only be done by skilled specialist
contractors.
26
No attempt must be made by anyone other than a specialist contractor to enter a disused
petrol tank.
27
Note; Lead which has settled into any remaining sludge can be a major health hazard in old
petrol tanks. It may also be present in rust and scale.
28
Where any tank is to be left in temporary disuse, it must be sealed below the pump by
disconnection, and then by stopping the suction pipe. The vent pipe should be left open to
the air.
EG
25
No welding, soldering or brazing operations should be performed on any vehicle fuel tank
until it has been properly freed from gas or the contents made inert. This prohibition applies
whether the tank is on or off the vehicle. A competent person should then authorise 'hot
work' on the tank, preferably under a Permit to Work system.
QCS 2014
The tank must have sufficient strength so that in normal circumstances it will not leak.
Appropriately designed and constructed supports for the tank must be used.
The tank must be so positioned to minimise the risk of impact damage by other vehicles and
should not be placed within 10 metres of a watercourse or within 50 metres of a spring, well
or borehole. The tank should also be positioned with consideration for future maintenance.
The tank must be situated within a secondary containment system (bund wall) which:
has a capacity of 110% or more of the tank's capacity - or, if more than one container
is stored, 110% of the largest container's storage capacity or 25% of the aggregate
capacity, whichever is the greater
(b)
is so constructed that its base and walls are impermeable to oil and water
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
External fill pipes and draw-off pipes to the tank(s) should be positioned to minimise impact
damage and, if above ground, should be properly supported. If underground, they should
have no mechanical joints except where accessible.
They should be laid in a duct or sleeve to protect them from physical damage, and be
protected against corrosion.
The whole system should have a leak detection system which should be tested regularly.
IN
TE
EG
Fill pipes
All fill pipes should be fitted with an automatic overfill prevention device if filling takes place
where the tank cannot be kept under constant observation.
All fittings should either be screw type or other fixed type coupling.
Dispensing fuel
10
Where fuel oil is to be dispensed into containers or vehicles, the outlet must be fitted with a
valve or nozzle which closes automatically when not in use, and which cannot be fixed in the
open position unless an automatic cut-off nozzle is used on the end of the hose.
11
The hose and nozzle should be housed in an enclosed secure cabinet with a drip tray when
not in use, or have a lockable valve where the feed leaves the tank. Hoses should be kept
locked or kept within the bund when not in use.
12
Any permanent valve or tap which opens directly from the tank must:
(a)
(b)
(c)
QCS 2014
13
Finally, no vent must discharge outside of the bund in the event of an overfill.
(b)
(c)
storage tanks should be protected from impact damage by delivery vehicles or site
traffic
(d)
the tank should be in the open air, on level ground well clear of any openings,
windows or doors
(e)
(f)
protective gloves should always be worn when handling diesel oil. Skin contact may
cause irritation leading to dermatitis and infection
(g)
metal storage cans should be kept in a lockable store, which has a sill to prevent any
spillage flowing out. Appropriate warning labels should be displayed prominently on
the store
(h)
a minimum distance of 750 mm between the tank and walls and 600 mm from the
base is recommended to facilitate inspection
(i)
the tank should be marked with its capacity and the type of material stored within it
(j)
ensure that surfaces where deliveries are to be made and oil dispensed are protected
by a surface impermeable to the oil stored and isolated from any drainage system
(k)
protective gloves should always be worn to protect any exposed skin. Contact can
lead to irritation and dermatitis
(l)
metal storage cans should be kept in a lockable store with a sill to prevent spillage
flowing out.
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
14
Mobile bowsers
Any mobile bowser should be fitted with a lock to any tap, valve or pipe through which oil is
discharged and all pipes and valves should be locked shut within the bunded area of the
bowser when not in use.
16
EG
15
(a)
the pipe must be fitted with a hand pump or with a valve at the end which closes
automatically when not in use
(b)
the pump or valve must be fitted with a lock and locked shut when not in use
(c)
the pipe must be fitted with a lockable valve at the end where it is connected to the
bowser and kept locked shut when not in use
(d)
any sight gauge must be fitted with a lockable valve which is locked shut when not in
use.
Every Contractor must ensure that all persons who work with or supervise others in the use
of LPG equipment have available to them adequate health and safety information and,
where appropriate, written instructions relating to the use of that equipment.
Containers of LPG are liable to explode if involved in a fire; pieces of the container may be
projected over considerable distances.
QCS 2014
Every Contractor must ensure that all persons who work with, or supervise others in the use
of, LPG equipment, have received adequate training for the purposes of health and safety,
and be aware of any risks in the use and precautions to be taken in the case of an accident.
LPG is used in the building and construction industry as a fuel for small plant vehicles, such
as dumper trucks and forklift trucks.
Only the correct type of cylinder should be used as these are of special construction and
designed specifically to be laid on their side for fitting to the truck and for operation.
(b)
make certain it is correctly connected using the correct size of spanner to tighten the
connection
(c)
if you suspect a leak, do not use a lighted match or other naked flame. Only use soapy
water or other proprietary leak detection fluid
EG
(a)
(d)
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
make sure all cylinder valves are turned off before you attempt to change the cylinder
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
only keep on site the minimum quantity of LPG that is needed for effective operations.
LPG cylinders are fitted with a left-hand thread or push-on connection. Union nuts and
couplers have grooves on the outside corners of the nuts confirming this. Always use the
correct size spanner to tighten or loosen connections. Hand-tight connections will permit
leaks.
QCS 2014
(b)
Stores in the open air should be sited as far from buildings as possible.
(c)
LPG stores in buildings should be accessible directly from the outside and be well
ventilated.
(d)
LPG cylinder stores should not be used for the storage of petrol or other fuels
(including acetylene).
(e)
Full cylinders should be stored separately from empty cylinders; all cylinders being
stored with their valves uppermost.
(f)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
TE
Fire fighting
Fires involving petrol and other vehicle fuels are usually severe, may cause explosions and
are generally best left to the fire and rescue service. Knowledge of what to do in the event of
a fire is essential if injuries and deaths are to be avoided.
10
In most cases where vehicle fuels are involved in a fire, or are being heated by it, a rapid
evacuation of the site and a call to the fire and rescue service will be the only sensible and
safe courses of action.
11
However, where other, less hazardous materials such as timber are involved in a fire, which
could spread to a fuel storage area or an area where construction plant is located, a decision
based upon the risks to personal safety will have to be taken as to whether or not to attempt
to fight the fire to prevent the situation escalating.
12
Generally, the fire and rescue service will not enter any structure that is on fire in which LPG
cylinders are known to be present. They are more likely to create an exclusion zone around
the structure. It is of great assistance to them if the location of any LPG storage area is such
that it can be cooled by a water spray from a distance.
EG
IN
Disposal of Fuels
13
Other materials contaminated by fuels such as PPE, rags, used spill kit materials, etc. should
also be regarded as hazardous waste and should be segregated from other non-hazardous
wastes.
14
LPG cylinders that are no longer required should be returned to a local dealer of the
company owning the cylinder. Under no circumstances should the LPG cylinder be disposed
of in a waste skip or metal recycling skip.
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
Page 1
REGULATORY DOCUMENT........................................................................... 1
1.8
MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................... 1
1.8.1
1.8.2
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 2
FORWARD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This Section of the Regulatory Document (RD) was produced as a project deliverable under Ministry of
Municipality and Urban Planning Contract Number P2009/3, entitled Consultancy Services for the
Preparation of Codes and Standards for Safety and Accident Prevention on Construction Sites.
During the latter stages of the project, the Committee responsible for the administration of the project
decided that the RD and the associated Safety and Accident Prevention Management/Administration
Systems (SAMAS) would be best delivered to stakeholders via the portal provided by the Qatar
Construction Standards (QCS). The QCS includes references and certain sections which address
occupational health and safety. To ensure that that users of the RD/SAMAS are fully aware of the
where occupational health and safety issues are addressed in the QCS, the following table
summarises where potential overlaps may occur. For consistency, it is recommended that in matters
relating to occupational health and safety reference is made first to the RD/SAMAS. For the purpose
of clarity, however, references are made in the relevant section of the RD/SAMAS to their comparable
sections in the QCS and vice versa.
QCS 2014
Page 3
Sr. No
QCS 2014
Section No.
Part No.
Part Name
Submittals
7.5.2
Submittals
7.6.1
10
All
All
All
11
10
11.4.6
14
14.4
15
Temporary Controls
All
All
All
16
Traffic Diversions
16.1.3
Safety
General
8.1.6
Safety
General
8&9
1.4.12
10
1.6
Safety
11
Deep Foundations
4.9.1.7
Safety Precautions
12
Deep Foundations
13
General
14
Asphalt Plants
15
14
AT
IO
37 & 38
42
Item Name
AL
4&5
1.6
Temporary Fencing
15
7.8.13
Safety Requirements
14.2.2
Safety
General
1.3.2
17
8.1.9
Safety
18
9.2.5
Safety Requirements
19
10
4,5&6
10.1.7
Safety Requirements
20
11
Sewer Rehabilitation
11.2.2
Safety
21
General
16
1.2.8
Safety Guards
22
General
19
1.2.16
23
19
5.1.6
Safety
24
21
7&8
1.1.11
25
21
14
1.1.23
Safety Interlocks
26
24
General
1.1.4
Scaffolding
27
29
Design Aspects
1.1.5
28
29
Geotechnical Specifications
2.3.1.5
Safety
29
29
Tunnel
18
4.5.8
Safety Regulations
30
29
Tunnel
19
4.5.9
Fire Prevention
31
29
Tunnel
21
4.6.4
32
29
Concrete Structures
7.1.10
Safety Railing
EG
16
IN
TE
4
7,8, 9 &
10
QCS 2014
Page 4
AL
Customer Services
389 Chiswick High Road
London W4 4AL
Tel: 020 8996 9001
Fax: 020 8996 7001
Email: cservices@bsigroup.com
from most branches of good quality bookshops; details on the above website.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Page 5
Construction Standards
British and European Standards
Sections
British and European Standards
1.1
BS 598 Sampling and examination of
bituminous mixtures for roads and other
paved areas
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.7
AL
AT
IO
TE
IN
1.5
EG
1.8
QCS 2014
Page 6
Sections
British and European Standards
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
IO
AT
X
X
X
X
X
TE
X
X
X
IN
AL
EG
X
X
1.8
QCS 2014
Page 7
Sections
British and European Standards
1.1
BS 18004 Guide to achieving effective
occupational health and safety
performance
1.2
R
TE
IN
EG
IO
AT
AL
1.6
1.5
1.7
1.8
1.4
1.3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
QCS 2014
Page 8
Sections
British and European Standards
1.2
1.3
1.4
AT
EG
N
R
TE
X
X
1.8
IN
1.7
IO
1.6
1.5
AL
1.1
X
X
X
X
X
QCS 2014
Page 9
Sections
British and European Standards
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
X
X
AT
IO
IN
TE
X
X
X
X
EG
X
X
AL
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.8
QCS 2014
Page 10
Sections
British and European Standards
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.7
X
X
AL
IO
AT
X
X
TE
IN
1.6
1.5
EG
1.8
QCS 2014
Page 11
Sections
British and European Standards
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
1.7
1.8
QCS 2014
Page 12
Safety Signs
1.8.1.1 Introduction
1
The colours used and their meanings are outlined on the following pages, together with
example signs.
TE
AT
IO
AL
These signs are red and white with a black image. The signs inform people of things they
must not do, for example 'No pedestrians' or 'No smoking'.
Scaffolding incomplete
EG
IN
No pedestrians
No smoking
QCS 2014
Page 13
AL
These signs are blue with a white image and inform people of things that they must do, for
example 'Wear ear protection' or 'Use crawling boards'.
Wear a respirator
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Page 14
IO
AL
QCS 2014
AT
EG
IN
TE
These signs are either yellow or amber with a black image and warn people of potentially
dangerous situations, for example 'Forklift trucks operating' or 'Fragile roof.
General warning
Flammable
Corrosive
QCS 2014
Radioactive
Page 15
Toxic
Explosive
Danger of electrocution
Laser beams
Highly flammable
Harmful
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Fragile roof
Irritant
Falling objects
Suspended loads
QCS 2014
Page 16
First aid
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Assembly point
AL
These signs are green with a white image and inform people of features of the site that are
associated with a safe condition, for example 'First aid' or 'Fire exit'.
Emergency shower
Wash hands
Drinking water
Line-throwing appliance
Stretcher location
QCS 2014
Page 17
Fire exit
AT
IO
AL
Fire point
IN
Often 'mixed signs' will be displayed, which are a combination of the four main types of sign.
For example, a sign at the site entrance might include:
an 'Unauthorised access strictly prohibited' sign - red and white = must not do
(b)
an 'All visitors must report to the site office' sign - blue and white = must do
(c)
(d)
2
EG
(a)
Hose reel
TE
Call point
Similar signs that indicate, for example, the location of a dangerous substance storage area
will also usually comprise a combination of signs, such as a 'Flammable' (warning) sign, a
'No smoking' (prohibition) sign, and additional appropriate wording.
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
2.1
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Purpose
1
The purpose of this document is to provide guidance for development of a clear policy,
responsibilities and an example of a management framework that reflects the COMPANY
commitment, core values, standards and expectations for both the organisation and those
working with COMPANY.
Scope
This policy covers all COMPANY operating areas, projects and activities.
This policy is intended to assist appointed consultants, sub-contractor and suppliers etc., to
meet legislative and other requirements not intended to replace these. The policy should
always be read in conjunction with QCS Part 1 (RD) requirements and any other legislative
requirements as advised and may be introduced.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Amendment Schedule
Details of change
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Date
EG
Revision No.
2.1.1
QCS 2014
2.1.2
2.1.2.1 Introduction
1
This document sets out a framework for the management of Safety, Health and
Environmental (SHE) issues across COMPANYs operations, projects and activities.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Clear
management
responsibilities.
(e)
Competence assurance
identification and delivery.
(f)
Arrangements
for
communication,
consultation and engagement with the
appropriate stakeholders.
(g)
(h)
(i)
AT
and
structure
training
EG
IN
TE
and
(j)
Consistent
SHE
policy
statements
throughout COMPANYs operations.
IO
(a)
AL
System for notification, investigation and recording of accidents, learning events and
environmental incidents including standardised statistics.
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
In order to achieve the consistency desired, along with compliance, with the OHSAS 18001
and ISO 14001 standards, these management system elements are mandatory.
2.1.2.3 Background
1
To ensure core values and expected behaviors set out in the SHE policy namely,
commitments to:
(a)
Continuously improve SHE performance towards our overall goal of protecting both
people and the environment.
QCS 2014
(b)
Ensure that business decisions take proper account of SHE matters and their
implications.
(c)
Comply with all legislative requirements pertaining to SHE as the minimum standard.
Our overall goal is to protect both people and the environment. Our principles require us to
have an effective SHE management system that will deliver consistency in approach and
good management information on performance throughout our operations.
Good corporate governance also requires SHE performance to be properly reviewed and in
addition COMPANY is committed to review and publish this information.
2.1.2.4 Purpose
The purpose of this document is to set out an enabling framework for the management of
Safety, Health and Environmental (SHE) issues across COMPANYs operations wherever
they are carried out. It deals with the management systems to be adopted, and does not
prescribe actual systems of work which it is recognised will be affected by stakeholder,
legislative, cultural and working practice requirements.
AL
IO
2.1.2.5 Scope
Throughout this document reference is made to COMPANY. This term means any region,
operational area or project wherever it is based and wherever it carries out work.
AT
GENERAL
Continuously improve SHE performance towards our overall goal of protecting both
people and the environment.
(b)
Ensure that business decisions take proper account of SHE matters and their
implications.
EG
(a)
(c)
3
IN
Joint shall ensure that the SHE management system is consistent with the international best
practice principles set out within QCS commitments to:
TE
Comply with all legislative requirements pertaining to SHE as the minimum standard.
When entering into a Joint Venture or partnering arrangement the business concerned will
ensure that:
(a)
(b)
The relevant parties will agree/develop a SHE Management System that takes
cognizance of best practice and standards.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Within the policy and defined roles and responsibilities, a board member must be
identified who has specific responsibility for SHE matters.
QCS 2014
2.1.2.6 Policy
POLICY STATEMENTS
1
The COMPANY SHE policy statement and responsibilities applies to all COMPANYs
operations wherever they are carried out. They are included in Section 3 and Section 4 of
this document.
A template format for the SHE policy statement is included in Section 3 of this document. All
Joint Ventures or partnering agreements must use this template as a basis for developing
any specific policy.
COMMUNICATION
The developed policy, including personal responsibilities and those of direct reports, must be
communicated to each employee. Examples of those responsibilities are outlined within this
section.
AL
AT
IO
REVIEW
2.1.2.7 Planning
TE
(b)
COMPANY employees
(a)
EG
IN
(c)
(d)
In respect of environmental impact the procedures will also address the supply of goods and
materials for use by the COMPANY business.
LEGAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
Establish and maintain a procedure for identifying and accessing the legal SHE requirements
that apply and have an impact on our activities. Impact may also include the effect of any
material change that may be brought about by organizational re-structure or senior
management appointments. Information on any relevant new SHE requirements that must
be communicated to employees and other interested parties as appropriate.
QCS 2014
OBJECTIVE
5
COMPANY will set documented, measurable, annual SHE objectives and targets. The
objectives must be consistent with the SHE policy and the commitment to continuous
improvement. A management programme will be produced for achieving the objectives
setting out:
(a)
(b)
(c)
The programme will be reviewed at regular intervals to ensure it is up to date and that it
addresses any changes that may have occurred in COMPANY.
AL
This document recognises that SHE is everybodys responsibility and will be managed
through the organisation in a systematic and structured manner.
A SHE organisational structure chart for the COMPANY business is included in Section 5 of
this document. The chart shows operational and functional responsibilities for SHE and
visible to all, for example displayed on site.
IN
TE
AT
IO
EG
COMPANY will also identify the training necessary to meet our SHE policy commitments at
each level and function within the business.
Training records will be kept and achievement of the required training will be monitored.
COMPANY will establish and maintain appropriate arrangements and strategies for:
(a)
The communication
(b)
(c)
Consultation with and engagement of employees, those working on our behalf and
those affected by the activities of the business.
QCS 2014
(d)
OPERATIONAL CONTROL
(b)
(c)
(d)
Method/Task Statements
(e)
Permit Controls
(f)
Work Instructions
(g)
AL
Risk Assessments
In addition, establish arrangements for the control of SHE documentation and data. The
arrangements will ensure that documentation and data is:
Retrievable
(b)
Current
(c)
(d)
Periodically reviewed
IO
(a)
Records retention schedule will be prepared, which will identify all SHE records and their
associated retention periods. These records will be stored appropriately such that they are
readily retrievable and protected against damage, deterioration or loss throughout the
retention period.
IN
TE
12
(a)
AT
11
Prepare operating procedures and plans for the planning and control of activities associated
with identified risks. These may include provision for:
10
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
COMPANY will assess the potential for emergency situations and, where appropriate,
establish emergency preparedness and response arrangements.
14
There arrangements will be periodically reviewed and tested and, where necessary, revised.
Reviews will be undertaken to a pre-determined programme and after the occurrence of
accidents or emergency situations.
EG
13
COMPANY will establish and maintain procedures to monitor and measure SHE
performance on a regular basis. This will include:
(a)
Active systems which monitor the achievement of objectives and compliance with
standards.
(b)
QCS 2014
(a)
Performance results against our short, medium and long term SHE strategy
(b)
Achievement of objectives
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Statistical analysis
(g)
(h)
COMPANY employees
(b)
(ii)
(c)
IO
(a)
AL
AT
Accident and cases of ill health statistics will be compiled and included in management
reports. The standard statistics to be used across COMPANY are based on RIDDOR record
keeping guidelines for occupational injuries and illnesses. In particular, accident frequency
rates, accident incident rates, lost time incident frequency rate and total recordable case
frequency rate will be used.
Investigation procedures will ensure that incidents that have, or could have, led to serious
harm to the individual or the environment are investigated and reported on. Investigations
will establish what happened, any corrective or preventive actions required and allocate
responsibility for taking such action.
EG
IN
TE
ENFORCEMENT ACTION
6
Details of any enforcement action taken by the Administrative Authority in the form of
prosecutions, enforcement notices, orders, etc will be recorded and included in management
reports and communicated as soon as is reasonably practicable, to the senior management
team.
AUDIT
COMPANY Regional businesses will undertake regular audits to monitor the operation of the
SHE management system and measure its adequacy and performance.
Significant findings of the audits must be acted upon. Close-out reports detailing the action
taken will be produced.
Details of audits undertaken and their results will be included in management reports.
QCS 2014
Prepare regular reports on SHE performance for review by its senior management board.
These reports should be prepared at least monthly.
AL
Senior management teams of each COMPANY Regional businesses must regularly review
SHE performance. Review of SHE performance should be a standard agenda item for
management team meetings, and should be high on the agenda. The review should at least
consist of presentation and consideration of the relevant SHE report. Headings within the
report include:
Executive summary
(b)
SHE performance
(c)
(d)
Learning Events
(e)
Occupational Health
(f)
Environmental
(g)
Stakeholder involvement
(h)
Training
(i)
Best Practice
(j)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
AT
IO
Actions arising from the review should be documented, responsibility clearly allocated with
appropriate timescales.
2.1.3
Statement of Intent
COMPANY, (The Contractor) will comply with its legal duties in order to provide a safe and
healthy working environment for its employees and others affected by its activities. It will take
positive action to ensure that other contractors' employees, occupiers of premises, and
members of the public do not have their health and safety adversely affected by the work
operations of the company. The only acceptable standard of health and safety, and for
welfare facilities, will be full and proper compliance with the requirements of legislation.
Where it is possible and practical to do so, the company will exceed the minimum
requirements of the Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction).
The company will seek to ensure that each company with whom it contracts or subcontracts
aspires to a similar high standard of health and safety management.
In recognition of the importance that this company places on the engagement and wellbeing
of its employees, the company will:
(a)
consult, on health and safety matters, with its employees and others who may work
under its control to ensure that the arrangements for health and safety management
are practical to implement and effective
(b)
as far as is reasonably practicable, fully and effectively control the health and safety
risks arising from its work activities, in co-operation with employees, other contractors,
clients and other relevant parties
(c)
ensure that accident and ill health prevention is provided the highest priority,
commensurate with business objectives, within all company operations
(d)
(e)
provide and ensure that all plant and equipment owned, used or hired by the company
is appropriate, safe to use and properly maintained, inspected and tested
(f)
ensure that all equipment, materials and substances used by the company are
appropriate for their intended use and used, handled and stored safely
(g)
ensure that all employees are provided with adequate supervisory training, information
and instructions to competently carry out their work activities
(h)
ensure that all working places are maintained in a safe and healthy condition
(i)
(j)
review and revise this policy statement at regular intervals and also where necessary
due to changes in the company activities.
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
2.1.4
(b)
(c)
(d)
Monitor that personnel under their control comply with their individual responsibilities
in SHE matters.
(e)
(f)
Ensure that disciplinary processes are in place to address breaches of the SHE policy
or management system.
(g)
(h)
Monitor and review the overall SHE performance and where appropriate take
necessary actions to minimize and negate.
(i)
Ensure board discussions and decisions take proper account of SHE policy
commitments.
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
EG
(b)
Set a clear vision and values for SHE expectations for COMPANY.
(c)
(d)
Ensure that business decisions take proper account of SHE policy commitments.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Monitor that members of the management team comply with their individual
responsibilities in SHE matters.
(k)
QCS 2014
(m)
Ensure that arrangements are in place to ensure everyone is aware of their own
individual responsibilities under SHE policies and those of any personnel under their
control.
(n)
(b)
Promote a SHE culture that delivers positive commitment to and engages all
employees in continuous improvement in SHE performance.
(c)
Keep abreast of developments in all Qatar SHE legislation and industry standards.
(d)
Ensure that the SHE management system is implemented within their sphere of
responsibility. Monitor and review its effectiveness and take necessary improvement
action.
(e)
Monitor that personnel under their control comply with their individual responsibilities
in SHE matters.
(f)
IO
AL
(a)
AT
(b)
(c)
(d)
Lead and provide functional management for the SHE personnel within COMPANY.
(e)
(f)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
Develop and recommend annual SHE objectives and targets. Monitor and report
against these.
(g)
(h)
Involved and lead in investigations to ensure that they are adequately reported.
(i)
Review reports of accident and incident investigations identify any trends and ensure
that there is an appropriate response to prevent future recurrence.
(j)
Regularly meet with all SHE personnel in COMPANY to monitor and review
management of the function as well as development.
(k)
(l)
(m)
Develop and monitor the implementation of processes for the development of SHE
personnel in COMPANY.
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
(d)
Monitor and report on the effectiveness of the SHE management system and progress
against the COMPANY SHE Performance Standards. Make recommendations for
improvement as appropriate.
(e)
Monitor and report on operational SHE performance and make recommendations for
improvement. Monitor to ensure that effective action is taken.
(f)
Lead and provide functional management for any SHE personnel under their control.
(g)
Assist with the identification of SHE training needs, and monitor delivery and
recording.
(h)
(i)
(j)
Promptly alert line and functional management to significant accidents and incidents.
Where appropriate be involved in the investigation and ensure that the findings are
reported.
(k)
Review accident and incident reports and investigation reports, identify any trends and
ensure that there is an appropriate response to prevent future recurrence.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
TE
EG
* The term SHE Adviser includes dedicated health and safety or environmental advisers .
(b)
(c)
Identify SHE training needs and have the necessary training arranged. When
arranged, release those who require training;
(ii)
Make arrangements for SHE induction training for all new starters at the
workplace under their control
(iii)
(iv)
Ensure that written method statements, risk assessments and/or SHE rules are
brought to the attention of those affected;
(v)
QCS 2014
Ensure that suitable arrangements are in place for the effective control of
changes to planned methods of work.
(d)
(e)
Monitor and review the effectiveness of the SHE management system and report
deficiencies.
(f)
Monitor that personnel under their control comply with their individual responsibilities
in SHE matters.
(g
Give personnel under their control, including contractors, clear instructions as to their
responsibilities to ensure correct working methods.
(h)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
AT
IO
AL
(i)
Where appropriate, be involved in the investigation and ensure that the findings are
reported.
(k)
Report visits by members of relevant administrative authorities e.g. Civil Defence (Fire
Department)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Ensure that the disciplinary process to address breaches of the SHE policy or
management system is applied where necessary.
EG
IN
TE
(j)
*Managers people in the organisation at any level above supervisor and below director
2.1.4.7 Supervisors*
1
Provide positive leadership on SHE issues for the members of the work team for
which they are responsible.
(b)
Promote a positive attitude in the workforce and encourage behaviours that protect
both people and the environment.
(c)
Organise work to be carried out in accordance with relevant SHE risk assessments/
method statements.
(d)
Monitor that personnel under their control comply with their individual responsibilities
in SHE matters.
(e)
Give personnel under their control, including contractors, clear instructions about the
required methods of work.
QCS 2014
(g)
Where appropriate assess and implement any additional SHE controls required to
address the needs of new employees, young persons, non-English speaking workers,
disabled persons, pregnant women, etc.
(h)
Monitor that risk assessments/method statements accurately reflect the SHE hazards
present and ensure that any required changes are agreed and implemented in
accordance with the arrangements for control of changes to planned methods of work.
(i)
Ensure appropriate arrangements are in place for two-way communication and where
appropriate deliver tool box talks to the work teams.
(j)
Identify any SHE training requirements of personnel under their control and advise
appropriate management accordingly.
(k)
See that accidents and incidents are reported immediately to the relevant manager.
(l)
Ensure that personal protective clothing and equipment is used where identified as
required and is properly maintained and stored.
(m)
Ensure that the plant and equipment supplied is appropriate for the work and has any
necessary certification. Ensure that plant and equipment is immediately put out of use
if unsafe or presents a potential threat to the environment.
(n)
(o)
See that unattended plant, materials and premises are left in a condition that does not
present a risk to persons or the environment.
(p)
Ensure that the disciplinary process for breaches of SHE procedures and rules is
applied where necessary.
(q)
Develop fire safety procedures, communicate with staff and carry out the necessary
training and fire drills with a frequency that is appropriate for the size of the site and
the duration of the construction operations.
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(f)
All Employees
2.1.4.8
EG
*Supervisors people at the first level in the organisation that have responsibilities over the work of
others;
Set a good personal example on SHE issues within your area of operation.
(b)
Take care of your own health and safety whilst at work; ensure your activities do not
adversely affect the health and safety of others or damage the environment.
(c)
Co-operate with the company in all matters of health, safety and environmental
protection and make your contribution to reducing accidents and conserving natural
resources.
(d)
Ensure you have been fully briefed on, and have a good understanding of, the task at
hand. Always work in accordance with the instructions given and any written SHE risk
assessments/method statements. Report any conflict.
(e)
Never deviate from an agreed method of working unless the supervisor or relevant
manager has been notified and authorisation has been obtained.
(f)
Ensure that you have and use the correct access, tools, equipment and personal
protective equipment for the work.
(g)
Never undertake hazardous operations nor operate any items of plant or equipment
unless trained and authorised to do so.
(h)
(i)
(j)
Report to your immediate supervisor all potential hazards and incidents that have or
could have resulted in personal injury or environmental damage.
(k)
Report any work-related personal injury or disease to your immediate supervisor and
ensure that an entry is made in the accident book at your place of work.
(l)
If you are asked to undertake a task that you feel is unsafe or for which you feel you
do not have the appropriate knowledge or training, report this to your immediate
supervisor.
(m)
Ensure you have been fully briefed on the fire safety drill and that you understand your
roles and responsibilities. Actively participate in all health and safety drills.
Orders to suppliers for materials, plant and equipment etc. include relevant SHE
requirements notified by the specifier;
(ii)
Suppliers of materials, plant and equipment etc. are requested to provide all
necessary information and operating instructions so that their products can be
used safely without risk to persons or the environment;
(iii)
IN
(v)
EG
(iv)
TE
(a)
AT
2.1.4.9
IO
AL
QCS 2014
(vi)
Tendering contractors have been provided with the Standard Rules for SubContractors on Safety, Health and the Environment and that compliance with
them is a condition of contract;
(b)
No undertakings, either verbal or written, are given to any supplier relieving it of its
SHE responsibility.
(c)
* Notes
1.
2.
These responsibilities are specific to this role and are in addition to the other relevant responsibilities
contained in this document.
3.
Procurement Managers where they are responsible for placing contracts with suppliers of products
and services.
QCS 2014
(i)
Designs which recognise, include and apply safe practice during preparation,
construction and subsequent operational use and maintenance, and which
consider lifecycle environmental impact including decommissioning and
disposal;
(ii)
AL
(b)
(ii)
Plant and equipment hired in is from an approved supplier and has current
inspection/thorough examination certificates available with it;
(iii)
(iv)
TE
(i)
IN
(a)
EG
AT
IO
* These responsibilities are specific to this role and are in addition to the other relevant responsibilities
contained in this document
(b)
(v)
Sufficient information is available regarding the use of all plant, equipment and
materials and this information accompanies the item when leaving the depot or
store;
(vi)
All plant and equipment defects notified are remedied and plant and equipment
is immediately put out of service if it is unsafe or a risk to the environment.
* These responsibilities are specific to this role and are in addition to the other relevant responsibilities
contained in this document
QCS 2014
(b)
Set a good example and leadership by working safely on the site and wearing the
appropriate personal protective equipment.
(c)
(d)
Ensure that only trained and authorised workers use plant and equipment and that
persons undergoing training do not operate plant and equipment unless closely
supervised by a competent person.
(d)
Ensure that employees under their control attend induction training before working on
the site and that they are correctly supervised at all times.
(e)
Ensure that plant and equipment under their control or brought to site by the
subcontractor has any necessary certificates of test, inspection and examination and
is safe to use.
(f)
Ensure that clear instruction and information is give to persons under their control.
(g)
(h)
Ensure that persons under their control wear and use any personal protective
equipment correctly, to manufacturers instructions and to statutory and company
requirements.
(i)
Ensure that employees under their control are given appropriate safety information as
required and that details of control measures from risk assessments are fully
explained.
(j)
Ensure that any accident/incident is reported and that all accidents are entered in the
accident register.
(k)
Ensure that access/egress routes are kept clear from obstruction, particularly escape
routes and ensure that good housekeeping is observed at all times.
(l)
Ensure that any plant/equipment for use by employees under their control is checked
to ensure any necessary guards or safety devices are checked and fit for use by
competent persons prior to use.
AT
IO
AL
(a)
IN
EG
(m)
TE
Attend any meeting on safety issues as required and as applicable, co-operate with all
personnel on matters of Safety, Health and the Environment.
(b)
Ensure personnel are fully aware of the procedures in the event of an emergency,
including:
(i)
(ii)
Positions of the fire exits, layout out of escape routes and assembly point
location/s
(iii)
Position of the first aid equipment and the identity of the trained first aid
personnel
(c)
Observe good housekeeping at all times and keep corridors, doorways and floor
spaces clear and free from obstruction.
(d)
(e)
Do not over-reach for items on high shelves, use the equipment provided.
(f)
Do not misuse or interfere with equipment provided for the safety of you and others.
(g)
Do not try to use, repair or maintain any equipment for which you have received no
training or instruction.
(h)
Report any work related personal injury or disease to your immediate supervisor and
ensure that an entry is made in the accident book at your place of work.
(i)
Report all potential hazards and incidents that have or could have resulted in personal
injury or environmental damage to your immediate supervisor.
(j)
Report any unsafe situation or task you may feel is unsafe and for which you do not
have the appropriate knowledge or training, to your supervisor.
AL
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
A responsibility matrix that links the roles in the organisation to the responsibilities under the
COMPANY policy is shown on the following page.
AL
Page 21
QCS 2014
AT
IO
Responsibility Matrix
Senior Management
Board
Managing Director
Directors/Members of
the Senior
Management Team
SHE Director
Supervisors
SHE
Managers/Advisers
TE
R
IN
EG
Paragraph No.
All employees
All Employees
HR Managers
Procurement Managers
and Buyers
Design Engineering &
Planning Managers
Plant/Depot/Works/
Stores Manager
Engineers/Foremen
Office Staff
QCS 2014
2.1.5
Organisation Charts
COMPANY plc
TBA
Electricity at Work
Safety, Health and Environmental Information and Training for all Employees, Newly
Assigned Employees, Promotees and Subcontractors
Contractors Check List for Initial Safety, Health and Environmental Meeting
10
11
The Safe Use of Cranes and Other Lifting Appliances (Excavators, Tele Handlers and Lorry
Loaders)
12
13
14
15
Asbestos
16
17
18
2.1.7
Author
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
2.1.6
SECTION
NAME
POSITION IN
COMPANY
CONTACT DETAILS
SHE Manager
2.1.8
Approvals
NAME
Approved by:
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
2.2
AL
AT
IO
EG
IN
TE
AL
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
Project
Manager
3.i
3.ii
3.ii
COSHH
Have all substances on the register had an
Coordinat
assessment done?
or
If a substance is supplied or created by a sub-contractor,
it is their responsibility to provide the COSHH assessment
along with all other risk assessments submitted for
acceptance. These assessments are likely to accompany
a method statement, and
should be read as part of
the method statement acceptance process. Project/Site
Managers must ensure that assessments and method
statements have been agreed, and monitor work to
ensure it is undertaken in line with the method statement.
The COSHH Coordinator should ensure that all hazardous
substances present on a project have a valid COSHH
assessment. For a supplied substance the COSHH
assessment
should
be
accompanied
by
the
manufacturers/suppliers MSDS.
3.ii
COSHH
Coordinat
or
EG
IN
1.ii
3.ii
Page 2
AL
Project
Manager
Competent
Person
Supervisor
been
TE
R
EG
IN
3.iv
3.iv
3.ii
3.ii
AT
IO
Contractor
s / COSHH
Coordinat
or
Project/Sit
e Manager
QCS 2014
3.iv
Page 3
AL
EG
IN
TE
R
Supervisor
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
12
Page 4
AL
Page 5
QCS 2014
AT
IO
2.2.2 EXAMPLE SHE-PRO-003- Safe Working in the Vicinity of Buried and Overhead Services
Project/Site Manager
3.i
IN
EG
Project
Manager
TE
R
Evaluate Project Program and the works drawings to identify the requirements for excavation. Appoint a Services Co-ordinator or retain the
Services Coordinators duties himself. Ensure the availability of suitable service location equipment and a competent operator. Where
overhead electrical supply cables are present ensure that controls are in place before authorising any activities on site Agree with Services
Co-ordinator the site colour-coding scheme for surface marking of services.
Services Co-ordinator
3.ii
AL
QCS 2014
Page 6
EG
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
Seek out and retain copies of all statutory authority and service drawings relevant to the projects scope of work. Have transposed onto a
master drawing(s), the details of all relevant services.
Have recorded on the master drawing(s) the location and depths of services installed during site establishment.
Confirm with the Supervisor/Engineer in control of an activity requiring a Permit to Excavate the full extent of the intended activity. Check the
activity drawings against the master drawing(s). Produce an activity specific location drawing for reference by the locator of services that
includes current landmarks, using SHE-FRM-3-02.
Request the locator of services undertake a thorough survey of the area where the activity is to take place with an appropriate service locator,
even if it has been established from drawings that there are no recorded services present.
Provide an activity specific, location drawing (including any updates identified in the survey) for reference by the Supervisor/Engineer in
control of the activity.
Update master drawing(s) following receipt of survey information. Ensure information on master drawing(s) is transferred to as-built drawings
for inclusion in the H&S file.
Before any activities start on a site where overhead services are present or adjacent, contact the SHE Adviser for advice. Where overhead
electrical supply cables are present the local Electricity Company shall also be contacted for advice on re-routing or clearance and insulation.
Have copies of all statutory authority and
service drawings relevant to the projects
scope
of work been obtained. And details
Services
transposed
onto a Master services
Coordinat
drawing?
or
AL
3.iii
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Locator of
Services
EG
Physically and clearly mark the position of services on the ground in accordance with the services marking scheme. Update the activity
specific location drawing provided for reference to you by the Services Co-ordinator. .
Supervisors/Engineers
3.iv
Page 7
AL
Page 8
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Prepare or arrange for the Sub/Work Package Contractor to prepare for agreement/approval by the Project/Site Manager a specific method
statement for activities involving: -
TE
R
IN
Ensure persons under their control fully understand they do not commence excavation or penetration of the ground in an area unless the
whereabouts of services has been established and a Permit to Excavate has been prepared and approved by the Service Coordinator and
obtained, SHE-FRM-3-02.
Supervisor
s
/Engineers
EG
Ensure all personnel involved in the activities are instructed in the method statement and Permit to Excavate and sign to confirm their
understanding.
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
17
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
3.i
3.ii
Electrical
Duty
Holder
EG
TE
R
IN
Managing
Director
The MD for the Company / Region shall appoint in writing an Electrical Duty Holder for their area of responsibility
Page 9
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
3.iii
IN
EG
Site
Electrical
Coordinat
or
TE
R
Ensure All work is carried out in accordance with the COMPANY Rules for Electrical Safety.
After consultation with the EDH, appoint in writing a competent person for the location he is responsible for.
Display the appointment of the site electrical coordinator and competent person on the location notice board and electrical switch gear.
Keeps an up to date drawing showing the electrical circuits for the locations temporary electrical system.
Ensure schedule tests are carried out on installations and equipment
Authorised Person
3.iv
The Authorised Person shall control the permit to work system and issue permits as required.
Authorise
d Person
3.v
Page 10
AL
AT
IO
QCS 2014
IN
TE
R
EG
Site /
project
Manager
After consultation with the EDH appoint in writing a permanent works Electrical Duty Holder.
Ensure that the specification for the temporary site electrics is communicated to the temporary electrical contractor.
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
15
Page 11
AL
Page 12
QCS 2014
AT
IO
3.i
TE
R
Identify the plant requirements for the project and produce a plant schedule. This should identify COMPANYs plant requirements. The
schedule should be reviewed and revised as the project progresses.
Where appropriate appoint a Plant Coordinator or retain the duties.
Project
Manager
IN
EG
3.ii
Assess the plant schedule and ensure the plant required is available in line with the contract programme. Advise the Project/Site Manager of
any revisions/additions needed to complete the works..
Plant Coordinator
Plant Co-ordinator/Supervisor
3.iii
AL
Page 13
AT
IO
QCS 2014
EG
IN
Plant
Coordinat
or
Supervisor
TE
R
Obtain copies of Plant Operator certificates; forward a copy of the COMPANY direct employed operators certificate to the Regional Training
Coordinator. A copy of all Plant Operator certificates should be held on site in the Site Register.
Check the operators certification for the plant to be operated (see section 4.i and 4.ii) and only allow the use of plant where the certification
corresponds to the exact type of plant to be used.
Where defects are reported / noted on item of plant, ensure the plant is put out of service and replacement/repair is arranged.
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
AL
Page 14
QCS 2014
AT
IO
3.i
TE
R
.
The SHE Department will be responsible for producing and reviewing a SHE training strategy for the whole business. The training strategy and
associated training matrix will be available on the intranet*.
Line managers are responsible for ensuring that their staff have had the necessary training, or ensuring that appropriate arrangements are
made to cover any shortfalls. Requests for SHE training are to be made to the relevant Training Coordinator
Has a SHE Training Strategy been
produced and is it available to the projects?
Manager
EG
Inductions
IN
SHE
Department
3.ii
All newly assigned employees will receive a SHE induction. In addition a location specific induction will be required to ensure all necessary
SHE information is provided. Project inductions will not be given to any person who cannot provide evidence of competency relevant to their
role. Projects will provide a full SHE induction for everyone who will be on site. This induction must be provided before an individual is
allowed to go onto the site. Project Managers are responsible for ensuring that a site specific induction is in place and provided as required.
Visitors to sites, and other locations such as offices, must receive a tailored SHE induction if the full induction is not provided. Visitors must
be accompanied by a suitable person who has attended a full site induction. Site inductions will include a short evaluation.
Location
Have all persons received a SHE induction.
Manager /
including a location specific induction?
Supervisor
Are all persons working on the project in
possession of relevant qualifications to their
role?
Where there are Visitors on site have they
received a visitors induction and are they
being accompanied around site?
AL
AT
IO
3.iii
Supervisors inductions
Page 15
QCS 2014
IN
EG
Location
Manager /
Supervisor
TE
R
Any person on a site who will act in a supervisory capacity must undergo a top up induction. This will identify what COMPANY will expect of
them as a supervisor or manager. In particular it will cover expected standards of behaviour on site, and dealing with instances of unsafe
behaviour
3.iv
received a copy of the SHE policy statement and their SHE responsibilities. If the role involves managing or supervising others they
must also receive a copy of the responsibilities of those grades they will be managing or supervising. Responsibilities should be
explained to them by their line manager;
received general advice and been informed of any significant findings of risk assessments for the work they will undertake;
Location
Manager /
Supervisor
AL
Page 16
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
3.v
IN
Agency staff
EG
When requesting staff or labour the COMPANY Manager is required to specify to an employment agency:
any special occupational qualifications or skills required to do the job, including any specific evidence of competence
specific features of the job that may effect health and safety (e.g. work at heights, heavy manual handling operations, etc).
Project
Manager
3.viii
SHE training will be arranged by the relevant Training Coordinator, who will also maintain SHE training records. The only exception to this will
be project specific site Inductions which will be arranged and delivered by site personnel, with records maintained on site.
Training
Coordinator
AL
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
EG
Project /
Site
Manager
QCS 2014
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
12
Page 17
AL
Page 18
QCS 2014
AT
IO
2.2.6 EXAMPLE SHE-PRO-008- The Report and Investigation of Accidents and Incidents
For All Accidents on Site
Investigate cause of accident, record physical evidence and take steps to prevent recurrence.
Inform the SHE Department of such incidents.
Record and report the accident on the accident book form and send a copy to the SHE Department together with any supporting
evidence/documentation
Complete the accident book entry report. (Accident Investigation Report Part 1, AIR SHE-FRM-8-02/2)
TE
R
3.
Project /
Site
Manager
Project /
Site
Manager
EG
IN
Project /
Site
Manager
AL
Inform the SHE Department and Contracts Manager as soon as the accident becomes a possible over 3 day reportable.
Obtain from any contractor a copy of the F100. In the case of an COMPANY emplyee, provide the SHE Adviser / Manager with all
relevant detail to allow MIT / SHE to complete the F100.
Where appropriate to the potential outcome of the accident / incident, in conjunction with SHE Adviser / Manager, complete/send First
Alert form SHE-FRM-8-01 to ensure that relevant persons are informed (see distribution list on First Alert form).
Ensure the investigation is undertaken and the report Produced within an appropriate time frame as per QCS requirement.
TE
R
AT
IO
Page 19
QCS 2014
Project /
Site
Manager
Project
Manager /
SHE
Advisor
EG
IN
Project
Manager /
Supervisor
AL
Page 20
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Contact your SHE Adviser / Manager. The SHE Adviser / Manager will inform the MIT and prior to commencing the investigation and
following
consultation with the SHE Manager / Director, will advise our legal representatives.
In conjunction with SHE Adviser / Manager, complete/send First Alert form SHE-FRM-8-01 to ensure that relevant persons are informed
(see
distribution list on First Alert form).
TE
R
SHE Advisor to ensure that the Labor Ministry has been informed. Where applicable ensure that the Police has also been informed.
SHE Advisor to Inform SHE Director / SHE Manager.
SHE Advisor to carry out an immediate investigation of the accident in conjunction with MIT.
Project
Manager /
SHE
Advisor
Project
Manager /
SHE
Advisor
SHE
Advisor
Project
Manager
EG
IN
SHE Advisor to ensure that a copy of the form F100 is completed and sent to the Enforcing Authority within 10 days of the accident, or
in the case of a non COMPANY employee, obtain a copy from their employee and ensure that a copy is forwarded to the COMPANY
Insurer.
Accident Book/Register
AL
Page 21
Project
manager
Project
Manager
TE
R
Site management shall control and verify entries made in the COMPANY accident book and ensure that copies are forwarded as soon as
possible after they are made to the SHE Department.
All notified accidents shall be entered in the COMPANY accident book including all employees, contractors, visitors to site and accidents
to members of the public.
The Project / Site Manager is responsible for the completion of the SHE Return and this shall be sent to the SHE Department as soon as
possible after the month end but no later than the second working day of the following month.
EG
IN
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Project
Manager /
Contractor
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
13
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
EG
IN
TE
R
1.ii
2.ii
1.iii
3.iii
3iii
1.vi
1.vi
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
Page 22
AL
AT
IO
been
IN
TE
R
EG
Project
Manager /
Site
Manager
2.2.8
QCS 2014
3.iv
3.iv
3.iv
3.iv
3.iv
3.iv
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
Page 23
AL
2.2.9
AT
IO
QCS 2014
SHE-PRO-014- Asbestos
1.ii
EG
IN
TE
R
4.ii
5.i
6.i
5.xiii
1.vi
Competent
Person/
Contractor
5.v
5.v
1.iv
5.vi
Page 24
AL
Project
Manager
Competent
Person
Supervisor
AT
IO
QCS 2014
5.viii
5.ix
EG
IN
TE
R
5.vii
Total
Awarded
Total
Achievable
% Score
11
END OF DOCUMENT
Page 25
QCS 2014
Page 1
2.3
2.3.1
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 2
Project/Site
Manager
Competent
Person
Operative
SHE Team
HR
Review tender
information for
SHE Risk
3.1
3.1
Where identified
prepare MS
3.2
3.2
3.5
Circulate RA/MS
for review
3.
TE
Review
completed RAMS
prior to issue
Provide advice
and monitor
works against
RA/MS
AL
Appoint a project
competent person
to produce
Company Risk
Assessment and
Method Statement
3.2
Undertake
activity in line
with agreed
RA/MS
Prepare RA in
line with
RA Schedule
IO
3.1
Review Risk
Register and
produce a SHE Risk
Assessment
Schedule
3.2
AT
Issue Agreed
RAMS to
relevant
supervisor/operat
ive
IN
3.2
EG
3.2
Monitor works
against agreed
RA/MS
3.2
Maintain up to date
Risk
Assessment/Method
Statement records
Brief
supervisor/operat
ive on content of
RA/MS
3.2
Monitor works
against issued
RA/MS
3.2
3.2
Review and revise
RA/MS if
circumstances change
3.2
Key
Activity
Guidance
QCS 2014
Project/Site
Manager
Contractors
Responsible
Person
Contractors
Operatives
Review tender
information
for SHE Risk
Provide advice
and monitor
works against
RA/MS
3.1
Review Risk
Register and
update with
changes identified
by Contractors
3.3
Prepare RA for
all activities in
the scope of
Works
3.3
3.5
AL
Where identified
prepare a
Method
Statement
3.3
EG
IN
3.3
Brief the
Operatives of
the content and
controls in the
agreed RA/MS
TE
AT
3.3
IO
3.1
Allow for
measured to
control the
Identified risk
3.1
SHE Team
Undertake the
activity in line
with the RA/MS
3.3
Monitor works
against agreed
RA/MS
Monitor the
works against
agreed RA/MS
3.5
3.5
Stop work and inform the relevant person if works significantly change from the agreed
RA/MS
3.3
Maintain up to date
Risk
Assessment/Method
Statement records
3.5
Key
Activity
Guidance
Page 3
QCS 2014
COMPANY
Operative/Tradesman
Line
Manager/Customer
Care Manager
Produce a Schedule
of regular activities
undertaken in
Property Services
and Customer Care
operations
3.1
Undertake a general
Risk Assessment to
determine whether
the activities require a
Method Statement
3.2
AT
IO
3.1
EG
IN
TE
3.2
Produce a Schedule of
regular activities
undertaken in property
Services and Customer
Care operations
3.
Key
AL
Complete a full
Method Statement
where the Risk cannot
be controlled by a
TRICS form
Activity
Guidance
Page 4
QCS 2014
Page 5
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to assign responsibilities and provide a consistent approach
to the planning, development and production of suitable and sufficient Risk Assessments
and the control of Method Statements for all activities.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site
QCS 2014
2.3.1
Page 6
2.3.1.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
Ensures the procedure is established and used and that Risk Assessments are carried out
and, where appropriate, Method Statements are produced.
Unless delegated to others, in writing, retain responsibility for monitoring of the works against
the relevant control documents.
IO
AL
Prepare Risk Assessments taking account of the task being undertaken and the specific
layout and restrictions of the place the work is to be carried out and where identified produce
a written Method Statement incorporating a safe system of work.
TE
AT
COMPETENT PERSON
Either supervises the work activities or the sub/work package contractor undertaking those
work activities in line with relevant control documents required by this procedure. Provide
support to the review process for the Risk Assessment and Method Statement, to ensure
acceptability SHE-FRM-1-03.
EG
IN
SUPERVISORS
SHE MANAGER/ADVISER
6
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors effectiveness
of the relevant control documents.
If the nature of the work is deemed safety critical, the SHE Manager/Adviser may provide
appropriate support for the production of the control documents and the communication to all
relevant Operatives.
OPERATIVE/CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEE
8
Carry out the work in accordance with the relevant control documents.
QCS 2014
Page 7
Prepare Risk Assessments taking account of the work being undertaken and the specific
layout and restrictions of the place the works is to be carried out.
HUMAN RESOURCES
10
2.3.1.2 Definitions
Written documents used to manage the risk associated with the work activity including:
Risk Assessment
(b)
Method Statement
(c)
Permits
(d)
Plan of Work
(e)
Certification
(f)
Licence
(g)
Skill Card
(h)
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
EG
AL
CONTROL DOCUMENTS
RISK ASSESSMENT
The process of hazard, aspect, impact, identification, assessment of the risk, and
identification of the controls required to manage the risk to an acceptable level to ensure the
health and safety of those affected by the activity and the protection of the environment from
harm. In undertaking the Risk Assessment the Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction)
principles of prevention must be considered, which are:
(a)
Eliminate
(b)
(ii)
Guarding place guards, barriers and /or signage to isolate or warn of the
hazard
(iii)
(iv)
QCS 2014
Page 8
METHOD STATEMENT
A hazard control measure in the form of a written safe system of work describing the
proposed working method and addressing the output from the Risk Assessment process,
providing instruction and guidance for those individuals carrying out the activities. The
purpose of this document is to ensure the proper planning of an element of the works and to
detail the overall methodology and associated controls SHE-FRM-1-03. The document must
be issued/briefed to management/supervision.
For work carried out by COMPANY Facility Services or Customer Care activities, the Method
Statement may be substituted with Task Risk Identification and Control Statement (TRICS)
SHE-FRM-1-05.
TE
AT
IO
AL
This document is specific to Property Services Work and Customer Care activities and
eliminates the need to produce a detailed Method Statement in the format described above.
It must only be used when the Supervisor has carried out a Risk Assessment which
concludes that a Method statement is not required. The Job/Task RA/MS is completed by
the operative / supervisor using form SHE-FRM-1-02.
EG
IN
COMPETENT PERSON
9
Is a person who has sufficient training, experience and knowledge to enable them to properly
undertake the task in question or carry out the Risk Assessment.
TECHNICAL ADVISER
10
Dependant on the type of work the Method Statement is being prepared for, the Technical
Adviser can be any combination of individuals (i.e. Designer, Materials Engineer, Temporary
Works Co-ordinator, etc.)
11
The Technical Adviser provides, where required, support to the review process to ensure
suitability of the content of the Risk Assessment/Method Statement. SHE-FRM-1-03.
QCS 2014
YOUNG PERSON
12
CHILD
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
13
Page 9
QCS 2014
Page 10
Details of the risks identified and any measures included on the risk register will be included
in the enquiry documents produced for contractors works.
Allowances should be made in the settled tender for arrangements to control these risks
during the Construction Phase of the project.
At the start of the Construction Phase, the Project/Site Manager will review the risk register
and project program and produce a schedule of activities which will be used as a basis for
ensuring that all elements of the construction process are identified and considered for Risk
Assessment.
Using the schedule the Project/Site Manager will ensure a suitable Risk Assessment is
produced which will identify whether a Method Statement is required as part of the control
measures.
For Facility Service or Customer Care works the Area Manager or Customer Care Manager
will produce a schedule of activities undertaken on a regular basis by operatives working on
this type of work. A Risk Assessment will be undertaken and where it is identified that the
hazards can be controlled without the need of a full Method Statement he will indicate that
the operation be subject to a Risk Identification and Control Statement (TRICS) and the
procedure in 3.4 will be followed.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Before carrying out any activity undertaken by direct COMPANY employees, the
Project/Area/Site Manager for the workplace/operation/ design concerned shall first
produce/review the Risks Assessment Schedule with the intention of identifying where
hazard and risk could arise. This should include discussion with the people undertaking the
work, if appropriate. It should be remembered that a risk could be seen as minimal but by
further work processes could become significant. Such as painting outside to painting in a
confined space.
Following this review a specific Risk Assessment using SHE-FRM-1-02 shall be undertaken
by a Competent Person appointed by the Project/Area/Site Manager.
Where young persons or expectant mothers are involved in the activity, additional concerns
may be required. Advice should be sought from the HR Team.
10
Where identified in the Risk Assessment the Competent Person in conjunction with any
other relevant person will:
(a)
QCS 2014
Page 11
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Circulate the Method Statement utilising the tracking and content sheet SHEFRM-1-04.
Take account of comments received from other parties and re-circulate Risk
Assessment and Method Statement to those people to ensure issues raised have
been dealt with adequately.
(c)
Following agreement of the suitability of the Risk Assessment and Method Statement
by the Project/Site Manager, ensure it is issued to relevant management/supervision.
(d)
Monitor performance against the Risk Assessment and Method Statement and identify
and make any necessary changes The Risk Assessments produced shall be used,
where appropriate, as the basis for COMPANY personnel checking the contents of
sub or work package contractors safety method statements.
(e)
The Risk Assessment and Method Statement shall be briefed to ensure that the detail
is communicated to all relevant Operatives and carry out a reality check to confirm
understanding of key aspects.
AT
IO
AL
(b)
The Project/Site Manager must ensure contractors have been procured via COMPANY
Contractor Assessment procedure.
12
Before carrying out any activity undertaken by sub-contract employees the Contractors
Responsible Person shall first undertake a risk assessment taking into account the hazards
associated with the work this should include, if appropriate, discussion with the people
undertaking the work, and COMPANY Management.
13
The Risk Assessments produced shall be used, where appropriate, as the basis for
COMPANY personnel checking the contents of sub or work package contractors safety
method statements.
14
Where identified in the Risk Assessment the Contractors Responsible Person will prepare a
Method Statement taking account of the following:
EG
IN
TE
11
(a)
(b)
(c)
15
The Project/Site Manager will review the Risk Assessment and Method Statement
produced using the tracking and content sheet SHE-FRM-1-04. Circulating to relevant
parties as required. Following the review he will take account of comments received from
QCS 2014
Page 12
other parties and re-circulate Risk Assessment and Method Statement to those people to
ensure issues raised have been dealt with adequately.
16
Following agreement of the suitability of the Risk Assessment and Method Statement, the
Project/Site Manager will issue it to relevant COMPANY Management/Supervisor who will
then ensure that the contractors supervisor gives a briefing of the Risk Assessment and
Method Statement so that the detail is communicated to all relevant operatives.
17
The Project/Site Manager or Supervisor will monitor performance against the Risk
Assessment and Method Statement and identify and communicate any suggested changes.
In cases where any significant changes to the system of work are necessary, activities must
be stopped so that the changes to be made are re-assessed and approved. Where
appropriate, following any revision, the checking process should be repeated.
AL
19
Should the initial TRICS being completed by the tradesman reveal that other assessments
(e.g. Manual Handling/Noise) are required the risk assessment guides should be used to
develop a safe system of work. Should the safety requirements of the job still not be met
then the individual Line Manager shall be contacted immediately.
TE
AT
IO
18
IN
21
Where appropriate to the activity the SHE Advisor for the project will monitor performance
and identify any necessary changes by inspection and/or audit.
EG
20
All Contractors and self-employed persons are required to make suitable and sufficient Risk
Assessment of work activities to be undertaken. A record of the significant findings of Risk
Assessments must be kept. This record shall state the hazards and risks and the controls
needed to reduce the risks to an acceptable level. The controls shall then be implemented by
management to protect health and safety and the environment.
Where Risk Assessments are required to be carried out under particular sections of the
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction), COSHH, Noise, Asbestos and Lead etc. a
repeat assessment is not required unless other elements of the work demand assessment in
QCS 2014
Page 13
their own right (e.g. painting at height may require a COSHH Assessment for the paint as
well as an assessment of the risk of working at height or damage to a watercourse due to
spillage).
Where an assessment identifies the likelihood of an adverse health condition or identifiable
disease being contracted, then health surveillance may be required. In all such cases the
advice of the SHE Team shall be sought.
On completion of a Risk Assessment the record shall then be used to supply the following
information to the relevant persons at risk:
Hazard/risk/impacts
(b)
(c)
Emergency procedures
(d)
(e)
IO
(a)
AL
All activities undertaken under the Risk Assessment (and controls therein) shall be
monitored to ensure that the assessment is both suitable and sufficient and is being worked
to.
Any changes in work must be notified to the competent person who has developed the Risk
Assessment and must result in a review of the assessment and if necessary a revised
assessment produced.
TE
AT
IN
METHOD STATEMENTS
Refer to SAMAS 2.4
EG
QCS 2014
2.3.1.5 Appendices
TE
AT
IO
AL
IN
EG
FORMS
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
5
Page 14
QCS 2014
Page 15
2.3.1.7 Author
SECTION
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT
DETAILS
AL
SHE Manager
AT
IO
2.3.1.8 Approvals
POSITION
IN
COMPANY
TE
NAME
Approved by:
EG
IN
SHEQ Director
SIGNATURE &
DATE
AL
Date :
PERSONS EXPOSED
Disabled :
Date :
Almost no probability
A small probability
A high probability
Almost Certain
YOUNG PERSONS :
Acceptable
Risk Level
Action
Insignificant
Acceptable
Unacceptable
Others :
EG
PUBLIC/VISITORS :
IN
OTHER WORKERS :
TE
R
EMPLOYEES :
Risk Quantifying
Location :
Activity :
No injury, damage or
environment impact
Risk Assessment No :
AT
IO
RISK FACTOR
Unacceptable
No further preventative action. Consideration shall be given to more costeffective solutions or improvements that impose no additional cost
burden. Monitoring required to ensure that controls in place are properly
maintained.
Work shall not be started or continued until the risk level has been
reduced to an acceptable risk level. While the control measures selected
shall be cost-effective, legally there is an absolute duty to reduce the risk,
this means that if it is not possible to reduce the risk even with unlimited
resources, then the work shall not be started or shall remain prohibited.
NOTES
1
17
Loading/Unloading
Cold\Hot
18
Materials
Electricity
19
Excavation
20
Fire/Flammable Atmosphere
21
Proximity to Water
Floor/Ground Conditions
22
Scaffold
Flying Particle/Dust
23
Sharp Objects
24
Stairs/Steps
Hazardous Substance
25
Static Equipment/Machinery
10
Heat/Hot Work
26
Structure
11
Lack of Experience
27
Temporary Works
12
Lack of Training
28
Vehicle/Mobile Equipment
13
29
Working Hours/Fatigue
14
Ladder
30
Workstation Design
15
31
Young Persons
16
Lighting
32
Other
1.
Physical Hazards are the nature of issues that may cause harm. Tick box for
hazard.
2.
Preventative / Control Measures are the actions that will stop it going wrong.
3.
Control measures are to ensure that residual risks are reduced to a minimum.
Where controls fail to reduce the risk to a acceptable level then refer assessment to
your line manager.
4.
If the operations are likely to affect the public or the safe operation of a public
infrastructure or transport system, the control measures must reduce the likelihood
of significant harm to the level that existed before our work commenced.
5.
Where young persons or expectant mothers are involved in the activity, ensure that
any additional controls are put in place in accordance with local procedures.
6.
7.
Where a hazard is identified that is not listed in the Physical Hazards list, enter the
hazard description followed by Other in brackets i.e. (Other).
AL
Control Measures
Implemented By
(Name)
Risk
Before
Controls
U/A
AT
IO
Risk
After
Controls
U/A
EG
IN
TE
R
HAZARD
No.
Name
Person Completing the Assessment
Person Reviewing the Assessment
Signature
Date
EG
AT
IO
TE
R
IN
AL
QCS 2014
Page 19
Job / Contract N .:
Client:
Contact Name:
Date:
Description of work:
AL
Signature:
Completed By (Name):
IO
AT
Upon arrival at the work location complete this Risk Assessment before starting work. If the
responses mean you cannot complete the job/task safely, discuss your concerns with your
Manager.
TE
IN
SAFETY &
SECURITY
Yes /
No
EG
SAFE
SYSTEM
*Delete as required
Is the proposed work method (above) acceptable? (If No following this risk
assessment a method statement must be produced)
Are there any client controls e.g. Permits / clearances certificates etc?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
/
/
/
/
EXCAVATION
PLANT &
EQUIPMENT
HEALTH
HAZARDS
SAFETY
EQUIPMENT
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Access Tower
MEWP
Scaffolding
If Mobile Elevated Work Platform are you trained and competent to
operate?
If scaffold / access tower has this been erected by competent person?
Will this be inspected by the user prior to use?
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
QCS 2014
MANUAL
HANDLING
SITE TIDINESS
ENVIRONMEN
T
Completed by
(Name):
Page 20
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Signature:
Date:
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
AL
To be completed by operative / person undertaking the work/task if the proposed work method
does not accurately describe the method of work required, complete the following to explain
the safe method of working that will be adopted:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(Explain how the work is going to be done, include things such as plant, materials, access to the work
area, manual handling, sequence of work, any limitations, protection to building users, members of
public etc.)
Insert names of all members of the work gang and confirm the work method has been explained.
Name and position:
Signature
QCS 2014
Page 21
Contractor :
DATE :
Review
Project/Site Manager
SHE Function
1st
review
date
Status*
Name (print)
2nd review
date
Status*
Name (print)
1st
review
date
Status*
Name (print)
2nd review
date
Status*
Name (print)
1st
review
date
Status*
Name (print)
2ndreview
date
Status*
Name (print)
As Required
Technical Advisor
AL
As Required
Name:
Prompt List
AT
IO
NB: Use the Prompt List below to give a status code, as follows: *Status
Status
EG
IN
TE
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Yes
No
In
Part
N/A
QCS 2014
17
18
19
Prompt List
Yes
21
22
23
24
EG
IO
IN
TE
AT
AL
20
No
Page 22
In
Part
N/A
QCS 2014
Page 23
Job / Contract N .:
Date:
Client:
Contact Name:
Location:
Description of work:
IO
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
/
/
/
/
No
No
No
No
Yes / No
Yes / No
AT
LOCATION
INFORMATION
AL
If the answer to any of the above is YES, consideration should be given to producing a detailed Method
Statement
TE
The need for a Method Statement has been considered and the issue of this TRICS is
acceptable for this work
Contact Details
EG
Review Date
Signature:
IN
Completed By (Name):
Yes / No
Upon arrival at the work location complete this Risk Assessment before starting work. If the
responses mean you cannot complete the job/task safely, discuss your concerns with the
person signing above.
Completed By (Name):
Signature:
Contact Details
EMERGENCY
& SECURITY
SAFETY
EQUIPMENT
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
QCS 2014
Page 24
HEALTH
HAZARDS
Yes / No / NA
AT
EXCAVATIO
N
IO
AL
Are you experienced in their use or received the training to use them?
Are all the plant / tools suitable for use, tested and inspected?
Plant / tools have been visibly inspected by the user prior to use and no
defects apparent
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Scaffolding
TE
IN
WORK AT
HEIGHT
MEWP
Access Tower
EG
MANUAL
HANDLING
SITE
TIDINESS
WORK
AREA
ENVIRONME
NT
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
Type
Rungs
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No
Yes / No
Is there space in the work area to stack / store materials safely and allow
access?
Are all materials segregated from building users and members of the
public?
Are there any object / vehicles materials belonging to the client which may
be a hazard?
Is the area suitably lit to carry out the task safely?
Are the ground / floor conditions suitable for the work to be carried out?
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes / No / NA
/
/
/
/
/
No
No
No
No
No
Yes / No / NA
Yes / No / NA
QCS 2014
Page 25
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(Explain how the work is going to be done, include things such as plant, materials, access to the work
area, manual handling, sequence of work, any limitations, protection to building users, members of
public etc.)
I confirm that the above statement identifies the hazards and risks associated with the
works to be carried out and the control measures identified are in place.
Signature:
Date:
Completed by
(Name):
Insert names of all members of the work gang and confirm the work method has been explained.
Name and position:
Signature
QCS 2014
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS)
MANAGEMENT
/
1
2.3
2.3.2
AL
IO
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Process Map
Project Manager
COSHH
Co-ordinator
C/S Manager/
Works Package
Manager
Procurement
Sub
Contractors
Provides support
as necessary
Understand duties.
Attend training if
necessary
1.3, 3.5
Undertake COSHH
assessments for all
hazardous substances
used and/or created
by
Company
3.3
1.7, 3.8
Control exposure
to hazardous
substances used or
created by
1.4, 3.11
Company
AL
3.6
IO
Ensure hazardous
substances used or
created by sub
contractor has valid
assessments and
3.2,
3.5
MSDS
AT
Agrees and
monitors against
method statements
Undertake COSHH
assessments for all
hazardous
substances and
submit for
approval
3.2
TE
EG
IN
3.5
1.4, 3.2
Review arrangements at
regular intervals to
ensure continued
effectiveness
3.2, 3.5
Key:
Activity
Guidance
SHE
Control exposure in
line with COSHH
assessments
1.6, 3.4
QCS 2014
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to assign responsibilities and establish a system for the
control of substances hazardous to health.
SCOPE
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
AL
IO
EG
IN
TE
AT
Governmental responsibilities regarding COSHH rest with Civil Defense & Environment
Ministry.
COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
QCS 2014
2.3.2.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
AL
IO
Is aware of COSHH assessment controls along with other risk assessments and method
statement. Monitors work to ensure it is done in line with method statement.
AT
SUB-CONTRACTORS
Provide COSHH assessments and MSDS for all substances. Control exposure in line
with COSHH assessment and method statement.
IN
Requests Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all substances ordered by COMPANY
TE
PROCUREMENT
Make themselves aware of location of COSHH assessments and MSDS in case needed
in an emergency.
EG
FIRST AIDERS
SHE MANAGER/ADVISER
8
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors
effectiveness of control measures.
QCS 2014
A substance hazardous to health is one which, because of the way it is made, stored,
transported, used or disposed of, presents a risk to health in the workplace. The definition of
a hazardous substance is comprehensive. All supplied substances which are classified as
hazardous must by be labelled correctly. Substances will be labelled as Very Toxic, Toxic,
Harmful, Corrosive or Irritant. However, some hazardous substances can be created during
processes, and these are also covered by the Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction),
for example dusts of any kind in specified concentrations.
AL
This is the exposure limit approved by the UK Health and Safety Commission for a
substance in relation to the specified reference period of either 15 minutes or 8 hours. A
list of WELs is available in the HSE Publication EH/40 Workplace Exposure Limits,
which is updated annually. The majority of WELs listed in EH40 are for single compounds
or for substances containing a common element or radical, for example, 'isocyanates'. A
few of the WELs relate to substances commonly encountered as complex mixtures or
compounds, for example 'rubber fume'. If the Safety Data Sheet lists a substance with a
WEL, the employer should ensure that the WEL is not exceeded.
Is a dust of any kind present in the air at concentrations equal to or greater than 10 mg/m
3
over an 8 hour period if inhalable (i.e. can be breathed in) or 4 mg/m over an 8 hour
period if respirable (i.e. small enough to reach to the very base of the lungs).
EG
IN
TE
HAZARDOUS DUST
AT
IO
ASSESSMENT OF RISK
2
Under COSHH the risk presented by any hazardous substance used, stored, transported,
created or disposed of in the workplace must be assessed.
Managers must ensure that assessments and method statements have been agreed and
must monitor work to ensure it is undertaken in line with the method statement. The COSHH
QCS 2014
Co-ordinator should ensure that all hazardous substances present on a project have a valid
COSHH assessment. For a supplied substance the COSHH assessment should be
accompanied by the manufacturers/suppliers MSDS.
6
In all cases risks to persons other than those using a substance must also be considered
(e.g. those working in adjacent areas). The COSHH Co-ordinator should ensure this is done,
and that suitable measures are taken. These measures may include provision of information
and training to personnel other than those who will use the substance.
COSHH ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
To enable COMPANY to comply with the requirements of COSHH, an assessment is
required. This is in two parts:
Firstly, COMPANY must not carry out any work that is liable to expose employees to
any substance hazardous to health, unless a suitable and sufficient assessment of the
risks created by the work has been made.
10
Secondly, if the first step indicates that substances hazardous to health will be used or
created, COMPANY must identify the actions to be taken to comply with COSHH.
11
The procedure itself is fairly simple but does take time and effort. It involves:
AT
IO
AL
identifying jobs, working processes and procedures that involve the use or generation
of substances that are hazardous to health
(b)
identifying all the hazardous substances in use in the workplace, very toxic, toxic,
harmful, corrosive or irritant
(c)
identifying how the hazardous substances are stored and used. This means how they
are used, not how they should be used
EG
IN
TE
(a)
12
Very toxic or toxic: Substances that, in low quantities, cause death or acute or chronic
damage to health when inhaled, swallowed or absorbed via the skin.
13
Harmful: Substances that may cause death or acute or chronic damage to health when
inhaled, swallowed or absorbed via the skin.
QCS 2014
Corrosive: Substances that may, on contact with living tissues, destroy them.
15
16
Identifying how these hazardous substances might enter the body. Normally these methods
are classed as:
AT
IO
AL
14
inhalation into the lungs, when the substance is in the form of a gas, vapour,
fume, mist, aerosol or dust
(b)
absorption through the skin or eyes by contact with a substance that can
penetrate unbroken skin, or is absorbed through unprotected cuts or grazes
(c)
(d)
ingestion by swallowing particles of a hazardous substance resulting from handto-mouth transfer identifying the amount of exposure. This involves knowing how
much of the substance will be used, how people will be exposed to it and if there
are is a workplace exposure limit investigating the possible health effects of such
exposure
identifying who is at risk, for example the persons using it or anyone who
enters the area within the following 24 hours
(i)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
17
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Completed assessments must be made available to the person who is going to carry out the
work so that they are aware of the health hazards present and the control measures that
they must use, record COSHH Assessments on SHE-FRM-2-01.
QCS 2014
19
20
Where a substance has been assigned a WEL, this must not be exceeded.
21
22
Control measures should be monitored to ensure that they are effective. Where they prove
ineffective the assessment should be reviewed, and measures modified so far as is
reasonably practicable.
AT
IO
AL
18
TE
24
COSHH Co-ordinators should liaise with Safety Co-ordinator / SHE Adviser / Managers /
Environmental Adviser / First Aiders / Emergency Co-ordinators for further advice if
necessary.
EG
IN
23
COSHH requires fit testing of RPE. Where sub-contractors provide RPE for their workers they
should also provide evidence that a suitable fit test has been carried out for each worker
required to wear RPE. The COSHH Co-ordinator should ensure that fit tests have been
carried and records are available.
26
Where COMPANY employees are required to wear RPE, COMPANY will be responsible for
ensuring fit tests have been carried out. The SHE Department can undertake fit tests, or it is
possible to have a member of the project staff trained to undertake the tests. Training can be
provided by the SHE Department and takes half a day. Records of training should be kept
on site as well as centrally.
27
Fit testing of individuals must be carried out using the appropriate RPE for the task identified
in the risk assessment, and the results recorded on the Qualitative Fit Test Proforma SHEFRM-2-02.
QCS 2014
28
Records of fit testing must be kept on the users personnel file for 5 years. If there are any
changes in the wearer, such as significant weight change or dentistry that may affect the size
or shape of the face, then a new fit test should be carried out.
29
30
Hazardous must only be used by persons who have received instruction and training, and
must only be issued in quantities sufficient to complete the task. Hazardous substances are
often harmful to the environment, and half empty containers can pose a risk to persons in
the future. Therefore, all containers must be disposed of as hazardous waste, including empty
containers.
The COSHH assessment will identify when exposure monitoring is required. Typically this
will be required if any of the following apply:
If it is possible that the failure of any control measures could result in a serious health
effect;
(e)
(f)
If there is doubt whether exposure monitoring should be carried out, consult the SHE
Dept who will advise on appropriate protocols and details of record keeping.
AT
IO
(a)
IN
Responsibility for health surveillance lies with COMPANY. Many of the tasks carried out in the
construction environment will not require health surveillance to be carried out. However, if all
three of the following conditions apply, then health surveillance is required:
An identifiable disease or adverse health effect may be related to exposure.
(b)
There is a reasonable likelihood that the disease or effect may occur under particular
conditions of work.
(c)
There are valid techniques for detecting indications of the disease or the effect.
EG
(a)
32
TE
HEALTH SURVEILLANCE
31
AL
EXPOSURE MONITORING
Arrangements to deal with emergency situations (e.g. spillages, accidental release or over
exposure) should be detailed in the appropriate method statement. Emergency arrangements
which cover the project as a whole should also be detailed in the construction phase plan.
INITIAL SHE MEETING
34
At the initial SHE meeting (see procedure SHE-PRO-007) COMPANY will advise subcontractors of any substances used by others which could affect their employees. In addition
sub-contractors will be required to advise COMPANY of all hazardous substances they will
use.
QCS 2014
PROCUREMENT
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
All orders and requisitions shall clearly identify the product being ordered and shall contain a
requirement to comply with COSHH and to provide the MSDS. The COSHH Co-ordinator
shall ensure MSDS from the supplier are delivered with the product.
35
QCS 2014
2.3.2.4 Appendices
APPENDIX 1 EXAMPLE OF COSHH RISK ASSESSMENT
Auto diesel
Flammable, harmful/irritant
Trade name(s):
AL
Safety precautions
Emergency procedures
EG
Fire: products of
combustion are toxic.
Vapour/air mixture is
explosive.
Spillage: fumes/vapour
likely to collect in low
areas.
IN
TE
AT
IO
Potential hazards
QCS 2014
Signature
AL
Archive Period
None specified,
recommended
minimum 3 years
Minimum 5 years
Minimum 5 years
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) RD1.2.3
IO
AL
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
TE
SECTION
AT
2.3.2.6 Author
EG
IN
SHE Manager
2.3.2.7 Approvals
NAME
Approved by:
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
COSHH ASSESSMENT
Emergency procedures
AL
Safety precautions
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Potential hazards
Additional information:
Assessment date
NEXT
REVIEW
DATE
Approved for use by (print name and
position)
Signature
QCS 2014
Name:
Worker No:
Report Number:
Employer:
Date of Test:
Name of tester:
Solution Dose?
10 - 20 - 30 (circle)
Bitter
AL
3
4
Breathe normally.
Note - 1
The performance of RPE with a tight fitting facepiece (filtering facepieces, half and full
face masks) depends on good contact between the wearers skin and the face seal of the
mask. A good face seal can only be achieved if the wearer is clean- in the region of the
seal and the facepiece is of the correct size and shape to fit the wearers face. Spectacles
with side arms and other items of PPE must not interfere with the correct fitting of the
facepiece or the face seal
Dosage for Fit test Initially, same dosage as determined in Sensitivity Test when hood is
in place. Then introduce a dose every 30 seconds during exercises
If at any time during the test, the subject tastes the particulate then the test is failed.
Wait 15 minutes before re-testing. If the retest is failed then test using a different sized
mask.
Note 3
Fail
IO
AT
N
R
TE
IN
EG
Note - 2
Pass
Exercise
1
QCS 2014
AT
IO
AL
Notes: (To be used by the employee, Manager, Occupational Hygienist and/or SHE Advisor. )
I certify that I have carried out the Fit Testing of Respiratory Protective Equipment as required under
the COSHH Regulations
TE
IN
I certify that I have received Fit Testing for Respiratory Protective Equipment as required under the
COSHH Regulations
EG
AL
Page 17
QCS 2014
AT
IO
Contract:
Substance:
Activity No:
Date
Position Held
Signature
EG
IN
TE
R
Name
I declare that I am in receipt of training in the precautions required for the safe use of substances list above.
Instructor's Signature:
Copy to:
Site Register
Date:
QCS 2014
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.3
Responsibilities .......................................................................................... 4
2.3.3.2
Definitions .................................................................................................. 4
2.3.3.3
2.3.3.4
2.3.3.5
Reference Documents................................................................................ 7
2.3.3.6
Author......................................................................................................... 8
2.3.3.7
Approvals ................................................................................................... 8
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
2.3.3.1
is appointed
QCS 2014
Process Map
Ensure evaluation of
programme & works
drawings, identify
requirement for
excavations &
equipment is available
3.1
Locator of
Service
Supervisor/Electrical
Engineer
SHE Advisor
Produce activity
specific service
location drawing
3.2
Carry out
cable/pipe/service
detection survey
3.3
Mark location of
services on
ground/identify
overhead services
3.3
Undertake service
plans and maintain
master copy
Update activity
specific service
location drawing
3.3
TE
3.2
IO
Ensure timed
circuits are
identified or
isolations
3.2
AT
PLANNING LOCATION
Services Coordinator
AL
Project Manager
EG
IN
Ensure services to be
removed are made
DEAD
or SPIKED by
authorised
person
3.2
Input to Method
Statement as
appropriate
3.1 and 4
OPERATIONAL
CONTROLS
Activity
Guidance
HOLD POINT
Instruct personnel
in contents of
Permit and Method
Statement
3.4
Proceed in
accordance with
Permit & Method
Statement and
monitor. Notify
Service Cocoordinator of any
3.5
change and need to
review RAMS
Monitor operations
& permit.
Investigate any
learning events or
strikes
1.6
Insp. Report
HOLD POINT
QCS 2014
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to assign responsibilities and establish a safe system of
work for activities carried out where buried services may exist or overhead services are
present.
SCOPE
AL
IN
TE
AT
IO
Qatar General Electrical and Water Corporation (KAHRAMMA) is the responsible for the
distribution network cables and wire, not the Qatar General Electricity and Water Company
EG
Note:
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
2.3.3.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Ensures that works are carried out in accordance with this procedure and appoints the
Services Co-ordinator.
SERVICES CO-ORDINATOR
Ensures that necessary information regarding services is available and undertakes the
duties specified in this procedure.
AL
Either supervises the work activities or the sub/work package contractor undertaking those
work activities and ensures preparation of the necessary control documents required by this
procedure.
AT
IO
SUPERVISOR/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
SHE ADVISER
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors others
effectiveness to manage the activities.
EG
TE
Undertakes the physical check and survey, in line with their training, to determine the
location of both identified/unrecorded services.
IN
LOCATOR OF SERVICES
2.3.3.2 Definitions
SERVICES
1
Any cable or pipe, either buried in the ground or supported overhead, providing
telecommunications, electricity, gas, water, drainage or other service.
ANY CABLE RISK ASSESSMENT
The process of hazard identification, assessment of the risk, and identification of the controls
required to manage the risk to an acceptable level to ensure the health and safety of those
affected by the activity.
Refer to SHE-PRO-001
(
).
METHOD STATEMENT
QCS 2014
A statement describing the proposed working method that addresses the output from the
risk assessment process and provides instruction and guidance for those individuals
carrying out the activity.
Refer to (SHE-PRO-001).
PERMIT TO BREAK GROUND
AL
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
Ensure the evaluation of tender information, Project Programme and the works drawings to
identify the requirements for breaking ground or location of overhead services.
Ensure the availability of suitable service location equipment and a competent operator who
is appropriately trained in the use of detection equipment.
Agree with Services Co-ordinator the site colour-coding scheme for surface marking of
services.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
SERVICES CO-ORDINATOR
Seek out and retain copies of all statutory authority and service drawings (including clients
where applicable) relevant to the projects scope of work.
Have transposed onto a master drawing(s), the details of all relevant services.
10
Have recorded on the master drawing(s) the location and depths of services installed during
site establishment.
11
12
Produce an activity specific location drawing for reference by the locator of services that
includes current landmarks, (SHE-FRM-3-02).
13
Request the appointed Locator of Services to undertake a thorough survey of the area where
the activity is to take place with an appropriate service locator (and Genny where circuits on
timers are likely), and none energised services, e.g. gas and water, even if it has been
established from drawings that there are no recorded services present.
QCS 2014
In conjunction with the Locator of Services, specify where and when trial holes are dug to
establish the exact location and type of service identified. Provide an activity specific,
location drawing (including any updates identified in the survey) for reference by the
Supervisor/Electrical Engineer in control of the activity.
15
16
17
Ensure secure isolation of any service or purging of any pipe-work before it is worked upon
or removed and be aware of any presence and effect of timed circuits.
18
Before any activities start on a site where overhead services are present or adjacent, contact
the SHE Adviser for advice. Where overhead electrical supply cables are present, Qatar
General Electricity & Water Company shall also be contacted for advice on re-routing or
clearance and insulation. Review Method Statement/Risk Assessment before final approval
by Project Manager.
AL
14
IO
LOCATOR OF SERVICES
Physically and clearly mark the position of services on the ground in accordance with the
services marking scheme.
20
Assist in establishing the exact location and type of service identified when trial holes are
being dug.
21
Update the activity specific location drawing provided for reference to you by the Services
Co-ordinator.
22
23
Seek advice from the Services Co-ordinator where doubt about a signal or lack of one
exists.
24
Continue to use the service locator and genny, whilst the work proceeds, to establish the
presence of any services missed/not located during the initial sweep, frequency as
determined by the Service Co-ordinator.
EG
IN
TE
AT
19
SUPERVISORS/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
25
Prepare or arrange for the Sub/Work Package Contractor to prepare for agreement by the
Project/Site Manager a specific method statement SHE-PRO-001 for activities involving: (
26
(a)
(b)
any activity beneath or in the vicinity of overhead electrical supply cables or pipework
containing a hazardous substance where there is any possibility, however remote, of
plant, equipment, materials or people encroaching into a safety zone;
(c)
any activity beneath or in the vicinity of any other overhead service where there is a
possibility of damage.
Ensure persons under their control fully understand they do not commence excavation or
penetration of the ground in an area unless the whereabouts of services has been
established and a Permit to Break Ground has been prepared and approved by the
Service Co-ordinator and obtained (SHE-FRM-3-02).
QCS 2014
Ensure all personnel involved in the activities are instructed in the method statement and
Permit to Break Ground and sign to confirm their understanding, including the requirement to
stop work immediately in cases where a service is damaged so that the situation can be reassessed by a competent person.
28
Ensure persons under their control fully understand they may not in any way interfere with a
service or remove any service cover, warning tile or other protection unless specifically
authorised by their Supervisor.
29
In the event of a service being damaged, work must be stopped immediately and cordoned
off so that a re-assessment can be undertaken by a competent person before work recommences.
30
Establish in conjunction with the Services Co-ordinator the need for additional surveys as
the activity progresses where the location of services may have been missed.
31
Where overhead electrical supply cables are present, that persons under their control fully
understand these are not insulated, therefore if contact or near contact is made with them
by a conducting object, there is a risk of death or serious injury to any person in the
immediate vicinity.
AL
27
AT
IO
The Risk Assessment/Method Statement (SHE-PRO-001) shall reference the activity specific
location drawing provided by the Services Co-ordinator.
TE
IN
Any delay between the services survey and the activities to be performed shall be
minimised and a limit specified on the Permit to Break Ground, SHE-FRM-3-02 This limit
for the Permit(s) must be agreed with the Service Co-ordinator.
(
..
EG
REFERENCING
The Risk Assessment/Method Statement shall be referenced on the Permit to Break Ground.
If a sub or work package contractor is undertaking the works, the contractors supervisor shall
confirm that the items on the Permit have been undertaken before any ground is broken (see
also 3.4 stop work requirements).
Safety, Health and Environmental Risk Management and Written Safe Systems of Work
(SHE-PRO-001)
QCS 2014
10
Site Investigation
AL
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
AT
SECTION
IO
2.3.3.6 Author
TE
SHE Manager
EG
NAME
IN
2.3.3.7 Approvals
Approved by:
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
Section
1
Permit Number
Prepared By
Start Date/Time
Date
Requested By
Duration
Specific Location
Activity
Plant To Be Used (As Part Of The Safe Systems Of Work)
Yes
No
Yes
No
The services itemised below exist at the above location & on the attached sheets
Service
Drawing
Exist
Service
Drawing
Exist
Number
Yes/N
Number
Yes/N
o
o
Electricity
Drainage
Underground
Ducts
Overhead
CCTV
Street Lighting
Temporary Services
Gas
Others (i.e. ordinance)
Telecom
Approval
To Remove
Fibre Optics
Redundant
Water Mains
Services
Sewers
Restrictions
1
Permit valid from ...................................... to ............
2
Excavate trial holes by hand every ....................................... metres
3
Expose services along full length in works areas
Yes
No
4
Confirm a risk assessment and method statement have been prepared
Yes
Risk assessment/s and method statement/s ID Number ................................................................
5
Service locator/survey carried out
Yes
by whom ......................................
Is the equipment calibration up to date Yes
Date of Calibration ...............................................
6
Has ground radar survey been carried out Yes
(If Yes attach appropriate drawings) No
Any other comments/ restrictions identified
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Date ...............................
Confirmation of Completion of Works
Print Name ............................................................... Signature ......................................
Position ................................................................... Date .............................................
Confirmation that personnel have been advised of Section 7 (Sign and Print Name)
Date ................................
*If relevant
Distribution:
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ------------------------------------------- 1
2.3
2.3.4
2.3.4.1
2.3.4.2
2.3.4.3
2.3.4.4
2.3.4.5
2.3.4.6
2.3.4.7
Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... 4
Definitions ................................................................................................................... 4
Actions Required to implement This Procedure .......................................................... 5
Appendices ................................................................................................................. 7
Reference documents............................................................................................... 10
Author ....................................................................................................................... 10
Approvals ................................................................................................................. 10
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
is appointed
QCS 2014
Page 2
Services Coordinator
Appoint an Electrical
Duty Holder for the
Company/Region
3.1
3.2
Locator of
Service
Supervisor/Engineer
Appoint an
Authorised Person
for electrical works
for the location
3.3
IO
Appoint a
Permanent Works
Electrical Duty
Holder
3.5
EG
IN
TE
AT
AL
3.2
Display the
appointment on the
location notice
Board
3.3
Key:
Activity
Guidance
SHE Advisor
Control the
Permit of Work
System and issue
the appropriate
permits
3.2
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to assign responsibilities and establish a safe system of
work in relation to the design, installation, maintenance, and examination and testing of
electrical systems/equipment.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.4.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
The Managing Director shall appoint in writing an Electrical Duty Holder (EDH) for the
Company/Region who shall be a qualified Electrical Engineer or appoint an Electrical
Consultant to manage the EDH duties
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
Ensure any applicable sections of this procedure are established, and complied with.
The responsibility for electrical safety of the permanent works under construction shall
remain with the operational line management.
The appointment of a Permanent Works Electrical Duty Holder shall be the responsibility of Site
Manager with reference to the EDH.
AT
IO
AL
It is the responsibility of the EDH to implement this procedure and monitor that all portable
electrical appliances provided by COMPANY for use by COMPANY personnel or others
comply with it.
The EDH shall be responsible for electrical safety with respect to the whole or defined parts
of the Companys electrical systems and/or equipment, ensuring compliance with the Rules
for Electrical Safety and, with regard to installations, planned preventative maintenance.
It is acknowledged that different arrangements exist in respect of site set ups, some being
under the control of the client/external partners. In circumstances where deemed
necessary the EDH shall endeavour to influence the client/external partners to adopt
COMPANY standards.
EG
IN
TE
2.3.4.2 Definitions
1
A full set of definitions are contained in the COMPANY Rules for Electrical Safety.
DESIGNATED PERSONS
ELECTRICAL DUTY HOLDER
QCS 2014
Page 5
AUTHORISED PERSON
3
IO
AL
AT
The MD for the Company/Region shall appoint in writing an Electrical Duty Holder for their
area of responsibility.
TE
MANAGING DIRECTOR
IN
Ensure ALL work is carried out in accordance with the COMPANY Rules for Electrical
Safety.
(b)
Assess and approve all temporary electrical contractors prior to their appointment.
(c)
EG
(a)
(d)
Take reasonable steps to ensure that the Site Electrical Co-ordinator has the
competency to undertake the role.
(e)
Ensure that all projects and appropriate contractors have a copy of the latest Rules for
Electrical Safety.
(f)
(g)
During inspection/audit of the temporary electrical installation shall also consider the
electrical safety controls in place for the permanent works.
QCS 2014
Page 6
(a)
Ensure ALL work is carried out in accordance with the COMPANY Rules for Electrical
Safety.
(b)
After consultation with the EDH, appoint in writing an Authorised person for the
location he is responsible for.
(c)
Display the appointment of the Site Electrical Co-ordinator and Authorised Person on
the location notice board and electrical switch gear.
(d)
Keep an up-to-date drawing showing the electrical circuits for the locations temporary
electrical system.
(e)
AUTHORISED PERSON
The Authorised Person shall :
(a)
AL
IO
Ensure ALL work is carried out in accordance with the COMPANY Rules for Electrical
Safety.
(b)
After consultation with the EDH appoint in writing a permanent works Electrical Duty
Holder.
(c)
Ensure that the specification for the temporary site electrics is communicated to the
temporary electrical contractor.
(d)
Undertake the duties of the Site Electrical Co-ordinator or appoint appropriate person
to undertake those duties.
EG
IN
TE
AT
(a)
SITE/PROJECT MANAGER
AL
Page 7
AT
IO
QCS 2014
2.3.4.4 Appendices
TE
R
APPENDIX 1
SUGGESTED INSPECTION AND TEST FREQUENCIES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Equipment/Environment
No
No
No
No
No if double insulated
otherwise up to 5 years
No if double insulated
otherwise up to 5 years
No
No
IN
EG
Information technology:
e.g. desktop computers, VDU screens
AL
Page 8
QCS 2014
AT
IO
Combined
Inspection and Test
No
No
No
No
No
Yearly
Equipment/Application
IN
TE
R
Voltage
EG
Monthly
Weekly
Monthly
Weekly
6 monthly
RCDs
Fixed**
*Note:
RCDs need a different range of tests to other portable equipment, and equipment designed to carry out appropriate tests on RCDs will need to be
used.
** It is recommended that portable RCDs are tested monthly.
AL
Page 9
QCS 2014
AT
IO
TE
R
Plug
General
EG
Appliance Casing
N.B.
IN
Cable
No damage, cracks or bent pins, cable sheath secured. Inspection of the inside of
the plug to check correct fusing/wiring in place can also be part of the visual
inspection.
QCS 2014
Page 10
COMPANY Rules for Electrical Safety (RES) (Qatar General Electricity & Water
Company to Supply)
2.3.4.6 Author
POSITION IN
COMPANY
CONTACT DETAILS
AL
NAME
SECTION
AT
IO
SHE Manager
2.3.4.7 Approvals
POSITION IN
COMPANY
IN
TE
NAME
SHEQ Director
EG
Approved by:
END OF DOCUMENT
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ..................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.5
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 2
PROCESS MAP
Project
Site
Manager
Plant
Coordinator
Supervisors
Procurement
Quantity
Surveyor
Identify PWE
requirements
and produce
PWE schedule
3.1
Operator
Contractor
Regional
Training
Coordinator
SHE
Team
Provide proof
of
competence
Review PWE
schedule and
maintain during
the project
3.7
AL
Estimator/
Bid
Manager
3.2
Appoint a plant
Co-ordinator
Assist and
advise on
plant
requirements
use and
maintain as
3.8
IO
Monitor use
of PWE
including
inspection
and
3.4
AT
Operate,
inspect and
maintain plant
3.2
3.3
Report
defects as
identified
3.5, 3.6
3.7
Identify PWE
equipment
and provide
a copy to
COMPANY
Plant Co3.8
EG
Ensure
relevant
Certification is
available for
PWE on site
3.3
Advise
Subcontracto
r
Management
of PWE
requirement
at pre-start
Report
defects as
identified
34
IN
Develop and
revise PW
Schedule
TE
3.7
Monitor use,
inspection
and
maintenance
f PWE
3.3
Key:
Activity
Guidance
Arrange
training as
requested
by Project
Team
3.9
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to assign responsibilities and establish a system for the
control and safe use of powered work equipment.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.5.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Ensures that information provided by designers is utilised at tender stage for inclusion of
resource to allow compliance by others with this procedure.
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
AL
Ensures this procedure is established on Projects under his control. For the purposes of this
procedure, Project/Site Manager may also mean Office Manager.
IO
PLANT CO-ORDINATOR
Applies the requirements of this procedure.
Note: The person appointed must be site based and competent to carry out their duties.
AT
TE
SUPERVISOR
EG
OPERATOR
IN
PROCUREMENT/BUYER/QS
SHE ADVISER
9
Provides advice and guidance in support of this procedure and monitors the effectiveness
of its application.
CONTRACTOR
10
authorised
11
to
operate
specifically
QCS 2014
Page 5
2.3.5.2 Definitions
POWER
1
NB. The Requirements for the use of Lifting Equipment are contained in SHEPRO-010
SUITABILITY OF PWE
AL
Defines the equipment as fit for its intended use within its design and operational
parameters.
For the purposes of this procedure, use includes all activities involving PWE such as
starting, operating and stopping the equipment, plus any setting, repair, modification,
maintenance, servicing, transportation and cleaning.
AT
IO
USE
Contractor means any work package contractor or their sub-contractor and include any
PWE supplier.
TE
CONTRACTOR
EG
IN
COMPETENCE
PWE SCHEDULE
An aide memoir and control document to be completed by the Plant Coordinator (COMPANY
and Contractor) or nominated person for any equipment received onto site and filed within
the SHE Register. SHE-FRM-5-02.
PLANNED PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PPM)
10
QCS 2014
Page 6
CONDITION-BASED MAINTENANCE
11
Involves monitoring the condition of safety-critical parts and carrying out maintenance
whenever necessary to avoid hazards which could otherwise occur.
BREAKDOWN MAINTENANCE
12
Involves carrying out maintenance only after faults or failures have occurred. It is appropriate
only if the failure does not present an immediate risk and can be corrected before risk
occurs, It is unlikely that this system of maintenance would be acceptable for the PWE
covered by this procedure.
AL
Identify the PWE requirements for the project and complete the initial PWE schedule
(Appendix 1) Allow resource for any equipment in the bid and include details and
information relative to the same in the handover process between the pre-construction and
construction teams.
AT
IO
ESTIMATOR/TENDER TEAM
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
Review the initial PWE schedule (Appendix 1) and amend / maintain as required throughout
the Project duration.
Where appropriate, appoint a Plant Co-ordinator or retain the duties of that appointment.
Arrange training for Directly employed persons through the Regional Training Co-ordinator
as necessary to ensure the competence of appointees.
EG
IN
TE
PLANT CO-ORDINATOR
6
Take control of, review and develop the PWE Schedule as the project progresses.
Enter all details of PWE received on site into the PWE Schedule (SHE-FRM-5-01).
Act as the focal point for all PWE used on site and assist other management/supervision in
the selection and control of the PWE used.
Must ensure either a certificate of thorough inspection not more than 12 months old (6
Months where lifting persons) for any lifting equipment received on site is attached to the site
register and the next inspection date is logged on the PWE Schedule (SHE-FRM-5-001).
10
11
12
Complete or ensure the completion of all regular inspections and maintenance of PWE in the
appropriate Project SHE Register or the equivalent subcontractor control document.
QCS 2014
Page 7
13
Ensure arrangements are made for the safe-keeping and issue of all ignition and security
keys and for smaller PWE for its safe storage and controlled issue.
14
15
Implement a system of PPM or Condition Based Maintenance on any PWE purchased for
use on site based on manufacturers guidelines and completed by competent people
(externally contracted as necessary).
SUPERVISORS
Complete all duties as appointed and authorised by the Plant Co-ordinator.
17
Monitor PWE use on site to ensure the effectiveness of controls, maintenance and
servicing.
AL
16
AT
IO
18
PROCUREMENT/BUYERS
QS
TE
19
OPERATOR
21
Operates plant and equipment when authorised to do so, in approved areas, subject to
site or ordered limitations and in compliance with training and manufacturers guidelines.
22
23
Ensures defects are promptly reported to the plant co-ordinator and where necessary
secures unsafe equipment in a safe location/state.
EG
IN
20
CONTRACTOR
24
Identify the PWE requirements for the project and complete an initial PWE schedule
(Appendix 1) or similar in-house control document. Provide copy to COMPANY Project
Manager/Plant Co-ordinator.
25
Monitor PWE use on site to ensure the effectiveness of controls, maintenance and
servicing.
REGIONAL TRAINING CO-ORDINATOR
26
Deliver or arrange to be delivered any training formally requested by the Project Team to
ensure the competence of Directly employed appointees.
QCS 2014
Page 8
SHE ADVISER
27
2.3.5.4
This procedure and guidance is intended to ensure compliance with statutory requirements
for all COMPANY projects regarding PWE.
Although POWER covers all work equipment, this procedure and guidance is only intended
to provide direction on the control of Powered Work Equipment (PWE) which would
include but is not limited to the following:
Drills - cable fed, hydraulic and petrol driven (it is not intended that sites include low
risk battery drills etc within the scheduled part of this procedure however this does not
remove the needs to monitor the use of such equipment to ensure it is fit for purpose
and used correctly).
(b)
(c)
Breakers/Hammers/Chisels/Tampers All
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
n.b. Other than inclusion on the PWE Schedule, all Crane Lifting Operations controls
and requirements are covered in SHE-PRO-010.
IO
AT
TE
IN
RISK ASSESSMENT
Where the specific controls required for the use of PWE have not been considered under the
general Risk Assessment for work, a specific Risk Assessment is required prior to its use.
The Plant Co-ordinator or Contractor (in the case of sub-contractor equipment) is responsible
for its completion. See SHE-PRO-001.
EG
AL
(a)
(b)
Experience coupled with Risk Assessment should allow the selection of the correct
equipment, however, if doubt exists consult your local SHE Adviser.
PRE-USE/RECEIPT INSPECTION
QCS 2014
Page 9
To assist in ensuring only competent and authorised personnel use PWE on site, all
operators shall be recorded on the PWE Schedule (SHE-FRM-5-001).
COMPETENCE
Where a recognised industry standard exists i.e. certificate of training achievement, to show
competence for the operation of particular equipment, the operator shall possess that
appropriate certification, the details of which shall be entered on the PWE Schedule.
AL
REGULAR INSPECTION
The purpose of an inspection is to identify whether the equipment can be operated, adjusted
and maintained safely and that any deterioration (for example defect, damage, wear) can be
detected and remedied before it results in unacceptable risks. Inspection should include,
where appropriate, visual checks, functional checks and testing. Regular inspections in this
context should be completed by the nominated competent person (usually the operator) and
conform to the requirements of the Risk Assessment taking into account, training
requirements, manufacturers guidelines and equipment specifications.
11
All PWE in use on COMPANY sites will subject to a regime of regular recorded inspection.
The maximum period between inspections shall be 7 days and these inspections shall be
recorded in the site SHE Register.
12
The above does not include any pre-use checks required of the operator, the occurrence of
which should be included in the monitoring checks.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
10
13
Before being put into service for the first time unless either ;
(i)
(ii)
in the case of lifting equipment, the employer has received such a declaration
made not more than 12 months before the lifting equipment is put into service or
if it is obtained from the undertaking of another person, it is accompanied by
physical evidence of thorough inspection
(iii)
14
15
QCS 2014
Page 10
MAINTENANCE
16
17
Where safety-critical parts could fail and cause the equipment, guards or other protection
devices to fail and lead to immediate or hidden potential risks, a formal system of PPM or
Conditioned Based Maintenance is likely to be required.
RECORDS
The following records shall be maintained throughout the use of any PWE on site:
PWE Schedule - Completed on receipt of any PWE and maintained with all relevant
detail until the PWE is removed from site. Any PWE merely Off-Hired shall be subject
to the same controls as other in-use equipment.
(b)
Maintenance A record of all maintenance completed shall be kept in the site SHE
Register.
(c)
Regular Inspection All regular inspections shall be recorded in the site SHE
Register.
(d)
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
18
Page 11
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
2.3.5.5 Appendices
APPENDIX 1 PWE SCHEDULE
EG
IN
TE
R
COMPANY
Registration/
Date
Checklist
Equipment
Fleet/
Received
Completed
Type
Serial
on
By
Number
Site
Owner
Works
Package/ Subcontractor
Date of Last
Thorough
Inspection
Date of
Next
Thorough
Inspection
Authorised
User(s)
By Name
Competence
Details
Risk
Assessment
Completed and
Communicated
By
Competent
Inspector
Date
Removed
From
Site
QCS 2014
Page 12
Location:
Type of plant/Equipment:
Equipment Fleet or Serial No:
Supplier:
Order No:
Received by:
Date:
AL
CHECKLIST
Yes
IO
WORK EQUIPMENT
EG
IN
TE
AT
2. Is the item of plant/work equipment in good condition? Are there any noticeable
defects i.e. oil leaks, damaged panels, tyres, guards missing, etc?
3. Has plant/equipment been supplied with the necessary;
Operating instructions
Manufacturers Handbook
Completed maintenance Checklist (PPM/Service Record)
Warning Notices/Signs/Safety Equipment (locking bars/pins etc.) attached
Appropriate Drip Trays/Spill Response Kit
Is all information in English
4. Has a current certificate of thorough examination (or EU Declaration of
Conformity) been supplied/provided with the equipment (Lifting Equipment only)
5. Where equipment has been assembled on site, has a written confirmation been
provided as to its fitness for use?
Defects/Comments/Actions:
Signature:
Date:
Notes:
1: Where a suitable alternative has been provided, the person completing the checklist must revisit the Risk Assessment and amend controls as necessary.
2: Where lifting equipment is supplied for the lifting of persons, the thorough inspection/EU
Declaration must be within 6 months of issue date.
No
QCS 2014
SHE PRO 001 SHE Risk Management and Written Safe Systems of Work
SHE PRO 010 The Safe Use of Cranes and other Lifting Appliances
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) RD1.4
AL
IO
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
AT
SECTION
2.3.5.7 Author
TE
SHE Manager
2.3.5.8 Approvals
EG
IN
NAME
Approved by:
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
Page 13
QCS 2014
Page 14
Location:
Type of plant/Equipment:
Equipment Fleet or Serial No:
Supplier:
Order No:
Received by:
Date:
AL
CHECKLIST
Yes
No
WORK EQUIPMENT
IO
EG
IN
TE
AT
Signature:
Date:
Notes:
1: Where a suitable alternative has been provided, the person completing the checklist must revisit the Risk Assessment and amend controls as necessary.
2: Where lifting equipment is supplied for the lifting of persons, the thorough inspection/EU
Declaration must be within 6 months of issue date.
QCS 2014
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
1 Satisfactory guards provided for
dangerous parts of machinery?
b) Disintegration/collapse of equipment
c) Fire or overheating
e) Hot/cold surfaces
3 Controls satisfactory?
a) Stop/start
IO
AL
c) Run controls
AT
EG
IN
TE
d) Audible/visual warnings
e) Clearly indicated, visible, safely
positioned
f) Fail safe
g) Isolation arrangements
4 Is equipment stable?
5 Is lighting adequate?
6 Have the safety of maintenance
personnel been considered?
7 Is safety information marked on the
equipment
8 Are necessary warnings/warning
devices on equipment?
9 If warnings not marked and necessary
is there a written system of
work/permit?
Page 15
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ..................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.6
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 2
Ensure project
specific inductions
are developed and
delivered (including
supervisors)
1.3, 3.2, 3.3
Attend all
inductions and
complete any
questionnaires for
project specific
inductions
Contracts
Managers and
Supervisors
Contractors
Employees & Site
Visitors
Advise on content of
inductions. Use
Company standards
as the baseline
1.4
Attend project
inductions and
additional;
supervisors
induction. Ensure
evaluation of
understanding
1.7, 3.2, 3.3
Attend project
induction and
complete
questionnaire (if
required)
1.7, 3.2, 3.6
IO
SHE Team
AL
Line Manager
EG
3.8, 3.10
IN
TE
AT
Check
understanding of
content with
individual(s). Take
suitable action if
i d
3.2,
Maintain induction,
training and
competence records
Monitor inductions
are taking place and
that required
standards are being
achieved
1.4
Provide assistance
to project teams
1.4
Key:
Activity
Guidance
QCS 2014
Training
Co-ordinators
Employees
SHE Team
Arrange training to
meet line managers
AL
1.5, 3.8
IO
AT
Maintain training
records
EG
IN
TE
Key:
Activity
Guidance
Monitor training is
being provided in
line with strategy
and matrix
1.
Page 3
QCS 2014
Page 4
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to outline measures to be taken to ensure the provision of
consistent levels of Safety, Health and Environmental inductions and training throughout all
managerial levels and operations across the business, thereby ensuring that each employee
receives appropriate training in safety, health and environmental matters which reflect their
operational needs. None of the processes described in this procedure are intended to
replace external schemes.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 5
2.3.6.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Line managers are responsible for ensuring that all staff for whom they are responsible have
received the training and inductions, and that necessary standards have been attained.
Should any staff for whom they are responsible fail to achieve required standards, line
managers must provide appropriate support to assist employees.
In addition to the above, Project and Site Managers must ensure that a suitable site specific
induction programme is in place, and that necessary records are kept on site.
IO
AL
PROJECT/SITE MANAGERS
Training Co-ordinators are responsible for the co-ordination and standards of training
required by this procedure.
EMPLOYEES
EG
Will attend all training (including inductions) they are required to do to ensure compliance
with the safety, health and environmental training strategy. Where there is a problem attending
courses, this will need to be raised at the earliest opportunity, with appropriate authorisations
obtained from their Line Manager and or Director.
IN
TE
TRAINING CO-ORDINATORS
AT
Safety, Health and Environmental Advisors will provide advice on the content of Safety,
Health and Environmental inductions, and they will also monitor that inductions are being
provided as necessary, and that standards are being achieved.
CONTRACTORS
7
Attend all site inductions, and ensure all sub-contract staff also attend. Only where
authorised to do so, deliver COMPANY site inductions and ensure records are kept.
QCS 2014
Page 6
2.3.6.2 Definitions
EMPLOYEES
1
For the purposes of this procedure, any person carrying out work activities for or on behalf of
COMPANY, this will include agency personnel and labour, but not contractors.
NEWLY ASSIGNED EMPLOYEES
AL
The person within a business unit given the responsibility of co-ordinating delivery and
recording of training provided to employees and, where Contractors appropriate, within the
business unit.
Any person who is not carrying out work activities for or on behalf of COMPANY but is
visiting the project for other reasons, i.e. Client staff, Trade representatives.
AT
IO
VISITOR
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
COMPETENT OPERATIVES
QCS 2014
Page 7
Refer to the Induction flowchart to ascertain who is assigned the actions required to
implement this procedure.
SAFETY HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING STRATEGY
The Safety, Health and Environmental Team will be responsible for producing and
reviewing a safety, health and environmental training strategy for the whole business. The
training strategy and associated training matrix will be available on the COMPANY intranet*.
This will ensure that the latest version is always available. The Safety, Health and
Environmental training strategy will identify which training is to be provided to whom, and at
which stage of their employment.
AL
THE INDUCTIONS
All newly assigned employees will receive a Safety, Health and Environmental induction. The
induction format can be found on the COMPANY intranet*. In addition a location specific
induction will be required to ensure all necessary safety, health and environmental information
is provided.
Project inductions will not be given to any person who cannot provide evidence of
competency relevant to their role.
Projects will provide a full Safety, Health and Environmental induction for everyone who will
be on site, except accompanied visitors see below. This induction must be provided before
an individual is allowed to go onto the site. A standard format will be used for site inductions.
This format is available on the COMPANY Intranet. Project Managers are responsible for
ensuring that a site specific induction is in place and provided as required.
Visitors to sites, and other locations such as offices, must receive a tailored Safety, Health
and Environmental induction if the full induction is not provided. This will cover important
arrangements such as access and egress (including emergencies), muster point, location of
first aid, etc. Visitors must be accompanied by a suitable person who has attended a full site
induction. This will usually be a member of the site or contractors management team, but
could be other designated persons by agreement with the Project or Site Manager. The
induction formats are available on the COMPANY Intranet*.
All inductions should be interactive, and seen as an opportunity for two way communication.
Where aids such as video/DVD are used these must not be used as the sole means of
delivering the induction.
Site inductions will include a short evaluation. There are two example formats one on the
reverse of the Induction Record sheet (SHE-FRM-6-02 and a separate question set and
*
guidance which may be used is available on the COMPANY Intranet . Local project
management will need to determine what action to take should any individual fail to
demonstrate a good level of understanding of the project requirements, including safety
critical items. This should begin with taking reasonable steps to provide some assistance
which may include further explanation, assistance with language difficulties, or assistance
with reading and/or writing.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
SUPERVISORS INDUCTIONS
9
Any person on a site who will act in a supervisory capacity must undergo a top up induction.
This will identify what COMPANY will expect of them as a supervisor or manager. In
particular it will cover expected standards of behaviour on site, and dealing with
QCS 2014
Page 8
instances of unsafe behaviour. A format for the supervisors induction is available on the
COMPANY Intranet*.
NEWLY ASSIGNED COMPANY EMPLOYEES
Received a copy of the Safety Health and Environmental Policy Statement and their
Safety, Health and Environmental Responsibilities. If the role involves managing or
supervising others they must also receive a copy of the responsibilities of those
grades they will be managing or supervising. Responsibilities should be explained to
them by their Line Manager.
(b)
Been informed where they can access a copy of the Safety Health and Environmental
procedures, and the name of the person they should contact to explain those
procedures (usually their local Safety Health and Environmental Advisor).
(c)
(d)
Been informed of any significant findings of risk assessments for the work they will
undertake.
(e)
AL
(a)
If site based, they will also need to be informed of the Safety Health and Environmental
Standards and Guidance, requirements for daily briefings and communication of safety, health
and environmental matters.
AT
11
Newly assigned COMPANY staff shall not commence their duties until they have:
IO
10
TE
Any special occupational qualifications or skills required to do the job, including any
specific accredited training or evidence of competence.
(b)
Specific features of the job that may effect health and safety (e.g. work at heights,
heavy manual handling operations, etc).
IN
(a)
Before starting work the line manager of agency staff or labour is required to check that
they hold the necessary qualifications, and that they have been informed of any features
identified to the agency as above.
13
EG
12
15
16
Where a contractor delivers this training COMPANY will provide contractors with sufficient
site specific details to enable the training to be properly conducted. The same records will be
maintained as would be if COMPANY were undertaking the training, including any test
results.
17
In addition to the COMPANY Induction contractors may undertake their own induction
training to their own staff or sub-contractors.
QCS 2014
Page 9
TEMPORARY COVER
18
Whenever temporary cover is provided for a post, particularly posts with key safety, health
and environmental responsibilities, the immediate Line Manager shall ensure that the
person undertaking the temporary cover is fully conversant with, and inducted in, the safety,
health and environmental responsibilities of their temporary position. The responsibility to
ensure this training has been delivered to the temporary post holder remains with the Line
Manager, even if the delivery is delegated to the outgoing post holder or another.
SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING ARRANGEMENT
Safety, health and environmental training will be arranged by the relevant Training Coordinator, who will also maintain safety, health and environmental training records. The
only exception to this will be project specific site inductions which will be arranged and
delivered by site personnel, with records maintained on site.
AL
19
See SHE-PRO-005
IO
20
AT
RECORDS
Records of training, including all inductions, will be maintained to provide proof of inductions
and training, also these records will allow accurate planning for future training needs.
Records will include evidence such as copies of certificates or tests (where they have
been used) and will be maintained on site and where appropriate forwarded to the Training
Co-ordinator.
22
TE
21
IN
EG
One vital element required to achieve this aim is in the delivery of the inductions, this is often
one of the first contacts with personnel working on COMPANY projects/sites and as such is
the opportunity to engage with people and to set out the culture required to achieve a safe
environment.
Delivery of inductions may not be an easy task for individuals to perform and to aid with this
process the Safety Health and Environmental Team has produced a short training session for
personnel who may be required to undertake this operation, it is then envisaged that only
these personnel should carry out the inductions as far as possible. This process will then
produce a standardised, consistent and comprehensive approach to inductions throughout
COMPANY
).
Clarification of understanding may also be obtained via the use of questions and answers
amongst the participants both during and at the completion of an induction. For further
QCS 2014
Page 10
advice and clarification on the type and circumstances of use of evaluation contact the
Safety, Health and Environmental Team.
Following a number of incidents it has become necessary to ascertain if inductees
working under the control of COMPANY have any health issues that may affect their
work, such issues can include for example :
(b)
(c)
Diabetes
(d)
Epilepsy
(e)
(f)
On the induction record sheet SHE-FRM-6-02 there is a space for this information. The
completed sheet must be kept in a secure, locked location on the project and regularly reviewed
so that data that is no longer relevant can be appropriately destroyed.
(
AL
(a)
IO
Project Introduction to Health & Safety at Work and Induction Evaluation SHE-FRM-6-02
AT
FORMS
TE
DOCUMENTS
10
EG
IN
QCS 2014
2.3.6.6 Author
SECTION
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
AL
2.3.6.7 Approvals
POSITION IN
COMPANY
IO
NAME
SHEQ Director
EG
IN
TE
AT
Approved by:
Page 11
QCS 2014
Page 12
Accurate completion of this form will enable us to make the necessary provisions without
delay
(PLEASE GIVE SITE/MOBILE CONTACT NUMBER)
Name:
Site/Dept:
Job Title:
Staff/Hourly Paid:
IO
AL
AT
Fee:
Course Title
TE
Course organiser
EG
Preferred dates
IN
Location of course
Signed by Trainee
Approved/not approved
Date
Director
Page 13
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
RECORDOFINDUCTIONATTENDANCE
DATE OF INDUCTION:
TE
R
IN
EG
Please detail below any medical condition(s) that may affect your normal day to day activity or require specialist attention or medication during
your working day.
For example:,
Taking prescribed medication may make you feel drowsy; and expose you to potential danger.
If you have Diabetes or Epilepsy this may require us to implement, for example Lone Working Restrictions in case of a potential seizure.
SIGNATURE of attendee
Date.
Please be assured that any medical information you provide will be treated as confidential, securely stored and disposed of when no longer
required, in accordance Company procedures. It is requested solely for the purpose of assisting COMPANY to maintain its duty of care
obligations to all individuals working on our sites and will enable us to provide appropriate support as required.
InductionEvaluation(pleasetickappropriateanswer)*
1.
2.
3.
Answer
Q5
1.
2.
3.
4.
4.
Q2
Q6
1.
Yourself
2.
3.
Q3
Q7
1.
1.
Anywhere
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
Q8
Q4
1.
1.
Accidents
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
5.
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
Q1
Page 14
AL
EG
QCS 2014
Answer
Page 15
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
Answer
1.
2.
3.
EG
IN
TE
R
Q9.
Q10.
1.
2.
3.
Answer
*It is appreciated this type of evaluation by testing will not fit all circumstances and arrangements, ie special works or property services but
some form of evaluation must take place via discussions or interactive sessions.
QCS 2014
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ....................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.7
AL
2.3.7.1 Responsibilities.............................................................................................. 4
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Process Map
Project/Site
Manager
Contractor
Supervisors
SHEadvisor
Evaluate each
Contractor Scope of
Works to
assess Risk Rating
SHE FRM 7 02
3.1
AL
Attend Contractor
SHE Meeting when
required
IO
3.1
AT
3.1
EG
IN
3.1
TE
3.1
Key
Activity
Guidance
3.1
QCS 2014
PURPOSE
1
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
2.3.7.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
Ensures that any initial safety meeting, as defined in the procedure, is carried out in
accordance with this procedure and relevant information is communicated to interested
parties.
AL
IO
SHE MANAGER/ADVISER
To monitor any identified arrangements are adhered to and report any non-compliance to
Contractor/Project Manager.
AT
SUPERVISOR/CONTRACTORS CO-ORDINATOR#
IN
Where they are responsible for the procurement of the contractor, they are to ensure that a
copy of the Safe Delivery Document is included in the enquiry/tender documentation and that
the contractor acknowledges receipt.
EG
TE
QUANTITY SURVEYOR/ESTIMATOR/BUYER
2.3.7.2 Definitions
CONTRACTOR
1
The organisation undertaking the activity or arranging for the activity to be undertaken.
Any person/s who will benefit and/or need to know the information or arrangements that are
defined in the outputs/actions from the initial safety meeting, detailed in this procedure.
QCS 2014
TheProject/Site Manager will evaluate each contractors scope of work to assess the Risk
rating, using form SHE-FRM-7-02.
The SHE Advisor will attend any meeting for High Risk activities when requested to by the
Project Manager.
AL
AT
The Project/Site Manager shall ensure the Contractor is aware of site arrangements for
Safety, Health and Environmental issues by holding an initial SHE meeting prior to the
Contractor commencing work on site.
IO
SITE ARRANGEMENTS
In conjunction with the COMPANY Safe Delivery Document each item in the checklist at
SHE-FRM-7-01 Checklist for Contractors Initial SHE Meeting shall be covered or
deleted/struck through where not applicable, and where appropriate a record of the
discussion taken.
EG
IN
TE
RECORDS
RECORD STORAGE
On completion of the checklist it shall be stored for record purposes and distributed to all
interested parties who have duties identified within the checklist detail. This, for example,
could include the Contractors Site Manager, Supervisor and Safety Manager, who needs to
be informed in relation to any of the arrangements/agreements.
PERFORMANCE MONITORING
7
NON COMPLIANCE
8
The Project Manager will act on any Reports to ensure the non- compliance is addressed.
QCS 2014
AL
DOCUMENTS
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) RD1.1.4 and RD1.1.8
Contract Documents
TE
AT
IO
IN
2.3.7.5 Author
NAME
POSITION IN
COMPANY
CONTACT DETAILS
SHE Manager
EG
SECTION
2.3.7.6 Approvals
NAME
Approved by:
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
Contract:
Contract Nr.:
Venue:
Meeting Date:
Trade:
Trading
Address:
Contract
Address:
Tel. Nr.
Tel. Nr.
Mobile Nr.:
Mob. Nr.:
Fax Nr.:
Fax Nr.:
e-mail:
e-mail:
AT
IO
Subcontractor
Name:
AL
Subject to Contract
The matters agreed at the pre-contract meeting, as recorded in these minutes, are not binding on the parties unless
and until the issue by . of a Letter of Intent or Sub-Contract order. Once a Letter of Intent or Sub-Contract
order is issued by .. the matters set out in these minutes shall be incorporated as terms and conditions of
the Letter of Intent and / or Sub-Contract, as appropriate.
Name
Job Title
IN
TE
Name
EG
By signing below, the Sub-Contractors representative is deemed to have the authority to agree to the following and
hereby confirms that these minutes are a true and accurate record
Name:
Signature:
Name:
Signature:
Date
YES
NO
Date
Director / Principal:
Project Manager:
Manager / Supervisor:
Contract Manager
Foreman:
Foreman:
Safety Advisor
SHE Advisor:
First Aider:
First Aider:
The Sub-Contractor proposes to Sub Let the following works The prior written consent of COMPANY is a condition precedent to any sub letting
or assignment of the Sub-Contract works or any part thereof.
Item to be Sub Let
Company Details
QCS 2014
CONTRACT..CONTRACTOR..
Item
N/A
Provided by
..
Maintained By
Contractor
Contractor
Mechanical Plant
Small tools and tackle
Access Scaffold
Cradles/Suspended Access Equipment
Mobile Elevated Work Platforms
Public Protection / Fans etc
Bandstands, hop-ups etc
Unloading
N/A
AL
Safety Scaffold
N/A
N/A
N/A
Distribution of materials
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
IO
Hoist
AT
Piling mat
Crane facility
Lifting gear
N/A
N/A
TE
IN
Water Supply
Electrical Power 110v
Safety Lighting
Task Lighting
EG
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Skips
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Date:
Date:
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
QCS 2014
Notes / Actions
(Agreement Reached or N/A)
COMPANY
Manager / Supervisor
(b)
Forman / Foremen
(c)
(d)
AT
IO
(a)
(f)
First Aiders
(g)
Emergency/Fire Marshall
(h)
Waste Controller
(i)
Scaffold Inspector
(j)
(k)
(l)
Services Co-ordinator
(m)
Plant Co-ordinator
(n)
(o)
Crane Supervisor/s
(p)
Induction Presenter
EG
IN
TE
COSHH Co-ordinator
Contractor
AL
Where these names are not known at this time they are to be advised to .. in
writing not less the 2 weeks prior to commencement of the Contractors Works. Failure by the
Contractor to notify by this time may delay the start of the contractors works.
QCS 2014
General
Copy provided
/ Available in . site
office
AL
AT
IO
TE
The contractor will be issued with a copy of the COMPANY Document Creating a Safe Environment which contains
reference in the form of Rules to the topics listed below.
IN
The COMPANY Manager and the representative of the Contractor at this meeting will review the Creating a Safe
Environment Rules and indicate:-
EG
In addition to these rules some of the topics require further site specific details to be agreed, these specifics are
contained in Section E of this document and where applicable the attendees must discuss these items and reach
agreement or detail the actions to be taken in the relevant sections, in order for the works to be carried out in a
controlled and safe manner.
Where agreement cannot be reached then the work must not proceed until persons of appropriate seniority have
discussed and assigned actions to enable the works to be carried out safely and without risk.
QCS 2014
Item / Rule
Entry to site
Yes / No
3.0
Site Safety, Health and Environmental supervision and visits (see additional
information in section E)
Yes / No
4.0
Yes / No
AT
IO
AL
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
19.0
Yes / No
20.0
Yes / No
21.0
Noise at work
Yes / No
22.0
Asbestos
23.0
24.0
Yes / No
25.0
Substance abuse
Yes / No
26.0
Yes / No
27.0
Yes / No
28.0
Yes / No
29.0
Yes / No
30.0
Yes / No
31.0
Manual Handling
Yes / No
32.0
Yes / No
33.0
Yes / No
34.0
Yes / No
35.0
Yes / No
EG
IN
TE
18.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
Yes / No
Yes / No
Agreement &
Understanding
Confirmed (9)
QCS 2014
Section E
Additional Topics to be discussed in Detail and agreement reached
AL
3a
Yes / No
IO
Yes /No
AT
The contractor will be encouraged to participate in the COMPANY VOICE consultation process and
COMPANY Behavioural Change Programme which will be / is running on this project.
IN
Yes / No
EG
6a
TE
Permit to Work
7a
QCS 2014
8a
The storage area for the Contractors materials was agreed as.
Yes / No
Yes / No
AL
AT
9b
IO
The location of the storage for gas bottles was agreed with COMPANY site management as
Yes / No
TE
Are any types of flammable liquids or compounds e.g. petrol, diesel, Solvents,
mastics etc. to be brought to site by the contractor
IN
10
EG
The location of the storage for flammable liquids etc was agreed with COMPANY site management as
Hazardous Substances
11
Does work involve the use of any substances that can give rise to hazards in use?
Yes / No
QCS 2014
11b
COMPANY provided a list of substances to Contractor that may affect his employees on site,
including land contamination or biological hazards. List to be attached to this document
12
Environmental Impact
12a
Yes / No
Yes / No
Are any substances being used that may harm the environment
AL
12b
Yes / No
AT
IO
If yes COMPANY are to supply details and a list is to be attached to this document
Waste Management
13a
The Contractor was informed of the locations of disposal skips & the recycling arrangements
which will be adopted & the arrangements for temporary storage.
Yes / No
IN
TE
13
Work At Height
14a
Specify any access equipment e.g. elevating platforms, MEWPS or facilities for safe working places e.g.
scaffolding, edge protection to be used by the Contractors.
18
Piling Operation
EG
14
Yes / No
20
Electrical Work
A Copy of The COMPANY Rules for Electrical Safety (RES) has been issued to the contractors
as the works they are undertaking involve the provision of or connection to electrical systems or
equipment
Yes / No
QCS 2014
22
Asbestos
It has been identified that this project / building contains Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs).
If yes the contractor was made aware of the requirement for ALL persons who work on this
Project to have suitable asbestos awarness training. NB any person not able to provide
evidence will not be admitted to site.
The contractor confirmed that he will be designing the Temporary Works and therefore will have
additional duties under CDM.
Yes / No
AL
The Contractor confirmed that his work will require elements of temporary works.
IO
The contractor confirmed his appointed Temporary Works Supervisor for his works is:
AT
Discipline
Qualifications / Experience
EG
IN
TE
Employer
Name
If the contractor has indicated that temporary works design will be included in their scope of works the following
information should be provided for the design staff to be employed on this project (direct and agency) and the
breakdown of relevant qualifications and experience.
30
Yes / No
QCS 2014
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ....................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.8
AL
2.3.8.1 Responsibilities.............................................................................................. 4
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
PROCESS MAP
Project/Site
Manager
Contract
Manager/Director
SHE
Manager/Adviser/Dept
Client/Regulatory
Bodies
Human
Resources
MIT
Insurers
Incident Control
1.3, 3.12
Contact Regulators
as required
IO
Contact Regulators
as required
AL
Provide support, as
circumstances
dictate
Investigation of
Anon
emergency
procedures
including consider
use of company
emergency
telephone number
and informing
Company
Media
Representative
AT
Receive copy of
F100/A
TE
Receive copy of
Accident
Register/Book
3.7
EG
If appropriate,
complete and
forward accident
book form to
Regional Office
IN
Involvement of
Comapny
SHE Director,
as circumstances
dictates
Carry out investigation, prepare report action plan and distribute as required.
(Interim report to be issued within 7 days of incident)
Provide detail,
if required
Provide detail,
if required
Key
Activity
Guidance
Log into
data base
Receive information
for processing
Receive copy of
F100/A and
Investigation
Report
QCS 2014
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to focus on the potential of incidents, NOT just the
outcome, and to assign responsibilities and establish a system for the reporting and
investigation of Safety, Health or Environmental accidents/incidents, diseases, dangerous
occurrences and learning events as required by both Qatar Legislation (RIDDOR) and
COMPANY and client requirements.
SCOPE
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
AL
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Note: Qatar Civil Defence and the Environment Ministry have responsibilities and authority
in relation to the reporting of fires and environmental impacts, respectively.
QCS 2014
2.3.8.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Authorises this procedure and decides whether an incident review is necessary. He may
also delegate responsibility for chairing this review.
AL
Ensures that any reporting and investigation of an incident is carried out in accordance with
this procedure (and any associated client procedures), and that appropriate contact is made
with the SHE Department and other interested parties
AT
IO
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure, assists the Project/Site
Manager and the Major Incidents Team (MIT) in the investigation process and the production
of reports.
TE
IN
EG
To report all accidents, incidents, diseases, dangerous occurrences and learning events to
the appropriate person.
2.3.8.2 Definitions
CONTRACTS MANAGER
1
For the purposes of this procedure, Project / Site Manager may also mean Depot Manager
or Office Manager.
A team appointed by the Regional Managing Director to investigate all major incidents in
line with the matrix in Appendix 5.
QCS 2014
RIDDOR
4
LEGAL REPRESENTATION
5
LEGAL PRIVILEGES
Any report formed under request from legal representation.
AL
IO
AT
TE
Where advised by the appointed 1st Aider, do not move the person unless this is absolutely
essential.
Ensure that the scene of the accident is not interfered with. Cordon off area wherever
possible (instruct line supervision accordingly).
Contact your SHE Adviser / Manager. The SHE Adviser / Manager will inform the MIT and
prior to commencing the investigation and following consultation with the SHE Manager /
Director, will advise our legal representatives.
If an COMPANY employee is involved, notify HR Department who will arrange for notification
of relatives of the person concerned as soon as possible and preferably by personal visit by
someone who knows the family etc.
Obtain photographs of the area. (Any digital prints may be verified by date and signature.)
In conjunction with SHE Adviser / Manager, complete/send First Alert form SHE-FRM-8-01
to ensure that relevant persons are informed (see distribution list on First Alert form).
Complete the accident book entry report. (Accident Investigation Report Part 1, AIR SHEFRM-8-03)
EG
IN
QCS 2014
If appropriate :
(a)
(b)
Where
11
12
13
Ensure that a copy of the form F100 is completed and sent to the Labor Ministry within 10
days of the accident, or in the case of a non COMPANY employee, obtain a copy from their
employee and ensure that a copy is forwarded to the COMPANY Insurer.
14
Ensure copies of any relevant reports and forms are forwarded to the SHE Department.
15
Complete an AIR Part 1 SHE-FRM-8-02 and 2 SHE-FRM-8-03 and agree distribution with
the Business SHE Manager.
TE
AT
IO
AL
10
IN
17
Where advised by the appointed 1st Aider, do not move the person unless this is absolutely
essential.
18
Investigate cause of accident, record physical evidence, and take steps to prevent
recurrences.
19
Inform the SHE Department and Contracts Manager as soon as the accident becomes a
possible over 3 day reportable.
20
In conjunction with the SHE Manager / Advisor complete Accident/Incident First Alert report
form and distribute.
21
22
Report the accident in the accident book and send a copy to the SHE Department and
Insurance Broker.
EG
16
QCS 2014
23
Agree with the SHE Manager / Adviser who will produce the investigation report and the
timing of this, including any interim report if necessary.
25
Where advised by the appointed 1st Aider, do not move the person unless this is absolutely
essential
26
Investigate cause of accident, record physical evidence and take steps to prevent
recurrence.
27
28
Record and report the accident on the accident book form and send a copy to the SHE
Department together with any supporting evidence/documentation.
AT
IO
AL
24
30
If appropriate to the circumstances the Project / Site Manager / SHE Adviser / Manager will
complete First Alert report and circulate as appropriate.
EG
IN
TE
29
32
These contractors are expected to carry out their own reporting and investigation procedures
but we must ensure that it is done. Where the contractor is obliged to report accidents, they
shall be requested for a copy of the report to COMPANY site management who will forward
to the SHE Department.
33
According to the severity or potential of the injury or the level of environmental damage the
contractor may be requested to carry out a joint investigation. This will be decided in
discussion with the Contractor.
34
35
Follow the procedure as Section 3.i to 3.iv above as appropriate to the category and
ascertain the type of injury and hospital details, etc.
QCS 2014
ACCIDENT BOOK/REGISTER
Site management shall control and verify entries made in the COMPANY accident book and
ensure that copies are forwarded as soon as possible after they are made to the SHE
Department.
37
All notified accidents shall be entered in the COMPANY accident book including all
employees, contractors, visitors to site and accidents to members of the public.
38
Remember, some accidents, which seem minor at the time, may be important long after the
particular contract is finished and hence full information becomes essential.
39
Accident books must be retained for at least three years from the date of the last entry in the
book.
40
The accident book must be sent to archive at the end of the contract with the rest of the
contract documents.
IO
AL
36
The Project / Site Manager is responsible for the completion of the SHE Return and this shall
be sent to the SHE Department as soon as possible after the month end but no later than the
second working day of the following month.
IN
In the event of a reportable disease being advised by a Doctor, the Project / Site Manager
must:
Ensure that the SHE Department is notified.
(b)
After consultation with the SHE Adviser / Manager carry out an immediate
investigation and prepare a written report with emphasis on preventing recurrence of
the problem with a copy to the SHE Department.
(c)
(d)
EG
(a)
42
TE
DISEASES - PROCEDURES
41
AT
After completing above, arrange with the SHE Adviser to complete and forward form
F100A to the appropriate Labor Ministry Department with a copy to the SHE
Department within 10 days. In the case of COMPANY employees, forward a copy to
the Insurance Broker.
A disease needs to be reported only when a written statement prepared by a
Registered Medical Practitioner diagnosing the disease is in line with the Qatar
Regulatory Document (Construction) RIDDOR Section.
If injury to person is also involved, carry out procedure under Section 3.1 to 3.4 as
appropriate.
44
For all events, consult with the SHE Manager / Adviser for the full list of specified Reportable
Dangerous Occurrences.
QCS 2014
45
47
Notify the Contract Manager and SHE Department immediately and discuss whether
reportable.
48
49
50
51
Report accident on the form from the accident book with a copy to the Insurer.
52
Reportable Dangerous occurrences shall be reported by the SHE Department will inform the
Qatar Administrative Authority. The Administrative Authority, Workplace Inspector will advise
whether and when you can resume work in the area.
AT
IO
AL
46
The Manager, in consultation with the SHE Manager / Adviser, shall report the
occurrence on First Alert report form and distribute as appropriate.
(b)
The Manager, in consultation with the SHE Manager / Adviser, to complete Form F100
and send to the Qatar Administrative Authority within 10 days.
EG
IN
(a)
53
TE
To assist the reporting process, environmental incidents have been categorised and
examples of each type of category are listed in Appendix 1 (guidance document).
55
For all environmental incidents, consult with the SHE Manager/Environmental Adviser for
advice.
56
(b)
In addition, less serious incidents must also be recorded and reported monthly as per
section 6.8, to enable COMPANY to monitor and measure environmental
performance.
QCS 2014
(c)
COMPANY operates a First Alert system to ensure that serious incidents are notified
quickly to the relevant personnel.
58
(b)
(c)
(d)
Dangerous Occurrences;
(e)
Following receipt of enforcement notices from any enforcing authority either by the
Company or its sub-contractors;
(f)
All accidents and incidents, including those resulting in significant damage to the
environment, where prosecution is likely or where substantial loss has occurred or
where public attention is likely.
(g)
(h)
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
If however, doubt exists whether or not to send a First Alert then it should be sent. It is the
responsibility of the Regional SHE Adviser / Managers to ensure the First Alert is circulated
to respective COMPANY post holders. Further circulation will be agreed with the relevant
SHE Managers.
60
All First Alerts shall also be copied to the COMPANY SHE Director.
61
First Alerts shall be sent as soon as possible after the accident/incident has become known
to the Company and in any case WITHIN 24 HOURS.
62
The Project/Site Manager shall contact the SHE Manager/Adviser for their site to provide
support on the information required for the First Alert.
EG
IN
59
64
It is of the utmost importance that actions arising from an investigation are fully closed out.
This is the responsibility of the Project / Site Manager to produce a written report in
conjunction with the local SHE Manager / Advisor.
65
QCS 2014
(a)
(b)
(c)
where, although not reportable, there was potential for more serious consequences or
there are wider lessons to be learned (such as near miss/learning event incidents)
(d)
67
Reports on accident/incident investigations should be written in the format set out on the
Accident/Incident Investigation Report form. (Notes for guidance for completing the AIR are
also included with this form). In cases where witness reports are taken to support the
investigation, these should also be included.
68
For any incident and subsequent investigation, a completed or interim report shall be issued
within 7 days from the date of the incident.
69
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
66
Page 12
AL
QCS 2014
2.3.8.4 Appendices
AT
IO
ENVIRONMENTAL
INCIDENT TYPE
EXAMPLE
YES
YES
YES
YES
TE
R
OTHER
IN
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
EG
YES
C
ECOLOGY & BUILT
HERITAGE
YES
CONTROLLED
WATERS
First Alert
Required?
NUISANCE
I.E. NOISE, DUST,
VIBRATION,
ODOUR ETC.
Report in
Monthly
returns?
YES
YES
QCS 2014
NO TREATMENT
1
Any incident, which results in a minor injury but requires none of the treatments noted in any
other of the above categories.
AL
(b)
Using wound coverings such as bandages, Band-Aids, gauze pads, etc.; or using
butterfly bandages or Steri-Strips, (other wound closing devices such as sutures,
staples, etc., are considered medical treatment);
(c)
Using any non-rigid means of support, such as elastic bandages, wraps, non-rigid
back belts, etc. (devices with rigid stays or other systems designed to immobilise parts
of the body are considered medical treatment)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Removing foreign bodies from the eye using only irrigation or a cotton swab;
(h)
Removing splinters or foreign material from areas other than the eye by irrigation,
tweezers, cotton swabs or other simple means;
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
(i)
(j)
Injury that results in a person being taken to hospital or given medical treatment by a Doctor
or other Health Care Professional.
Medical Treatment means the management and care of a patient to combat disease or
disorder including;
(a)
(b)
Immobilisation of parts of the body using rigid stays plaster casts etc.
QCS 2014
(b)
The conducting of diagnostic procedures such as x-rays and blood tests, including the
administration of prescription medications used solely for diagnostic purposes (e.g.,
eye drops to dilate pupils); or
(c)
Injury not being a major injury that results in a person either missing 4 or more consecutive
days from work (not counting the day of the accident) or being unable to fulfil his/her normal
duties for 4 or more consecutive days, including non-working days i.e.- weekends.
AT
IO
AL
TE
Defined injury, which requires immediate notification to Enforcing Authority under the
Reporting of Injuries, Disease or Dangerous Occurrence (RIDDOR). Specifically:
Any fracture, other than to the finger, thumb or toe
(b)
Any amputation
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
IN
(a)
MAJOR INJURY
A chemical or hot metal burn to the eye or penetrating injury to the eye
(f)
Any injury resulting from an electric shock or electric burn, leading to unconsciousness
or requiring resuscitation, or admittance to hospital for more than 24 hours
(g)
(ii)
Requiring resuscitation
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
QCS 2014
Acute illness which requires medical treatment where there is reason to believe
that this resulted from exposure to a biological agent or its toxins or infected
material.
FATALITY
10
The death of any person, whether or not they are at work, if it results from an accident
arising out of or in connection with work.
LOSS OF CONSCIOUSNESS
11
Any injury to person who is not at work if it results from an accident arising out of or in
connection with work and results in them being taken from the place where the accident
happened to a hospital by whatever means.
AT
IO
12
AL
LEARNING EVENT
Near miss/learning events are a near miss or significant incident which could have resulted
in injury or damage to property or harm to the environment.
14
Site management should openly encourage near miss/learning event reporting which is vital
in creating a climate which sustains communication and co-operation to rectify unsafe
situations or conditions and therefore preventing the situation or condition eventually causing
harm.
15
SHE Learning Event cards have been introduced to improve the frequency of reporting and
providing a feedback mechanism at the operational zone.
EG
IN
TE
13
An occurrence, which arises out of or in connection with work and contained in RIDDOR,
specifically for construction works, this would include:
(a)
The collapse of overturning of, or the failure of any load bearing part of any lift, hoist,
crane, derrick, MEWP, access cradle, excavator, pile-driving frame or rig (over 7m in
height) or fork lift truck.
(b)
Any unintentional incident in which plant or equipment comes into contact with or
causes an electrical discharge by coming into near proximity of an overhead electrical
line exceeding 200 volts
(c)
Electrical short circuit or overload attended by fire or explosion and stops the plant for
more than 24 hours or has the potential for death.
(d)
Collapse of:
(i)
QCS 2014
(iii)
(e)
(f)
Collapse of:
A building or structure under construction, alteration, demolition etc that
involves the fall of more than 5 tonnes of material.
(ii)
(iii)
AL
(i)
(h)
AT
IO
(g)
Where any person suffers from any of the occupational diseases specified in RIDDOR and
their work involves one of the activities noted. All instances where it is suspected that it may
be necessary to report an Occupational Disease should be referred to the SHE dept.
TE
17
IN
ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT
Any unplanned event that may result in damage to the environment, enforcement action from
regulators, or likely to affect or attract public attention. A number of examples of
environmental incidents are included in Appendix 2.
19
Where there is any doubt as to which category the injury / occurrence should be recorded
contact your local SHE department or Advisor
EG
18
MAJOR
INCIDENT
Level 4
Inform
SM/PM
immediately.
Leave the
accident
scene
untouched.
Inform SHE
and CM
immediately.
Isolate/secure
the scene.
MAJOR
INCIDENT
Level 3
Inform
SM/PM
immediately.
Leave the
accident
scene
untouched.
Inform SHE
and CM
immediately.
Isolate/secure
the scene.
SHE
Advisor/
Manager
Inform MIT
immediately,
RMD, EA and
SHEM as
soon as
possible.
Accident
Register/
Book
LEVEL
Initial
Contact
Pollution
Incident
Any
Accident
Involving a
Member of
the Public
AT
IO
Major Injury
Incident
Involving
Verbal or
Physical
Abuse at the
Workplace
Dangerous
Occurrence
or Disease
Significant
Pollution
Incident
SIGNIFICANT
Level 2
Fatal
Accident
Resulting in
3-Days or
More
Absence
Page 17
AL
QCS 2014
Accident
Requiring
First Aid
Treatment
Minor
Pollution
Incident
Learning
Event
MINOR
Level 1
Inform SM/PM
as soon as
practicable.
Inform
SM/PM
immediately.
Inform
SM/PM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform
SM/PM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform
SM/PM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform
SM/PM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform
SM/PM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform
SM/PM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform SHE
and CM
immediately.
Isolate/secure
the scene.
Inform SHE
and CM
immediately.
Inform SHE
and CM
immediately.
Inform CM,
SHE and
SHEM as
soon as
practicable.
Inform CM
and SHE as
soon as
practicable.
Inform CM
and SHE as
soon as
practicable.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete
First Alert
report form.
Limited
circulation.
Inform MIT
immediately,
RMD, EA and
SHEM as
soon as
possible.
Inform MIT
immediately,
RMD, EA and
SHEM as
soon as
possible.
Inform RMD
and SHEM as
soon as
possible by
First Alert.
Inform RMD
and SHEM
as soon as
possible by
First Alert.
Inform SHE
and SHEM as
soon as
possible.
Inform RMD
and SHEM
as soon as
possible.
Inform RMD
and SHEM
as soon as
possible.
Inform RMD
and SHEM
as part of
monthly
report.
Inform RMD
and SHEM
as part of
monthly
report.
Inform RMD
and SHEM
as part of
monthly
report.
CM/SM/PM to
complete
First Alert as
soon as
practicable.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete
Dangerous
Occurrence
form.
SM to
complete
Dangerous
Occurrence
form.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
complete
Learning
Event report
form.
First Alert
CM/SM/PM to
complete
First Alert as
soon as
practicable.
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SHE and SM
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
Full
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
Full
SM to
complete
Dangerous
Occurrence
form.
Full
Full
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
SM to
SM to
complete
Learning
Event report
form.
Full
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
Full
SM to
complete
Dangerous
Occurrence
form.
Investigation
SM to
complete all
sections of
Accident
Register/
Book.
Full
TE
R
IN
EG
Project/Site
Manager
Inform SM/PM
immediately.
Leave the
accident
scene
untouched.
Review of
Requirement
SHE Adviser/
Manager to
obtain copy
from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
SHE to obtain
copy from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
Any
Accident
Involving a
Member of
the Public
AT
IO
MAJOR
INCIDENT
Level 3
investigation
by MIT, EA,
and Police.
Prevent
witness
collusion.
Incident
Involving
Verbal or
Physical
Abuse at the
Workplace
Dangerous
Occurrence
or Disease
Significant
Pollution
Incident
SIGNIFICANT
Level 2
investigation
by MIT, EA,
and Police.
Prevent
witness
collusion.
SHE to obtain
copy from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
Accident
Requiring
First Aid
Treatment
Minor
Pollution
Incident
Learning
Event
MINOR
Level 1
to complete as
detailed in
Investigation
Requirements.
Prevent
witness
collusion.
investigation
by SM and
SHE.
investigation
by SM and
SHE as
necessary.
investigation
by SM and
SHE as
necessary.
investigation
by SM and
SHE as
necessary.
inform SHE.
inform SHE.
incident by
SM and
SHE
SHE to obtain
copy from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
SHE to
complete and
forward to EA
as RIDDOR.
SHE to obtain
copy from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
SHE to
obtain copy
from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
SHE to
obtain copy
from
contractor or
complete if
COMPANY
employee.
No
requirement
No
requirement.
No
requirement.
EG
F100 Report
Form
MAJOR
INCIDENT
Level 4
investigation
by MIT, EA
Inspector and
Police.
Prevent
witness
collusion.
Pollution
Incident
LEVEL
Major Injury
TE
R
Fatal
Accident
Resulting in
3-Days or
More
Absence
Page 18
AL
IN
QCS 2014
Notes :
EA
1
= Enforcing Authority, SM = Site Management, CM = Contract Management, RMD = Regional Managing Director, MIT = Major Incidents Team,
SHEM = Safety, Health & Environmental Manager
It is the duty of the SM to ensure that all accidents, incidents or near misses are reported as detailed above.
Only the Health and Safety Support Team are to complete the F100 for COMPANY employees.
In the event of a fatality, every assistance is to be given to the visiting authorities; however no statement should be given under caution without legal
representation.
The level of investigation and responsible persons noted are the minimum required in some cases for significant and minor categories a higher level of the
management structure may need to produce the required reports.
Page 19
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
TE
R
When using this matrix consider the potential outcome of the incident not the actual outcome, and use this to help decide the appropriate investigation and
reporting levels. Guidance on the Environmental categories is given overleaf.
Investigation Levels
Level
3
Level
4
Approval
Supervisor or
equivalent
AIR Pt 1
only for
each IP
Project
Manager or
SHE
Adviser
N/A
SHE Adviser +
Supervisor
Project
Manager
N/A
(MIT)
SHE Manager + SHE Adviser + Project Manager
or equivalent
Senior
Manager, e.g.
Ops Director
MD + SHE Director +
Ops Director +
Head of SHE
(MIT)
Ops Director + SHE Director + Head of SHE
Senior
Manager, e.g.
Ops Director
MD + SHE Director +
Ops Director +
Head of SHE
EG
Level
1
Level
2
Report
IN
Investigation Team
Incident Review
Panel
NB The Managing Director will decide whether a Level 3 Incident Review is necessary and may delegate responsibility for chairing it.
COMPANYS Head of SHE should be notified of all Incident Reviews and should be invited to attend at Level 4.
QCS 2014
IO
AL
AT
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
F100
F100/A
TE
EG
NAME
SECTION
IN
2.3.8.6 Author
POSITION IN
COMPANY
CONTACT DETAILS
SHE Manager
2.3.8.7 Approvals
NAME
Approved by:
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
Contract Number
Project Manager
Region
Originator
Date
(Please print name/title in block capitals)
1.0
INCIDENT TYPE
Lost time Incident
Major Injury
Dangerous Occurrence
Improvement/Prohibition
Notice
Significant Environmental
Incident
AT
IO
AL
Fatal
INCIDENT DETAILS
2.0
TE
Date of Incident
IN
Time of Incident
EG
Site Address
Name of any injured
Occupation of injured
Male/Female
Age
COMPANY Employee
3.0
QCS 2014
5.0
AL
4.0
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
6.0
QCS 2014
DISTRIBUTION
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS
TICK THE BOXES ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF THE DISTRIBUTION LIST TO IDENTIFY THE
ACTUAL CIRCULATION DETAILS.
DISTRIBUTION TO PERSONNEL IN TABLE 1 IS A MANDATORY REQUIREMENT.
WHERE THE INCIDENT IS A FATALITY, MAJOR INJURY, DANGEROUS OCCURENCE, OVER 3 DAY
OR ENFORCEMENT NOTICE THE DISTRIBUTION MUST ALSO INCLUDE THE RELEVENT
PERSONNEL IN TABLE 2.
TABLE 3 SHOULD BE COMPLETED AS APPROPRIATE TO THE LEVEL OF INCIDENT AND/OR MEDIA
INTEREST.
Distribution as appropriate:
Name:
Telephone
AL
IO
SHE Director
AT
SHE Manager(s)
9
9
9
3
9
TE
Dist.
9
IN
EG
Managing Director
TABLE 3 OTHERS
HR Director/ Regional Delivery Centre
HR Manager (serious accident to
COMPANY/ employee only)
Business Development & PR (E=MC)
Others as required
Insurance Department to be notified by
SHE Director
QCS 2014
Part 1(page 1 of 2)
ForOfficeUseOnly
o
INCIDENTN .
Instructionsforuse
1. ThisformistobeusedforALLaccidents(howeverminor),dangerous
occurrencesandcasesofillhealtharisingfromworkwhichoccurat
CompanypremisesorinvolveCompanyemployees,orthepublic
2. Fordetailedguidanceseerelevantbusinessunitguidance
3. Useapplicablepartsofthisformtoreportsignificantdangerous
occurrences
4. ALLpartstobecompletedlegiblyandtheoriginalforwardtotheSHE
DepartmentIMMEDIATELY
rd
O Minor08hourslosttime
O Fatality3 PartyHospital
O Between13dayslosttime
orrestrictedwork
O ReportableDangerous
Occurrence
O Morethan3dayslosttime
orrestrictedwork
O ReportableIllHealth
O MajorAccident
O Environmental
IncidentDate:..IncidentTime:(24hourclock).AssignShift:
Day
Night
GeneralLocationofAccident
AccessRoutes
Other
CarParks
ConstructionSites
PublicHighway
Delivery/StorageArea
ResidentialDwelling
Unloading/LoadingArea
SitePerimeter/OffSite
WelfareArea
AL
Whereonthepremisesdidtheaccidentoccur?
Vehicle
Office
Project/ContractName: Project/ContractNumber:
IO
Address:
SiteTelephoneNo:..SiteFaxNo:.
AT
Descriptionofincident:Giveabriefdescriptionofwhathappenedanddetailsofanyinjuriessustainedincludingtheside
IN
TE
ofthebody(leftorright)
Nameandtelephonenumberofhospital(whereapplicable):
..
EG
Initialtreatmentreceived:Nonerequired
OnsiteFirstAid Paramedic/AmbulanceHospitalA&Evisit
Date/timeIPceasedwork: Date:Time:TimelostbyIPasaresultoftheincident:hours
Date/timeIPreturnedtowork:Date:.
Time:.
DetailsofInjuredCasualty(IP)
Surname:Forename(s):..DOB:Sex:Male
Status
ContractorEmployee
SubContractorEmployee
ClientRep
MemberofPublic
Female
Other
Nameofemployer:Occupation:..
Address:
.
Postcode:ContactTelephoneNumber:
Witnesses
Name
Occupation
Employer
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Part 1(page 2 of 2)
Asphyxiation/gassing
Animal/Insectbiteorsting
Struckbyfallingobject
Asphyxiation
Amputation
Structuralcollapse
Burn/Scald
Contactwithelectricity/lighting
Trapped/caughtinmachinery
Concussion
Contactwithheat/cold
Usingnonpoweredhandtools
Confusion/Bruising
Contact/exposurebiologicalhazards
Usingpoweredhandtools
Crush/Trapinjury
(specifyinbox)
Contactwith/exposuretoair/waterPressure
Dislocation
Drivingatwork
Existingconditions/naturalcauses
ElectricShock
Effectsofweather/exposure
Exposuretoextremeheat/cold/explosion
Foreignbodyinnose/ear/throat
Abdomen
Exposuretomentalstressfactors
Foreignofvertebralcolumn
Ankle
Fractures
(exclvertebralcolumn)
Exposuretonoise/vibration
Arm/Shoulder
IllHealth
Exposuretoradiation(e.g.UV/nuclear)
Back
Ingestion
Facecollapse/Caveinorrockslide
Chest
Internal
e.g..chest/abdominal/pelvis
Fallwhileascending/descending
DigestiveSystem
Jolt/Jarinjury
Fallsfromheight
Eye
Fallsonsamelevelincl.trips/slips
Lossofsight
Face/neck
Fire
Finger
(specifyinbox)
Multipleinjuries
Hitbymoving/flyingobjects
Nerves/Spinalcord(exclboneinjury)
Foot
Hitting/steppingonstructure/object
Notyetknown
Hand
Manualhandinglifting
Openwound/Laceration
Head
Manualhandlingpush/pull/carry
Other
Leg/Hip
Other/notknown(Specifyinbox)
Poisoning/Toxicsubstance
Multiple
Physicalassault/bullying
Shock/Trauma
Other(PleaseState)
Plant/vehiclecomponentfailure
Sprains/strains
RespiratorySystem
PPEFailure
Superficialcuts/Abrasions
Wrist
Repetitivemovementinjury
Unconscious
Source of
Hazard Select ONE only
BiologicalAgent
FlyingParticle
LiftingEquipment
Radiation
Vehicle/mobileequipment
Cold/Heat
HandTool
Materials
Scaffold
WorkingSurface
Stairs/Steps
Workstationlayout
Dust
HazardousSubstance
Movingpartsofmachinery
ElectricalEquipment
Heat/HotWork
Other
Staticequipment/machinery
Excavation
LackofOxygen
PowerTool
Structure
Floor/groundcondition
Ladder
Proximitytowater
TemporaryWorks
Actiontaken(orsuggested)topreventrecurrenceandtocommunicatelessonslearntfromtheincident
Detailsofpersoncompletingtheform
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Name:Position:. Date:
.
QCS 2014
Part 2 This form must only be used in conjunction with the accident/dangerous
occurrence/case of ill health Part 1
Project:
Name of
Injured
Person:
Date:
Safety
Health
Environment
Property
To check a box above, right click on the box, click on Properties and then click onto Default Value, Checked.
Click OK to finish.
6.
8.
Insurance Report
4.
Method Statement
9.
F100/A
5.
Photographs *
10.
Construction Drawings
12.
Witness Statement
13.
Other Specify
AL
3.
7.
11.
2.
Site Sketch
Accident/Dangerous
IO
1.
Previous Experience/Training
AT
Other, specify
Date of Induction
TE
Procedures applicable to
accident/incident
IN
EG
(in addition to the information on the Accident/Dangerous Occurrence/Case of Ill Health form)
Immediate Causes
(see A-Z of Accident Causes)
Category
Description
Category
Description
* Digital photographs must have the correct level of validation i.e. date, independent witness
etc.
QCS 2014
Part 2
Root Causes
(see A-Z of Accident Causes)
Category
Description
Category
Description
AL
Action
Target Date
Close Out
Date
TE
Toolbox Talks
Safety Briefing
Review of RA
Other Specify
EG
First Alert
Safety Bulletin
Safety Reminder
IN
Communication of Learning
AT
IO
Person
Responsible
Investigation Team
Name
Position
Signed
Investigation Approval
Name:
Position:
Signed:
QCS 2014
Distribution
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS
TICK THE BOXES ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF THE DISTRIBUTION LIST TO IDENTIFY THE
ACTUAL CIRCULATION DETAILS.
DISTRIBUTION TO PERSONNEL IN TABLE 1 IS A MANDATORY REQUIREMENT.
WHERE THE INCIDENT IS A FATALITY, MAJOR INJURY, DANGEROUS OCCURENCE, OVER 3 DAY
OR ENFORCEMENT NOTICE THE DISTRIBUTION MUST ALSO INCLUDE THE RELEVENT
PERSONNEL IN TABLE 2.
TABLE 3 SHOULD BE COMPLETED AS APPROPRIATE TO THE LEVEL OF INCIDENT AND/OR MEDIA
INTEREST.
Distribution as appropriate:
Name:
Telephone
AL
IO
SHE Director
AT
SHE Manager(s)
IN
TE
EG
Managing Director
TABLE 3 OTHERS
HR Director/ Regional Delivery Centre
HR Manager (serious accident to
COMPANY/ employee only)
Business Development & PR (E=MC)
Others as required (
Insurance Department to be notified by
SHE Director
9
9
9
3
9
Dist.
9
QCS 2014
Statement
Witness
DOB or Age:
Address:
of
Name:
DD/MM/YY
Post Code:
AL
Employer:
Occupation:
Length of Employment:
Relating to Accident/Incident
at
Date & Time:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
STATEMENT:
Witnessed:
Name:
Name:
Date:
Date:
QCS 2014
Project :
Project No : Month :
.
Completed By : ... Date :
AIR 1 sent ;
Minor
Lost Time
>3Day
Major
COMPANY
Sub-Contractor / Other
Hours/Employees
Av. No. Direct Employees DAY SHIFT
AL
Training/Inductions
IO
AT
Yes
No
IN
R
TE
Proactive Indicators
No. of Representatives
EG
Environmental Indicators
Electricity
(Kilowatt
Hours)
Fuel Oil
(Litres)
Waste Generated
Gas (Kilowatt
Hours)
Construction
Demolition
Excavation
Construction
Demolition
Excavation
QCS 2014
Manager :
Date of Incident:
Time of Incident:
1.
Type of damage
(9)
2.
Electric
Gas
Telecom
Water
Service
Main
Other (please
state)
Other (please
state)
For gas/water/drainage
What diameter was the main or service?
3.
State type (e.g. PE, Ductile Iron, Steel, Lead, etc) :
AL
4.
Street
Lighting
IO
5.
Was the cable in a duct?
No
No
Power Mode
Radio Mode
Genny Mode
7.
8.
Locator No:
Yes
Other (please
state)
Yes
6.
TE
415v
AT
240v
Calibration Expiry:
IN
10.
No
Yes
Yes
No
The services had been marked i.e. crayon / spray paint / other
Yes
b)
Yes
c)
9.
EG
No
No
metres
12.
13.
a)
Encased in concrete
Yes
b)
Under concrete
Yes
c)
Under tarmac
Yes
d)
Yes
No
No
No
No
metres
Yes
No
QCS 2014
Yes
No
15.
16.
Mechanical Plant
Non-Powered Hand
Tools
Other (please
state)
State type (i.e. JCB 12 Bucket, Breaker Chisel, Shovel Grafter, Fork, etc) :
If the excavation was open at the time of the damage, state what measures had been
taken to protect the damaged service:
AL
17.
IO
Give a brief description of how the damage occurred and sketch layout of site. (Show
AT
dimensions of excavation, position of damaged utility and location of relevant valve covers, boxes, manholes, metres,
street lights, etc)
18.
TE
Yes
No
IN
19.
EG
20.
21.
What steps have you taken to prevent re-occurrence? (use additional sheet if required)
Supervisors Name
(Print)
Signature
Date
Yes
No
Yes
No
QCS 2014
Managers Name
Signature
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
(Print)
Date
QCS 2014
Part A
Part C
About you
1 What is your full name?
AL
IO
AT
TE
Part B
Female?
6 What is their job title
IN
one box)
EG
on a training scheme?
Give details:
3 Did the incident happen at the above address?
Yes
No
Go to question 4
on work experience?
Part D
About the injury
QCS 2014
Part F
AT
TE
Part E
IN
EG
4 Did the injured person (tick all the boxes that apply)
become unconscious?
need resuscitation?
IO
AL
metres
Part G
Your signature
Injured by an animal
Physically assaulted by a person
Date
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Part B
About you
IO
AL
Part A
AT
male?
female?
TE
4 Are they
details:
EG
IN
Go to question 7
Where do they normally work?
on work experience?
employed by someone else?
Give details:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
QCS 2014
Part C
it is associated with; or
AT
IO
AL
IN
TE
EG
Part E
Part D
Describing the work that led to the disease
Your signature
Signature
Date
QCS 2014
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 1
2.3
2.3.9
2.3.9.1 Responsibilities................................................................................................ 4
2.3.9.2 Definitions ........................................................................................................ 4
AL
IO
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Page 2
Buyer
COSHHCoordinator
SHE
Dept/Competent
Person
Supervisor
Operatives
AL
AT
IO
3.2, 3.4
Ensure stock is
adequate and
maintained
Ensure an adequate
issue and return
system is
implemented
3.16
Review this
procedure and
improve if
appropriate
Ensure adequate
instruction ion use,
replacement and
maintenance of PPE
EG
IN
TE
3.5
3.16
Monitor
effectiveness of
procedure. Review if
required or feedback
to S.H&E Dept
1.3
Use/wear PPE as
detailed by Risk
Assessment/Method
Statement. Provide
feedback on
effectiveness
Monitor compliance of working practices
of operatives against procedure
1.5, 1.6
1.8
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.9.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Agrees and communicates PPE requirements for their area of responsibility and sets the
appropriate delegated authority to allow sign off of exceptional risk assessments for any
deviation of the mandatory PPE requirements set out in this procedure.
PROJECT/SITE MANAGER
AL
Ensures that works are carried out in accordance with this procedure and arrangements are
monitored.
Ensures that PPE is ordered in accordance with the specifications set out in this procedure.
AT
IO
BUYER
SUPERVISOR
Either supervises the work activities or the sub/work package contractor undertaking those
work activities and ensures the controls are in place that are required by this procedure.
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors others
effectiveness to manage the activities.
IN
TE
SHE ADVISER
EG
COMPETENT PERSON
OPERATIVE/CONTRACTORS EMPLOYEES
8
To comply and co-operate with COMPANY/Employer in respect of this and any associated
procedure and requirements therein.
2.3.9.2 Definitions
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
1
Personal Protective equipment (PPE) means all equipment which is intended to be worn or
held by a person at work and which protects them against one or more risks to their health
and safety, and any addition or accessory designed to meet that objective. Items such as
fluorescent yellow waistcoats, safety harnesses etc are PPE as defined. Ordinary working
clothes and uniform not specifically provided to protect the wearers health and safety are
not PPE.
QCS 2014
Page 5
SUITABLE
2
Suitable means it is appropriate for the risk, user friendly, correctly fitted, effective and
complies with design and manufacturing standards.
OVERLAPPING REQUIREMENTS
N/A
RESUME OF THE REQUIREMENTS
(b)
(c)
If two different types of PPE are worn, they do not adversely affect each others
performance against the risk (i.e. they are compatible).
(d)
(e)
Appropriate storage and accommodation is provided for PPE when not in use.
(f)
Employees are provided with adequate information, instruction and training about the
use of the PPE, its limitations, the risk(s) it guards against and how to maintain it in
efficient working order. Such information should be easily understood.
(g)
AT
IO
AL
PPE is provided but only as a LAST RESORT for employees exposed to a risk of
health or safety whilst at work.
(a)
Use the PPE provided to them in accordance with any training and instruction given
(b)
EG
(a)
TE
IN
Prior to the selection of any Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) a risk assessment shall
be carried out to identify the relevant PPE, proportionate to the risk involved. Any
assessment should also take into consideration any overlapping requirements.
Refer to SHE-PRO-001 to assist with this process. The risk assessment shall also consider
the requirements for specialist PPE, such as Breathing Apparatus. Further advice in this
area can be sought from your local SHE Dept.
Type of protection
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
Typical hazards
(d)
Relevant BS/EN
Page 6
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT
6
COMPANY promotes the continual assessment of PPE in terms of fit for purpose and
suitability and the users feedback on its effectiveness, comfort and compatibility should be
encouraged by the relevant project management.
Any feedback on its effectiveness should then be reported to the SHE Department. This
could then allow for items/types of PPE to be added to the approved list. Purchase of such
unlisted PPE should initially not take place until there has been consultation with the SHE
Department.
When considering the type of PPE, ie gloves, respirators, foot protection etc. further
information is available on the MSDS sheets as detailed in SHE-PRO-02. Information can
be obtained through the COSHH Co-ordinator.
IO
AL
A stock of the appropriate PPE shall be available on site. This will be dependent on the
contractual requirements (i.e. stipulated by clients) or as a result of risk assessment.
AT
STOCK OF PPE
TE
The main types of protection that are in regular use with COMPANY are:
Eye protection
(b)
Head protection
(c)
Hearing protection
(d)
Respiratory protection
(e)
Foot protection
(f)
Hand protection
EG
IN
(a)
10
TYPES OF PPE
MANDATORY PPE
11
COMPANY has a requirement in place for the mandatory wearing of the following items of
PPE on all its projects:
(a)
Head protection
(b)
Foot protection
(c)
Hand protection
(d)
Eye Protection
12
In addition where there are plant movements, Hi-Vis clothing must be worn in areas
designated by the Project/Site Manager.
13
Mandatory requirements will be included in the Site Rules and communicated at Induction.
14
QCS 2014
Page 7
Particular operations may require the use of either glasses, goggles or full face masks etc.
The SHE Department shall be contacted and will advise on the type required.
16
It is also critical that suitable and sufficient risk assessments identify the correct type of eye
protection to ensure that Light Eye Protection (LEP) is not used in place of the eye
protection that may be required, e.g. grinding or cutting operations where goggles would be
required and not LEP.
17
19
To identify the age of a helmet there is identification on the underside of a helmet (usually
under the peak), it is usually a stamped circular disc containing a number surrounded by 4
or 12 segments. The number represents the year of the helmet shell moulding and each
segment containing a dot defines the month of the year. A shell marked with six dots
surrounding a number 98 would represent a shell that was moulded in June of 1998. Some
manufactures use different methods, reference should be made to the manufacturers
guidance
20
21
Every helmet claimed to comply with the requirements of European Standard BS EN 397,
shall carry a moulded or impressed marking giving the following information :
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
18
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
EG
(a)
(f)
size or size range (in centimetres). This shall be marked on both the shell
(g)
(h)
abbreviation for the material of the shell in accordance with ISO 472 (eg ABS, PC,
HDPE etc)
HEARING PROTECTION
22
There are two basic types of ear defender used in construction; they are ear plugs and ear
muffs. It is also possible to purchase more specialist type such as ear muffs with in built
communication systems.
23
Both plugs and muffs give good attenuation and comfort, although ear muffs give better
protection at frequency ranges HZ 1000-8000 e.g. high impact noise, hilti, piling hammers.
24
In some extreme cases it may be required to give double protection, ie muffs and plugs. In
all cases the requirement is for assessment of noise and the selection of the most suitable
QCS 2014
Page 8
type of defender. Consultation with the SHE Department will help you choose the most
suitable type.
25
There may also be operational constraints on the type of protection, for example plugs
should not be the automatic choice if working with contaminated land and should definitely
not be used when working in compressed air.
26
If there are medical reasons why a person cannot use certain types of protection then this
should only be agreed to after a letter has been received from a doctor.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Respiratory Protective Equipment (RPE), as with any other form of PPE, should be
considered as a method of last resort in preventing or reducing exposure.
28
Before ordering RPE there must be prior consultation with the SHE Department who will
assist you in assessing the risks and advise on the type of RPE to purchase/use.
29
RPE includes a very wide range of devices, from disposable filtration masks to self
contained Breathing Apparatus (BA). Therefore choosing the right type of RPE is essential.
Please refer to COSHH procedure for information on face fitting or RPE.
30
In the case of BA, please refer to your local SHE Department for advice.
AT
IO
AL
27
32
The type and style is detailed at Appendix 1 and it should be recognised that in some
circumstances personnel may be eligible for more than one type, e.g. when working in both
dry and wet conditions.
33
As a minimum the protection afforded should be steel toe cap and mid sole protection.
EG
IN
TE
31
35
34
(a)
(b)
Construction
(c)
Sizing
(d)
Storage requirements
(e)
Breakthrough properties
36
For whatever glove is being used on site, both product and technical information should be
available.
37
Consultation with the SHE Department will provide further advice on type/selection. Where
gloves are required to prevent a health risk, they will be selected as part of the COSHH
assessment.
38
NB:
QCS 2014
Page 9
Long Trousers (Waist to ankle. Shorts & length are not permitted)
(b)
Shirt, T Shirt, Polo Shirt, wearing of short sleeves may also have restrictions in terms
of COSHH assessment requirements such as protection against irritants etc Long
sleeves preferred ( Vest, singlets are not permitted
(c)
Safety helmet
(d)
Safety footwear
CE MARKING
All PPE manufactured and imported from the European Union should have CE marking
indicating its conformity with the PPE directive. Items referred to within this document
conform to the CE standard marking and site management will check compliance.
41
NB: NUISANCE DUST MASKS (mask or gauze pad) do not conform to the European
Standard EN149 and are not CE marked. Therefore they are not classified as protective
equipment and SHALL NOT be used on site.
IO
AL
40
AT
The COMPANY Personal Record/Issue Card logs shall be completed for the issue of
protective equipment/clothing to confirm receipt by employees.
43
44
45
In addition to the issue of equipment the project manager shall ensure that there are
procedures in place for the replacement, maintenance, means of reporting defects, storage
and, if appropriate, return of PPE when not in use.
46
Where relevant adequate information, instruction and training proportionate to the risk shall
be provided. This may range from instruction on how to fit and fit test RPE through to the
mandatory legal requirement for training in the use of BA.
EG
IN
TE
42
SUPPLIERS
47
48
It is a condition of contract that all contractors provide PPE to the appropriate BS/EN as
required, and also be of the type identified by the Project or the contractors risk
assessment.
49
The type identified for the Project will, where appropriate, be discussed at the initial safety
meeting.
50
If the contractors do not supply the relevant PPE then COMPANY will supply the PPE and
charge the contractor at cost, plus handling fee.
QCS 2014
Page 10
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Labour agencies are required by COMPANY contract conditions to ensure the personnel
they supply to COMPANY possess the relevant PPE. Visitors shall comply with the
directions of the Project Manager.
51
QCS 2014
Page 11
Typical Hazards
Eye Protection
Potential Health & Safety effects if protection not worn:
Blindness
Cataracts
Headaches
Restricted vision
Eye strain
Arc eye
Head Protection
Potential Health & Safety effects if protection not worn:
Head injuries
Sunburn
Cuts, bruises
Fractures
Concussion
Unconsciousness
Hearing Protection
Potential Health & Safety effects if protection not worn.
Hearing damage
Tinnitus
Communication problems
Chemicals
Liquids
Gases
Molten metal
Hot solids Short circuit electrical
Direct sunlight
Laser beams
Airbourne dust (large and small particles)
Flying particles (high and low velocities)
Relevant
BS/EN
BS 2092
BS EN 166
349B
Falling objects
Striking objects
Sunlight UVA & B
Restricted view
EN 352-1
EN 352-2
EN 352-3
Harmful dusts
Inhalable dusts
Respirable dusts
Toxic dusts
Gases
Liquids or solids
Micro biological
Vapours
Fumes
Mists
Oxygen deficiency
EN149
Pr EN 140
En 405
Foot Protection
Potential Health & Safety effects if protection not worn:
Foot injuries/amputation
Burns
Dermatitis
Biological infection
Blood poisoning
Fractures
Bruising
Cuts
Falling objects
Sharp objects
Piercing objects
Cements
Oils
Contaminated land
Chemicals
Water/mud
Uneven ground
BS EN 345 and
346
Hand Protection
Potential Health & Safety effects if protection not worn:
Hand injuries general
Cuts/lacerations
Dermatitis
Burns
Sharp objects
Abrasives
Chemicals
Oils
Cement
Wood
Lack of dexterity
Cold/ Heat
Weather
Water
EN 420
Fractures
Concussion
Unconsciousness
Death
Cars
Mobile Equipment
Heavy Equipment
EN 471 Class 3
EG
IN
TE
Notes: 1)
2)
AL
IO
AT
N
Respiratory Protection
Potential Health & Safety effects if protection not worn:
Upper tract respiratory problems ie rhinitis
Viral infections
Asphyxiation
EN 397
This list must be read in conjunction with any relevant company procedure.
When in doubt the SHE Department must be consulted to assist in any assessment
or alternative PPE.
QCS 2014
Page 12
N/A
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) RD1.3 and RD 1.4
Safety, Health and Environmental Risk Management and Written Safe Systems of Work
(SHE-PRO-001)
COSHH - (SHE-PRO-002)
AL
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
SECTION
AT
IO
2.3.9.5 Author
EG
IN
TE
SHE Manager
2.3.9.6 Approvals
Approved by:
NAME
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ......................................................... 1
2.3
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Process Map
Project
Manager/Contractor
Specialist
Contractor/Crane
Supplier
Appointed
Person
Lift Supervisor
Slinger/Signaller
& Operators
Ensure lifting
equipment and
accessories are
suitable for the task
and have adequate
strength and stable
in use
3.1, 3.9,
Appendices 1 & 2
AL
IO
AT
Appointed Person
assesses lifts and
classifies as either
standard or complex
1.3
EG
IN
2.1
TE
Classified complex
lift due to nature of
lift i.e. location,
tandem lift, unusual
load, high risk
i
2.2
Appointed person
interfaces with
specialists engineers,
designers, temporary
works co-ordinators to
assess options and
limitations
Company
supply relevant
information and
agree with
specialist crane
company the
parameter for a
complex lift
3.6
In cases of tower
cranes, specialist
advice on
selection and
type of crane is
required taking
into account site
conditions,
access,
foundations and
3.5, 3.7
1.2
Appointed person
prepares, reviews Lift
Plan and ensures
permits in place. NB
additional permit
required for multi
positions
1.2, 3.3
Key
Activity
Guidance
Tower crane
thoroughly
examined before
use and lifting
schedule in place
3.7
Slinger,/Signaller
and operator(s)
made aware of
operational
requirements
including any
restrictions
1.5, 1.6, 3.1, 3.4,
3.9, Appendix 1
Crane Lift
Supervisor to
inform appointed
person of
situation or
1.4
Page 2
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the correct selection, safe use and maintenance of all
lifting equipment and lifting accessories as prescribed in the Lifting Operations and Lifting
Equipment (LOLER) section of the Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction).
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of COMPANY. A
COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management of safety at a
construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.10.1 Responsibilities
1
The following duty holders must be appointed for all crane operations in accordance with current
guidance and their responsibilities are detailed below :
SHE DIRECTOR
(b)
Ensure appropriate measures are in place for the control of change for risk
assessment/method statements.
(c)
Ensure the COMPANY nominate an authorised person to sign off Crane Permit to Lift.
(d)
Ensure all persons involved in the planning and carrying out of lifting operations are
competent.
(e)
Ensure a COMPANY person is appointed to co-ordinate the relevant plans, permits, forms
and associated paperwork for the COMPANY filing system.
IO
AL
(a)
AT
The assessment and planning of lifting operations is undertaken and complies with the
requirements of the COMPANY lifting operations procedure.
(b)
The Crane Team is appointed and all are made aware of authorities and responsibilities.
(c)
There is an effective line of communication back to him in the event he is not present at the
lift.
(d)
Close liaison is maintained with the technical crane suppliers throughout the installation,
operational and dismantling phases of tower cranes.
(e)
Lifting
operations
are
reviewed
following
advice
from
the
Crane/Lift
Supervisor/Signaller/Slinger on any matters of change in arrangements, and that the Permit
to Lift and Risk Assessment are amended accordingly.
EG
IN
TE
(a)
LIFT SUPERVISOR
4
Act as a key member of the Crane Team and report to the Appointed Person as leader of
that team, including details of any change in activities or arrangements.
(b)
Ensure that the Slingers/Signallers, the Crane Operator and any other person involved in
the lift are familiar with and follow the safe system of work and the details and limitations
recorded in the lifting plan.
(c)
Ensure that Tower Crane Operators working hours do not exceed the operating criteria.
(d)
(e)
Ensure the safe working load (SWL) is never exceeded, other than for the express purpose
of testing a crane under the supervision of a competent person. There are no exceptions to
this.
(f)
Ensure cranes do not operate in any weather conditions that exceed the limit stated for that
type of crane.
QCS 2014
Page 5
(g)
Ensure that man-riding is never carried out unless it is part of the agreed safe system of
work.
(h)
Ensure grab work, demolition balling or pile driving are only performed by machines specially
adapted and intended for these purposes.
SLINGER/SIGNALLER
The Slinger/Signaller will :
Read, understand and comply with the lifting plan and take instruction from the Lift
Supervisor.
(b)
Establish weights, balance loads and judge distances, heights and clearances.
(c)
Select the correct lifting gear in suitable condition for the loads to be lifted, reporting any
defects where necessary.
(d)
(e)
(f)
Initiate and direct the safe movement of the crane and load.
(g)
Signallers shall be identified on site by their orange hi-vis tabards and/or orange helmets.
(h)
Stop operations if any changes to the agreed method are undertaken or required.
AL
(a)
IO
AT
OPERATORS
Ensure they are in possession of and have been briefed on the Permit to Lift and have signed the
relevant section.
Inform the Lift Supervisor/Signaller/Slinger if any problems arise which would affect the lifting
operation.
10
EG
IN
TE
2.3.10.2 Definitions
STANDARD LIFT
1
Complex Lift
A lift where the lifting operation requires more than one crane to lift the load, or cranes using load
enhancement attachments (super lift etc), or the lift is to take place at a location with exceptional
hazards, e.g. chemical plant or lifting loads on or near live equipment, including Rail Infrastructure.
CONTRACT LIFT
COMPANY may enter into a contract with a third party (usually a crane hire company) who will
undertake the work on its behalf. Before entering into such a contract, COMPANY has a duty to
satisfy itself that the third party has the necessary competence to carry out the work in accordance
with the requirements of BS 7121.
In a Contract Lift the crane hire company will plan the lift, select a suitable crane, specify the
slinging and signalling arrangements, supervise the lift and be responsible for the lifting operation.
QCS 2014
Page 6
In a crane hire arrangement (including tower cranes), the crane and operator will work to the
clients instructions. Under this arrangement, COMPANY will plan the lift and specify the
slinging and signalling arrangements, supervise the lift and be responsible for the lifting
operation.
LIFTING EQUIPMENT
Lifting equipment means work equipment used to lift or lower loads (cranes, hoists, tele handlers,
vehicle mounted lifting arms i.e. Hiab etc) and includes the attachments for the anchoring, fixing or
supporting of lifting equipment.
Should an excavator be used for lifting materials, other than for excavated material or fill, then by
definition it becomes lifting equipment (eg. an excavator used to lift and lower a manhole section in
position).
Lifting accessories are items of work equipment used to attach loads to lifting equipment, eg.
chains, shackles, strops, slings, eye-bolts, spreader beams, etc.
AT
IO
AL
LIFTING ACCESSORIES
Lifting operations if not properly planned, managed and executed can result in accidents, serious
incidents or fatalities.
IN
The Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment requires the appointment of Duty Holders to ensure:
All lifting operations are properly planned, managed and executed.
(b)
(c)
(d)
The risks from lifting operations are assessed and lifting equipment and lifting accessories
selected and used are suitable for the task. When in use, the equipment must be stable and
the safe working load of equipment and accessories MUST NEVER be exceeded.
(e)
(f)
Lifting accessories (eg. chains, shackles, strops) are thoroughly examined every 6 months.
(g)
Any lifting accessory found not to have a current test certificate should be taken out of
service immediately and be quarantined and clearly marked for re-testing or disposal.
(h)
Any defects found must be reported to the person in control of the lifting operation
immediately so that appropriate action can be taken to repair or replace the equipment or
otherwise ensure that potential dangerous equipment is withdrawn from use as soon as
possible.
(i)
The safe working load must be marked on the lifting equipment. Where the configuration of
the lifting equipment can be altered, affecting the safe working load, there must be adequate
information to determine the safe working load in the different configurations.
(j)
Lifting equipment and accessories that are used for lifting persons must be marked to
indicate this fact.
(k)
Consider the positioning and installation of lifting equipment, site conditions for proximity
hazards, eg. overhead cables, space availability, and suitability of the ground or foundations
eg. for outriggers in consultation with the manufacturers information.
EG
(a)
TE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
QCS 2014
Page 7
(l)
Ensure that there is a plan in place that also considers a safe system of work to prevent
persons being trapped, eg. physical barriers to prevent access to restricted areas. Refer to
theTemporary Works Co-ordinator if necessary.
(m)
The COMPANY Regional SHE Adviser is advised in advance, of any intention to carry out
man-riding. (See also Appendix 1 General Rules for the Use of Cranes).
(n)
Where there is more than one Appointed Person allocated to a project, then appropriate
communications to co-ordinate any interfaces should be put in place and a lead appointed
person nominated.
See also:
AL
Other than crane lifts, numerous operations fall under the category of lifting operations as per the
Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment (LOLER). These may include :
Fork Lift Trucks
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
AT
IO
(a)
For lifting appliances other than cranes or Hiab, the checklist in form SHEFRM-10-05 should be
considered.
Where the above does not cover the type of lift or equipment involved, the person managing the lift
should consult with the manufacturer, supplier or a member of the SHE team to establish and
record a safe system of work.
EG
CRANE LIFTS
IN
TE
A Lift Plan must be received from the Appointed Person responsible for a Contract Lift carried out
by a third party. Note: Tthe lift plan must include a detailed layout plan.
All lifting plans must be verified using the Control of Lifting Operations Permit to Lift Checklist to
ensure all associated documents are included and authorised by the Appointed Person.
10
Once these checks are signed off the Control of Lifting Operations Permit to Lift can then be
issued by the nominated person to authorise commencement of lifting operations. Note that in
cases where the crane moves location (multiple crane position) around site then the Permit must
be used for multiple positions (SHE-FRM-10-02).
SLINGING PLANS
11
During standard lifting operations, the following slinging plan shall be followed by the
Signaller/Slinger as part of their duties :
(a)
(b)
Choose the correct lifting equipment and control the lifting operation.
(c)
Ensuring lifting equipment is fit for use by carrying out pre-use checks.
(d)
Ensure that any physical controls ie. barriers are in place and nonessential personnel are
kept out of the immediate working area of the operation.
(e)
QCS 2014
(f)
(g)
Fit the lifting equipment to the load together with tag lines as necessary.
(h)
Make the lift (a trial lift may be necessary to establish centre of gravity).
(i)
Release the lifting equipment after the lift has been completed.
Page 8
12
Clear up.
13
14
These requirements shall be discussed at the initial safety meeting with contractors. It shall be
agreed at that meeting:
AL
(b)
(c)
The Contractors Appointed Person shall prepare a Crane Lift Plan (it will be necessary for
ourselves to provide details of the ground conditions). COMPANY shall complete the
Permit to Lift Checklist and Permit to Lift.
AT
IO
(a)
Special lifts include Tandem, Complex, Floating Lifts etc. Additional advice must be sought from
the SHE team during the planning of such lifting operations.
Certain crane applications, such as handling temporary pile casings or piling hammers/extractors
can be controlled by a trained Signaller/Slinger provided that a detailed risk assessment/method
statement has been produced by the Appointed Person, and it is worked to, and the
Signaller/Slinger has been specifically instructed in its application.
Complex lifts may be common and repetitive during piling operation ie. Tandem Lifts, Diaphragm
Walls, Topping and Tailing Loads etc. Where it has been identified by the Appointed Person that
this is the case, the Appointed Person shall be in attendance for the duration of the first lift. Once
satisfied the Lifting Operation, Risk Assessment and Method Statement are correct they may
delegate their supervisory duties to the Crane/Lift Supervisor for the remainder of the operation.
Thereafter the Appointed Person will be required to monitor the lifting operation at intervals
agreed with the Project Manager. Where changes to lifting operation, Risk Assessment/Method
Statement are required, the Appointed Persons must be notified immediately and shall review
and revise the lifting operation, Risk Assessment/Method Statement for the duration of the lift.
Once satisfied, the Appointed Person can once again delegate the supervisory duties back to the
Crane/Supervisor.
EG
IN
TE
TOWER CRANES
7
Due to the high risk nature of tower crane selection, erection, use, maintenance and dismantling
operations, specialist advice must be sought.
The
Appointed
Person
must
ensure
there
is
an
appropriate
plan/lifting
schedule in place for lifting operations. A typical example of a tower crane
lifting schedule is included in the Lifting Plan and Schedule (SHE-FRM-10-03).
QCS 2014
Page 9
Where more than two tower cranes are operating within the same radius zone automatic proximity
warning devices must be fitted, ie. anti clash systems,
10
Where tower cranes are operating, systems should be in place which take account of protestors,
unauthorised entry, etc. Controls should include :
(b)
For external cranes, a 2.4 m. high plywood hoarding with a security fan, independent of the
crane, gated as above, with mesh viewing panels to give additional natural lighting to
facilitate safe access/egress.
(c)
Where the building is progressed around the tower crane, 2 m. high double clipped
demountable Heras type fencing to be placed around the floor aperture at each floor slab
level as the building progresses.
(d)
Lockable access doors to the cab/jib installed and padlocked shut when the crane driver
vacates the crane.
AL
For internal cranes, first/base section of the mast, in the region of 4 m. high, or to the
underside of the upper floor, can be covered with heavy gauge 50 mm. squared (maximum)
weld mesh secured with either wire or zip ties (not welded). Access for the crane driver can
be in the form of an outward opening lockable door, with a turnbuckle on the inside with key
access from the outside. Keys can be held by the crane driver and the Slinger/Signallers for
use in the event of an emergency. The gate is to remain closed at all times whilst the driver
is up the crane.
IO
When the crane driver vacates the crane, the machine to be locked off, isolated and secured into
free slew either from the cab or from the isolator situated at the base.
AT
11
(a)
EMERGENCY ARRANGEMENTS
COMPANY must ensure that suitable arrangements are put in place for emergency situations
(rescue from tower crane, crane failure etc). Any such arrangements shall be subject to liaison
with emergency services and appropriate rescue practices carried out to test any agreed
arrangements.
TE
12
A list of general rules for the use of cranes is included at Appendix 1 and shall be made known to
persons involved in lifting operations
EG
13
IN
GENERAL RULES
Appointed Person must hold training certification following attendance and successful
completion of a recognised Appointed Persons (Lifting Operations) training course.
Lift Supervisors must have received suitable and sufficient training. Slinger/Signaller must
have received suitable and sufficient training certification for Slinger/Signaller.
Mobile or Tower Crane Operator must have received suitable and sufficient training certification
for crane operation.
Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane Operator must have received suitable and sufficient training
certification for crane operation.
Other Lifting Equipment, operators must hold suitable training certification relevant to the
category of lifting equipment being used.
QCS 2014
Page 10
The implementation of LOLER and BS 7121 Part 2:2003: Code of Practice for Safe Use of Cranes
- Inspection, Testing and Examination, provides the opportunity for either a specified period or an
examination scheme approach to the 12 monthly thorough examination.
If the examination scheme approach is to be used, the owner must produce a scheme in
consultation with the manufacturer or another competent engineer.
Mobile cranes with a rated capacity of less than 500 tonne that are not thoroughly tested in
accordance with an examination scheme should be load tested every 4 years.
10
Any lifting accessory found not to have a current test certificate should be taken out of service
immediately and be quarantined and clearly marked for re-testing or disposal.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 11
(b)
The weight of the load (including lifting gear, etc.) shall be confirmed before lifting.
(c)
(d)
The safe working load shall never be exceeded; if the Rated Capacity Indicator is activated
this shall be investigated.
(e)
When lifting a load for the first time the crane stability shall be checked when the load is just
off the ground.
(f)
No operation shall be carried out where high winds affect the stability of the load or the
crane. Limits on wind speeds shall be determined (i.e. by reference to the operators
manual). The means for determining wind speed shall be by use of an anemometer fitted to
the crane or available on site.
(g)
An audible alarm shall be capable of being heard at the cranes maximum operation radius.
(h)
No crane shall be left unattended with the load suspended or the engine running.
(i)
(j)
Persons shall only be lifted by a crane in power lowering mode and automatic brakes.
Cranes with keys to set power lowering shall be locked in this mode and the key retained by
the Appointed Person or Project/Site Manager whenever persons are to be lifted.
(k)
Crane Selection for Carriage of Persons: The following points are mandatory:
AT
IO
AL
(a)
Cranes with the traditional manually operated slipping friction clutch will not be used
(ii)
(iii)
Cranes must be used in a power load lowering mode. Cranes which have a free fall
mode must be locked out of free fall with a key operated selector and indications of
this shown externally on the crane and within the cab, by light or sound. The keys
must be held secure by the Project/Site Manager or other Appointed Persons whilst
the crane is engaged in man riding duties.
(iv)
The cranes must have automatic brakes which will be automatically applied if the
hoisting lever is not in the operating position.
TE
IN
EG
(v)
(i)
Besides the automatic brake, there must be other means of arresting the load, i.e. by
the hydraulic winch motor and a foot operated brake.
(vi)
Cranes with latchable controls must have the latching mechanisms removed,
ie. controls must automatically return to the neutral position when released.
(vii)
Lifting equipment used shall comply with relevant Qatar Regulatory Document
(Construction) together with the relevant British Standard.
(viii) Each crane must be individually assessed and a technical statement, with appropriate
information, obtained from the owner as to its suitability for the carriage of persons.
This statement must be appraised by a technically competent person and agreed prior
to the commencement of man-riding.
(ix)
(x)
Overhoist device shall be fitted for all man-riding operations or where an overhoist risk
exists.
(l)
Cranes shall not slew within 600 mm. of any fixed object that may cause a trap.
(m)
Only trained and certificated Signaller/Slingers shall direct crane drivers. If more than one
Signaller is appointed only one shall have authority to direct the Crane Driver and that
Signaller shall be known to the Crane Driver.
(n)
Site conditions, both underfoot and overhead, shall be checked for hazards before a crane is
used. This includes checking access to and egress from the site before attendance.
QCS 2014
Page 12
Excavator
6 monthly by competent
person
AT
TE
6 monthly by competent
person
6 monthly by competent
person
12 monthly by
competent person
6 monthly competent
person
12 monthly by
competent person
12 monthly by
competent person
6 Monthly by competent
person.
EG
Overhead cranes
(motorised or manual)
Vehicle tail lifts,
maintenance lifts
Lifting chains, chain slings,
spreader beams, lifting
frames ring hooks,
shackles, swivels, eyebolts,
turnbuckles, wire ropes &
slings, strops, fibre ropes,
slings & all textile based
slings.
IN
AL
IO
Tower cranes
PERIOD OF
THOROUGH
EXAMINATION
12 monthly* by competent
person (6 monthly if used
for lifting persons)
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
None.
12 monthly by
competent person
12 monthly by
competent person
12 monthly by
competent person
QCS 2014
Page 13
AL
AT
Lifting operations are properly planned and appropriately supervised. Detailed information on all
these issues can be found in:
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) RD1.3 and RD1.4
(b)
(c)
BS 7121-2:2003 Code of practice for the safe of cranes Part 2: Inspection, testing and
examination
(d)
BS 7121-3:2000 Code of practice for the safe of cranes Part 3: Mobile Cranes
(e)
BS 7121-4:2010 Code of practice for the safe of cranes Part 4: Lorry Loaders
(f)
BS 7121-5:2006 Code of practice for the safe of cranes Part 5: Tower Cranes
(g)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
IO
FURTHER REFERENCE
QCS 2014
2.3.10.7 Author
SECTION
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
SHE Manager
AL
2.3.10.8 Approvals
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
EG
IN
TE
AT
Approved by:
IO
NAME
Page 14
QCS 2014
Page 15
YES
Contract :
Location :
Task/Method Statement No. (If applicable):
Appointed Person :
Employed by:
Standard Lift
Contract Lift
Complex Lift
Description of Works :
LOAD DETAILS
Max. Size of Load :
Max. Lift Height :
CRANE DETAILS
AL
Max. Weight :
Max. Radius :
Others e.g. Unusual Centre of Gravity, Lifting Points etc. :
Capacity and Type :
Counterweight Req :
m.
AT
IO
IN
TE
EG
Wire ropes :
Web Slings :
Beams :
Others (including specialist equipment) :
CRANE TEAM
Name
Appointed Person
Crane Supervisors
Crane Operator
Qualifications
Signature
Date
No.
Expires:
No.
Expires:
No.
Expires:
Signaller/Slinger
No.
Expires
Where contractors are required to complete this form, assistance shall be given by COMPANY Authorised Person who shall agree the
details entered on the form and sign below.
Lifting operations must not commence until this form has been signed by
Details agreed on behalf of COMPANY
COMPANY Authorised Person.
Distribution: Site File
Appointed Person
Crane Operator
Crane Supervisor
Signature
Date
If for any reason the details contained within this permit cannot be adhered to, the lifting operation must not continue, the Appointed
Person must be notified immediately.
QCS 2014
Page 16
.............................................................................
........................
Appointed Person
Date
EG
IN
Date
AT
IO
AL
Additional
items to be
inserted by
AP, if required
TE
Time
Position
Ref. as
Lift Plan
This form shall remain in the crane cab during lifting operations and be returned to the COMPANY Project Manager on
completion of the lifting operations as described in part 1.
Crane Lift
Supervisor
Signature
COMPANY
Authorised
Signature
QCS 2014
Page 17
This Lift Plan is specific to the lifting operations described in the Scope.
It is not and should never be considered Generic
Contract:
Date of Lifting
Operation:
Lift Plan Ref or
Activity:
Appointed Person Preparing this Lift Plan:
Date:
Signed:
AL
Lift Supervisor:
Purpose
AT
1.
2.
3.
IO
The purpose of this lifting plan is to identify the control measures necessary to negate the primary
hazards of :
IN
TE
Scope of Works
Company Name:
Contact Name:
Address:
EG
Telephone:
Load Details
Max Size of
Load:
Other Details (centre of gravity, lifting points, packaging, pallets etc):
Max Weight:
QCS 2014
Page 18
Details of Crane
Capacity and Type:
Height (Ground Jib
Head):
Radius:
Main Jib Length:
Fly Jib Length:
Total Jib Length:
Safe Working Load:
Actual Working Load:
Out Rigger Spread:
AL
Counterbalance Weight:
AT
IO
IN
TE
Spread Mat
Requirements:
Note: Where operating (Jib) height equals or exceeds 10m at any time, the Appointed Person must
advise and consult with the Manager from any airport/airfield with 6km of the site.
Airport/Airfield
Requirements:
Lifting Accessories & Configuration
EG
Equipment Details:
Type (e.g. spreader beam):
Safe Working Load:
QCS 2014
Page 19
The following non-exhaustive list should be considered during the lift plan along with any other factors
which could affect any aspect of the lift.
Excavations, embankments, overhead and underground services or obstructions, culverts, drainage,
manhole/inspection chambers, buildings, stationary objects, scaffolding, plant and equipment, roads,
rivers, railways, personnel and public, other cranes, environmental considerations.
Hazard
Control
IO
AL
Ground conditions must be suitable and sufficient and remain so during crane lifts to take the anticipated
loads. Include details of the ground conditions and any additional works required to the ground,
including spreader mats specification and any testing regime required e.g. CBR tests.
A temporary works design must be in place and checked off before any lifting operation or crane set up
takes place.
AT
TE
Indicate in this section detail of wind speeds / environmental conditions that have been referenced /
anticipated for the duration of the lifting operations.
Access
EG
IN
Include any special travelling routes, road closures / highways notifications, access problems.
Signalling
Indicate whether hand signals or radios are to be used. Also indicate signalling source and radio
frequency/channel. This section can also include any unique slinger/signaller identification (i.e. different
colour helmet / hi-vis) if required.
QCS 2014
Page 20
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Include crane position, lay-down / rigging area, position of delivery vehicles, landing points, banksman
positions, ground and overhead hazards and exclusion zones. If required use elevation drawings.
EG
QCS 2014
Page 21
Lift Team
The details of this Lift Plan along with any other associated Risk Assessment, Method Statement or
Safe System of Work have been brought to the attention and explained to the persons listed below who
have acknowledged that they understand the contents, hazards and associated control measures.
Other Relevant Documentation (list and attach)
Position
Name
Signature
Date
Site/Project
Manager:
Lift Supervisor:
AL
Crane Operator:
Slinger / Signaller:
AT
IO
Others:
EG
IN
TE
In the event of any changes to circumstances, personnel or equipment, the plan should be
reviewed and revised by the Appointed Person and any changes re-communicated to the lift
team.
Page 22
AL
QCS 2014
Crane
Used
Lifted
From
Lifted To
Lifting
Accessories SWL
Used
Comments
Pallets of
Bricks/blocks
2 tonne
tower
Lorry or
store
Loading
platform
Forks &
netting
2.5 Tonne
2 tonne
tower
RMC
truck
Drop chain
3 Tonne
TE
R
IN
EG
C
Concrete skip
AT
IO
Item to be
Lifted
pour
QCS 2014
This checklist must be completed fully before the permit to lift is issued.
Contract:
Date of Lifting
Operation:
Lift Plan Ref or
Activity:
No.
1
Check
Yes
No
Has a Lift Plan been produced by an Appointed Person and accepted by COMPANY?
Has the correct crane, as stated in the Lift Plan, been supplied, complete with manufacturers
operating manual including a maintenance inspection checklist and duty charts?
Is a current report of last thorough examination of the crane (within the last 12 months or 6
months in the case of man-riding operations) available?
Are current 6 monthly test/thorough examination certificates for all lifting equipment /
accessories available on site and their ID numbers checked.
AT
IO
AL
Have all maintenance inspections, including last daily / weekly checks been carried out and
recorded, and evidence of PPM scheme available?
Last recorded entry in register:
Is the Crane Drivers training certification available and current for the category of crane being
operated? (Check that the Driver has experience of this type of crane or operation e.g.
grabbing or balling operations.)
11
12
TE
IN
EG
10
Have all risks from obstructions, such as foul sewer and surface water drain manholes,
overhead cables or adjacent structures, been identified and suitable precautions implemented?
Are the lifting accessories suitable for the task and as identified within the Lift Plan, is there
safe access to sling the load and will the load(s) be stable while being slung / unloaded and are
any lifting points on the load identified and correct?
Has the Crane Lift Team (and others that may be affected) been made aware of the
requirements in the Lift Plan, received an induction, and signed acknowledgement of the
content of the Plan and the operations associated control measures?
A complete copy of the Lifting Plan and associated crane documentation must be retained in the
site safety file and be ready for inspection at any time.
If the answer to any of the above questions is NO, the Permit to Lift must not be issued
until the query has been resolved.
Site / Project Manager Completing this
Checklist:
Date:
Signature:
QCS 2014
Operators Confirmation
I have carried out all statutory and maintenance inspections as detailed above.
Operators Details
__________________________________________________
Signature:
__________________________________________________
Crane Type:
__________________________________________________
Qualifications:
__________________________________________________
Registration No :
Site File
EG
IN
TE
Crane Operator
Distribution :
AT
IO
AL
Name (print):
QCS 2014
DELIVERIES
Vehicle Registration
Number (as
applicable):
Type of
Plant/Equipment:
Project Name:
Supplier:
Driver
Name:
Delivery For:
Date:
Yes
No
2.
3.
4.
5.
Location:
EG
TE
AT
IO
1.
IN
AL
CHECKLIST
Defects Found:
Comments:
Signature:
On completion file.
Date:
QCS 2014
DELIVERIES
Type of
LORRY
MOUNTED Vehicle Registration
Plant/Equipment: CRANE (HIAB)
Number:
Project Name:
Supplier:
Driver
Name:
Delivery for:
Date:
AL
CHECKLIST
Yes
No
2.
3.
4.
5.
Does the driver understand that a lift must not take place if they are
beneath the load, is this identified in the plan (Item 3)?
6.
Does the driver understand the No Lone working rule relative to the
loading and unloading of the wagon?
Location:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
1.
Defects found:
Comments:
Signature:
On completion file.
Date:
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ..................................................... 1
2.3
AL
IO
2.3.11.6 Author........................................................................................................... 10
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Page 2
PROCESS MAP
Project
Site/Manager
Authorised
Person
SHE Advisor
Supervisor
Appoint an Authorised
Person to control
permits for the project
3.1, 3.3
3.1
When necessary
produce and update a
suitable map or plans
for the permits being
d
3.1
AL
3.2
TE
AT
IO
3.1
In conjunction with
the Authorised
Person, assess and
confirm the
competency of the
individual
undertaking the task
3.3
EG
IN
Monitor the Permit to Work system and advise the relevant person of any change required so that an
appropriate review can be made of the Permit requirement and issue
3.1
Key
Activity
Guidance
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to assign responsibilities and establish a safe system of
work to control hazards (which under normal circumstances are difficult to control), by
means of a recognised permit system.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.11.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
AL
AUTHORISED PERSON
Has responsibility for the overall co-ordination and signature for the permit to work system
IO
SHE ADVISER/MANAGER
AT
TE
CONTRACTORS
IN
2.3.11.2 Definitions
HAZARD/ ASPECT/IMPACT
EG
Something with the potential to cause harm, this can include substances, workplaces,
machines, tools, etc and includes the potential to harm/damage the environment including the
potential of causing a statutory nuisance.
RISK
2
Is the likelihood that the potential harm from a particular hazard is realised.
A permit is a signed document that provides assurance that work may safely take place. It does
not replace any requirements for risk assessments or method statements
QCS 2014
Page 5
In order to control hazards which under normal circumstances are difficult to control such as
fire, dangerous substances electrical equipment, confined spaces, excavations etc. A formal
written procedure shall be used to ensure a safe place of work/safe system of work strategy
and full compliance with current legislation.
Permit to Work Systems Shall be used on COMPANY Projects in the following circumstances:
Work on/test on electrical equipment which could give rise to risk of injury or death from
electrical shock or burn, including commissioning work and, particularly, work involving
exposed live conductors operating at dangerous voltages. (USE ELECTRICAL PERMIT
FORMS).
(b)
Welding, flame cutting, use of ignition sources, or work on electrical equipment which
could give rise to an incentive spark. (USE HOT WORK PERMIT FORM).
(c)
Work in confined spaces or at any poorly ventilated place where toxic/flammable gases,
fumes, or vapours are likely to be present in dangerous concentrations, or where there
may be oxygen deficiency or oxygen enrichment. (USE CONFINED SPACE PERMIT
FORM).
(d)
(e)
(f)
Any other clearly dangerous circumstances e.g. site radiography where formal coordination of people and precautions is necessary in order to secure safety. (BESPOKE
PERMIT FORM TO BE PRODUCED REFER TO SHE DEPARTMENT FOR
ASSISTANCE).
TE
AT
IO
AL
(a)
GENERAL
Only competent persons fully conversant with the COMPANY and/or client permit to work
procedures shall be appointed as an Authorised Person by the Project/Site Manager
The Project / Site Manager responsible for the Project will ensure that the Authorised
Person(s) have received suitable and sufficient training in order to execute their duties in this
procedure, and should take into account the practical experience of the proposed Authorised
Person of the particular plant, equipment and/or situation involved.
The Authorised Person shall ensure that on large sites, particularly where more than one
permit system is operating, a suitable map(s) or plan(s) shall be produced and posted at a
focal point(s). The map/plan shall where appropriate indicate the type of permit operating in,
what areas, and shall make clear that only personnel covered by the permit shall enter those
areas. The map or plan shall be updated, and removed immediately all work which demands
a permit is closed.
N.B. Where more than one permit is issued on plant or an operating system a cross
referencing procedure shall be adopted to ensure safety.
EG
IN
The Authorised Person shall ensure that conditions are safe for work to be carried out, and
where necessary, carry out, or arrange for atmospheric tests to ensure safety. Additionally, the
Authorised Person shall ascertain the presence, nature and properties of any flammable,
combustible, or explosive agent involved in the work (e.g. LEL, UEL, WEL, Flash Point,
Density, Threshold of Smell, etc).
In addition the Authorised Person shall consider the possible sources of ignition such as:
QCS 2014
Page 6
(a)
(b)
Oxyacetylene and other gas welding, cutting and burning, Electrical arc welding
(c)
(d)
Static Electricity
(e)
(f)
Solar refraction
(g)
10
The Authorised Person should carry out or arrange to carry out air tests if breathing
apparatus is not worn by operatives entering the confined space and ensure that any working,
escape or rescue respirator or breathing apparatus is suitable for the hazard involved, users
have been instructed in correct usage and the time for which it will remain effective.
11
If breathing apparatus is to be worn, the Authorised Person must ensure that the operative is
attached to a trained observer outside the confined space by means of a lifeline and harness
and that any necessary rescue equipment is in position, and that operatives never work
unattended in confined spaces.
AT
IO
AL
13
All tests shall be carried out in full consultation with the relevant Designer. If for technical
reasons air or gas pressure testing is unavoidable the Project / Site Manager shall obtain
formal permission to carry out such testing from the relevant Designer and safety procedures
agreed with them.
14
Where the risk of an explosion or injury through pressure testing is evident the Project / Site
Manager shall ensure that the Authorised Person ultimately signing the permit is a trained
and experienced engineer who fully understands the hazards involved.
EG
IN
TE
12
This is a delegation of control permit (it does not delegate responsibility which will still rest
with the Project / Site Manager) and is intended to be used on projects where a contractor
wishes to work outside normal site hours and no COMPANY supervision is available. It must
only be used where the risk from the activity has been assessed as acceptable and can only
be used for Single Contractor Works, where co-ordination between more than one
contractor is an issue an COMPANY Manager or Supervisor must be in control of the site.
WORK ACCESS CONTROL PERMIT
16
Where an access Control permit is to be used before issuing the permit the Authorised
Person must ensure clear demarcation of the area is in place by means of notices and
barriers so that personnel know the existence of such an area and its limits.
17
A means of identifying personnel permitted to enter the restricted area, must be established by
the Supervisor of the works (The permit shall list the names of those permitted in the
restricted area).
QCS 2014
Page 7
19
The Authorised Person who signs the Permit to Work shall assess the persons who are to
carry out the work and decide in conjunction with the supervisor in charge of those persons
whether they are competent to undertake the work safely.
20
The Authorised Person has a clear responsibility to satisfy themselves that the precautions
required by any particular permit to work they issue are in place before work is authorised,
and must be aware of any risk assessments and controls identified therein associated with
the activity to be undertaken.
AL
18
In some circumstances sub/work package contractors may wish to operate their own permit to
work systems, and it may be that COMPANY will require some contractors to control their
own works by a permit system. In these cases the following actions should be undertaken.
22
The Site Manager will issue an over riding permit of the appropriate type authorising the
Contractor to control the works in accordance with an agree permit system, this permit shall
be reviewed regularly by the Project Site Manager to verify it is still appropriate and updated
as necessary. The review shall be at intervals not exceeding 7 days.
23
The Project Site Manager shall liaise with the SHE Department and agree who from the
Contractors team shall have responsibility for overall signature of the particular permit to
work form. In all cases such persons shall be appointed by the Contractor in writing as
Authorised Persons and this appointment `notified to the Project Site Manager.
24
The Contractors Authorised Person who signs the Permit to Work shall assess the
persons who are to carry out the work and decide in conjunction with the supervisor in charge
of those persons whether they are competent to undertake the work safely.
25
The Contractors Authorised Person has a clear responsibility to satisfy themselves that the
precautions required by any particular permit to work they issue are in place before work is
authorised, and must be aware of any risk assessments and controls identified therein
associated with the activity to be undertaken.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
21
Authorised Persons shall formally accept and not delegate their duties.
QCS 2014
Page 8
Electrical work is subject to the Electricity at Work Regulations. The procedures for complying
with them are contained in SHE-PRO-004 together with any COMPANY Electrical Safety
Instructions
All work on electrical equipment that has the potential to be energised at a dangerous voltage
shall be covered by a permit to work and the necessary signs displayed.
HOT WORK PERMITS
The objective of these permits is to allow work that may give rise to a source of ignition in
circumstances where there is risk of fire and/or explosion, and/or burns to personnel.
The permits are for use where hot work on plant or equipment is required and a permit
for general hot work within buildings where flammable materials are liable to be
present. The advice of the SHE Department shall be sought when determining which
the appropriate permit to be used in is circumstances where there is any doubt, and
should be used where one or more of the following are present in significant quantities:
(b)
Flammable liquids (particularly highly flammable liquids whose flash points lie below
32C). It should be remembered that vapours from such liquids are normally heavier
than air, and may collect in sumps, drains etc
(c)
(d)
Flammable dusts (particularly organic dusts like grain, wood, sugar, etc. Also certain
metal and other inorganic dusts which are explosive e.g. aluminium. It should also be
remembered that a relatively minor initial explosion may disturb lying dust and give rise
to a catastrophic secondary explosion.
(e)
Solid organic and other materials, for instance timber structures or combustible
insulation materials such as paper, polystyrene, polyurethane foam, etc.
IO
AL
(a)
TE
(b)
(c)
IN
(a)
EG
AT
The presence of potentially dangerous sludges or deposits shall also be considered which
may, when disturbed, give rise to hazardous gas etc. Further hazards may also arise from
flammable liquids, gases, and vapours, introduced by the work itself, or the ingress of steam
or corrosive/hot liquids etc. or lack of oxygen.
10
The objectives of the permit are to minimise these hazards, and secure compliance with the
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction).
EXCAVATION WORK PERMIT
11
See procedure SHE-PRO-003 for the procedure to be adopted for excavation work. Work
Access Control Permit
12
This permit shall be used where it is necessary to control the access of personnel to certain
work areas for the following reasons:
(a)
(b)
To know the exact whereabouts of personnel on "high security" sites at given times.
(c)
To restrict personnel who enter potentially hazardous areas to a limited number, all with
appropriate specialist knowledge and training.
QCS 2014
Page 9
(b)
Persons
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Restricted Work Area Entry Only to Listed Workmen on COMPANY Access Permit
(k)
AL
(a)
13
IO
AT
FORMS
Apparatus (SHE-FRM-11-08)
10
11
12
EG
IN
TE
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
13
14
Safety, Health and Environmental Risk Management and Written Safe Systems of Work
(SHE-PRO-001)
15
Safe Working in the Vicinity of Buried and Overhead Services (SHE-PRO-003) Electricity at
Work (SHE- PRO-004)
QCS 2014
Page 10
16
The Safe use of Cranes and Other Lifting Appliances (Excavators, Tele Handlers and Lorry
Loaders (SHE-PRO-010)
17
2.3.11.6 Author
SECTION
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
AL
SHE Manager
IO
2.3.11.7 Approvals
POSITION IN
COMPANY
AT
NAME
SHEQ Director
EG
IN
TE
Approved by:
QCS 2014
Page 11
Description of Work:
IO
AL
AT
PERMIT MUST NOT BE ISSUED OR WORK COMMENCED UNTIL ALL THE CONTROL
MEASURES ABOVE ARE IN PLACE
OPTIONAL CONTROL MEASURES
Isolation (Gases, Electrical, Mechanical)
RPE
Full BA, Escape Breathing Apparatus or External Air Feed
Fire Precautions (Intrinsically safe lamps etc)
Task and Emergency Lighting
Additional permits for specific activities i.e. hot work
ISSUE OF PERMIT
IN
TE
REQUIRED
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
EG
I confirm that all atmospheric checks have been made and all persons required to enter the Confined Space for any
reason are medically fit and have proof of having received the relevant training in Confined Space Entry to the
correct category.
Name:
Distribution: White copy Workplace recipient
copy)
Signed: Date:.
Pink copy Distribute as required
QCS 2014
Page 12
Contract No:
Location of works:
Description of works:
Part 1
Permit No:
Part 2 Details of work to be carried out (risk assessment, method statement, etc, to be attached)
Action to be taken
IO
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
AT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y N
Other
AL
Part 3 Precautions to be observed (e.g. other permits, lock off, access control)
Protective clothing
Y N Breathing
Y N Gloves
Y N
required
apparatus
Safety helmet
Y N Eye protection
Y N Ear
Y N
defenders
Safety harness
Y N Wellingtons
Y N Overalls
Y N
Safety boots
Y N Face mask
Y N RPE
Y N
IN
TE
EG
QCS 2014
Page 13
REQUIRED
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL MEASURES
IN
TE
ISSUE OF PERMIT
I confirm that all persons carrying out hot work have been made aware of the
contents of this permit
Authorised Person.Signature
EG
RECEIPT OF PAYMENT
I confirm that work by myself or by any person under my control carrying out
hot work will do so in accordance with this permit, all statutory requirements
and company safety policy. All persons involved will receive information and
instruction in the requirements of this permit and safety measures necessary
prior to work commencing.
Competent Person.Signature
Day
Mon
Tues
Wed
Thur
Fri
Sat
Sun
Initial
Initials confirm
temporary cancellation
for weekly issue
I confirm that all sources of ignition have been removed and the relevant fire watch stood
Name Signed ......................................... Date
I acknowledge receipt of the cancellation of this Permit. THE PERMIT IS NOW CANCELLED
Name .............................................................................. Signed .......................................... Date...
QCS 2014
Page 14
NO
Comment
AT
IO
AL
Precautions
Valves (designate) padlocked off
Total disconnection
Spades fitted
Open-ended pipes/vessels sealed
Fire-fighting systems locked off
Other isolation methods (specify)
Drains, sewers within 25 metres sealed
Mechanical ventilation
Flame-proof electrical equipment or equivalent
Fire blankets
'Don't Touch' labels
Local electrical circuits isolated
Dangerous machinery isolated/guarded
Earthing against static electricity
Smoking/naked lights prohibited
Danger area demarcated
Operators instructed in hazards and precautions
Caution signs posted
Standby fire-fighting equipment
Explosimeter reading:
Date:
Time:
TE
Title
Gas detector reading Specify gases
Authorisation I have personally checked the above conditions and consider it safe to carry out this work
Authorised person Print Name
Title:
Signature:
Date:
Time:
Acknowledgement I understand the hazards of this work and the precautions to be taken. These have also
been fully explained to the operatives carrying out this work, and I consider them competent to do it safely. I
will return my copy of this permit to the authorised person when this work has been safely completed
Competent supervisor Print Name
Title:
Signature:
Date:
Time:
Time extension Subject to the following precautions Mark N/A if none are required the expiry time of this
permit is extended from hours on (date) to hours on (date)
Signed Authorised person
Date:
Cancellation
I have completed the work detailed in this permit, and have restored the location to a safe condition. I have
returned my copy (white) of this permit to the authorised person
Signed Competent supervisor
Date:
I accept that the work has been safely completed. The top (white) copy of this permit has been destroyed
Signed Authorised person
Date:
Time:
IN
7.
EG
8.
9.
10.
10.1
10.2
Notes
a)
b)
c)
Permit is automatically suspended upon sounding of emergency alarms, instructions via public address system etc. Check
with authorised person before recommencing work.
Where the authorised person is also the competent supervisor he should sign all parts of the form and issue the top original
(white) copy to himself as a check on procedure.
Signatures for paragraphs 10.1 and 10.2 to be placed only on duplicate (blue) copy which is to be retained for record
purposes.
QCS 2014
Date
1.
2.
3.
Page 15
hrs on (date) to
Air
Pressure involved.
Description of any other hazards associated with pressure test (noise, hot liquid, steam, toxic/corrosive
agents etc.):
Precautions
6.
Authorisation
Applicable
Yes
No
Comment
AL
5.
4.
Gas
Signed
Time (hrs).
Acknowledgement:
Date
AT
7.
IO
I understand the hazards of this work and the precautions to be taken. These have also been fully explained
to the operatives carrying out this work, and I consider them competent to do it safely. I will return my copy
of this permit to the authorised person when this work has been safely completed.
Print NameTitle..........
TE
Competent Supervisor:
IN
8.
The expiry time of this permit is extended from ........................ hrs on (date)
EG
To ........................hrs on (date)
9.
Cancellation:
9.1 I have completed the work detailed in this permit, and have restored the location to a safe condition. I
have returned my copy (white) of this permit to the authorised person.
Signed Competent Supervisor..
Time (hrs).
Date..
I accept that the work has been safely completed. The Top copy (white) of this permit has been destroyed.
Signed Competent Supervisor..
Date..
Time (hrs).
Notes
a) Permit is automatically
suspended upon sounding of
emergency alarms, instruction via
public address system etc.
Check with authorised person
before recommending work.
Distribution:
White copy
Pink copy
Blue copy
Workplace recipient
Distribute as required
Retain in book (file copy)
QCS 2014
Page 16
1.
Project:
2.
3.
The above work area has been demarcated in the following manner:
4.
5.
The person(s) designated below is hereby authorised to enter and work in the
controlled area described in 2. above
Title
Title
Title
AL
Title
AT
IO
hrs on (date) . to
7.
IN
TE
6.
8.
EG
Distribution:
White copy
Pink copy Blue copy -
Workplace recipient
Distribute as required
|Retain in book (file copy)
Date.
Date.
QCS 2014
1.
Page 17
2.1
Isolation: State isolation point(s), whether or not isolators have been padlocked off, fuses
drawn, etc.
2.2
Warning notices and access control: State where caution/danger notices have been posted and
if appropriate, how work area has been fenced off.
2.3
Prove apparatus dead: State what tests have been made, where and with what instruments.
2.4
Earthing: State where apparatus has been earthed and, for testing, which earths may be
removed.
2.5
2.6
AT
IO
AL
2.
3.
TE
I acknowledge receipt of this permit and understand the safety precautions described above.
Neither I nor the men under my control will work on/test* any other electrically dangerous
apparatus. I will return this permit to the authorised person when the work on/test is complete.
IN
4.1
I hereby declare that the work on/test*- detailed in paragraph 1 has been completed/stopped,
earths removed, and men/gear withdrawn. The apparatus is now in safe condition.
EG
4.
I hereby declare this permit cancelled. The top copy (white) has been returned to me by the
competent person and destroyed. The apparatus detailed in paragraph 1 may be reconnected
for service.
Distribution:
Top Copy White 2nd Copy - Blue
This form is intended to be used in a PAD format only
QCS 2014
1.
Page 18
Location
2.
3.
Person(s) involved in test Only authorised or competent persons may work on/test live apparatus at or
above 55 volts AC/DC
Competent person name and initials
Observer name and initials
4.
4.1
Safety equipment: The following safety equipment will be provided and used throughout the test
Max safe voltage
AL
Adjacent live equipment: The following precautions are to be taken to ensure that the persons named in
paragraph 3 cannot come into contact either adjacent live equipment
4.3
4.4
Atmospheric conditions: The following precautions are to be taken to avoid danger from wet and humid
conditions
AT
IO
4.2
From
4.6
hrs on (date)
to
hrs on (date)
Authorisation: I declare that all precautions specified in paragraph 4 are in force and that the test described
in paragraph 1 may now begin.
Time
hrs
Date
IN
TE
4.5
Important: No electrical test is to be carried out in potentially flammable atmospheres unless a hot work
permit is in force
5.1
I acknowledge receipt of the top (white) original of this permit and understand/will use the safety precautions
listed in paragraph 4. I will work only under the surveillance of the observer, and will return this permit to the
authorised person when the test is complete.
5.2
I acknowledge receipt of the first (pink) copy of this permit and will monitor the safe progress of the
competent person. I have been instructed what to do in the case of emergency, and will return the permit to
the authorised person when the test is complete.
EG
Signed Observer
6.
hrs
Date
Time
hrs
Date
Clearance I hereby declare that the test described in paragraph 1 is complete. The apparatus is safe and
tools/gear have been withdrawn.
Signed Competent person
7.
Time
Time
hrs
Date
Time
hrs
Date
NOTES
a) Top original (white) and first copy (pink) to be issued by
authorised person to competent person and observer
respectively and retained by them during the work/test.
Both copies to be returned to authorised person for
destruction on completion of test.
QCS 2014
Page 19
Hours: ........................
IS THE WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT A HIGH RISK ACTIVITY (e.g. Steel erection,
roofwork, cladding, asbestos removal, work at height, excavations over 600mm deep etc.) Refer
to initial risk assessment Construction Phase Safety Plan. (circle appropriate risk rating)
LOW
AL
HIGH
If the work is high risk or multi discipline, COMPANY supervision must be on site at all times.
IO
AT
Safety
Courses
attended
YES OR
IN
TE
EG
Signed: ............................................................
RECEIPT OF PERMIT
I confirm that work by myself or by any person under my control carrying out work out of hours or without
on-site COMPANY supervision will do so in accordance with this permit. All persons involved will receive
information and instruction in the requirements of this permit and safety measures necessary prior to
work commencing
Named Supervisor:
Sub-contractor:
Signature:
Date:
Works Completed:
YES
/ NO
YES
/ NO
*Out of hours
QCS 2014
Page 1
2.3
AL
IO
2.3.12.5 Author............................................................................................................. 7
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Page 2
Process Map
Scaffold/Work at
Height Coordinator
Project
Manager/Contractor
SHE
manager/Adviser
To ensure this
procedure is
established and prior to
tender ensure detailed
scaffold specification is
produced, including for
all production etc.
Contractor
Operatives
Provide details,
including Design as
appropriate to
Project/Site Manager
1.5
1.2, 3.1
Prior to erection of
scaffold, appoint
scaffold Co-ordinator
3.1
AL
Ensure work at
height/scaffold
requirements are
discussed at contractor
pre-start monitoring
Understand scaffold
specification and
comply with defined
duties including
ensuring the availability
of risk assessment and
method statements
AT
IO
3.1
3.1
1.5, 3.3
TE
3.1
IN
Check scaffolders
training certificates and
retain copies
EG
Ensure scaffold
inspected after erection
and every 7 days.
Record using Company
Register or similar
ti
t d d
3.2, 3.3
Receive scaffold
handover certificate from
scaffolding contractor etc.
3.4
Key
Activity
Guidance
Provide the
appropriate
certificates
3.2
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to control the hazards and associated risks of working at
height by ensuring proper design and safe systems of work including the requirements for
statutory inspections.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.12.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Ensures this procedure is established and that works are carried out in accordance with
this procedure.
SHE MANAGER/ADVISOR
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors others
effectiveness to manage the activities.
AL
IO
To provide all relevant information including where appropriate design details, specifications
and calculations to COMPANY and to work in accordance with this procedure and any other
information/rules provided in relation to this procedure.
AT
CONTRACTOR
To work in accordance with this procedure and any other information/rules provided in
relation to this procedure.
EG
2.3.12.2 Definitions
IN
TE
EMPLOYEES
The control of scaffolding and working at heights are contained in the Qatar Regulatory
Document (Construction) Work at Height Section, relevant British or International
Standards and Codes of Practice, National Access and Scaffolding Confederation Current
TG20 for Technical Guidance on the use of BS EN/2811-1. The current NASC SG14
Guidance for Preventing Falls in Scaffolding and False work.
PERSONAL FALL PROTECTION IS
A fall prevention, work restraint, work positioning, fall arrest or rescue system, other than
a systems in which the only safeguards are collective safeguards, or,
QCS 2014
Page 5
2.3.12.3 Procedure
MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project/Site Manager will appoint a Scaffold Co-ordinator to ensure the proper control
of all scaffolding, working platforms, working restraint mitigation. If no appointment is
made the Project/Site Manager will assume the duties himself.
Specific details in relation to contractors scaffold etc and working at height shall be
discussed at the initial SHE meeting SHE-PRO-007.
The person appointed will be site based and competent to carry out his duties. Training
where necessary shall be arranged through the regional Training Coordinator.
Erection and dismantling of scaffolds shall be carried out in accordance with the National
Access and Scaffolding Confederation (NASC) Guide (SG4).
Ensure all risk assessments and method statements have been prepared in relation to
the erection use and maintenance of scaffolds
AL
AT
IO
COMPANY has a responsibility to ensure that any workplace that is part of a scaffold is safe
before others under COMPANY control or COMPANY own employees use it.
COMPANY Scaffold and Work at Height Co-ordinator shall also monitor that scaffolds etc.
erected by COMPANY/sub/work package contractors are safe and inspected as required
by Regulations and are only erected by trained, competent and certified persons.
EG
IN
TE
All sub/work package contractors' personnel retain the responsibility for ensuring that any
such equipment provided is safe for proper use and inspected as required by the Regulations.
11
Each sub or work package contractor has a responsibility to inspect equipment provided to it
by another contractor before they use it.
MANDATORY ITEMS RELATIVE TO WORK AND ACCESS/EGRESS TO HEIGHT
12
13
14
Where the above is not practicable ladder access openings shall be protected with a
gravity gate, (running the top guard rail into the ladder access point as an alternative is
not permissible.)
QCS 2014
Page 6
Where ladders are incorporated within a scaffold/working platform the access shall be
protected by a ladder flap or suitable guard rails and toe boards, to protect the opening.
16
When considering the use of ladders including step ladders, they shall not be used for Work at
Height unless Risk Assessment has demonstrated the other systems such as Podium or
Tower Scaffolds are not practicable or are for very short duration only. A Ladder Permit must
be issued for their use.
17
All working platform edges including edge protection to roofs, floor slabs and loading bays
shall incorporate material fall protection whether in use or not
18
19
To compliment the above, a pre unload check shall be carried out prior to releasing the
ropes/chains/straps.
20
All Loading Bays shall be located away from building pedestrian access points where
practicable and in all cases incorporate triple guard rails to sides and a proprietary front
loading gate which protects users at all times.
21
Requirements for passive collective fall arrest where there is a risk of persons falling and edge
protection cannot be provided, a fall mitigation system such as nets, air/beanbags shall be
supplied and used. Where this is not practicable fall restraint shall be considered before
fall arrest.
22
Where safety harnesses and lanyards are used by employees they shall be inspected before
use and thoroughly examined at least every 3 months or as recommended by the
manufacturer if a lesser period. Safety belts are prohibited.
23
Scaffolds must not be used until a scaffold handover certificate has been issued by the person
erecting the scaffold and an entry has been made in the appropriate register.
24
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
15
QCS 2014
Page 7
Contractors Check List for Initial Safety, Health and Environmental Meeting (SHE-PRO-007)
AT
IO
AL
2.3.12.5 Author
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
TE
SECTION
EG
IN
SHE Manager
2.3.12.6 Approvals
Approved by:
NAME
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
Page 8
All scaffolds and working platforms shall be properly constructed to provide a safe
working place and be suitable for the type and nature of the work being carried out.
There shall be provided suitable and sufficient safe access to and egress from every
working place. Scaffolds shall only be erected or altered by competent, trained and
experienced workmen. Materials used shall be of suitable quality, in good condition and
free from patent defect.
Scaffolds shall conform to current British or International Standards.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Before the erection of any scaffold the following question shall be addressed:
What is the scaffold for?
1
Where is it to be erected?
2
What materials are to be used?
3
Can safe access be provided for:4
Erection?
I)
Use?
II)
Dismantling?
III)
How many working platforms are needed?
5
What loading will be imposed?
6
Are the ground conditions or supporting structure suitable?
7
How and where can the scaffold be tied in?
8
What bracing will be used?
9
Will the scaffold be sheeted?
10
Is there a need to provide protection for the public?
11
QCS 2014
Page 9
Contract Number..
..
..
Yes
No
AL
Section A
IO
AT
TE
Section B (If steps are the only option, the following must be answered
IN
EG
Aluminium
Fibreglass
Yes
No
Section D Authorisation
Employee
Supervisor
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ..................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.13 ...........................................................................................................................
FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL ON SITE ............................................ 1
AL
IO
AT
2.3.13.5 Author........................................................................................................... 15
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 2
Process Map
Tender Team
Projects Engineer
(CDM)
Design
Project Manager
SHE Dept
Ensure adequate
resources for fire
control/protection
1.2, 3.4
1.4
Ensure fire risk has
been considered by
designers
1.6, 3.2
AL
1.5, 3.2
3.4
Provide advice on
certificates,
training, etc. If
necessary, liaise
with Anon
1.3, 3,4
Monitor controls
are in place
3.1
3.4
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
SHE Management
Plan to detail
relevant
appointments and
emergency details
Ensure information
on fire risk is
provided at project
induction
3.4
Ensure adequate
monitoring
arrangements are in
place and carry out
emergence drills as
required by the SHE
Plan
3
Key
Activity
Guidance
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure adequate controls are in place from fire and the adequate
provision of emergency procedures.
SCOPE
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of COMPANY.
A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management of safety at a
construction site.
Introduction
IO
This Section provides guidance on Fire prevention and control on site which is a legal
requirement under the Regulatory document Section 1.7.
AT
It is strongly advised that reference is made to BS 5839 BS 5839-1:2013- Fire detection and
fire alarm systems for buildings Code of practice for design, installation, commissioning and
maintenance of systems in non-domestic premises.
Fire extinguishers, emergency lighting, fire alarms and fire signs must comply with current
local civil defense Standards and / or British Standards.
IN
TE
Every year there are a number of large fires on construction sites and in buildings undergoing
alteration and refurbishment. All have serious consequences: Injury and fatality to people, environment
and property damages. Some irreplaceable buildings burn down.
EG
The risk of fire is greater during the construction, refurbishment or demolition of buildings than
at any other time, and the loss of equipment, working time and resultant financial implications can be
severe.
Such fires have been started by the careless use of blowlamps, faulty electrical wiring etc.
The practical steps which can be taken to prevent fire are a cost-effective investment that may
bring great benefits. The majority of fires can be prevented by taking simple precautions and by
adopting safe working practices.
Every fire, no matter how large the end result, starts from a small beginning. But certain
fundamentals are common to every fire, and knowledge of these will help to prevent or to control a fire.
Everyone who has been trained will know the different types of fire that can occur and the
right extinguisher to use in each case. Using the wrong extinguisher can make a fire situation
deteriorate rapidly. If you are not trained, do not attempt to use them.
Sources of fuels, such as bonfires, LPG cylinders, dangerous substances, and flammable
materials, shall be identified as well as sources of ignition, such as smoking, cooking and heating
appliances and operations involving hot works (e.g. welding and cutting)
Controls shall take into account site security with respect to trespassers and acts of
vandalism.
Materials storage and all waste produced present a fire hazard and needs to be taken into
account in the risk management process.
QCS 2014
Page 4
Fire alarms, emergency lighting, fire-fighting equipment, signage, fire safety procedures,
emergency plans and staff training should keep in step with the progress of construction works so that
all areas are adequately covered throughout all stages of development.
The simplest fire procedure is as easy as A B C =
Immediate evacuation
REMEMBER!
The majority of fires on site can be prevented by taking simple precautions and by adopting
safe working practices.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Fire legislation is designed to reduce the risk of a fire starting and ensures that, if it does
there are adequate means of escape and measures to control the fire.
occur,
QCS 2014
Page 5
2.3.13.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
Authorises this procedure.
PROJECT / SITE MANAGER
Ensures that works are carried out in accordance with this procedure.
SHE MANAGER / ADVISER
AL
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors others effectiveness to
manage the activities.
IO
AT
DESIGNERS
TE
Designers and specifies shall consider their proposals in terms of the potential for reducing construction
phase fire risks at source. The ability to do this will vary according to the circumstances.
PROJECT ENGINEER (CDM)
IN
The Engineer shall ensure that the relevant information provided by clients or designers is included in
the tender stage information pack.
EG
They shall also monitor design proposals and if they note designs that appear to ignore significant fire
matters, or introduce significant fire hazards for the construction phase, then they shall be referred back
to the designer for resolution.
INCIDENT CONTROLLERS, FIRE MARSHALS, ETC.
Ensure duties are carried out in accordance with those detailed.
2.3.13.2 Definitions
CDM
Construction (Design and Management) and the definitions therein.
INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY OF CONTRIBUTION TO FIRE SAFETY FROM KEY
PARTIES
As with all health and safety issues, fire safety during construction work will best be achieved through
adoption of the principles set out in the CDM i.e. design and planning to avoid or reduce the risks
followed by thorough planning, organisation and control of the execution of the works.
QCS 2014
Page 6
The material contained in this document shall be used in the preparation of site fire plans
that shall be included in the SHE Management Plan.
AL
Where COMPANY is the Engineer the in house co-ordinator shall ensure that fire risks have been
considered by designers in their design.
IO
AT
All sub and work package contractors shall be required as a condition of contract, to comply with the
requirements of the Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) and as such this requirement has been
incorporated in the COMPANY standard rules for sub and work package contractors.
TE
The location and fire precautions required for temporary site accommodation e.g. offices, canteens,
cargo containers and caravans etc as well as parts of the existing buildings used for these purposes
demand special consideration and the Project/Site Manager shall seek the advice of the SHE
Department during the planning of such facilities.
IN
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
EG
The Project/Site Manager shall appoint a Incident Controller for the site whose name shall be recorded
in the SHE Management Plan. In addition, and where appropriate, a sufficient number of fire marshals
shall also be appointed.
The Project/Site Manager in association with the SHE Adviser for the site shall undertake a Fire Risk
Assessment and prepare a site specific emergency plan which shall be integrated into the SHE
Management Plan.
Safety induction of all personnel onto the project/site shall include fire related risks and arrangements.
The Project/Site Manager shall in consultation with the SHE Manager/Adviser, prepare, undertake and
record a specific Fire Risk Assessment for all Site Offices/Temporary Accommodation units. Contact
the SHE Department for advice.
The SHE adviser appointed for the site shall provide any necessary fire training requested and
undertake fire audits, as circumstances dictate.
The Project Manager shall arrange and carry out emergency evacuation drill as required by the SHE
Management Plan.
The Project/Site Manager must ensure that arrangements are in place to monitor the effectiveness of
this procedure including the maintenance of any fire fighting equipment etc.
QCS 2014
Page 7
AL
establish the risks to health and safety arising from those hazards
establish the control measures necessary to reduce the risks to an acceptable level.
In circumstances where fire is an on-site hazard, a 'fire risk assessment' must be carried out.
IO
In many cases, fire risk assessments may be quite straightforward and completed relatively quickly. As
outlined above, the principles of fire risk assessment are the same as for the risk assessment of any
other construction work activity or process.
AT
In more complicated situations, carrying out a fire risk assessment may need more consideration and
may need to be reviewed as the construction project progresses or new situations arise. It almost goes
without saying that anyone carrying out a fire risk assessment on site needs to have both knowledge and
competence in the subject.
TE
TEMPORARY BUILDINGS
IN
The design for Fire prevention and control need to include temporary structures and works such as office
accommodation, canteens and other temporary accommodation and their maintenance.
BONFIRES
EG
Where bonfires are allowed, no fire should be left unattended at any time.
A bonfire should only be lit after conducting a risk assessment:
Special attention is to be given to drifting smoke which could be a nuisance and represent danger to
road.
They should be situated well away from any buildings, boundaries, roadways, fuel stores or other
combustible materials or structures.
Consideration must be given to wind direction and strength.
Never light a bonfire by using a flammable liquid. There is a danger of the person lighting the fire being
burnt by the 'flash' as the flammable liquid ignites and also a chance of secondary fires starting as heavier-than-air
vapours spread.
SMOKING RESTRICTIONS
QCS 2014
Page 8
Where it is decided that smoking can be allowed in 'non-enclosed' areas, these areas must exclude any
'fire-risk' areas such as storage areas for combustible materials, flammable liquids and gas storage areas. The
official NO SMOKING notice must be clearly displayed in any area where smoking is not allowed, including all
entrances to all enclosed working places.
Areas where smoking is allowed should be equipped with adequate fire-fighting equipment.
Non-combustible containers should be provided to aid safe disposal of discarded smoking materials.
As work progresses and the site develops it will be necessary to monitor the changes in the 'fire risk
areas' and review the areas where smoking is allowed accordingly.
Site rules should ensure that smoking is prohibited for an appropriate period at the end of each working
day, for example the last hour. This will allow any developing fire to be discovered and dealt with before
the site closes at the end of the day.
AL
TRESPASSERS
IO
Children and other trespassers may start fires on site. Sites should, as far as possible, be secured
against intruders. In every case, combustible materials should be cleared on a regular basis (daily) and not left
lying around. Storage areas for flammable liquids and gases should be secured during non-working hours.
Everyone should know the correct action to take if they discover a trespasser on site during working
AT
hours.
HOT WORK
TE
Cutting, burning and welding operations, together with the use of blowlamps and other LPG-fuelled tools,
are the cause of many fires on building and construction sites. It is essential that anyone engaged in hot
works is aware of the fire risk, and is trained and competent to use the equipment that will produce the
heat.
IN
Precautions must be taken where heat from a work process could be transmitted to other combustible
materials, for example where hot works are carried out on steelwork or pipes adjacent to or passing
through flammable materials such as stud-work walls or timber floors.
EG
Where this kind of operation is anticipated, it is essential that all combustible materials (and liquids) are
protected before any work is allowed to start. Special care should be taken when working with cutting or
welding equipment at raised levels. Any equipment or combustible items situated below cutting or
welding operations where there is a danger of sparks or fragments of hot metal dropping, should, if
possible, be removed or covered with fire-resisting material.
When working with blowlamps, welding, flame-cutting or grinding equipment, thorough checks should
always be made to ensure that nothing is left smouldering after the work is finished.
As an added precaution, always check into cavities, around eaves, behind studding and into other voids
after any hot work has been completed.
In many cases such work must be carried out in compliance with a Hot Work Permit. This will stipulate
the safety conditions under which the work must be carried out and will usually require:
that a suitable and serviceable fire extinguisher is available at the place of the work
that hot work ceases at least one hour before the end of the working day
that a check for the presence of fire or potential fire is carried out before the end of the working day.
HEATING APPLIANCES
The risk of fire arises from the use of heating appliances if they are sited and installed incorrectly,
inadequately maintained or are not suitable for the intended use or location.
Fuel supplies for gas-fired appliances, especially propane or butane, should be kept secured outside the
building and piped in through fixed pipework. Any flexible pipework should be kept as short as possible,
QCS 2014
Page 9
and used only for the final connection to the cylinder. Any room in which a gas fire is used must be fitted
with a permanently open vent or louvre to enable the fire to operate properly without producing excess
carbon dioxide. (A window that could be closed in cold weather, for example, is not acceptable.)
Gas fires, plus the associate pipework and connections and so on must be regularly serviced.
The use of oil heaters is not recommended due to the inherent risk of fire if they are knocked over or
otherwise misused.
Combustible material should be kept well away from heaters and stoves. The practice of drying wet
clothing in front of fires should be prohibited. Care must be taken to see that newspapers, clothing or
other combustible materials are not allowed to build up around such heaters.
Care must be taken also to ensure heaters are not used near liquid fuel cylinders. Heat applied to the
surface of such cylinders will cause the contents to pressurise and could trigger an explosion.
AL
All heaters and stoves, including cookers and kettles, must be turned off at the end of the working day.
Portable electrical apparatus should be switched off, unplugged and disconnected from the mains
supply.
STORAGE OF MATERIALS
AT
IO
Whilst it is appreciated that there is a need for enough material to be available to do the job, only an
amount equivalent to one day's work supply should be stored in the work area. Where it is possible to
use a material which is less flammable, but will do the same job, then that type of material should be
specified by the designer.
Wherever possible, the stockpiling of flammable materials should be avoided, as quantity increases the
scale of any fire.
TE
Where possible, all combustible materials should be stored outside the building under construction in a
locked compound or storage container with adequate separation between differing types of product.
Such items as LPG and flammable adhesives should be isolated into a separate locked compound.
DISPOSAL OF WASTE
IN
Most construction sites generate large quantities of rubbish and waste material which present a potential
fire risk.
EG
Good housekeeping is essential. Rubbish and waste should be cleared from site on a regular basis, if the
risk of fire is to be controlled. Although not all rubbish and waste can be taken to a centralised point for
disposal, places should be organised so that skips and other waste disposal containers can be safely
positioned not less than 3 metres way from any building or structure.
Skips and other waste disposal containers should not be placed adjacent to means of escape from
buildings or the site, but must be so positioned as to be readily available to vehicles contracted to collect
skips or to clear the accumulations of rubbish and waste material.
QCS 2014
Page 10
The Regulatory Document, in particular Section 1.7 sets out the law regarding Fire prevention and control and
stipulates specific duties for conduct of fire risk assessments.
The Regulatory Document requires that a responsible person must carry out, and keep up to date, a risk
assessment and implement appropriate measures to minimise the risk to life and property from fire.
The responsible person will usually be the main contractor in control of the site or in teh case of a property the
property owner.
Sources of fuel and ignition shall be identified and general fire precautions including, means of escape, warning
and fighting fire shall be established based on fire risk assessment.
In occupied buildings such as offices, works must not interfere with existing escape routes from the building, or any
fire separation, alarms, dry risers, or sprinkler systems.
There are five steps in carrying out a fire risk assessment:
Identify hazards: consider how a fire could start and what could burn;
AL
People at risk: employees, contractors, visitors and anyone who is vulnerable, e.g. person with physical
disabilities; pregnant woman etc
Evaluation and action: consider the hazards and people identified in the above and act to remove and
reduce risk to protect people and premises;
IO
Record, plan and train: keep a record of the risks and action taken. Make a clear plan for fire safety and
ensure that people understand what they need to do in the event of a fire; and
AT
Review: your assessment regularly and check it takes account of any changes on site.
MEANS OF ESCAPE
TE
Routes: your risk assessment should determine the escape routes required, which must be kept available
and unobstructed;
Alternatives: well-separated alternative ways to ground level should be provided where possible;
IN
Protection: routes can be protected by installing permanent fire separation and fire doors as soon as
possible;
EG
Assembly: make sure escape routes give access to a safe place where people can assemble and be
accounted for. On a small site the pavement outside may be adequate; and
Signs: will be needed if people are not familiar with the escape routes. Lighting should be provided for
enclosed escape routes and emergency lighting may be required.
MEANS OF GIVING WARNING
Set up a system to alert people on site. This may be temporary or permanent mains operated fire alarm (tested
regularly), a klaxon, an air horn or a whistle, depending on the size and complexity of the site.
The warning needs to be distinctive, audible above other noise and recognisable by everyone.
MEANS OF FIGHTING FIRE
Fire extinguishers should be located at identified fire points around the site. The extinguishers should be
appropriate to the nature of the potential fire:
wood, paper and cloth water extinguisher;
flammable liquids dry powder or foam extinguisher;
electrical carbon dioxide (C02) extinguisher.
Nominated people should be trained in how to use extinguishers
RESPONSE TO A FIRE ALARM
QCS 2014
Page 11
In the event of a fire occurring, it is essential that the alarm is raised as quickly as possible so that employees and
others, such as visitors, can quickly and safely reach a place of safety.
This can be achieved by considering the steps outlined in Module HI that cover:
emergency procedures
calling the fire and rescue service
means of escape.
However, if a fire starts inside a building which is under construction, demolition or refurbishment, particularly in a
basement, the location of the fire exits may be unknown to many of the people on the site. Therefore,
publicised and clearly signposted escape routes must be established.
As part of the site emergency planning, dedicated escape routes should be decided on during the planning phases
of the project, and arrangements made for them to be clearly signed and adequately lit.
Escape routes and their signage may have to be reviewed and reorganised as construction work progresses.
AL
As part of establishing a satisfactory means of escape, it will be necessary to install an emergency lighting system
in circumstances where failure of primary lighting would create a hazardous situation.
IO
A good fire alarm system should be installed within the site compliant to the current standards, and provides the
level of protection demanded by current legislation.
AT
A log book that records the date and time of weekly tests, and a record of any faults detected, false
alarms and the service history, by whom.
TE
A design certificate (such as a BS 5839-1 G1 Design certificate or equivalent) with Specification, Fire
Plan or cause and effect, a set of drawings that clearly states the category or level of protection, plus any
variations that have been agreed with interested parties such as Civil Defence, the Insurers or Building Control.
IN
EG
An inspection and servicing certificate (such as a BS 5839-1 G6 Inspection & Servicing certificate or
equivalent) that record all tests and checks made at each service visit since original installation handover.
Modification certificates as applicable (such as a BS 5839-1 G7 Modification certificate or equivalent)
identifying any work undertaken on the system since the date of handover.
The responsible person should ensure that certification is in place covering these subjects as identified in BS
5839-1. If there is inadequate certification available, it is recommended that a Verification Certificate
(such as a BS 5839-1 G5) is obtained from a competent maintainer
In the case where installations don\t have the certificates, it is recommended that the system is assessed by a
competent service provider who can issue the necessary certificates detailed above.
Anyone who will undertake the works will need to be competent and those carrying out works on a fire alarm
system shall hold either a BAFE SP203 or LPS1014 certificate approved from Kahramaa. The
certificates should include details of their capability to Design, Install, Commission and/or Maintain a fire
alarm system.
It is also important to ensure that any service provider is competent to advise of any potential sources of false
alarms and their corrective action.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
The provision of emergency lighting should always be considered when assessing the fire safety requirements for
QCS 2014
Page 12
a construction site.
This is particularly important where being able to carry out work safely is dependent on artificial lighting because
there is no natural light, for example in basements.
If the lighting circuits should fail, any standby emergency lighting system must switch on automatically and clearly
illuminate the following:
exits and directional signs
corridors and associated exits
circulation areas
changes in levels
any projections and protrusions, such as temporary partitioning, trestles, scaffolding, items of plant and
machinery
internal and external staircases, including ladders, particularly if these are essential to evacuate the site.
AL
Emergency exit routes from the premises may have to be provided or maintained through the construction area for
use by the occupiers of the premises. This is relevant where the building in which construction is taking
place is partially occupied by others.
It may be necessary to amend the location and extent of the emergency lighting system as works progress.
IO
Emergency lighting, whether powered by battery or standby generator or a combination, should be tested on a
regular basis by a competent person in accordance with BS 5266 Part I.
AT
Records of tests of the emergency lighting equipment should be kept and must be available for inspection when
required.
TE
As work progresses, the requirement and suitability of fire-fighting equipment must be reviewed, and amended as
necessary.
IN
All mechanically-propelled site plant should carry its own fire extinguisher of the correct type. On large or costly
items of equipment or plant, the installation of automatic fire detection and extinguishing systems should
be considered if there is a risk of fire.
EG
In addition to the monthly inspections of fire-fighting equipment it is particularly important to check extinguishers
which, within a year, are sent to more than one site. When a site is being set up, on receipt of the fire
extinguishers, the Site Manager must inspect them for the date that the next check is due.
The Contractor must ensure that employees are provided with adequate safety training that includes suitable and
sufficient instruction and training on the appropriate precautions and actions to be taken by employees in
order to safeguard themselves and other relevant persons on the premises. It needs to take account of
the fire risk assessment and the emergency procedures, and be easily understandable and repeated
periodically. The training should cover:
discovering a fire
how to raise the alarm
what to do on hearing the alarm
procedure for alerting visitors and all staff
calling the fire service
evacuation procedures, assembly points and fire drills
location and use of fire-fighting equipment
location of escape routes
QCS 2014
Page 13
Site security
AL
2.3.13.10
Irrespective of the site boundary fence, buildings and storage areas for flammable liquids, liquefied petroleum gas
cylinders and other combustible materials should be individually fenced or otherwise suitably protected.
IO
Illumination of the site, the provision of security guards or guard dogs or the installation of CCTV is additional
deterrents to unauthorised access.
Fire safety and the Construction (Design and Management) CDM Regulations
2.3.13.11
AT
At the end of each working day a fire check should be undertaken, particularly in areas where hot work has been
carried out. Where 24-hour security is provided, fire checks should be undertaken throughout the night,
during holiday periods and at weekends.
IN
TE
CDM imposes duties with regard to the safe operation of construction sites on Contractors and Sub-Contractors.
These duties focus on minimising the risk of fires and ensuring that, if a fire should occur, it can be
correctly dealt with. Fire should be one of the hazards covered in a fire safety plan that will form a part of
the construction phase health and safety plan.
EG
These Regulations require that the Contractor appoints a competent person to be responsible for continually
assessing the fire risk and updating the Fire Safety Plan.
Designers, who will be guided by the fire prevention and control elements of the QCS, should attempt to 'designout' fire risks where possible.
suitable and sufficient steps are taken to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, the risk of injury
from fire or explosions.
measures to be taken to detect and fight fires in relation to work are carried out on construction sites.
2.3.13.12
DESIGN PHASE
Effective fire prevention planning begins at the design stage. The architect or designer must consider the
measures which will eliminate or diminish the potential for fire. It is essential that, where appropriate, an
experienced and qualified person is appointed to consider the fire aspects of the design phase; not only
to ensure that fire risk and potential for damage are properly assessed and kept to a minimum during
construction, but also to see that the finished building will comply with all statutory requirements in
respect of fire precautions.
FIRE SAFETY PLAN
On a site of sufficient size or complexity, or if required by the Contractor they may need to appoint a competent
QCS 2014
Page 14
AL
fire evacuation plans and procedures for calling the fire and rescue service
IO
fire drills and training, and also procedures for maintaining a written record of all checks.
The person responsible for site fire safety should:
AT
ensure that the site fire safety plan is clearly understood and complied with by all those on the site
ensure that a system using Hot Work Permits is established, as necessary, and monitor its effectiveness
carry out regular checks of fire-fighting equipment and facilities installed on site
TE
IN
EG
regularly monitor and check the arrangements and procedures for calling the fire and rescue service
carry out the duties required for the safe evacuation of the site in the event of an emergency situation
ensure that all staff and visitors report to the assembly points.
The site fire adviser or other competent person may, in consultation with the Contractor, need to arrange for the
appointment of fire marshals to assist in the implementation of the site fire safety plan, particularly any
site evacuation. On large sites it is usual for a fire marshal to be appointed from each company of
subcontractors to account for that company's staff in the event of a site evacuation.
Where fire marshals' duties are more extensive, they must be allowed sufficient time to carry out their duties and to
undertake any training that may be necessary.
Notices detailing the action to be taken in case of a fire should be displayed on all notice boards and adjacent to
fire alarm call points.
2.3.13.13
2.3.13.14
Reference Documents
FORMS
Fire Prevention Checklist (SHE-FRM-13-01)
QCS 2014
Page 15
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) RD1.7
SHE Management Plan
Safety, Health and Environmental Risk Management and Written Safe Systems of Work (SHE-PRO-001)
QCS 2007 Fire Prevention Standards and Guidance for Buildings under Construction.
Author
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
Approvals
Approved by:
EG
IN
NAME
TE
2.3.13.16
AT
SHE Manager
IO
SECTION
AL
2.3.13.15
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
QCS 2014
Para
No.
1.0
Tick Box
for yes
Question
Design Phase
Has a Co-ordinator been appointed for the Design Phase?
Does the Co-ordinator understood the full scope of his responsibilities?
2.0
Construction Phase
Has a Site Fire Safety Co-ordinator been appointed by the COMPANY?
Has the Fire Safety Co-ordinator :
formulated a fire safety plan?
ensured that staff are familiar with the plan and understood it?
monitored compliance are fire safety plan, especially with regard to hot?
AL
work permits?
IO
AT
checked the arrangements and procedures for calling the fire brigade?
Large Projects
TE
3.0
IN
EG
provided site plans for the emergency services detailing the escape
routes, fire protection equipment and facilities for the fire brigade?
Fire Safety Plan
4.0
Page 16
the points of access and sources of water for the fire brigade?
QCS 2014
Para
No.
5.0
Tick Box
for yes
Question
Emergency Procedures
Is the means of warning of fire known to all staff?
It is checked routinely and can be heard in all areas above background noise?
Are fire instruction notices prominently displayed?
Are the fire brigade access routes clear at all times?
Have specified personnel been briefed to unlock barriers when the alarm sounds?
Have signs been installed indicating fire escape routes and the positions of fire
protection equipment?
6.0
Fire Protection
Have measures been taken to ensure the early installation and operation of:
AL
lighting conductors?
automatic fire alarms
IO
AT
hose reels?
are fire dampers and fire stopping provided at the earliest opportunity?
is steel work protected as soon as possible?
TE
7.0
IN
EG
Where flexible covering materials are used do they comply with relevant
Standards?
8.0
Page 17
QCS 2014
Para
No.
10.0
Tick Box
for yes
Question
Temporary Buildings
Is the fire break between the temporary building and the structure undergoing work
more than 10 meters?
If the fire break is less than 6 meters
Is the temporary building constructed with materials which will not significantly
contribute to the growth of a fire?
Is the building fitted with an automatic fire detection system?
If the
temporary building is within the building under reconstruction or
refurbishment:
is escape for personnel sufficiently easy?
is access for the Civil Defence (Fire Department) readily available?
AL
IO
If the floor of the building is raised above ground level is the space beneath
enclosed with non-combustible material?
Are heaters enclosed with guards and securely fixed on the walls?
If separate buildings contain heaters for drying clothes, are the heaters
AT
thermostatically controlled? (with enclosed elements) are the drying racks fixed
firmly at a safe distance?
Are all heaters and cookers properly installed and is adequate ventilation provided?
IN
TE
Are automatic fire and intruder alarms installed and is temporary buildings used for
storage of flammable liquids and gases?
Do temporary buildings contain the minimum of furniture and fittings made from
synthetic materials?
In all areas of fire hazard does a no smoking policy prevail and there adequate No
Smoking signs in place?
11.0
EG
Page 18
QCS 2014
Para
No.
Tick Box
for yes
Question
turned off when work ceases?
Are all gas suppliers installed by a competent gas fitter?
Are all gas suppliers in fixed piping or armoured flexible tubing?
Where gas cylinders are used are they located outside building, secured and
protected from interference?
Are flexible links for LPG supplies only connected by a competent person?
13.0
Hot Work
Is a permit to work system in operation?
Does that system include an adequate maintained register?
IO
AL
Is the area involved cleared of combustible materials before work commences, and
are the opposite sides of walls or partitions also inspected?
Is a careful watch maintained while hot work is in progress, with suitable
extinguishers of appropriate type at hand?
Is wooden flooring and other combustible material which is not movable covered
before commences?
Is the work area screened when welding or grinding is undertaken?
AT
Are gas cylinders secured vertically, and are they fitted with flashback arresters?
Are tar boilers supervised by experienced operatives, and only taken onto roofs in
exceptional circumstances?
Is the work area thoroughly examined and hour after work is finished?
Waste Materials
14.0
TE
Are provisions made for the safe storage and removal of waste materials?
IN
Are checks carried out routinely to ensure that waste materials are not
accumulating on the site?
Are metal bins, with metal lids provided for oily rags?
EG
Is collected waste, awaiting disposal, kept away from temporary buildings stores
and equipment?
Is all dry vegetation removed regularly from around the site?
Plant
Page 19
Is all plant with internal combustion engines positioned in well-ventilated, noncombustible enclosure with the exhaust pipes clear of combustible materials?
Are compressors housed away from other plant?
Do notices and staff training make it clear that fuel tanks must not be refilled whilst
engines are running?
Is plant equipment protected from accidental impact?
Are air intakes positioned so that air is cool and free from flammable gases and
vapours?
Are sand-trays provided to absorb drips of fuel and lubricant?
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ..................................................... 1
2.3
AL
IO
AT
2.3.14.11
Author ....................................................................................................... 14
2.3.14.12
Approvals .................................................................................................. 14
EG
IN
TE
2.3.14.10
QCS 2014
Page 2
PROCESS MAP
Competent
Person/Contractor
Estimator
Supervisor
SHE Advisor
Review PreConstruction
Information
Review PreConstruction
Information
Review PreConstruction
Information
4.1
4.1
4.1
AL
4.2
Ensure Risk
Assessment
findings/controls
are incorporated
into the Plan of
work if identified
5.5
Issue Asbestos
Survey,
Risk
Assessments/
Method Statement
/Emergency Plan
to supervisor
5.5
5.1, 6.1
Provide support
and training if
Authorises and
implements method
statement/risk
assessment
Produce and
record a suitable
and sufficient
asbestos risk
assessment
5.5
IO
4.2
Inform team of
Asbestos Risks
AT
Ensure that
Asbestos Survey
has been completed
and the report is
available
Provide details to
relevant personnel
TE
1.4
IN
5.13
5.1, 6.1
EG
Provide PreConstruction
information
including Asbestos
S
Project Manager
Client
Provide Health
Surveillance as
required
5.12
1.5, 5.8
5.1, 6.1
Key
Activity
Guidance
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
The purpose of this procedure is to define how Asbestos related activities shall be carried
out safely.
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of COMPANY.
A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management of safety at a
construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.14.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
Ensures the procedure is established and that the identification and removal of asbestos
containing materials (ACMs), is carried out in accordance with this procedure and relevant
information is communicated to interested parties.
ESTIMATOR
Ensures that the information provided by the client or his representative is considered
when pricing the works and informs the relevant persons of details with regards to
asbestos and asbestos containing materials.
AL
Either supervises the work activities or the sub/work package contractor undertaking
those work activities and ensures preparation of the necessary control documents
required by this procedure.
AT
IO
SUPERVISOR
Provides advice and support in the application of this procedure and monitors
effectiveness to control the activities.
TE
SHE MANAGER/ADVISER
Persons undertaking the work activities and required to carry out the task in accordance
with this procedure.
EG
IN
OPERATIVE/CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEE
2.3.14.2 Definitions
PROJECT MANAGER
1
For the purpose of this procedure, Project/Site Manager may also mean Depot Manager or
Office Manager.
SUPERVISOR
Means work package contractors and their sub-work package contractors. (Includes work
equipment supplies.)
QCS 2014
Page 5
AL
The purpose and procedures used in this survey are the same as for Type 1, except that
representative samples are collected and analysed for the presence of asbestos. Samples
from each type of suspect ACM found are collected and analysed to confirm or refute the
surveyors judgment. If the material sampled is found to contain asbestos, other similar
homogeneous materials used in the same way in the building can be strongly presumed to
contain asbestos. Less homogeneous materials will require a greater number of samples. The
number should be sufficient for the surveyor to make an assessment of whether asbestos is or
is not present. Sampling may take place simultaneously with the survey, or as in the case of
some larger surveys, can be carried out as a separate exercise, after the Type 1 survey is
complete.
TE
AT
IO
IN
This type of survey is used to locate and describe, as far as reasonably practicable, all ACMs
in the building and may involve destructive inspection, as necessary, to gain access to all
areas, including those that may be difficult to reach. A full sampling programme is undertaken
to identify possible ACMs and estimates of the volume and surface area of ACMs made. The
survey is designed to be used as a basis for tendering the removal of ACMs from the building
prior to demolition or major refurbishment so the survey does not assess the condition of the
asbestos, other than to note areas of damage or where additional asbestos debris may be
expected to be present.
EG
2.3.14.4 Procedure
TENDER
1
It is the responsibility of the client and their nominated representatives to provide detailed
information including an Asbestos Survey. Pre-Construction Information should be examined
by the Project Manager, Estimator and SHE Adviser to determine the presence of asbestos
containing materials (refer to Asbestos Control Procedures Pre-Construction Stage Flow
Chart at Appendix 1).
PROJECT START-UP
The Estimator should inform the site team of the Asbestos Risk including previous asbestos
removal during handover meeting. If an Asbestos Survey has not been provided, the Project
Manager must request from the client information regarding the presence of asbestos. If the
QCS 2014
Page 6
client confirms asbestos is or may be present the Project Manager must request a survey be
carried out the type of survey should be determined by the nature of the work to be
undertaken but where practical a Type 3 survey should be requested. Any identified asbestos
must be removed by an approved and licensed contractor prior to commencement of works
(refer to Asbestos Control Procedures Pre-Start Flow Chart at Appendix 1).
The Project Manager should ensure that relevant control measures from the asbestos risk
assessment have been implemented. In addition, all relevant information shall be
communicated to personnel during the site induction process (refer to Asbestos Control
Procedures On Site Flow Chart at Appendix 1).
AL
The results of all types of survey should be recorded and the information provided to anyone
who may work on, disturb, be exposed to or supervise work on these materials.
IO
A list of approved surveys shall be monitored and held by the Procurement/SHE Department
AT
Work with the most dangerous asbestos-containing materials (which give off high fibre levels
when disturbed), require a competent contractor to undertake the removal works. Further
guidance is available from the SHE Manager/Advisor.
IN
TE
(a)
(b)
(c)
EG
A suitable risk assessment should be made before carrying out any work which may expose
employees to asbestos.
If any work which will, or could, disturb asbestos is planned, has the risk assessment
been done by a competent person?
ASBESTOS REMOVAL
6
Selection of an approved competent contractor should be made from the company approved
supplier/subcontractor database. Database administrators monitor the approval status of
these specialists.
Although COMPANY appoints a specialist contractor for the removal of Asbestos, the
Project/Site Manager should ensure that they work in accordance with the requirements of the
Qatar Regulatory Document (Construction) and do not put others at risk from their operations.
The appropriate checklists should be used to assess the suitability of the method of removal
and to monitor the on-site activities. The checklist should be used in conjunction with the
method statement/risk assessment review form.
QCS 2014
Page 7
ASBESTOS WASTE
9
All forms of asbestos (including overalls used for removal & enclosure materials) requires
double bagging and specialist waste removal procedures.
ROLE OF VIEWING PANELS AND CCTV
A sufficient number of viewing panels should be installed in enclosures. The purpose of such
panels is to allow supervisors, managers to monitor work, thereby minimising the need to
enter enclosures. Viewing panels should be located to ensure that all areas inside the
enclosure are visible, as far as reasonably practicable.
11
Where such panels are not reasonably practicable or where they do not allow good visibility of
the active work area, a CCTV system should be installed such that ongoing work can be seen.
12
Entry will be required on appropriate occasions in order to check compliance with the plan of
work and relevant health and safety procedures. CCTV and/or viewing panels do not replace
the need for enclosure entry but they may help to reduce the frequency of entry.
AL
10
AT
All air testing, sampling of asbestos and clearance certification must be carried out by
someone who is accredited by an appropriate body.
13
IO
IN
TE
14
SITE MANAGEMENT
EG
16
These procedures should include sufficient information to enable the emergency services
(paramedics, Civil Defence (Fire Department) to properly protect themselves against the risks
of asbestos when attending an on-site emergency. Spare PPE and RPE should be available
for the use of emergency personnel who may have to attend to persons removed from an
enclosure without full decontamination procedures being carried out.
15
Ascertain as far as possible the type of asbestos, the likely exposure levels involved
and the duration of exposure.
(b)
Where employees may have been significantly exposed (for instance exposure may
have exceeded the relevant action level), obtain advice from the appointed occupational
health service provider, particularly regarding the medical assessment and counseling
of exposed employees.
QCS 2014
Page 8
(c)
Consider offering those involved employers, employees or members of the public, the
opportunity to discuss the situation with a medical or occupational health advisor,
particularly where they are otherwise unlikely to have access to an occupational health
service.
(d)
Complete and archive an Inadvertent Exposure Record for each person who may have
been exposed to airborne asbestos dust in the course of work for COMPANY.
19
The safety induction format for the project shall include the discovery of asbestos whilst
working within the premises and working at height.
20
AL
18
IO
Review the Management System/Asbestos Management Plan every 6 Months and record
details.
Review Risk Assessments and Method Statements (SHE-PRO-001) at regular intervals or, if
there is a significant change to either the task to be carried out or substances to be used or
produced.
Inspect known ACM for deterioration at least every 12 months or as indicated in the Asbestos
Management Plan and record results.
IN
TE
AT
Project/Site Manager should conduct a sub-contract review of all contractors and record
their findings on the Procurement Database
EG
2.3.14.8 Records
1
Label ACMs clearly with a suitable asbestos warning sign and make personnel aware
of where it is located;
(b)
Make a note of where ACMs are on a site plan or other records and keep this
information up-to-date;
(c)
(d)
Inadvertent Exposure and Health Records shall be kept and archived for a period no
less than 40 years.
Page 9
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
2.3.14.9 Appendices
Examine documents to
see whether Asbestos
is mentioned
EG
IN
TE
R
CONTROL PROCEDURE 1
Request assistance
from SHE Advisor
Looking For
Asbestos Survey
PRE-START
Internal Tender Handover Meeting
AT
IO
Control Procedure 2
Page 10
AL
QCS 2014
TE
R
IN
EG
SHE Advisor to
organise Asbestos
Training
Request assistance
from She Advisor
Page 11
AL
QCS 2014
ON SITE
Control Procedure 3
IN
Contractor to Monitor
Asbestos Removal Subcontractors
Asbestos Management
EG
Asbestos Removal
TE
R
AT
IO
STOP WORK
ISOLATE AREA
PREVENT EXPOSURE
Notify Sampling
Contractor
AT
IO
Control Procedure 4
Page 12
AL
QCS 2014
STOP, ISOLATE,
PREVENT FURTHER
IN
EG
Notify Line
Managers
TE
R
Proceed
with Works
Notify Sampling
Contractor
Page 13
AL
QCS 2014
SHE ADVISORS
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
AT
IO
Control Procedure 5
EG
IN
TE
R
Undertake Investigation
Record notification decision outcome within incident investigation report and close out
investigations with regional and site management
QCS 2014
2.3.14.10
Reference Documents
Page 14
FORMS
1
Author
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
SECTION
AT
2.3.14.11
IO
AL
Approvals
EG
2.3.14.12
IN
TE
SHE Manager
Approved by:
NAME
POSITION
IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
SIGNATURE &
DATE
QCS 2014
Page 15
ACL
1
ASBESTOS
Introduction
Although we appoint a specialist contractor for the removal of Asbestos we still have a
duty to ensure that they work in accordance with current legislation and do not put
others at risk from their operations. This checklist must be used in conjunction with
your method statement review form.
Training and Capability
AL
Operatives undertaking this nature of work should have been trained annually on
working methods, types of equipment used, types of works carried out and PPE & RPE
use. Note young persons must not undertake asbestos removal works.
Control Arrangements
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Note
TE
IN
6
7
8
Checked
EG
Item
Name and address of asbestos removal contractor
Asbestos competency evidence
Name and address of the site to which the method statement relates
Names of the supervisor/foreman and appointed safety adviser and
arrangements for monitoring the work
Type of work e.g. removal of roof sheets, insulation boarding or
lagging
Type and quantity of asbestos and the results of any analysis
Probable duration of works
The controls to be applied to reduce exposure other than by PPE e.g.
controlled wetting method
Details of expected exposures
Details of the steps to be taken to control the release of asbestos to
the environment e.g. enclosure arrangements, negative pressure
equipment, reassurance monitoring, clearance certificate on
completion etc.
Location of decontamination unit
Arrangements for 240v power supply and clean water supply
Details of the equipment, including PPE, to be used for the protection
and decontamination of those carrying out the work
Procedures for the removal of waste from the work area and the site,
and disposal of contaminated water
Procedures for dealing with emergencies
No.
1
2
3
4
AT
IO
Asbestos removal method statements should normally include the following so far as is
relevant to the specific works:
The above list is not exhaustive for every asbestos removal task but should be used as
an aid. Consult with your regional SHE advisor for further guidance.
QCS 2014
Page 16
ACL
2
ASBESTOS
Introduction
Although we appoint a specialist contractor for the removal of Asbestos we still have a
duty to ensure that they work in accordance with current legislation and do not put
others at risk from their operations.
Site Management Requirements
AL
Site Managers and their appointed supervisors must understand company procedures
on Asbestos management. Read through procedures and discuss with your
regional SHE advisor.
Control Arrangements
AT
TE
That asbestos does not escape into the atmosphere during the
stripping operation. Air monitoring around the enclosure during
stripping works will indicate efficiency.
8
9
10
Checked
IN
Item
EG
No.
1
IO
Asbestos removal works must be monitored throughout their duration and this check
list is intended to assist in this process.
Note
The above list is not exhaustive for every asbestos removal task but should be used as
an aid. Consult with your regional SHE advisor for further guidance.
QCS 2014
Page 17
Region:
ASBESTOS
Department:
The person named below may have been exposed to airborne asbestos dust in the course of work for
COMPANY. The circumstances are detailed for record purposes.
Worker Number:
Name:
Home Address:
DOB:
Finish:
AT
IO
Finish:
EG
IN
TE
Other:
Job Title
AL
Employer:
YES/NO
Type of asbestos:
Crocidolite (Blue)
Amosite (Brown)
Chrysotile (White)
Other:
YES/NO
Sampling date:
Time:
Title:
Region:
Department
Date:
This record should form part of the investigation into the inadvertent exposure; all records must be
kept for a minimum of 40 years.
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ........................................................... 1
2.3
2.3.15.5
AL
IO
AT
EG
IN
TE
2.3.15.14 Approvals26
QCS 2014
Page 2
Process Map
Input
Design
Procurement
Contact SHE
for input
Receive
contract
documents
Communicate
any design
decision that
impacts in
waste and
environment
Risk
Assessment
and ECCoP
Procedures
Project
Management
SHE
Output
With Project
team/Estimati
ng assist with
Risk
Assessment /
ECCoP
and
SWMP
SWMP
documents
or client
documents
Tender ECCoP
SWMP
AL
Pre-Construction
Contract
Documents
Estimating
Review and
implement with
SHE team
Assist Audit,
check and
correct
ECCoP
Guidance
SHE-FRM8
05 01
TE
SWMP
Works Order
Request
Assist
SWMP
IN
Monthly Data
Collection Form
(SHE-FRM-8
05-01)
EG
Construction
AT
IO
Draft ECCoP
and Risk
Assessment
SHE-FRM-1-03
Method
Statement
or
Task Risk
Assessment
SHE-FRM-1-02
Assist
SWMP Archive
documents
O & Ms
O & Ms,
Issue to client
Documents for
archive SWMP
Consent Records
Etc.
Issue to Client
Key
Activity
Guidance
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
The purpose of this procedure is to provide a framework by which environmental impacts and
aspects will be managed. COMPANY Policies and in compliance with the requirements of the
Environmental Management System Standard BS EN ISO 14001.
The Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 translates environmental policy objectives into a
benchmark standard of environmental operation and this Environmental Management System may
be subject to third party, independent certification by external Environmental Auditors.
The Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 provides a structure in which legislative
requirements, best practice and pollution prevention obligations can be addressed in a logical,
orderly manner. The framework can be extended to incorporate Client and/or regulatory nonstandard requirements. The law also provides a vehicle for corporate commitments to be translated
into everyday activities.
AL
IO
SCOPE
AT
1. This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for
management of safety at a construction site.
EG
IN
TE
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.15.1 Responsibilities
2.3.15.1.1 SHE Director
1
Environmental or SHE Advisers should be contacted to carry out the Environmental Survey and
Risk Assessment and assist site management in the implementation of the Environmental
Protection Law No. 30 of 2002. Successful operation of the system is dependant on Project
Management's commitment to make it work.
Provide advice and support in the application and monitoring of this procedure. In conjunction with
Project Management, carry out Environmental Survey and Risk Assessment form and produce
project specific framework.
IO
AL
Determine the relevant issues identified by this procedure and provide for adequate resources at
the tender stage.
AT
2.3.15.1.3 PROCUREMENT/ESTIMATING
Consider environmental issues in the preparation of designs and provide input to the construction
process to facilitate environmental best practice.
IN
TE
2.3.15.1.4 DESIGNER
EG
Where more than one Site Environmental Co-ordinator is appointed their areas of responsibility
shall be clearly defined and agreed with them.
The role of the Site Environmental Co-ordinator is to assist the site/location manager to comply
with their environmental responsibilities.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
QCS 2014
Page 5
(g)
(h)
To maintain a liaison role with COMPANY Environmental Adviser and the appropriate local
agencies (e.g. Labor & Environment Ministries)
(i)
Assist the Site Safety Co-coordinator in the timing of environmental awareness talks.
(j)
(k)
Notify sub or work package contractors of site requirements relating to waste including separation.
Monitor waste handling and containment on site or at the permanent location ensuring that the
requirements of the Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 are being fulfilled.
Check that the waste is disposed of at an appropriately authorized facility obtaining relevant copies
of documentation and as necessary follow loads to disposal facilities to support this requirement.
Report any inadequacies in carrier performance immediately to the site or permanent location
manager and the Purchasing Team.
Report any failure of sub or work package contractors to handle waste correctly to the site or
permanent location manager.
Liaise with the SHE Team if there are any doubts on classification of waste such as hazardous
waste.
Where COMPANY vehicles carry waste, determine that the waste to be carried is acceptable to the
authorized waste manager/disposer for whom it is destined.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
2.3.15.2 Definitions
2.3.7.1.2
2
The process of hazard, aspect and impact identification, assessment of the risk and identification of
the controls required to manage the risk to an acceptable level to ensure the health and safety of
those affected by the activity and the protection of the environment from harm.
HAZARD/ASPECT/IMPACT
Is something with the potential to cause harm (this can include substances or machines, methods
of work, harm/damage to the environment including the potential of causing a statutory nuisance
and other aspects of work organization).
A statement describing the proposed working methods that address the output from a risk
assessment process. A Method Statement provides instruction and guidance for those individuals
carrying out the activities.
QCS 2014
2.3.7.1.4
1
Page 6
The Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 forms a key part of COMPANYs
Environmental Management System, particularly on larger projects, and provides an
effective environmental management tool for a project, office or other fixed location.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
AL
(a)
In view of the necessity to identify applicable legislation and prevent breaches, advice, where
appropriate, shall be sought from the following sources:
AT
On receipt of the tender enquiry, the contract documents shall be reviewed by the Estimating
Team to ascertain the following (where required assistance should be sought from the
Environmental Adviser) :
IO
TE
The environmental issues identified in 3.1 shall be communicated to the project team to allow
environmental issues to be addressed by appropriate team members such as Designers,
Estimators etc.
IN
EG
2.3.15.3.2 TENDER
The elements of the Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 (Appendix 1) shall be taken into
account in the tender submission in addition to any other requirements identified through section
3.1.
Any tendering sub or work package contractors shall be made aware of any environmental
constraints or issues potentially affecting their works and likely commercial effects.
It is a policy requirement that only sub or work package contractors who can demonstrate a
commitment to environmental management shall be invited to tender for work. Estimators or
procurement personnel shall therefore implement this requirement where the environmental
performance of a sub or work package contractor is previously unknown.
2.3.15.3.3 DESIGN
1
Initial and any subsequent design shall take into account the requirements of the Environmental
Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 (see Appendix 1).
QCS 2014
Page 7
On contract award the Project Manager shall review the Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of
2002 (Appendix 1) in conjunction with an Environmental Adviser and relevant parts implemented.
Additional environmental requirements identified in section 3.4 shall be incorporated in and be
managed through the SHE Management Plan specific to the contract.
The project Supply Chain Manager/Procurement Team shall make sub and work package
contractors shall be made aware of their environmental obligations as detailed under the
Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 and if applicable the SHE Management Plan.
For smaller projects that are instructed via a works order an Environmental Protection Law No. 30
of 2002 is not required. Environmental Management (Document, efficient etc) must be considered
as part of the Risk Assessment SHE-PRO-001.
AL
In the event of a works order being placed environmental impact is assessed via a Job/Task Risk
Assessment/Method Statement (SHE-FRM-1-02) or detailed Method Statement (SHE-FRM-1-03)
dependent on the scope of work.
The Project Team shall include Environmental issues in site inductions within Safety, Health and
Environmental Information and Training for all Employees, Newly Assigned Employees, and
Subcontractors, (SHE-PRO-006)
Environmental issues shall be covered in detail within Safety, Health and Environmental Risk
Management and Written Safe Systems of Work SHE-PRO-001
IN
TE
AT
IO
The Project Management Team shall ensure that all site supervisory staff regularly monitors
environmental matters whilst executing their normal site duties.
The Project Management Team shall ensure environmental matters shall be listed and
discussed as an agenda item.
Project Manager, with the SHE Adviser, shall review the Environmental Protection Law No. 30
of 2002 on a regular basis throughout the project, and in line with the SHE Management Plan, to
take into account changes in the job.
The Project Team and Environmental Adviser shall, in pursuance of good relationships with
enforcing authorities and where it is deemed practicable, contact the statutory authority (e.g.
Labor & Environment Ministries), invite them to site to inspect works and keep them fully informed
of the progress of the works. This should be managed through the SHE Management Plan.
The Project Team shall record and report any environmental incidents in accordance with SHEPRO-008 The Report and Investigation of Accidents and Incidents procedure.
EG
The Office/ Facility Manager shall develop an Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 and
waste plan for each office/fixed location (yard/depot/factory etc), in conjunction with the
Environmental Adviser.
QCS 2014
Page 8
2.3.15.3.7 HANDOVER
1
The Project Team shall ensure all temporary consents are closed out with the appropriate authority or
handed over to the Client; the Client shall be informed of any statutory and/or on-going
environmental restrictions, permits, and consents operating on the contract at handover.
All waste materials under the control of COMPANY shall be removed from site in accordance with
the COMPANY Environmental Standards and Guidance documents.
Following site clearance the client shall be invited to agree that the site is clear of any waste,
polluting or contaminating materials. Agreement shall be recorded in writing.
2.3.15.2.9 NOTICES
Any Environmental Notice pertaining to any environmental matter shall be notified using the
COMPANY SHE Alert System, SHEPRO-008 The Report and Investigation of Accidents and
Incidents procedure.
Any such notice shall be fully complied with and copies served on sub contractors or others likely to
be affected by the document contents.
IO
AL
Should any summons be received in relation to environmental matters it shall be referred to the
COMPANY SHE Director who shall forward it immediately to the COMPANY MD and Regional
MD and will brief solicitors and handle the matter directly.
AT
PROSECUTIONS
Formal visits to site by a Workplace Inspector shall be accompanied at all times and the Project
Manager made aware of their visit who in return will notify the Environmental Adviser or
Environmental Manager using the First Alert Form SHE-FRM-8-01
(
).
EG
IN
TE
Notes shall be made of any action taken, comments, testing and/or sample taken including
locations at which samples have been taken during a formal visit.
Should any sample be taken off site the company should request a share of the sample and this
shall be retained, if it is refused the fact shall be recorded. Details of the exact origin of the sample,
time of sampling and the method used shall be requested.
(a)
(a)
Request the presence of a third party (Project Manager or equivalent) who shall take notes.
(b)
Request a copy of any statement you have made and make it clear that you wish a copy of
the statement to be made available to your employer.
For routine visits by a Workplace Inspector, record in the Project Diary and notify the SHE Team.
Where maintenance operations impose a serious environmental risk any such operation shall only
be carried out under the guidance of, and in compliance with a prepared environmental method
statement and/or Client's occupier's environmental codes of practice.
QCS 2014
2
Page 9
Maintenance staff/operatives shall be briefed that their operations shall not affect the environmental
integrity of plant and control measures shall be put into place to ensure that all environmental risks
are adequately controlled.
Wherever an environmental problem is raised by the client after occupation the COMPANY
Environmental Manager shall be notified as soon as possible.
AL
be tailored to the environmental risks that are specific to the project/office, through the use
of the Environmental Risk Assessment which precedes it. The Environmental Protection
Law No. 30 of 2002 provides a robust framework detailing the companys minimum
environmental performance and community engagement standards, and can be amended
to include any contract or Client specific requirements.
2. In the event of a works order being placed environmental impact is assessed via a
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Page 10
AL
All activities which will require a risk assessment to be completed for the Health and Safety of the
personnel undertaking the task must also include any environmental risks associated. Some commonly
occurring potential threats to the environment can exist when:
IO
AT
TE
IN
Note: The above are commonly occurring however this does not cover all potential environmental
risks, which could be present on any specific site.
EG
Once the specific risk assessment has been established it is imperative that it is periodically
reviewed in light of changing circumstances on site, different materials and locations.
CHECK
1
All risk assessments should include any environmental risks associated with the activity. As an
example, any activity which uses plant/ machinery will have diesel as a potential pollutant.
QCS 2014
Page 11
Suitable control measures in the risk assessment should ensure that diesel from our site does not
cause any pollution during either refueling or operations.
2
Action owners shall be assigned to all appropriate sections of the Environmental Protection Law
No. 30 of 2002 and a regular review of progress shall be held at a separate environmental meeting
or environmental issues can be discussed at regular site meetings.
The following items shall be addressed in order to ensure that the Environmental Protection Law
No. 30 of 2002 is implemented effectively:
(a) Assign responsibility to site management;
(b) Assess needs for training or awareness;
(c) Co-ordinate liaison with Ministrys
(d) Measure environmental performance of the project against that planned;
AL
IO
The above actions and review of progress may be conducted by the Project Management Team,
The Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 shall be revised on a regular basis, and in line
with the SHE Management Plan (e.g. every 3 months), to take into account changes in the job; the
revision programme will be dictated by the SHE Management Plan.
EG
IN
TE
AT
QCS 2014
Page 12
AL
IO
AT
TE
(n) (SHE-FRM-15-13)
Safety, Health and Environmental Risk Management and Written Safe Systems of Work (SHEPRO-001)
Safety, Health and Environmental Information and Training for all Employees, Newly Assigned
Employees, Promoters and Sub-Contractor Personnel (SHE-PRO-006)
Contractors Check List for Initial Safety, Health and Environmental Meeting (SHE-PRO-007)
EG
IN
QCS 2014
Page 13
AL
IO
1. The Contractor working on the Work Order shall comply with relevant national and
international legislation, local bylaws and codes of practice. In the absence of appropriate
legislation, recognized best practice will be followed.
AT
2. The contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors and works under their control also
comply with all relevant legislation and codes of practice. Best practice will be followed at
all times.
IN
TE
EG
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3. The following national legislation and codes, but not limited to, will apply:
f.
4. In the event that legislation is updated the latest version shall be followed. All relevant new
legislation will be followed as appropriate.
5. The contractor shall comply with all Environment Impact Assessment Mitigation and
Environmental Permit Conditions.
QCS 2014
Page 14
and update the CEMP as appropriate but no less than quarterly. A record of the review
and any recommendations shall be produced and retained on file by the Contractor.
2.3.15.9.2 Environmental Policy
1. The Contractor shall have an environmental policy dated and signed by the most senior
person in the company. The policy shall:
AL
(a) Be appropriate to the nature, scale and environmental impacts of the organizations
activities, products and services.
(b) Include a commitment to continual improvement in environmental performance
(c) Include a commitment to comply with all applicable legislation and with other
requirements to which the organization subscribes which relate to its environmental
aspects
(d) Provide a framework for setting and reviewing objectives and targets
(e) Be documented, implemented and maintained
(f) Communicated to all persons working for or on behalf of the organization
(g) Be available to the public
IO
AT
1. The Contractor is expected to use a qualitative approach to identify and evaluate potential
environmental aspects along with any controls to prevent or mitigate environmental
damage. A simple risk matrix should be used to assess and evaluate all environmental
risks on the project. An example of a risk assessment is presented below.
TE
IN
1. Your environmental aspects are how you interact with the environment e.g. your
activities, products or services. These will be identified for normal, abnormal and
emergency conditions.
EG
4. Abnormal those activities, products and services as they are carried out or used on an
irregular or limited basis but as intended e.g. maintenance
5. Emergency those activities, products or services as they are carried out or used in an
unintentional manner
B. STAGE TWO: Identify your Environmental Impacts
1. Your environmental impacts are how your activities, products or services cause a change
to the environment. These impacts can be positive or negative.
Air quality;
Water quality;
Land (contamination);
Waste (solid, liquid, hazardous);
Resource use (energy, water, materials consumption);
Nuisance (noise, odour, dust);
Wildlife; and
Carbon.
QCS 2014
Page 15
Legal Breach;
Risk of environmental damage or harm;
Significant use of resources; and
Third party interest (stakeholder interest, source of complaints / questions).
AL
1. Determine whether the risk to environment is High or Low risk. An example of how to do
this is provided in the Environmental Register, available on the PDMS.
IO
2. If the activity is identified as High risk It will require management action to improve level
of control e.g. permit may be required, EIA, mitigation detailed in CEMP. It will require
documentation of control within EMS e.g. development of procedure or training
requirement
AT
3. If the activity is identified Low risk It does not require further action at this stage.
1. The risk assessment process should be reviewed during the activity and any changes or
updates should be communicated to those involved in the project.
TE
2. Worked Example
IN
4. Environmental Aspect: Leak identified from fully bunded Oil storage tank
5. Environmental impacts:
EG
QCS 2014
Page 16
1. The contractor shall ensure that resources are available to develop, implement, maintain
and improve the CEMP including:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Human resources;
Skills and training;
Organizational infrastructure;
Technology, plant and equipment; and
Financial resources.
AL
2. The Contractor shall define, document and communicate the roles, responsibilities and
authorizations in order to facilitate effective environmental management.
IO
1. The following provides guidance on roles and responsibilities at various function levels
and shall be used as a basis for further development in conjunction with the PMDS and
QCS 2010.
AT
implementation of the CEMP. Duties shall include but not be restricted to:
EG
IN
TE
(a) Development and implementation of the CEMP to meet the requirements of the Work
Order in general, and PMDS;
(b) Monitoring and reporting on environmental performance;
(c) Ensuring that all staff are appropriately trained and informed;
(d) Setting, monitoring and reviewing environmental objectives and targets;
(e) Maintaining adequate environmental records;
(f) Liaising with the client and others as required;
(g) Ensuring that relevant statutory legislation is monitored and the requirements followed;
(h) Ensuring that accidents and incidents are appropriately reported;
(i) Ensuring that environmental issues are considered by all staff and are applied to their
work; Responding to unplanned and emergency situations as required; and
(j) Reviewing performance against relevant objectives and targets.
4. Site Based Responsible Environmental Person (SBREP): Duties shall include but not
be restricted to:
(a) Ensuring that the CEMP is developed, implemented and maintained on site according
to the LR&DP PMDS requirements;
(b) Reporting on performance of the CEMP and make recommendations for improvement;
(c) Undertaking daily/weekly checks as required ;
(d) Undertaking monitoring and reporting on environmental performance as required; and
(e) Delivering toolbox talks.
All staff: Duties shall include but not be restricted to:
(a) Being environmentally aware and implementing the CEMP as appropriate;
QCS 2014
Page 17
(b) For undertaking their work in a manner that does not adversely impact on the
environment; and
(c) Reporting environmental accidents, incidents and near misses.
2.3.15.9.6 Competences, Training and Awareness
1. The Contractor shall identify the training needs associated with the project, CEMP and its
environmental aspects and produce a training plan. The training plan shall be subject to
approval by the Engineer. The contractor shall provide appropriate training or take other
action to meet these needs and shall retain associated training records.
2. The Contractor shall establish and implement a procedure to ensure that all persons
working for it or on its behalf are aware of:
The importance of the Environmental Policy and compliance with it;
The requirements of the PMDS and CEMP;
The significant environmental aspects and the potential impacts of the work;
The benefits of improved environmental performance;
The importance of complying with relevant environmental law and environmental
permit
(f) conditions;
(g) The importance of complying with specified procedures; and
(h) The potential consequences of departure from specified procedures, work instructions
and method statements.
(i)
AT
IO
AL
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
TE
3. The Contractor shall ensure that all staff with specific responsibility for the environment is
trained in accordance with the PMDS.
2.3.15.9.7 Communication
EG
IN
(a) Internal communications between the various levels and functions within the
organization; and
(b) Receiving, documenting and responding to relevant communications from external
stakeholders including (but not limited to) GEC, PMC, PWA, MMUP and MoE.
2. All communication procedures must be compliant with the PMDS.
2.3.15.9.8 Documentation
1. The Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a document system to include, but
not be restricted to:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Procedures
Method statements
Work instructions
(f) Record Keeping:
QCS 2014
Page 18
Daily inspections
Weekly inspections
Internal and external audit reports
Environmental permits and consents.
The controls to manage and mitigate environmental damage will be identified and put in
place during the design and development phase of the project. Despite this there are
activities that can result in environmental damage which can only be managed and
prevented through appropriate construction methods, awareness and training and
appropriate contingency measures. Where a project has been the subject of an
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study and report, many of these measures will be
stipulated in that EIA Report and associated CEMPs.
AT
IO
1.
AL
IN
TE
2. The Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain documented environmental control
procedures to manage the activities associated with the identified significant environmental
aspects. These procedures should be consistent with the PMDS and the Environmental
Policy, objectives and targets. It should be noted that all significant environmental aspects
should be controlled. Environmental Control Plans must include, but not be limited to:
EG
QCS 2014
Page 19
2. Where there are particular permit conditions that require routine checks or similar, these
should be included as appropriate. Records of daily inspections shall be kept and
maintained.
(b) Weekly Inspections
1. The Contractor shall carry out weekly inspections to monitor environmental performance in
TE
AT
IO
AL
accordance with the PMDS. The inspections should include, but not be limited to checking
that:
Daily checklists have been completed;
Waste storage areas have been checked and there is no build-up of waste materials ;
Spill kits have been checked and contain all relevant materials;
The performance of all pollution control equipment has been checked and the
equipment is working effectively;
Noise reduction equipment has been checked and is operating effectively; and
Septic tanks are not overfull/discharging.
EG
IN
monitor, measure and report, on a monthly basis, statistics in accordance with the
requirements of the PMDS (Monthly Environmental Statistics Report). Statistics will
include, but will not be restricted, to:
QCS 2014
Page 20
o Ground water;
o Mains, potable water.
Noise and Vibration:
o Number of complaints;
o Monitoring undertaken;
o Mitigation measures applied.
Air quality, dust and odour:
o Number of complaints;
o Monitoring undertaken;
o Mitigation measures applied.
Ecology, protected species and habitats:
o Protected species or habitats identified on site;
o Vegetation removed.
AL
IO
1. The Contractor shall conduct internal audits of the CEMP at regular planned intervals to
ensure that it is:
Audits shall be conducted in line with the requirements of ISO 19011 2002 Guidance for
quality and/or environmental systems auditing. Audit Reports will be maintained by the
contractor.
TE
2.
AT
IN
1. The Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain procedures to deal with actual and
potential non-conformity (ies) and for taking corrective and preventative action.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
EG
QCS 2014
Page 21
3. All actions identified should be appropriate to the nature and magnitude of the problem and
the environmental impacts encountered
AL
IO
2. For each construction site the Emergency Response Procedure will be displayed at:
A copy of the Material Safety Data Sheets and an inventory for all the chemicals and their
types and quantity used on the project site shall also be kept at each site office and in
every vehicle used on the project site.
TE
3.
AT
5.
EG
IN
4. The main objectives of the Emergency Preparedness Response Plan are to:
(a) To ensure that all means are available to contain the consequences of an
accidental spill, fire or release of oil/fuel.
(b) To ensure that employees are suitably trained to respond to fire and spill.
(c) To ensure that proper reporting takes place.
(d) To ensure that proper investigation is undertaken.
QCS 2014
Page 22
2. Incident Classification
Minor
TE
AT
IO
AL
Major
IN
3. Reporting Requirements
EG
(a) Major Environmental Incidents Report to the Engineer within 24 hours of the incident
and complete Report Form
(b) Minor Environmental Incidents Report to the Engineer within one week of the incident
and complete Report Form
(c) Non-compliance with legislation, environmental permit or procedure - Report to the
Engineer within one week of the incident and complete Report Form
(d) Near Miss Include detail in Monthly Environmental Report
4. Spill Contingency Plan
(a) The main causes of contamination can occur through:
Spillage of hazardous material including fuel oils, waste materials or chemicals;
Spillage of wastewater sewage and other liquid effluents; and
Spillage of contaminated wash down water with oils, chemicals etc from vehicles,
equipment and machinery.
(b) Prior to commencing activities on site, the Contractor shall develop, implement and
maintain a Spill Contingency Management Plan. The Plan should include but not be
restricted to the mitigation measures below.
Activity
Mitigation Measures
IN
TE
AL
IO
Response
AT
Emergency
Mitigation Actions
Page 23
QCS 2014
5. Contamination Discovery
EG
(a) The contractor must report any suspected contamination discovery, even if the Contractor
did not cause it, to the Engineer.
(b) During construction, indications of possible contamination include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Barrels and containers;
Stained or discoloured earth in contrast with adjoining soil;
Industrial waste debris;
Non-earthy odours which emanate when the earth is disturbed;
Oily residue intermixed with earth;
Sheen on groundwater;
Underground storage tanks;
Fuel/diesel tanks; and
Proximity to petrol stations.
2.3.15.11
On completion of construction works the Contractor shall ensure that all waste and
polluting material is removed from the site and is disposed of using appropriately
authorized contractors and ensure that the site is restored in compliance with the terms of
the contract. Following site clearance the Engineer will undertake a final inspection of the
site. Any environmental issues identified during the final inspection will be raised with the
contractor. Mitigation measures and timeframes for completion shall be agreed between
the contractor and the Engineer in line with agreed procedures prior to final sign off.
QCS 2014
4.
5.
6.
7.
12.
13.
14.
TE
11.
IN
10.
EG
9.
AT
IO
AL
8.
Page 24
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23. Procedure specified way to carry out an activity or process, procedures can be
documented or not.
QCS 2014
Page 25
2.3.15.13 Author
SECTION
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
SHE Manager
AL
2.3.15.14 Approvals
POSITION IN
COMPANY
SHEQ Director
EG
IN
TE
AT
Approved by:
IO
NAME
QCS 2014
Page 26
Responsibility
Name of client
Name of contractor
Name of person who drafted the
plan
Notes, amendments
Construction Project
Location (address, postcode if
appropriate)
Estimated project cost
AL
Notes, amendments
IO
Describe here any methods adopted during the conception, design and specification phase
to reduce the amount of waste arising.
Resource saving (quantify if possible)
AT
Method
TE
Waste Management
IN
Declaration
Signatures
EG
The client and COMPANY will take all reasonable steps to ensure that
a) all waste from the site is dealt with in appropriately.
b) materials will be handled efficiently and waste managed appropriately.
QCS 2014
Page 27
No
N/A
Comment
AL
AT
IO
TE
IN
EG
Action
owner
QCS 2014
Page 28
STAGE 2 Construction
EG
IN
N/A
Comment
N
IO
AT
N
R
TE
No
AL
Yes
Action
owner
QCS 2014
Page 29
Reuse
offsite
Recycling
on-site
Recycling
off-site
Other
form of
recovery
on-site
Other
form of
recovery
off-site
Estimates
AL
Inert
IO
Non Hazardous
TE
AT
Hazardous
IN
Total (m3 or
tonnes)
Actual
EG
Inert
Non Hazardous
Hazardous
Totals (m3 or
tonnes)
Difference
between estimates
and actual
Sent to
landfill
Other
disposal
QCS 2014
Page 30
Identity of the
person
removing the
waste
Waste carrier
and registration
number*
Confirmation of
delivery*
AT
IO
AL
Date
removed
Post-Construction
TE
Confirmation
EG
IN
This plan has been monitored on a regular basis to ensure that work is progressing
according to the plan and has been updated to record details of the actual waste
management actions and waste transfers that have taken place.
Signature
Issue
Explanation of any deviation from the
planned arrangements
Waste forecasts exceeded
Waste forecasts not met
Cost savings achieved
Details
Page 31
AL
QCS 2014
Complaints/Comments
/Compliments
Date
Actioned
TE
R
Name:
Number:
IN
Name:
Name:
Number:
EG
Number:
Name:
Action Taken
Date
AT
IO
COMPLAINTS/COMMENTS/COMPLIMENTS RECORD
Number:
Name:
Number:
Name:
Number:
THIS RECORD SHOULD BE KEPT CAREFULLY ON SITE AND MADE AVAILABLE TO THE CCS MONITOR FOR
INSPECTION AS REQUESTED
Page 32
AL
QCS 2014
Complaints/Comments
/Compliments
Name:
TE
R
Number:
Name:
IN
Number:
Number:
Name:
EG
Name:
Date
AT
IO
COMPLAINTS/COMMENTS/COMPLIMENTS RECORD
Number:
Name:
Number:
Name:
Number:
Name:
Number:
Name:
Number:
Action Taken
Date
Actioned
AT
IO
Contract :
EG
IN
TE
R
Person
Monitoring
Date
Page 33
AL
QCS 2014
pH Reading
Priority
1.1.1.1.1.1.1 High/Med/Low
Action By
Date Completed
QCS 2014
Page 34
MULTIPLE TRIP
Sacks
Drums
Skip
..
2. Current location of waste:
AL
..
IO
..
3. Which of the following are you?: (Tick one or more boxes)
AT
Waste producer
..
2. Which of the following are you?: (Tick one or more boxes)
IN
disposing
collecting or
..
TE
Person
EG
DISPOSAL
Producer of waste
Waste disposal Authority
Waste exporter
*Licence and/or exemption details and copies of documents must be furnished to HOLDER prior to transfer
1. Transfer location address:
*Licence and exemption details and copies of documentation must be obtained by HOLDER prior to transfer
TRANSFER
..
2. Date of transfer:
..
3. Time(s) of transfer (for multiple consignments, give period for which note is valid):
..
4. Name and address of broker arranging the waste transfer (if applicable):
..
*Licence and/or exemption details and copies of documents must be furnished to HOLDER prior to transfer
COMPLETION
Signed:
Signed:
Name:
Name:
Representing:
Representing:
* For Hazardous Waste please use Hazardous Waste Consignment note. Speak to Environmental Adviser for guidance.
Distribution:
White copy Workplace recipient
Pink copy Distribute as required
Blue copy Retain in book (file copy)
QCS 2014
Page 35
Date:
Weather/Environmental Conditions:
Serial/Certificate No:
Calibration:
Monitor Mode:
Works/Operation:
Results Summary:
Site Sketch:
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Monitoring Location:
Print-out attached?
Comments/Recommendations:
Yes/No
QCS 2014
Page 36
COMMUNICATION RECORD
Site Set-Up Pack
Revision No.:
Date:
Community Relations
Reference No.:
Page
rd
Name:
Position:
AL
Date/Time:
AT
IO
Detail Comment/Complaint
TE
IN
Date:
EG
Action Taken
Follow Up
Project Manager:
Date:
Party*
Page 37
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 38
AL
Monitoring Location :
Weather/Environment :
Contract :
AT
IO
QCS 2014
TE
R
Date:
Start Time :
Serial Number:
Type 1 or 2:
Time Response (Slow/Fast) :
Start :
IN
EG
Finish Time :
Activity/Operation
YES/NO
LAeq (dB)
(
Finish :
mins)
YES/NO
Comments/Events
SPL
MAX
(dB)
SURVEYOR Sign:
SURVEYOR Print:
Date :
Distribution:..
AL
Page 39
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Contract :
Monitoring Location :
TE
R
Date:
Weather/Environment :
Start Time :
Serial Number:
Type 1 or 2:
Time Response (Slow/Fast) :
Start :
IN
EG
Finish Time :
Activity/Operation
YES/NO
LAeq (dB)
(
Finish :
mins)
YES/NO
Comments/Events
SPL
MAX
(dB)
SURVEYOR Sign:
SURVEYOR Print:
Date :
Distribution:..
AL
AT
IO
Page 40
QCS 2014
Survey Date
EG
IN
TE
R
1. Desk study: Review drawings, understand nature of project, the construction processes, their aspects and their potential effects. Note existing
features, eg. current occupation, geography especially drainage, infrastructure and surrounding built environment. Check for existence of designated
sites, heritage features, eg. ancient monuments.
2. Site visit: Identify potential receptors of environmental harm or damage and assess the significance of construction effects on them. Effects are
significant if they have the potential to cause
particularly in regard to pollution of Controlled waters
harm or damage resulting in costs to remedy
complaint from any stakeholder including the general public
Effects Risk
AL
N
Page 41
P Personnel engaged in construction processes 0 Others on or off the site, e.g. other contractors, visitors, neighbours, passersby,
road traffic
E Environmental receptors e.g. land, air, water, flora and fauna, geological and historical features
AT
IO
Potential
Targets
applicable
Environmental Aspect of
Construction Works
TE
R
Yes
No
NA
EG
IN
Waste
QCS 2014
P O E Potential Effects
C R
Risk of
Residual
Effects
AT
IO
TE
R
EG
IN
Contaminated Land
Training
Site specific training requirements
likely
Other Aspects
AL
QCS 2014
Page 42
AL
Page 43
QCS 2014
Risk Level
2-3
Varied wastes generated, both hazardous
and non-hazardous.
AT
IO
Noise, Vibration,
Visual, Dust and
Odour
EG
IN
TE
R
Aspects
Waste
Materials, Fuels,
Oils and COSHH
Storage
Ecology,
Archaeology & Built
Environment
Plant & Equipment
4-9
Significant wastes with large disposal costs,
e.g. wastes from large asbestos strip.
AL
Page 44
QCS 2014
Contaminated Land
No contamination proven or is
unlikely.
Community
Relations, etc
IN
TE
R
AT
IO
Resources and
Energy Use
Other
Training
EG
Page 45
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
IN
TE
R
SIGNIFICANT
Aspects Significance
EG
Severity
Likelihood
Certain
5
Very Likely
4
Likely
3
Unlikely
2
Very Unlikely
1
Very High
10
High
8
Moderate
6
Low
4
Minor
2
None
1
50
40
30
20
10
40
32
24
16
30
24
18
12
20
16
12
10
Significant Impact
Insignificant Impact
QCS 2014
Page 46
4947
5048
5250
5351
5552
5653
AL
IO
5149
5956
AT
TE
IN
Contract/Office:
Date:
Revision:
Abbreviations:
EG
The Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of 2002 shall be revised on a regular basis, and in line
with the SHE Management Plan (e.g. every 3 months), to take into account changes in the job; the
revision programme will be dictated by the SHE Management Plan.
EG
IN
TE
R
ISSUEING
AUTHORITY
Contact details
CONSENT
TYPE /
NUMBER
AT
IO
Page 47
AL
QCS 2014
GUIDANCE
FOR
COMPLIANCE
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Page 48
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
MANDATORY
WM1
Waste Planning
Identify and quantify waste streams likely throughout
project including waste disposed of via subcontractors
Complete Site Waste Management Plan for project
SHE-FRM-15-01
(Checklists)
SHE-FRM-15-02 (Word)
MANDATORY
WM2
Training Records
MANDATORY
WM3
Audit Records
SWMP
MANDATORY
WM4
Waste Minimisation
Carry out waste minimisation workshop.
Waste Minimisation
MANDATORY
WM5
GUIDANCE
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
EG
IN
TE
R
REF
MANDATORY
WM6
Waste Storage
Waste Disposal
Environmental Advisors
Records
Visual Inspection
Consignment Notes
Waste Carriers Details
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Frequency
Page 49
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU1
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU2
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU3
Traffic Plan
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU4
Visual Inspection
Site set up plan
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU5
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU6
Training /induction
records
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU7
Continual monitoring
Site inspections
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU8
Site Inspections
WHERE
REQUIRED
NU9
GUIDANCE
SHE-PRO-015
TE
R
REF
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
Survey / Monitoring
Results
SHE-FRM-15-07
SHE-FRM-15-11
EG
IN
Survey / Monitoring
Results
SHE-FRM-15-07
SHE-FRM-15-11
SHE-PRO-001
BS5228
SHE-FRM-1-03
Site inspections
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Page 50
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
MANDATORY
WAT1
MANDATORY
WAT2
Monitor discharges
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT3
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT4
Operational records
Site inspections
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT5
Design documents
Site inspection
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT6
Operational records
Site inspections
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT6
SHE-FRM-1-03
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT7
Drawings
Site inspections
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT8
Meter Readings
WHERE
REQUIRED
WAT9
EG
IN
TE
R
REF
GUIDANCE
SHE-PRO-001
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Ongoing
End of
project
Ongoing
End of
project
Ongoing
End of
project
Ongoing
End of
project
SHE-FRM-1-03
Monitoring Records
Page 51
AL
AT
IO
QCS 2014
plan
MFS1
GUIDANCE
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Site inspections
Ongoing
End of
project
Site inspection
Ongoing
End of
project
SHE-FRM-1-01
SHE-FRM-1-03
EG
IN
MANDATORY
TE
R
REF
MANDATORY
MFS2
MANDATORY
MFS3
Site inspection
Ongoing
End of
project
MANDATORY
MFS4
Site inspection
Ongoing
End of
project
MANDATORY
MFS5
Establish site specific spill response plan and train staff in spill
response
WHERE
REQUIRED
MFS6
Site inspection
Ongoing
End of
project
MANDATORY
MFS7
Site inspection
Ongoing
End of
project
AT
IO
Page 52
AL
QCS 2014
ACTION
Mandatory
ECO1
Eco survey
recommendations
incorporated in to
project
WHERE
REQUIRED
ECO2
SHE-FRM-1-03
WHERE
REQUIRED
ECO3
SHE-FRM-1-03
WHERE
REQUIRED
ECO4
SHE-FRM-1-03
EG
IN
TE
R
REF
GUIDANCE
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
Site inspections
Site inspections
Site inspections
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Ongoing
End of
project
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED SHE
FORMS
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
MANDATORY
PLA1
Supervisor Checklist
Site inspections
Ongoing
End of
project
WHERE
REQUIRED
PLA2
Site inspections
Site Layout plan
WHERE
REQUIRED
PLA3
Site inspections
Ongoing
End of
project
WHERE
REQUIRED
PLA4
Plant Records
WHERE
REQUIRED
PLA5
Monitoring records
Ongoing
End of
project
EG
IN
TE
R
ACTION
AT
IO
Page 53
AL
QCS 2014
GUIDANCE
ACTION
OWNER
Page 54
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
GUIDANCE
MANDATORY
RES1
WHERE
REQUIRED
RES2
WHERE
REQUIRED
RES3
WHERE
REQUIRED
RES4
MANDATORY
RES5
WHERE
REQUIRED
RES6
Material specifications
and supplier orders
MANDATORY
RES7
Site inspections
Supervisor checklist
WHERE
REQUIRED
RES8
SHE-FRM-1-03
Procurement
ECO Cabin
Specification
EG
IN
TE
R
REF
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Site inspections
Ongoing
End of
project
Site inspections
Ongoing
End of
project
Records of
consumption
(bills)
Ongoing
End of
project
Ongoing
End of
project
Ongoing
End of
project
Site inspections
COMPANY
Policy
Page 55
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
MANDATORY
CL1
Completed SI Checklist
New Form
WHERE
REQUIRED
CL2
SHE-FRM-1-03
WHERE
REQUIRED
CL3
TE
R
IN
EG
CL4
WHERE
REQUIRED
REF
GUIDANCE
ACTION
OWNER
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
SHE-FRM-1-01
SHE-FRM-1-03
Site inspections
SHE-FRM-1-03
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
Ongoing
End of
project
Page 56
AL
QCS 2014
AT
IO
GUIDANCE
TARGET
DATE
CLOSE
DATE
MANDATORY
COM1
MANDATORY
COM2
MANDATORY
COM3
SHE-PRO-008
As occur
As occur
WHERE
REQUIRED
COM4
Develop
Community doc
strategy
Newsletters / Minutes
of meetings
MANDATORY
COM5
SHE-FRM-15-14
Complaints Log /
RIDDOR Procedure
SHE-FRM-8-02/02
SHE-FRM-8-01
Ongoing
End of
project
MANDATORY
COM6
E-mails to SHE
Department
As occur
As occur
MANDATORY
COM7
Ongoing
End of
project
MANDATORY
COM8
Case-Studies
Produced
As occur
As occur
REF
EVIDENCE
REQUIRED / SHE
FORMS
Communication
SHE-FRM-15-09
TE
R
IN
EG
ACTION
OWNER
Database of consents
QCS 2014
Page 1
SAFETY
AND
ACCIDENT
PREVENTION
MANAGEMENT
/
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (SAMAS) ..................................................... 1
2.3
Responsibilities ............................................................................................ 4
2.3.16.2
Definitions ..................................................................................................... 4
2.3.16.3
2.3.16.4
Reference Documents.................................................................................. 5
2.3.16.5
Author ........................................................................................................... 6
2.3.16.6
Approvals...................................................................................................... 6
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
2.3.16.1
QCS 2014
Page 2
PROCESS MAP
Project/Site
Manager
COMPANY
Employees
Subcontractor
Employees
SHE Team
Include information
regarding the
reporting of
Learning in the Site
I d ti
1.3, 3.2
Ensure Learning
Event cards are
available on site
3.1
IO
AL
AT
3.2
3.3
IN
TE
*Complete the
learning Event Form
and identify the
potential severity
3.3
EG
3.3
Feedback details of
outcome to the
original person
submitting the report
3.3
Key
Activity
Guidance
Circulate significant
learning to all of
Company
to prevent
reoccurrence in
other areas
QCS 2014
Page 3
PURPOSE
1
To ensure that all learning events (near misses) are recorded and the lessons
communicated. A learning event is an event or condition that occurs that has the
potential of causing damage or injury to people, property or the environment (not to
include actual accidents).
SCOPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
This procedure covers all COMPANY Projects and locations under the control of
COMPANY. A COMPANY is defined as the organization with responsibility for management
of safety at a construction site.
QCS 2014
Page 4
2.3.16.1 Responsibilities
SHE DIRECTOR
1
AL
IO
AT
SHE MANAGER/ADVISER
TE
2.3.16.2 Definitions
EG
A learning event is an event or condition that occurs that has the potential of causing
damage or injury to people, property or the environment (not to include actual accidents).
IN
QCS 2014
Page 5
Learning Event Cards and poster displaying the COMPANY hotline number will be made
available onsite and will be included in the site induction. Consideration should be given to
placing Learning Event returns boxes onsite.
COMPLETING LEARNING CARDS
All employees and contractors employees on site will be encouraged to report all learning
events observed onsite, either verbally to the appropriate person or by completing a learning
event card or through the COMPANY Hotline number , which is displayed on
posters around site. Where possible and safe to do so, take immediate action to rectify any
unsafe situation or condition.
AL
Complete the Learning Event Form to assess potential outcome and severity, investigate
immediate and root causes, consider lessons learned and take actions to prevent
recurrence.
If potential severity has been identified on the learning event form as high or above the
Project / Site Manager / SHE Adviser / Manager will complete First Alert report and circulate
as appropriate.
The Project/Site Manager or nominated person should communicate the learning throughout
the project and give feedback on the actions to the person who reported the learning event.
Ensure that Learning Events are reviewed on a regular basis at the appropriate project/site
meetings.
Details of all learning events should be passed to the appropriate person for entering on to
the COMPANY record system.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
3
QCS 2014
Page 6
2.3.16.5 Author
SECTION
POSITION IN
COMPANY
NAME
CONTACT DETAILS
SHE Manager
AL
2.3.16.6 Approvals
POSITION IN
COMPANY
IO
NAME
SHEQ Director
EG
IN
TE
AT
Approved by:
QCS 2014
Date
Page 7
Print
name
Contact
No.
Location
On Site
Time
Project
Classification
Health
Safety
COMPANY
Environment
COMPANY Sub-Contractor
Other Sub-Contractor
AT
IO
AL
Personal Injury
Environmental Issue
IN
Equipment Damage
TE
Property Damage
EG
Negligible
Slight
Moderate
Design/layout
Housekeeping
Lack of room
Lighting
Noise/distraction
Weather
Access/egress
Management
System of work
Supervision
Training
Communication
Management of change
Plant/equipment
Construction/design
Installation
QCS 2014
Page 8
Safety device
Operation/use
Mechanical Failure
Maintenance
Human Factors
Failure to follow rules
Instructions misunderstood
Error of judgement
Lack of experience
Unsafe attitude
Undue haste
Horseplay
Lapse of concentration
Fatigue
Design
Maintenance
Not provided/unavailable
AL
PPE
IO
Not Used
Other
Under investigation
AT
Third Party
TE
Responsible
EG
Actions Required
IN
FOLLOW UP
Signed:
Date:
Completed
QCS 2014
Page 9
Time:
Location on site:
AL
TE
AT
IO
Action taken:
EG
IN
Optional Information:
Reported by:
Company:
QCS 2014
Page 1
2.
2.4
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
INTRODUCTION
What is risk assessment?
Legal requirements for risk assessment and written method of Work
Risk assessment in practice
Hazard and risk
Risk assessment Process
Identify the Hazards
Work out who might be harmed and how
evaluates the risks and decides on precautions
Record your findings and implement them
Review your risk assessment and update if necessary
Suitable and sufficient risk assessment
Recording the assessment
Qualitative and quantitative risk assessments
Qualitative assessments
Quantitative assessments
Consultation in development of risk assessment
Young persons and children
Language issues
Safety Culture and other Behavioral Safety issues
Other issues
Health Surveillance
Example of work activities requiring risk assessment
Safe method of work (Method statement)
Review of the method statement
Communication of risk assessment and method statement
Training programmes
Appendix
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
2.4.6.1
2.4.6.2
2.4.6.3
2.4.6.4
2.4.6.5
2.4.7
2.4.8
2.4.8.1
2.4.8.2
2.4.8.3
2.4.9
2.4.10
2.4.11
2.4.12
2.4.13
2.4.14
2.4.15
2.4.16
2.4.17
2.4.18
2.4.19
2.4.20
2
2
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
11
11
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
16
QCS 2014
2.4.1
Page 2
INTRODUCTION
Risk assessment is a fundamental principle in the management of health and safety. It is an
important step in protecting workers and business, as well as complying with the law. It helps you
focus on the risks that matter in or in connection to your work activity or construction work.
Section 1.1.7 of the Regulatory Document places legal duty on Contractors and the self-employed
to assess the risks to the health and safety of their employees and others that arise out of or in
connection with their work activities. They are also legal duty to develop written methods of work
commonly referred to as method statement.
For any risk assessment is to be effective, it is essential that the person who carries it out is familiar
with all aspects of the task being assessed, specialist advice is sought where necessary and those
to deliver the work activities are consulted in development of the risk assessment.
For any risk assessment to be effective, it is essential that the risks and controls are communicated
to those affected.
The legal requirement on contractors to carry out risk assessments and written method of work
support the requirements for a Contractor to provide for their employees
IO
AL
(b)
(c)
(d)
TE
AT
(a)
2.4.2
IN
Risk assessment and written method of work should identify the requirements for the contractor to
provide for his employees
information about how to undertake the work activity safety and without risk to their health
(b)
implementation of instructions for undertaking the work activity safety and without risk to
their health
(c)
necessary training to employees so that they have the understanding and skills to undertake
the work activity without risk to their health and safety
(d)
EG
(a)
A risk assessment is a careful examination of what, in your work, could cause harm to people, so
that you can weigh up whether you have taken enough precautions or should do more to prevent
harm. Workers and others have a right to be protected from harm caused by a failure to take
reasonable control measures.
A risk assessment should usually involve identifying the hazards present in any working activity
and identifying the associated risks, evaluating them, identifying those affected and putting in place
suitable and sufficient mitigation. The exercise should take into account any existing precautions
and their effectiveness.
Accidents and ill health can ruin lives and affect business too if output is lost, machinery is
damaged, insurance costs increase or you have to go to court. Contractors are legally required to
QCS 2014
Page 3
assess the risks for or in connection to their work so that a plan to control the risks are put in place
and implemented
2.4.3
There are requirements to undertake suitable and sufficient risk assessment, to record the
assessment and to monitor & review its implementation. Development of risk assessment shall
involve consultation with expert knowledge as required and it findings shall be communicated to
those affected.
Any risk assessment shall give consideration to young persons and take into account risk barriers
such as safety culture, behavioral safety and language issues as applicable to the place of work.
There are requirements for risk assessments to be supported by effective and written method
statement identifying and implementation of training needs, instruction and supervision.
The contractor should work with other contractors, subcontractors to identify the hazards and
assess the risks related to their work, including the risks they may create for others.
Risk assessment in practice
AT
2.4.4
IO
AL
The principle of risk assessment to eliminate and control risk to safety and health is not new. In
fact, many Contractors will have been carrying out risk assessments to their day to day business as
part of business planning and success. However section 1.1.7 imposes specific legal requirements
on the Contractor to undertake risk assessment for health and safety.
If the task to be assessed is substantial, difficult or complex then, it will not be practical or effective
to carry out a single risk assessment to cover the whole of the work. The job will need to be broken
down into separate elements or work activities, each of which will have to be assessed separately.
Many Contractors, who have recognized potential problems in course of their business as they
occur, will have taken the necessary action to avoid an incident (including near misses and
accidents). Conducting risk assessment, proper recording and ongoing review of the risk
assessments is an essential process in preventing incidents.
Factors that need to be considered during the risk assessment process is the complexity of the
activity, the number of persons involved or affected, the plant or equipment being used, and the
types and nature of the materials involved. The environment where the work will be carried out is
also a factor which should be taken into account.
In many instances, straightforward measures can readily control risks, for example ensuring
spillages are cleaned up promptly so people do not slip, or cupboard drawers are kept closed to
ensure people do not trip. For most, that means simple, cheap and effective measures to ensure
your most valuable asset your workforce is protected.
EG
IN
TE
2.4.5
A hazard is something with the potential to cause harm and this can include articles, workplace,
substances, plant or machines, tools, methods of work, the working environment and other aspects
of work organization and includes the potential to harm/damage the environment and/or causing a
statutory nuisance.
A risk is the likelihood of potential harm from that hazard being realized. The extent of the risk will
depend on:
QCS 2014
Page 4
(a)
(b)
the potential severity of that harm, i.e. of any resultant injury or adverse health effect; and
(c)
the population which might be affected by the hazard, i.e. the number of people who might
be exposed
(d)
A risk is the chance, high or low, that somebody could be harmed by these and other hazards,
together with an indication of how serious the harm could be. i.e. is the likelihood of potential harm
from that hazard being realized. The extent of the risk will depend on:
the likelihood of that harm occurring
(f)
the potential severity of that harm, i.e. of any resultant injury or adverse health effect; and
(g)
the population which might be affected by the hazard, i.e. the number of people who might
be exposed
(h)
AL
(e)
IO
AT
Construction works are inherently hazardous and the risk associated with it will be reduced as
controls are implemented. The level of risk remaining when controls have been adopted is known
as the residual risk. There should only be high residual risk where there is poor health and safety
management and inadequate control measures.
EG
IN
TE
All employers (and self-employed) are required to take reasonably practicable steps to assess the
risk to both employees and others who could be affected by the undertakings of their business.
Others who could be affected include:
(a)
Visitors to the workplace
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
QCS 2014
Page 5
A high probability
AT
A small probability
Almost no probability
TE
Almost Certain
IO
AL
Risk Factor
Acceptable
Risk Level
EG
IN
Acceptable
Unacceptable
Unacceptable
14
Action
No further preventative action. Consideration shall be given to
more cost-effective solutions or improvements that impose no
Additional cost burden. Monitoring required to ensure that
Controls in place are properly maintained.
Work shall not be started or continued until the risk level has
Been reduced to an acceptable risk level. While the control
measures selected shall be cost-effective, legally there is an
absolute duty to reduce the risk, this means that if it is not
possible to reduce the risk even with unlimited resources, then
the work shall not be started or shall remain prohibited.
QCS 2014
2.4.6
1
Page 6
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.4.6.1
Identification is simply working out how people could be harmed. Some techniques for risk
identification are: brainstorming, refer to sources of information such as relevant legislation, code of
practice and guidance, supplier manuals and manufacturers instructions, data sheets, safety
alerts, lessons learnt, use information supplied by designers (pre-construction information), the
residual risk supplied by designers, seeking advice from experts and competent sources and
guidance from trade associations, etc.
Identification of hazards can also be undertaken by walking around the place of work and consult
with employees or their representative about concerns in relation to the place or work or the work
activity.
Checking the accident and ill-health records often helps to identify the less obvious hazards.
A valuable source for such information is obtainable from the UK governing body for Health and
safety; known as the Health and Safety Executive (HSE). The HSE publishes practical guidance on
where hazards occur and how to control them. Visit the HSE website (www.hse.gov.uk).
Step 2: Work out who might be harmed and how
IN
2.4.6.2
TE
AT
IO
AL
For each hazard you need to be clear about who might be harmed; it will help identify the best way
of managing the risk. That doesnt mean listing everyone by name, but rather identifying groups of
people (e.g. people working in the storeroom or passers-by). In each case, identify how they
might be harmed, i.e. what type of injury or ill health might occur. For example, shelf stackers may
suffer back injury from repeated lifting of boxes.
Remember that some workers have particular requirements, e.g. young persons or others with
impaired mobility, expectant mothers etc.
Extra thought will be needed for some hazards to visitors, other contractors, members of the public
etc if they could be hurt by your activities.
EG
2.4.6.3
Having spotted the hazards, you then have to decide what to do about them. The law requires you
to protect people from harm. You can work this out for yourself, but the easiest way is to compare
what you are doing with good practice.
Think about what controls you have in place and how the work is organized. Then compare this
with the good practice and see if theres more you should be doing to bring yourself up to standard.
In asking yourself this, consider: Can I get rid of the hazard altogether? If not, how can I control the
risks so that harm is unlikely?
When controlling risks, apply these principles: try a less risky option (e.g. switch to using a less
hazardous chemical); prevent access to the hazard (e.g. by guarding); organize work to reduce
exposure to the hazard (e.g. put barriers between pedestrians and traffic); issue personal
QCS 2014
Page 7
protective equipment (e.g. clothing, footwear, goggles etc); and provide welfare facilities (e.g. first
aid and washing facilities for removal of contamination).
2.4.6.4
Putting the results of your risk assessment into practice will make a difference when looking after
people and your business. Writing down the results of your risk assessment, and sharing them with
your staff, encourages you to do this. When writing down your results, keep it simple, for example
Tripping over rubbish: bins provided, staff instructed, weekly housekeeping checks, or Fume from
welding: local exhaust ventilation used and regularly checked.
You need to be able to show that: a proper check was made; you asked who might be affected;
you dealt with all the significant hazards, taking into account the number of people who could be
involved; the precautions are reasonable, and the remaining risk is low; and you involved your staff
or their representatives in the process.
2.4.6.5
The risk assessment should be appropriate to the nature of the work and should identify the period
of time for which it is likely to remain valid. This will enable the existing control measures to be
reviewed and modified, and to put in place as necessary.
Construction sites do not stay the same. Thus hazards would be dynamic as the environment
changes and works progresses and also with the bringing in of new equipment and substances etc.
It makes sense, therefore, to review what you are doing on an ongoing basis. This means that any
significant change to a place of work, process, or activity requires the risk assessment to be reevaluated or the introduction of any new process, activity or operation to be subject to a new risk
assessment.
Look at your risk assessment again and the changes. Consult workers and lessons learnt from
accidents or near misses.
Make sure your risk assessment stays up to date and set a review date proportionate to the
complexity of the work activity or construction works. If there is any significant change to activities
or a new sub/work package contractor starting work which could lead to new hazards then these
shall be incorporated into the assessment. The need for review will depend upon the level of risk
but in every case will be reviewed on sites at the same time as the Contract Management Plan or
at permanent locations annually.
A risk assessment should always therefore be viewed as a live document and must be reviewed
following certain trigger events, or at least annually.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
2.4.7
1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
QCS 2014
(b)
(c)
Probability of exposure
(d)
(e)
(f)
Page 8
Suitable and sufficient risk assessment means the risk assessment should do the following:
Should identify the risks arising from or in connection with work
(g)
The level of detail in a risk assessment should be proportionate to the level of risk the work
activity entails
(h)
The level of risk arising from the work activity should determine the degree of sophistication
of the risk assessment; for example risks which require specialist knowledge such as a
particularly complex process or technique, or large and complex projects, hazardous sites
will require the most developed and sophisticated risk assessments to address the level of
risks.
(i)
Risk assessments must also consider all those who might be affected by the undertaking,
whether they are workers or others such as members of the public.
(j)
Whenever specialist advisers are used, contractors shall ensure that the advisers have
sufficient understanding of the particular work activity they are advising on, this will often
require effective involvement of everyone concerned contractor, subcontractor, employees
and specialist.
IO
AL
(f)
2.4.8
EG
IN
TE
AT
2.4.8.1
The risk of something going wrong is considered in terms of probability (likelihood) and the
consequences (seriousness).
2.4.8.2
Qualitative assessments
The probability of a hazard actually causing harm or an accident is rated as being High, Medium or
Low in accordance with the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
LOW: it has not happened for a long time, is known to be infrequent and is not likely to
happen
QCS 2014
(a)
HIGH: the result could be a fatal accident or multiple injuries / major property damage /
substantial pollution or environmental impact
(b)
MEDIUM: it would probably cause serious injuries, or persons would be off of work for over
three days due to their injuries / substantial property damage / there may be some pollution
(c)
LOW: there would be minor injuries to persons or some slight damage to property
Probability
High
Medium
Low
High
Probability and consequences can then be assessed and the highest outcome of the two entered in
the matrix as follows
High
Medium
Low
Low
High
Medium
Medium
Medium
Consequences
High
High
High
High
Probability
High
Medium
Low
AT
Medium
Consequences
AL
Low
Page 9
The consequences of the event, should it happen, can then be categorised as follows:
IO
A combined risk of HIGH should be totally unacceptable and the work should not be
undertaken until the risk has been reduced MEDIUM: it would probably cause serious
injuries, or persons would be off of work for over three days due to their injuries / substantial
property damage / there may be some pollution.
(b)
When there is a combined risk of MEDIUM, action must be taken, and work stopped if
necessary, to reduce the risk level.
(c)
If the combined risk is LOW, start the work as long as everything reasonably practicable has
been done in order to reduce the risk, and that the assessment is reviewed at regular
intervals
EG
IN
TE
(a)
Using this information, decisions can now be made on whether an activity is safe to continue, or
whether control measures are necessary, either to completely change the way that the job is done
or measures put in place so as to bring the risks down to an acceptable level. In the ideal situation,
both probability and consequences should be LOW.
2.4.8.3
Quantitative assessments
The principle is the same as for Qualitative assessments, but numerical scores rather than a grade
are assigned to probability and consequences.
It is certain to happen.
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
(d)
(e)
(b)
Minor injury. Less than three days' work time lost. Property damage more than just minor
likely to happen, and would not be totally unexpected.
(c)
Reportable injury to the HSE with over three days time lost, but not a major injury.
Substantial property damage or something causing environmental damage.
(d)
Major injury, long term absence. Major damage, serious environmental impact.
(e)
Fatal accident or multiple major injuries. Public or others could be involved as well.
(f)
AL
(a)
AT
IO
5
4
3
2
1
Probability
3
4
Consequences
TE
All possible resulting numbers are calculated by multiplying all the probability figures by all the
consequence figures. These are included in the matrix, as shown below. This means that once a
risk assessment has been made on a particular activity, and the probability factor is multiplied by
the consequence factor, the number produced indicates where the assessment places the risk
associated with the activity on the matrix
EG
IN
Page 10
The consequences or the severity of the event, should it happen, are also then rated on a scale of
1 to 5 as follows:
5
4
3
2
1
Probability
5
4
3
2
1
1
10
8
6
4
2
2
15
12
9
6
3
3
Consequences
20
16
12
8
4
4
25
20
15
10
5
5
Clearly, the higher the resulting number, the less acceptable the level of risk. The matrix shows
where actions need to be taken to reduce either the probability or the consequences in order to
reduce the risks to an acceptable level
Probability
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
1
10
8
6
4
2
2
15
12
9
6
3
3
20
16
12
8
4
4
25
20
15
10
5
5
QCS 2014
Page 11
Consequences
Contractors themselves can use these numbers to set in-house criteria, if desired, along the
following lines, and as indicated by the shaded areas in the above matrix:
(a)
Risks with a rating above 16 are totally unacceptable and the work will not be undertaken
until the risk has been reduced.
(b)
Where the risk rating is between 10 and 15, immediate action must be taken, including a
stoppage of work if necessary, to reduce the risk level.
(c)
If the rating is between 5 and 9, the risk is acceptable provided that everything reasonably
practicable has been done to reduce the risk.
(d)
With a rating of 4 or less then the risk is acceptable, provided that the assessment is
reviewed at regular intervals and further reduced if possible.
AL
Note: - It is stressed that it is for individual companies or managers to decide where the boundaries between
what is and what is not acceptable lie, and the numerical score at which certain actions should be taken
2.4.9
AT
IO
If either the qualitative or quantitative methods are used in conjunction with a simple form, then the
Contractors will have a straightforward basic risk assessment procedure
Consultation in development of risk assessment
Consulting employees or their representatives about matters to do with their health and safety and
in developing risk assessment is a requirement under section 1.1.7 of the Regulatory document
and is a good management practice as well.
Any risk assessment shall involve effective consultation with the workforce who will undertake the
job.
Thus contractors need to involve employees concern or their representative in developing risk
assessment.
EG
IN
TE
Contractors are required to specifically assess and review the risks to the health and safety of
children and young persons due to their lack of maturity, lack of experience and lack of knowledge
of potential risks.
There is a requirement that young people should not carry out certain types of work, except in
circumstances involving training and supervision where the young person is no longer a child.
A 'child' is anyone under the minimum school leaving age and a 'young person' is anyone over the
minimum school leaving age but less than 18 years of age.
A young person under 16 years of age cannot be employed at all in a Qatar workplace; this is
stated in Labor Law 14, Article 86.
Before a young person is employed, the Contractors must ensure that any risk assessments
pertaining to the job take account of the following factors in relation to the young person:
(a)
their inexperience
(b)
QCS 2014
(c)
the tools and equipment that they may have to use as part of their training
(d)
the layout of the workplace and the environment in which they may have to work.
(e)
any hazardous substances with which they may come into contact
(f)
(g)
(h)
Page 12
Careful consideration must be given to the way in which information is conveyed to young persons
to ensure that it is fully and readily understood.
Where children are employed either for work experience or work in offices then the Contractors
must, before commencing the employment of the child, provide that child's parents or guardians
with details of any risk assessment which has been carried out. This information must contain
details of any risk and a description of any preventative or protective measures, whether the risk
arises from the Contractors own activity or the activities of others at the workplace.
Contractors are further required to consider the special nature of young persons due to their lack
of experience, knowledge of risks and the fact that they are not fully mature. To that end, young
people must not be employed in any work.
with which they cannot physically or psychologically cope
(b)
that exposes them to a range of hazardous substances, including any carcinogen, toxic
substance or radiation
(c)
where they might not recognize the risk of accidents due to their inexperience or lack of
training
(d)
where their health would be at risk from excessive cold, heat, noise or vibration
IN
TE
AT
(a)
The prohibition above does not apply when a young person is undergoing recognized training, or
being properly supervised by a competent person, or when any risks identified in a risk assessment
have been reduced to the lowest level that is reasonably practicable.
EG
IO
AL
Site workers who have a poor or no understanding of either written or spoken Arabic must be taken
into account when compiling risk assessments. Effective communication is an essential element of
controlling risk; how such communication can be established must be a priority issue where there is
the potential for language difficulties on site.
2.4.12 Safety Culture and other Behavioral Safety issues
Site workers coming from abroad have different backgrounds and different perception of risks and
safety culture. The contractor needs to consider this as an important factor in developing the risk
assessment and implementing it.
The contractor must be proactive in monitoring behavioral safety issues and address them as part
of the risk assessment.
The contractor must implement a positive health and safety culture which means the avoidance,
prevention and reduction of risks at work must be accepted as part of the organizations approach
and attitude to all its activities. It should be recognized at all levels of the organization, from junior
to senior management.
QCS 2014
Page 13
While it is a legal obligation for contractors to regularly review risks at the place of work, some
other issues to consider would be persons with impaired mobility and new and or expectant
mothers. The assessment will help to decide additional action that needs to be taken in such
scenarios.
Any such risks identified must be included and managed as part of the general workplace risk
assessment.
The contractor must implement a positive health and safety culture which means the avoidance,
prevention and reduction of risks at work must be accepted as part of the organizations approach
and attitude to all its activities. It should be recognized at all levels of the organization, from junior
to senior management.
2.4.14 Health Surveillance
The contractor is required have in place health surveillance programmes where the findings of a
risk assessment identify health risks to employees that can be eliminated or reduced by applying
health surveillance techniques.
Health surveillance should be introduced where the risk assessment indicates that:
AL
there is an identifiable disease or adverse health condition related to the work concerned
(b)
(c)
there is a reasonable likelihood that the disease or condition may occur under the particular
conditions of work
(d)
health surveillance has the potential to increase the protection of the health of the
employees concerned.
IN
TE
AT
IO
(a)
EG
The contractor must implement a positive health and safety culture which means the avoidance,
prevention and reduction of risks at work must be accepted as part of the organizations approach
and attitude to all its activities. It should be recognized at all levels of the organization, from junior to
senior management.
2.4.15 Example of work activities requiring risk assessment
1
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
work at height
(f)
See appendix A for more examples of work activities and guidance for undertaking risk
assessment.
QCS 2014
Page 14
It is good practice at planning stage of construction to identify a list of work activity which will need
development of method statement. This is sometimes referred to a schedule of method statement
which gets updated in the construction phase of the project as and when required, according to the
project complexity and the level of risks it entails.
The Contractor shall submit a Method Statement Schedule to the Engineer for approval no later
than thirty (30) days from the start of the Contract. The Method Statement Schedule shall define all
Method Statements to be prepared for the Works forming part of the Contract and the target dates
for their submission to the Engineer for approval.
The Contractor shall submit Method Statement for his work activities to the Engineer for approval
thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the work activity covered by a Method Statement.
The method statement should be developed prior to undertake any such work activity identified as
mentioned above and should be unique to each work activity means No work covered by a Method
Statement shall begin until it has been approved by the Engineer.
The risk assessment will provide support to the development of the method statement.
Any development of method statement shall involve consultation with the workforce and shall
identify the requirements for:
AT
IO
AL
information about how to undertake the work safety and without risk to health
(b)
implementation of instructions for undertaking the work safety and without risk to health
(c)
identify and conduct necessary training to employees before execution of the activity; so
that they have the understanding and skills to undertake the work activity without risk to their
health and safety
(d)
EG
IN
TE
(a)
The method statement should be briefed and acknowledged by the supervisor and the worker
respectively before undertaking of the work activity.
Any method statement needs to be reviewed after any incident in undertaking or related to the
works, so that additional necessary mitigation can be embedded into the work procedure.
2.4.18 Communication of risk assessment and method statement
Any risk assessment and safe working method will be as good as the way they are communicated
to those affected.
The contractor should make sure they are communicated to employees and their representatives
so that they are aware of the health and safety risks for a work activity and the preventive and
protective measures in place. Thus establishing effective means of communication should be
devised by the contractor.
QCS 2014
3
Page 15
Effective communication will ensure that employees are provided with sufficient information and
they understand the risks and control measures can be implemented effectively.
The method statement should be developed prior to undertake any such work activity identified as
mentioned above and should be unique to each work activity
2.4.19 Training programmes
The contractor needs to have in place and implement necessary training to employees so that they
have the understanding and skills to undertake the work activity without risk to their health and
safety.
Risk assessment should identify opportunities for training of workers and ensure they are
competent for the work activity.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
QCS 2014
Page 16
2.4.20 Appendix
2.4.20.1 Appendix A: Example of work activities requiring risk assessment
NUMBERED ASSESSMENTS
Associated with this project (Tick boxes)
SITE ESTABLISHMENT
REF NO. 2
HOARDING/FENCING (TEMPORARY)
REF NO. 3
DEMOLITION GENERAL
REF NO. 4
REF NO. 5
REF NO. 6
OVERHEAD SERVICES/OBSTRUCTIONS
REF NO. 7
UNDERGROUND SERVICES
REF NO. 8
PILING (DRIVEN/BORED/BENTONITE)
REF NO. 9
EXCAVATIONS (SHALLOW/DEEP/CONTAMINATED)
REF NO. 10
REF NO. 11
BULK EARTHWORKS
REF NO. 12
REF NO. 13
REF NO 13B
REF NO. 14
REF NO. 15
REF NO. 16
REF NO. 17
REF NO. 18
REF NO. 19
REF NO. 20
REF NO. 21
REF NO. 22
REF NO. 23
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
REF NO. 1
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
QCS 2014
REF NO. 25
REF NO. 26
REF NO. 27
ROOFWORK (FLAT)
REF NO. 28
REF NO. 29
REF NO. 30
REF NO. 31
REF NO. 32
LIFTING OPERATIONS
REF NO. 33
MANUAL HANDLING
REF NO. 34
REF NO. 35
TOOLS (ELECTRIC/PNEUMATIC/CARTRIDGE)
REF NO. 36
CONFINED SPACES
REF NO. 37
NIGHT WORK
REF NO. 38
REF NO. 39
AT
IO
AL
REF NO. 24
Page 17
TE
IN
REF NO. 41
REF NO. 42
LIFT INSTALLATION
REF NO. 43
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL SERVICES
REF NO. 44
PLUMBING WORKS
REF NO. 45
CARPENTRY/JOINERY
REF NO. 46
REF NO. 47
CEILING FIXING
REF NO. 48
REF NO. 49
EG
REF NO. 40
QCS 2014
REF NO. 50
REF NO. 51
Page 18
ARC WELDING
REF NO. 53
RADIOGRAPHY
REF NO. 54
COMMISSIONING PLANT
REF NO. 55
REF NO. 56
ROAD/PATH SURFACING
REF NO. 57
FENCING (PERMANENT)
REF NO. 58
LANDSCAPING
REF NO. 59
REF NO. 60
REF NO. 61
FIRE IN OFFICES
REF NO. 62
REF NO. 63
REF NO. 64
REF NO. 65
REF NO. 66
REF NO. 67
REF NO. 68
LADDERS
REF NO. 69
REF NO. 70
REF NO. 71
UNLOADING OF VEHICLES
REF NO. 72
REF NO. 73
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
REF NO. 74
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
REF NO. 52
BRICK/BLOCKWORK OPERATIONS
CLEANING/BUILDER'S CLEAN
QCS 2014
Page 19
REF NO. 1
SITE ESTABLISHMENT
Falls of persons, falling objects, Moving plant/equipment,
Trapping of personnel/limbs, Overhead obstruction.
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES
Layout drawings prior to delivery of cabins. Location of services (gas,
water, electric, sewer and telephone).
Instruction
Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Crane/HIAB and lifting slings check Safe Working Load (SWL) and radii.
Check statutory documents before lift. Adequate ladder for access to roof
level.
Emergencies
TE
IN
EG
COSHH
Communications
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
PPE
Hard hats, safety footwear, gloves and outdoor clothing. Harness at roof
level if appropriate.
Other
Keep third parties/general public well away from lifting operation area.
Obtain certificate for electrical integrity for inclusion in COMPANY register.
Fire precautions.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 20
REF NO. 2
RISK ASSESSMENT GUIDE
Assessment for:
SITE FENCING/HOARDING
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Liaise with emergency services and service providers. First aid kit, fire
protection, evacuation, accident reporting and investigation. Major incident
response plan. Emergency procedure to be detailed in contract safety plan.
Ensure openings/gates in hoardings/fencing are suitable for emergency
services.
COSHH
Communications
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 21
REF NO. 3
RISK ASSESSMENT GUIDE
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
DEMOLITION GENERAL
Falls from height, entrapment, health hazards. Injury from
falling/flying objects to operatives and general public,
sudden collapse of buildings/structures, fragile roofs, fires,
flooding, explosion, electrocution, contamination.
Inadequate access/egress.
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Supervision
AT
IO
Access
Environment
TE
Equipment
IN
Emergencies
PPE
Other
COSHH
EG
Communications
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who
may be affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company
Safety Documents and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task
statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 22
REF NO. 4
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Specialist training is required for all persons supervising the plant, equipment and
labour associated with asbestos.
Access
Clean, tidy. Consider airlocks into work area decontamination unit. Designated
and controlled access are to be used. Exclusion zones.
Environment
Equipment
Consider suitable decontamination plant and materials to seal area, and dispose
of asbestos. Good separate welfare facilities. Air monitoring equipment.
Emergencies
Clearance tests, first aid (seek medical advice). Fire protection, evacuation,
accident reporting and investigation. Major incident response plan. Emergency
procedures to be detailed in the contract safety plan.
PPE
Other
TE
IN
EG
Standard warning signs and labelling of material for disposal. Advise all persons
who may be affected by work. Warning systems in event of emergencies.
Communications
AT
IO
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 23
REF NO. 5
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Access
Environment
Noise, dust and vibration to be kept to a level that does not interfere with
client installation or operations and monitored if applicable.
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
Other
IN
EG
PPE
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 24
REF NO. 6
Instruction
Training
All personnel in the work area are to be inducted and given Safety
Awareness Talks on handling long object and plant movements in vicinity of
overhead services.
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Liaise with Civil Defence (Fire Department) Standard site first aid, fire
protection, evacuation, accident reporting and investigation. Emergency
procedures to be detailed in contract safety plan.
COSHH
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
Communications
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
PPE
Other
Note that the highest risks often exist at the time of erection and removal of
barriers and height restrictions.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 25
REF NO. 7
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Liaise with Civil Defence (Fire Department). Standard site first aid, fire
protection, evacuation, accident reporting and investigation. Major Incident
Response Plan. Emergency procedure to be detailed in contract safety
plan.
Communications
COSHH
EG
C
PPE
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
Access
Other
High visibility clothing, hard hats, protective footwear, ear muffs, goggles,
gloves etc.
Detailed review of available plans for identification of buried services. Note
also the following that may be in the area, Cable television, hydraulic,
process fluids, pneumatics, Railway signalling, petroleum fuel oils, private
communications, civil aviation, military authorities, also gas transmission
pipe lines (refer to owners requirements). Plastic pipes not detectable.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 26
REF NO. 8
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Keep work area clear and tidy. Consider exclusion zones. Stabilise or
harden and maintain the piling mat/work area as appropriate for the work
proposed.
Environment
Equipment
Communications
Emergencies
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
Warning signs, hazard lights and markers, audible warning units. Consider
the use of radio/transmitters.
COSHH
PPE
As appropriate together with high visibility clothing, ear defenders and head
protection, boots in particular for driven piling.
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 27
REF NO. 9
(SHALLOW/DEEP/CONTAMINATED/BORROW PITS)
Significant risks:
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
IO
Instruction
AT
Training
Access
Safe access and egress in and around excavation to be provided. Use ladders,
ramps, cut in steps. Well lit at night. Handrails to top of batters. Stop blocks for
vehicles.
Excavations area to be kept clear of unnecessary material or plant. Keep any
water levels to acceptable levels (ensure adequate sumps). Rain could affect
ground conditions. Monitor for gases and contaminated ground. Consider
disposal of pumped water.
Plant and equipment to be suitable for operation especially support system.
Adequate supply of support materials. Pumping equipment to be available if
water present.
Standard first aiders. Rescue procedure in place. Possible major incident
response plan to be put in action. Emergency procedures to be established in
contract safety plan.
Surrounding area for excavation to be adequately signed. Quick safe warning
system considered.
Monitor for gas, contaminated ground and general assessments of all materials
to be used. Identify any control methods such as the provision of mechanical
ventilation.
Hard hats, suitable footwear, possible disposable overalls, gloves and high
visibility vests.
Machine operatives to have good vision of work in progress if possible. Cross
reference to confined space generic risk assessment for further information.
IN
TE
Supervision
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
Equipment
EG
Environment
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents and
must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 28
REF NO. 10
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
AL
Supervision
Crossing to be kept clean and free of debris. Lights and warning signs on
both haul road and main road to be cleaned regularly.
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Emergency call out/liaison list to be established. Standard site first aid, fire
protection, evacuation, accident reporting and investigation. Emergency
procedures to be detailed in contract safety plan.
Communications
Radios for traffic management team. Mobile phone/radios for traffic safety
coordinator. Information signs. Close liaison with police.
Other
AT
TE
IN
EG
PPE
COSHH
IO
Access
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 29
REF NO. 11
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
IO
Supervision
Environment
Equipment
Plant inspection and periodic testing, buried service detectors, guard rails,
barriers, warning signs, adequate lighting. Air monitoring equipment where
appropriate. Wheel wash facilities. Reversing alarms.
Communications
IN
EG
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation. Major incident response plan.
Emergencies
TE
AT
Access
Warning signs, hazard tape, markers, hazards lights and audible warning
units. Consider use of radio/transmitters. Use traffic signs.
COSHH
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 30
REF NO. 12
Instruction
Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
AT
IO
Equipment
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
EG
IN
TE
Emergencies
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 31
REF NO. 13
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
AT
TE
IN
EG
C
Emergencies
IO
Supervision
Together with standard procedure for first aid, fire protection, evacuation
and reporting; specific procedures are to be considered to suit the operation
and contaminants present. Procedures for environmental emergencies i.e.
spill, groundwater contamination etc.
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Consider suitable, masks, goggles, gloves, boots, barrier creams, and suits
etc. Also consider whether these should be disposable/regularly renewed.
Other
Good welfare, washing and hosing down facilities. Seek advice from Safety
& Environmental Department where necessary.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 32
REF NO. 13 B
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
IO
AL
Supervision
AT
Access
Environment
Equipment
Other
IN
EG
C
Communications
COSHH
PPE
TE
Emergencies
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents and
must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
Page 33
REF NO. 14
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Demonstrations/sabotage, pollution, damage/destruction of
flora, fauna, ancient monuments or protected areas etc.
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Fencing, covers, bunds (soil), noise and atmosphere monitors and security
equipment as applicable.
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation. Establish environmental emergency response if applicable.
Communications
Other
IN
EG
PPE
As appropriate.
COSHH
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
As appropriate.
Record photographs, incident/insurance reports. Diesel/oil/flocculants/silt
laden water are potentially major environmental problems. Please refer to
Safety Department for further guidance.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 34
REF NO. 15
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
EG
C
COSHH
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
PPE
High visibility clothing. Hard hats, protective footwear, ear muffs, goggles,
gloves, wet weather clothing.
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration Qatar Work Zone Traffic Management
Guide, all relevant Company Safety Documents and must be used when compiling a site specific
method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 35
REF NO. 16
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Safety boat. Life jackets, lifebuoys, safety nets, throw lines, radios,
harnesses, scaffolds, pontoons, rescue lines, audible alarms etc.
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
Other
TE
IN
EG
PPE
AT
IO
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 36
REF NO. 17
RISK CATEGORY
Significant risks:
BEFORE CONTROLS
Tick as appropriate
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Ensure all rail procedures and Safety Method Statements are adhered to.
Access
Use only identified walking routes and work areas as agreed in Safety
Method Statements. Possessions to be agreed with railways. Establish
exclusion zones as necessary.
Environment
Consider the effect of dust, weather and construction operations upon the
railway. Good lighting required.
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid (with particular reference to electric shock), fire
protection, evacuation, accident reporting and investigation. Major incident
response plan.
Communications
PPE
Other
IN
EG
C
COSHH
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
Approved high visibility vests. Hard hats (white), suitable footwear (No
Rigger Boots) Harnesses if working at height.
Only personnel with good hearing and eyesight are to work on or adjacent
to railways
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 37
REF NO. 18
Instruction/Training
Ensure all personnel are subject of induction and are briefed in method
statement/risk assessment content.
Supervision
Access
Ensure board walkways 600mm wide are provided across slab reinforcing.
Ensure guarded and boarded platforms are provided for fixing reinforcement
at height: prohibit the use of ladders. Provide scaffold stair towers. Prohibit
the climbing of reinforcement. Expedite the installation of permanent
staircases. Provide protection to exposed starter bars.
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
Works to be closely coordinated with erection of false work and form work.
Formal paperwork system to be applied for control of loading and striking
formwork.
COSHH
Other
PPE
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Safety helmet, boots, eye protection and rigger gloves. Full body harness
only when attachment location identified and agreed in method statement.
Eye protection recommended when using tying wire.
Agree methods of attachment of slings when mechanically lifting fabricated
cages.
See Risk Assessment No19 for concrete works.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 38
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Environment
Consider noise produced from plant and equipment particularly for out-ofhours working on curing concrete. Dust suppression methods. Adequate
lighting. Dust from mixing dry concrete locate mixers externally. Protect
vertical ends of protecting starter bars.
Equipment
Good working, least vibration order, regularly maintained and records kept.
Operators to be certificated / competent.
Emergencies
Communications
PPE
Other
EG
COSHH
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Access
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 39
Instruction/Training
Access
Environment
Monitor for noise. Consider the effect of wind loadings on hoisted sections,
and ground conditions to be checked for cranage equipment.
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
N/A
IN
Other
EG
PPE
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 40
REF NO. 21
CONTROL ITEM
Information
AL
Instruction
Training
Access
Keep access area to scaffold clean and tidy. Notice warning of dangers.
Identify incomplete scaffold. Adequate widths of access platforms.
Further consideration required if access by hoist, etc.
Environment
Equipment
To suit requirements.
Emergencies
COSHH
PPE
Other
IN
EG
C
Communications
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 41
REF NO. 22
CONTROL ITEM
Information
AL
Instruction
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation. Major incident response plan. Emergency procedures to be
detailed in contract safety plan for recovery of persons injured at heights.
IN
EG
C
Communications
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
COSHH
PPE
Other
Management individual to be appointed to have responsibility for coordination of design and procurement of false work and access scaffold, etc.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 42
REF NO. 23
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
AT
TE
IN
EG
COSHH
Communications
IO
Supervision
N/A
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 43
REF NO. 24
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
AL
Supervision
As general steel erection, however, due allowance must be made for safe
positioning of equipment, screens, hoses and welding leads.
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation. Additional firefighting facilities locally.
Communications
N/A
COSHH
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Access
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 44
REF NO. 25
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
First aid, evacuation, recovery arrangements for possible injured person and
fire control.
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Inertia reels for fall arrest. Full body harnesses, safety helmet, boots, warm
clothing etc.
Other
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 45
REF NO. 26
Instruction/Training
Supervision
All work involving the support at floor infills shall be under the control of a
competent person experienced in the methods used.
Access
Environment
Equipment
All equipment must be checked for good condition and suitability prior to
being used.
Emergencies
Communications
PPE
Other
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
COSHH
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
May include, eye protection, clothing, footwear, safety helmet and hearing
protection.
Safety Method Statements must be produced for all elements of the works
including preparation of existing structure, installation and inspection of
support system and access systems. Installation of Formwork and preloading checks.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 46
REF NO. 27
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Confirm maximum safe working wind speed for type of roofing. Be aware of
increased risk in dusty conditions.
Equipment
NB the options for protection are (in order of preference):1 safety nets;
2 Lead guard type leading edge protection trolley systems;
3 Safety harnesses/running lines/ fall arrestors.
Adequate access. Where used safety netting properly secured by
certificated erectors. Anchorage points / clip-on facilities for full arrest
equipment. Anemometer.
Emergencies
Communications
IN
EG
COSHH
TE
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
PPE
Full body harnesses, safety helmets, boots, warm clothing. Gloves, eye
protection
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 47
REF NO. 28
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Competent person to inspect working platforms and work areas before work
starts. Inspection of working platforms to be entered in Site Register.
Crane controller to complete crane checklist.
Provide suitable ladders, properly secured. Keep access free of materials
and electrical leads.
IO
Supervision
AT
Access
Equipment
IN
TE
Environment
PPE
Other
Communications
COSHH
EG
Emergencies
Hard hats, safety footwear, gloves, eye protection, dust mask and ear
protection. If using mobile elevated work platforms fall body harnesses
must be worn.
Do not overload scaffold platforms, provide suitable roof truss rack.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 48
REF NO. 29
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
AT
IO
Supervision
Environment
Emergencies
COSHH
EG
Communications
IN
TE
Equipment
PPE
Hard hats, safety footwear, gloves, eye protection, dust mask and ear
protection.
Other
Do not overload scaffold platforms, only load out on loading bay. Consider
material movement onto roof and load points.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 49
REF NO. 30
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
AL
Supervision
AT
IO
Access
Equipment
Equipment must be kept in good working order and be regularly maintained with
records being kept. Any mobile towers, scaffolding etc. should be checked at
least every seven days with a record of inspection being kept. MEWPs must
not be used as a lifting device to transport men or materials e.g. used as a hoist.
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
Emergencies
EG
IN
TE
Environment
At least one person in any glazing team should have been trained in first aid.
Each glazing team should have appropriate first aid equipment available to
them.
Warning signs, notices and barriers used as appropriate.
Assessments must be produced for hazardous materials e.g. sealants and
training provided.
Safety harnesses, goggles, gloves, safety footwear, helmets must be worn.
Consideration must be given to adequate segregation of the works with other
contractors employees and members of the public. See also Risk Assessment
no. 32 - use of lifting appliances/gear to lift/move/store stillages and panels
where appropriate.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents and
must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 50
REF NO. 31
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
AT
IO
Supervision
IN
TE
Access
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
EG
Environment
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 51
REF NO. 32
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
AT
IO
Supervision
Access
TE
Environment
Emergencies
COSHH
Communications
EG
IN
Equipment
PPE
Hard hats, high visibility clothing, gloves and footwear etc. Identification of
banks man.
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 52
REF NO. 33
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Good flat, clear, stable ground and scaffolds are free of obstacles and
debris.
Environment
Areas to be kept clean and tidy. Free of trip hazards. Well lit. Special
attention to areas of restricted space.
Equipment
Various lifting aids available to assist manual handling. Ensure lifting aids
are subject to any applicable inspection testing etc.
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, spillage control, accident reporting and
investigation.
Communications
PPE
Other
AT
TE
IN
EG
COSHH
IO
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 53
REF NO. 34
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Supervision
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation.
Use warning signs, hazard markers and audible warning units where
appropriate. Personnel in the vicinity should be made aware of plant
movements. Consider use of radio/transmitters. Use of dedicated banks
man using the appropriate signals.
IN
EG
C
Communications
TE
AT
IO
Access
COSHH
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 54
REF NO. 35
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Supervision
AL
Access
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation. Give particular consideration to electrocution in conductive
environments.
Communications
COSHH
TE
IN
EG
C
PPE
AT
IO
Environment
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 55
REF NO. 36
Assessment for:
CONFINED SPACES
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AT
IO
AL
Training
TE
Supervision
Environment
EG
IN
Access
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
QCS 2014
PPE
Page 56
Other
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 57
REF NO. 37
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Supervision
Plan safe and adequate lighting both in place of work and access there to
(i.e. working and background lighting).
Ensure all access ways are completely lit, are of good standard and free of
materials. Establish exclusion zones and designated working areas. Give
particular attention to edge protection and barriers.
AL
Access
Good lighting. Special attention to all edges, trip hazards, noise and
vibration. Consider weather i.e. low temperatures and slippery surfaces.
Avoid lighting that may have stroboscopic effect particularly if using moving
equipment. If practical check lighting levels. Prevent nuisance/risk to public
from lighting/dust/noisy operations.
Equipment
All equipment required for night work, especially lights, should be checked
during prior daylight shift. Special attention to lighting cables.
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
Environment
As required by activity.
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 58
Instruction
AL
Training
Ensure that the sub-contractor adequately supervises his works and works
to the Safety Method Statement. Hot work permit to be issued where
appropriate.
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
EG
C
PPE
IN
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 59
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Supervision
AL
Significant risks:
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
PPE
Other
EG
COSHH
IN
TE
AT
IO
Access
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 60
REF NO. 40
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Competent person to inspect working platforms and work areas before work
starts. Inspection of working platforms to be entered in Site Register.
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
PPE
Other
IN
EG
COSHH
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
Hard hats, safety footwear, eye protection, dust mask and ear protection. If
using Mobile Elevated Work Platforms fall body harnesses must be worn.
If there is a lot of cutting of boards to be carried out it may be worth
considering job rotation to prevent one person being exposed to the noise
and dust problem.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 61
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
AL
Instruction/Training
Competent person to inspect working platforms and work areas before work
starts. Inspection of working platforms to be entered in Site Register.
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
EG
C
Communications
IN
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
COSHH
PPE
Hard hats, safety footwear, overalls, gloves, eye protection, dust or fume
mask (in poorly ventilated area a Fresh Air Feed mask) and ear protection.
If using Mobile Elevated Work Platforms fall body harnesses must be worn.
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 62
REF NO. 42
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
Working Safety Method Statements are to consider installation dangers.
Operatives to sign Safety Method Statements. Tool Box Training to be
given on relevant topics.
Work to be carried out under the supervision of a competent experienced
person.
Access
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
As site rules and appropriate to hazard i.e. gloves when lifting machine
parts etc.
Other
Refer to Generic Risk Assessment No. 14, 20, 22, and 23.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 63
REF NO. 43
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
Inductions, Safety Awareness Talks, Permit to Work Procedures, Scaffold
Erection (Towers), Abrasive Wheels.
Permit to Work issue. Competent persons appointment. Electrical Duty
Holder. Operation of visible inspection system displayed. Work Place
Inspections.
AL
Supervision
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
COSHH assessment for and including welding fume, cutting oils, paints,
fluxes, dusts (grinding) oxygen, acetylene propane etc.
Other
IN
EG
C
PPE
TE
AT
IO
Access
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 64
REF NO. 44
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Effective supervision for hot work and working with lead. Health
surveillance required for significant exposure.
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 65
REF NO. 45
Dust (hard and soft wood), fall from height, contact with
cutting machinery, glues, manual handling, treated timber,
slips and trips.
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES
Risk assessments, safety method statements, information posters, safety
reminders.
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Induction site plans and notices displayed. Access routes clear. Sufficient
staircases.
Communications
COSHH
PPE
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
C
Other
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 66
REF NO. 46
RISK ASSESSMENT GUIDE
Assessment for:
PLASTERING AND EXTERNAL RENDERING
Significant risks:
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Safety helmets, safety footwear, warm clothing, gloves etc. Face mask
when mixing.
Other
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
EG
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 67
REF NO. 47
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
Access
Position of temp, cables, and step ladders inspected and of sufficient length
(split head trestles not used as steps). Ladders inspected and secure
gangways clear. Erection of suitable scaffold. Use of MEWPs.
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
Posters, notices, tool box talks, wage packet inserts, videos, supervision.
COSHH
PPE
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
C
Other
AL
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 68
REF NO. 48
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
Access
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
Environment
IN
TE
Equipment
PPE
Other
Communications
COSHH
EG
Emergencies
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 69
REF NO. 49
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
IO
AL
Supervision
AT
Access
TE
Environment
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
Emergencies
EG
IN
Equipment
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 70
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
Other
EG
PPE
IN
TE
AT
IO
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 71
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
AL
Supervision
IO
Access
AT
Environment
Equipment
IN
EG
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
TE
Emergencies
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 72
REF NO. 52
Assessment for:
ARC WELDING
Significant risks:
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
Other
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
REF NO. 53
Assessment for:
RADIOGRAPHY
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Page 73
Instruction/Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
Ensure supervision for out of hours working. Work to be carried out, outside
normal working hours. Account will be taken of project standard
requirements.
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
REF NO. 54
Assessment for:
COMMISSIONING PLANT
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Page 74
Instruction/Training
AT
IO
AL
Supervision
TE
Access
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
EG
IN
Environment
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents and
must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
REF NO. 55
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Page 75
Instruction/Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
N/A
Other
AL
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
Page 76
REF NO. 56
ROAD/PATH SURFACING
Manual handling, materials and substances, reversing vehicles,
plant and equipment, underground services, noise, heat and fumes.
Fire/explosion.
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES
Method statements, safety signs, warning notices.
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
C
Other
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
Page 77
REF NO. 57
FENCING (PERMANENT)
Manual handling, materials and substances, noise,
underground/overhead services, plant and equipment.
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES
Method statement/utilities drawings/permit to dig.
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
Warning signs and notices, suitable barriers and audible warnings on plant
and equipment. As appropriate to work/location.
COSHH
PPE
IO
AT
TE
IN
EG
Other
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
Page 78
REF NO. 58
LANDSCAPING
Manual handling, materials and substances, plant and
equipment, overspray of substances, noise.
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES
Method statements, safety signs, warning notices, buried services,
overhead services.
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
TE
IN
EG
C
Other
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 79
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
Access
Environment
IO
AL
Supervision
AT
Equipment
Communications
COSHH
COSHH assessments required for petrol, chain oil and two stroke oil.
Check type of wood being cut, sawdust of some trees could be a hazard.
IN
EG
C
PPE
TE
Emergencies
Forestry type safety helmet, visor and ear protection, chainsaw protective
trousers, jacket and gloves. Respirator protection as appropriate to type of
wood being cut forestry type safety boots. High visibility tabard when
working in traffic management. NOTE: harnesses for tree surgery are
different from general purpose harnesses.
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
Page 80
REF NO. 60
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
AL
Training
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation. Major incident response plan.
PPE
Other
TE
IN
EG
COSHH
Communications
AT
IO
Supervision
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 81
REF NO. 61
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
AL
Supervision
IO
Access
Equipment
Emergencies
Standard site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and
investigation.
PPE
Other
EG
COSHH
Communications
IN
TE
AT
Environment
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 82
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction/Training
AL
Supervision
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
Other
TE
IN
EG
Not applicable
PPE
AT
IO
Access
Ensure general welfare conditions such as toilet facilities and heating are to
requirements. Give consideration to disabled facilities. Regular inspection.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 83
REF NO. 63
Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
TE
IN
EG
C
Other
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 84
REF NO. 64
Instruction/Training
Supervision
Access
Environment
Equipment
Emergencies
COSHH
EG
Communications
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
CONTROL ITEM
Information
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 85
REF NO. 65
CONTROL ITEM
Information
IO
AL
Instruction/Training
AT
Supervision
Environment
Consider the risk of local flooding to drains especially if ductwork has been
stopped with drainage bungs. Special waste to be considered.
Emergencies
Together with standard procedures for first aid, evacuation, fire and
explosion. Specific procedures to suit any contaminants present.
COSHH
TE
IN
EG
Communications
Access
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 86
REF NO. 66
CONTROL ITEM
Information / Instruction /
Training
AL
Supervision
Access
AT
IO
Environment
Equipment
IN
TE
Emergencies
PPE
Other
COSHH
EG
Communications
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 87
AL
Supervision
AT
IO
Access
Environment
TE
Equipment
IN
Emergencies
PPE
Other
COSHH
EG
Communications
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 88
CONTROL ITEM
Information /
Instruction / Training
AL
Supervision
AT
IO
Access
Environment
IN
TE
Equipment
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
EG
Emergencies
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 89
AL
Supervision
AT
IO
Access
TE
Environment
IN
Equipment
Communications
COSHH
EG
Emergencies
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 90
REF NO. 70
CONTROL ITEM
Information / Instruction /
Training
Supervision
IO
AL
Access
AT
Environment
Equipment
Communications
COSHH
PPE
EG
IN
TE
Emergencies
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 91
REF NO. 71
CONTROL ITEM
Information /
Instruction / Training
AL
Supervision
AT
IO
Access
Environment
IN
TE
Equipment
Communications
COSHH
EG
Emergencies
PPE
Other
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 92
REF NO. 72
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction / Training
AL
Supervision
Access
AT
IO
Environment
Equipment
TE
IN
EG
Emergencies
Communications
COSHH
PPE
Other
Safety helmets, gloves, safety footwear, overalls. The use of plastic overshoes should be avoided on step-ladders.
Step-ladders should only be used for short-term work or where space
restricts the use of safer working places particularly if plant or
equipment is to be used at height.
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
Page 93
REF NO. 73
CONTROL ITEM
Information
Instruction
Training
COSHH
An experienced member of staff to be nominated as the Traffic Safety Coordinator to check all traffic management works and monitor systems.
By designated signed access and egress points only. Prevent unauthorised
access.
Adverse weather to be taken into consideration. Glare, live traffic, lighting,
snowing, any obscured traffic signs must be cleaned as soon as reasonably
practicable or work stopped if practicable
Suitably marked vehicles with flashing lights if required. Assess the need
for a planned preventative maintenance scheme.
Emergency lane if required. Emergency call out/liaison list to be
established. Vehicle recovery to be in attendance if specified. Standard
site first aid, fire protection, evacuation, accident reporting and investigation.
Emergency procedures to be detailed in contract safety plan.
Radios for traffic management team. Mobile phones/radios for traffic safety
co-ordinator. Information signs. Close liaison with police.
No Applicable
PPE
AL
Supervision
Access
IO
Environment
AT
Equipment
Emergencies
IN
EG
Ensure adequate provision of spare signs, cones and markers to cover loss
and waste.
Other
TE
Communications
The above controls have been selected to protect the health and safety of operatives and others who may be
affected by the work. This assessment must take into consideration all relevant Company Safety Documents
and must be used when compiling a site specific method/task statement/procedure.
QCS 2014
REF NO. 74
Assessment for:
Significant risks:
CONTROL ITEM
Information
AL
Instruction
Training
IO
Supervision
AT
Access
Environment
Equipment
TE
Emergencies
IN
Communications
Other
PPE
EG
COSHH
Page 94
2.4.20.2
AT
IO
IN
Hazard
Level of
uncontrolled
risk
High
C
Working at height
(general)
Assessed level of
remaining risk
High
High
Site manager
Before work at height
starts
EG
Position in company..................................
TE
R
Signature..........................
Process
Page 95
AL
QCS 2014
Low
Page 96
AL
Hazard
Medium
IN
TE
R
Working at height
(general)
(continued)
Level of
uncontrolled
risk
Process
AT
IO
QCS 2014
EG
Assessed level of
remaining risk
Low
Low
Low
Medium
Low
Site manager
Before work at height
starts
Medium
Medium
Low
High
Erection of roof
trusses
Low
Low
Lifting operation to be under the control of a
competent person. Safe working distance
between electrical cables and crane to be
maintained at all times
Site manager
Level of
uncontrolled
risk
Medium
TE
R
IN
EG
C
Assessed level of
remaining risk
Medium
Medium
Low
Low
Electric shock resulting from the
use of defective power tools
(carpenter)
Medium
Site manager
Low
Lifting operations
Erection of roof
trusses
(continued)
Page 97
AL
Hazard
Process
AT
IO
QCS 2014
2.4.20.3
Appendix C: Example of a risk assessment for loading out and fixing tiles
AT
IO
IN
Hazard
Position in company..................................
TE
R
Signature..........................
Process
Page 98
AL
QCS 2014
Level of
uncontrolled
risk
Assessed level of
remaining risk
EG
Medium
Low
Site manager
Medium
Level of
uncontrolled
risk
TE
R
Assessed level of
remaining risk
Site manager
High
Low
EG
C
Scaffold collapse
IN
Page 99
AL
Hazard
Process
AT
IO
QCS 2014
Medium
Low
Low
Site manager
Low
Slips and trips resulting from
tools being left lying around
(carpenter)
Medium
QCS 2014
2.4.20.4
Appendix D: Suggested Structure for Written Method of Work (Section 1.1.7 of
the Regulatory Document)
The structure for a complete written method of work is composed of:
(a) Site Checklist template,
(b) The Method Statement and
(c) The Inspection and Tests plan.
A suggested template for the Site Checklist and the Method Statement are given below. A template
for the Inspection and Test plan can be found in Section 2.
(A)
Project Manager :
Project Name :
Project Starting
Date:
Project Completed
Date:
Consultant :
Project No. :
Contractor :
Inspection Date :
IO
AT
AL
Affairs :
Report No.:
TE
Completion & Stamped By Consultant then Reviewed & Approved By Project Manager (Mob: ---------)
EG
MANAGEMENT
Satisfactory
Comments /
Submission
Hold Points
Yes No
N/A
Date (If No)
Ref. to: (QCS: 1.10.1.8/9/14 + 1.10.2 + 11.1.1
+ 11.2.1 + 11.2.3 + 11.2.4).
(CDD / Fire Safety Handbook / Building
Worksite Safety / 3 Page 35).
Description
IN
Item
SAFETY STAFF
OH&S Safety Staff CV submitted for
approval within 30 days of the award of the
contract?
QCS 2014
Item
Description
AL
AT
Ventilation
Removal of fumes and dust
Dust controls preventive measures
Noise levels (instrument available?)
Vibration
Lighting:
General purpose for evening work
For a particular task around construction
site
Absence of glare
Work area
Corridors
Exterior
Ergonomics - layout of work area
The disposal of surplus water and the
accompanying growth of trees and the
proliferation of insects and rodents
Does the site pose danger to the
surrounding environment?
Site office furniture?
EG
IN
TE
WORK ENVIRONMENT
TRAINING
Comments /
Hold Points
N/A
IO
Yes
Satisfactory
Submission
No
Date (If No)
WELFARE FACILITIES
QCS 2014
Item
IN
Procedures
Assembly / Muster point
Conducted Emergency Drill Training every 6
month
Availability of Fire / Smoke / Gas detection
mobile devices
Emergency contact telephone numbers /
Communications
Breathing apparatus and / or respirators (if
applicable)
Torches
Loud Hailer
Emergency lighting
Adequate and safe Emergency Exit / Doors
are provided
Escape routes, access ways to assembly
points, extinguishers, hydrants and other
firefighting equipment's and first aid kits kept
clear of obstruction at all times
EG
TE
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
AL
IO
AT
Satisfactory
Comments /
Submission
Hold Points
Yes No
N/A
Date (If No)
Ref. to: (QCS: 1.10.6 + 11.1.2.4 + 11.1.6 +
11.2.2 + 11.2.3). (Labor Law: Article
100,104,105 & 115).
Description
QCS 2014
Item
Description
Waste and scrap regularly collected &
removed from site
No build up of flammable materials
Removal of combustibles
11
12
Coveralls
Eye protection
Head protection
Hand protection
Foot protection
Hearing Protection
Safety reflecting vests
Dust mask
Any other protection
EG
IN
TE
AT
10
AL
Comments /
Hold Points
N/A
IO
Yes
Satisfactory
Submission
No
Date (If No)
QCS 2014
Item
EXCAVATIONS
AT
TE
ELECTRICAL
16
IN
MECHANICAL
15
EG
14
AL
IO
13
Satisfactory
Comments /
Submission
Hold Points
Yes No
N/A
Date (If No)
Ref. to: (QCS: 1.10.5.5 + 11.1.5.4 + 11.2.2 +
11.2.3).
(CDD / Fire Safety Handbook /
Building Worksite Safety / 3 Page 19).
Description
QCS 2014
Item
Description
19
IO
EG
AT
TE
18
AL
LIFTING OPERATIONS
20
Comments /
Hold Points
WORKING AT HEIGHT
N/A
IN
17
Yes
Satisfactory
Submission
No
Date (If No)
LIFTING GEAR
QCS 2014
Item
Description
Yes
Satisfactory
Submission
No
Date (If No)
N/A
Comments /
Hold Points
22
23
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
21
24
Clearly displayed
Shall be in Arabic, English & other
languages
Clean and legible
Enough traffic diversion signboard?
Adequate warning signs and guides are
provided
Shall be fully illustrated and provide details
of key safety procedures to be followed
WORK PERMITS
Confined Space
Hot Work
Excavation
Scaffolding
QCS 2014
Item
Description
Electrical Work
Work permit correctly issued and signed
Ashghal s work permit enforced
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
27
IN
EG
CONFINED SPACES
26
TE
AT
AL
Comments /
Hold Points
25
N/A
IO
Yes
Satisfactory
Submission
No
Date (If No)
QCS 2014
Item
Description
EG
IN
TE
AT
IO
AL
28
Yes
Satisfactory
Submission
No
Date (If No)
N/A
Comments /
Hold Points
QCS 2014
Accumulating up to Date
(Clasue1+4+5+10) x 100,000
AL
Description
No. of Medical Treatment Cases
No. of First Aid Cases
No. of Near-Miss
No. of Fatal Cases
No. of RTA (Road Traffic Accidents)
No. of Manpower (Average)
No. of Direct Man-hours
No. of Hours Lost
No. of Man-hours from Last Lost Time Accident
No. of Lost Time Accidents
No. of Safety Meeting
No. of Emergency Drill
No. of Audit
Kilometres Driven
(Clasue1+4+5+10) x 100,000
AT
IO
TE
IN
(Clasue1+4+5+10) x 1000,000
(Clasue1+4+5+10) x 1000,000
Caluse7 (No. of Direct Man-hours)
EG
Consultant Name:
Filled By:
Mob. No.:
Signature:
Indicator No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Date:
Stamp:
References:
QCS 2014
Issue:
REF:
PROJECT NAME:
Corridor No:
Corridor Name:
COMMENTS:
AL
LOCATION FROM:
Approvals: signature/date
Checks
AT
N
EG
IN
Other
TE
Engineer
IO
Contractor
Note:
Contractor to ensure that checklist is signed off by all relevant parties before work activity can begin
Confirmation that work completed in accordance with contract, safety and quality
requirements:
Construction Manager:
date:
HSEQ Manager:
date:
QCS 2014
(B)
Project Name:
Date:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Approved By:
Date:
Item
AT
IO
Prepared By:
AL
Work Activity:
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTENT OF THIS MS, THE PURPOSE AND DETAIL ON THE SCOPE OF
Person
Responsible
INCLUDE PERSONS
WITH RESPONSIBILITY
FOR TASK
TE
WHO IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR MAKING SURE
WORKERS ARE
INDUCTED, TRAINED
INDUCTION
TRAINING
INSTRUCTION
SUPERVISION
IN
EG
PRELIMINARIES
LICENSES
RELEVANT LICENSES,
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
AND COORDINATING
AND MANAGING
UTILITY WORKS
SEQUENCE OF WORKS
INCLUDE PERSONS
WITH RESPONSIBILITY
FOR AUTHORISING A
CONTINUATION OF
POINT
INCLUDE:
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN
HAZARDS
HOLD POINTS
PERMIT REQUIREMENTS, COORDINATION, APPROVAL AUTHORITIES ETC
QCS 2014
5
INCLUDE WHO IS
RESPONSIBLE TO
LIST ALL IDENTIFIED HAZARDS AND RISK IMPACTING ON THE WORK ACTIVITY AND THE
COMMUNICATE RISKS
CONTROLS IN PLACE
AND CONTROLS IN
LIAISON
PEOPLE/PROPERTIES
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:
RESPONSIBLE FOR
INTERFACES
TE
ACTIVITY
IN
11
IO
QUALITY CONTROLS
AL
10
AT
E.G SUPERVISOR
DESCRIBE HOW THE HEALTH AND SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC AND OTHERS AS RELEVANT
COMMUNICATIONS
REGARDING
EMERGENCIES
E.G. QUALITY
MANAGER, SITE
ENGINEER, QUALITY
INSPECTOR
WHO RESPONSIBLE TO
COORDINATE
INTERFACES IMACTING
ON AND IMPACTED BY
THE WORK ACTIVITY
WHO WILL ENSURE
THAT THE HEALTH AND
SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC
13
RESOURCE PLANNING
PERSONNEL
MATERIALS
12
EG
WILL BE PROTECTED.
REFERENCES
WORK PROGRAMME
DRAWINGS
RISK ASSESSMENTS
COORDINATION PROCEDURE
WORK CHECKLIST
(C)
END OF PART